Skip to main content

Full text of "Quran Arabic Dictionaries (kitabosunnat.com)"

See other formats


www.kitabosunnat.com 



0£»Ett:iiiiafe 



am^o (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-o _jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3^-° 'Cvy 3 c^ O^f'^3 lPV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 









-^-u5La jjV jl Oirf J^L«Lo jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3-*-*-° 'lHJ- e*** C>*$JiS JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



;ty#t>wu. 



<* 



>■ 



&lLil - «&£S 






* -in «* 







JjJJI 



am^s jj^F jl Oirf J^^Lo jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3^-° 'lHJ- c^ Oi^JiS J->^ ^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 









INDEED WE MADE THIS 
QURAN EASY TO BEAR 
IN MIND - WHO, THEN, 

IS WILLING TO TAKE fT 

TO HEAR?. 54:1 7 



>-wu5vo jjV jl C*£a JxJUw: jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3^-° 'lHJ- e*** l>#LH3 JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



* * 



J* £*J Vjsl^ 1 WLHj ^81 ^jiJI JiUft y-^tt li^ 

p*->"j (^ JU^I ySj V, oUJI jif Ojik^j oUil ■ jtot 

Vj^J J>j^ j y-J-il t>* jftiS' V3^ J **l* Mj c-J J 1 
tii-iL* ^U (j^U- £|L» £^jl Jt ejLt (j^ -4Lr"i 4i! Jij 

Uibi pi iyi\ a j* o^£J <rjSJi jijiJi oil j* i^^i ouui 

a 5 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o J^L«Lo jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3^-° 'ily>° e*** l>#LH3 JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



^>i liJji {^jsai oi^i <ii ,£i)v^ J J^> e^ 1 1jl *j 

j lji£ o^iS3l i^Uj J«L1 v^ji j jT^I J-i« Ij^j u.fc£Jl 

Cfrjt! (CjSO 1 A^ 1 J*^ i*js^ - c!^ u-r^ -^2 ^ 4jl 
j John Penrice 3j^~& -^j LLS' VI Oj^Uj j^jll *JL 

^ jU6 i j*& ^^li y.j J> & jA Jj gl f \avt r W 

jU * «'■ *^ji <ul j4> ^^jUJI ii* <jJ_J* **-^ tfJJ^ pfJ' ^ 
A f ».*) j^'V! v^ljJL ^ij^l a* ^ j—il r UJi yji i.^JJ 

*jl C~J- (ij^jLI ■>■;>■.! ij'>ll V/l ^-Ij uLa-jl jjiuu jj 

<J* JISCj^I OjJ^j Jais»^Ji *■ <^r' t j' O* <J"^ ^ -^*r-J (*^** > 
ti^JLH £-Jl *Lwl y* <Jr «-**& ^j^ 1 <J^ 1 -kWI f*~3 *■**-} 
p r \ J i-jyJt JLiijiJl OIJ53! yju U« ^ ^LaV! jl^j SjaUJU 

^j.U J» ,jl>ll j^ jm Zzji ^ ijl^l oy£JI piijcj 
jjjf Vl jj^aJI jl^-Ii Funk & Waknall o->*tij ji*^' Lane ^J 

6 T 



am^s (jjV jl CaAa JaXw: _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ p,5^° 'Cvy 3 c- 1 *' 0-^'^3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



.(fjS^I Oi>Jl J Ojjj U£l £,»# JjJjdl J I Vj il «J*-j 
<y JiiUt |J* ^ J I ;^| ^jg ^yj^ j^\ ^ .^ 

J*-^ ^»>» j OJjj lil Sju^Ij A*Kl U^lj <^ jL (ji^lj 

aJV-OJ Ui* jyU Ijjtai ol J* o^A ] <> t* U* oUL- 

• iJj-j i?-j^ ol'SlI o/ii ^1 J* 

Ij)^|m -u»->JI i-ijtj jJLJ! t_*LJI ;_ljjJ UL1I oSLuJI v^*-*lj 
Ijlj ^ jj^ J* jKi siUl ^-i^ij ^ k *S\j*}\ oij^iil 
U uT^I olj>il ju. y* ^ oLSi J^ ^ tfj rf ja 
£-1)1 i/)Ul i^-U A«r^ J! ^> -uijj 5L^ dUi JI ^UUz-l 

o^ii c l~i j <j ^ j^ a\ «iu» o^ j-jiii iju ^ oysji 

,pUl J,* 5 *! Li^, llj iSUa.^1 acl^i J^u ^tjill tJUJI 
JtUJ! ^.j jlJ'jJI r % i.jjull o^lSJlj iuj^l j-jUil wij^ 

V 7 



am^s (jjV jl CaAa JxJUw: jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ p,5^° 'Cvy 3 c^* 0-^'^3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



■ V^J Sj^JI ^ji UJI Ij^l. v t*^;j ^Ijhj j!>N 

• t( -_ 4jU jfjSJl <jlj*N J»l*^ jl*i (i 3 ?*^ ^ f-^ ^ (j^J 
tfjl.A^J (^rfiil £«**$ S^j .U-J! " Ul J 1 *^ u 1 *' J 

fib#l jgjSSl ^JH Jl J-JrL £jttjnHj j&JL ^ ol J v-^J 
jjysJI jb m J* ^laM IJb c l>l & ^Ifl pA J*-t j-f J-Jl 

J**Jl IJL* yjj iljt -uS3j ^jJl iUij JIjjjJI £J* oU^ilj ^1>I 
.uiL jlXJ JUj-u J y%-^ yJ*JI ^ jSCil J Jj^ \f 

. i-jjji UjSUiij 4jjjL£^l (JjjJ-1 ' ,^'" AjuLL. j f \1,,. ->■ («l)l 

pljJI jj« J^.U1 iL-^l .ill j y^l J-iiJ &jw ^1 ]f 

• i£jjt ^w Ju-Jl ^j>JI *1^ ijllJI J-uJI l-i* j ^fj^J 

ji'JUL u ajfej J-Jl !i* Jl/1 j aatU (>■ JS" tJJ^l' jS^e 1/ 
jjf- ju«JIj ji»-^ j — > *t^t*ill s^-'ilj tSjJ-J' /^ j^*j iL^."iil [^> 
*^> u'.^J u**J^ ■JM' (j^M l/^'j tijj-^i' (3j-»-J^ »■ 



«-u5La ^oV jl C Jm J.o.i.t t t. _jj 01^3^33^3 i^i^3 P5^° ^lH^ cr**' 6-^'^3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 






am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JaX*w= jj Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ P$**a iijjys ^--w C>^'^3 lPV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



amIo (jjV jl C*i-o JaX*w= jj Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5*£o iijjys <—-*> C>^'^3 lPV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Abbreviations 



Ace. Accusative case : in which a noun receives an addi- 

tional ( *_i)' ) atif marked with lanwien e.g. V^4 
kitabwt 'a book' becomes VtT kitaban or just A fatha in 
case the noun is prefixed by an article Jl ■ Also a 
verb or" fjl^l imperfect" is marked with fatha that 
is a sign of suojunctive case. Thus *Ui» becomes 
U* indicating a particle prcceeding it, such as : , jl 

Act, Pic. Active participle : on the measure of ^e tor its 

extended form indicating Feminine, dual and plural i.e. 
numbers and genders. 

Act. 2 Pic. Active participle : on the measure of *£* that 

denotes a stable meaning of the rcct such as "*r Jf one 
who Possess the description of( 'fj ^generosity" as 
permanent and inseparable nature of his personality. 
Sometimes this form gives the meaning of Passive participle 
as : \'j- instead of jj%m* 

A £\ Adjective : Arabic has no special form for adjective 

as English does. A simple noun from active participle 
or passive participle can be used as adjective, 



Ap~der 



M 



Active participle from one of the derived stems, such 
as ','f jufrom iv/f^S from ii and ^£4 from viii etc. 



II 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o J^JLma jj Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ P$**a <<jJj-o ^—-w j-ol^^ JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



12 



VOOA.BULABY Of TBI HOLV OJDUM 



Xcrim. Assimilation : The verb consists of a duplicated 

radical oi :jLi that is SjLS 
Card. Cardinal Number 

Camp. Compound words : This word U com pound by a 

noun and a verb followed by • pronominal such as in 

uV'my father", that ta 4 *igi 1 or Jjlifl comprising 

y+ij*t 'be fearful of me*. Some timcy'an lit. P. 

objective pronoun' it ihortend to £ i.e. the finely if 

dropped. 

D. Proa. Demonstrative pronoun. 

C/lt Contents requirements : Doe to the contents the 

word chooaen for translation in English, though the 
actual meaning differ from it, » ahown in the root form 
(or) the form of the verb ii of perfect but it meant 
future tense and vice vena. 

EL Emphatic with km : There is a prefixed " J -Lam" 

to the imperfect subjunctive that meant "in order to" aa 
* w ^ JLJ "in order to take it", when it ii placed before 
a passive imperfect it meant 'let-do it ^iJCJ, ' 'let him 
go' or 'he may go'. 

Ebtht The form of Eletive ' j£&& ^jl ' e.g. Jj£] 

'more righteous then' . . 

Eiarttt-W The form of dative denoting wonder, surprise and 

excen u ifclf £ 'how good it he I' 

Emp. 'Emphatic' there is ■ duplicated mm Ct suffixed, to 

emphasize the meaning of the root e.g. £&j£ 'he surely 
will go*. 

Epl- There are t duplicated nmotiio Emp above, 

suffixed and a ** j ia" prefixed to show the surety of the 
action denoted by the root form e.g. ffii 'be surely 
shall kill'. 



\r 



-^-u5La jj^F jl CJm J^L«Lo jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3^-° <lHJ*° e*** 0"^',H.9 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



AMUVIATIOMS 



Ftfem. Feminine : learner should note that in Arabic where 

a feminine singular verb precede* the subject of the 
sentence it does not necessarily mean that the 111111601 it 
a feminine. Often a plural, receives the initiative verb of 
feminine singular at ^i ,aio 'A community has 
entered', wl^'l *jfc 'The bedouin told'. 

F.D. Final dropped : The mm j of plural and dual if 

dropped, thus J%+ . J jjL* becomes 5U* and IjUaT 
respectively. That indicates that the verb has been 

proceeded by conditional particle such as jj , j] or 
negative j| , or cause stating *£ etc. 

G*n. Genative : The word has occured in genative. 

H.V. Hamzated : This verb consist* of a kamza in its 

original tri literal root, thus modified form of this verb 
has different shape than usual ones. 

id. idiom. 



Imperf. 


Imperfect tense £jUU 


Interj. 


Interjection. 


fnirans. 


Intransitive. 


Iras. 


Intensive : Forms of n< 



J*"* 1 
Intensive : Forms of noun known as "^ Lit L^\ 

such as Vji 'well knowtf etc. 

Just- Jussiv : Imperfect tense having sukun on the final 

letter due to negative 'J or being a part of conditional 
Phrase, or due to dropping the final letter that 
happens in a weak letter. Also, in case of a weak verb 
the final radical j / j f * is dropped. 

L.C. The " J -lam" of conditional phrase ^"jfl ^y' 

Apodosis' is prefixed. 

lit. The literal meaning of this word is... 

MjmjmaK. Masculine. 

\T 13 



am^s (jjV jl CJlq JaX*w= _j-i OU-5^5^ $jJuq$ P$**a i^yyj ^—-w ^0)^5 JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



14 



VOCABULJULY OF THI HOLY QURAN 



Meta. Metaphore, figurative expression. 

n.p. Plural noun. 

N-int. Noun for instrument **' f— \ 

N~P,T. Noun for place or time $QS j iV^l p-^ 

n The noun. 

ff.D, nun dropped : The final nun * o » of dual or 

plural form is dropped due to rda/a (Gcnativc case) 
such as iy ^C *» 'two muslims of the town', or 
~yj I^-* ' muslims of the town'. 

|% Negative. 

Norn/- Nominative case : this sign used only where an 

accusative has occured to show contrasting form as 
jJU* in comparison to Cj" which is in accusative 



Opp. Opposite : as jkgl 'White' of »jiWtaclc'. 

P Person as : /si. P, 2nd- P, 3rd, P. 

p b Broken plural : as the plural of A'-> 'bower' is 

PS. Plural solid : as active participle : Plural of *{£\j 

is iij&'i'j 
Pact-Pic Passive participle ( tljpill ) on '^e measure of 

V jifc 'written*, ^«£ 'praised'. 
Perate Imparativc : Stands for command or order ^ i\ 

Prefered to imperative as it does not signify the correct 
sense of J*i \ 

Ptrf Perfect tense (tf*W) 

pyp Passive imperfect tens* ttj^t fjt-M 

Pit. pic. Passive Participle from one of the derived stems as 

*j[f- 'praised one', or fjZ? 'respected one'. 



U 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o J^L«Lo jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3^-° 'lHJ- e*** O-^LH-S JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



^0 



ABBREVIATION-* 



Flu. Plural 



PP Pissive Perfect t)jj^ *J&\ 

PROP-N Proper noun 

Qwnf. Quadrilateral, having four radicals if*J\ 

R-adj. Relative adjective. 

RF Root-form : means that the derived form . has the 

same meaning as its tri literal root. 

R. pron. Relative pronoun. 

Sing, Singular. 

SS Something or someone. 

Trans. Transitive. 

V.D. Vowel dropped : a vowel of the radical is dropped 

as jfc from ^yj 

KJV. Verbal noun J^M ~\ 

Wy, Weak verb : the original tri literal root has one or 

more than one of a weak letter i.e., \ \ & \ } war, 
a/i/, and ya this effects the items and derived form in 
their shapes, and makes the different from usual forms. 

< Derived to 

~> Derived from : also to show the *->U imperfect 

£jl£ll and verbal noun jXJLI of the word occured in 
the h.q. 

>> While in the H.Q. only its derived form has 

occured, its literal form is given for convenience of the 
reader to know the original meaning. 

~ he, she, it (i.e. what ever the subject suit the 

sentence is to be understood the word before which ~ 
occurs. In case of feminine ~ may refer to the plural 
subject as 'they'. 



15 



am^s jj^F jl CjLo J^JLma _j-i Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ P$**a <<jjy> ^—-w tj*j\y$ lPV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Derived Forms of the Triliteral Verb 



The simple or root form of the verb is called /yil J^jR(the 
'stripped' or 'Diked' verb), while the derived forms are said to be 
j£> 'increased'. Derived forms are made by adding letters before 
or between the three radical*. Thus xjtS means 'to write'; u'cf 
"to write to", 'correspond with'; and ^j£f " t0 Wfit * to emcn £ ,D * r "> 
"to correspond with each other* ^j means "to kill"; 3» "to 
massacre". >» "To hreak" trans.; -j$ and ^£*\ "to be broken", 
"lo break" intrani. 



Form No. It 
Ford No, III 
Form No, IV 
Form No. V 
Form No. VI 
Form No. VII 

If 



(Perfect 3rd P, Ming, m) 
JJ" fa-t£r<to 
<*B- "J? "to know" ; "f> "to teach") 

(e.f. ."■? * "to write"; r^f "to write to") 

(e.g. "> *to know", '>l "to inform*) 

(e.f. ^J* 'to break'; ^f 'to be broken') 
'fig tafa-f-ola 

(«-g- ,life-* ' to write to oq * another') 

(e,f . -Tj^ 'to fet broken*) Aiftwtf. 

^1 



am^s jj^F jl Oirf J^L«Lo _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3^-° 'lHJ- cr*** O-^LH-S JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN 



Form No. VII r J^-jl i/w-f-a/a 

(e.g. mm *io profit', 'benefit' trans; 
*t fki\ 'to profit by') 
Form No. IX ^Jj if.^al/a 

(e.g. ^1) "to become red") 
Form No. X J«£-! Istaf-g-a!a 

(e,g. ^>I». "to be good"; &*cl\ "to think 

good", "admire") 

Form No, XI OU] if-^alla 

<e,giUat"oec&rrie dark green with foilage". 



" 17 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JaX*w= _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3^-° 'lHJ- e*** O^f'^3 lPV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Proper Names 



Instead of Biblical transliteration of the proper names, the 
Arabic forms have been adopted throughout in this dictionery. 

Readers will also notice a change in spelling of such names as 
'Mecca* should be written "Makkah"; 'Medina' should be written 
'Madina" and so on. 

The following list shows the Arabic names and their Biblical 
equivalents : 



ARABIC 


BIBLICAL 


ARABIC 


BIBLICAL 


Adam 


Adam 


Qarun 


Koran 


Al-Yasha 


Elisha 


Sabs 


Sheba 


Ayyub 


Job 


Sulaiman 


Solomon 


Babil 


Babel 


Talut 


Saul 


Dawud 


David 


Taurat 


To rah 


Esa 


Jesus 


Uzair 


Ezra 


Fir'won 


Pharaoh 


Yajuj 


Gog 


Harun 


Aaron 


Ya'qub 


Jacob 


Ibrahim 


Abraham 


Yahudi 


Jew 


Imian 


Amran 


Yahya 


John 


Ityas 


Elias 


Yunus 


Jonah 


Injil 


Gospel 


Zalcariyya 


Zachariai 


Ishaq 


Issac 






Ismail 


Ishmael 


. 




Jalut 


Goliath 






fibril 


Gabriel 


X 


X 


Lut 


Lot 


X 


X 


Mist 


Egypt 


X 


X 


Majuj 


Magog 


X 


Mary am 


Mary 


X 


X 


Mitel 


Michael 


X 


X 


Muss 


Moses 


X 


X 


Nun 


Noah 







IS 



u 



am^s (JjV jl C*i-o JaXw: jj Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ p5^o (jjyj c ^ ij*>\j>$ JjV^ &&*&a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 

REFERNCES 

Besides the text of the Holy Quran and a concise Quranic 
concordance arrenged by Faizuilahal Hasany Printed at Bairut 
In 1323 H., The following works have been under 

consultation; few of them are referred to by their famous 
author's names or their full titles; the most frequently referred 
works are abbreviated. 

A - ARABIC: 

Wj>i J^j Wjj *t+^ l/ 1 f^-)" tr~ -*"*" ***** 
._* wvt (uiil) tiW^ U^ '-'-r- a *" aJ1 ■*«* 

i 

* i 

\K 19 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JaX*w= jj OU-5^5^ $jJuq$ P$**a i^yyj ^—-w ^0)^5 JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



■ f W\Q &3JH Vj*ll tjLJi ±JiL*{f\ Jt^ J^aJI ^j 
._*TA0f J^ ^ 4iil 0-c- l^JI jw*J 

._* ^raa j-»* « <J*j^ j'^r-b uk>^' j'> 
jUiuo'il t--iljJU (Jj^l j> <> ur-^- 1 f*^*" 3* 

.-* \tAO Ojju Jj>JI jSU*. js «JU£J1 - \ 
._* ^TAO Ojj« H%i\ ^Ll - T 

j5t «-Ul fit) Ojju JjljJ.1 Ujil (ij^J-l J**- 
V^- « fc-J-ij *?>i S?^ 1 ^J^ 1 l** L ** 1*** 

^ U-js^l— &Jji!l vij* r 3 ^" <^M^ -*-*■ jl y -^ 

20 






:JlUI ju* 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUw: jj OU-5^5^ dji^o^ £,5-^° ^Cvy 3 ^—-^ 0-^'^3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



— * 

jfjSJl jt^Ji -tUli ,*=?— Sj»UJ\ - iojJl iJJI ^ :^l 

- ^1 U....JJ1 ^ (ijUiSl f U* o; u:-^ JL*- : ^ 1 

.syiliJl 

Jj L-l <Ci__l>- Cil ,0 luuS) gill ^*3J L*u- . £_.« v' J» ' ia<M 



n 21 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o J^L«Lo jj Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ P$**a tjj}^ ,—w ^0)^5 JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



B - ENGLISH: 



AY. 

ARBE. 

ASD. 

CR. 

FUNK. 

HANS. 

JID, 

LL. 

MA. 

PIE, 

PENRIE. 

RODWELL 
SALE. 

22 



Abdullah Yusaf Ali; The Holy Qur'an text 

translation & commentary, Bairut, 1968. 

A.J. Arbery ; The Koran interperated 

London, 1975. (With text). 

Mohammad Asad, the Message of the Quran, 

Gibralter, 1980. 

R. Carlile; The Holy Koran (translated) 

New York, 1950. 

Funk & WagnallS; standard Dictionary 

international edition, N.York, 1964. 

Hans Werh, A Dictionary of modern 

written Arabic, Bairut, 1947. 

Abdul Majid Daryabadi, Holy Quran with 

translation and commentary. Karachi, 1971. 

William Edward Lane, Arabic English Lexicon, 

London, 1963 - 93. 

Mohammad Ali (of Qadiani faith) translation of 

the holy Quran, London, 1951. 

Mohammad Marmaduke Picthal, The Meaning of 

the Glorious Quran, London, 1950. 

John Penrice, Dictionary & Glossary of the 

Koran, New York, 1971. 

J. M. Rodwell, Koran (translation) London, 1950. 

George Sale, The Koran translated, New York, 

1964. 



am^o jjV jl CjLo JaX*w: jj Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ p5^o (jjys c=r ^> O^f'^3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



^WV^iaiW 



(;^U) uft\ V UT 



Didst thou not see? (105:1) 

Behold they not that we visit 
the land diminishing it. 
(13:40 

Bethink ye then those whom 
ye call upon beside Allah. 
(39:38) 

To introduce an alterna- (2) 
live question, the second 

alternative starts with 'A 
as: 

Say Thou : Is that better or 
Garden of Abidance ? 
(25:15) 

To denote a dubitative (3) 
sense 'Whether' 

r**j^y >t|»*iuJ> 

Wheather Thou warrwst them 
or warn est them not. (2:6) 



* * * 1 



an interrogative article (1) 
placed before a verb 



.jgtoy^E? 



Did you hold the giving of 
drink to the pilgrims and 
?(9;!9) 

or before a preposition as : 

Is there any doubt in Allah ? 
(14:10) 

or before a pronoun as : 

didst thou say ? (5:1 16) 

or before another particle or 
a letter of the conjunction 
such as • 



■- 3W 



* j 



or l-* 



art thou verily 
or 
(written as 5J4] ) 



affl 



23 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o J^L«Lo jj Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ P$**a *ij->j«o ,—w £yj)jj$ JjV<5 *5j?« 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



V ! 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN 



vt 



And for his parents each of 

them shall have one sixth. 

(4:11] 

fathers (physically )( I ) in. p.) &S\ 



And do not marry women 
whom your fathers prev- 
iously married [4:22] 

forefathers (2) 

Or lest you say; it was but 
our forefathers who asso- 
ciated afore. [7:1731 

According to Raghib the 
wore) Lfincl udes, besides 
fathers, forefathers, pat- 
ernal uncles, teachers of 
the old, spiritual leaden 
etc. 



* V 


V 


1 




grots (n.) ace. 




B 


+ i 


*■ 


\ 





forever U) (adj.; fjfl 

Staying in it for ever [18:3] 
(2) never 

We will never enter it. [5:24] 
24 





* * v 1 


father vl) w^l 

* 

declined with letters as 


nam. y\ 


ace. tl 


gen. yl 

The word in siguiar signifies 
father in the sense o f 
blood relationship as 



Mohammad was not father 
of any one of your men. 
[33:40) 

meanwhile the singular den- 
oates the meaning of plural 
from, and is used for fore- 
father in spiritual sense, 

The creed of your forefather 
Ibrahim. [22:78] 

Zamakhshari observes ; 

Ibrahim was forefather of 
the Messenger of Allah. 
Thus he became father of 
his community; as the 
Messenger's community is 
as good for him as his 
descendants. 

parents (it. dual.) $&} / uljft 

n 



J* 



am^o jjV jl C*Ao JxJUw: jj Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ p5^o <<jjy> ^—-w C>^'^3 lPV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



ol 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY O.URAN 



J V ' 



(perf, 3 p. w. phi.) V}\ 

they refused 

(ptff.3p.fphi.) $ 
they (/) refused 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) Jjt 

** refuses 

(tmpetf. 3 p.m. sing) Cr\ 
'■w refuses 

( with a N panicle) 

Let not the scribe refuse to 
write. (2:282) 

(irnperf, 3 p.f. sing.) y Jfe 
^refuses 



* J * \ 



(per/. 3 p. m. sing.) j)l 

<^ r- came, 

to come, arrive, VC5\ Jit Jl 

~ brought, gave, ( w ) Ji 

to bring, present (^)XU^J 

#«- came (perf 3 p, f. sing.) <&4\ 

(per/. 3 p.f. daal) Cj\ 
they (twain) came 

(perf. 3 p. f. ph.) cjjft 
they (f) came 

we came (perf. 1st p. phi.) £jjl 
To 



< *-fled (perf. 3 p. m. ting.} "$ 
to run away, ^ jV ^j 
escape (as a slave) 





• * * • 


bowls (n. pku ot^JX > §!$ 




* 4 v I 


J 


z» * «Sfe1 




• J v 1 



camel W J$ 
a flying creature (W tliji 



• tf V ^ 



(Camp. tf + w! ) Ig 
my father 

(Comp. tf* + «-*' ) t^il V 
O my father 

(perf. 3 pjn. sing.) J)l 
<~refused 

to refuse, reject ml ii\ till 

25 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o J^L«Lo jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3^-° <lHJ*° e*** l>#LH3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



* a 1 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY OJUHAM 



• 1 



give, pay (perate m. singjiv »? 1 

f/V, J jr. ot. jin^r, J tV j\ 
be was given 

fry. 5 pjn, pAiJ if \ j? j\ 
they were given 

f/V. 2 /». m. sfng.J (v S^Jj 
thou was given 

j*. A 
(pp. 2 p. m. phi.) h 'fi**' 

you were given 

(pp. 1st p. sing.) iv £|p> 
we were ghen 

he is (or will be) given 

(pip. 3 jb. hi.) iv ty'j'^ 

they are (or will be) given 

(pip. 1st p. sing.) i &y> 
I am given 

(ap-der.^iv m. phi.) l^'ftS 
the givers 

(pit. pie. m, sing, i 'used for * 

ep-der) <mr, ZV* 

comer certainly 
that is to be fulfilled 



(imperf 3 p.m. sing.) t|V 

becomes 

(imperf. 2 pjn. sing.) ace. ol" / Jpf 
i hou come 

they come (imperf, 3 pm. phi.) j^V 

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) ace ^V 

he comes 

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) aee.^ffi j \'f\f 
you come 

(imperf. 1st p.phi.) ace. $ j ^ff 
we come 

come! bring! (perate m. sing.) w'[ 

fperate m. Ami) 4*1 
(you twain) come 1 

(perate m. piu.) \j5\ 
(you all) come I 

to bring, Vti\ iv 6% Jt 
to give 

(perf, 3 pjn. sing.) ir ijT 

< —brought, gave, 



* * ± \ 



household, (n) ace. S>Ct / ft'T 
goods, 

26 



(Imperf. 3 pjn. sing.) h 
~ gives 


nV 


(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) iv 
thou give 


& 


(intperf. 3 p.m. phi.) ir 
they give 


Ut 



(imperf 3 p. f. phi.) if $$£ 
they (f) give 



rT 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o J^L«Lo jj Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ P$**a (jjyj ^—-w j^jl^j JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J A 1 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J **» \ 



~effect (2) 

Mark of them is on their 
faces from the effect of 
prostration. [4$ : 29] 

effects <1) (a.p.) #T 

Look, then, ai the effects of 
Allah's mercy. [30 : 50] 

traces (2) 

They were mightier than thee 
in strength and in the 
traces (which they have 
left of their power and 
glory). [40:21] 

footsteps, after (3) 

Haply thou art going to kill 
i hey self over their foot- 
steps. [18:6] 

trace (4) \jc\ 

Bring me a book before this 
or some trace of know- 
ledge. [46:4] 



• J 



TemarUk 



M $ 



• J 



4 I 



(ptrf. 3 p.f. ph.) 0\ 

<they (/) raised - e ^ 

to transmit, to raise fmj 1 j\ jl 

preferred frw/. J p.m. *« J h> >*T 
to Pitf" 1jGj y T 

(impetf. 3 pm. ph.) h ^iS-K 

they prefer 

(imperf. 2 pm. ph.) tr 
you prefer 



« j>L' 



f imperf. 1st p. ph.) ij» 
'we prefer 

MS?*! 



We shall never prefer 
thee." [20 : 72] 

(pip. 3 pjtt. ring.) 'j% 
~ transmitted 

Then he said ; naught is this 
but magic transmitted (i.e. 
transmitted from the 
writings of the former ge- 
nerations). [74:24] 



~ footstep ( I ) 



W 



So I took a handful from 
the footstep of the mess- 
enger. 1 20 ; 96 1 



* 



TV 



27 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o J^L«Lo jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3^-° 'lHJ- e*** 0*i^j*3 JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J c* 



VOCABULARY Q¥ TH6 HOLY OJURAW 



si* \ 



O my father ! hire him, for 
the best that thou, can hire 
is strong and trustworthy 
one. [28: 26) 

reward; hire (a.) *i*-l 

J 

rewards ; hires (I) (a.p.) *fi\ 

And as for those who be- 
lieved and worked righte- 
ous works, he shall repay 
them their hires. 13 : 57] 

dowers (2) 

So give them their 

dower? stipulated. [4 : 24] 



+ { * \ 



to commit a sin or crime 

the requital or rccomp- (n.) pM 
enceof trl 

sinful (act. pic. m. pht.) 5cT 

(act, pk. m. phi.) ace. £jC-£.T 
sinful persons 

sinful person (act. 2 pie.) ''{*} 

a sin, a lie fv. n. >«,! *£>" 



* J e U 



reason (particle) 

because of that (S : 12) 

(an appointed) term (n) J^-i 



"in' I Til' 



And for every community 
there is (an appointed) 
term (i.e. in the divine 
plan). (7 : 34] 

28 



bitter 



• 


C E 


1 




(n. adj.) 


(d 


• 


J £ 


\ 



(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ,£* 
<thou hires 

to hire ; employ 

(perf. 2 p.m. sing-) * o>-L-^l 
thou hast hired 

hire f (perate m. ring.) x J*:' - 1 -**^ 

TA 



amLCs jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUw: jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3-*-*-° <ilv>° e*** 0"^',H.9 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



*£ 



1 



VOCABULARV OF TUB HOLY OURAH 



Jc 



to take, put, catch 

f>er/. J p./ riitf J ,i,3£l 
she took, put 

they took f)*rf, J p,/, phi.) fjjjS 

you took (perf. 2 p.m. phi J '*■ j^.| 
we took (>r/. W p. pht.) £ j£.1 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) j£v 
~will take 

(imperf. 2 p.m, ting.) j£tf 
thou shall take 



(imperf. 3 pju.pki.) £jj£. V 
they will take 



(imperf. 3 p.m. phi) ace. \ j ir-V 
they take (or) may they take 

nom Jj&V «ec 13£V 

(Imperf. 3 p.m. pht.) 
you will take 



(thou) take ! (perate m. sing.) * ■%. 

(you) take I (peratt m. phi.) \jXi- 
"—is taken (pp. 3 p.nt. sing.) jls-1 

r-> is taken, (pip. 3 p.m. sing.f^j. V 
is being taken, shall be taken, 

r\ 



two terms (dual n.) 

Whichsoever of the two terms 
I fulfilled: it shall be uo 
harshness to me. [28 : 28] 

< thou (perf. 2 p.m. sing.) ftffi 
hast appointed. 

to fix a term ItfjrV $■% $ 

And we have reached the 
term which thou hast 
appointed for us. [6 : 1 28] 

(pp. 3 p.f. sing.) ^jj3 
c*is timed, appointed, 
has been fixed 

For what day is it timed 7 
(77 : 12] 

fixed term (pis-pic) $*j* 
A recorded term. [3 : 1 45] 



• a c 



1 



one (m) (cardinal num.) -ivl 
one (f) df j£j 



* *fc 



t 



Oer/. p.rt. rfnff .J j^ 
< ~took, put. 

29 



am^o jjV jl CaAa JaX*w= jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ p,5^° 'Cv j*° e*** l>#LH3 JjV-> a^o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OURAH 






1 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.} viii J^gk 
~ takes (1) 

And the dweller of the desert 
is one who taketh up that 
which he cxpecteto u a 
fine. (9 : 98) 

*- set up (2) 

And of mankind are (some) 
that KI up compeers 
unto Allah. (2:165) 

(imperf. 2 pjn. j^,; ^ ±gcj 
thou take 

nam. U Jj-fCT aft;,/ \}aj£Z 
f imperf. 3 pm. phi.) m 
they take 

<7mp*r/. 2 pjn.'phi.) till 
you take 

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) rUiXjiCi 
we adopt, take 

take I (perate m. sing,) tin X^l 

(perate f. ring J riii ifiifl 
(thou/) take I 

(perate m. phi.) \jU\ 
(you) take I * 



taking, overtaking (i) (i M .) 



Lri 



(imperf. S p.m. sing.) Hi J^^j>_ 
~will call 55 to account 

Allah will not call yon to 
account for what is vain 
in your oaths. [2 : 225] 

(peratefneg.) Hi lp*J* 
punish not, reckon not 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii J-^J 
< ~he has taken 

to take 

M>te : Raghib hu mentioned 
this root in i i f* i o 
others put it in & i f» < 1 

And they said, Allah hath 
adopted a son (or) Allah 
hath taken a son, [2 : 11 6] 



(perf. 3 pjn. pht.) viii 
they have taken 

(perf. 2 pjn. sing.) viU 
thou hast taken 

(perf. tsi p. sing.) viii 
I have taken 

(perf. 2 pjn. pht.) tiii 
you have taken 

(perf. 1st pM. phi.) viii 
we have taken 



,j-i 






fm 



~*zS*a (JjV jl CJ±a JxJUw: jj Olt^^b^ ijJLLo^ £.3-*-*"° < C>iJ a c w C>*^Ji3 J-*^ $&*&a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



one* ho takes (<?>-<fcr>viii) jgej 
SS as possessor of, 
certain adjectives (L.L.). 

Nor was I one who takes 
seducers as supporters. 
[L8:51| 

(ap-der. itt. phi. nA.) ,j£ j^Cj! 
takers 55 in certain object 

And not taking (them) as 
secret concubines. [5:5] 

{apJer.f.plu.) &)^i 

those women who take some 
one (in friendship Tor 
sinful, illegal relationship) 



\ 



(per/. S p.m. sing.J ii ji-\ 
'put behind, delayed. 



to delay, *£% ,f « * 

put behind *** -^* J^ 1 



(she) put behind, delayed 

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) ii f >1 
we put behind, delayed 

{perf 2 p.m. sing.) tSt^-\ 
thou hast delayed. _„ 

thou hast delayed me "/J*" 1 

T\ 



And such is the overtaking 
of thy Lord. [11:102] 

«r»P (2) 

Whereof We laid hold of 
(took) them with grip of 
(Our) might. [54:42] 

grip (n.) tij.\ 

(acU pie m. sing.) 1 J 
one who holds SS with grip 

No moving creature is there 
but He holdeth it by itt 
forelock. [11:56] 

{aft. pic. m. phi.) aec. wJL£\ 
those who hold 5S, takers 



(torn. £r i*.T + * -W.; >*JLj^ 

overtakers, holders with grip 
(of it or him). 



taking {yjt.>fiii) 

Verily you have wronged 
your souls by your taking 
the calf. 12:541 



lull 



31 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o J^Lma jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3^-° <lHJ*° c^ 0"^',H.9 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QU-KAN 



J t 



I 



(n. phi.) nam. jJj^T ace. O^T 
others 

another f/.; f«,; tf^f 

others (f.) (n. plu.) jd1 

final, last, that ii to (*.} J^T 
come later, after 

Last Day (Hereafter) ^9j ^ 

last, coming after (n.) »j£\ 

the abode of Hereafter; Jj^^rt jljji 



* J c 1 



brother fn.; £Yl 

declined as £»J with letters 
not vowels. Thus 

mm. jjf,J ^«. tt *«• ^il 

(1) sjginfies A mule person 
having the same parents 
as another or others or 
having only one parent in 
common. 

He took his brother to him- 
self. II 2:69} 

(2) A person of the same 
descent, land, creed or 
faith with other or others 

The believers are naught 
elsethen Brothers. 

[49: JO] 

32 



(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.} ii yJjf 
~ delays 

(imperf, 1st, p. phi.) U jj, jf 
we delay 

(pip. 3 pm. sing.) ii jTj( 
~is delayed, will be delayed 

will not be delayed J J- j,* H 

(perf. 3 p.m. stay J * j£U 
delayed (I) 

And whosoever delayth on 
him is no sin. [2:201] 

that comes later (2) 

That hath preceded by thy 
fault and that which may 
come later, [48:2] 

(imperf. 3 p,m. flag J r 5m£" 
~lays behind 

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) x (iSj^SZ 
they remained behintd. 

to remain behind j*\l1\ 

(imperf, 2 p.m. pht.) xgj^tlf 
you remain behind, 

(ap-der.>x t m. phi)pcc*0_ jj. t(^| | 
who are delayed behind. 

another (a.) J^-T 

other two (n. dual.) Jl^T 

other two in. thai.) ace. Cf.j**\ 



TT 



~^&a ^oV jl C Jm J.o.i.t t t. jj 01^3^33^3 i^i^3 P5^° 'C j*° cr**' Cyi^y.3 lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



S 1 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY O.URAN 



-> c 



(imperf, 2 p.m. phi.) ace. ii Ijjj* 
that you pay back 

hand over ! (peraie. m. phi,) \*J^ 

to deliver up {v.n.) *lj' 

(the thing entrusted 
to its owner) 



G 



* ui 1 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) 5i! 
~ allowed (1) 

w *&i k\ $ 

to bear, perceive, respond, 
listen, allow 

Except he whom the Bene* 
ficcnt allowed. (78:38) 

(perf. 3 p.m. ting.) 
perceived, heard (2) 



«iot 



And listened to its Lord and 
is made fit. [84:2] 

(perf. 2 p.m sing.) £n1 
thou permitted {3) 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ting.) *jjfc 
'-permits 

Until my father permits me. 
[12:60] 

(imperf. 1st, p. sing.) JST 
I give permission. 

rr 



in the genitive case 'jA as: 

So cover the dead body of 
my brother. 15:31] 

To show him how to cover 
the dead body of his 
brother. [5:31] 



(r. dual.) ace. -gen. 
two brothers 



two brothers (n. dual.) nam. d\jj-l 

brothers (n. p.) j^| 

brothers (n. p.) *jf-\ 

mm (n.) £J$ 

two sisters (n. dual.) £ifii.y\ 

sisters (n. ptu.) JiV^j 





it > * \ 


impious, disa. 


itrous («.) ace. b| 




i — 



(imperf. 3 p>m. sing.) it Jjf 
-^delivers 

to pay, perform, 

(VI. 5 p.m. sing.) ii 3j£l 
~ in order to pay 
back, should pay back 

33 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o J^L«Lo jj Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ P$**a *ij->j«o ,—w j^jl^g JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



i 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLV ftURAN 



Jit 



&&&%£ 



Then say ; I have warned 
you all alike. (21:109) 

to declare (2} 

They will say j we declared 
to thee not one of us can 
bear witness. (41:47) 

(per/. 1st. p. plu.) to Vs\ 
we declared 

(perf 3 p.m. sing.) v JjV 
"-proclaimed 

(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) x ^afcil 
masked leave 

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) x Vffe>\ 
they asked leave 

{imperf. 3 p.m. p. sing.) x ajULT 

** asks leave 

(imperf 3 p.m. phi.) J^j If^T 
they ask leave 



proclamation, 
announcement 

permit, leave 



(v. 



.n.) Sfl 



ear ; all ears or (metp.) (n.) Os* 
hearer 

34 



(pp. 3 p,m. sing.} Oji 
~"is allowed 

(pip 3 p.m. sing.) Jijt 
~is allowed 

excuse (1) (perate m, sing.) JJ»J. 

(j5b"Vjctyuul 

Excuse me and try me not. 
(9:49) 

give leave (2) 

Give leave to whom thou 
wilt or them. (24:62). 

be apprised (3) 

Then be apprised of war 
from Allah and His 
messenger. (2:279) 

(you) permit (perate m. phi.) \f$\ 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing. J ii jSJ 
announced 

announce ! (perate m. sing.) if jal 
call I make known to eve. y 
body 

(apaer.^ii m. sing.) Jaj* 
an announcer 



(perf. 1st. p. sing.) it c*ol 
<1 warned (1) 



IV 

to warn, declare 



Ti. 



~*zS*a (JjV jl CJla JxJUw: jj Olt^^b^ $jJUq$ p$**A (jjyj ^—-w ^0)^5 JJVi a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



it 



VOCABULARY Or TH* HOLY QURAN 



il 



fimprf. jF p. m . phi.) iv OJajjf 

they give trouble, harm or 
annoy 

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.} 
you annoy, give trouble 

give punish- (pent* m. sing.) IJjT 
meat f 

(pp. 3 p.m. ling.) Qj\ 
~has been given trouble, 
persecuted 

They were {pp. J p. m , pfo.j |j£j| 
persecuted 

we were per- {pp. 1st p.phi r )\2j j * 

secuted 

(pip, 3 p./. ph.) '&]? 
they (/) should be 
given trouble 

ailment { I) (h.) £$ 

Or has an aliment of the head. 
[2:196] 

harmful (2) 

Sty Thou ; it is harmful 

Keep aloof from women 
daring menstrual charge 
[2:222] 

ro 



ears (I) 

It might be retained by the 
retaining cars. [69:12] 

all ears or hearer (2) 

And they say : he is all ears 
(hearer, looking for news), 
[9:611 

ears (phi. of jil ) 

his two ears (thai n.d.) jJZJ Sj 
(both ears of him) 



ser 



* * * * 






set 



M 



* \S b 1 



(peif. 3 p.m. piu.J iv (jjT 
<They maligned, annoyed 

to hurt, cause bodily 
pain, wound the feeling 

(per/, 2 p.m. phi.) N J^jT 
you maligned, annoyed ' ' 

(tmptrf. 3 p.m, ifenr./ iv of»' 
ogives trouble, harms, 
annoys 

35 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUw: _j-> Olf-5^5^ djjLwo^ £.3^-° 'lHJ- cr^ 0-^'^3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



jl 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAJ* 



rfil 



through disease or extreme 
old age have tost reason 
and manhood - 

(Jid,>Rgh.) 

purposes {phi. it.) -rjt 



* v^ 



ID 



earth, land, city, 
country 



00 £j 



*iljl 



thorns fp/w. n.) £fcfj\ 
(any. t£?J ) 



* f J 1 



•IRAM' or 'Aram' f4 was 
according to one account, 
the name of the great 

fathers of Sic , from 

whom the tribe took its 
name ; and according to 
another the name of the 
city in which it lived. 

The St are called 
i£Jfl olS , the word 

jfe means 'lofty build- 
ings' supported by co- 
lumns. 

36 



injury (3) 

Then they follow not up 
what they spent with re- 
proach or injury. (2:262) 

annoying (4) 

And disregard their annoying 
(talk). (33:48) 



lit 



. The word ^ j* signifies 

a. slight evil, slighter than 

what is termed j^> 

(LL.) ; or anything caus- 
ing a slight harm. (Rgh.) 



IH«*1 



remember (particle) >| 
when, (pointing to the past), 
that time when, , . . . . 

(jHtrtkk) ty 
when (pointing to the future) 



• V 



J 1 



jSJi tft ' 



need (n.) *j^l 



means 
those male attendants who 



r-\ 



-^-u5La jj^F jl Oirf J^L«Lo jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3^-° 'lHJ- e*** l>#LH3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



U* jr 



1 



VOCABULARY OF TUB HOLY QURAN 



jl 



back, strength (n) jjl 

Confirm by him my strength. 

(20 ; 31) (Arb.) 
Strengthen by him my back. 
(JidJ 



• J J T 



( imperf. $ p. f. jfng.) (asstm ») J jf 
they (satans) incite 

They incite them by an in- 
citement. (19:S3) 



• ^ J 1 



(perf. 3 p.f. iiitg,}&} 
< ~got nigh j * 

to get nigh 

that is coming ( ocr. pic. f. ) IjJT 
very soon 



' *>//! 



{perf , 3 p.m. slug ) (anffliv)J-il 
<^"Iaid the foundation 

foundation (n) J^C-l 

f/V- ■? /»■"■ Jrwg.) assim. jJz\ 
~laid fits foundation) 

rv 



Aram, the possessors of lofty 
buildings supported by 
highly built columns. 
(89 : 7) (Rgh.) 

"the people of many co- 
lumned 'IRAM". (Jid.) 

fit : 'IRAM 1 possessing lof- 
ty structures supported by 
columns. The reference 
is to the earthly Paradise 
built by Shaddad, son of 
'Ad' one of the greatest 
king of the dynasty. 

<Jid. P. 30, nn. 333) 



J J 



D 



{perf. 3 p.m. sin$. ) iv ^jT 
^> strengthened 

to help Ijjlj* 5? 
strengthen 



* * * * 



Azar 



(**.) 3$ 



Prophet Ibrahim's father, an 
an idolater. According 
to Bible quoted by Jid. 
his name in Bible is Terah 
(also Zarah). He was the 
Chief Officer of King 
Nimrod and a great 
favourite with his royal 
master. 



37 



am^s jj^F jl CJui J^L«Lo jj Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ P$**a <<jjy> ^—-w C>^'^3 lPV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J ur 



VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY ^L'RAN 



3 + 1 



O u* 



* t 
altered (pact, pic.) mt;' 

{i.e. water, the colour and 
smell of it are altered.) 



• J ^ 1 



< example, an object (ji) ij^l 
of imitation, model 

to dress a wound, console 

{imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) ace \j^V 
you sorrow 

Lest you sorrow for the 
jake of that which hath 
escaped you. (57:23) 



+ t* ij* 



n 



[imp, J it p. sing.) Hi jr* 
< I sorrow for \ * 1 

to be grieved, be affected 

sorrow (n) <J»» 

be grieved not (perate, neg.j^fV i 



J U- 



I 



rash, insolent 
38 



M *£ 



& 



* * * * 



brocades (n)Jji— —' 



• J cf T 



: 



{ imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) ( *♦»•) *j jj^tf 
<you take — imprison 

tobindXc^-r^' S*\'J& 
take captive 

structure, joints, frame (n) Ji* 

(ocl. 2 pfc.) !jj 
captive, prisoner 

u-1 

captives, prisoners ipht>n.) t£jl«*' 

ll J / see <sJA 



* J „ 1 



(per/, J pm- P&-) '*" I j*^ 
they made SS angry, ^ 

to be sad, grieve about 

(in) sorrow, anger (n.) ace 1*-1 
(v.n.) OCT. U^l < 

sorrow and anger 



O my *orrow {interjec.) Jj- 



id £ 



fA 



iw&d jjV jl C * i lo J.o.i.t a . ji 01^3^33^3 i^i^o^ P5^° ^lH^ cr**' 6-^'^3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



il Jl 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY O.URAN 






j j £ see t3T-J>* 



* Lt J 1 



fie! Oh! (interjec.) £\ 



J I 



(m.p.) 5tT (n. sing.) Jil 
horizons; horisons 



* a a T 



(imperf. 3 p,m. plu.) ijfit 

<they feign, make a false 
show 

fel at u*l 

to tell a lie, change 
another purpose, turn 
away from. , 

(imperf, 2 p.m. phi. (m) <ilil r 
thou turns away 

Art thou come to us that 
thou may tuna us away 
from our gods ? [46:22] 

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) ili? 
was turned away 



J u* 



I • * v r 



<closed over 

to shut, close o^jl , ^iX 



U* I 



burden (1) (a) Ji[ 

Our Lord, do not lay upon 
us a burden. [2:286] 

compact (2) 

And do you take my compact 
in this matter. [ 3.81] 



• J , 


j- 1 


root (n) 

roofs (a. p.) 

evening in) 

evenings (n.p.) 


3d 
3=J 

3&1 


* J. 


t' 


"•ijU.ataw.jd 


* j 


t' 



J V> £ 



we 



■a 



39 



aaaIs (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUw: jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ p,5^° 'Cv j*° e*** 0"^',H.9 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Jdl 



VOCABULARY OF TH» HOLY QURAM 



6 >J 1 



+ C) «J> 



I] 



^ o t^> see o 



*ai 



* J dl 



ate (jwr/. J />,m. ring.) (A. v.) jH 

(perf. 3 p.m. dual.) ^\ 
they twain ate 

they ate (perf. 3 p.m. phi.) \g\ 

eat* (imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) J» V" 

(Imperf. 3 p.m. dual) j$§V 
they twain eat 

they eat {imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) o j* V 

(Imperf. 3 p./. plu.) $fc\ 
they (/) eat 

(imperf. 2 pjtt. sing.) Jp V 
thou eats 

(imperf, 2 p.m. ph.) ijjb V 
you eat 

we eat (imperf. In p. plu.) ,p V 

(peratef. sing.) $* 
eat (addressed to a woman) 
40 



(pip. 3 p,m. plu.) dJ* ji* 
is turned away 

(pip. 3 p.m. phi.) <jj>-* _£■. 
they are turned away 

(pip. 2 p.m. piu.) j^C* J 
you are turned away 

a lie ; slander (n) i)*| 

big liar ; big slanderer (n.ent) g 

(ap-der. viii f, sing.) % m % J ^ 
the subverted (cities) 

the subverted or Jlft'fl't 

overturned (cities) ^"J^ 1 



* • • 


* 


£ j see 


SSI 


* J tj 


■ 

1 



set (perf. 3 p.m. sing.) (h.t.) J>\ 

to set (0)^1^1:^1 

~sct (perf. 3 p.f. sing.) (M ilal 

(oc(. pic. m. phi.) ace £gttj 
setting ones, (moon, sun 
or stars) 



«-U5La ^oV jl Oirf J.O.it a . fl jj 01^3^33^3 ^^AaA5 P5^0 ( jJ^ c -w j^jljj^ JjVi A^AO 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



ci J \ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J &} 



cause to deprive of, or 
decrease 



* S J 1 



(/*■) 4JI (Stng.) &\ 

(<foa/) ««. ,j} j|l 

(relative pronoun} (dual, n) jl3l 
who, who that 

(ret. pronouns f.) (p&.) 
who, which, that 



eat (O you twain) 

eat (you) (perale m. phi.) ijB 

eating 00 J*^ 

act or state of eating <<wc.) Sol 

flavour, fruit, food <n) *"Jm 



* J J 1 



(per/. S pan. sing.) il CJ* 
< «* united, joined 

to aeustom w!| <li>\ <1*5 ' 

( imperf. 3 p.m. sing) tl i-« jj 
units, joins together 

protection ( Sate. ) ( en. iv) £>5lil 
taming (Pic), keeping (Jid.) 

(pjj. pic. ii.f, sing.) &&$£ 
that is made to incline 



and those whose hearts are 
to be conciliated. [9:60] 



(act. pic m. pht.) (n) ace. cJJo T 
eaters 

greedy (n. Ms. pht.) 5 J^l 

(sing, afii ) « 

Gwer. pte.>tJj^U 
eaten up, devoured 



• J J t 



<ties of relationship (n) Si 
relationship (n) *41 jJJ 

except, save, {iwirtefc) "^ 

unless, if not 

to I (particle) ^ 

lest (partkie H + $ > ift 

that not, 



* o J t 



we (per/ ft/. /». />/u.) <*-»-) £-N 
deprived °f>(jOtj *jjjj jj 
to deprive of, decrease,'* 

41 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUw: _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3-*^-° 'lHJ- c^ J-^'^3 J^V^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



,JT 



VOCABULARY OF THK HOLY (JitJRAM 



a j \ 



anything other than the 
UNIMAGINABLE SUP- 
REME BEING. 

The word -*£i has 

no corresponding word in 
English or in any langu- 
age of the world. 

O Allah! ft Hi 

(According to some gram- 

i 

■ 

marians jj ffl is a short 

form of &■ HiTlil L" 

i.c. O Allah, we believe 
in good. (Rgh.) 



• J J 1 



{imperf. 3 p.m. ph.) (h.v.) ^}V 
<they will fall short 

to fall Tjft jV SI 

short, refuse, be remiss 



(J2&M 



They shall not be remiss in 
corrupting (your affairs). 
(3:118) 

(o«r> '&\ t J (****» ijjl 

possessors, owners of 

those who are }'—*: jri' 
owners of wisdom 

possessors, owners of (/.) & i jl 
42 



one thousand {card, Tiumb.) u« 



£l 



( cord. mm*, <n*rf ) ace. 
two thousands 

(card*, numfc- />"«.) «^yl/ tt^VT 
thousands 



• f j 1 



(taper/ J P-ffl- -P to -> Wf 

they are suffering, to 
suffer, feel pain 

( imperf. 2 P.m- pb- ) j^t 
you ars suffering 

{act 2 pic adj. m.) *A 
effective, painful r 



J t 



god {m *4 
gods (it p.) !_^5 

The proper name app- (ij **k\ 

lied to the Being who ex- 
ists necessarily by Himself. 

syrty v»^J comprising 

all the attributes of per- 
fection. 

The word has neither 
feminine nor plural and 
has never been applied to 



IT 



am^s jjV jl C*Ao JxJUw: _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ p,5^° <0" ) >° cf*> Oi^JiS JjV^ <&*s>uz 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



*fl 



VOpABUL*RY Or TH8 HOLY OUR AN 



^Jl 



to keep away from the wife 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) via J\ 
~ swear off 

And let not the owners of 
affluent and amplitude 
among you swear off from 
giving unto the kindred, 
[24:22] 

favours bounties, (n.p>) *$T 
(sing. §>% ) 



^TH 



ruggedness (n) %J\ 

Wherein thou shall not see 
any crookedness or 
mggedness. (20: 1 07) 




a distant term, time, place («) Jflj 

I * 17 i l 

(Per/ J P.m. sing.} -j\ 
~ commanded 



"The beaim $$\ jflj 

of burdens" (i.e. pregnant 
women) 

those, these (demonstrative) dfcj jl 

these (demonstrative) 

J J J see Hj1/3Ji 

(a separable preposition) J\ 
to, till, with (1) 

From the Sacred Mosque to 
to the Furthest Mosque. 
[17:1] 

with, adding to (2) 

And devour not their subs- 
tance- with (Le. by adding 
it to) your substanee(4:2). 

till (3) 

(And) complete the fast till 
night (fall). [2: 1 &7] 



• rf J 1 



(imperf. 3 p.m. pht,) iv fyj'j 
they swear 

to swear l$l $g £1 

to he off from wife, 



ir 



43 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUw: _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ p,5^° 'Cv j*° e*** 0-^LH3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



,f1 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



.ft 



(pp. 1st p. sing,} &J$ 
I am/was commanded 

(pp. isip.pk.) !*•£' 

we were/are ordered, com- 
manded 

(,ptp. 3 p.m. sing.) tff. 
~is commanded 

(pip. 3 p.m. plu.) 'iiJt^jC 
they ate commanded 

(pip. 2 p.m. ting.) £>j? 
thou art commanded 

(pip. 2 p.m. plu.) 5)£*j? 
you are commanded 

(Imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) vM jj^.^ 
they are taking counsel 

{pet ate. n. plu.) viii '/j*?-" 
take counsel 

matter, affair (I) (it) jil 

And matter has already been 
decided. (2:210) 

news (2) 

But if any news of security 
or fear comes to them, 
they spread it abroad. 
(4:83) 

command (3) 

The command descends 
among them. (65:12] 

44 



(perf. 3 p.m.plu.) Wj* 
they commanded 

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) &'jA 
thou commanded 

( perf. 1st. p. pht.) t>j\ 
we commanded 

caution : the beginners should 
note the difference 

between C^»l (1st. 
p. ptu. — we have 
commanded) and fc^l 

(3 p.m. sing, + l — be 
has commanded us) 

(Imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) y\ 
*-> commands 

.■A 



a? 



*. . it- 






(imperf. 3 p.m. ph.} 
they cam m and 

(imperf. 2 p.f- sing. 
thou (/) command 

( imperf. 2 p.tn. ptu.) 
you (m) command 

(imperf- 1st p. sing.) fi\ 
I command 

(e.m.p. 1st. p. sm% .) dy* 1 
f surely will command 

(perate m. sing.) £f\ 
give order, command 

(pp. 3 p.m. plu.) li^l 
they were given order 



u 



am^s jj^F jl £Jus J^^Lo _j-i Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ p5^o <<jjy> ^—-w C>^'^3 lPV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f r 



VOCABCLAIY OF THB HOLY OUR AH 



Jf 



• f f 1 



mother <1) { n ) 

And We inspired the mother 
of Musa. f2S:71 



t 



mothers 



Oi.p.) &$ 



tfnUte.Ki 



Forbidden unto you are 

your mothers. (4:22) 

Note : The primery meaning 

of J js mother 

and in ail secondly sig- 
nificances some idea 
of the primary sig- 
nificance is retained 
as illustrated in follo- 
wing verses. 

dwelling (2) 

His dwelling shall be the 
Abyss. [101:SJ 

the source, origin, (3} 
foundation or basis. 

Wherein some verses arc 
firmly constructed, they 
are the basis of the Book. 
[3:7] 

is 



authority (4) 

The possessors of the autho- 
rity or who are in 
authority. [4:59] 

affairs, matters, (n.p.) j£$| 

commends (but not news 
or authority 






4r* 



* -» f 

* J f 

* J t 

* J f ** (fy;) 

grevious («.) V\ 

Thou hast committed a thing 
grievous [18:71] 

{act. pic. m. phi,) Jj^l 
those who command 

(im.f.) \y& 
wont to command 



* W f 1 



yesterday, nearpast, (n) u^\ 
recently 



* J f ' I 



hope (») ffi 



45 



am^s (JjV jl CJlg> JxJUw: _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO (jjyj ,—w ^0)^5 JjV<5 rfs5*s«i 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f f 



VOCAUUI-ARY OF THS HOLY O.URAN 



f f 



or (ft conjunction) 

It is equal for them whether 
thou warn them or warn 
them not, they will not 
believe. [2:6] " 

{act. pic, m. pht, assim) v lB*1 
< those who are repairing 

to repair to, l£l f jT f 1 

to go towards 

(Profane not) those who are 
repairing to the Sacred 
House. [5:2] 

~ as for, but, {particle} (***)£< 
as to 

As for him who considers 
himself free from need, to 
him thou payest regard. 
W:S, 6] 

either, or, {particle) Z\ 



JUtSb't^KKB 



(Let them off) either freely 
or by ransom: [47:7] 

leader, the Quran (n.) }t[ 

*. -A 

leaders (»./>.) Onj 

46 



^© 



And with Him is the origin 
of the Book. 113:39] 

centre (4) 

And (it is sent) that thou 
may warn the mother 
(centre) of the town 
(Makka) and those around 
her. [6:92) 

Note : Primarily and in the 
first instance ^^21 p fa 
the mother of the 
towns ; the metropolis, 
particularly Makka ; 
because it is asserted 
to be the middle of the 
earth ; or because it 
is the Qiblah of all 
men, and thither they 
repair ; or because it is 
greatest of towns in 
dignity. (Jid>LL) 

The conjunction 'A 

is generally used in 
the second of two 
alternative preposi- 
tions, the first of which 

is proceded by ( 1 ) ; 
both may by rendered 

"weather'.' see {\ ) 



n 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o J^JLma jj Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ P$**a <<jjy> ^—-w C>^'^3 lPV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f f 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY (JIIRAN 



f f 



Thus Ibrahim is described 
as possessor of virtues in 
his own sell" that is expec- 
ted from the people or a 

community. 



unlettered (a) jj^fl 



Note : Raghib has quoted a 
view of some un- 
known and irreliabJe 
commentrators, that 

gives Q\ as a relative 

adjuctive to ^ Jh A 

i.e. the inhabitant of 
Makfca, This view is 
but a guess, not sup- 
ported by grammatie 
rules. 

The Holy Quran in 

another verse 2:78 
(forthcoming) has 
given significance of 
this word. 

unlettered ones 

unlettered ones 

And of them are unlettered 
ones who know not the 
Book. [2:78] 

IV 



before, in front of (n.) 
community, nation (1) («.) 

Mankind was one commu- 
nity. [2:213] 

a period (2) 

And he recollected himself 
after a period. (12:4 5] 

a {certain) way, (3) 

course, mode, rule of life 
or conduct, religion. 

Verily we have found our 
fathers on a way (of con- 
dud or religion). [43:22] 

pattern (4) 

(an example, a model to be 
followed, in respect of 
true religion and piety). 
— Ran; Ibn Kaihir) 

Verily Ibrahim was a pattern 
devout unto Allah, up- 
right. [16:120] 

Note: According to Rgh. 

iil in this verse mea- 
ns community or group. 



b.1 



47 



am^s (jjV jl CJlq JaX*w= _j-i Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ P$**a <<jjy> ^—-w C>^'^3 lPV<5 *5Lsm> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



^r 



1 



V0CA&ULA*V OF THE HOLY Q.URAN 



f f 



I trusted (per/. 1st, p. sing.) oil 

Except as 1 trusted you with 
his brother. (12:64) 



(imperf. 3 p,m, sing.) 
~ feels secure 



•SHs® 



But none feels secure from 
Allah's plan except the 
people who perish. (7:99) 



A 



».) i#V 



(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) v jr*\ 
they trust 

(imperf. 2 p,m. sing.) jjV 
thou trusts 

{imperf. hi p. sing.) £>#1 
I shall trust 



u* 1 



(ft. p.) p 

groups, communities nations 

eomp. of £* + fi ) 
panicle, interrogative 

Is he who is devout in the 
watches of the night. [39:9] 



.1 



* J f 



) 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) (h.v.) J*l 

became safe, considered one- 
self safe, trusted a person 
with anything > 

to be safe, trust, consider 
someone safe. 



Shall 1 trust yau. (12:64] 

(perf 3 p,m. sing.) iv £ll 
< ^believed 

to believe ; have faith 

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) jV *&J*T 
r*-(e) believed 

*" A 
(perf. 1st p. sing.) iv <i4* i 

1 believed 
48 



\z4s%M 



If one of you trust another. 
(2:283] 

Are the people of the town 
then secure from our 
punishment. (7:98] 



4u)ftft0$ 



And when you are in safety 
remember Allah. [2:239] 

( perf. 3 P-m. pht.) 
they are in safety 

(perf. 2 P-m. pot.) 
you are in safety 






1A 



am^s (jjV jl CJlq JxJUw: jj Olf-5^5^ djjLwo^ £.3^-° 'lHJ- c^ 0"^',H.9 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



>fl 



VOCABULARY OF THIS HOLY OURAtJ 



J f 



1 



(n.) OjLT ace. "i£J 

fad. pic. m. pltt.) 
those who are safe, in 
peace, secure 

(act. 2 pic.) gg»l 
trustworthy 

security (n.,1 «_ul 

Then after grief He sent down 
on you security. [3:154] 

trust (n.) \X^\ 

trusts fn./»,) c 

feith t belief (n.) jUj, 

(ap-der.^>iv,m. sing.) OiJ* 
believer 

mwn. Oj+y ace, \£*jt 

(ap-der. h, m. ptu.) 
believers 

(ptu.) &£*}£ siitg.S^j/ 

(ap-der.>iv,f.) 
believer, believers 

place of (n. far place) *^U 

safety 

secured (pact, pic.) .yjik 

not to be felt secured iiy V ^fc 



* I t 1 



a bondwoman fVf. J l - A 



(perf 3 p.m. ptu.) *>»'T 
they believed 

{perf. 2 p.t»' ptu.) x*-* 1 
you believed 

we believed 

(imperf. S p.m. sing.) y*j r 
(^believes 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) 'jfjjT 
thou believe 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ptu.) Ojfex 
they believe 

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) 

you believe 

(Imperf. 1st. p. ptu.) Of j? 
we believe 

* f i* 

~ certainly believes or 
shall surety believe 

(«Hp. 2 p.m. jihc J t-^J 1 

thou shall have to believe 

<' V 

(emp, 1st. p. phi.) 0*-^> 

we shall certainly be 
believing 

security, p*a« M &** 

(f) O.J (m4 W 

peaceful Mrt. pic ii«ffJ 



n 



49 



aaaIs jj^F jl C*i-o J^L«Lo jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3^-° 'lHJ- e*** 0-^'^3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY Q,URAf* 



' f 



they are Thy servants, 
[5:118] « 

in place of '+J, 4 heisor(2) 
he was t\ at 

He had well-nigh led us 

astray front our gods. 
(25:42] 

A negative particle. And (1) 
in this case it should be 

followed by H\ , as : 

This is naught but a word 
of a man. [74:25] 

that, indeed, (particle) 
certainly (this particle 
comes to introduce a 
statement) 

And know that Allah is 
Mighty* Wise. [2:2601 

Used tn the (particle) 

beginning of a para or new 
sentence, e.g. 



4 



fc» 



-;ai& 



Veriily Allah and His angels 
send their benedictions 
upon the Prophet. [33:56] 

Note: These particles i.e. 

fixed to pronominal*. Thus 

\,\ t t1 denote : "that 
50 



the bondwomen (n.p.) 
Note : Non-muslim translators 
of the Holy Quran, due 
(O their shortcoming, 
tend to render the word 

• -I 

4_^#1 into slave ■ woman. 



H 



* + ¥ * 



(pronoun, ht p. sing.) Ft 
I, myself 

(particle) jt 
This particle is used to (1) 
support the preceding 

particle lit i.e. when is 
under :- 

Then, when the bringer of the 
glad tiding came. [12:96] 
explanatory (2) 

The chiefs among them de- 
parted—go and preserve 
in your gods i.e. they 
departed saying. (38:6] 

(est (3) 

And admonish thou them 
lest a soul be given up 
to perdition for that it 
hath earned. [6:70] 



It is used as : (particle I 
introducing a conditional (I) 



U 

il 



sentence : 



£)£ •• ■ 



If Thou chastise them, surely 



o- 



am^s (jjV jl CJlq JxJUw: jj Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ P$**a <<jjy> ^—-w C>^'^3 lPV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



aol 



VOQADULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN 



men (n.p.) jr* 

mca (rt, plu. of ^f\ ) ^-Vl 

(>er/. J pan. sing.) it jj T 
<£ < "•■perceived 

to perceive, t-Li| &*'£ Cr* ' 
see 

He perceived a fire on the 

side of Tut (mountain). 

[28:29] 

(per/. 1st p. ting,) fr $*%% 
I perceived 

(perf. 2 p,m. plu.) it vji 
you find • 

Then if you find in them 
maturity of intellect. [4:6] 

(imperf, 2 p.m, ph.) \**ft*$ 

<you ask permission 

to seek familiarity 

(jp-<ier > X m, ph.) CgjU^* 
seekers of familiarity 

Without fingering to enter 
into familiar discourse. 
[33:53] 



* i_> j 1 



nose (n.) 



Jfl 



me, that I, verily I, etc." 
Likewise these are prefixed 
to other pronominal 



forms: ItUcUsp 
etc. . r 

verily, is but (partide) "J 

Say thou : I am but a hu- 
man being like yourselves. 
[18:110] 

that (statement) (partkk) Gil 

Revealed unto me is that 
your God is one Cod. 

[IB; 110] 



*■ .£• i 1 



i 



female (a./.) ^ 

two females (n. /. dual.) iJ^-p*\ 

females (n.f.pht.) M\ 



it. & it 1 



■* 



man f D / ? P- jinnee.) (n.) ,ji\ 

man (general) (n.) ,j£jj 

man (general) {«.) J-iJ 

men (n.p.) £Al 



51 



am^s jj^F jl Oirf J^L<Lo _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3^-° <lHJ*° c^ O^'j^-9 lPV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J* 1 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



^ a 



Given to drink of a spring 
fiercely boiling. [88:5] 

t T 

vessels (2) {n.)*^,;! 

And brought round among 
them will be vessels of 

silver. |76:15] 

(» + o : pranowi) n J. 
its time (of cooking) 

wherefrom (interjec.) §J 

Where thou got it from 7 
[3:37] 



• J * 1 



people (I) („.; «jd 



And if the people of the 
Boole believe, surely it 
would have been better for 
them. [3:110] 

worthy, Lord, owner, (2) 
being entitled 

He is the Lord of piety and 
the Lord or forgiveness. 

174:56] 

family members (3) 
(such as son, brother, 
wives and kins.) 

52 



t^SJ^u^ 



A nose for a nose. [5:45] 
just now (n.) 

What is that he hath said 
just now7 [47:I6J 



feT 



• 


r 


j 


\ 


creatures 


<«. 


>1SI 


• 


iS 


d 


1 



(Imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) (h.v.) J jV 
<? -wcomes i 

to be time for SS 

Is not the time yet come to 
those who believe? 

[57:161 

times; hours; (n.p.) *(»'T 

*Z?\ <(act. pic. m.) i^T 
boiling (1) 

km. * t 

boiling <ij[ <(aa pic. /.) *^i 1 

Going round between it and 
boiling water, fierce. 

[55:44] 

ar 



~^&JS ^oV jl C J l l i JxJUw: jj 01^3^3^= ijAUJ^ P>mA 'l)-^ ,—w j^jljj^ JjVi A^AO 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Jjl 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J*l 



And Atlah ; with Him is the 
best goal (or resort). [3:14] 

one who is oft-returning (m(j.)«jl ji 



those who are (fori, pfu.) £r*ljl 
oft-returning 




• i J \ 


(impel 
<»*- tires 


7. 3 p.m. strtg.) Jjl 


to make tired. 


tfJ^iS 


And guarding of the twain 
tire Him not. [2:255) 


to become 


Tjjl a3t *!' 

bent 




• J j 1 



interpretation (I) (v.rt.>ii) *Ji'jV 

This is the interpretation of 
my dream of old. [12:100] 

result, final sequel, end (2) 
This is best and more suit- 



able to (achieve) the end. 
[4:59] 



&%AO0!&4» 



My Lord ; surely my son is 
of my family. [11:45] 

responsible persons, (4) 
elders of a family. 



&&&&& 



So marry them with the 

permission of their masters 

(elders of their family). 

[4:25] 



nom. <J 



Jjtil ace, $$ 



femllte, fjfe. of *)i1 ) 
family members 



*vjI 



(perafe^>it,f, sing,} tiJi 
<do an act of echo, repeat, 

to return Vii j U J x C*T 

to act cSl(S)wj1 as 

echo, bring, repeat (Rgh. Lis.) 

O mountains ! repeat Our 
praise with him. [34:10] 

to come back, (v.w.) V*l 

to return (with one's own 
intention — ZfgAJ 



(n. /or jr/oce ; t, mimj 
resort, goal, returning 



or 



53 



am^s jj^F jl Oirf J^^Lo jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3^-° 'lHJ- cr-^ 0*i^J*3 JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OU*A|* 



Jjl 



* . J 1 



< long-suffer- (ints. sing,) *lji 
log one Cone who mourns 
or sorrows much.) 

m( obiUjf s£;T ) 

to call out oh ; feel pain, 
lament 



• rf J 1 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) Jj] 
** sought refuge 

fpeif. 3 p.m. phi.) Jjjl 
they sought refuge 

(perf. 1st. p. phi.) \£j\ 
we sought refuge 

(perf. 3 p,m. sing.) iv j jT 
gave shelter, 

< ^betook lodge; 

to give shelter 

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) it l>jT 
they gave shelter 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ph.) iv &Jy 
thou give shelter 



• : 



shelter, (it. of place) is jLLI 

home, abode 



* * * * 



54 



aye, yea ! (particle) i| 



fulfilment, consequence (3) 

Do they wait for aught but 
ita final sequel 7 on the 
day when its final sequel 
comes. 17:53] 

first (card, num.) J^l 

.Mam 

For Allah is what 

is coming after and 

what is the First 

(JUL rm. 27,427) [57:31 

first (card. num.f.) ^Jjl 
{this word is opposite to 

Jjp- Ji j , Hereafter) 

Allah's is the First and Last, 
(i.e. life and afterlife.) 

[53:25) 

woe! fljj 

Woe unto thee woe. [75:34] 
{Note. ... the difference bet- 
ween ^1 /.of M 

and t|>^ — owe) 



OS. 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o J^L«Lo jj Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ P$**a *ij->j«o ,—w j^jl^g JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



a ,« \ 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN 



»' lS 



tators, such as Razi, 
and Ibn Kathir, the 
two tribes, though 
closely allied, were 
distinct. 

people, followers (rt) |)T 

Caution: According to 
Raghib the word is deri- 



» ii 

ved from tfl 

* is turned to 



L e. 

ii 



as its deminutive form 

in Jil . ThedhTerene 

between ^JT and 

^jil is that the for- 
mer is possessed only 
to man, while the latter 
is possessed to man, 
time and idea etc. as 
e. g. it may be said 

Jk Jfc1 but not 



j\ji Dt . 



The word originally 
signifies people and 
nation. But in case of 
Prophet Mohammad 
(P. B. H.}, in some 
accounts, it is termed 
for his kith and kin. 
According to another 
view it is to be genera- 
lised for the To! lowers, 
'Uminah*. 



&f$@f 



Yea I By my Lord this is 
the truth. [10:53] 



• * 



\ 



j i j see (pk. of X ) i$« 

\ 

fperf. 3 p.m. sing, J it "£\ 

< "^ supported, 

to support, strengthen 

(per/. 1st p, sing.) ii £*£\ 
I supported 

fperf. 1st p. phi.) faff 
we supported 

Umperf. J p.m. phi.) ii %'y 
we support 

might in.) jftl 

And the heaven, We have 
built with might. [5 1 :47] 



• iJ 



1 



wood, thicket, another name \ jj^l 
of Mid tan (rt) 

Note : *Jg\ signifies the 

thicket or collection of 
tangled trees. Noel- 
deke identifies these 
people with the 
Midianites. Accord- 
ing to Muslim com men- 



00 



55 



am^s jj^F jl Oirf J^^Lo jj Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ p5^o <<jjy> ^—-w tj*j\y$ lPV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



*CT 



VOCABUURV at THR HOLY QTjRAft 



f * 



( panicle) 
when (question about time) 

whichsoever (particle) 

alone (ffdr.J 

This particle is always 

suffixed to a pronoun e.g. 

Thee alone do we worship, 
and of Thee alone do we 

seek help. [1:5] 

sign, verse (n) 
signs, verses fn.p.) 



m 

GGj! 

i 






• f if 1 



.--single women Jj-tlfl 
(i.e. unman ied, divorced or 
widow} 






m 



* • * • 



where (particle) &] 
whithersoever (particle) ff*i 



*** 



56 



61 



am^s jjV jl C*£a JaX*w= _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ p,5^° 'Cv j*° cr w l>#LH3 JjV^ ^5j?« 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



.Ul ^\& 



by (5) 

He said ; By Thy might, I will 
surely lead them all 
astray. [38:82] 

from (6) 

A fountain from which the 

servants of Allah drink. 

176:6] 

It also denotes the {71 
object of a transitive verb- 

And when (hey pass by what 
is false (vain) they pass by 
nobly. [25:721 

to support the subject, (8) 

thai is termed Vx\'j 
i.e. additional {Rgh.) 

And thou believe not our 
sayings even when we 
speak the truth. (12:17] 



* • • V 



an inseparable preposition 
denoting : 

with (1) 

Hold that which We have 

given you with strength. 

[2:63] 



during (2) 

tu yd* 

And during a part of the 
night keep awake. [17:79] 

in (3) 

Enter therein in peace, 
secure. [15:46] 

for (4) 
A nose for a nose. [5:45] 



57 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUw: jj CAs-^o^a $jJuq$ P$**a ijjjy* ^—-w C>^'^3 lPV<5 <&*s>-*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J O u 



VOCABULAttV OF THE HOLY QURAN 



j C kJ 



the earliest form of 
the metal — its meteo- 
ric origin before it 
could be obtained 
from its ores, 
(Jid. rm. 27.527-A) 

Adversity (3) 



Their adversity among them- 
selves is very great, 
[59:14] 

conflict, war (4) 

And the patient in distress 
and affliction and in the 
time of conflicts. [2: 1 7 7 J 



tribulation, distress (n.) 



eta 



(The kind of evil that relates 
to property such as 
poverty (L.LJ, compare 



V= 



E* 



see j j> ) 



foe/, ;>fc. m. sing,) 
poor, needy 

(gcC, ,2 pic. m. sing.) 
dreadful 



^i*U1 



* ■* 



* -> o V 



(n. e/atfve) f^'l 
tail-less, i.e. cut off from 
all future hope. 



to curtail^ Ji' 5£f >f < 
cut off entirely, amputate. 



J J hf 


, see JC 


**• 




r 


well fn,) ^n» 


- 


• o* • v 



evi!, bad, very bad, (m.sjng.) Or% 
(an unorthodox word of 
'blame'.) 

Evil i$ their drink [18:29] 

Very bad in their work. 
[5*3] 

{perate. vlii, neg. m. *rflg-)J"^» V 
grieve not ! 

terror, punishment (1) (n.) 

Our terror came to them by 
night or while they slept 
at noon. [7:4] 

power, violence (2) 

And We send down iron 

wherein is mighty power. 

[57:25] 

Note : sending down of iron 
may well allude to 



A 



58 



OA 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUw: jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ p,5^° 'Cv j*° e*** 0"^',H.9 JjV-> a^o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



JC^ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



£) O M 



1 only bewail my distress and 
priel unto Allah. Il2:86j 

(>flc/. pic. m. sing.) j.'V.il 
scattered 

(pact, pic. f. sing.) ICjiS 
spread 

(pis. pic>vnt.j (li_i; ) 

scattered 



•*{# 



* £ * j 



(ifUPrr/ J />.m. *■>#.) X*£ 
<C""is scratching 

scratch 



* *S £ V 



< gushed forth 

to opetnf»LJe J*« j# 



• J C *^ 



fn. dual) ace. Ot>5 mwn. J',^ 



two teas 
seas fit.pj 



^ / 5%. 



Bahira («.) *J^ 

(i.e. mother-camel whose 
milk was dedicated by the 



* i! & «-" 



ftp/. 3 p. nt. plu.) ii 
< surely they will cut off 

- ■■ ■ ■ , 

cut off, 



J O fcJ 



fperate>v, m. ling.) ii "J^* 
< devote 

to devote i- ;jqf // J£" 

oneself entirely to Atlah. 

devotion (v. >\.} ty'mi 

*il JJ[ ^fii means, "He 

detached himse'f from 
word I y things, and devo- 
ted himseir to God, or he 
forsook every other thing, 
and applied himself to the 
service of God.' (Jid>LL 
m. 29.360J 



• & ^ v 



(/wr/. J p.m. sing.) *L* 
(assim. v.) 
<-*-'has dispersed 

to disperse <^£- |^ Jj 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ting.) £v- 
<■<■ disperses (aswm. v,> 

distress (vji,) «£* 



59 



am^s (jjV jl C*aa JxJUw: _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ p,5^° 'Cv j*° e*** 0"^',H.9 JjV^ <&*s>us 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



c 3 <~> 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY (yjRAN 



^ c 



(imperf. 3 p.m. pht.) iTV. 
they stint, are niggardly 

nom. iltjl^i* acc.^'J^'^ 

(imperf. 2 p.m. pkt.) 
you stint, are niggardly 

niggardliness fn.) 3^ 



* » > *r* 



(per/, J p.m. j//fg.) fA.v.,1 Ijt 
< started, began (1) 

to begin, < J^fcb U^> fr 

commence, create (God) 

He bagan with their sacks. 
[12:761 

to originate (2) 

And behold how He origina- 
ted the creation. (29:20) 

(perf. 2 p.m. phi.) I JUT 
they began 

(perf. ht. p. phi) \KH 

we began 

{imperf. 3 p.m. ting.) \j£- 
^begins 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) h 'if JL«j 
^originates (1) 

60 



pagan Arabs to their 

gods-.} 



* <S t *** 



(imperf J p jri Sing.) {y**± 

< <— ■ diminishes 

to diminish, to treat un- 
justly 

(perau. neg. m. plu.) \^£UH 
(you) diminish not ! 

{imperf. 3 p.m. pht.) <j J_?^f 
they diminish 

. to z% 

diminution, reduced (price) 



* tt * 



(act. pic. m. sing.) £V*. 
< one who kills himself with 
grief 

To commit U^ P**^-'. r** 



suicide 



* J r V 



( perf. 3 p. m. si ng.) *$£ 
< ~ stinted, was niggardly 

( perf 3 p.m. plu.) \g£ 
they stinted, were niggardly 



«-u5La ^oV jl &Jba J.o.it a . jj 01^3^3^= ^^^05 £13-^0 iC j*° cr**' 6-^'^3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J i V 



VOCABULARY OF TH* HOLY QURAN 



6 } O 



• t ' * 



< /—originated 

to originate, fcji* £Jk» ^Jf 
begin, produce 

innovator (n.) ace. *J> 

originator f«cr. 2 pic.) £jJj 

faei/. 2 p.m. phi.) viit IjPJSil 
<Cthey invented 

to originate, invent 



• J y .w 



{/wr/. J /»«m. sing,) B JJT 
■< ^changed 

to exchange, to alter 

(paf. 3 p.m. phi.) it Vjjf 
they changed 

(paf. 1st p. phi.) a CaSr 

we changed 

(imperf. 1st p. sing.) ii tJjGl 
I change 

(>«)/. 3 p.m. sing.) v 3j£J 
< <^got changed 



to exchange, get changed 



$$a4£ 



Allah originateth the crea- 
tion. [29:19) 

to show (2) 

The falsehood shad neither 
show (its face) nor it shall 
return. J34:49] 

/Vote : The particle ^ may 
here be a negative, or 
may be in the place of 
accusative in the sense 

of £i $ . 



J » V 



•Badr" is ft village at (u.) Jjf 
distance of 150 kms. 
from Al-Madina. It was 
a camping ground and a 
market, noted tor plenti- 
ful supply of water and 
situated at the union of 
the road from Al- 
Medina and caravan 
route from Syria to 
Makka. 

in haste ace. (v. a. Hi } \jQ l 



to maJce haste 



IV 



61 



am^s (jjV jl CjLo JxJUw: jj Olf-5^5^ djjLwo^ £.3^-° 'lHJ- e*** 0"^',H.9 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J '-' 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QVRAN 



J » V 



* J i V 



(j»fl/ J p.m. ring,} ih.t.} I J 
<~ippeared (1) 

to appear, become clear, 
manifest, 

(2) to occur in mind 

(3) to dwell in desert 

Nay 1 that which they con- 
cealed before hath ap- 
peared for them, {became 
dear unto them.) [6:28) 

to occur id mind (2) 



Thereafter it occured to 
them, (even) after they 
had seen the signs (of bis 
innocence) to imprison 
him till a time. [12:35] 



(perf. 3 p.f. ring,) i^LJ 
""appeared 

(imperf. J pan. ring .) h &■£* 
< '-'(A.) to make appear 

to make t£} jA 

plain, manifest 

(in order to make , 
manifest) *$£i 

62 



■* 5 * 

(imperf. 3 p. m. ring.) v 1 1 » " *.* * 
— changes 

(perate m. phi.) v \ j t^^rrSl 
exchange not 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv 'I i J / 
< ~ changes 

change, ^\ jj^ 33J 

to alter * ** 

(/fflipp/, i p.m. phi.) x ty£l£ 
will choose SS instead 
of SS 



')&&*& 



He will choose instead of 

you a folk other than you. 

19:39] 

(imperf. fit p. phi.) x i>)-&^, 
you exchange, take 
SS instead of SS 

(t,n. > simple) OjC' 

an exchange ( Vi" ) 

(rjn.>U) *£l£ ace. %(£$ 
change, altering 

replacement (tji, > x) u\HL*l 
changer (ap-der>ii) *M^S 



* j J u 



body (ii.) 

camels : to be slam for % X 
sacrifice (during Hajj) 



-^-u5La jj^F jl C*i-o J^L«Lo jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3^-° 'lHJ- e*** 0-^'^3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J * •** 



VOCABULARY OH TH* HOLY Q,URAN 



J 1 w 



Equal (for all men) the 
dweller (of Makkal and 
the dweller of desert. 

[22:25] 

(act, pic. m. pht.) j jjT 
dwellers of the desert 

They would fain to be in the 
desert with the wandering 
Arabs. (Jid.) [33:201 

(act. pic. m. sing.) t£il 
deficient, immature 

■ 

Those of Jfy\ 33C 

immature opinion 

disc loser {ap-d$r^?h) ^c J-j 
Caution : ^ Jti* with hamza 

> i2£ t£ ■ t0 start 
and ^jlIj without 
hamza > ijJj tf-M ('") 



to disclose or make mani- 
fest. 



a V 



Orate >■'/, neg.) 
< squander not ! 



ift 



U^ 



fl 



to disperse, sequander 

dissipation, (»». «) y if J 
squandering 

IT 



{imperf, 3 p./. sing,) /v tfc£» 
~(f.} makes manifest 

She had well-nigh disclosed 
him if we had not forti- 
fied her heart. [28:10] 

{imperf. 3 p.m. pht.) it ojiif 
they make manifest 

( imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) iv £r*,i±J 
they (f.) make manifest 



Z&J 



ace. 



>*.* 



tfjtf 



{imperf 2 p.m, pfu.) 
You make manifest 

n.d. gen. +%('}) 

{imperf 3 p.m. sing.) 
he did not discover 

But Yusuf concealed it in 
himself, and discovered 
(revealed) it not* unto 
them. [12:77] 



- *4 



{2 pM. sing,) pip. iv 
'made disclosed 



desert («,) %& 

And hath brought you from 

the desert. [12:100] 

the dweller of {act pic) \\j[ 
desert 

63 



am^s jj^F jl CJla JxJUw: _j-i Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ p$**A t C>iJ a cr^ Oi^JiS J-*^ $&*&a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J V 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OJJRAK 



J J^ 



dutious (3) 

And dutious (or pious) 
towards his parents, 

[19:14] 

land (3) 

The game of land is for- 
bidden unto you. [5:96] 



fii 



the piety, virtue (n) jjt 

pious ones (n.p.) *j\j\ 

< virtuous ones (n.p.) *^ 



sing. 



*f 



* * J V 



(imptrf. Ill p. pht.) (h.v.) \yf 
<wc create ; bring into 
being 

to create ^u>)V»tJ b* V 

itrnptrf, 2 p.m, sing.) iv %fj; 
<< thou heal * 

<to be safe - 4 

to heat, make free. 

* '1 

{impaf. lit, p. jing.) iv %f jl 

I heal 

(imperf. I at p. phi.) iv is J* 
we heal 

64 



(ap-der.y>il m.phi.)acc. 
squanderers 



&"■ 



*■ J J «J 



(fljjim) v dXjy <«<?■ \jjt 

(imptrf. 2 p.m. pfu.) 
to act well, be pious *j jf y 

towards God, parents ; be 
virtuous, be true, behave 
courteously. 

you act piously (1} 

And make not Allah a butt 
of your oaths that ye shall 
not act piously nor fear 
Allah." (Jid.) 12:224] 

you deal benevolently (2) 

Allah Torbiddeth you not 
mat you should deal bene- 
volently to those who 
fought not against you on 
account of religion and 
drove you not out of your 
houses [60:8] 



benign (I) {n) 



'ja 



He is the benign, merciful, 
[52:28] 



M 



-^-u5La jj^F jl C*i-o J^L«Lo jj Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ P$**a < ijjy* ,—w O^f'^3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



* J *** 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QtJRAH 



ft J V" 



in.) i"Ay 
freedom from obligation 

creation (n.) */ 

creator (at/, p/e. m. i/ftf.) ijCfl 

one who- is free (pis, pic.} y** 
from obligation or " 
blame or any kind of 
defect. 



• G J * 



{perale>v. neg* f. phi.) &?J* * 

you f/J do not display 

beauty ^ 

display of beauty (v.n.) £^* 

(ap-der>v.f pht.) oVjw 
women displaying their 
beautifulness 

£^ < towers r«-/».; £# 
nr^. tower 



iperf. 3 p.m, sing.) if Vj 
** declared innocent, 
cleared from blame 

*'«/?• * * 

Allah cleared him (from 

that which they alleged.) 

[33:69] 

(perf. 3 p.m, sing.) j^ » \£ 
quitted himself of 

When those who were 
followed shall quit them- 
selves of those who 
followed. [2:166] 



• c -> v 



(imperf 1st p. sing.) £/J jl / 3 
<I will not cease to 

leav . e T U~ fi T_^ > *r i-' 

to leave a place 

(impetf. 1st p. pht.) £jfj $ 
we will not cease to leave 



* J V 



coolness f>.u.> *j. 



ote 



vi 



UK 



fa 



J** 



WJ1 



la 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) v 
they quitted 

(perf. 1st. p. pin.) 
we declared our innocence 
before you 

(imperf. 1st. p. phi,) 
we quit 

(act, 2 pic.) 
safe of blame, innocent 

Allah is free from obligation 
to idolaters. [9:3] 

I am innocent of that which 
you associate. [6: E 9] 



innocent («.) J *\jf 
65 



am^s jjV jl C*Ao JaX*w= jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ p,5^° 'Cv j*° c^ Oi?)M5 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



dju 



VOCABUO.RY OF THE HOLY OURAM 



J J V 



«.* 



(act. pic. f. sing.) *jj* 
appeared plain 



Lilt : a thing that (rt.) 
intervenes between 
any two things. 

(In the Quranic 

sense it is the interval 
between the present 
life and that which 
is to come, from the 
period of death to 
Resurrection, upon- 
which he who dies 
enters.) 






* u" J v 



the leprous (a.) J»J$I 



* 6 j V 



fa*/. J p.m. jwj^J Jj^ 
""got confused 

the lightning (n.) j£Ji 



• • • • 



SU *<&$ 



* 4 J w 



f/wr/ J p.m. afifgj /if "2] jf 
he blessed 

66 



cold (act. pic) iJC 



* j J ^ 



(ptrf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
<~he went forth 

to pass out, to appear, to 
show oneself after 
concealment 



JLf. 



Say ! Had you remained in 
your houses, those for 
whom slaughter was ordai- 
ned would have gone 
forth. [3:154] 



(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) 
they went out against (I) 






&%&& 



When they went forth against 
Jalut. [2:250} 

to come forth (2) 

And they all will come forth 
to Allah. [14:21] 



(PP. 3 p.f. sing-) <i 
~ brought up 

(act. pie. m. phi.) 
those who appear 



*» 






11 



AiU^s jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUw: jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3^-° 'lHJ- c^ l>#LH3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



±* 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



£ J V 



scowling fact. pit. f, sing.) \ZJC 



# a* «*»' «■• 



fa»- i p-/. ring.) ajstoi. * ,£# 
was grounded to powder 

are. -t? (>.«.) *^ 
grinding to power 



• J- 



extended 



(perf. $ pjt,. ting.) J£f 



—'amplified Jj^l 

the provision 

"-stretched out 1 -ft 

the hand 

(perf. 2 pjn- sitg.) JL£-_T 
thou stretched out 

(ffftfW/ J pjn. j^y.) JJ^ 

it retches, amplifies 

fimperf. 3 p.m. pht.) t jitw 
they amplify, stretch 

(imperf, 2 pjn. Hug,) 2&J 
thou stretcbeth 

(parate m%. m. ting.) J^j ^ 
do not stretch forth 

stretching (y.n.) j£^ji 
expanse <n.) J^LL 

■ 

abundant (n.) * £** 



«# 



(pp. 3 p.m, sing.) M i3jjt 
"-is blessed 

0«r/ J p.m. sing,) iti 2 jC* 
be blessed, exalted 

<n. sing.) *&V <(n.p.) %fc 
blessings " ** 

blessed one 

(pis. pic. f, sing.) *%'jCZ 
blessed one 



LZ 



f j f 



Ow/ J P-m. plu.) h IJJjfl 
they determined 

(ap-der>iv, pht.) iij*jS 
determining "- 



o * j v 



a proof r».) jC»*f 
two proofs (n. duo/) jCt^T 



COZE] 



(«*. pic. m. sing,) £ jl 
uprising (moon) act, 

{act. pic. f. sing.) t_£jK" 
uprising (sun) ace. 



n 



J u- 



(P*ff- 3 p.m, sing,) 
scowled down 



67 



h 
l 

I 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JaX*w= _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ p,5^° 'Cv j*° e*** l>#'.H3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J- 



VOCABULARY or THE holy QURAN 



J» .f *-» 



• f 



(perf. J p.m. sing.) v p-4-^ 
■< '~ smiled 



to smile 



J *>-- ! 



* J L* 



f/wr/. J p,m. phi.) a \jj£f 
< they gave good tidings 



1 



to give 
good news 



{perf. 2 p.m. plu.) ii 'f j^> 
you gave good tidings 

(perf. hi p, phi.) ii U jZJ 
we gave good tidings 

(imperf s P' sing.) ii *ji±-\ 
ogives good tidings 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ii ffij 
you give good tidings 

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) ii SJj^S 
you give good tidings 



(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) 
we give good tidings 




(perate m, sing.) it 
give good tidings J 




(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) ii 
~is given good tidings 




(perate m, phi.) iv ' 
<have (you) good tidings ! 




68 





(act. pic, m, sing,) J*** fc 
outstretching 

0%-J* <acc. \jj£JC 

(act. pic. m. phi.) 
outstretching forth 

(pact. picf. ami.) d&#5 
(twain) stretched out 



* J 



{act . pic. f. phi.) iA-i-l 
<tall (trees), having noble 
disposition 

to be high, tall (tree) 



• J 



< —has been given up to 
perdition 

to forbid, to deprive 
of reward (Ugh.) 

And admonish thou them 
lest a soul be given up 
to perdition ftr ♦hat if 
bath earr.ed. lb;/uj 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv 
who are given up to per- 
dition 



idi 



1A 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUw: jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ p,5^° 'Cv j*° e*** 0-^LH3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



JJ*y 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OUR AN 



J J- v 



(ap-der. /, pht.) H &\'J^£ 
given (f) of good tidings 



if j ij* v 



she watched 



(perf.3 p.f.sing.) li^iT 



'J ^T 



■'I /^J <-JLj>l 



.£*&« 



I watched 

Jj'^ <ge n AJ#Z>j 

(imperf. 3 p.m. pfu.) 
they did not see 

0>&), J p.m. pht.) il Ctj*^ 
they shall be made to see 

(per/. 3 p, m . sing./ iV *jjl\ 
~saw, watched 

(per/. 1st. p. pfu:) iv f 'j£\ 
we saw, watched 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iV jjtj 
"-watches 

(impref. 2 p,m. sing.} H j*H^ 
thou hatch 

{imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) iV C*ij*Ll 
they watch 

(imperf. 2 p.m. pfu.) tijj.*!; 
you watch 

how clear is (etative-w) ( 4, ) ^1 
his sight ! ' : ■* ' 

Note : There is a pattern 
in Arabic for expres- 
sing wonder called 

dL^y\ 3£if (the verb 
of wonder) e. g. 



to have good tidings ! 

(perat m. pfu.) Hi 1 j JLiC 
touch or contact 

(in sexual intercourse) 

to manage l^Ci ^2|f < 

an affair in one's own 
person, to go into sexual 
intercourse 

(perate neg. m. phi.) iii\j*iCj V 
do not touch or contact 
(of sex) 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) x CiJ^XSiS 
they aie having good tidings' " 

to have good tidings 

(perate m. phi.) x I j^ii_I^l 
have good tidings ! 

(ap-der. /. .ting.) x »Jltj. :_« 
she who has good tidings 

human being (it.) 5,: J 

nee. \jLl (v.n,) ** J 
bearing good news 

good news (») \$j$J> 

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.} *g4f 
a bearer of good tidings 

(ap-der. m. sing.) it ^li 
a giver of good tidings 

(ap-der. m. plu.) a 5 L&£f 
givers of good tidings 

69 



am^s jj^F jl Oirf J^L«Lo jj 01^3^33^ ijjLLo^ £.3-*-*-° 'lHJ- e*** O^f'^3 lPV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



;iv 



VOCABULARY OV THE HOLY QURAN 



J <J* 



insight (2) 

I call unto Allah (resting) 
upon an insight. (12:108] 

enlightenment (n.p.) *Jl*{ 
an insight (v.n.) *jf~* 



* 


J 


a* 


u • 


onion i 


(«■) 


W 


* 


t 


& 


h*f 



a few, (a number (it.) £■"-! 
ranging between three 
and nine) 

an article of («.) ^b, 
merchandise 



• * * ^ 



(*/>,. J p.m. sing.) ii t>td 
he certainly will be late 
and delayed (Rgh) 

to move slowly, linger 
to detain, delay ii \£f 



* J ^ 



: 



< ~ exulted 
70 



he is/ or ,*„ ^_^^ for 
the same meaning. Like- 
wise * _s+*\ means 
'how clear is his sight '.' 

look I {perate m. sing.) j^r 

the sight (n.) j^C-ii 

sights (n.p.) j\^fcl 

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) !&*& 

one who sees clearly 

tt >j 
cfcaT {ap-der.^>i<0 j f - ' * 

(ap-dtr. (/.) >i>) #y*^« 
openly watchable (iv) 
(in the sense of pact, pic.) 

<t J t tt 

that is seen very ctearly, ( 1 >J J j?-*? 

enlightened 

And lo I they are enlightened. 

[7:2011 

(ap-aer, m. phi.) x i?,jju^ 
seers clearly 

(del. 2 /j/c, /. ling.) '<£*& 
enlightenment (1) 

Aye! man against himself 

shall be an enlightenment. 

[75:141 



am^s jj^F jl Oirf J^L<Lo jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3^-° <lHJ*° e*** l>#LH3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



o J* *-» 



VOCABULARY 0* THB HOLY QURAN 



J J» V 



falsehood 



(JKf, p/c. m. Jing.) *JU, 



followers of falsehood 



Jr j * u 



(/vr/. 3 p.m sing.) $lS 
<I ^»is hidden 

to be hidden, secret 

And approach not indecen- 
cies whatsoever is open 
thereof and whatsoever is 
concealed. [6:151] 

(act. pic, m. sing.) QX. J 
hidden 

(opp. J»wfl manifest) 
hidden (act. pic, f. sing.) ^\ji 

(opp. I'* It manifest) 

inner (h.jj.) i^U" 
covering (of a bed or dress) 

lining, secret, ^j lj^J f < 

intimate friend 

iff - 
intimate friend (tt.) ilia, 

heart of city. (1) (it.) JjUj 
valley 

And (withheld) your hand 
from them in the valley 
of Makka. [48:24] 



fA >£s oK 

to exult, be intoxicated in 
good fortune 

exultation (v.n.) ace. 'j£j 



| ~k J. ±> ^ 



(perf, 2 p.m. pht.) ^ifc_j 
<you seized (by force) > 

to seize by force 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ^J^mLl 
<*»« seizes 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) g^il 
they seize 

At -»- 

(imperf. 1st p. pht.) iJj^> 



we seize 



^£ 



seizing (y.n.) j^JJl 
seizure (n.) i_.4 itt 



• J -U - 



< was made vain 

to be vain, false, go for no- 
thing, be of no account, 
be repealed, abolish 



JA 



(imperf. J p.m. sing.) b -^i* 
brings SS to naught 

abolish, jyJaL" <<wc. it |^;j 
you repeal 



71 



am^s jj^F jl Oirf J^L«Lo jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3^-° 'lHJ- cr^ 0-^'^3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J* £_ <-!* 



VOCABULARY O* THR HOLY QURAK 



J* ^ 



fep/, J p.m. J&tJ.J CA»~J 
he surely will raise 

(t'mperf. 1st, p. phi.) J^J 
~we raise 

untill we raise «cc £**■-> u*" 

(ptrate. m. sing.) ^1 
(thou j raise, appoint 

(pip 3 p.m. sing.) <£*•- * 

he is raised 

,. j — 

(^/p J p.m. p/u.) <J3^"r!. 
theyjre raised 

(p/p 2 p.m. sing.) „±j£; 
thou art raised 

(ept. 2 p.m. phi.) |>£iJ 
you certainly will be 
raised 

(per/. J p.m. sittg.) jjifcli' 
you will be raised 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) vil ,£XLi\ 
~roFc up 

resurrection (U (n.) i-*Ji 

If you are in doubt respec- 
ting the resurrection. 
122:5] 

upraising (2) 

Your creation and your up- 
raising are only as (though 

of) one soul. [3 1:28] 

72 



womb (2) 

My Lord ! I have vowed 

unto Thee that which is in 

my womb to be dedicated. 

[3:35] 

belly (3) 

He would have tarried in the 
belly thereof till the day 
they arc raised. (37:144] 

wombs (I) (n.p.) iJjlij 

And Allah has brought you 
from the wombs of your 
mothers. [ 16:78) 

bellies (2) 

Like the dregs of oil 4 it 

shall seethe in the bellies. 
[44:45] 



L * 



(per/. 3 p,m, sing.) 
< "-sent, raised 



to send, 

raise after death, awaken 

(perf. 1st. p. phi.) 
we sent, raised 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
<•*> raises 



■*-,., 



VT 



am^s jj^F jl CjLo ,JaZ£a j* Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3^-° 'lHJ- cr^ 0-^'^3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J £_*-* 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



* t* 



(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) 
<C "^seemed far 

to be far distant 

But the distance seemed Tar 
uaio them. [9:42] 

Tar removal (v.nj 

far, wide fact. 2 pic.} 



' -j_ 



Ux 

*" 



(perate>Hi, m. sing,) ±j,t 
make the distance longer 

after, latter, (n.) jLiT 

follow up 



(pis. pic. iv, m. plu.j ',/*-** 
who are kept far off 



13 



camel (n.) 
* J f 



*•> - 



d 



husband (n.) *$Z 
sbands (n.p.J *J^ 

(n.) ace. 5ii" 



Ba I is a primitive title of 
divinities, which is found 
in air branches of the 
slemitit race hence the use 
of the oame in the Quran 
with an indefinite article 

Stir (Jid.) 
vr 



raising up, going forth * 



nom. 



those who are sent or 
raised up 



* £. v 



f/jp. J^.m. s'wg.)(Quadria!) £f 
<C<*"is poured forth 

to expose, ;-£,- <£*-■ 

lay upon, overturn, 
pour out 

ICnoweth he not that when 
the contents of the grave* 
are poured forth, [100:9] 

(pp. 3 p.f. sing,) o^f 
'--are overturned 

And the sepulchres are over* 
turned. [82:4] 



<~ 



9 * m 

(perf. 3 p.f. ling,) <i.v^i 
were removed afar 

to remove afar, to 
perish 

Lol ■ far removal for 
Madyan as Thamud were 
removed afar. [11:95] 

73 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JaX*w= jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £,5-^° <Cv j*° c^ l>#LH3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



tf £*!* 



VOCABULARY 0* TIB HOLY QURAN 



-t 



(Imperf, 3 p.m. sing,) y££ 
oppresses 

That they oppress each other. 
[38:241 

Then if one of them 

aggresseth on the other, 

fight (the party) which 
aggiesseth. [49:9] 

to pass (a barrier or board) (2) 

(imperf, 3 p.m. dual} <J^T". 
the twain pass SS 

In between the twain is a 
barrier (which) they pass 
not, (55:20) 

£p? <acc. £* 
{imperf, 2 p.m, sing.) 
thou seek, wish for 

$0 <acc. g 
(imperf, lil p. phi.} 
we wanted 

to seek, wish for (J) 

{imperf, 3 p.m, ph.) Oji- 
they seek 

Seek they then other than the 
religion of Allah ? [3:8 3] 

74 



a 


• • • 


• 


gnat (*.) \ 


r *j~ 




* ° I 


%j 


; 


suddenly (adv.) 


m _ J 




• s* t 


M 


vehement I 


hatred, (it.) 
tetrad 


-Us** 




* J t 


k-* 




mules (rt.p.) 


Ofii 




• if t 


w 



(per/. J />jm. JJ'ntg-) 

< «— was unjust, J* ( 1) 
oppressed 

to seek, wish for, desire, 
aggress, oppress 

(perf. 3 p.f. ling.) ( je) 
wMis unjust, 
oppressed 

(perf 3 p.m, pkt.) (Jp) 
they were unjust, 
oppressed 



L^ 



[A 



vt 



am^s jj^F jl C*£a J^L«Lo _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3-*-*-° 'lHJ- e*** O^f'^3 lPV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J o * 



VOCABULARY OF Till HOLV QURAN 






{perf. 3 p.m. phi.) viii »jt-v 
they sought 

(perate. m. plu.) viii vj*~i) 
you seek ! 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii £/ - 
™ seeks 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) viii Jjtij 
they seek 

{imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) viii iJjix; 
you are seeking 

jjii-I <;a«\ ^_j«ux 
{imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) 
[hat you seek 

>jfi& <gen. (0 

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) 
I wish 

(imperf. 1st. p. ph.) viii 'Jfi~* 
we want j wish 

seeking (v.fl, viii) *t#£p 

oppressing {v.n.) aee-liT/ ^3R 

(flci. pic. m. ring.) Ift 
desirer, {one who desires) 

adultery, prostitution *UJN 
prostitute (vij") j£ 



• J J 



a cow (n.) » vb 



Oy^-t ace. 

(imperf. 2 p.m. ptu.) 
you seek 

I seek (imperf. 1st p. ring.) 




if? Ken. 
(imperf. 1st p. ptu.) 
we seek 


£? 


(perate neg. ring.) 


£? * 


(perate neg. plu.) 
seek not ! 


i#9 



r- 



kinds of tows (n.) 5*" 
cows (n.p.) 3*^3* 



vo 



f^has been (pp.3 p.m. sing.) Xfi 
(O* 'd£. ) oppressed 

(imperf. J p.m. sing. ) ir/j ( J ) ^»H, 
~ is worthy, suits to 

And it is not worthy or the 

Rahman (Almighty) that 

He should adopt a son. 

[19:92] 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii ^Z**\ 
*-* sought 

And whosoever seeketh be- 
yond that. [23:7] 

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) viii ,a£j£_il 
thou wished, desired 

And thou may take unto 
thee such of them as thou 
wilt and whosoever you 
desire. [33:51] 

75 



am^s (jjV jl CJ±a JxJUw: _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo ^ijjys ^-w ^0)^5 JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



4 a h» 



VOCABULARY OF THft HOLY QURAN 



J J 



And what is with Allah is 
lasting. (16:96) 

(The final uf of tK (act. 

pk.) is dropped as usual 

in week verbs.) 

_.» 

(act. pic. m. phi.) ace. lJ»JJI 
the rest ones, the remai- 
ning ones 

yViJiUJdbtjS-lj^ 

Then We drowned the rest 
thereafter. [26:120) 

(act. pk. f. sing.) *il' 
remaining one 

Behold then any of them 
remaining. [69:8] 

(act. pic.f, phi,) &\zSy 
the lasting ones 

remainder ( 1 ) (n.) *3[ 

The remainder of Allah is 
better for you. [11:86] 

The word *£% signifies 

what is tcH by Allah after 
giving legal alms, or, that 
which Gcri has preserved 
for you, of what is law- 
ful tor you ( 1./.). 

76 



• if 



(perf. 3 p.m. ting.) Ji 

— remained 

, .- 1- 
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.} Jr 1 . 

—remineth, lasteth per- 
manently, will last 
permanently 

And give up what remaineth 

(due to you) from usury. 

[2:278] 

There remaineth but the 
countenance of thy Lord 

[55:27] 

more lasting one (n, dative) ^ i 



Allah is better and more 
lasting. [20:73] 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv 

to leave **\*>\ £~j J;' 

(imperf. 3 p.*». sing.) iv 
~->(f) leaves, they leave 









it* A**.*l if 



(The Fire) will not leave nor 
spare. [74:28) 

lasting (act. pic. m. sing.) 



# 



VI 



*wS*o jj)$ J I CJlli f JjqjLu u a y £i\£.yb§& SyLuoy p a^Jio tjJJA ^-w ^j\y$ JJVi *s5c?vq 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



ilfl M 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J J -" 



She should be a cow neither 

old nor young. [2:68] 

(The word signifies 'virgin'.) 

virgins fnv^.J 5&1 
***■ *fc < 

morning /jiJ \jff 

mornings fn.p.> *J&\ 



• dl 4 



Bakka (n), *£j 

. variation for Makka (miss- 
pelt by modern geographers 
as Mecca), There is a men- 
tion af the valley of Dacca 
in the Bible (Ps. 84:6). The 
old translators gave the 
word the meaning of weep- 
ing : but better sense seems 
to have come now. Accord- 
ing to more recent of the 
Biblical scholars the word 
"signifies rather any valley 
lacking water." And the 
Psalmist apparently has in 
mind a particular valley 
whose natural condition led 
him to adopt its name (IE. 
II. 415). Now this water- 
less valley by its natural 
condition can be easily 
identified with the valley 
of rvfakka (Jid. 4, it. 19) 



wisdom (2) 

Why were there not of the 
generations before you, ow- 
ners of wisdom. (11:1161 

*£ "here signifies one 
possessing exellenM e.g. 

» *iJ t I ,%S 'such a one 
is the best of the people.' 

Thus llxli LJ , I means : 
persons possessed, of excell- 
ence or possessing sound 
judgement and intelligence 
or persons of religion and 
excellence. (LL) 

relic (3) 

%&$$&$& 

And the relic of that which 
the household of Muss 
and the household of 
Harun had left. [2:248) 



* • • * 



ground (- J \ SJ» 
vegetable fnj ^jL~ 



i) w 



** 



young in.) «f, 



vv 



iopP- &J» °W 



77 



'wSU ^V jl C-Ao JaLwjs jJ Olfr 3 ^35^0 5jJUo$ p_5-^> c OiJ a cr* O^JiS J^^ r^Sc^vo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



£_J *-> 



VOCABULAftV OF THB HOLY QURAN 



f 4 * 



J V 



land rnj *L 
lands fa./>j ^ 

town, land (nj *^- 
the city or Mafcka 'iJl tl> 



J * 



(Imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv ^JJj 
O-^will despair 

to despair, to be silent with grief 

fWl. pfr. in. pArJ 
who arc silent with grief, 
who are despairing 



• t J V 



11 
swallow ! (peraie f. sing.) ^J£ 

to swallow iJi jJiJ >1^ < 



(per/ i p.m. jin^.> *L' 
<~ reached 

to reach, attain come of age, 
come upto, come to one's 
knowledge 

That I may warn you and 

whomsoever it may reach. 
[6:19] 
78 



* f & - 



* 



<a dumb f«#. def. col.) > 

to be dumb, be purposely silent 

i* fltf/ t^ 

those who are dumbs 
[meta. i.e., incapable of 
uttering truth) 

fO -- $a * $ = $s 

(the form denotes colours 
and defects) 



* if d ^ 



f per/. J />./. jtogj 4g 
<C"»-cricd, wept 
to weep, cfy(j£M& -jJiT $f 

(imptrf. S p.m. piu.) %4fc 
they are weeping 

{imperf. 3 p.m. piu.) gen. I jC_;', 
they should weep 

- ■&■ - 
youvtKp(impeif,2p.m.pht.) 0$LS 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv JJJ' 
made weeping 

to cause to weep, cry 

weeping fm»J aw. 



• • * • 



fa particle of digression) $* 
but. nay ! rather, not so, 
on the countary, 



VA 



'wSU <jjV o' , -*^° J-c-i*w= jJ OU-9^9^ ^jALo5 pa^o <lHJ^ cr^ O-^Lh.9 JjV^ *5c?vo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



P J V 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



¥ J «-* 



thou shall not reach ilif j! 

-i ■ * a ■ 

(imperf. 3 p.m. dual) 
twain reach 

5jfc Oc. l£l£ 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) 
they reach 

SjSLf <<**. vjfe 

(imperf, 2 p.m. phi.) 
you reach 

(/?«/. 2 p.m. pfu.) ii j&ajf 
thou have preached, 

to preach &£ 1ST < 
thou have not preached ^jj," U 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.} ii 5 $fcj 
they preach ' " 

(imperf. 1st p. sing.) ii £•' 
I preach 

preach I (perate m, sing.) ii £** 

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) iv \y$ 
<they preached -r 

to preach, to inform, ** ^-" 
deliver, make- reach 

fperf. 1st p. sing.) h o-*l>'l 
I delivered 

Ass u rely I have delivered un- 
to you the message of 
my Lord. (7:79) 

(perate m. sing.) if 
make-reach 



(perf. 3 p. f sing.) <±*£ 

~came up 

(perf 2 p.m. sing.) £2Jf 
thou reached 

(perf. 1st p. sing.) o^L' 
T reached 

(perf. 3 p.m. dual) U&~ 
they (twain) reached 

(perf, 3 p.m, phi.) IjaT 
they reached 

(perf. 3 p.f. pht.) 'JS' 
they reached 

(perf. 1st p.f. pfu.) |j3r 
we reached 

overtaken. came up to mc jj»*f 
(to me £j +came up iJf" <> 



3,W** 



o*j 



While the old age has over- 
taken me, [3:40] 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) A-^, 






reaches 

till — reached ace. JU^J 

in order to reach ace. 

(emp. 3 p.m. sing.) ^>iw 
■—attain the age of 

ace. j£T 

{imperf 1st p. sing.) 
I may attain 

(imperf. 2 p.m, sing,) ace. jjfej 
thou reach ^-^ 



79 



>%M^0 ,jjV jl C-Ao J^XmuO jJ Olfr^Jrf lijJLLO^ p4w3 <oi3* cr^ 0-^'^5 JjV^ a£*pv* 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY £1711 AN 



£. J V 



Say thou I with Allah is the 
sound argument, (6-149] 

effectual, clear, {act. 2 pic.) £iJf 
eloquent 

And say unto them for their 
souls an effectual saying. 



». -.. 



preaching, warning (*.n.) £^£ 
limit (v.n. ntfm) ^* 



J i^i 



( perf. 1st p. phi.) \i j£f 
we tried 

(cj) T-v fa 5r < 

to test, try, put to sever 
trial, afflict, prove 

{#/. 2 p.m. sing.) ace. jfc3 
in order to try, he may try 



j&p^M 



In order that He may try 
yau one another. [47:41 

* „ 

[imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) y& 

~will prove 

Therein every soul shall 
prove that which is sent 
before. [10:30] 

80 



&&& 



*. n- 



Then make him reach to his 
place of security. [9:6] 

(act. pic. nt, sing.) £* 

the attainer (I) 

Verily Allah is sure to attain 
His purpose. [65:3] 

that is brought (2) 



The offering brought to 
Ka'ba. [5:95) 

that reaches (3) 

As one stretching his palms 
to water that it may reach 
his mouth, while it will 
reach it not. [13:14] 

(act. pic. f. smg.)<JJ\i 

consummate (I) 

Wisdom consummate. [54:5] 
reaching (2) 

Or have you oaths from Us 
reaching to the Day of 

Resurrection. [68:39] 

sound, convincing (3) 



*wS*o (JjV o' C * ^q JaJULo jj OLfr9^>9^ iji^o^ P a^io £ lH^° e^" Chy'^3 J^Vi g&^za 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



rfJy 



VOCABULARY OP TBI HOLY QURAN 



J J U 



(el. 3 p.m. sing.) iV 'J-J 
in order to prove 

In order that He might prove 
the believers with a good- 
ly proving from Him. 

18:17] 

(perf. 3 p,m. sing.) \iii j£tl 
< (v tried, proved 

to prove. J^t £>! 

try, examine 

(/m^fjr/ J p. mt sing.) m *JxT 
"-tries 

(imptrf. 1st p. ph.) viii *Ji*3 
we (might) prove 

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) viii -^1 
~was tried, proved 

^, 
(pttate m. ph.) mi ljl£'l 
examine ! 

fap-tfer viii, m. phi.) aec. 'y&i 
provers *" ' 

Verity We have been proycrs. 
[23:30] 

n.d. (np-der.^mi m.sing.) ££ 
prover * 



&Mm 



Verily Allah will prove you 
with a river. [2:249] 



A\ 



trial, proving, test (*r.) *i>J 



(emp. 3pm. sing.) o'££ 
"■~ certainly will try 

(imperf. 1st p. ph.) &j 
we try, prove, shall prove 

{eph 1st p. ph.) 1'JL$ 
we surely will try (or prove) 
you 

(epl, pip, 2 p.m. ph.) <yj& 
you shall surely be tried 



•k & J v 



{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) Jrl 
<C '—decays 

to become old, to decay; to 
get polish removed and 
real face appeared 

And kingdom not to decay. 
[20:120] 

(Pip. 3 P.f. sing.) «£j 
will turn to its reality 

On a day wherein secrets 

shall be out (i.e. every 

thing will appear in its 

original reality.) {Jid ) 

[86:9] 

( imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv &J 
< m proves 

to test, try, \fA ^> A 



prove 



81 



>%m^o jjV J I C-Ao J^UtuO ji uU^^ iji^o^ P cuio ((jjjrf ^^> O-^^H-S JjV^ *5c?vo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



4 it * 



VOCAMJLARY OF TUB HOLY QURAN 



J J V 



(l».d. J + "L>~! <) g 
my sons 

Note : The word £w_T is 

Mk 

pAira/ of Cf[ ; when 
an inseparable pro- 
nominal & is suf- 
fixed it becomes ^£ 

The j of the plural 
is dropped. 

(nJ, vi + 2>£j<} &C 

my little son. 

(Note the difference between 

Is-j (baneyya) my sons 

and *j» (bunayya) my 
little son) 

daughter (n.) tli^ 



*; 



daughter (n.) 
daughters (it. p.) %XZ* 

my two daughters " 



+ rf V 



built (jw/. 3 p./. Jfrtfj 
to build T£ £j ^ < ~ 

A'o/e : The final <S is chan- 
ged to vU i if followed 
82 






yes 

(used in affirmative response 
to a question initiated with 
a negative particle) 



£ 






Is not He who created the 
heavens and the earth able 
to create the like of these : 
Yes ! He is the supreme 
Creator, the Knower. 

[36:81] 



• 


L> 





i^l 


fingertip (r 


'■) 


uUJ 


• 


J 


j 


kJ 



W. J I 



son (n.) &[ 



The initial Hamza is (n.) tf 
dropped for purposes of 
assimilation 



Eisa son of Mary am. [2:87] 

sons (n.p.)wom ^jj^ 

sons ifl.p.) ace, Cfc-! 

sons (n.n.) fl-rf- J*-i 

sons («p.) nJ. (j! 



AT 



aa^o jjV jl C-Ao J^JULo jj uUjij^ ^jALo5 pa^o <o->.)* cr^ O-^Lh.9 JjV^ *5c?vo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



liW 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



ifitV 



r 



+ E * v 



joy, beauty, rejoicing (v.n.) i^ 
10 rejoice WjT g£ ^JT < 



# j. 



joyful, joyous 



* J * y 



riff fl^f < $£ 

<we humbly pray 

to leave one to his >if i$t£ c)t 
own will, to curse 

to humiliate V^'l rf« -j$ 
oneself before God and 
call upon Him, to invoke 
curse on the liar. 





* f » ^ 


beast 


[act. 2 pic. f.) l^T 




• 1 J V 



{per/. 3 p.m. sing.) 
settled, incurred, earned 

Qfy^sMA <~ 

to come back to, to return, 

to bring, (*-*) **" or 
lead back, to bear 
Ar 



by a personal pronoun 
as UljLj . 

(per/. 3 p.m. pht.) IjLS 
they built 

{perf. 1st. p. phi.) foj 
we built 

(imperf. 2 p.m. ptu.) L>jV 
you build 

(perale m. sing.) &\ 
(thou) build ! 

l ***! 
(perate m. ptu.) IjLjJ 

'you) built ! 

building, canopy (v.n.) ^£-! 

structure, building (n.) j[j^; 

(pact, pis, f. sing.) 
that is built up 



ir o * v 



was confounded 



4JU> g. 



tobeasio- t J,Jt'-^ 
ntshed. ' ■" "' 

to fall in a^Ty- £2 £-T 
faint ■ " ™ 

to be con-^l*^^ 
founded ^ ^ ■ 

(i/n^w/l 3 p.f. sing.) jgf 
~ will confound 

calumny, sJander (v.n.) rajf 



83 



To calumniate, to slander 



^U^o ^V j I CJm J.o.ct tm j-s 01^9^9^ iji^o^ P a^ic < jj yj ^-w 6-^'~H5 JjV^ *&svz 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J V 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



\j« 



■ *e~ 



(perf 3 p,m. phi.) v hjj^ 
<they are settled 

i £~? 

to be settled » *♦-* 

.# 

(Imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) v lj;i_> 
gets settled, takes place, in- 
habits. 

j 

t c,r^ 
(imperf. 1st. p. pat.) v Ijjo- 

we take place, inhabit 

(perate m. thai.) v TJp 
(you twain) inhabit! 

settlement (y./t.ffl/m) lj^» 



• ^ J V 



gate, door (/J (n) &£ 

Enter not by one gate, 

[12:671 

a portal (2) 

Untitl we opened upon them 
a portal of severe tor- 
ment. 123:77] 

doors, gates in. p.) *->t /' 



* J J 



(imperf. 3 P.m. sing.) Jjrl 
< ~ shall perish 

to pcrishW Jf. J l/f. JJtt J*. 
84 



^u5v™S-J'*v 



They incurred Allah's wrath. 
[2:61] 

(pre/. 3 p.m. pfa.) \'/% 
they brought, incurred 

(ijSf) ace. -S-JJ 

(imperf. 1 p.m. sing.) 
thou bear 

Verily I would that thou 

bear my sin. [5:291 

(/*r/ 5 p.m. sing.) ii '/. 
< lodged, settled 

to place, prepare a place, 
settle, lodge 

c#y | dpte 

He settled you in the earth. 
[7:74] 



-J 



*~ 



fper/. /jf/>. j>hjti(j) Eft 
we settled 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) it <Sjr* 
thou settle 

Thou art settling the belie- 
vers in position foe the 
fight. [3:121] 

*^*„-t 
{emp. 1st p. plu.) U J •/?■» 

we surely will settle 



At 



'wSU jjV J I C-Ao J^JULo jj uU^^ £j£aA5 pa^o ^lHJ^ cr^ O-^Lh.9 JjV^ *5c?vo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



^ tS *-• 



VOCABULARY OF 



THB HOLY Q1JB AN 



J J *T» 



M- /rf ^ ph.) ii 0^*3 
we surely will attacic by night " 

while sleeping at night (v.n.) \ftg 

house (it.) oiT 
houses (n./f.) *=*>/* 

The sacred House, U. Ka'ba. 

the frequented house, Jj£fl £3 
that is, the original model 
of Ka'ba, over it or cor- 
responding to it, in 
heaven, which thousands 
of angels visit every day 
and around which they 
circuit (make tawaf) and 
pray. 

flbn Kathir, Bagnwi. Jid.) 



if ^> 



(imperf. J p.f, Iing j jui 
<~wj]l perish 

to perish. ^ ,. j. tf 
vanish ■* <•■* * 



* t/* tf 



< ^whitened 
to become ir 



white 






(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) ix j^tj 
~will become white 



(imperf. neg. 3 p.f. tlng.)j'j£ $ 
~will not perish 

perdition, doom (v.n.) jj[ 
perdition, doom (v.n.) ^l£ 



• J J * 



condition, state, heart (n.) ol 
(It may be rendered as 
"about' if contents require.) 

What was the matter of 

those women who cut off 
their hands (or what 
about those women who 
). [12:50] 



* *=> ti v 



(imperf. 3 p.m. phi J <Jj^-i 
<thcy pass the night 

to pass (J^tC XuJ il' 
the night ' 



(/*</- 3 p.m. sing.) 
planned by night 

to plan against 

55 by night, to attaclc by 
night 



-<- 



f *+ 



{imperf, 3 p.m. phi.) ft h&J 
they plan by night 



85 



'wSU <jjV o' ^-^-° J^-C*w3 jj uUji)^ ijJlJLo^ p cuio <(j->3^ ^^> ^j^oljJ^ JjV^ a£*pvz 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



L> tf * 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J» tf *** 



Men whom neither traffick- 
ing nor bargaining diver* 
teth. [24:37] 

Christian churches (n.p.) 

h 

The cloisters and churches 
and synagogues and mos- 
ques would have been de- 
molished. [22:40] 



6- 



EI 



j j 



<per/ 3 ^.m- pto.) « 'j*-H 
<they expounded 

to ex- ^-~-f-* " tfif ^ 
pound, render clear 

(/jer/. if Jf p. pht.) U UhTj 
we have expounded 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ti 5g-J 
"—expounds 

(*mp. J ^m. />fo.) j>ZCj 
they will surely expound 

(*/. 2 p.m. sing.) ii 'yZySS 
that ye may expound 

(eh 1st. p. sing.) Ii "^^ 
that I expound 

(el. 1st p. phi.) it ^^ 

that we expound 

{imptrf. 1st p. piu.) ii $£ 
we expound 



white (n.m.),J*y* 



ifl 



white (n.f.) *-W 
eggs (n./r.) 



• t 



I 



fpei/. 2 p.m. plu-) i" J {C m .\ 
<you made bargain 

to deal with selling and buy- 
ing, to swear fealty 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ph.) US UJ^.V. 
they swear fealty 

" r* 

(imperf, 3 p.f. phi.) Hi J",V. 
they swear fealty 

(perate m. sing.} Hi £' 
take oath (accept fealty) 

Note ; £j ■ '*nearw thou 
swear fealty.' But in 
the course of contents 
and certain gramma- 
tical rule it means 
here : accept their ini- 
tiative or action. 

fperf. 2 p.m. plu.) vi ^*«V J " 
you bargain one with 
anolhcT 

to conclude ^O £V < 

a sale or make a contract 
with each other. 

bargaining, selling (i.n.) p~~t 
and buying 



A-l 



am^o jjV J I C-Ao J^JULo jj OU-^j-a iji^o^ p cuio <(j->3-o ^-w (j-ul^>5 J-5V<i &Sc« 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



OS* 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OJJBAK 



tJ <^ v 



illuminating ones 

fap-der. >iy, m. j/ny.,/ ydl 
open to sec, clear, 
sePf-cxpressive 

exposition (/) fr>.) o'CJ 

This h an exposition for 
men" 13:138] 



OM 



distinctness of speech (2) 


to become v \iZiJ J^Clr 


6Pft£ 

He taught him distinctness 
of speech. [55:4| 

explanation (J) 


clear, to become manifest, 
to declare 

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) v islltj 
~ became manifest 

( perate. m. pat.) v VyCfJ 
(you) declare, make clear 


Then it is upto its expound- 
ing. 175:19] 


(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) v ffifc 
becomes clear 



exposition (v.n.) ltd* 



{ap-der >x, m. «ny.) ^» - T. H 

luminous 



between (particle) 
in front of tfi'ot" 
in presence of i*Jt»l C# 






(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv 
<~maketh clear 

*lj g&J oU 
to be clear, make clear 



He well nigh cannot make 
(himself) clear. [43:52) 

{perf. 3 p.m. sing.) y £?w 
~ became manifest 



*. m ~ 



(A 3 p. f. sing.) x 4jj£3 
<in order to be shown 

to be manifest x j\HL£ 1 
clear {oct t 2 pic.) 

evidence (w.) 

clear evidences (n.p.) 

(ap-der f. phi.) 
illuminating, manifest 



■ ■ 



*** 



AY 



87 



>%m^o jjV J I Cdio J^Jcmuo jj OU^ja ^jALo5 pa^o <6^.3^ cr^ O-^Lh.9 JjV^ a&*pv* 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



.ui JiS 



to denote 1st. p. sing, of o 
per/, e.g. iii 'I said' 

denotes fem., and turns to * 

ha sound at the end of 
a sentence, 

the ark i.e. the ark of (n.) lit^tW 
the covenant (see Jid. 
2 n. 652) 



time (n.) 
once again. [20:55] 



'I' 



•J 1 



+ ^. «-* * 



(/*r/. 3 p.m. sing.) assirtt. t-w" 
<C ^perished 

to suffer loss, to perish, to 
remain in evil continually 



(/wr/. J p./. sing.} 
*~*ff) is perished 

ruin fv, n.) ■Jt-T 
88 



• • • ^ 



a preposition (1) 

(used with the name of 
Allah only to denote 
oath.) 

And by Allah I shall surety 
devise a plot against your 
idols, (21:571 

M 

It is used both as prefix o • 
and suffix to verbs. As 
prefix it is used in the 3rd 
p. of the per/, to denote 

the fem. e.g. £fc (P*'f- 
3 p. /. sing. ■ she said) 

to denote 2 p.m. or per/, 

e,g. gjt, 'thou said" 

to denote 2 p. /. of pet/. 



e.g. 
said' 



'thou (/..} 



*A 



>%m^o jjV J I Cdio J^Jcmuo jj OU^^ djJLLo^ pa^o <o->.)* cr^ O-^Lh.9 JjV^ <&*zvz 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t **" »* 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY ftURAl* 



I^UCl 



(/we/. J p.m. phi.) 
they followed 



,J c 



ihey did n ot Follow 'j*-j l« 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) £-^v 
'■"follows 

(imperf. 3 p.f sing.) fcsJ 
~(f) follows w 

(jx*f. J p.m. sing.) it fcil 
^ followed *■ 

iperf, 1st p. ptu.) to U£;T 
we made SS follow SS 

(per/. 3 p.m. phi,) iv \£j\ 
they followed 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ph.) iv jj*^' 
tbey make (one) follow ' " 

(p.p. 3 p.m. ptu.) iv 1 jm*J\ 
they were followed, were * 
overtaken by SS 

> i* 

(imperf. 1st p. phi.) iv p^-i 

we make follow ^* 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii £^*" 
followed 

viii £ pi JjpSJ < 

to follow {some R. F.) 



(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) viii ££j\ 
thou followed 

(per/ /ji p. sing.) viii i^^jl 
I followed 

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) viii l_jU^_Tl 
they followed 

(per/. 2 p.m. ph.) viii '1^\ 
you followed i 

A\ 



ruin 6 


.») 




i) JV 


tee 


2#t? 


J i v 


see 


5-^ 


J J V 


see 


ijdf 


1, V 


see 




* 


see 








• J 


V ° 


(perf. 1st. p. ph.) it \ >J 
< wc have destroyed 

to destroy, break. 

T * ** 
destruction fr, n. iJJ '^-^ 


fc/. 3 p.m. 
they might 


destroy 





destruction (v.h.) jCj 
Jestoryed (p«. p:'e) ^:_» 



t *** ° 



(per/, i p.m- ring. J £- 
< m followed 

to follow, initiate, join a 
person, serve, obey, follow 
a doctrine 



89 



'wSU <jjV o' ^-^-° JxJiMuo jj uU^^ ^jALo^ p cu^o <(j->3^ ^-w i>«jI^5 JjV^ <&*&& 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OURAK 



t* * 



follower 



9 \- 
(act. pic. m. sing.) ft" 






{act, pic. m. plu.) ace. ^u* 
followers 

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) p^ 
avenger 

You will not find for your- 
selves against us an aven- 
ger {or prosecutor). [1 7:691 

ft? is one who pros- 
ecutes, or sues, for a 
right or due (L.L.). The 
phrase signifies : Then 
you shall not find for you 
any one to sue us for the 
disallowing of what hath 
befallen you nor for our 
averting it from you (Jid). 



to follow 



<v.n.) *£l? 



successive (ap-der.>iii) £>■* 
(one following another) 



t'rl.'J-li^l 



Fasting for two months in 
succession. [4:92] 

(pis. pic. ~>viti) d'j^J 
—are overtaken by SS ' 



j <jy o 



— ± £ 

{per/. Imp. ph.) viii \*£j\ 
we followed 

(impref. 3 p.m. sing.) viii £H 
'"follows 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) viii *■*** 
thou follow 



Except thou follow their 
faith. 12:120) 

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) viii Ci j*-L? 
they follow 

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) 
you follow 

J M 

[imperf. 1st p. sing) viii £**" 
I follow 

■ft 

(imperf, 1st p. ph.) viii *J* 
we follow 

(perate^Yiii, m. sing) i.r) 
(thou) follow ! - 

(perate^vut\ in, plu.) \j*?* 
(you) follow 

9 



(perate. neg. m. sing.) 
(thou) follow not ! 



cr 



one after another (v.n.) ^ 1- 

j o j iff 

90 



you twain follow noi 

You twain never follow the 
path of those who know 
not. [10:89] 

follower («.) C 



*• 



>%m^o jjV j I C-Ao J^juLo jj CAs-$&$a $jJuo$ p a^io <(j->3^i £— ■*< i>«jI^)5 JjV^ rii5c?vo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



U J *» 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



E 



■fc w> J o 



(pe^f. /if. p. pA/.) /r \j'"^ 
< we luxuriated 

to luxuriate, give comfort, 
make in ease 

to live in abundance, in 
affluence 

(p.p. 3 p.m. pbt.) it 'j»_/l 
they are luxuriated 

(p.p. 2 p.m. ph.) h »gl 

you are luxuriated ' 

**, i* 
(ap-aer. >i>, m. phi.) ace. 0?j* 

affluent ones 

iap-der. >fr,m.pht.) &$? 
n.d. ace. 
affluent ones, 

affluent people of that Qijdf 
town or community 



affluent ones among p^j*** 
them 

(ap-der. > iv, m. phi.} *!-(* 
n a. norn* 
affluent ones 

affluent people of that U £&f 
town or community 




-k j j ^ 


<col 


lor bones a. p. 3iy 



• j E 



**f 



< merchandise (v.n.) *jl^_ 
to carry on commerce 



* * C ° 



beneath (particle} ££e 
(opp. Jy :*bove) 



* * C * 



for the derived forms 



«-» J & j 



dust, earth <*) if/ 



women of equal age (n.p.) Z>\j\ 

ting, t';^ 

< breast-bone (n.p.) <Lj\J 
(of women) or upper 

part of chest 



nag 



4 i 

reducing to dust, (r.n.) %'j* 

poverty, misery 



M 



91 



am^o jjV jl CjLo J^Jcmuo jj Olp$^$a SjJLLo^ p cuio tjjjja ^—w (j^j)^3 JjV^ *5c?vo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



^ t° 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



i3 J * 



>,i 



leave r (parate m. sing.) i$\ 

~ is left (pip. 3 p.m. ilng.) J^ 

(pip. J p.m. phi.) ace. Yf'J? 
(hey are left 

(pip. p.m. phi.) 
you are left 

(act. pie. m. sing.) iljl* 
on* who leaves SS 

(«r, p/c. («^/.) m. sing.) 
you are left 





• 


J if o j 


J 


J ^ 


«, gr 




• 


C u- * 



nine (cardinal number) fc* 

nine (cardinal number n.f.) l^Jl 
(cardinal number/ * ji 



nineteen 



(cardinal number)**!-* * £»», 
ninety-nine 



• U- £ * 



Ji" < downfall (v.n.) f»* 



to perish, r*C - 



downfall 



• il j o 



92 



— left, 0*//l 3 p.m. sing.) =i$ 

to leave, <y>Yjf fc£ iJ^ 

omit, abandon, refrain, 
desist, give up 

to leave SS by his own (I) 
choice of willingness 

And We left them on that 
day (i.e. We shall leave 
them) surging one against 
another. [18:99] 

to leave compulsorily (2) 

They left how many of gar- 
dens and springs, [44:25] 

[ left (per/. 1st, p. sing.) iS'J 

they left (per/. 3 p.m. phi.) yf'J 

(perf. 3 p.f. P fu.) $f 
they (f.) left 

you left (perf, 2 p.m. phi.} 'S'j 

we left (perf. 1st. p. pfu.) j*v£ 

jj >_, 
(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) *¥£ 

thou leave 

i* *> 
(imperf. 1st. p.m. phi.) *}*£ 

we leave 



am^o jjV J I C-Ao J^JULo jj uUjij^ ^jALo^ pa^o 'Oi.}* er** O-^Lh.9 J^^ <&*zvs 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J C* 



VOCABULARY OF TOE HOLY QURAN 



ii, <_* O 









1 J i 


t 


we 






• J J 


tSi 








fpe# J /i.m, n'flgj 
he threw down 

And he threw him upon 
his forehead. [37:103] 


3f. 


J J £ 


ids' 
i ***** 

see lyjU 

j 






J> If 




fee 


T fc£ 




• J J 


lit 


l/ * 


we 


■ 








iperf 

~folli 


. 3 p.m. sing.) 
>wcd (1) 


St 


J C 


L> 


see 


$& 



And by the moon, when she 
folio weth him. [91:2] 

Now : In Arabic »J* moon 

is masculine and *j* 

is feminine, contrary 
to English. 

(per/. lit p, sitig.) &$ 
I recited (2) 

5jfe r*jy ifc 

{imperf, 3 p.m. plu.) 
they recite 

Ojfcj <"•</■> t£-~ 

(imperf. 2 pjm. pht.) 
you recite 

fimperf. 1st. p. phi.) ^J 
we recite 

\r 



4ers 



^ j ^i see Iji^'/ly^ 





ic & t> o 


unkemptnes 


s, impurity (».) &£' 




* * * * 



piety ( if J j «e)(fl.) tfji" 
J *-i J see JU^T/^UT 



* J L> O 



< he did perfectly and fr 3* * 
thoroughly, to do same- 
thing skilfully 



» £# 7 fr^J ££? 



93 



>%*a1o jjV J I Cdio J^JcmuO jj OU^ja iji^o^ p cuio tjjjj-o (-W ij^oljJ^ JjV^ rfi5c?va 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VJ* 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



j *£l 



{«, 3 pjn. sing.) iv "frt. 
be may complete 

(el. 1st. p. ting.) iv (C*S 
I may complete 

(perate>iv. m. sing.) ^ 
thou complete 

(/urate m. ph.) I Je) 
you complete 1 

if* 

complete (a.) fVJ 

(ap-der, > iv, m. ri>«.) w 
completer, perfector 



1 J j<<1 il c 



(imptrf. 1st p. sing.) v tf^ 
I lean (on 5S) 

a place in which />j. pic.) &£' 
one reclines, a staff, a 
couch 

(aHer.pbi.) /cgfcfiSf/jj&S 
tux. reclincrs 

J iJ j see &&f 



L* 



* + * * 



tj «-» j 



oven(«.) JJ^dJ 



* V J *» 



(per/. J pjn. si m .) vf 
'repented 



(perate. m. sing.) £Jfl 
(thou) recite ! 

(perate m. pht.) \ l Jfi 
(you) recite 1 

(p.p, J p./ sing-) <idf 
~ was/were recited 

(p/p 3 p.m. sing.) j£f 
~is recited 

(pfc» J p- /• ««y 3r» 

~ is/are recited 

(«f, pk.f.pht.) iititfl 
< reciting angels 



fc-Ci 

recitation (it.) • J>j" 



* f f ° 



(/wr/ J p.m. Jitg-.) (ffn/m) 5? 
< ~ was completed 

to be completed Lljff *^,"* > 
(** i 

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) (assim) ^fc 

~was/vrere completed 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) it jifl 
*« completed 

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) iv 0,^x1 
thou completed 

fperf. 1st p. sing.) iv ^JJeT 
1 completed 

(perf. 1st. p. pht.} it ££l 
we completed 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) it J* 
~ completes 



94 



M 



'wSvO <jjV j' , -*^° J-C-i*w= jJ OU^^ iji^O^ p cuio <<JJJA ^-W (j^jl^)^ JjV^ ril5c?VO 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



* Uf O 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



<-» J O 



(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) 
they repent 

f pirate — prayer) 
may thou accept repentance 

you repent ! f/wnfe m. pAi.; 

fv.lK.jf ^ f,c tt 

repentance ^ U * ' *>" ■ 

repenting (Allah) (Into,) 

(act. pic. phi.) 
repenters (m.) 

{act. pic. f. ph.) 
repenters (f.) 

(ints. phi.) ace. 
<C repenting men 
smg. vjl^ 












• • • • 



Torah (Bible), (n.) 
the Divine writ revealed 
to the Prophet Musa 
(Moses) 






•k * <S •» 



{imperf. 3 p.m. pht^ 
< they shall wander about 

to wander \t *aj •* 

about lands without 
direction 



fig (n.) & 



Whosoever repenteth after 
his wrong-doing and 
amendeth. [5:39] 

accepted repentance, ( ^t ) C.L 
he forgave 

Surely Allah shall relent 

towards him. (He will 

accept his repentance), 

[5:39] 

-repented ( ^ ) OU 

(as of without 31 ) 



LIT 

Mm 
A' 



faetf J p.m. dual) 
the twain repented 

fp*i/, 3 p.m, pht,) 
they repented 

(perf. lit p. sing.) 
1 repented 

(p*r£ * P->»- Ph>) 
you repented 

(imperf. 3 p-m. sing.) 
he accepts repentance 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ace. -Cj'!j 
he repents 

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) £'y) 
I repent 

tfj£ (iuL) Cj& 



'.J- 1 
you twain repent 



\a 



*** 



95 



a.^,0 jjV J I Cdio J^JcmuO jj OU^^ 5jJUo$ P cuio tjjjja ^^> ij^oljJ^ JjV^ rii5c?vo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



aji wtr 



he keeps i - 

to keep (t) 

to confine. (2) 

Jo bring SS to a stand 



«£#£?&!££ 



Allah aboKsheth whatsoever 

He will and keepeth. 

[13:39] 

(rf. J p.m. piu.) h \$& 
they may confine ' *" 

And (recall) what time that 
those who disbelieved 
were plotting against thee 
to confine thee or to slay 
thee. [8? 30} 

{act. pie, m. sing.) . c-il 
firmly fixed ' 

fixture Oi.) £/'/*Z 
96 



* o v * 



(perate, m. phi.) \jfi^\ 
< stand firm, 

i^VjJf 3 £0 ££ - 

to stand firm, permanent, 
be fixed, settled, estab- 
lished 

{per/, hi. p. ph.) ii 
<we have confirmed 

to establish, VjQ; il £~? 
to confirm 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sirtg.f ii 
he establishes 

(imptrf. 1st. p. fh.) It 
n c establish 

f perate (prayer) m. f/flg^ 
may thou keep firm, stable 



**%» 



*rf# 






i«H 



(perate in. sing.) \jM 
you keep firm 



\i 



>%m^o jjV J I Cdio J^JcmuO jj OU^^ 5jJuo$ P cuio tjjjja ^^> |,>«jI^)5 JjV^ rii5c?vo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



fcj J i*i 



VOCABULARY OF Tit* HOLY OJURAM 



* V *i 



10 be thick, hard and fiirm 

Mm 

to inflict iv -.i;' 
severe slaughter of an 
enemy. 

(imper/. J /?.«. p&.) ace. vi ^t, 
^slaughtered 





* v j «* 


reproof, ret 


jroach (f,*,} rt £JJs 




+ rf j ^ 




wil(n>> rf |Jjl 




* ^ £ .£• 


glowing (flfj 


* serpent {n.) dUj/ 


4r v il *£> 


■ Pk. m. sing.) Jjftl 




+ •-* j ^ 



0*r/. J p. m. phi.) ^u-J 
<you got hold 

to meet, reach to conquer 



— t 



-.■\?U 



(«*V- •? p-m. sing.) ^ttj 
thou overtake 



strengthening (T, n> > ft) *£jif 

detached groups {n.p,) &Q 
body of man, ring, i^J J < 
troops, horsemen 

Then sally forth in detach- 
ment or sally forth all 
together. (4:71] 



V ^ ] 



P,H 



< death, destruction (v.n.) y£i 

tWig j 13 £; 3p ' 

to persist, to destroy 

(pact. pic. m. sing.} hj~Z 
last one, destroyed one 



* i ^ ^ 



f/wr/ J p.m. sfog.) B IQf 
< -—withhold 

to hinder, withhold. 



| * £ E 


£l 


plenteous (m«.) 


Vw 


• o t 


ib 



(per/. 2 p.m. pfti.) fr S|lf 

u have slit in thrm 



<you have slain them 



97 



'wSU <jjV j' ^^° J-o<^ma jj C>U-5^5A ^jJLLo^ pa^a 'C^y 3 cr^ O-^Lh.9 J^^ <&*pvs 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Ot J *i. 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN 



*-> o <i 



< weights, (n./j.) Jjuff 
burdens 

jf/tf . : J** 

fn. <n«j/.; lOUJI 

(wo dependents (man and 
jinn) 

heavy (v.u,) 3& 

"March forth light (armed) 
and heavy (armed), [9:41] 



(pis. pic. f. sing.) iv 
one heavy laden 

Or*. /7ic. m. phi.) iv Ojjtfl* 
those who arc heavy laden 

fa. /or instrument) JliL 
weight of 



* J* J *i* 



three 



(Vord. number) i^/^5U 



t.- 



thirty 

,*: 

one-third (fraction) ,»Jil\ 
two-third (fraction) $£$ 

nom. n. d. ^f 

(fraction) ace, n, d, ?$ 
two-third 

third (card, number) iJ)V j *±J£ 

threes O^A? 



(imperf. 3 p.m. ptu.) 
they come upon 

Should they come upon you 
they will be enemies unto 
thee. [60:2] 

, j ■» 
{p.p. 3 p.m. ptu.) ijiZS 

they are found 



* J 3 & 



(perf 3 p.f ting.) /l\£ 
~ become heavy, momen- 
tous 

8®i ytf Jit: ^ir< 

to be heavy 

{perf. 3 p.f. sing.) iv £ffi 
^become heavy 

{pcrf. 2 p.m. ph.) iv'p&>\ 
you bowed down with 
heaviness (Pic.), ye are 
weighed down (Jid.), you 
sink down heavily (Arb.) 
you should incline heavily 
Rod- 
Note : V3*»i according to 
Al-Afcbary belongs to 
stem sixth J 6 * . an 

additional J j? ( J, ) 
is prefixed ■ 

( see vol. I , Cairo. 1956, 
pp. 44,) 

(act, 2 pic. m. sing.) *Vj£ 
weighty, heavy 



^A 



am^o ,jjV o' ^-^-° JaXmuo jj uU^^ ^jJLLo^ pa^o <lHJ^ cr^ O-^Lh.9 JjV^ *5c?vo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



tS i) *s> 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OURAK 



J J A 



-» f 



(perf, 3 p.m. sing.) iv y\ 
*borc fruit - •;■, M 

to bear fruit 

1 
fruits (n. p.) <* 't 



*J 



fruit fn. ting.} |.j£ 



**«• i^it <fruits {n. p.) Xl^s 



* Cj f *s» 



price (n.) *^ 

eighth part, (fraction} *j 
one-eighth 

eight (card, number) i^W / DU 



fi 



eight («Wtf, number) ^U 



"fr ll j fct* 



{imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) j^--*, 
< they fold L<Lr ,^« 
to fold, UW * <* 

doable a thing 

{imperf. 3.p m. phi.) j j;J i«t 
they make exception 

And they made not the 
exception i.e. they say 

notr.J&tf&^f'if God will." 
[68:18] 



+ J Ji 



a group (n.) 



* 



f * 



An ancient and power- (n.) 
ful people of Arabia close- 
ly related to % Adito 

and heirs to their civili- 
sation and culture with 
their sat in the north- 
west corner of Arabia, 
forming the southern bo- 
undry of Syria (Nicholson, 
Literary History of the 
Arabs, N. York. 1932.) 
Unlike the Adites of whom 
we find no trace in histori- 
cal times, the Thamudite 
are mentioned still existing 
by Diodoras Siculus and 
Ptolemy; and they survi- 
ved down to the fifth cen 
tury A. D. in the corps 
equitcs Thamudeni attach- 
ed to the army of the 
Byzantine emperors 
iJid. 8 nn. 542) 



"4 



* * • * 



there, at the same time or 
place 



99 



'wSvO <jjV j' , -*^° J-C-i*w3 jJ OU^^ 5jJUo$ P CU^O Cjjjj-O (-W ^j^oljJ^ JjV^ rii5c?vo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J & 



V&CABULAKV Of TB* HOLY fgUKAH 



|| J «*• 



to pay for SS, 0^ Jf £»J? 
pay back (good deeds) 

to return 

fperf. 3 p.m. sing.) '<■ V^' 
< recompensed (!) 

to reward, to recompense 



Have given you (another) 

grief for (your first) grief. 
[3:153] 

rewarded (2) 

Allah rewarded them for that 
which they said, [5:85] 

reward (it.) t-»ijr 
reward (n.) Vjt* 

a resort, a place of (nj *£* 
visit 

■^garments (w./>.) i»Li 

sing. &$ 



the second (<wtf. number) i3_L 



J J ^ 



(/w/. J p.m. ptu.) iv \ jjU 
<they bre*k up 

to raise, L"Hj> jji' jC 
be stirred, break up 
100 



(card. number) gjj\ / c£il / uttl 

two - m _* 

(wi.) «ont.j;ii \i\ 

twelve (m.) ace. ji£ £\ 
twelve f/J oec. Jjip £p;\ 

■ 

twos by twos ^7 

oft repeated fJrdJ. JjCl 

repeating UrA.) paired 
f«fc) 

Allah hath revealed the most 
excellent discourse, a book 

cons i m i la r (sel f-rese m bl ing,) 
oft -repeated." [3 9:2 3 J 

repetition (2) 

And assuredly we have given 
thee seven of the repeti- 
tions and the mighty 
Quran. [15:87] 



• * J * 



(pp. 3 p.m. sing.} ii Oj^ 



<~is paid 



*wS*o jj)$ J I CfcAo J.o.it t u 3 ji &\&$*a$a iji^o^ P a^io t jJjA ^-w o-^'^5 JjV^ fi&^XA 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



V^ 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN 



j j A 



# i* j & 



(act. pic, m. tfttg,) ace. \£ 
< dweller 

to halt, stop 

abode (jj. for place) \sJZ 



* V if *^ 



Wig. 



< non- virgins («. p ,) XLJ 

4 *1 



They broke up the earth and 
inhabited it. 130:9] 

they raised 

{imperf. * p,f,sini)ir $g 
~ break up 

raise (l) 



They raised the cloud. (30:48] 
plaugheth (2) 

She should be a cow un- 
yoked to plough the earth. 
[2:71J 



¥*¥ 



^.\ 



101 



'wSU <jjV J I Cdio J^JUmA jj uUjij^ £j£aA5 pa^a <Oi3* cr^ 6^'j^3 J->Vi a£*pv* 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



^» v ur 



* «• v £ 



an idol or idols (LL) (n r > 1^-1 
sorcery (a worthless 
thing) (fi- Rgfi) 



• J * £ 



i*- 



(trong, powerful, (for*, jfj^.) ^Gs- 
tyrant, rebellious, giant, 
compcller 

giants (s, n. />.) on. ^.jCr 



1 * J " I 



mountain (n.) j^" 

mountains (it. /?.) jW 

< generation («.) ^£_-ss- 
//ir, : constitution, created 



being, multitude 



• ■» » c 



{imptrf. 3 p.m. phi.) uj jl? 
<they cry for succour 

to cry aloud in prayer or 
supplicate 

fimperf. 2 p.m. ph.) 5 ijlW 
you cry aloud for succour 

cry not for succour 

^ J £ we 'jit 
1 if C see Ufc $£A? 



• * * C 



102 



the well (iO £3M 



^U^o ^V j I CJm Ja1*E l o jj 01^9^9^ iji^o^ P a^io <^yj ^-w o-^'^5 JjV^ *&^a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



3 CG 



VOCABULARY or TH* HOLY QURAN 



V £ 



to cut off, cut down, uproot 



• f 



(act. pic. m. phi.) ace. Sitjir 
motionless bodies in the 
state of prostration 

to remain in a place with- 
out sense, motionless 



J & £ 



(act. pic. f. sing.) Cj£ 
< kneeling down 

<p>T# ^ fir 
to sit with knees upon the 
ground, to kneel 

the state of sitting on (v.n.) \£i- 
the knees 



C E 



f/wr/. 3 p.m. phi.) IjJjy 
<they denied 

(o dsny, refuse one's right 

f imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) j£jp 
r* denies 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ptu.) 5j£^e 
they deny 





multitude (n.) 


l 

is 






* U l-» 


E 






forehead (n.) 


*>- 






* » V 


E 





sing. 



< foreheads (n.p.) tils 



' ', J 



<<»»is drawn, brought 

izfo & £ 

to gather taws, impost, tu 
collect water in a reser- 
voir, to bring together 

(pcrf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii ^f£\ 
< ~ selected, chosen 

to choose, select \A£*\ , [ £r\ 



(pcrf. 2 p.m. sing.) viii .LLoil 
thou selected, chose 

(perf. 1st p. plu.) viii l^p^l 
we selected, chose 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii ur^* 
r~ chooses 



* ^ ^ c 



(pp. 3 p.f. dB*.),iI&| 
<^-wis pulled out 



103 



am^ jjV jl C*ia JaImuo j-» Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa < j->ys 4 —- w j-o)^5 JjV^ a£^o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



i i 



Z 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



«* * £ 



to quarrel; dispute T33tjt dilp 
to twist, (^~ 'Jft--JS 
tight, matte firm 

■ 

(;w<£ 2 p.m. sing.) Hi £JSt 
thou disputed 

(perf. 2 p.m. ph.) Hi pfe 
you disputed ■ 

(imperf. $ p.m sing.) Hi JjW 
'-'disputes 

{>'}m («cr. n.d.) V}& 

(imperf. 3 p.m. pitt.) 
they dispute 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) IU *JaW 
thou dispute 

- 1 -** 

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) iii jfeW 
you dispute 

(perate. m. sing.) Hi t^W 
contend, argue 

(perate. tteg. m. phi.) Hi \ jj^W *S 
dispute not! 

disputing (v.n.) iii Sj^. 
the dispute (v.n.) Hi tNir 



* J * £ 



broken in pieces (n.) a^ir 

. --_ * - f _ 

(y*J lie -*£ ** 
to cot off at the root 

frwc*. ^/e. m. sing.) jjj* 
cut off 
104 



* * J E 



irngf. &5£ <graves( r n.p.)ilji-\ 



• J 3 r 



«- 



< greatness, majesty (y.n.) 
to be great liJp Jyf JJr 

H 

"Exalted be the majesty of 
our Lord, [72: 3) 

<new (eer. 2 pfc. m. sing.) *j£j£ 



to be new 



tf«S- »% street, way 



<stre«i (jt.>>.) Sir 



• J ' 



a wall (tt.) j\5* 
walls («#,) *i£ 

<Tnost disposed one (eidtive lyJupl 
most worthy, fittest, more 
proper 

to be fit, <& •jli^r J*Z tt 
worthy, to deserve 



• J 



J c 



fperf. 2 p.m. pat.) Hi \j^ 
<they disputed 



\>l 



am^o jj^F jl CUio J^JL«Lo jj Olf-5^5^ djjLwo^ p5^uo (jj)o ^-w j-^'^i J^Vi a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f J E 



VOOABULAKY OF THK HOLY OJLUIAK 



t*e 



* J -> E 



44: 



{imperf, 3 p.m. tfrtg.) jf_ 
<~ drags 

to draw, to drag, 'j£ jS[ 5r 



* 3 J £ 



barren (fl.) j_Jr 



(land incapable or produ- 
cing (vegetation — Rgh.) 





• t J e 


(imperf. 

via i 
to swallow, 


3 p.m. *%.> v ^Si: 

* *■ if 

sip 




• *> J £ 


hollo 


wed bank (it> £>£ 




• f -> E 


(perf. 

they com 

- r ■ 

via ^>jp 

to cut off 
a crime 

guilty of 

\*0 


J p.m. phi.) iv \j*js-> 
mitted sin 

* J Ijf fig f^ 

.Si 

, incite, commit 
against one, be 
it 



The gift never to be cut off. 
[11:10?] 



• .' 



trunk (of a tree) (n.) £_■>*■ 
trunks (11.p1.) J** £**r 





* J * E 


a brand of lire (a) *;;j£ 




* C J E 



Owf/. 2 p.m. phi.) 'fjr 
< you earned 

to woondjtJir^J* GA £** 
injure, hurt, to earn 
U£r.-4rJ 

f/wr/. i p.m. pitj rf/J I j££rt 
they committed 

< wounds (a. p.) £Jjr 

wound (ring.) r jr 

<beatts used for (a. p.) Oi J*" 

hunting 

(jfrtg.) **■& 



J c 



locusts (n.) aljij- 



105 



am^o jj^F jl CUio J^L«Lo jj Olfr 3-^3^3 ijji^^ £■$*** i^uyi ^-w j-^'^i J^Vi a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



* J E 



VOCABULA** Of THE HOLY QUKAN 



f j £ 



In the name of Allah be its 

coarse and its anchorage. 
[11:41] 

(The word Jj£ (majra) is 
read ijif (majrey) (due 

to farafa ilUJ ) 
Wore: ^fy is a way of 
pronunciation of «_*H as 
weak ytt e.g. rfje "»- 
yra read as mfl/«y if j£ • 



*- 



(acf. jrfc./. sing.) VjW 
running (1) 



Therein is a running spring. 
[18:12] 

{act. pic. /. phi.) £X jbr 
running ones 

a traversing ark, ship (2) 

Verily, We ! when the water 

rose We bore you upon the 

traversing arlc (i.e. a ship). 

169:11] 

iji <ihips(D(».p.) 5^ 

(ling.) 

106 



{perf. 1st p. phi.) iv bJypl 
we committed sin 

t » 4 

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) iv Jj*^ 
you commit a sin 

commitment of a sin {v.n.) ?'j*l 

siimtr(act.pic.>i*jn, sing.) f jjfr 

ace. Ci* J* nam > <Jyjr 
sinners {act. pte. m. phi.) 

(emp- 3 p.m. sing.) 5* J$ * 
should not or let not incite 
or drag 

And let not the hatred of a 
people incite you not to 
act fairly. Act fairly 1 [5:8] 

undoubtedly {a phrase] f J? * 



* ^ J E 



(perf. 3 p.f. ph.) ?kfr 
< they (f.) ran away 

( ^> 5 &% fig rf> 

to flow (water), to ran. be 

current 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) tf^ 
<-*nins, flows 

{imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) &j& 
(f.) runs, flowes 

{ijnperf. 3 p*f dual) jl Jf 
the twain run, How 

(v.n, min.) iSj* < &j* 
course of water flowing 



1 .1 



-vUSLo jj^F jl Oirf J^L«Lo _jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £3-*-*-° 'lHJ- cr^ 0-^'^3 JjV-> ffc£^o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J £ 



VOCABUI-A»Y OF THE HOLY QURAN 



E 



(per/. In p. sing.) 
I rewarded 

(per/, lit p. phi.) 
we rewarded 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
"—rewards 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) 
thou reward 

(imperf. 1st p. phi.) 
we reward 






B« 



* '1 






(emp. Istp.piu.) 
we surely give reward, 
recompense 

f/Njj» J .p.m. /vu,) u j_yf 
they will be rewarded 
or be recompensed 

(pip, 2p.m. ph.) ojrfi 
you shall be given reward 

or recompensed 

(pip. 2 p,m. sing.) tffi 
thou shall be given reward 
or be recompensed 

(imperf. 1st. p- pin-) iii tf$# 
we recompense 

compensation, reward (iut.) »ljw 

(act. pic. m. jing.) $*■ 
giver or a reward 

**, 

compensation (n.) **?? 

(A tax that is taken from the 
free non-Muslim subjects 
of a Muslim government 
whereby they ratify the 
compact that assures them 
protection— ~LL.) 



And of his signs are the 
ships in the sea like land- 
marks. {42:3 2] 

moving swiftly (like ships) (2) 

I swear by the receding 

(stars) moving swiftly 

(and) hiding themselves. 

[81:15-16] 



• # j n 



a part, a portion (n.) *y? 



3 J rr 



see 



3S£ 



* t > e 



we raged (per/. 1st p. ph.) &yr 
to grow(yj|U^ £y£ £>?• 
impatient, be sad, grieve 
bewailing (ints. m. sing.) %jyr 



# rf i g 



I* 

(per/. 3 p.m. jiflf.) «?.*. Jj«- 

< —recompensed 

i^Uyr i*£(Qr) J* 
to recompense, reward 

And he recompensed them 
for that which they 
patiently bore. (76:12} 



■ 



107 



am^o (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-o ji Olf-5^5^ lijJLLo^ P,5^° 'lHJ' cr^ O^JiS J->^ £&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



■i J 



VOCABULARY OT TM HOLY p.U» AK 



*^c 



When We made the Home • 
resort onto mankind. 

[2:1251 

(fttf. 2 pjn. phi.) jr**r 
yon counted (3) 



$&&&& 



Count you the giving of 
drinks unto the pilgrims. 
[9rl9] 



' .i *; 



they set bi> (4) 

Who set up along with Allih 
another god. [15:96] 

( act, pic. m, sing.) JJ^ 
maker, adopter 

(act. pic. m. phi.) jfet / U^t 
those who make SS 
or adopt 



* ^ 



a worthless thing, (ft.) 

<rubbsish 

//«. froth, foam 



UK 



*-» E 



4j£ < basins, (n.p.) jti^ 

« large deep dish of wood 
108 



* ■» u* £ 



a body fit../ jC^t 

• u- o- c~] 



{ptratt neg. m. pht.) r I ji— Sf J 
< do not spy 

to ftel. touch <**-*■ ^r* u-* 

MM 

to investigate, spy t u** J 



• f LT £ 



body f»J pJ:* 
ifwy, pi^ <bodies(n./>.) fUi-1 



* J £ £ 



f/wr/. J p.m. sing.) j«- 
<- replaced (I) 

to put, place, w&if 5*f d*^ 
make, effect, prepare, pro- 
duce, appoint, fix (a price, 
compensation or reward), 
begin 

Allah has not placed into 

any man two hearts In his 

inside (or chest). [33:4] 

fptrf- 1st p. pht,) {&£ 
—we made, (2) 



aaI^o jj^F jl CJia Jxjui-o ji Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ P$**a (jj)a ^—w j^j)^3 JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J 



E 



VOCABULARY OP TMl HOLV QURAM 



,a E 



• ^ J £ 



n. for p. i. (sing.) 

to sit ciAJLjfc JJ? fr 



it J J £ 



ijlory (fj..) 05^1 

to be great, powerfui, 
sublime 

The Possessor * 4^ & * 
of glory. 



E 



< ~ glorified 

to glorify, to make clear, 
bring in light 

By the day when it glorifieth 
him (Jid) i. e. when it 
shows forth the sun's 
splendour to its full, 

[91:3] 

{Imperf. 3 p.m. sing.} ^ 
glorifies, manifests 



* j <J 



{imptrf, 3 p.f. sing,) w.v. tii ijG^J 
■C'- leave off 

to treat rudelytiU** >? Ur 

to shun, ifi# $r 

to be restless it ]j>& 

in the bed, 
leave off (LI) 



• - J 



(pcrate m. ting.) h w^ 1 

< collect, summon 

to drive, draw, bring, 
assemble 

< overgarments {n.p*} d^^Lr 



(jftV.) Z$£ 



J E 



«you) flog ! 

to "WP^ftfc $ 4 

scour age 

stripe in.) *jLt 

(jinfc.) Jijf < skins (n./f.) ajjk- 

109 



am^o (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-o jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ < C>iJ a cr^ Ot^JiS J-*^ $&*&& 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



tf E 



VOCABUU1AY OF TH* HOLY Q,U*AW 



jJ 



• t t £ 



(per/, J p.m. sing.} £* 

<.~amassed (1) 

to gather, collect, amass, 
assemble. 

Who amasses wealth and 
counts it. [104:2] 

settled SS (2) 

i ■»»«*»"* 

Then he settled his plan. 
[20:60] 

(perf.3p.rn.ph,) »j<Jr 
they gathered 

Surely people have gathered 
against you. [3: 1 73] 

(perf. lst,p.pbt} &f 

we assembled 



(Imperf. 3 p.m, sing.) £** 

(—gathers 

(<!p/- J P*m. **«!*.) ^uj^ 

he shall gather together 

(imperf. 3 p.m. pfo.) U j«*£ 
they gather together 

(impe*/. 3 p-m. phi.) £jf 
we assemble 
110 



> 



ifeS^iJ 



1 -■ 



None but He will manifest 
it at its time. [7:1*7] 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) f ^f 
*— unveiled (face or glory) 

When his Lord unveiled Hi* 
glory. [7:143] 

<the exile (?.n.) *h*r 

to exile, to migrate, 
emigrate from one'3 
country, depart 



* etc 



(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) 0>**rf 
they ran away in all haste 

to be restive and run away 

(horse), to be headstrong, 
quick to throw at, hit 



f £ 



D 



(act. pie. f. sing.) iiW 
< firmly fixed 

(0)t># jt£ & & 

to congeal, harden, stiffen 



am^o jj^F jl CJiA JxJUi-o ji Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ p5^o (jj)a ^—w ij-o'^3 JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QUIIAN 



tfC 



Friday (n.) 1^\ 

place of meeting, (n. for p*t.} a^ 

junction. 

(pact, pie. m. sing J gjr. 
assembled one, 

(pact. pic. m. phi.) djp$r- 
assembled ones t 

the day of assembly fih\ f'j m 



* J f 



c 



the camel («.} Jj?tt 

< the camels (n,p.) il£- 

< the camels (£&) o^W 

all, complete one (n.) %£ 

the beauty (».) tl& 

(aef. 2 pie. m. sing.) *Jj* 
beautiful 



* f f E 



(ff.) £? < ace, fcr 
very much (in exceeding 

manner) 



E 



»*». 



(perate. m. slug*) <_^Jrl 
<k«p aside, save 

1\1 



5£i? <»4) lj£? 



(imperf. 2 p.m. p&,) 
that you. have to gather 

(Forbidden unto you) that 
you have two sisters to- 
gether (i.e. as your wives). 
[4:23) 

(pp. 3 p.m. ting.) £p 
rwwas brought together 

(perf. 3 p.m. pht t ) iv \)*fri 
they resolved, (agreed 
among themselves) 

And they resolved to put 
him in the bottom of the 
well. [12:15] 

(perate m. phi.) ft VJJ: I 
you devise 

Wherefore devise your stra- 
tagem, then come in the 

row. [20:64] 

(perf. 3 p./. sing-) ritt i.^1 
~got together 

(perf. 3 p.f. ph.) ttii \j£%\ 

they got together 

multitude, gathering (v.n.) £ 7 ' 

(v.n. dual) i^Str 
two gathered groups 

{act. pic. m. sing.) *£*£ 
momentous 

111 



am^o jj^F jl CJiA Jxjui-o jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ P3-*-*- '0^3*° e*** Cy^jiS JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



vi> C 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY (JL'EAM 



V J^ 



jw/. J p.m. ling.) £X^r-\ that 
has a Fatha mark on tht 

and imperative m. pht. 

\j£*24\ that has Kasra 
mark on the j 

And those who avoid the 
devils. (39:171 



«5teSrW 



Avoid much from suspicion. 
[49:121 

jn respect of (I) (».) «-~^" 
(about, of) 

That I was unmindful of 
Allah. r«cj {39:561 

That I have been remiss in 

respect of Allah. (Jid.) 

side (2) 

And the companion of the 
tide, (4:3ti] 

(stag.) ^ <«des (n.p.) Zf$4 

distant (1) in.) tU 

>&» 

And the distant neighbour. 
i.e. the neighbour who is 
not of kin (The person 
who is one's neighbour 
but belongs to another 
people ILL), <4:36] 

ltZ 



to turn aside, turn oil. 
lead to the side 

And keep me and my sons 
away from worshipping 
the idols, (14:35) 

( imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii t 
~ keeps away, saves 

(pip- 3 p. m. sing.) ii 
f* shall be kept away 

And away from it shall be 

kept the most pious, 

(92:171 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) * 
t~ keeps himself away, 
avoids 

And the most unfortunate 
one will avoide it. (87:111 



tS 



(perf. 3p.m. phi.) will 
they avoided 

(tmptrf. 3 p.m. phijrtii h£j~k 
they avoid 

C>£L# <acc. IjXSfc 

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) 
{that ir you) avoid 

(per ate m. pht.) liii \}&r\ 
avoid 

(Learners should note care- 
fully the difference between 



\\y 



am^o jj^F jl CJiA Jxjui-o ji Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ P$**a (jj)a ^-w j^j)^3 JjV<5 6&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J o £ 



VOCABULARY OJ TH» HOLY gjCIRAM 



M 



y ^ 



And lower down unto them 

the wing of submission, 

(17:24] 

ace. u**\^ <n.rf. ^r"f 
two wings, both wings 

£££ < wings in.p,) ^^1 
Wag.) 

sin (fl,) Rjf 



It is no sin for you. {2:1 98] 



•k i o £ 



an army (n.) 



• *-• 



Xi? <the armies (n./),) 
{jf«g.) 



* *3 d r 



*.r- 



unjust cause, (n.) 
wrong course 

(Ap*der. m. sln$.) ti Z*\^>' 
willingly inclining 

Not one inclining wilfully to 
sin. [5:3] 



* ti £ 



(ptrf. 3 p.m. Sing.) fr 
** overshadowed 



impure (2) 

And if you are unclean purify 
yourselves. (Pic.) [5:6] 

And if ye be polluted (by 
sexual acts) purify your* 
selves. (Jut.) 

(According to L.L. £a? is 
a technical term and 
means, one who is under 
an obligation to perform 
a total ablution or bath- 
ing.) 

Note : Th 1 ; emission of semen 
whether in waking or 
in sleep makes bathing 
obligatory, 

side (act. pie. m. sing.) &JV 

The right side of the mount 
Tut. [19:52] 



* c 



E 



l'±_T- 



(perf. J p.m. ting.) 
<they inclined 

to incline towards, to bend 

incline (perate m. sing,) pV 

And if they incline to peace 

incline thou also to it. 

[8:61] 

* lo- 
wing (n.) c.*-r 

113 



am^o jj^F jl CJiA JxJUi-o ji Olf-5^5^ lijJLLo^ P,5^° < C>iJ a cr^ Cy^JiS J->^ £&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



6 6 £ 



VOCABULARY OF TUB HOLY QURAN 



J Ci £ 



Of his sin will be questioned 
that Day neither man nor 
Jinn. [55:39] 

serpent (2) 

It was wriggling as though it 
were a serpent. [27:1 CI 

(sing.) J* < the Jinn (n.p) -UJf 

Whether of Jinn or mankind. 
[114:6] 

madness (2) 

Or say they: in him is mad- 
ness. [23:70] 

in 
Note : whereas *J- is with 

a definite article Ji 

(i.e. i3»\ ) means Jinn. 

(pact. pic. m. iing.) ujnf 
<mad one 

to be road *j*r CF m &? 

enclosed garden, (n.) \*;g, 
paradise 

(n. dual) ace. ,j£*r torn, O'C-Jr 

two gardens 

(**»»■) 0? < gardens (n.p) ou£ 
114 



tjJrJ W ^ u>r 
to cover, veil, be dark 

Then when the night oversh- 
adowed on him. [6:76] 

Jirmd.) £J1| 

Jinn are a definite order of 
conscious being, intellig- 
ent, corporial and usually 
invisible, made of smoke- 
less flame, as men are of 
clay, created before Adam. 
They eat and drink and 
propagate their species, 
and are subject to death, 
much in the same way as 
human being are, though 
as a rule invisible to the 
human eye. They mam Test 
themselves to men at will, 
mostly under animal form. 
(JM. 7. n.n. 644) 

Note : The word "Jinn" is a 
plural noun denoting 
a kind of creature 

as ,^J| or ul»* t for 
human being. It has 
also a singular jinnee 

i jv but has not 

occured in the Holy 
Quran. 

the Jinn(l}(n.) jt 
(opp. Z*\ > 



m 



aaaIo jj^F jl C*Aa JxJUi-o ji Olf-5^5^ djJLLo^ £.3-*-*-° < OiJ a cr^ Cy^JiS J->^ £&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J * t 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN 






(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) Hi -L*«f 
"* strives 

And whosoever strives, stri- 
ves only for himself. [29:6] 

(perase. m. stttg.) j*V 
thou strive ! 

i *' \~ 

fperate. m. phi.) 'jJ*«r 

you strive 

struggle, strive (i>.n.) i^ 

ace. LTJ£uf nam. u^J*W 

(Ap-der<iitt, m. ph.) 
st rivers 

hard earning, endeavour (n.) j^i- 

They find naught (to give) 
but their earning. {9:79] 

binding, forcible (n.) jj^ 

Who {they) swear by ALSah 

their most binding oaths. 

[5:53] 



* £ 



(pref. J p.m. sing.) j 
~s:ud openly, published 

to be or become public, known, 
1 ^o 



shield, shelter (n.) *-£■ 
sing, yg, < embryos (a.p.) <Jr" 

And you are embryos in the 

wombs of your mothers. 

[53:32] 



* tf o 



c 



4 * ■*■ 

sing : tjpr < furits (n. p) ^r 

Add the fruits of the two 

gardens are within reach. 

[55:54] 

fresh (n.) a«. tip 



MfetfW 



It will drop on the fresh ripe 
dates, i 19:25] 



j * 



£ 



fperf. 3 p.m. sing.) HI J*V 
< f^strived 

to struggle hyr j *-i*W J*W 

to exert (J|) l,yr J-** O^- 

oneself, endeavour 

(perf. 3 p.m. dual.) Hi IjL*W 
the twain strived 

{perf. 3 pan. phi.) Hi \ jJL>W 
they struggled, strived 



115 



am^o (JjV jl CJiA JxJUi-o jj Olf-5^5^ lijJLLo^ P,5^° 'Cv)- cr w O^f'^3 JjV<5 6&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



V J c 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY COUP 



J. £ 



ace. £qUW wm. o^*t 
(act. pic. m. phi.} 

the state of ignorance (it.) i^UU 
(or) una wartccss 



f 


J * 


E 


the hell (n.) 




• 


V -> 


£ 



<«hewed out 

to pus l^: 4,5^ JW 

through a country, 
to cut, to penetrate 

And Thsmud who hewed out 
the rocks in the valley. 

[89:9) 

(petf. 2 p.m. ph.) it **£■} 
< you replied "" 

%l %A $0 

to reply, anEwer, accept 

(imperf. 3p.m. sing.) ft y&p 

replies, answers 

j 
{imperf. S p.m. sing.) it ace. tlrf 

--^accepts 



( imperf. lit. p. sing.) it 
I accept 

(imperf. lu. p. phi.) it 
we accept 

116 



u 



to disclose, say ( w ) ^*- 
publicly 

open (r.) JJJir 

loudly, openly (*#-> Ijjr 

manifestly open (r.n.) i^Jir 

f/irafc m. ptu.) \j#A 
(you) say loudly t 

(perate neg. m. sing.) 'Jft H 
do not shout (thou) ! say 
not loudly 1 

openly, very clearly (»•«.) jVt 



E 



( *«/. J p.m. sing.) ii jfV 
furnished, provided 

provision (w.) ^^ 



• J 



/'- 



{imperf, 3 jwb. /*J B j j^ 
<they are ignorant 1 ! 

to be ignorant, to lack 
knowledge 



- i?3 



*i0 ; 



{imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) yjfe 
you are ignorants i.e. they/ 
you speak ignorantly 

(act. pie. m, J/ng.J ^J*W 
an ignorant one 

very ignorant {into.) J^r 



HI 



am^o jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-o jj Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ P$**a (jj)a ^—w ij-0'^3 JjV<5 £&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



»->£ 



VOCABULARY OF TUB HOLY QUR AH 



* J e 



(pewte^x. m. pfuj \'J~*&-\ 
(you) respond \ 

(ap-der. >/p, m. Sing. ) *J$L 
one who accepts prayer or 
supplication 

(act pic. phi. i*. phi.) 5j3Fl 

The Almighty who accepts 
prayer or supplication 

(Note that plural is used for 
lingular.) 

reply, auswei (v.ji.) tXjr 

And the answer of his people 
was [7:82] 

watering troughs, (a.) £>\y±\ 
wells >(sbig.) \l£ 

very large pot of water, 
well 

And bowls (large) as wells or 
watering troughs. [3 4:t3J 

( il^l cisterns— JVrf.) 



c 



Judi (n.) ts)'f~ 

"It is the name of a mountain, 
its greek name is said to be 
Gordyai being one of the 
mountains which divide 
Armenia on the south from 
Mesopotamia." (.MM.) 



(perate m. phi.) U \j^A 
respond, accept, reply 

(pp. 3 p.f. Sing.) iy i^j.* 

~ftccepted ** 

He said your petition is 
accepted. [10:89} 

(pp. 2 p.m. ph.) h '1^1 
you were replied » '" 

(imptrf. /«, p. sing.) it Xjs-I 
I Accept, I respond 

{perf. $ p.m. sing.) *vCil 
<he accepted 

to accept **feJ1 C&&\ 

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) x \j£& 
they accepted 

(perf. 2 p,m. phi.) x J^-'l 
you accepted 

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) x 
we accepted 

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) x 
"-was accepted 

iimperf. 3 p.m. sing.) x iLfi£Z 
he accepts 

(Imperf. 3 p t m. phi.) x 
they accept, respond 



, j * 



;i 



*. *** 



(imperf, 2 p.m. phi.) x JjJjm 
you ask acceptance 



(perate.>x> m. sing.) 
thou may accept ! 



;i 



117 



am^o jj^F jl CJia JxJUi-o ji OU- 3*23^ dji^o^ £.3-*-*-° <lHJ*° e*** 0"^',H.9 JjV<5 £&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



iJ E 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OURAN 



3 J £ 



(parole m. sing.) iv 
give protection ! 



r\ 



(tmperf. 3 p.m. phi.) Hi ijjjj^ 
they take the place in one's 
neighbourhood 



sfW 



They shalJ not be thy neigh- 
bour. [33:60] 

(act. pk. m. sing.) < 
deviating (way) 

(ap-der.>vi, f. plu.y&\jj££ 
side by side 



it 



And in the earth are tracts 
side by side, [1 3:41 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) Hi jjW 
<*<"> passed for 

to pass a certain bound ry, 
to cross 

(per/. 3 p.m. duai) Hi Ijjt 
they (twain) passed forth, 
crossed 

(perf. Ist.p. ph.} iii V££ 
we crossed 

(perf. Ist.p, ph.) m (^)tOjt 
we caused to cross 

(Imperf. hi p. ph.) jjW-* 
we pass by 

(perf. 1st. p. ph.) (£) J fiQj 
we forgave 

MS 



Still regarded by the Kurds 
as the scene of the descent 
from the &tk."(Jid.) 

"As traditionally affirmed the 
ark resting on the mount- 
ains must have been very 

ancient. (Sale) 

* * 
(stng.)%\ji- <horses (n.p.) %\Jf\ 



neighbour 



(act. pk. m. sing.) j!£ 



•>>J 



(iutperf. 3 p.m. sing.} iv jg 
< "^protects t shelters 

to save, SjWJ, j£? 5W< 
protect, to cause one to 

turn aside from, 

to be unjust, 

to turn aside ^ — 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv j£ 
~ protects, shelters (the if 
is dropped in a condi- 
tional phrase) 

(pip. 3 p.m. singjiv jW 
-*W$ protected 

And He protests and none 
is ptotected against Him. 
[23:88] 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) x j\*,'S\ 
~ sought protection 



UA 



am^o jj^F jl CJiA JxJUi-o jj Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ p5^o (jj)a ^—w (j-ol^3 JjV<5 £&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



I J £ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



^■>E 



to come, io bring 

(perf. 3 p. f. sing.) £££. 
~(f.) came 

{perf. 3 p.m. ph.) \j$i 
they came 

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) ,ai^ 
you came 

(perf, 2 p.f. sing.) t&l^ 
thou came 
(with thou brought) 

(perf, 2 p.m. phi.) >jU 
you came, brought ' 

(perf. In. p. pfaj ^ 
we came for brought) ' 

(pp. 3 p.m. ting.) *£r < ^W 
-"-■was brought 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) it --^1 
*■»» drawn 

Then the birth-pangs drove 
her. [19:23] 



* * if £ 



opening at the neck (a.) *,£ 
and bosom of a shirt 

< bosoms (n. p.) Kjjjr 



• a il c 



<nt'ck, ironical (n.) !Lljr 
AVr. a beautiful neck {L.L.) 



* J* J C 



f>er/. 5 />.m. pJiu.J |^£ 
< they ravaged, made 
havoc, entered 

(a) L* 5#: J# 

to seek For (or) to see after, 

to go back and forth 
(between) 



• t J E 



{imperf. 2 p. m. sing.) ace. £j(- 
< thou art hungry 

(0) *£ fc* fr 

to be hungry 



That thou art not hungry. 
(20: 1 1ft] 



1 

<ches 
litr. a hollow 


hungry (n.) 


l? 


* -» s 


t 


t, thorax (*-) 
', inside 






• J J 


E 


t 
(middle of tl 


irmament (it.) 
tt sky) 


J* 




* * iS 


£ 



<<->^came 



*** 



119 



am^o jj^F jl C*io Jxjui-o jj Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ P$**a <ijJj-o ,— -w ^0)^5 JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



XM<Jcf 



as r.f. (above) vi i_*rf £S-\ 

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) it *=«^*-l 
thou loved 

(perf. 1st p. sing.) I* c^-! 
I I o> ed 

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) i¥ l ^f- 
loves 

~with love (in reply) ((v.) <1J*_ 

(The assimilation of double 

V denotes its being ia 

accord with a conditional 
phrase). 

,- -»* 
(imptrf. 3 p.m. phi) f> j^# 

they love **^ 

ftmperf. 2 p.m. ph.) iv o$£- 
you love 

(imperf. 1st p. sing.) iv Cj~\ 
I love 

*"1 

more wanted than {eletive} *-*■» 

55, more dearer than SS 
120 



• * * • 



E 


j 


C 


1 <£1 

see * t 


^ 


f 


c 


SM 


"f 


tf 


f 


c 


jfe 


t- r 


i5 


f 


c 




« £ 


^ 


i 


c 


fee 


fc >c 


• 


j 


c 


see 


JC 


J 


<s 


c 


see 


5£ 



* V *^ c 



(pei/. J p.m. JfngO fl 
f-j endeared 

to love, be loved 



\T. 



am^o jj^F jl CJiA Jxjui-o jj Olf-5^5^ ^jjiLo^ p,5^° 'Cv)- cr^ 0"^',H.9 JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



4w 



VOCABULARY or THM HOLT QURAN 



V ¥ C 



(imperf. 2 p.m. ph.) iij^jfi 
yeu detaia ' 



You detain them (two), [5:100] 



i. w 



<~ came to naught, * 

gone in vain 

to come to naught, 
to perish 

(per/. 3 p. f. sing.) oLJ- 
came to naught, gone •"" 

in vain 

(imperf. 3 p. f. sing.) ace. J^b 
it may go in vain 

(epL 3 pm. ring. J J^**? 
surely be made ineffective 

(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) h. ^,] 
~inades SS ineffective 

iv ii| lye iai 

to make SS ineffective! 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) Iv i^ 
r- make ineffective * * 



* a * c 



paths (n. p.) dLr- 
(signifies either the traces of 
angels or the orbs of 
stars Jid.) 



(perf. 3 p.m, phi.) x \y*cJ.\ 
they preferred, love much 

(Imperf. 3 p.m, phi.) x dj"~'^ 
they prefer, love much 
(more than) 

the love Or.) CJ. 

< beloved ones (n.p.) *U-l 
(ttttg.) 



the love (n.mim) *fjt 



G 



• • • • 



probable, grain (n.) 



% en- 



grain (n.) £Z> 



v c | 



0£r. 3 p.m. phi.) ^jfr 
< they shall be made happy 

To be glad 

m 

fr/p. 2 i>.m. phi.) tijjl 
you shall be made happy. 

great learned men; (n.p) jl**1 
doctors of religious laws. 



* \T V C 



( imperf. 3 p.m. sing,) £j£ 
"- prevents, detain 

to imprison, confine; 
detain 

121 



am^o jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUi-o jj Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ p5^o t(j->j«o ,—w £yj)jj$ JjV<5 £&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



E EE 



VOCABULARY OF TH* HOLY OJUEAJT 



vc 



* E E C 



(jre/l J p./. jr*# .) (,<zwim) ^ 
*— < performed the religious 
rites and the ceremonies 
of the pilgrimage, repaired 
to Makka or to Ka'ba 

to intend to a certain target, 
to aim at 

the pilgrimage <n.) ^ 

the pilgrimage of the c-iJI gj 
House (Ka'ba) 

the ptigrimage (it.) p^i 

faef, pjr. m. ring.; £.tf.j 
the pilgrim * 

(used also for the group of 
pilgrims as a noun of 

kind ^1 pj 
(sing.) tv *"* ("-Pi Err 

an argument (n.) 



<pe//. i pjn. Jf^g.; Hi £C 
< ^contended 

to despute, contend 

fjwj/, 5 p.m. pfo.) W lj£C 
they contented 

* 
(per/. 2 p.m. phi.) Hi i^U 
you contented • 

122 



• J V c 



a rope, a cord, (n.) J*- 
a course union 

ropes, cords {n. p.) tn«» 



• r * c 



unavoidable In. J \^- 



• • • * 



until, yet, till, (preposition) ^ 
even, nay ! even 





* * * c , 


quickly, inct 


:ssantly (v. n.) C^f- 




* * E C 



barrier, a veil, curtain (n .) £1^ 

( j) lUr #? CJ^<~ 

to hide, to cover, to put 
behind veil 

(pact. pic. m. pht.) Ojf.^7^- 

-^<the debarred ones, who 
are kept behind a veil, 
those who are shut out 

{sing.) &£&■ 

ITT 



**i£j* jjV jl C j i n J.o.i.t t t. ji CJlfr3^3^= i^i^3 P5^° ^lH^ c^ 0^)^.5 lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



j EC 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QU1AM 



EEC 



Note ; In the time of pagan- 
ism, a man meeting ano- 
ther whom be feared, in a 
sacred month, used to say 

T *■•■£ T • ■ -. 

*jjk* 'J& meaning, it 

js rigorously forbidden to 
thee to commit an act of 
hostility against me, in 
this month, <and the latter 
thereupon would abstain 
from a ay aggression 
against him and so, on the 
day of Re&surreclion, the 
poly (heists , when they see 
the punishment, will say 
to the angels, thinking 
that it will profit them. 

And he has placed between 
these two (seas) a barrier 
and great partition. 

[25:531 

sense, understanding ( 3) 

Indeed in that is an oath lor 
■ man oF sense (is there in 
that an oath for a man 
of sense 7) (89:5) 

Note : The interrogative par- 
ticle, ^* 'what' or Ms there* 
is also used to stress the 
sense of the sentence.There- 
tore, some translators of 
the Quran tend to inter- 
pret it by 'surety, indeed, 
and alike.' 

m 



etc. <n.d.) \ j^V' 
{imptrf. 3 p. m. pht.) Hi 
they are contending 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi J Ul 0&*\ 
they are contending 

{imptrf. t pja. P lu.) lil 5j*V 
you are contending 

And his people contended 
with him, he said : Are 
you contending me about 

Allah? [6: SO] 

they wrangle together wi Ojn-Wt 

\& |C£T |tf < 

to wrangle together 



E C 



prohibited one (I) («.) 



^.j»jA»it *'■'*. 



And they said : Those (such 
and such) cattle and crops 
are prohibited. [6:138] 

a barrier (2) 



And they will say -. Let their 
be a strong barrier (and 
they will say : away I aw- 
ay!— JUL) [25:221 

(pact. pie. m. *ng.) T Jj«S£ 
who is put behind 
a barrier 

123 






**l£j* jjV jl C j i n J.o.i.t t t. ji CJlfr3^3^= syLLoy p5^uo <oJj£ ^v* Cyi^y.3 lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



4 ȣ 



VOCABULARY Of THX HOLY QUI AN 



J£C 



And has set a barrier bet- 
ween two seas, [27:6 1] 

(act, pic. m. phi.) tf.jipt- 
withholden 

And not one of you would 
have withheld m {from 
punishing him). [69:47] 





# V » c 


< mound 

-*- 

to be aflect 

elevated 


, elevated (n.) £2£> 
place 

1-- > •»* - — 

ionatc, 
ground 


» 


* »i» J £ 


(imperf. 


3p.f.shg.)U &£ 



< ^ will tell, will inform 

to tell W t'j£i£: 
to state 

(imperf, 2 p.m. p!u.) ii 
you will say, inform 

tell (perate m. sing.) ii 

(imperf. J £J& s/flg.) /» 

< ~ creates, generates ( 1> 

to create, iv frll^l Xj£t 

initiate, generate 

124 






!9* 



* ^ 



Name of a mountain (4) 
about 1 50 miles north of 
Syria, The rocky tract of 
land known by this name 
lies in the north of Arabia 
on the highway to Syria. 
It was inhabited by the 

tribe of s £ (Thamud). 

j**: Hyr, in Ptolemy 
and Pliny, is an oasis 
staple town of the gold 
and the frankincense car- 
van road from Arabia the 
Happy. (Jid. 14 m. 95) 
Doughty, Travels in Arabia 
Deserts, I, 135) 

And surely the dwellers or 

Hijr rejected the message. 

1 1 5:801 

# 

the stone (n.) f j»X\ 

the stone (n.) • jUv- 

< apartments (n.p,) olj4^ 
(sing.) \'j£ 
ward, guardianship (n. p.) *££- 



And your step-daughters who 
are your ward (or in your 
guardianship). [4:23] 



• J c c 



* \1 

a barrier (act, pic. m. sing.) j^"" 



am^o jj^F jl CJlq JxJUi-o ji Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ p5^o <ijJj-o c ~^> ij-^'^3 JjV<5 £&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



3 » 



VOCABULA* Y C» TBI HOLT (gnu* 



ttf * £ 



discourse (2) 

And will teach thee of the 

interpretation of the dis- 
course. [12:6] 



> * 



Oerf. 3 pM. ting.) iii at 

<~ opposed 

to oppose, «* J^ J*- 
act with hostility to- 
wards ss 

i ,-■» 
(imperf. 3 pjit. sing.) til jj\^ 

opposes 

■r *V* 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) til Jjj* 

they oppose 

limits, bounds (n.p.) *jS£ 
(*»■) t < 

These are bounds of Allah 
wherefore approach them 
not ! [2:1 ST] 

iron (1) (».) *J^ 

We sent down iron wherein 
is great voUence. (57:25) 

sharp (2) 

So thy sight is sharp today. 
[50:22] 

\16 



USpWytf 



Or it may generate in them 
some admonition. [20:113] 

(Imperf. 1st. p. sing-) t* *£•/*■' 
I initiate, begin 

Until I begin thereof (some) 

mention. [18:70} 

* -** 
(pis. pie. m. sing.) it <ij^ 

fresh, new 

(act. pic. m. sing.) tiJj^ 
a story (1) 

And has come to thee the 
story of Musa. [20:9] 

a discourse (2) 

Until they plunge in a dis- 
course other than it. 

[4:140] 

speech (3) 

That well-nigh they under- 
stand not any speech. 

[4:78) 

stories, bywords (I) (tup.) ^jUl 



3tfj$&£ 



**^ 



And we made them bywords. 
[23:44] 















\ 



125 



am^o jj^F jl CJiA Jxjui-o ji Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ P$**a (jj)a ^—w j^j)^3 JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



fJC 



VOCABULARY Or THI HOLY QUKAN 



1 J 



(act. pic. m. phi.) 5jJ*^ 
those who are in state of 
preparation or cautious 

(pact. pic. m. sing.) jjSt 
• thing to be feared of, 
gaurded against 

Verily the torment of thy 
Lord is ever to be gaurd- 
ed against. [1 7:571 

_» 
precaution ( n, ) j j^ 

Take your precaution. [4-711 

fear (tn.) *&: 

Fear of death. 12: 19] 



* V J 



I] 



(per/. J p.m. sing,) Hi CjjW 
< ~made war against 

to plunder 

AT *^u* ijU « 

* 

to wage war against, to 

fight 

t »* i* '-* 
(imptrf, 3 p.m. phi.) ill U/jW 

they fight, make war against 

war, fighting (a.) 4jfa 

sanctuary ,(n. r. p.) wi^l 
an apartment inside the 

sanctuary 
126 



< sharps (n. p.) (adj.) *\ 
(ting.) 



»IT 



&&JL&SZ 



They smile at you with sharp 
tongues. [33:19] 



* J * C 



< gardens (n.p. ) "feSi 
(tittg.) *_i'j^ 



• J i C 



(impctf. 3 p,m, sing.) jxjz 
<~ fears 

to be cautious, to fear 

{imperf. 3 pjn. ph.) djj& 
they arc cautious 

(imfwr/. 2 p.m, phi.) ijj^ 
you are cautious 

(ptrate. m. sing.) j^l 
(thou) be cautious 

(ptrate m. phi.) \jj j^.\ 
(you) fear 1 

( imptrf. 3 pjnt sing.) B jj^ 

~<cautions 

f «.*f *»€r* 
to caution ii i jyr J - 1 *" 

And Allah cauUooeth you of 
Himself. [3:28] 



m 



am^o jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-o jj Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ P$**a (i}j)o ^-w ij-o'^3 JjV<5 £&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



■> J c 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QJURAN 



* -»C 



restriction (2) 

No restriction is there upon 
the blind. [24:61] 

blame (3) 

No blame is there upon the 
Prophet. [33:38] 



* > J c 



< prevention (n.) j y 
to nrevent, be angry 

And they went out betimes 
having been powerful on 
the prevention 

(68:251 



• J J c 



Whenever Dbakariyya en- 
tered the apartment in 
sanctuary to (see) her. 

(3:37) 

the wall (of the sanctuary) (2) 

When they climbed the wall 
of the sanctuary. [38:2 1] 

lofty halls (LL) (n.p.) CJiM 

(sing.) £Xj£ <*yn»goSi«s 
(Jid. r M.4.) 



* *i J C 



tilth (n.) ZjZ 

: &y. < 

to till and sow the ground 



(0) ^ &? m ±> < 



-»**i 



tbey endeavoured 

(opp. cold) the heat (n.) *^\ 

M 

lopp ; slave) the free (n.) ^JM 

the sun's heat (n.) j j^*** 

silk (n.) %£• 

to set SS free (jgtj y./- 
\TV 



(imperf. 2 pm, phi.) iifj* 



you SOW 



• G J C 



straitness (D («■) £j^ 

(-->) W> £l£ £> < 
to be close, be oppressed, 

be straightened 

So Jet there be no straitness 
in thy breast. (7:21 

127 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



OJ C 



VOCABULARY OF TH« HOLY QJUftAH 



& J c 



• j 



<~ perverts, dislocates, 

to turn from the proper way 
or manner, corrupts the 
words, alters the sense of 
word. 

to trans- rvli'jfc i3^< < 

pose or change (letters or 
words), 

{imperf. 3 p.m. pfu.) a o£^ 
they pervert, dislocate, 
currupt 

the edge (a point of (n,) £v£ 
turning) 

(ap-det.<: f, m. ting,) &££ 
one who turns away in order 
to return to light, swerving 

Unless it be swerving to a 
fight. [8;16J 



• %f J C 



< guard Oi.) £p- 
to guard, to watch (i) *-^j£ 



* fcl* J £ 



U J 



<we surely shall bum 

tobum(^)Vj^ 5jf 3> 

by pulling in the fire, 

to£ u & « 

to bum, to cause burning 
pain 

128 



(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) SS^- 
<;thou desired eagerly 

(j*>^> J* J* J>> 

to desire eagerly 

( per/. 2 p.m, ph.) 'p*lf' 
you desired eagerly ' 

Umperf. 2 p.m. 3{»g.)(gen.) u*j£ 
thou desire eagerly 

{act. 2 pie. m. sing,) J* j*" 
eager 

most eager (eiefive) ,j*J*-t 



* J> J c 



(perate. m, sing,} ii J*f 
< pursuade ! 

to encourage incite, to 
pursuade 

to be decayed, to be corrupt, 
sickly, approach death 
point 

tick to the point of (v.n.) ^*j? 
death 



^>-u5vo (jjV jl Oi-o Jx^i-a _j-i OU-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr^ 0-^'^3 JjV^ <£*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f J t 



VOCABULARY OF TH* HOLY QURAN 



** J c 



(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ii oy*? 
they forbid 

{imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) ii j gye. 
you forbid 

the sanctuary («,) ?j£ 
i.e. the territory of Makkah 
and its inviolable suburbs 

We have appointed an in- 
violable sanctuary.[29:67] 

unlawful (|) in.) *-'-- 



f 

This is lawful and this unl- 
awful. [16:116] 

ban (2) 

And ban is (laid) on (every) 
town which we have dest- 
royed. [21:95] 

sacred (3) 

A sacred month is for a sac- 
red month. [2:194] 

And fight them not near the 
sacred Mosque (i.e. the 
Mosque of KabaJ [2:191] 

< sacred ones(l) (n.p.) %*& 

(sing.) 



W 



(perate. m. phi J ii Iy3? 
(you) bum I 

fperf. 3 p.}.. ling.) vtii *ilj*-l 
consumed (by fire) 

fire, burning (aer. 2 pic.) ji* ji-l 



• d 



-» c 



(/wrote, neg. m. w'ng.) Jj*J: V 
<move not 

to move, to a Tfije 2]^ 

pull in motion, to excite 

Note: RF V> 'SJt'BjZ 

is not in use. meaning is 
same as ii 



r j c 



\t* 



(/wr/. J p.m. Jwg.) /i ^.5^ 
< ~forbadc 

to forbid, tf/#?f3? 
to prohibit use or doing £5 

fa/>. J p.m. sing.) Ii '($■ 
is forbidden 

(pp. 3 p. f. sing.) ii iSSjr 

is forbidden 

(ptrf. 3 p.m. phi.) it IjJ^ 
they forbade 

(per/. 1st, p. phi.) ii 3*T 

we fordade 

a 
(tmperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ii *& 
thou forbid 

129 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-o jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f J c 



VOCABULARY OJ? TH» HOLY QliRAN 



f J C 



sacred ordinances (2) 

And whoever respects the 

sacred ordinances of Allah. 

[22:30] 

(pact. pic. m. sing.) Zjtj&\ 
a deprived one 

And in their wealth there was 
4 due share for the beggar 
and the non-beggar {dep- 
rived one). [Si:!*] 

(pact, pic. m. phi.) Ilys^t- 
deprived ones 

Aye ! we are deprived ones, 
[56:671 

(1) (pis. pic. m. sing.) ii ^£ 
< forbidden thing 

to forbid Vj£ ii f jr 

Whereas forbidden unto you 
was their driving away. 
[2:85] 

sacred (2) 

Near thy sacred House. 

'■4:37] 



(pis. pic 
forbidden 

130 



,.)" \?£ 



When the sacred months 
have passed. [9:5] 

Note : The ancient Arabs 
held four months in the 
year as sacred, during 
which they held it unlaw- 
ful to wage war. These 
months were the first, seve- 
nth, eleventh and twelfth, 
namely, Muhurram, Rajah, 
Dhulqa'da and Dhulhijja. 

to be in the state of (2) 

fi#D ihram 

Slay not chase while you are 

in state of sanctity, 

[5:95] 

Note : W^*4 f J*"' l<> en * 
ter upon the performance 

1 

of those acts of ^-1 
(al-hajj, pilgrimage) or of 
»3*ifl fal'umrahjwtiereby 

certain things become for- 
bidden that were lawful 
before this state, 

things regarded (1) (n*P<) *im^ 
sacred 

And retaliation (is allowed) 
in sacred things. {2:194] 



\r. 



iw&d ^oV jl C j i n J.o.it a . ji 01^3^3^= $j&jj}$ P5^° t OiJ A cr^ C>*i^ji3 lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



•j J £ 



VOOABULARV or THE HOLY QUR AN 



H»JC 



We know indeed that which 
they sqy grieveth thee, 

[6:33] 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ph.) ace. jjj j* 
<they ff) are grieved 

to be grieved 

This is iikliei to cool their (f) 
eyes and not let them 
grieve. [33:51] 
{imperf $ p. m, phi,) $fjP 

Ihey grieve 

{imperf. 2 p. m. phi.) ftjt 
you grieve 

(perate. tag. m. ring.} tfjfi. S 
(thou) grieve not) 

& ** **** 
fptrate. rug. m. ptu.) \jy£ V 

(you) grieve not ! 

(perate. neg. f. sing.) {|^e *} 
(thou /J grieve not ! 

grief (v./i.) ace. V Jar 

(They) turned back while 
their eyes overflowed with 
tears for grief. [9:92] 

a cause of grief (2) 

And the people of Firown 
took him up, that he sho- 
uld become unto them an 
enemy find a cause of gr- 
ief. [28:81 

\r\ 



• rfifG" 



ftftsasjf 



Said He ! verily it is forbid- 
den unto them. [5:26] 



• W 



confederate, sect, (1) (n.) £jj^ 
group, band 

It is the Allah's band.[58:22] 
two parties (2) {n, dud.) ogTji-t 

Which of the two groups was 
best at reckoning the time 
that they had tarried. 

[18:12] 

sects (3) {n.p.) £l 'jS 

Then the sects have differed 
among themselves. [19:37] 

confederate (4) 

And when the believers saw 
the confederates. [33:22] 



* ii i £ 



{imperf. S p. m. ting.) ffif 



<*— grieve* 

to grieve T<a)t>83<3y 



131 



am^s (jjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £,5-^° *lHJ«o ,— -*> O^'j^-9 lPV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



v^c 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



c» i C 



(e.n. neg. 2 p.m. sing.) y£& H 
thou should not think 

(/*# ftr. p. p!u.) Hi X±2£ 
<we reckoned 

Ua* 5 iiiC£ i-ii J (SsC 

to settle an account with, ask 
on account from, 

to count, to number, to 
calculate 

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) Hi ^_*^V 
will reckon 

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.} Hi «_— W 
will be reckoned 

(imptrf. 3 p.m. sing) «"« tyw3j 

imagines 

[imperf. 3 p.m.pin.) 
they imagine, think or 

reckoning (l> (v.n.) £»U^ 

Surely they reared not the 
reckoning. [7S;27] 

sufficient (2) 

A reward from thy Lord su- 
fficient. [78:36] 

my account, my reckoning <fjU»- 
( n, suffixed with a pronomi- 
nal ii of 1st. p. attached 
with * of rhyming period. 
132 



grief 0>) ijj*> 

And his eyes whitened with 
grief. (12:84] 



| • V 



^ C 



f/W//. 3 p.m sing.) v—* 1 
< ~ thought 

to think, consider 

tpetf. 3 p.m. sing.) d£*£- 
thought 

( per/. 2 p.m. sing.) £J~£ 
thou thought 

(perf. 1st. p. sing.) ££-*■ 
I thought 

(perf. 3 p.m. pht.) \jLS- 
they thought 

-:, - 

(perf. 2 p.m. phi.) 'fr-f* 
you thought 

{imperf. 3. p.m. sing.) <^Z*r 
■--thinks 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) t^ 
thou think 

(imperf. 3 p.m. pht.) j£j£ 
they think 

(imperf. 2 p.m. pht.) j£Xj* 
you think 

(imperf. 2 p.m. ph.) (n.d.) Vj^jfi 
that you think 

(e.n. neg. 3 p.m. sing.) o£* * 
| —should not think 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr 4 *' l>#LH3 JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Jj-C 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OJURAN 



j-C 



$,, 



the envy (v.«.) %ZZ- 



%r c 



•languish (n.) » J-j- 



to grieve for something 
that happened or was 
done in the past 

The Day or jj3-lf^ 
Judgement is also called 
"the Day of anguish" be- 
cause man will then regret 
that he wasted the oppor- 
tunity given to him to 
work for his own good 
(Ibn Kalhir). 

Ah, the anguish ! *j^- " 
Alas, my grief ! *Jj2* m « 

Alas, our grief I \SjZ£- I 

<anguishes (ji.p,) %\ '"-' 
(ring) 



*->£ 



(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) % 
<that is made dim, that 
becomes wearied out 

to get tired, fatigued, to 
fall short 

(tmperf. 3 p.m. phi.) x ^JJ^JtfJS 
they weary 

(pact, pic, m. sing.) 1 jj-J* 
impoverished, stripped off 

to remove 



sufficient (n.) Atf 

Note: This word is always 
suffixed with a pronominal 

as «il jjpi?- /.*. Allah is 
sufficient for me. 

(act. pie, m. pht.) £*— r^ 
fj/ngj «£^£ reckoners 

Cot/. 2 pic. w, pu/.) l g 1 J ^J. 
reckoner 

reckoning (I) (v.n.) j|£^. 

Tbe sun and the moon are 
in a reckoning ft.e. they 
follow a calculated path 
in their motion.) [55:5| 

a bolt (2) 

And he sends thereon a bolt 
from the heaven. [18:40] 



r 



*r c 



(per/. 3 pjn, sing.) £; 
<~ envied 

. to envyoirtj^ JC^JC li^ 



jj£j* 



f tmperf. J pm, sing J 
they envy 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) J j£*fc 
you envy 

(act. pic. m. sing.) 
the envier 






133 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Zt <s C 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



U* \T C 



( JQ ) y 
i.e. fj-*- means: of bad 

augur v or omen, that cuts 
off the good from the 
affected men) 



* <i ur C 



~ become excellent 

U*^ U* - ^ t ja^ * 

to be handsome, tn make 
good, to seem good or 
beautiful 



Excellent are those us a com' 
pany. [4:69J 

(pep/. 3 p.m. sing.} J 
become excellent 

(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) iv ^ 
<~ made good 

lo do excellently \\^>[ iv t 

He mad. 1 good my abode. 

(12:311 

134 



'*■ 



•k ur u- C 



frwi/. J p.m. sing.) iv ,jrf-t 
<C~ perceived 

to perceive 

To extirpate (to make one's 
perceiving powers dead 
i.e. to kill— {Rgh.) 

(per/. 3 p.m. pht.) iv \£$\ 
they perceived 

litttpcrf. 2 p.m. sing..} iv ^ 
thou perceive 

(itnperf. 2 p.m. pSu.) ^*£j£ 
you extirpate, rout 

When you routed them by 
His leave (or when you 
were extirpating them by 
His leave— (Jid.) [3:152] 

(perate. in. piu.) v 1 J_ 
(you) inquire I find out ! look 
for 

a Taint *ound (n.) 



* f i/ c 



< in succession, {v.n.)acc. Uj££ 
continously 



to cut 



\rt 



~^&a jjV jl Cfc Ao J.o.i.t t t. _jj 01^3^33^3 iji^3 P5^° 'C )- cr*** 6-^'^3 JjV^ £&aa 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Ut 



VOCABULARY Ot THE HOLY OJJRAN 



^c 



* .,-- 



good fw.) 

< things, deeds 0,.,.) •,£- 
(sing.} \^. 

reward, good £3-1 
(fin. of£~3n.f. etative) 

the beauty (v.n.) *■•* 



two good things («, dual) jfcj£ 

beautiful ones, bea- (n.p.) ^,£»- 
utious 



* j J c 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) ~2^. 
"-gathered 

(per/. 2 p.m. sing.) . £ /£ 
thou gathered 

{perf, 1st p. phi,) f r^i 
we gathered 

(imperf. 3 p,m. sing.) _**ji 
~ gathers (together) 

{imperf. 1st. p. ph.) **£ 
we gather together 

(e.m.p. 1st p. ph.) j-*' 
we must gather together 

(p.p. 3 p.m. sing.) yj. 
~ was yathered together 

(p.p. 3 p./. Sing.) ^^J. 
r~ was/were gathered 
together 

vr 



"-was kind for SS v - 

He was very kind to me. 

[12:100] 

to be kind to SS JJ _ 

And do good {to others) as 
Allah did to you. [28:77] 

(per/. 3 p.m. plu.) iv \£^\ 
they did good 

(perf. 2 p.m, pht.) iv NT'--' 
thou drd good ' 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ph.) iv tfyjf- 
they do good 

r 

(imperf 2 p.m. piu.) iv, n,d. |j£ji 
you do good 

(petate, m. sing.) iv <j-*-' 
thou do good 

(perate. m. phi.) iv \j£_p-i 
you do good 

kindness (v.n.) ii o\^J-\ 

(ap-der. m. sing.) ^Jt 
a well-doer 

(ap-der. m, /j/h.^ 
the well-doers 

(ap-der. f. ph.) yiJ. 
the (/■> well-doers 

well (p.al) l£S- 

135 



< 






■ 



~^&A jjV jl Cfc AO J.0.it a . fl _jj 01^3^33^3 ^^AaA5 f 3^0 'C )- cr*** L>^'^5 JjV^ A^AO 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



jw*c 



VOCABULARY Or THE HOLY QJURAH 



J j* c 



\^C^Ji^.p\j 



And give the due thereof on 

the day of its harvesting. 

[6:141] 

{act. 2 pie. m. sing.) Ju 
mown (1) 

Of them are (some) standing 
and (some) mown (down). 
[11:100) 
cut off (2) 



We made them cut ofT, 
exinct. [21:15] 

reaped (3) 

The grain that is reaped. 

(50:9) 



• J o* C 



(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) 
f—will be brought together 

(pip. 3 p.m. phi.) jj£j& 
they will be brought together 

(pip. 3 p.m. plu.) ace. ]J *Jj£ 
they will be brought together 

(pip. 2 p.m. ptu.) j j£j£ 



you will be brought together 

assembling of a crowd, in.) $iX\ 
gathering 



-k v **» c 



(per/. 3 />./. slug.) & 
<*« straitened 

to be strait 

Or who come to you with 
their breasts straitened that 
they should fighi you. 

[4:901 

(pp. 3 p.m. ptu.) it \jJ*A 
<they are restricted 

136 



fire wood (n.) *■*■** 

{act. pic, m. sing,) ace. U#£- 
< violent wind, violent storm 

to throw fuel in fire 



** c * c 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) 
(a quadriliteml verb.) 
become clear 



*' a <S> C 



(per/. 2 p.m. plu.) 
<you reaped ! 

lo mow, to reap 

harvesting, harvest (t.».) ';U**- 
time 



*n 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^u0 <ijJJ-o ^—w j^)^^ JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



^ c 



VOCABULARY OF TH1 HOLY OJUHAN 



J^C 



* <> u* C 



f/wr/. J p./. ring.}/* JXii* 
<*-j guarded 

to he chaste, t-r Q-*^ t>»- 

virtuous (woman), to guard 
(oneself against evil) 



to preserve 

f>/). 3 p./. pht,) n* [ " 
they (f.) guarded (their chas- 
tity i.e. they are wedded) 

j 
{imperf. 2 p.m. pht.) iv ' 
you preserve 






Except a little which you 
preserve. [12:48] 

{imperf. J p.f, sing.) I* ace. 
may protect 



That may protect you from 
your violence, [21:80] 



keeping chaste (».*.) v 



• *-2 



If they des ire to keep chaste. 
[24:33] 

(ap-der iv, m. ph.) jLm/- 

those who are in protection 
from sinful sextual inter- 
course i,e. wedded men, 

ifv 



to restrict, ftp Tjl^-1 J*a»-t 
besiege, beset 

Who are restricted, [2:273] 

(pp. 2 p.m. pht.) iv fjfi-\ 
you have been besieged 

beset (perafe m. phi.) Ij^-I 

Capture them and beset 
them. [9:5} 

a bound prison (act. 2 pic.) ^ 

And We have appointed Hell 

for disbelievers, * prison. 

[17:8] 

a chaste (tots.) * 

And a leader and a chaste. 
[3:3>J 






* J u* c 



(pp. J p.m. jfttg.) rt ^Iw- 
~is brought to light, 
made perse nt 

%J ft $& < 

to obtain, to make present 

to tome forth, to appear, 

137 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo i^u^ ^-^ j^j)^3 JjV<5 aSLsw 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



^C 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OUR AN 



J U* C 



to be present (epp. to be 
absent J 

Were ye witnesses when 
death presented itself to 
Yaqoob. (2:133] 

(imperf 3 p.m. phi.) 
they come to presence 

And I seek refuse with Thee, 
my Lord ! lest they may 
be present with me. 

[23:98] 



Caution : The word Oj'_ 

consists of '^ + \}$* 
'they may come to me.' It 
is not on the measure of 

5 £*' of nominative esse. 

Li list p. personal) iv 
sometimes shortened to <J 

by dropping final <£ , 

(per/. 3 p.f sing.) it J, ' 
< "-has presented 

to present, bring 

{pp. 1st p. phi.) i* p JjwV ) 
we Shalt make present 

(pp, 3 p. f. ting.) it o^i-1 
is/are taken to presence 

138 



•1 



(ap-der. f, phi.) i* oU* 
those (among women) who- 
se chastity is under pro- 
tection as they are wed- 
ded ladies 

< fortresses (n.p.) j ii^ 



(sing.) 

t 
fenced 



* • 



(pis. pic. f sing.} it *jZo£ 



V&&& 



Except in the fenced town- 
ships. [59:1 4] 



* * *J> C 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv ^^ 
<;-— counted 

to count 

(perf, hi. p. phi.) iv fcS^l 
wc counted 



(imperf 2 p.m, phi,) **y*£ y! 
you can never count it 

(imperf. 2 p.m, phi.) U^JU 6 H 
you cannot count it 

(perale m. piu,) \J^*\ 
(you J count 



* j J* c 



(perf 3 p.m. sing,) 
'arrived, was presented 



VTA 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^—w j^)^^ JjV<5 £&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



■U -i. 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



vc 



(/>/*. pic. m. sing.) viii Jj 
one who approaches the 
brink of death or one 
who comes on his turn 



Every drinking shall be by 
turn. 154:28] 



• J* J' c 



(assim.) j*£ 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
surges 

to incite, to stimulate 

And he urges not the feeding 

of the needy (poor), 

[107:3] 

— £ " B 
(imperf. 2 p.m. piu.) vi j £»\^i 

you incite one another 

And nor do you urge (incite) 
one another to feed the 
needy (poor). {89; 1 8] 



• w i 



fuel, the fire wood (n.) ££^ 



* i i 



forgiveness («.> 



*. % 



&&&si& 



\T\ 



And souls are engrained with 
greed. (Jtd) 

But the greed hath been made 
present in the minds of 
men, (Pic.) 

Acid avarice is met within 
(men's) mind. (Rod.) 

[4:123] 

present (act. pic. m. stag.) ^>W 

(act. pic, /. ring.) • yd*- 
present, ready ( I ) 

Except when it be a ready 
merchandise. [2:282] 

near, close to, (2} 
overlooking 

And ask thou them concer- 
ning the town that was 
close on the sea (or was 
overlooking to sea. [7: 1 63} 
(act. pic. m. phi. n.d.) \SjZp*- 

these who are close to SS 

That is for (him) whose 
family dwells not near the 
nacred Mosqye-[2;l96] 

fpis. pic. sing.) ft t * f Zk£. 

who is presented 

t* ?£ 1 *." >* 

ace, <J.j**- uom. <Jjy& 

{ pix. pic. piu.) 
who arc brought forth 

IJ9 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w j^)^^ JjV<5 *5j?« 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J> u> 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



f * C 



to have a ( j) \& 2u£ IU 
portion or a fortune 
(used in good sense) 

For the male is equal of the 
portion of two females. 
[4:1 1] 

good fortune (2) 

Surely be it possessed of 
mighty fortune. [28:7?] 



• i <-* £ 



< grandsons (n.p.) *i 



(Ung-) 



y . i- 



< ditch, pit, abyss (».) *j*- 

to dig, excavate 

(act, pic. f. sing.) J^iU-l 
return, way back, 

nature, original form (IX), 

the first state (Jid.) 



* * <-> c 



(per/. J p.m. ring.) Jm£ 
< w protected, watched, 
guarded 

MO 



r * c 



(emp. J p.m. ii'ng.J ij*^ 
<; ^surely will crush 

to crush, to break into 
pieces, to crumble 



^^rWSKWV 



Lest Sulaiman and his hosts 
crush you. (27: IS] 

chaff (n.) y& 

to-**** 

crushing fire (n*) **lv 



•*t 



fpatf. pic. m. sing.) * k J*ie- 
<C restrained one 

to restrain, to prevent, to 
forbid 

{ap-der, viU, m. sing.) *fc# 
< a fold builder 

to mate for M y&\ 

oneself an enclosure of 
wood or reeds 



Like the stable of a fold 
builder. [54:31] 



* J* -fc 



< portion (1) (n.) 



U- 



aaaIs (JjV jl C*dA JxJUi-a _j-> C>U-5^5a) $jJUq$ ^5^X0 *(j->j«o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



I 



VOCABULARY Of TH1 HOLY QURAN 



iJ 



* r-- 

< guardians {». p.) jJaw- 

( «?/. 2 pic. m. sing.) \j,jf- 
the protector 

{pact. pie. m. sing.) £ J^t 
that is given protection, pro- 
tected one 



I * j -* c 



(per/. 1st. p. pkt.) ajsim. ti^ 
<we hedge 

to go ( j) \*£ «-*^ «-*^ 
around, to surround from 
til sides 

to encompass v - 

{act. pic. m. phi.) assim. ^t- 
those who are thronging ar- 
ound 



• if ^ c 



<familiar(JM)fM.) *jr 

to show great joy, be fami- 
liar 

well-informed (Mod. Pic.) 
solicitious (Rgh.) 



As thou solicitious (well- 
informed) about it [7:187] 

U1 



to guard, protect 

(ptif. 1st p-plu.) tSii^ 
we have guarded 

sis? <**. liter 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) 
they may guard 

they protect 

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) fcj e 
we protect 

( per ate m. phi.) \ 'J±JL \ 
watch ! be watchful ! 

f imperf. 3 pm. phi.) Hi j jlttU 
they guard 

(pp. 3 p.m. pht.) IjjL&l 
they were made protectors 
they were entrusted 
{lid. Rod. LL.) 

*: 
protection, guarding (n.) Jitif 

ji . 

{perate. m. phi.) 1 jliiW 

(you) protect, guard 



fart. p/c. m. sing.) 
protector, guardian 


u 

m 


nom. jj]i#W ace. 


$& 


{act. pic. m. phi.} 
< protectors, guardians 




i»ng.) iiU 




(<w/. pfc. /. pht.) 
(women) protectors 


Sate 






Ml 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^--w ij*j}jj$ JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



u <j 



VOCABULARY of THE HOLY QVRAH 



of Esh-shihr : to the coun- 
try of 'Ad SE (LL) Al- 

Dahna (the red sand) is 
the name of the land 
extending east-west from 
'Umman to Yamen and 
north-south from Najd 
to Hadramaut and cove- 
ring an area of about 
300,000 sq, mites. This 
'red land 1 is a comparati- 
vely hard plain covered at 
intervals with long and 
winding sand belts. 

{Jid. P. 46. rr. 68) 



* J J c. 



(perf. 3 p. m. Sing.} (assim.) °^- 
< ^ has hold over SS (Pic.) 

to be <J>)fcV.t3* 
genuine, real,, a fact, be 
true, right, just, necessi- 
tated 

"-has been justified SS(Jid.) 

■— deserved SS {Rod., Arb.) 

A cartain thing has become 
necessary as suited to the 
requirement of justice in 
his cue. (LL) 

(Perf. 3 p. I sing.) &■ 
~has been justified 

►'1* 

(pp. 3 p.f. sing.) is-j*- 

-—is nude fit 

* - 
(imperf, 3 p.m. sing.} J£ 

'—justifies 
142 



ever kind (2) 

He is ever kind to me. 

(19:47] 

*$ <#•*. ,. 

(Imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv 
< ** insisted, pressed 

to press l**»i 'J*. §T' 

If he should ask it of you 
and press you, you will 
be niggardly. [47:37J 



,* y *> C 



< a long period, ages (n.p.) ,_J»- 



(sing.) 






Or 1 shall go on for ages. 
(Rgh.) [18:60] 



long years (n, p.) £>'&] 



Living therein for long years. 
[78:231 



* -> j 



sand-hills (it.) £>&! 

>\£j$'l*PPlw» particula- 
rly to certain oblong tra- 
cts of sand in the region 



6 



UT 



am^s (jjNf jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ £•$**£ <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



• - 

t» ° c 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



4 J 



right, claim (6) 



s** <\Jft 



We have no right oil your 
daughters. (11:79) 

what ought to be (7) 

They recite it as it ought to 
be recited. [2:121] 

duty (8) 

A duty on the God-fearing, 
[2:180] 

incumbent (9) 

And to help believers was 
ever incumbent on us. 

[30:47] 



(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) ^jm- 
incumbent 

Incumbent it is upon me 
that J speak naught res- 
pecting Allah save the 
truth. [7:105] 

(act. pic. /.sing,) 'Ci\L\ 
reality, inevitable 

more entitled (1) (elatite) j^J 



&> 



And their husbands are more 

entitled to their restoration. 

[2:228] 



(ptrf. 3 p.m. sing.) x J*£ll 
**■> deserved 

(A certain thing as establis- 
hed Tor (or against) SS) 

(perf. 3 p.m. dual.) x \*c-^ 
the twain deserved 



one of the excellent (1) 
names of Allah 



*:' 



Sw 



£%tt>3A> 



Because Allah is the Truth. 
[22:6 and 31:30] 

true (2) (n.) ^ 

They have borne witness 
that the messenger was 
true. [3:86] 

truth (3) 

And they ask : is that truth ? 
Say aye I by my Lord it is 
surely the truth. [10:53] 

due share (4) 

£&&$&&}*&!& 

And in their wealth there is 
a due share for beggar 
and deprived persons. 

[51:19] 

justice (5) 



143 



They stay prophets unjustly. 
[3:21] 



am^s (JjV jl CaAa JxJUi-a _j-> CA&fybys $jJUq$ ?$**& '(Jij- cr*> Ot^JiS J-*^ A^bO 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f 



VOCABULARY OF TH1 HOtV OUBAK 



f 



a 



¥ 



(perafe m. ling.) 

give judgement ! 

r jt» ■* 
(impcrf. 3 p.m. p\u.) ii 0>*2 

<they appoint — to judge 

to ask one ^S3* 8 "£*■ 

to judge, to appoint one 
a judge 
ihev ask your judgement <£*P& 

(pp. 3 />./. phi.) iv £^ 

<~is guarded, 

made firm (like a building, 
orderly and well construc- 
ted) 

to make a thing if wK^ ->*"' 
wel], to consolidate 



A Book this, the verses 
whereof are perfected (or) 
guarded [11:1] 

o$?fc; < lift? 

(imptlf. 3 p.m, phi.) vl 
<they make SS judge 

to summon vi fcw 6 -a «* 

each other, to go together 
before the judge, to make 
SS judge 

1,3 

judgement, ruling, (n.) *>*■ 
decision 

arbiter (n.) *f^ 

judges, rulers (n.p.) Q& 

wisdom {n.) cSsp 
144 



more worthy (2) 

And we are more worthy of 
the dominion than he. 

[2:247] 



[J 



f 



3 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) -fit- 
<r- judged, gave decision, 
ruled , ,»,*,-> 

to restrain from evil-doing, 
exercise authority, com- 
mand, give judgement, to 
be wise 

(per/. 2 p.m. sing.) z£*- 
thou ruled, judged 

{per/. 2 p.m. pin.) V*^ 
you ruled, judged 

judges {tat, pic. m. pht.) t£>- 

(tmperf. 3 p. m. sing.) Jpt 
—• will judge 

{imperf. 3 p.m. dual.) o££ 
Cthe twain) will judge 

(imper/. J p.»i. pta.) j'jSS 1 ; 
they will judge _ 

Cimper/- 2 p.m. JiflgJ *£* 
thou will judge 

(imperf. 1st p. sing.) .*S£l 
1 judge 

3$! < i$6* 

(fm/wr/. 2 p.m. pfa.) 
you judge 



Ul 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <<jJj-o ,—w C>-^'^3 lPV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J 



VOCA&ULARY Of THB HOLY QURAN 



il 



to shave \;'j£ 

/ "" ~ a X£ 

(ap^der. Si, m. plu.) Jri2* 

having the heads shaved 



• * * • 



* Si* 



the windpipe (at.) *&*■ 



• J J 



(per/. 2 p.m. phi.) (assim.) *2±£ 
you loosened the knot (Le. 

you put off the {\j*-[ 

sanctity) 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
<^ become allowed, (1) 
lawful 

{{} to be lawful, permissible, 
(r?) to fall 

It is not lawful for you to 
take. [2:229] 

falls (or) will fall (2) 

And a lasting chastisement 
will fall on Mm. 111:39] 



wise (n.> *[^*- 

more powerful (efaiive) -*&■! 
judge, _, 

The Powerful, Sg3Mjp»l 

wiser judge then other 
judges or rulers 

(pis. pk. iv, f. sing.) 'c£f* 
firmly constructed 

unambiguous (n.p.) o^ 
<&*. free from all abscu- 
rity and admitting of 
(only) one interpretation 

Cm*.) *yJ3t 

{opp. &ftk& ) CM) 



* J J 



(per/. 5 p.ffl. jpAj.) £"»■ 
<; you have sworn 

to swear, to make an oath 

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) jJiW 
they swear 

(epl. 3 p.m. plu.) o^i 
they surely swear 



•tSi 



one who swears (rVrff.) *»j^l». 
habitually 



• J J 



**_„• 



(perate. neg, m. phi.) \y$£ H 
< do uot shave I 

145 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJJ-o c ~-*> ij*j}jj$ JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J 



VOCABULARY OF THR HOLY QURAN 



J J 



cause to fall (2) 

And they made their people 
Tall the abode of perdi- 
tion. [14:2*1 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
makes lawful 

-** 

djj^ < n.d. ace. 

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) 
they make lawful 

li'J^ ■ <n.rf. ace. 

(imperf. 2 p.m. ph.) 
you make lawful 



Mm 






* j 



see 



fc1 



(pp. J p.m. i%.) If 
~has been made lawful 

(pp. 3 p.f. ting.) if ilj.1 
~has been made lawful 

lawful, allowed in} ^ 

lawful (it.) *J5|£ 
(opp. f « .f sinful) 

(*%■) *iit <wtves (*a) $% 

(ap-dcr. it (n.d.) n. plu.) 4* 
those who allow 

Not allowing the chase. [5:1] 

destination (n. for p.} *j£ 

Until the offering reaches its 
destination. {2: 1 96] 

I4ti 



»s 



C&^4 &§&$*£*$* c^ 

Lest My wrath fall upon you, 
and he on whom My 
wrath faJleth. he is lost 
indeed. [20:81] 

(imperf. 3 p./. sing.} *Ut 
<;•** enters, falls upon 

to untie a knot, to enter, to 
fal! upon 

Or it will fall upon close by 
their abode. [11:31] 






(Imperf. 3 p. f. sing.) 
~wj[| make lawful 

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) 
they make lawful 

(perate m. sing, J 
loose (the knot) 

And loose a knot from my 
tongue, [20:27] 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) h -£A 
~h*s allowed, (1) 
made lawful 

Allah has allowed the trade. 
[2:275] 

(perf, 3 p.m, phi,) iv ii;i 

they have allowed, made law- 
ful. 



Ul 



AiU^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



I 



fc 



VOOABULAfcV Ot THE HOLY QURAN 



J^C 



Wi 



'* b 



to be adorned 

{£% > tk $ # « 

to adorn 55 with gold or 

jewels 

they are (or) will be adorned 

ornament (n.) LJ#- 



omaments (i.p.) 



flf 



1 



f c 



clay (n.) %p 
slack mud (LL) (u.) *^f 

• a f C I 



(p/p. 3 p.m. plu.) 
they arc praised 

to praise, to thank 

And they love to be praised 
for that which they- have 

not done. [3:183} 

^* 
(act. pie. m. phi.) SjjgjiU 
those who praise 
{I.e.) praise Almighty Allah 

praise (i.n.) 



UV 



a thing by which an (»,) *J£ 
oath is expiated 



f 



< the puberty (».n.) J i*-' 

(a period in life at which a 
person becomes capable 
of reproduction) (Rgh.) 

to dream, (c)fcj?jr 
have a vision, to attain to 
puberty 

dreams (1) (*./>.) *f$^ 

And we are not skilled in 
the interpretation of the 
dreams. [12:44] 

understanding (2) 

Enjoin them their understan- 
ding lo this? [52:32] 



P 



(fid. 2 pic. m. sing.) 
< The Forbearing 
(one of the excellent names 
of Allah) - • , , j 

to be forb*aring v ' ' f" r 



• j J 



(/p. 1 p.m. pb.) U 
they were adorned 
i.e. will be adorned 



»>£ 



■ 
- 



147 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



JfC 



VOCABULARY OF TH* HOLY OJJRAN 



re 



f c 



J 



an ass in) 
< asses (n.p.) 



*& 



(ting.) 



%, 



the ass (n.) •j£\ 



<reds (p.b.) 
[sing.) -OH 






• J 



f c 



Ofr/. J /mm. 'sing J ^ 
<^bore 

to bear, carry, lift, incite 

to be pregnant Jp - 

(per/. 3 p.m. plu.) \ $jr 
they bore 

(ptrf. 3 p.f. sing.) £& 
she bore 

i.e. she bore a child in her 
womb, became pregnant 

(ptrf. 2 p.m. sing.) £j£ 
thou bear 



{perf. Ist.p.pSu.) 
we carried 



w 



And of those whom We car- 
ried with Nooh. [19:58] 

148 



all kinds of praise {v.n.) 



{act. 2 pic. m. sing.) 
praiseworthy, 

the praised one (proper nj jj 

(A proper name of the Pro- 
phet Mohammad — peace 
and blessing of Allah be 
upon him.) 






A 



$&&& 



And give the glad tidine of 
an Apostle who cometh 
after me, his name will 
be Ahmad. [61:6] 

(pact, pie. m, sing.) 
praised 

A praised place. [17:79] 

(This praised place, station 
or place of praise, accor- 
ding to different ways of 
rendering, is the post of 
intercession on behalf of 
others assigned to the holy 
Prophet — peace be upon 
him. — Ibn Kathir. 

praised one (pis. pic.^> ii) 

(The proper name of the holy 
Propet of Islam, peace and 
blessings of Allah be upon 
him). 

Muhammad is the messenger 
of Allah. [48:29) 



*& 



*e 



_,» 



MA 



iw&d jjV jl C j i n J.o.it a . ji 01^3^3^= $j&jj}$ P5^° 'Oij 6 cr^ Otfij^S lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f f c 



VOCABULARY OF TM HOLY QURAN 



JfC 



(perate. neg. m. sing.) ii ^J*^ V 

(thou) lay not 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) viti 3*^ 
<C~bore, carried 

same as RF viii S\^\ 'fi^\ 

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) viti ljfcj.ll 
they carried, bore 

burden (n.) ~}i- 

load(«.) *£ 

(act. pic, m. phi.) 2^i^ 
the bearers 

(act. pic. f. piu.) ^X. 
the bearers 

tints, f. sing.} *$£ 
the bearer (woman) 

(i.e. who usually or profes- 
sionally carries loads of 
wood, etc) 

cattle used for loading (n.) <fjK 
burden 



• f r c 



(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) W X 
warn (1) 



(i, "ii't.-i 



£&'<& 



As he is a warm friend. 

|41:34] 

boiling water (2) 

For them (shall be) drink of 
boiling water. [6:70] 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ^J*i 
bears, carries 

(emp. 3 p.m. sing.) jU^ 
surely will carry 

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.} U JU^ 
they bear 

acc. n.d. 'jJU* 
{imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) 
they bear 

(imperf. 3 p.f. plu.) 5^^ 
they (f.) bear 

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) j JJU5? 
you bear 

(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) ^jt 
she bears 

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) -J}A1 
I bear (or): carry 

(foywr/ 1st. p. plu.) -jj* 

we bear, carry 

^^ 

Ojp. J/>,m. sing.) -JJI* 
f» is borne 

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) ii *p» 
<*— was loaded 

same as RF ^£i rt j* 7 

C/>p. 3 p,m. ptu.) ii \$/* 
they were loaded 

(pp. 2 p.m. ptu.) ii *J>- 
you were loaded < 

(pp. 1st. p. phi.) ii (jpf 
we were made to bear 

(perate neg. m. sing.) fafc J 
(thou) lay not 



149 



AiU^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-o jj Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo i^u^ ^-^ ^0)^5 JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



U U 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



f f c 



-k i o 



(act. 2 pic m, sing.) 
< roasted 

(\ t ''- -^ K '-7- 



to roast 



(ocC pic. m. sing.} * gfi 

< the upright man 

to stand firmly on one side, 
to leave a false religion 
and turn to right 

< the upright men (ft. p.) *^j- 
(sing.) **' 



* J 



J c 



fa£ 1st. p. sing.) viii J? 
I shall certainly cause to 
perish 

fiti tea g£& < 

to overturn, to sweep away, 
perish 

(J)fc£d6f2£« 

to twiddle (a horse), make 
wise 



* J <j c 



-C tenderness (wij j(> 

to have a longing desire 
for 



black smoke {n>) f i»* 



* J f C 



fry. **-«»■ Jwrg.) AJe 
**<will be heated 

to be very hot 

{act. pic. f. sing.) 1_^£ 
vehemently hot 

a zealotry ~\£jh\ 
or tribal pride 

(for the background of this 
term see Jid. 29, nn.3I6) 

ha am («. ] fU- 
the dedicated stallion camel 
after begetting ten young 
ones was turned loose 
(Rgh.) 



* * * c ■ 



< break not (thy) oath 

to break ons's oath 

offence, sin (n.) iH-l 



J d fl c 



1>£ <8u11«ta (n./>.) £■#! 
(ring.) 



150 



ia. 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo i^u^ ^-w (j-0'^3 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J c 



VOOABULAJtV Of TBI HOLY QJURAN 



j a 



feeling of need (3) 

And they find in their hear- 
ts no reelings of need. 

[59:91 



[ 



• i J C 



(perf. 3 />,m. ting.) x ly&\ 
/■* became dominant, 

(or) gained mastery 

to overcome, get the maste- 
ry over 

(o) fejr *>?& « 

to drive fast, overcome 

Satan hath gained mastery 
upon you. [58:19] 

(imperf, 1st p. p!u.) x fcj - 
we get mastery 



Gained we not mastery over 
you? [4:141] 



* J J c 



{imperf, 3 p,m. fing.) ~jjf 
<^goes back 

to return to or from, 

will never go back j_^ »jl 



Hunain (proper, n.) <£*■ 
A deep and irregular valley 
with clusters of palm trees, 
situated on one of the 
roads to Taif. The scene 
of the famous battle fou- 
ght soon after the surren- 
der of Makka. The date 
of battle according to the 
Christian calendar is 1st. 
February 630 A,D. 



* ^ J c 



< crime (nj tj£- 
to sin, (o) I- jJ^T #Z 

transgress 



r 



j c 



fish («.) Si j£ 
Sr£ < fishes (jj.f>.) ^fe. 



• C ■> t 



9- ** 

desire (n.) <^W 

It was only a desire in the 
soul of Ya'qoob which he 
satisfied. [12:68] 

need (2) 

You may attain through 
them a need which is in 
your breasts. [40:80] 



151 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ,—w ij-o'^3 lPV<5 a5Lp-o 



* J 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QUA AH 



J J c 



* J- 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) h ££1 
0« encompassed 

to encompass, surround. 

( j) t>: i^J^f it « 

to watch, guard 

fare/. 3 p.m. sing.) iv £b\J\ 
^encompassed 

(perf 1st, p. sing.) iv £&] 
I encompassed 

(perf. 1st. p. ph.) iv \^A 
we encompassed 

iv jji^ ace. Ijlij* 

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) 
they encompass 

-» ■£ 
{imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) iv ace. 1 *L'^: 

you encompass 

(imperf. hi. p. sing.) iv \^\ 
I encompass 

fp/>. 3 p.m. sing.) iv Jk>- * 
was encompassed 



&&?$&% 



And they deem that they are 
encompassed. [10:22] 

(pip. 3 p.m. sing. ) iv ^^e 
~wa$/were encompassed 

Except if you are completely 
surrounded. [12:66] 

152 



(imperf 3 p.m. sing.) Hi jjl^ 
of converses 

U> j t^S* jit 

to c-m verse with another, 
debate 

conversation (v.n.) v jjl^ 

< Fair ones Uid.). (n.p.) *jf. 
pure ones (Rod., Pic.} 

having eyes {sing.) ^jjS- 

intense white and black (%/r) 

<Z the desciples 

(sing.) JJ^y- i.e. the ad he- 

rents of the Prophet Eisa 

(Jesus). Literacy ^jl^- 

isonewho whitens clothes 
or garments by washing 
and bathing them. Hence 

the pSural JjTjl^ is 
applied to the compani- 
ons of Prophet Eisa who 
were doing this job (LL.) 



• * 



w c 



remotntss from (pari.) , 
imperfection of the like, 
or freedom therefrom. 

How far is Allah from «i_ ( 
every imperfection, or how 
free is Allah from im- 
perfection (Rgb.) 



\or 



AiU^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djjllo^ £■$**£ <ijJj-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 aSLsw 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



■ 



3 ^ c 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN 



J. J 



Note ; The word J j*- also 
means strength as in 

There is no strength and 
no power but by the help 
of Allah. 

<two years (n, dual) Ji)^ 

(sing.) r 'Jj£ 

removal (n.) ^J i. 

ami 

means (n.) 1&. 
change (v.n.) is ty'je 



* <S J £ 



< the entrails </*.£.) ll^-l 

coiled, O/ng.) VjU J 4?j£ 
small intestine 

dried up that (elative) ^jf-1 
became black by reason 
of oldness 



WT * — 



to be brown or black 



■* c 



**- 



where, whereat- (part) 
in the place where 

as to, as far as, where- erf- »j» 
from 



* ** 



(iniperf. 2 p.m. sing.) 
you encompass 

[ encompassed what they did 
not encompass i.e. 1 knew 
what they did not. 

[27:22] 

(Ap-der. m. sing.) A^ 
one who encompasses 



» - 
(Ap-der, f. sing.) J, 



encom passer 



• J 



* * * c 



(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) 
<thou shun 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) J£ 
—came in between 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) J^J: 
>-*-comes in between 

(pp. J p.m. sing.) '£■ 
—was put in between 

i.e. a barrier is placed bet- 
ween SS and SS 

around (1) (v.n.) ~Jjp- 

When it was illumined alt 
around him. [2:17] 

year (2) 

Maintenance for a year, 

[2:240} 



3 






153 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*** '0°3^ cr^ 0-^'^3 J^Vi *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



«j J £ 



VOCABULARY <J» THB HOtV QURAN 



J c 



And those who not (yet) 
menstruate. [6 5:4J 

menstruation (v.n. aii'im.) ^ 



• *» <S c 



Umperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
<~ misjudges 

to act unjustly 

Or fear they that Allah and 
His messenger shall mis- 
judge them? [24:50] 



• u ^ C 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) JjC 
< ~ encompassed 

to surround and take hold or 

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ££■ 
encompasses 



• J S C 



period, ( fawr) ^5^ 
a space of time 

Hath there come upon man 
(ever) any period of time. 
[76:1] 
154 



to deviate, remove, avoid, 
turn aside, shun 

That is what thou would 
shun (50: 19] 



J ** c 



< bewilderment (acf. pi<\) J 1 !. 
(,j) ICjfe Jfjf #f # 
to be bewildered 



«« c 



{Ap-otr. v, m. nng.) \>uC* 
one who turns away in a 
battlefield Tor the purpose 
of returning to fight, re- 
treat which is one of the 
stratagems of war. 

(IX. Rgh. L,s) 





* & <S C 


<a place c 

to deviate, 
shun, esc 


/iw />. onrf t .) ^j*£ 
f escape 

turn away, to 
ape 




* w>» 1* C 



(imperf, neg. 3 />./. p/u.) 
they (f.) menstrurate 



3-S 



>0i 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*** 'O ^ cr^ L>#LHi J->^ (&5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



j a c 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QJJfcAK 



j tf r 



f/w/. J /t.m. sing.) iv &.] 
<^gijvt lire 

to give liR: T.fc-t £(* U-1 

Owrf. 7 p.m. ifog.) iv o4^< 
thou gave lire 

[perf hr p. pht.) iv "LjuZ-\ 
we gave life 



(imperf 1 p.m. sing.} ir 
gives- fife 

{imperf. 2 p. m. sing.) iv 
thou give life 

{tmperf 1st. p. sing.) iv 
I give life 

(imperf. lit. p. phi.) iv 
we give life 






■J 



(emp. 1st. p, pht.) iv ^/£ 
we surely give life 

{perf. 3 p,m. pht.) x Ij^-l 
they let SS live 

(imperf. 3 pjn. pht.) X tfjjSl* 
they let SS live 

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) x £***^i 
■ — tcis SS live (1) 

He (f.e. Firawn}' used to slay 
their sons and let their 
women live. (28:4] 

<< feels ashamed (2) 
to be ashamed 

100 



intimated time (2) 

And for you on earth a habi- 
tation and provision for 
(an intimated time). [2:3 6] 

in the time of. 
when 

And the patient in tribulation 
and adversity and the time 
of stress. [2: 1 77) 

then, at that time (part.) J2 



• if J c 



{perf 3 p.m. sing.) %f- 
<~lived 

to Jive, be ativc 

i *? 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ,j^ 

~ lives or will live 

(imperf. 2 p-rlt. phi.) £pC 
you live 

(prtf. 3 p.m. phi.) it Y£- 
they greeted 

They greet thee with a gree- 
ting with which Allah 
greeted ihee not. [58:8] 

{pp. 2 pjh. pht.) 'J4-f 

you are greeted ' 

(perate m. sing.) lj*- 

greet! 



155 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> CAs-^o^a $jJuq$ p5^o <ijJJ-o c ~-*> ij*j}jj$ JjV<5 *5j?« 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



(iJC 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QJURAN 



yS * C 



< alive ones (n.p.) *.Q$\&\£\ 
(sing.) *f> 

Kfefriijil C*£)*itr 

a serpent (><•.) 
to live, life (v.n, mint.) 

Their life and their death is 
equal. [45:21] 

quickener {ap-der. < it) 



=,- 



\2 



& 



the quickener of ^\ >j£ 
the deads 

the life^^il 

(/,#. the real and everlasting 
life) 



Allah is not ashamed to set 
forth any parable. [2:26] 

(imperf, 1st. p. phi.) 
we let SS to be alive 

bashfulness (*.*.) '\\J~*\ 

bashfulness ^^ << 

The one of the two women 
came to him walking 
bashfully. [28:25] 

a living one <f.) U* i ,J£ 

The E verlivi ng (Allah) (a.) ^l 

, *-- 

greeting (v.n.) ;jy 



¥** 



156 



\*T 



iw&d jjV jl Cfc Ao J.o.it a . ji 01^3^33^3 i^i^3 P5^° ^lH^ cr*** L>^'^5 JjVi Am 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



.UU Jtf 



to become f L^l c^l < 
£ ■ 

humble, lowly 



„«f 



timperf. 3 p.f. sing.) it ace. 
submitted humbly 



(ap-der. m. ph/.) iv J&& 
humble ones 



jvc 



see 



* ^ .-> 



(per/. J p. m. sing.) ,*, 
< ~is vile, bad, inferior 

to be vile, corrupt 

(ad. 2 pk. m. sing.) ,i£M 
foul, evit, bad 

< evil or bad ones 

(sing.) %Z*- 

(art. i p/e. /. jfflg.) 
a evil or bad ff.) 

*0V 



^ 


if 


c 


JS» 


ut 


u> 


J 


c 


see 


>£ 


L> 


J 


£ 


see 


ot 


J 


J 


t 


see 


tft? 


J 


J 


c 


see. 


«: 


j 


J 


c 


see 


^ 


J 


J 


c 


see 




> 

1 


• 


> 


i_> 


C 



<that is hidden («,) 

to conceal, \i 13c & 
store up, guard 



Mfr 



* o *J 



f^f^ J p.m. ^fa.) /v l^£-1 
they submitted humbly 



157 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J *-* 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



** v c 



to strike, beat violently, 

Mt 

he travelled at night -^Jl _ 

(as RF> to be in a ]^f 
state of agitation, 



(act. 2 pic. f. pfu.) &CJJ. 
cviJ or bad (f.) ones 

bad things, evil (n> p.) ,±jC£ 
practices 

(si»g.) Ii£ < 



* J 



V t 



mischief (n.) ^jO- 

They shall not be remiss in 
doing you mischief. 

[3:118] 

(The word *J& is a state 

of perdition or destruc- 
tion, or things going away 
or being consumed or des- 
troyed. Thus the versa 
means they will not fall 
short in corrupting your 
affairs). 



• J 



<~abated 

to be extinguished, subsided 
(fire, anger) 

Whenever it abates We make 
them born the more. 

£17:»7] 

158 



* J M C 



knowledge (n.) b«. Tj». < ^#- 

to test, to try, to learn by 
experience 

information, tiding, («,) *^£ 
news 

information, (1) (n. p.) «Q^ 
tidings 

On that day she will tell out 
•he tidings thereof F99:*f 

states (2) 

And We shall prove your 
states. [47:311 

ever-aware (tntt.) %*■ 



* > - 


C 


bread (n.) 


<*•» 
? 


• J» V 


C 



(tmperf. 3 pjn. sing,} r !££' 
■-confounds 



VOA 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



**c 



VOCABULARY <3F THE HOLY OUR AM 



J o 



sealing (n.) :pt£ 



(pott, pic. m. sing.) %&■ 
scaled one 



* J J £ 



check (n.) jl>* 
trench, ditch f».J >jj*3 

The owners of the ditch. 

183:4] 

The reference jj to the per- 
secution of some Christi- 
ans by ,>tjf ja (Dhu 
Nawas), a king of Yemen, 
who was of the Jewish 
religion (Ibn Kathir). 



* t * t 



ace. 1 je-j^ i ojfi M 
{imperf 3 p.m. pht t ) 
they deceive 

to deceive 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) til 5j*z& 
they deceive 

to deceive Qli. &j£ < 

(ac/. pic. m. sing.) PjW 
one deceitful 



I * ^ J t 



secret paramours (n.pj jlj^l 

10^ 



* J ■* t 



< perfidious one (inn.) 

to deceive, betray, to act 
perfidiously 



5fef 



* r 



f ^er/. J p.m. sing.) V*- 
~sealed 

(imperf. 3 p.m sing.) v* 
~ seals 



(imperf. 1st. p. phi.} * 
wc sealed 

K 



5? 

seal fjaj ^£ 



Muhammad is not the father 
of any man among you 
but is the messenger of 
Allah and the seal of the 
Prophets, f J 3:40] 

'J&$ J f& means the 

closer or the long line of 
prophets (Jid.) He is not 
only a prophet but the 
final Prophet (Lt) i.e. 
there will be no prophet 
after him in any case, in 
any shape or in any sense. 






a 

\ 

- 



1 

3 






- 
i 



159 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JaXwj jj Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo *(j->j«o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



c^r 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY (JUmAH 



Ji 



J c 



(per/. 3 p,m. ptu.) \yr 
they came out 

(perf. 3 p.f. ptu,) £'J. 
they (f.) came out 

(perf. 2 p.m, piu.) 
you came out 



r* 



(perf. Ist.p.pht.) \^> 
we came out 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ^yC 
comes out 

(emp. 3 p.m. sing.) j£- *j£. 
surely will come out 

turn, sij*j£ «w- Ijt^ 

(imperf. 3 p,m, ptu,) 
they drive out 

(perate. m, sing.) £ylt 
come forth 

(perate. m. ptu.) Yjr*/^ 
you come forth 

(act. pic. m. sing.) rjU 
comer forth 

(act. pic. m. piu.) CPrJi* 
comers forth 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing,} tv £ytl 
<■- brought up 

\ 



' " "*. 



(perf. 3 p. f. stag.) iv 

she brought up 

«* £? 
(imperf. 3 p.m, sing.) ir f\j^ 

f~ brings up 

(emp. 3 p.m. sing.) iv a^jC 
^wsurtly will derive them 

160 



• J 



J t 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ^ j£ 
< ™ abandons 

to forsake, abandon, abstain 
from aiding 

betrayer (mis.) "Ojj£ 

Note : It is applied to the 
devil, because he forsakes 
the unbelievers and decla- 
res himself to be clear of 
the latters' guilt on the 
a ecus ion of his betrayal 
or affliction (LL). 

(pact. pic. m. sing.} Jjj*. 
forsaken ones 



»*« J 



(imperf. 3 p.m r piu.) iv <J£jr 
they demolish 

V>i ^ *>' < 

to demolish 

rum f ftj Mi'jv- 



• e 



|>er/. J ^j.to. any.) rj"" 
^came out 

(per/ 2 p.m. sing.) £Jr~J- 
thou came out 



IT. 



iw&d jjV jl C j i n J.o.it a . _jj 01^3^33^3 iji^3 P5^° 'C )- cr*** 6-^'^3 JjV^ £&aa 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J 



VOCABULARY OF TBI HOLY OVJtAN 



& -> c 



(pip. 3 p.m. pfu.) iv 
they are driven forth 






M 
'** '-J 



(pip. 2 p.m. phi.) it 
you are driven forth 

(imperf. 3 p.m. thai J x 
they two may bring forth 

(imperf. 2p.m. pfu.) x Jy^jUJil 
you bring forth 



tribute, maintenance (n.) 
tribute, maintenance (n.) 



going forth (v.n.) Zj**. 

drivi ng out ( v.n. > iv .) % \ y£^ 

(n./or. p.t.) t'jp. 
way out (place of safety) ** 

(,ap-dtr.>vi, m. sing.) £jt 
bringer forth *" 

(pis. pic. m. pht.) 
those who are brought forth 





J s j £ 


mustai 


ed seed (n.) *££ 




* J J t 



(per/. 3p.m. sing.) (assim.) ^ 
<*-fell down 

iu*) hjj-J *jr J* J* 
to fall down 

(per/. 3 p.m. pfu.) (asiim.) \ jj£ 
they fell dowa 



(imperf. 3 p.m. ph.) iv jyrjc 
they drive out 

j »■* 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) iv r> 

thou drive out 



< goiog out (v.n. min.) rJL 



.r.r-tf^^r 



And to go out with it firm 
going out [17:80] 

*" *-* ** 
(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) iv tiycjt- 

you make out or bring 55 ** 

forth 

.* 

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) iv ace. ^yrj^ 
you make out or bring SS ' 
forth 

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) iv £ jfi. 
we bring forth * " 

(perate. m. j&jgj it i y.] 
bring forth t " 

(perate. m. phi.) it \*£. $ 
bring forth 



»*(&> 3 p.f, sing.) h 
is raided up, brought up 

(pp. 3 p.m. phi.) it 
they were driven forth 

(pp. 2 p.m. pht.) it 
you were driven forth 

(pp. 1st. p. ph.) h 
we were driven forth 



t-" if 






161 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ '0°3^ cr 4 *' 0-^'^3 J^Vi a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



" J t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J J 



to make a hole, tear SS, tell 
a lie 

When they two embarked in 
a boat he scuttled it. 

118:711 

(per/. 2 p.m. sing.) is 
thou made a hole 

Or/. 3 p.m. phi.) Iji^£ 
they impute 

They imputed unto Him son* 
and daughters without 
knowledge. [6:100] 

, <# 
(imptrf. 2 p.m. sing.) ace. J^ 
thou read (3) 

Thou wj)) never rend the 
earth. [17:371 



• J J 



(act. pic m. phi.) ace. &»$*> 
< treasurers 

(st*$) 3^ 
keepers of a place (n p.) £^£ 

(The keepers of paradise and 
the keepers of the hell, 
both of them are referred 

to as n'p- ) 
162 



(imptrf. 2 p.m. sing.){assim) ~je 
thou fall down 



T *i" 



(tasim) oijfi- 
(imperf. 3 pJtt. phi.) 
they fall down 

jj^e < aee. \s# m 
they fall down 



* */* J t 



(imperf, 3 p. m. phi.) jji'jfi 
they guess, conjecture 

to conjecture 

{imperf. 2 p.m. phi.} aj^jt 
you conjecture r 

conjectuiets (ints. phi.) jj^r^-l 

Perish the coiyecturers. 

[51:10] 

(Those who in denying the 
truth of religion only con- 
jecture and do not exerci- 
se their reason and under- 
standing in the proper 
way- — Jid.) 



f > * t 



snout (n.) f j£ jU 



* J J t 



(perf. 3 p.m. jing.) $S- 
~ scuttled ( 1) 



\-\r 



■->-u5vo (jjV jl C*io Jxjui-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



-► * t 



VOCABULARY 0¥ THE HOLY QUXAN 



J 



* » ti- c 



treasures (it.p,) VXy- 
{ sing J &£■ 



(peraie. m. phi.) \'J~J-\ 
slink away 

to be dazzled — -distant, to 
drive away (a dog) 

fact, pie, m. sing.) 
despised one 

(net. pie. m. ptu.) aec. i^£-£ 
despised ones 



* j u" t 



(perf. 3 pjti. ting.} 
<«w!osed 



o*. 



tr)i 



to lose, suffer WV ljL> " J 
damage, be cheated, lose 
one's way, go astray 

(perf 3 p.m. ph.) \jjj* 
they lost 

> ** 

ace, (n.d,) h \j^ 

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) 

yon make SS lose 

s ' *** 
(Imperf. 3 p.m. phi) it djj^f- 

those who make SS lose 

iMwn. 5Jjy* *** <£r^ 
Cart. /rfe. m. phi.) 
losers 

>1T 



* J i c 



(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) gje. 
we are humiliated 

to fall into misery or disgrace 

to feel J^t J tljfe - 
■shamed 

thou hast humiliated 

* fif 
{imperf. 3 p. m. Mag.) it iSJt 

--—will humiliate 

«^will not humiliate iSJ* * 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing,) gen. J£ 
n^will humiliate 

(ptrate. neg. m. ling.) Jfi V 
(thou) humiliate not 

(peraie. neg. m. pin,) \jjfi V 
(you) humiliate not 

* * - t» 

humiliate we not '^-p 1 

^ I* 
-£ - 
humiliate ui not \ ■#. ^ 



(otmen) humiliate 
me not 



more humiliating (elathe) <s?^ 



(Ap-der. m. ting.) it &yt- 
huuiliator 



humiliation (r.n.) syh 



163 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djjllo^ £■$**£ *(j->j«o ^-w j^)^^ JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



L*t 



VOCABULARY Of TH» HOLY QURAN 



J & C 



(imperf. 3 p.m. ting.) <_i.u,^ 
-wsinks 

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) ?i * 
we sink 



* L J t 



(act. pic, m. ting-) 



loser 



loser 



5-i" 



(per/. 3p.f. sing.) ^1 
"-■become humbled 

to be submissive, humble, 
low 

And the voice should be 
humbled for Al-Rahman 
(the Compassionate). 

(20:108] 



„,j: 



{imperf. 3 p.f. sing.} ace. *J£ 
that should humble 

» >*> 
humblity fYnJ £>*»- 

fWr. pfc. m. ring J orc.UiU i »U- 
humbling 

ace. ^**** t ncm. j^iU- 

(act. pie. m. ptu.} 
men' or humblity 

(act. pic, f sing.) iilfc 
(in state of) humflity 

PC f 
(act. pic. f. pluj ol*iU 

women of humblity. (in 

state of) humblity 



e j> 



(aec. U4* J £•!*- 
lowering (their eyes) 
164 



nam. j Jjr**- * I «cc- ^j""" ■ ' 
(elattve. m. pit.) 

tht greatest losers 

,- 
losing (v.n.>tt) J*J£ 

(Ap-der.>iv. m. phi.) ur.j-* 
those who cause others to 
lose 



• ^ u- t 






(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
<-^-<eclipsed (1) 

to sink into the earth, dis- 
appear, eclipse 

to cause * >j'^ - 
the earth to swallow one 
up, sink with one 

And moon has eclipsed. 

[75:81 

sink with (2) 

Had not Allah been gracious 

unto us, He would have 

sunk (the earth) with us. 

[28:82] 

we sank (perf. 1st. p. phi,) \jZ*- 



\M 



■->-u5vo (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr 4 *' Cy^JiS lPV^ a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f * t 



VOCABULARY OT THB HOLY QURAN 



4 J £ 



(perate 2 p.m. phi.) l^S^-l 
be Tearful 

* , »~ 

fear (n>) : - »- 



* L»* J* C. 



(imperf 3 p.m. sing,} viii ^t&£^ 
selects,, chooses, singles 
out 

to distinguish particularly 
by assigning spc- ^j — 
ctally to 

to be poor, l_^\^. *£ J£- 

needy 

(acf. pic./. *iwg. «CfJ 4_-#W- 
exclusively 

thirst and hunger, (v,n ■} j, ^L*j. 
neediness 



• ^ ^ C 



(imperf, 3 p.m. dual.) *j\i^ 
<thcy (two) cover 

to sew, patch 



* f •*• c 



they contended, disputed 
to contend 



Downcast with ignominy. 

[42:45] 

Their eyes downcast. [54:71 

"it * J t \ 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) j**- 
<i^was fearful 

to fear 

Otf lit. /j. JfrtgJ X^i£ 
I was fearful 

fjwr/. 1st. p. plu.) \^Z* 
we were fearful 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ^^ 
^wfears 



e.L ace. 
(imperf. 3 p.m, sing.) 
'^should fear 

(imperf. neg. 3 p.m. sing.) 

~did not fear 

\ ** 
(imperf. 2 p.m. sUtg.) ^ijc 

thou fear 

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) V£& \ S£& 
they fear 

(imperf. 2p.m. plu.) |J^ j 5 j^ 
you fear 

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.} (J ±i<; 
we fear 



\io 



165 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ p5^o *(j->j«o ,—w j^jl^g J^Vi a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



LJ*t 



VOCABULARY OF TH1 HOLV Q,VKAH 



t+t 



1k * J*[ t 



(pact. pic. adj.) * 

thornless or bent down with 
fruits 

to break, bend 



>*"' 



-k j u> £ 



u 



< green (n.) *^i\ 

(w) 1J* *j&. J*- 

to be green 



(m¥ %i\) V£ 



green ones 



green (stalks) ^jM- 

(pit. pie. /.sing.) YJ£ 
<that is made green 

to become green IjJ^^-1^^ 



» t & t 



(act. pic. m. phi.) C^nf^* 
submissive ones 

to submit, obey, be submis- 



sive 



-"-*- Tt 



(perate Kg. 2 p./, phi) "£& H 
be not soft 

Benot soft in speech. (33:32] 
]<6 



(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) tlii j 
they contend 

(imperf. 3 p. m.ptu.) rfftjjj* ff 
they contend 

{imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) 
you contend 

adversaries, disputing (n ,) Lai-i 
parties 

disputcrs, (n. dual.) Oi^—i*- 
litigants 

contentious (n. phi.) 
(people), disputing ones 

(act. 2 pic. n.) %?*" 
contender ( I ) 

$ , !* ■ o 'Jiff J 

And lo! he is an open con- 
tender. [16:4] 

pleader (2) 

And be not one pleading 
the cause of the dishonest. 

[4:1051 

* 

dispute, contention (n.) fliM 

^^ 
He is in contention, not 
plain. [43: IS] 

He is the most contentious 
of the adversaries. [2:204] 



contending (*.it.) i> 



ir*\ 



w\ 



~^&a jjV jl C j i n J- o JL&o ji 01^3^3^= SjJLLoy f 5^0 'Oij 6 cr^ Otfij^S lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



- ^ 



VOCABULA*Y OF THE HOLY QURAN 



1 J> 



(piu. of, \± ) Cfc 

faults, sins, mistakes 

(act. pic. m. plu.J jj^U / Zffl* 

sinners 

w- - 
f<K(, pfc. liny. /. «#■/ illeU 

sinful 



* V * 



f^wr/. J /J.m. swrgj Iff CJ^W- 
^addressed 

( j) Uv^ wJa*: i_J»- « 
to speak, sermon 

(perate.y*Ui, neg.) 4^^ *^ 
do not address, speak not 

speak not to me ^J?^ 1 * 

* 5 ■" 
object (1) fft.J i_^W 

(Musa) said : what was thy 
object, O Samri ? [20;95J 

matter (2) 

(Musa) said : what is the 
matter with you (O two 
girls)? [28:23] 

(v.n.) vjua*- 
declaration or speech (1) 

We gave him wisdom and a 
decisive speech, |3S:2 0) 



\ i 



(/wr/. J p.m. sing.) (v <*Wl 
you made mistake 



to err, make a mistake 

we made a mistake 

mistake, wrong (n.) \^ 

Surely the killing of them 

was a great wrong. 

[17:31] 

V- 
by mistake (n.) W 

And a believer would not 
kill a believer except by 
mistake. [4:92] 

a fault (l){a.)^J^ 

And whoever commits a 
fault. [4:1121 

sin (2) 

Yes ! whoever earns evil and 
his sin beset him on every 
side. [2:8 1] 

(piu. of. V«fe£ > ZJ&* 
faults, sins, mistakes 



167 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY Q.URAH 



^ J. 



Note : In the verse 28:57, 



the verb (Ji^i£i has 

occured as apodosis 

3jj& J^? therefore is 
taken in genitive. 

an act of snatching (n.) I \\l£ 
away 



* J J» c 



< > 



< footsteps 

to step (^Tj&j&Tfe 



[ 



• * w* t 



(perate, neg.2p-m, sing. ) ' 
do riot make (the sound), 
very low opp. shouting 

to speak in low voice 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) (fv)tl^iiV*e_j 
they are muttering 



* J* 



(perate. 2 p.m. sing.) 
lower ! 

to depress, lower 

And lower thy wing unto 
believers. [1 5:88] 

168 



dispute (2) 

And he prevailed upon me 
in speech (or dispute), 

[38:23] 

address (3) 



They will not be able to 
address him. [78:37] 

If j 

proposal of marriage (a.) jjj»- 
given to a woman 



r 



• i ± 



(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) V»y 
<tho« hast written 

to write ( o) \L£ 1*5 £+■ 



* •-> 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) ^Jbr~ 
<~~$natched, carried off 

\&& *Ji£ «-&* 



M #■*** -" ^ 



to snatch ( \ Xjlai- j" 
{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) <JA& 

^snatches {carries off) 

*■"' 
(imperf. 3 p.f sing.) iJUoJC 

** snatches (carries off) 

fa/p. 5 p.«. sing,) v 
<■— are being snatched, 
<-~arc being carried off 

{pip, 1st, p. ph.) v 
we shalt be snatched away 



nA 



aaaCs (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



*^t 



VOCABULARY O* TB» HOLY ftURAN 



>^t 



(imperf- with neg. V and 

emphatic J ) j^wf "i 

^should lighten 

And lei not those who have 
no conviction, make thee 
impatient (M.) U. let 
not lighten your will 
power or patience. [30:60] 

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi,) x jjj^j 
you And light 

You find that light on the 
day of your flitting. 

(16:80} 
light adj. (act. 2 pic n.) 



*,*.* 



light (phi. of *jj£ ) t&£ 
(opp. *JW heavy) 



alleviation (ft*.<v,n.) 






* J *> c 



abasing 



((ic/. pic. /. iing,) 



Abasing, exalting. [56:3] 



f-U 



[imperf. 3 p.m. sing.} Jy£ 
<;~conccaleth 

to be hidden, unperceived, 
concealed 

(imperf. 3 p.f sing.} *£? 
conceals 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ph.) jjic 
they are hid 

They are not hid from us. 
[41:40] 



i * ^ 



(per/. J jr./. «'«g-) oJ«£ 
<C "-became light 

/ ■ \ f *■ ■*»% -*iii *■' 
to make light 

(per/. J p.m nig.) " 
— lightened 

( imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) it 
■—-makes light, (lightens) 

(pip. 3 p.m. si/tg.) ii 
~~will be lightened 






(perf 3 p.m. si/tg.) x 
— incited (Jid. &. Af.A.) 
— -persuaded to make 

light ( Pic.) 
^lightened the mind (Rgh.) 

He (Firawn) incited his 
people and they obeyed 
him. [43:541 

Note : The meaning of the 
verse, according to Raghib 
and Ibn Katheer, is that 
Firawn had made the 
minds of his people so 
light that they were un- 
able to understand their 
loss and profit, so they 
followed him. 



*.r-*i 



169 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ p5^o *ij->j«o ,—w ij-o'^3 JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



» J c 



VOCABULARY Or THE HOLY QURAN 



i* -* r 



*»±t 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) j& 
<'*-will abide 

to remain, be eternal 

, ■»■* 
(imperf. 2 p.m. ph.} jjSlsc 

you may abide 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv j£.\ 
w clung (1) 

But he clung to the earth. 
[7U761 

made a bid (2) 

He thinks that his wealth 
will make him abide. 

[104:3] 

abiding (v.n.) *J$-\ 
one who abides (act. pic.) jflU> 
those who abide Of.jlt * jj Jt 
Ofa. of tit ) 

abiding (v.w.) jU^-1 

The day of abidance. [50:3 4] 



(pis. pic. phi.) it j j M 
never altering in age 

170 



4*f!f 

ftwtfl 2 p.m. pfo.J /v 'jT^' 

you have concealed 

■: AS 

(imperf. 3 p. m. piu.) iv jji& 

they conceal 

(imperf 3 p.f. pht.) iv £g»* 

they conceal 

/■ 

(imperf 2 p.m. sing.) iv jj£ 
thou conceal 






*Ji£ > 



(imperf. 2 p.m. piu.) 
you conceal 

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) iv »*l 
I conceal 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) x 
they tend to conceal 



steady (I.) (n.) 

iV** ■'-'if" 



*jr 



They are looking with steady 
glance. [42:45] 

secret (2) 

(Recall) what time he cried 
unto his Lord with a secret 
cry. [19:3] 

(extensive n.) ]£\ 
most hidden 

(act. 2 pic, f. sing, n.) CjW- 
hidden 



secrecy {».) 

(pis.pic>x) , 
one who hids himself 



r j > 



w. 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUi-o jj Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 aSLsw 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



^J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



Indeed we distinguished them 
with a distinct quality : 
the rememberance of 
abode. [3 8:46] 

(impetf. 1st. p. sing.) x ^jfWc-1 
I will single out 

to seek tm^c^\ J&~~\ 

best of a thing 



\'\i 



I single him out for myself. 
(Jid.) [12:54) 

I chose him for myself. 
(Arb.) 

I will attach him to my 
person. (Pic.) 

(act. pic. fem.) t^i- 
a distinct quality (1} 
(see above verse 38:46) 

SS alone for SS (2) 



(Such cattle is) for our males 
atone. J6:139J 

pure (3) 



<&£#&P3 



Milk pure and pleasant to 

swallow for the drinkers, 

[16:66) 

1V\ 



And they shall go round 
unto them, youths ever 
young. [76:19] 

(Le. destined to continue for 
ever in boyhood. Always 
■to the same age; never 
altering in age; or endowed 
with perpetual vigour; that 
never becomes decrepit — 
LL). 



(perf. 3 p.m. pfu.) \j2U- 
<they conferredfeaclusively) 

to be pure, (j) \ '-H I 

unmixed, free, retire 



They conferred privately. 

[12:80] 

(per/. J. p.m. ph.) h IJ^-* 
they made SS exciusi ve( for SSI 

to be sincere, to be devoted 

And made their obedience ex- 
clusive for Allah. [4:1461 

(per/. lit. p. pin.) iv LJ*-1 
we purified, distinguished 



■ 



171 



AiU^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> CAs-^o^a $jJUq$ p5^o <ijjyz cr ^> ^j\y^ JjV^ a£*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



*J J 



VOCABULARY OP THB HOLY QUXAM 



^ J 



(act. pic. m. phi. of 3j£ ) -"ifi^ 
partners 






(perate. 2 p.m. sing.) 
<take off 

to pull (^)Ul g £& 
and cast off, strip, depose 



• -* J 



_LJ 



(/wr/. J p. sing.) £*£ 

succeeded <H 

Then succeeded after them 
successors. [19:59] 

acted as a successor (2) 

(Musa) said i Bad is that 
which you have acted as 
my successors. [7:150] 

to succeed each other (3) 



t; 



>£# 



C&Z^M 



And had We willed, We could 

have appointed angels 

(born) of you in the earth 

to succeed (each other). 

[43:60] 

fptrate 2 p.m. sing.) Jjl£l 

succeed 

172 



exclusive (4) 

Lo ! For Allah is the religion 
exclusive. [39:3] 

{ap-tkr. m. sing.) ir J^f- 
one who does something 
exclusively for Allah 

&3Jitfti£2 

Making exclusion for Him in 
religion (or obedience). 

(39:21 

{also set O^i ) 

(pis. pic. m. sing.) iV 
pure-hearted, chosen one 

He was pure-hearted. 

[19:51] 

{ap-der m. phi.) i>-*J^ / <J j*f* ' 
those who make exclusive 
their devotion to Allah or 
His religion. His obedience 



W 



z& 



• i, J t 



f per/. S p.m. phi.) Ijit 
< they mixed SS with SS 

to mix, (j)*uj£ i£f I£ 

mingle 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
you mix with (them) 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) tiii }&i-\ 
'-vis mixed 



\VT 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^—^ 0*f'>?-9 lPV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



>J J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY ftURAM 



vj J 



WVM, j ■ ' 



(neg. imperf. 1st. p. phi.) {Jfc J 
we do not keep back 

ace. JUf.l£jw£j 

(imperf. 3 p.m. pht.) w 
they lay behind 

That they should lay behind 
the messenger of Allah. 
[9:120] 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) tiii C&\ 
he has differed 

(perf. 3 p.m. pht.} viii ljili-1 
they differed 

(per/. 2 p.m. phi.) vtii !cJi*-l 
you differed ' 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) viii oyp£ 
they differ 

(imperf, 2 p.m. pht.) *Ui Ojit^ 
you differ . 

'i*'t 
(pp. 3 p.m. ting.) viii ■_-**— 1 

"-was differed in 

(><?<■/. J p.m, ffrtg.) x JjSfc*l 
~made successor 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) x \jb~'*J 
~make$ successor 

tpf. $&£*J emp. SS? 

certainly he will make suc- 
cessor 

< < successor ( I ) (n.) *jj^- 

Notc : Lexicologists recognize 

a difference between t j^. 

khalf and fc ill khataf 
the former being applied 
to evil and the latter to 

wr 



(pp. 3 p.m. pht.) ii \j&- 
(they) were left behind 

T •%"•* 
(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) iif ojiw 

(they) oppose 

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) Hi ^iJU* 
I oppose 



That I oppose you, [ 1 II 88] 



(perf. 3 p.m. pht.) it 
they kept back 



I 



zzgmF&t 



Because they kept back from 
Allah that which they had 
promised, [9:77] 

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) 
you kept back (from an 
appointment or promise) 



(perf lit p. phi.) 
we kept back 
from promise 

we did not keep £&.! C 

b&cktfrom promise ) 

( imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv *J» 
be keeps back (from promise 
or appointment etc.) 

he keeps not back £«Jje H 



we will never keep 
back 



(imperf. 2 pjn. sing.) iv 
thou kcepeth back 

thou keepeth not 

back 






173 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JaX*wj jj Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ p5^o <<jJj-o e= *» ij^Jj^S J^Vi <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



^> J t 



VOCABULARY OF TBS HOLY OUR. AN 



JJ 



succession (n.) \ a- 

%&&$&*$$% 

And it is He who hath appo- 
inted the night and the 
day a succession. {25:621 

(act. pic. fern, ph,) iai^l 
women sitters at home 

(ptu, of ijjt ; 

{act, pic. ft.) d& 
vicegerent, successor 

sucessors 

arc. $$\ mm. $0\ 

(pis. pic. ti, m, p/u.) 
those who lagged behind 

(ap-der, it, sing, m.) l Jgy 
one who fails in his promise 

So think not that Allah will 
fail in His promise to His 
messengers. [14:47) 

alternation (1) (v.n. Hi) tx%£>\ 

And His is the alternation of 
the night and the day. 

[23:801 

variation (2) 

And the variation of your 
tongues and colours (in 
your languages and comp- 
lexions). {30:231 

174 



good, whether a son or 

generation. {M.A. LL) 

Then succeeded after them 
successors. [19:59] 

behind (2) 

What is before them and 
what is behind them. 

(2:25 51 

after (3) 



%0i& 

That thou may be a sign 
for those (who will come J 
after thee. [1 0:92] 

(act. pic. plu. it.) 5^ 
those who stay behind 

Then sit (now) with those 
who stay behind. £9:83] 

against, after ( 1 ) (n.) Zy$£ 

They will not tarry after thee 
(or against thee) but a 
little. [17:76] 

opposite sides (2) 

Or their hands and feet be 
cut off on the opposite 
(sides), [5:33] 



IVt 



iw&d jjV jl C j i n J.o.i.t a . ji 01^3^3^= SjiLuoy f 5^0 'Oij 6 cr^ Otfij^S lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



i J 



VOCABULARY OK THE HOLY QURAN 



^ J 



(imperf. 3 p.m, sing.) 
he creates 

(imptrf. 2 p.m. sing,) 
thou create 

(imperf, 1st. p. sing,) 
I create 

{imptrf, 1st p. ph.) 
we create 

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) 
*-»'was created 



a? 



(pp, f. sing.) Jj£ 
^-■was/were created 

(pp. m. phi.) Vjll*- 
they were created 

(pip. neg. 2 p.m. sing.) $£ *J 
has not been built (created) 

The like of which was not 
built in the cities. [89:8] 

(pip. 3 p.m. phi.) ojp& 
they arc created 

creation (I) 0*4 j£ 

creature (2) 

moral character, natural jj£ 
tendency, disposition 

creator (act. pie. m. sing.) Jj\i 

(nom) Sjjjji (**.) £gSj* 

creators (pfa. o/. jjlj. ) 
portion, share of good (n.) jj^*- 
Wo 



contradiction (3) 



Were it from other than 
Allah they would surely 
find therein many a con- 
tradict ion. [4:82] 

{ap~der. viii, m, sing,) £A'± 
varied 

t At"** "it'Xt 

aom. flfifap ace. jufcSt 

those who differ (with) 
each other in any 
matter 



(phi. of 



• .i?/ 



) 



(pis.pic>x.) j&£i 
successors 

0*. o/ZAJZZ) 



• J J 



(per/. J p.m. rfny.) jU- 
< ~ created 

to create out of nothing 

(perf, 3 p. m.phi.) \'y& 
they created 

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) XJ£»> 
thou created 

(perf. 1st. pjn. sing.) 4<&- 
I created 

(perf. 1st p.m. phi.) ij£ 
We created 



175 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 <£*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN 



J J 



'. p IMS v"\i Jii 



So thai thou secst the rain 
coming forth from their 
midst. [24:43) 

friendship (fl.) 



%^ 



Note : But the English word 
'friend' does scant justice 

to the idea of J*^ which 

in Arabic denotes the 
dearest of the most sincere 
friend who has no rival 
in Che love and reliance 
placed upon him. (Jid. 
p. 5, n. 535) 

friends (p!u. of "$f ) ^Su^l 



• J J 



(perf, 3 p. m. sing.) ^£ 
<-wis alone (]) 

(d).fa**i$$3*'< 

to be alone, pass away (time), 
be free from, be empty 

And when some of them are 
alone with some others. 
[2:761 

passed (2) 

And there is not a community 
but there has passed amo- 
ng them a warner. (35:25] 

176 



0^#®®#& 



He has no portion or share 
of good in the Hereafter. 
[2:102] 

The most powerful {ints.) J^l 

Creator 

j> &*, 
(pis, pk, >tf, /- sing.) ' 

formed 



j^aufij£>5j3*«J 



A piece of flesh formed and 
unformed. [22:5] 

an invention (Mu>fflf) J"^* 1 ' 
or a forgery 



• J J t 



t$c 



< friendship (1) («.) "JSlp- 

to treat as YSr ^& 

a friend 

The Day wherein there will 
be no bargain nor friend- 
ship. [14:31) 

inside, through, midst (2) 



They entered (ravaging) in 

the midst of the dwellings. 

[17:5] 



\V1 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-o jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f c 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OJURAN 



Jr 



* * f C 



ace. i>,_uV- nom. 0J.A5I*- 

(act. pic, m. plu.) 
<C '■'-extinguished 

10 be extinguished 



* -"f c | 



<wjne (rr.) j^ 

to veil, cover, conceal 

jl*i < scarves (ph. rt.) *jf- 
head cover, scarf. 



• u- f t 



five (crtrj. wm.) i^r- 

one -fifth (fraction) **£■ 

fifth < ord. num.) il»\^-\ 

fifty (card, num.) ace. tf~r- 



* o* f c 



< hunger (v.?r. mim.) ; "Vjj 
to be hungry 



• J» 



f t 



bitter (h.) Jaft 



ipref.3pj.sing.) &£■ 
iv passed 

( per/ 3 p.m. plu,} Vj£ 
they are alone with SS (1) 

And when they are atone 
with their satans. [2;1 ; 4] 

they passed (2) 

(Thai was} Allah's dispen- 
sation with those who 
have passed away before, 
[33:38] 

( imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) j£ 
will be alone, or will be free 

Slay Yusuf or cast him forth 
to some land, your father's 
face ^untenance) will be 
free for you. { 1 2:9] 

(perate. 2 p.m. plu.) \y£. 
leave SS free 

Then should they repent and 
establish prayer and give 
the Zakatj leave their way 
free. [9:5] 

(perf. 3 p.f. sing,) t £&. 
became empty 

past (act. pic. f. sing.) <J\i-l 



WV 



177 



am^s (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p,5^° 'O ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



w» J 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN 



J) J C 



(perf. 2 p.m. ptu.) 
you plunged (about) 



.*.'* 



<Z 



(imptrf. 3 p.m. piu.} ace. I j>J^ 
they plunged about 



-»* 



(imperf. In. p. phi.) J*J£ 
we plunge 

we wert plunging J*j£ " 
wading, vain talk (v.n.) 
birth pangs (vji. mint.) j*\$. 



» ,r 



• ^ J 



(ptrf. 3 p.m. ting.) £\+ 
< -^ apprehended, suspen- 
ded 

to fear, be frightened, be 

apprehensive, be suspic- 
ious, be anxious 

(perf. 2 p./. ttttg.) i£*£ 
thou fear 

I fear (perf. 1st. p. ibsg.) ^Sr- 

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) (*l£ 
they are afraid 

{imperf, 3 pjit. rfny.) £j)£ 
he fears 

(imptrf, 2 p.m. slag.) £& 
thou fear 

(peratc neg. m. ling.) ^jjt H 
fear Dot 

178 



J J 



swine (n. nng.) >>f- 
swines (phi.) *Jj$£- 






< receding stars (p/w. n.) 

to recede ( j) L* j£ 

sneaking (n.) ^U^ 



• J 



(pis, pic. f. ting.) iJfa^H 



< strangled 

to strangle, throttle 



* J > £ 



< the low (of a calf) (n.) jtj^- 
to low (calf) 



• J" -» c 



(perf. J pjn. pto.) I>»U 
< ~ indulged in idle talk, 
plunged (about) 

to plunge into, eater, wade, 
engage in conversation 



\VA 



aa^s jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i OU- 3-05*5 dji^o^ £.5*** 'O ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J 



VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN 



^Jr 



* J j c 



~ granted 

to take care of, manage 

~ *tf ■■ 
faer/ 1st. p. p!u,) ii U }*■ 

we granted 

maternal uncle {n.) ^l* 

maternal aunts 

maternal uncles {phi. n.) Jly-i 



* <j J c 



frer/. J p./. duai.) tj\i 
they (two women) defrauded 

(<j) *^: J *& ^j* <■>**■ <~ 

to defraud, be treacherous, 
be unfaithful, betray one's 
trust, break one's word 

(per/. 3 p.m. ph.) \j\+ 
they defrauded 



■»■ ■ 



Off- «*• ^SJP 
(imperf. 2 p.m. pbt.) 
you defraud 

f' !• -* 

(pewit fl.m, pkt.) lj» 'j£ i 

defraud not ! 
I did not defraud 



(pitaU. tieg. f. sing.) \j/& H 
fear not 

(if) thou are really (emp.) jifce 
afraid 

I fear u>\A 

jfcte <ace. ££" 
they two (m.) fear 



But if they are afraid. 

[2:229] 

r— s '. 
(perate neg. m. dud.) %\% V 

fe*r net (O you two) 

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) 
they fear 

j^te <««■ V* 
{imperf. 2 p.m.phi.) 
you fear 

apprehension, (n.) j^iM 
suspicion, fear 

{act. pie.) offU 
one who falls Id a fear 

(ptu. of tx& J cs^- 

feared ones 

fear(n.) X±± 

* ■ •» "■» 
{imperf. 3 p.m. ting.) ii t->j£ 

makes SS feared 

fear (v.n. >«),!»>" 
fright (v.n.>ii) «_»,£ 



179 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £,5-^° *lHJ«o ^—^ C>-^'^3 lPV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J*t 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN 



j/^ 



to be disappointed, fail, be in 
a vain (effort) 

(set. pic) ace Zfr^ 
disappointed ones, frustrated '* 
ones 



sing. 



ZM 



• j ■* t 



(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) v 5jj{* 
< <you may choose 

to choose, perfer 

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) v ojj?*-* 
they may choose 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) vlii jtr-1 
choosen, selected 

C/wr/. 1st. p. sing.) yiii o>*-l 
I have choosen 

(impeif. 3 p.m. sing.) viii J& 
he chooses 



• -> ^ c 



< excellent (1) (n. *#■) 
to be good, excellent 

He is excellent in respect of 
reward and excellent in 
respect of the final end. 
{ 1&:44] 

180 



r*ubr 

(imperf. 3 p.m, ph.} viii J^t# 
they defraud 

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) viii Ciy^ 
you defraud yourselves 

treachery (v.n.) fcU^ 

(act. pic. phi. of CtJ£ ) ^j^V 1 

treacherous 

t*i i- 
(ocf . pic, /. w'ng.) 4_J U- 

defrauding (1) 

And thou will not cease to 
light upon defrauding on 
their part. [5: 13) 

fraudulent (2) 
{in the meaning of a verbal 
noun) 

He knows the farudulcnce 
of the eye j. [40: 1 9] 

treacherous one (ims.) j\j£- 



* ii J £ 



(act . pic. sing, adj.) AijV- 
laid overturned 

to be uninhabited, deserted, 
be in ruins 



# *?» it t 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ^\+ 
'disappointed, brought to 
naught 



U< 



^uSU jjV jl Cfc Ao J.o.i.t t t. _jj 01^3^3^= ^^AaA5 f 5-i^o 'C )- cr*** L>^'^5 JjVi Am 



www.kitabosunnat.com 






Mfc 



VOCASU1.ARV Of THU HOLY QURAN 



J 4 



• * 



to sew, stilch 

* -; 
needle (/i.) i»t*-\ 

Until came! passes through 
the eye of the needle. 

[7:40] 

Note : The phrase is symb- 
olic of impossibility. 



• J rf 



horses (n.) \f-\ 

(pip. J p.m. sing.) it J^; 
'-Ttiade to appear 

(a) Xsbj" 

to imagine, conceive, think, 

fancy 

& **■.» 
f/?/5. /lie. m. sing,) vm Jfcfc 

vainglorious 



• f * t 
tents {*./?.) "fli-l 



better (2) 

And that which is with Atlah 
is better for the pious. 

[3:198] 

good (3) 

That he may send down 
upon you the good. 

[2:105] 

Note : jgA Hit. means good, 

and according to the 
contents it may mean 
good, excellent, better, 
best, best of etc. 

wealth (4) 

And he is verily vehement 
in the love of wealth. 

[100:8] 

excellent ones (phi. n.) jLj-jl 

choice (n.) \^X\ 

agreeable (piu. »-) iX>ljg»- 
(to mind and heart) 

good {doings, things, 
blessing etc.) 



*** 



>M 



181 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i OIpc^£$a dji^o^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



jui ^tr 



ic <-> v 



<a moving creature (n.) <SV> 
to walk slowly, creep, crawl 



(n. p/«. (jT Cl> ) iJ 



moving creatures 



i-Jlji 



* J ^ a 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii "j>* 

<he disposes {i.e. Allah is 
governing all things with 
supreme juctios and wis- 
dom. He is not only the 
Creator but also the 
constant Ruler and the 
continuous Disposer of all 
affairs. — Jid.) 

to turn back, flee, fofiow 
after. 

182 



4e «j» » a 



< wont, way of doing (w.) £,1j 
something 

to be zealous 

and diligent in a mater, 
toil, become wearied 



<ii£&<J^wi? 



Like Fir'awn's folk, or, after 
the wont of the people of 
Fir'awn. 13:11] 

He said : Vou shall sow seven 
years as usual (i.e.) as 
you wont. [12:47] 

(act. pk.) J£-Jls 
to hold one's course (LL),'" 
to constantly toil 



UT 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djJLwo^ £.5*^ 'lHJ' cr^ 0-^'^3 lPV^ a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J C. 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J v * 



So the root of the people 
who did wrong were cut 
off. [6:45J 

(ap-der. f. ptu.) &\-;£i\ 

(the angels} who manage the 
affairs 

(apder. m. sing.) /v< jaJ 
a retreating on* ~ 

He turned back retreating 
and looked not back. 

[27:10] 

(ap-der. m. phi.) iv 
those retreating 






o j 



{ap-der.} r-< 



•?** 



one enveloped in the cloak 

Jji J* J* < 

to cover with a blanket 



[1 



J C 



<out cast, drive off (*.«,) jj££ 

to drive away, repel, turn off 
driven away {pact, pic.) jj^jcJ 



• J* r 



j ***~X <iacc. \ >JarJt« 



(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) 
Wiey refute 



\Af 



fr*r/, J />.m. *tog.) iv j j1 
turned back 

{tmpetf. 3 p.m. ptu.) r jjj£j& 
they ponder 

{imperf. 3p.m. plu.) v, ace. \jj,j£* 
they ponder I j^X" 

Pondered they not over the 
word. [23:681 

behind (nj J j^l / *" 

{pin. of >p ) *a 

after (1) 

Hallow him, and also after 
the (prescribed) prostra- 
tions. [50:40] 

backs (2) 

They turn upon you their 
backs. [3:111] 

setting (v.n.Xr.) jUa] 

Hallow him at the setting 
of the stars. [52:49] 

last remnant root {act. pic.) j}1 

So of the people who did 
wrong the last remnant 
was cut off (Pic). 

1S3 



AiU^s (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ ^jiJLo^ p5^uo *ij->j«o ^--w j^)^^ JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



c J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



^C a 



to enter (j) >»-A> J 

f/wr/: J p. /..sing. ) ^^ 
■"•^entered 

(per/. 3 p.m. phi.) Yj£l 
they entered 

(per/. 2 p.m. sing.) ^Ui 
thou entered 

(per/. 2 p.m. pht.) **J£l 
you entered ' ■ 

( imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) J^j, 
he enters 

you certainly shall {epi.} ^U-J-J 
enter 

(imperf. 3 p.m. pin.) 
they enter 

enter ! finite 2 p.m. sing.) J^oi 

(peraie. 2 p.m. dual.} "^jl 
enter 1 

enter ! (pemte. 2 p.f- sing.) ^'Ji 

-■*-■»? 

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) iv \&.)\ 

we caused to enter 

And We cause him to enter 
in Our mercy, [21:75] 

{imperf. 3p.m. sing.) iv J^J; I J^A 
he causes/will cause to enter 



&a 



I certainly will (emp.) iv 
cause to enter 

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) iv tyrl> 
we will cause SS to enter 

184 



to annul (an agreement), 
refute, reject 

In order to refute the truth. 
[l$:56] 

{ act. pic. f. sing.) i^-U 
a thing of no-weight, null 

Their plea is null (and void) 
with their Lord. [42:16] 



> »j 



{pis. pic, m. plu.) ace. {£**■** 
rejected ones, or those 
cast away 



• J c 3 1 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) 
stretched out 

And the earth, thereafter He 
stTctched it out. [79:30] 



* J c 



(act. pic. m. pin.) OJjt^ 
■Obey are lowly 

to be small, mean 

j £■ a see <J3J^* 



* J t 3 



{perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ')p-i 
1 < entered 



VAi. 



iw&d ^oV jl C j i n J.o.i. » c o _jj 01^3^33^3 iji^3 P5^° ^lH^ cr^ Otfij^S lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



E j» 



VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN 



t> 



imperf. 3 p.m. Sing.) Ijj," 
<'-^ shall revert, reverts 

(*J)*1jS J l*jJ >J^ 'J> 
to repel 

{imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) tjjjjj* 
they overcome, combat 

(peraie. 2 p.m. sing.) 
repel 

Then repel death from your- 
self. [3:168] 

fperf. 3 p.m, phi.) rf |**'j' J ' 
you quarrelled (among your- 
selves) 



liijftt 



[ 



(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) X J7 j-*-*»* 
< we lead S5 on step by step 

to go step by step, 
walk, proceed gradually 

And those who deny our 
signs, we lead them on 
step by step whence they 
know not. [7:182] 

a degree of (n,) **- ja 
su priority 



(peraie. 2 p.m. sing.) ^-al 
cause to enter (1) 



Cause me to enter a rightful 
entrance. (17:80] 

put in (2) 

And put thy hand into thy 
bosom. f27:12] 

(pp. 3p.m. sing.) J^il 
^is made to enter 

(pp. 3 p.m. plu.) l^jlij-ji 
they were made to enter 

(pp. 3 p.m, sing.) 'j£j» 
---'Shall be made to enter 

a means of discord (n,) *^J 

And make not your oaths a 
means of discord amon- 
gst you. [16:94] 

a retreating place (n.p.) ^>-Ju* 

entrance (v.n. mim) Jp-JL* 

2»jfe-£ ace O^fi 
{act. pic. m.ptu.) 
entering men 



* ^ t 



smoke (ft.) jUj 



185 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o Jxjui-a _j-> OU-5^5^ dji^o^ £,5-^° '0°>° cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



* J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAK 



CI j 



Studjf (V.Jl.) 4^,\ji 



* 6 



(per/, 3 pm. sing.) iv 2JJ>\ 
< ~ overtook 

vg>v h 3j;l 

to overtake, comprehend, 
perceive, reach 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv i]jJ» 
comprehends, overtakes 

*\ *f 
{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) if 3ji* 

~ comprehends 

Sights comprehend Him not 
and He comprehendteh all 
sights. [6:103] 

(perf. 3 p.m. ting.) vi iJjlJ? 
*- reached (Jid.) 
'-^-favoured 

(per/. 3 p. m. sing.) rffi 3 j\ 1\ 
attained, reached 

(ptrf. 3 p.m. sing.) riii \$j\}\ 
they reached one after ano- 
ther 

overtaking 5 3^ (vji.) BJ^" 

Fear not overtaking. [20:77] 

abyss i3ja 

Verity the hypocrites fihali 
be) in the lowest abyss of 
the Fire. [4:145] 

186 



*£&&&' 



And for men is a degree 
(of superiority) over them 
(/. phi.). [2:2 28] 

degrees (phi. n.) oW-ji 



* J J 



3 



brilliant (adj.) %% 

< pouring (adj.) JljJu 
i.e. very capious showers 

of rain 

to flow capiously 



b"" 



He will send the heaven 
upon you pouring (rain 
plentifully). [1 1:52] 



(pref. 3 p.m. phi.) Ij— ja 
< they have read (or stu- 
died) 

to read, study 

(ptrf. 2 p.m. ting,) ife£j» 
thou has studied 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) J^J-^ 
they have been studying 

(imperf. 2 p.m. pto.) §£%£ 
you have been studying 



UT 



iw&d jjV jl Cfc Ao J.o.it a . ji 01^3^33^3 ^^AaA5 P5^o ^o}^ c -w o-^'^3 JjVi Am 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



*/* */" 



VOCABULARY OF THl HOLY QURAH 



A J * 



what made thee know iMj*' C 

(fmperf. 3 p.m. sing'} *r iSJ* 
makes know 

what makes thee know il >** '*» 



* J df 



mtMS 
< nails (phi. n.) ■ j-o 



(o) V> .*** j*> 

to repair a ship, nail 



* v>* lT 



(fmper/. i p.m. aft«. ) J** 
he buries 



yi^i^d^ 



Or shall bury it in the dust 

[16:59] 



i' 



fperf. 3 p.m. sing.) J*> 
buried 

And miserable is he who 
hath buried it. [91:101 

Note: Some grammarians have 
mentioned the form under 

the entry of t? tJr* * 
but according to reliable 
commentators the word 

belongs to uT* ^r •« lb* 
final (j« is replaced by 

JiH to ease the pro- 
nunciation. (Arb, Rgh.) 

1AV 



(pis. plOiv, m. phi.) 5^Tjj* 
^-arc overtaken 





f m J » 


silver coins < pht. ».) *£) j> 




• rf J * ! 



I know 

( J*)\te &*ff **-** < 
to know 

And I know not whether 
nigh or Tar is that which 
ye are promised. 

[21:1091 

1 knew not (genithe)- j*» | 

also denotes same jy3 £ 

meaning 

jf— ■ 

(7mper/. 7 p.m ring.) tfjjC 
thou knowesl 

(tmptrf. 2 p.m. phi.) jjjj, 
you know 

(Uaptrf. lit. p. pm.) i>*i 
we know 

Note 5 — All forms of this 
root are used with nega* 



or 



five particle ; *1 * U 

* " * ,- "I 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) r» tfjaV 
made to know 



U7 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



-*t 



VOCABULARY Of TH* HOLY OURAN 



tt 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
he did not call us 



(Imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) ^jwiT 
they call 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) y,St 
thou call 

(ace) IjpA / 0j*j, 

(imperf. 1st. p. ph.) 
you call 

(imperf. 1st p. piu.) £ji / *j.'Si 
we call 

call ! (perate. 2 p.m. sing.) *jl 



jpil 



(perate. 2 p.m. pkt.) \ 
call (you all) 

(pp. J p.m. sing.) Q$ 
~was called 

(pip. 3 p.m, piu.) Ije,/ 
they were called 

(pp. 2 p.m. piu.) £ii 
you were called » " 

(pip. 2 p.m. piu.) j£x 
you arc called 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) viii jjtJ* 
they ask for 

And theirs shall be whatso- 
ever they ask for. [36:57] 

- *&$ 
(imperf. 2 p.m. piu.) viii OjtJ" 

you ask for 

188 



*u 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) Pi 
< repel (repels) 

(a) fe 8* B 

to repel, thrust, push back 
violently 

.(pt>. 3 p,m. pA/.) o jPJ* 
they are thrust 

thurst (v.n.) £J 
(disdainful thrust) 



• J t 



fjper/. 3 p.m. sing.) 
< called, prayed, (1) 
(him, his lord, me) 

to call ( g) l-Wj j&i U-i 
up, ask for, summon 

-^called (2) #J „ & 
^ascribed (3) J _ WS" 

That they ascribed 
unto Rahman a son. 

[19:91] 

(perf. 3 p.m. piu.} ($) \$& 
they called (them) 

(perf. 1st. p. sing.) ('f) £j« 
I called (them) 

(perate. 3 p.m. sing.) *jlJ 
let-cali p he might call 

^AA 



*m£j} ^oV jl C j i n J.o.it a . _jj 01^3^33^3 ^^AaA5 P5^o ^u)o ^_w t>^'j^3 J^Vi Am 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t. t_5 J 



VOOABULA1Y O* TH» HOLY ftUfcAN 



Unto Him is the true call. 
[13:14] 

claim, message (2) 

( ■"- y oJ hath no claim (or 
message) in the world or 
in the Hereafter. f JVc.) 

Which is not to be invoked 
in the world nor in the 
Hereafter. (/«.) [40:431 

prayer (3) 

I answer the prayer of the 
supplicant when he calls 

on Me. [2: IK 6) 

their cry, in addition to it 
to- 
other meanings of \S jPi 

arc a call, particularly, a 
calling or crying for aid, 
or succour. (LL) 



* » *J 



< warmth f«J (\4)*0* 

(d , a)" " 

to be or keep warm 
IA1 



This is that which you have 
been asking (or calling) 
for. [67:27] 

(act. pic. m. sing,) g>6 / few 
a caller, summoner 

suppl ication , p raycr ( 1 ) {n. ) » W j 

And the supplication of dis- 
believers only goeth stray. 
[13:14] 

my prayer ( j + t Ws) s.1" 
"P' *i3Sff* 1*9* 

My Lord I and accept The 

prayer [14:40] 
Or followed bv a prepoiiti&fi 

And I have not (yet) been 
in my prayer to Thee, 
my Lord, unblest. [19:4] 
calling (2) 

Place not the massengers 
calling among you (on the 
same footing) as your 
calling of each other. 

[24:63] 

adopted son (pht. «,) • U* i\ 



call (I) (v.n.) •>* 



189 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o Jxjui-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ P$**a *ij->j«o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



i)il a 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY OJUHAW 



«> * 



averter (act. pic. ) r$* 



* i* <-> i 



] 



(act. pic. m. sing.) Jtf* 
< dripping 

to flow with force. 



A 



j It > m 






• i) *» * 



is grounded (pp. f. sing J 4f» 
to crush, break, beat flat 

Nay ! when the earth is 
ground (to atoms) with 
grinding. (89:2 I] 

i.e. wh*n the earth will be 
made to crumble to pie- 
ces. 

(pp.f.dmlj fcj* 
(the earth and mountain) 
are crashed 

a tingle crash (n.) *$ i 

dust, crumble 

dust, powder, crumble <«.) *§£ 

190 



f ■ r 



frfir/ 3 pjn. ptu.) **** 
to repel, to defend, to pay 

(to hand over £^ 3 RF) 

When ye hand over their 
substance to them. [4:6) 



repel 



(perale 2 p. m. ring.) '*h\ 



i#i 



Repel thou the evil with that 
which is the best. (23:96] 

(petatt. 2 p.m. phi.) 
handover (1) 

Handover to them their 
substance, [4:6] 

defend (i.«. in the (2) 

meaning of £» lit) 

Fight in the way of Allah or 
defend. [3:167] 

- *** 
(Impeif. 3 p.m. sing.) Hi jj^ 

defends, repels 

Verily Allah will repel from 

those who believe. [22:38| 



U* 



AiU^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> ulf^^o djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w j^)^^ JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Lt 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OJURAN 



i) J 



bucket (n.) ^a 

(imperf. 3 p.m. pin.) iv \*J£ 
you convey 

(per/. J /f.m. ring.) v J,£ 
He let himself down 



f 



J (■ i see fl 

{quad. per/. 3 p.m. sing.) p>S 
<C '^■overwhelmed 

JUJUJ fJ*Ji f,J*3 

to give over to destruction 
(God) 



• J f 



frOT/1 J p.m. sing.) il ~f} 
annihilated, destroyed, 
wiped out, 

(o) y£ i bj" •** •* < < 

to perish utterly, be annthtia- 
ted 

(pfr/ 1st. p. ptu.) a Kfi* 

we destroyed 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) it *^SL 
~ annihilates, destroys 

destroying (i.n.) ii ^»Jt 



■ 


• il J » 


* it 

the declination (v,ji,) il^Jj 




• J J * 



* t f 



^1 



<tear {*.) **il 



(per/. 3 p.m, ling-) J> 
< indicated, showed, poin- 
ted at, guided, discovered 

to show, point out, indicate 

Naught indicated his death 
to them except a moving 
creature. [34:14] ' 

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) 3a\ 
I guide, show, lead, 

P° intat ^ 

shall I lead you ? *0>1 > 

\ Cl- 

amper f. 1st. p. ptu.) JjJ 

we lead, guide etc. 

indication (v.b.) ^JJ* 



• J J 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) "& 
< caused to fall 

to draw ( j) fyj ^J* a j 

the bucket out of the well 



Thus with guile he caused 
the twain to fall, (7:221 

(ptrf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv Jjal 
.-^let down 



191 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JaXw: _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*** '0°3^ cr^ O^JiS J->^ f^w 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J » 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



a 



worse, lower (1) 

He said: Would you exch- 
ange that which is better? 
12-611 

best (way) (2) 

This is more equitable in the 
sight of Allah and makes 
testimony surer and the 
best way to keep away 
from doubts. {2:282] 

more fit, more proper (3) 

That is more fit that you 
may not do injustice, [4:3] 

more likely, more (4) 
probable 

That is more likely that they 
produce the testimony ac- 
cording to the fact thereof. 
[5:108] 

nearer, near (5) 

la a nearer land. [30:3] 

Till he was two bows length 
off or (yet) nearer, [53:9] 

192 



to shed tears (from eyes) 



• i r 



■»^i 



{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) **■& 
< knocks out 55> brain 



(l)( «-*) U»j **Ju «j 
to destroy 



destroy 



* -> r 



Wi 



3 



<; blood (n.) 

(if) C* t/ji \£> 

to bleed, be blood-stained 

btoods (pht. n.) »Ujjl l^k 



• J 6 J 



a gold coin of ancient (n.) jCj j 
times 



j a > 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) t> 

~-^drew near 

f > — 

( j) fa* J^A l> < 

to be or come near 

<-* J *# 

(imperf. 3 p.f. plu.) ^wJ* 

they should let down 

(art. pfc. m, jy'flgj j\> 
near at hand (within reach) 

litt. nearest (tfafrw) j$ 1 / jSl 



ur 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Ol£-5^c^o $jJUq$ p5^o <ijJj-o ^—^ ^3-0)^3 JjV<5 a£*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



■ 

I 



• 1 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QUBAH 



J u » 



D 



time (it.) ^»jjl 

(Time from the beginning of 

the world to its end. Hence 

because, in the sense time 

brings to pass events, 

good and evil, ^*j]S 
was applied by the Arabs 
to 'fortune 1 or Tate' and 
they used to blame or 
revile it — LL). 



;;sji&ete.u; 



And naught destroyeth us 
save time, f 45:24] 



ft a 



overflowing (v.n.) Jfo 

(l>; U»3 frx uft> 

to flit {a glass) 

And a overflowing cup. 

178:34] 



* f 



" , " C ■■#■ m 

(pis. pic . > xi , /. (fcfl/. ) O UuU J_* 

(the colour of that two 
gardens) dark-green (black 
by reason of intense green- 
ness from abundant irri- 
gation — LL) 



less, fewer (6) 

And neither less or fewer 
than that, nor more. [58:7] 

this world (7) 

Taking the gear of Ibis nea- 
rer lire (!.e. this world). 
[7:1691 

And certainly We will make 

them taste the nearer 

punishment (i.e. earthly 

or worldly punishment). 

[32:21] 

(f. form of $ ) G Jl 

Htt. The nearer, within reach 

(epp, \ji$\ Hereafter) 

nearer (1) 

When you were on the nearer 
side (of the valley) and 
they were on the farther 
side. r«:42] 

(opp. J >-5it ) this world (2) 



i^Siti^lOil 



They bought the life of this 
world for the Hereafter. 
t2:&6] 






193 



AiU^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i CAs-^b^A djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^—-w {yj\ji$ JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f J 



VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN 



f 



* J 



to revolve, go around, 
circulate 

"* *•»»' 

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) iv t> JjfcJ* 

you circulate 

abode, dwelling place, (*.) j|> 
house 

(Phi. of % ) 'If, 
dwellings, country houses 

inhabitant (tout.) jCj 

turn (art. p/e. / ring,) fjg 
evil turn * j^JH I^IJp 



• J 



J > 



< exclusively confined 

(*)*& ft** 

to be in continual rotation, 
change 

* ■"! 

(Imperf. 1st, p. phi.) Jjlj, 

we change about 



* f J 



(perf. 3p,f. sing.) £& 
< remained, existed 

(0) foji J Cj» f j£ fG 

to continue, endure, persist, 
remain 

(per/. 2 p.m. /*,) Xia 
thou remained 

194 



to be black, xt Q^J , %^| 
darJc green 



• 0*3 



(imperf. 2 p. m, sing.) iv J* jC 
thou shouldst be pliant 

% ,-, sa < 

to be pliant, treat gently, 
deceive 

to anoint with oil, grease 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) iv Oj*<£ 
they would be pliant 

They wish that thou shouldst 
be pliant so they (too) be 
pliant [68:9] 

(Ap-der. m. phi.) Oj*M 
those who take SS lightly 

oil (cooking oil) fa.) ^jjl 
red bide fa.) %A\ 



* tf • 



(etative, a.) j^\ 



< more grevious 

to bring misfortune upon 



* J J J 



(imperf. 3 pjn. strtg.) /j£ 
<roll about 



\U 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ £.5*** 'O ^ cr^ 0-^'^3 J^Vi <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Ji) 



VOCABVUWY OF TH* HOLY QpZAH 



f •» * 



not at your level in since- 
rity to religion. [Rgh.) 

[3:118] 

And He forgives what is 
besides that i.e. what is 
less than that. (Fgh.) 

14:48] 

other than, besides (2) 

There shall be for them no 
partner nor intercessor 
besides Him. {6:51} 



i> J 



lending, debt (n.) c?S 

to owed/*) W» a* o£ (0 

money, lend, borrow 

*t> j fc J Ol> jli" (ft") 
to be religious, be a believer 

to requite, ba i 5U (in) 
reward, deliver judgement 

f>er/ 2 /p.m. pht.) rl j(«^UE 
you deal one with another ' 



(Jtfj&iG&iq 



When ye deal, one with 
another, in lending, 

(2:282) 

- f* - 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ptu.) J>*J* 

they observe (a religion) 
HO 



Ore/, 3 p.m. pht.) Vy>\> 
they remained 

{perf, 1st. p. sing.) X*> 
i remained 

Note ; All forms of this root 
are preceded by U 

Thus <m£ £ i \ j*^ U 

express the duration of 
time, e.g. 

So long as the heavens and 
th'^ earth remain. 

[11:107] 

We shall never enter it so 
long as they remain. [5:24] 

So long as you are in the 
state of of sanctity. [5:96] 

(act. pic. m. sing.) |Cb 
lasting, perpetual 

(act. ptc. m. phi.) ii'jf)S 
constant 



* j 



a particle, it denotes 
(1)55 less than SS 

Take not for an intimate 
(anyone) besides your* 
selves i.e. those who are 



- 1* 



195 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJJ-o ^--w 0*f'>?-9 lPV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J iS * 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J tS * 



obedience (4) 

ggji3ti£J&*4*!S 

Worship thou Allah, making 
exclusion Tor him in the 
obedience. [39:2] 

Lo, for Allah is the obedi- 
ence exclusively. [39:3] 



( 



»* 



Cr_i is primarily obedi- 
ence and not religion 
which denotes any system 
of faith and worship. 



Hence 



kz& 



means 



sincere and exclusive obe* 
dience to and service of 
God— 12} 



$9^P 

They observe not a true 
religion. [9:29] 

judgement { I) (n.) O.i 

Owner of he Day of Judge- 
ment. [1:3) 

religion (2) 

And religion is for Allah' 

12:193] 

law (3) 

*$$$$$<$& 
He was not to take his 
brother by the law of the 
king. 112:76] 



¥¥* 



196 



\W 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo i^o^ ^—.w (j-o'^3 JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Jbll J^f 



*-» ^ 



(per/. 3 p. nt. pht.) I ^i 
<they slaughtered 

to slaughter, cut the throat, 
sacrifice 

- *".? . fZv 

uy 1 ^ <ucc v/vJt 

{imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) 
(that) ye slaughter 

(imperf. lit. p. sing.) gyi 
I am slaughtering ( I am 

slaughtering thee jj^jl ) 

I surely will slaughter 

— j 
(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) £s 
p-is slaughtered 

(imperf. 3 p.m sing.) ii ft* 
.— stays, (slaying! 



I __ 

* 


V * 


A 


a wolf (w.) 


J '* 


• 


f * 


A 



< scorned (pact, pic .) ^'jju 
to drive off. blame 



* -? V » 



a fly (*.) lAi 



(pact. pic. > quad.) O&k-** 
those who are wavering 
(between this and that) 



197 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t-» 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



CVi 



— «- ** — * 

an atom's weight »*o Jlii* 



children, progeny, (h.) 
descendants 



*•*** 
'*>» 






He hath progeny of weak- 
lings. [2:266] 

f>fa. 0/ *jp ) cA ji 
offsprings, generations 



* t 



length (fl.) £ji 
cubits (I) (n-) £)j* 

Then in a chain, thereof the 
length is seventy cubits, 
bind him. [69:32] 

forelegs (2) 

White their dog stretched 
forth his two forelegs on 
the threshold. (18:18] 

And he felt straitened on 
their account. [11:77] 

Note : This is an idiomatic 
phrase which means 'he 
was distressed and felt 
himself powerless to do 
what he ought to have 
done.' 

198 



_■**- 



{ irnperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ii jj.*^ 
they slay, (were slaying! 

* **!■* *J ' 

{pact, pic.) £JJJ* <(»-) Qi 

sltughtercd one 



* J c 



(imptrf. 3 p.m. pfu,)vm j jj^-** 
■<you store 

(->) \jr-i j^-i ji-'i 
to save, store, make provi- 
sion for 



it * j * 



{ptrf. 3 p.m. sing.) \~j> 
< created 

to create, multiply 

{ptrf. 1st p. ph.) fljj 
we have created 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.} iji, 
he creates, multiplies 

{He is) multiplying you. 

(42:11] 



J J i 



atom (n.) iji 
lit: : smallest kind of ant, 
resembling in weight and 
shape to atom or smallest 
seed of grain 



\*A 



aaaIs (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-) Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*** 'O ^ cr^ 0-^'^3 J^Vi ^SLsw 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



jJi 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OUR AN 



J J * 



(o)Tj^^r/s 



to remember, call back to 
memory, admonish, recol- 
lect 

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) Ijji 
they remembered 

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) X^S 
thou remembered 

(imperf. 3 p.m, sing.) JX 
"^he remembers 

fimptrf. 2 p.m, sing.) j£ 
thou remember 

nom. jjf jl aec. \j}Jt 

(irnperf. 3 p.m. phi.) 
they remember 

for they may remember 

nam. *Cj|l <<icc. ^jl jl 

(imperf. hi. p. sing.) 
I remember, that 1 remember 

(imperf, J st. p. piu.) *\'x 
we remember 

(perate. 2 p.m. sing.) jf^] 
remember ! 

(perate. 2 p.m. plu.) IjjTil 
remember ! 

(perate 2p.f.plu.) J^jf 
remember ! 

Caution : The difference bet- 

ween jjfil (perate f. 
plu.), that means, O you 
women remember '.) and 











• J j > 




(imperf. 3 p.m. ting.) Jjjl 
<"wscaucrs 


- 


(df)\j'ji jjjT \'Ji 


. 


to scatter, disperse 




g$$3i£si 




Dry stuhlc which the winds 




scatter. 1 18:45 J 




dispersing (r.n.) j'f^ 




(n, plu, tif VjlS } otjli 




windSj as they arc dispersing 




i#»r ■ I us 




By the dispersing (winds) 
that disperse. [5 1:1 J 





* b £ 



(Ap-der, iv, m. ph.) aec. ^jeju 
<(they will come) in submts-' 
sion, willingly 

to obey, fr tUi^ * ^ J 
submit to 





4 

* J J 


chins (>/j 






* j il i 



(perf, 3 p.m. sing.) 'y\ 
< ^-remembered 



199 



aaaIs (JjV jl CjLo JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £,5-^0 *lHJ«o ^—^ C>-^'^3 lPV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



ili 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY Q_.URAN 



ji» 



(per/. 3 pjm. sing.) viii j_>\ 
reco Heeled. 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii jJi 
receives admonition, 
remembers 

- .'5,*. 

(imperf 3 p.m. phi.) viii Jj Jj» 

they receive admonition 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.)vlii,aec.\j } X~ 
that they may receive admo- 
nition 

(ei. 3 p.m. ptu.) IjjiQ, 
For they may receive admo- 
nition 

i i,* 
recollection, admo-{rt./> <£jJk\ 
nition, remembrance 

ace. ~j$\ i ]ji nom. j$ i J'y 

mention O) (n.) 

Mention of the mercy of thy 
Lord. (19:21 

remembrance (2) 

And surely the remembrance 
of Allah is the greatest. 
[29:45] 

reminder, admonition (3) 
(he. the holy Quran) 

And this is aReminder blest, 
We have sent down (r>. 
from heaven). [21:50] 

i > 
reminder, (1) (».) sj± 
admonition 

200 



y^y (perate.2p.rn. 

sing, with a pronoun ii 
suffixed, meaning, remem- 
ber mc) should be noted. 

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) 
• is mentioned 



# 



And therein fighting is men- 
tioned, [47:201 

When Allah is mentioned 
their hearts are filled with 
awe. [8:2] 

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) J£ 
SS is mentioned 

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) ii 'J}, 

ev is admonished 

(pp. 2 p.m. phi.) ii *J j 
you are admonished 



( perate. 2 p.m. sing.) ii 
admonish I 

(pref. 3 p.m. sing.) v 
— received admonition 






(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) v jl 
receives admonition, 
remembers 

(imperf. 3 p.m. piu) v oJjJlZ* 
they remember, receive 
admonition 

(imperf. 2 p.m. ptu.) v 
you remember, receive 
admonition 



iw&d jjV jl C j i n J.o.it a . ji Cj[£$*p$a SjJLLoy f 3^0 t OiJ A cr^ Otfij^S lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



jili 



f pact. pic. m. sing.) jj jl* 
mentioned one, mentionable 

man (opp. woman) (n.) -Ji 

(n. dual) ace. V*£&\ 
male [opp. female) 

males (phi. n.) [\f$f J^i1 



ii 



*'*., 



f/wr/. 2 /j.m. ,pA*,) ii jt? J 
litt:you have cleaned; techni- 
cally : you have slaugh- 
tered in an awful way 

to slaughter 



• J J 



(perf. 1st. p. pk.) U LJi 
<we have subdued, sub- 

iaMA % is # 



Ud% 



J 5S> j 



to be low, gentle, contem- 
ptible, submissive, humi- 
liated, meek 

'pp. 3 p.m. sing.} ii ol!j 
are made down (easy to 
reach) 

(t.H.>».) *jjif 

hanging down, making some- 
thing low, humiliating 

r . v 



StfJwWsil 



This is a Reminder unto the 
mindfuls (those who reme- 
mber) Ill:14| 

recollection (2) 

And sit not thou, after the 
r e c o 1 1 e c I i o n, with the 
wrong-d n i ng people, [6 : 6 8 1 

reminder, admonish (a.) Jjf J< 

admonishment (».«,>//.) ^C5*j» 

O my people ! if my stan- 
ding forth and my admo- 
nishment with the com- 
mandments of Allah be 
hard upon you, then. . . . 

[10:71] 

(act. pic. m. pla.) ate. £tSu|l 
mindful men (those who' 
remember) 

[act. pic. /. phi.) &j$3l 
mindful women (those who 
remember) 

ad m on is he r (Ap*der. > it. ) ^j^ 

(Ap^er.>rtii.) *f£ 
one who would be admoni- ' 
shed {J id.}, one will mind 
{M.A.), one who reroem- 
tercth. (Pic.) 



■ 



I 






j- 
; 

3 



- 



201 



am^s (jjV jl CaAa Jxjui-a _j-> OU-5^5^ $jJuq$ £•$**£ <ijJj-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



*--> J * 



VOCABULARY Of THI HOLY QJJRAN 



J J 



meanest, lowest, (dative.) 3^9 1 
powerless 
{opp. powerful) 

(Phi- of tli^l ) $$\ 
lowest ones 



* f f 



agreement, convenant, (ji.) 
pact 

< blamed one (pact, pie.) {j* ±S 
to MsmeW) *-** J U rt ? 



• V 



< crime (1) (n.) ^i 

ttil (h>) J-'X' J3 
to commit a fault or crime, 
be guilty 

And they have a crime agai- 
nst me. [26: 1 4} 

sin (2) 

For what sin she was slain. 

[8 1:9] 

sins (pht. of Zil ) £'y* 

portion (Jig*.) (n.) £^J 

Note : ^^J (dhunub) is 

a**f 
plural of w*i sin, crime. 



offence etc. But 



4*/* 



(iftarru£) is lingular, int. 
bucket fnefd. portion. 

202 



(imperf. 2 p.m. ling.) h 
thou abasest 

(imperf. ht. p. ptu.J 
we are disgraced 



Ox 



V 

J* 



meekness (a.) 

abjectness (n.) ^fc 

made submissive ( I ) (int j.) •) y£ 

Verily, she should be a cow 
not made submissive to 
plough the land. 12:71) 

subservient (2) 

He is it who made the earth 
subservient to you. [67: 1 5] 

submissively (pfu. n.) ace. ^)i 

weak, humble ( t ) (phi. n.) %y 
{opp. powerful, well armed) 

And Allah certainly helped 

you at Badr when you 

were humble (or weak). 

[3:123] 

low {opp. noble) (2) 



%-m 



»>>! 



:!— 



Surely the kings, when they 
enter a town, ruin it and 
make the noblest of its peo- 
ple the most low. [27:3 4 J 



T.T 



am^s (jjV jl C*£a JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £,5-^° *lHJ«o ^—^ C>-^'^3 lPV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



wJ * i 



f>?f/. 2 p.m. plu.} (v *,l*jl 
you removed l ' 

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ^X 
'■"-removes, takes away 

(el. m. sing.) ace. ,~-* ,\ ] 
in order to take away, 
or remove 

femp. 3 p.m. iing.) 5*%J< 
he certainly will take away, ' 
or certainly he will remove 

-* ■?# 
{imperf. 3 p.f pht.) h o*^ 

they will take away 

gold («.) 



taking away (v. n .) «_» _ ,„iUi 



goer, outgocr (act. pic.) Z+fc 



* J * i 



(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) J*J. 
she will forget 

to forget, neglect 



* • • * 



litt. possessor, (m. sing.) j'i 

(demonstrative pronoun) 
with, on, in, of 

If (the debtor) is in the 

straitness, let there be 

postponement till (he is 

in) case. [2:2 80] 

T.r 



• - * i 



{perf. 3 p.m. sing,) C+> 
<*^wejie, is gone 

to go 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ,j _ Jii 
--—took away 

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) ^ _ l£i 
they took away * 

(perf 3 p.m. phi.) Jp - iS*A 
~ is gone away, departed 

we went (perf. 1st. p. plu.) KjX> 

jj^Ju ace. \j*X 
{imperf. 3 p. m. pht.) 
they go 

flow. j^>j, (*/,) ace- >>;AJ-4 
{imperf 2 p.m, phi.) 
you may take away 

(ept. 1st. p. phi.) v _ J^iJ 
we surely will take away 

(perate. 2 p.m. iing.) rj|| 
go (thou) 

(perate 2 p.m. dual) {j, jj 
go (you twain) 

(perate. 2 p.m. phi.) \^m"z\ 
go (you) 

f)wr/. J p.w. dng.) fr ^«*il 
-^ removed 



203 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'lHJ' cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ aSLsm 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



jji 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QUKAN 



tfi-li 



(perf. 3 p.m.duat.) ^\\ 
the twain tasted 

(/w/. 3 p. m. pht.) lji)S 
they tasted 

flcc. UJJCJ > JjJ< 
(ci. 3 p.m. sing.) 
that be may taste 

i '* t~\ 

{el 3 p.m. ptu.) ace. I_^jJ-£ 

that they may taste 

(tmperf. neg. 3 p.m. ptu.) 
they will not taste 

W 
(perttte. 2 p.m. sing.) oS 

taste ! thou 

(pcr&tc, 2 p.m. phi.) lj*ji 
taste ! you 

f/w/f. 5 p.m. Jinf J /* jljl 
~ made to taste 

(petf. 1st. p. pht.) It L3i! 
we made taste 

(tmperf. 3 p.m. pht.) if $X 
*— makes SS taste 

(impcrf. 1st. p. phi.} iv J, L J* 
we make 55 taste 

we certainly shall (e.m. p.) JL^. 
make 55 taste 

(act. pic. f. sing.) \jfli 
one who tastes (or) will taste 

ace. \£\l nam. 5j?li 

(net. pic. m. phi.) 
those who will have to taste 

204 



ditto in ace. position \j 
ditto in gen. position jb 

And above every knowing 
one is a knower. (1 2:761 

£tto ( /. jtog.) *l£ 

„ MM ^ — I ■ 

on the right £^3 o 1 j 
on the left ^^Jfl X£ 

ditto ( /, duatj tnjs 

(The both gardens are) with 
spreading branches. 

[55:48] 



3 J J 



(tmperf. 3 p.m. duat) ^\ijJ* 

< the twain were keeping 
back. 

to keep (0)'->ji ajJb s'i 
back 



** J 



(perf. 3p.f. sing.) ^j£ 
< she tasted 

(j)ijijLr j tiju j 

to taste, experience 



T.t 



am^s jj^F jl C*io Jxjui-a _j-i uU^^o djjiuo^ £.5*** 'O ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ rSsSLsw 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



L* 



VOCABt!l-A»Y OF THE KOLV ftURAN 



dfci* 



* t * * 



(7w/- J />.*(, phi.) iv ^\i1 
< < they spread new* 

d/0 '•jj j *■.* c* 2* 

to become public (news) 



* * * * 



[demonstrative pronoun) ^;|j 
these 



* * * 



**¥ 



r.a 



205 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-o jj Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo i^o^ ^-w (j-0'^3 JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



AJ\ v liT 



to be kind, merciful, show 
pity, be compassionate 

(extensive n.) Zjjjj 
element, compassionate 



\ 



(ptrf, 3p.m. sing.) $lj*»j 

(^)Vjj j IJ3 & its 

to see, perceive, think, have 
an opinion, judge 

fperf, 2 p.m. sing.) £j|j 
thou sees 

When an interrogative ( * )is 
placed before the word it 

will be read as *a^ljl : 
hast thou seen ? 

I saw (perf, lit. p. sing,) 

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) 
ihey saw 

206 



I 






<hcad (it J ^\)\ *■ ^lj 

to be a chief, the head (of a 
tribe) 



fjnfe, of £-'j ) 

heads (or hoods) (1) 

As they were the heads of 
satans. [37:65] 

initial capital, (2) 
principle 

And if you repent, then you 
shall have your capital. 
[2:279] 






* -> 



\ 



%%\~ 



< tenderness, pity (v.n.) ijlj 



T.I 



am^s (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p,5^° 'O ^ cr 4 *' l>#LH3 lPV^ a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



1, 



VOCABVtARY OF THB HOLY QURAN 



\, 



last letter, thus '—Jj 

will be written 'j£\j 
if a pronoun is to follow ; 



seen it (or) him. 






(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
hash seen (Htt. he sees) 

as *J after 'j_ 

Seest not man (that, ) 

[36:77] 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing,} &J 
thou hast seen (thou see) 

as A after ^T 

Did thou not see those who 
went forth from their 
habitations? [2:243] 

(imperf. 2 p. f.) emp. & m y 
thou seest 

And thou seest any human 
being. [19:26] 

I see (imperf, 1st. p. ting.) ^jl 

we see (imperf. 1st. p. phi.) ^/J 

attached to a. pronoun (») ^t 

a* : \G $ i SCTjJ . ^ Q 

(per/, 3 p.m. sing,) 
'"•'showeth JSr - 

he showed them unto thee '*? 'jl 

r.y 



fperf. 3 p.f. phi.) &}j 
they women saw 

(perf. 2 p.m. phi.) 'ZAj 
you saw, you have seen, 
observed, beheld 

have you seen? *1\~ j\ 

Also jc^'ji' have you then 

seen (or) have you then 
observed? 

fperf. 3 p, f. sing.) $% 

she saw 

(perf. 2 p. sing.) u*f$ 
hast thou seen ? 

(prefixed ( 1 )of interroga- 
tive particle) 

(perf. 2 pirn, phi.) 'Jn}j\ 
have you seen ? 



Note : There is another way 
of expression to say e.g, 
hast thou seen or seest 

thou? ibljl i>- bethin- 
kest thou. 

(Iblis) said : bethinkesl Thou: 
this one whom Thou hasr 
honoured above me? 



you saw **. 
Same is written with an 

additional ( J ) after the 






2&7 



am^s (jjV jl C*io Jx^i-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



V V J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QJURAN 



lj 



, * 



beholding with 
one's own eyes 

opinion (n.) £Ul 

immature opinion ^lj| feL 

appearance (n.) Cij 

Who (were) goodlier in 
goods and outward appea- 
rance. { 19:74] 

vision («.) £ jjj 
making show (it.) %f j 



if *s* V 



Lord, Sustainer (n.) 

Lord i$ but a poor substitute 
for the Arabic *jj which 
signifies not only the Sove- 
reign but the Sustained the 
Nourisher, the Regulator, 
and the Perfector. The 
relation in which the God 
of Islam stands to at! His 
creation is that of Righ- 
teous, Benign Ruler and 
not that of mere father. 

(Jid.) VJ means the 
Universal Patron, the All- 
in-All Guardian. Not a 
tribal deity, nor the nati- 
onal God of any specially 
favoured race or people, 
nor any narrow "Lord of 
the hosts" or the anthro- 
pomorphic "our father in 
heaven" (Jtd.>LL) 
208 



8 , 



(per/. 1st. p. pttt.) iv 
we showed 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv 
he shows 

f imperf. 2 p. sing.) iv 
thou show 

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) iv 
I show 

(imperf. 1st. p. ptu.) iv 
we show 



ffli 



Sj. 



*J 






J 



show (perate. 2 p.m. ring.) 
show us Cjl show me iJjl 

—is seen (pip.) jjj 

they will be shown (pip.) V? 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) ii &}(£ 
they make show 

Those who make show, 

[I07:fij 

fperf. 3 p.m, sing.) vi JXj 
(they) see each other 



When the two parties saw 
each other. [26:61 J 

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) vi Jj 
they faced each other 



*>" 



When the two groups faced 
each other. [8:48) 

beholding, seeing (n.v.) £lj 



T.A 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ p5^o <ijjyz cr ^> ^j\y^ JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t* ■» 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY Q_UKAN 



V J 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing. ) v ^jm^ju' 
he waits 

(imperf. J p.m. ptu.) v jjj/^f 

they wait 

*** s -«^- 
{imperf. 3 p.f. ph.) v J^A 

they (f.) wait, they should 

wait 

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) v Oj-*> 
you atc waiting 

(imperf, in, p. ptu,) v o">J* 
we are waiting 

(perate 2 p. phi.) t \jr*tj 
you wait ! 

* £ w 

waiting [o.n.) ^Mij 



7 •■*= m-* 



( Ap-der. m. pin.) Ci j^ jU 



• ^ w 



waiters 



(perf. 1st. p. phi.) 
<we braced, fortified 

to be firm, to tie, fasten 

( perate. 2 m. ptu.) Hi IjL.tj 
be ever ready ! be steadfast ! 

strings (v.n.) tit J*t j 

strings of horses JjMiA j 



one- for tli (fraction) jwJI 
fours f/»/u. mtm.) fVj 



often (££h (particle) \* j 

oft limes, in the Hereafter 
[Jid.\ it my be (Pic), 
the time may come (Safe.), 
perchance (Arb.) 

< godly men (plu. n.) j_£jj 

to be master (/) 

to feed (ii) 

to bring up a (ii'i) 
child 

stepdaughters (plu. n) *-A j 

divines, f>/w. n.) jj-^ J ' Cfi— i^J 
worshippers of the Lord, 
faithful servants of the 
Lord 



* £ ^ J 



f perf. 3 p.f. sing.) ^fij 
< profited * 

to gain, be successful in 
trade 

profited not <ijGj U 



* n* V J 



<you waited » 



»*<i 



to wait, t*jT v ,_^/> 
watch for an opportunity 



T.\ 



209 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



£* J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OUR AM 



£* 



however slight, over and 
above the principle sum 
lent, and this includes 
both usury and interest) 
(Jid. P. 3. n. 141) 

Note : the Quranic transcri- 
ption of this word is J-) 
in the above verses ; also 

Cj with vjjl is to be 
noted in Q. 30:39. 



(ptrf. 3 p. dual.) assim. 
they twain brought up 

they (parents) brought mc 
ud or raised me up, 
i.e. sustained and took 
care of me 

[assim i}j < ) 

(imperf 1st. p. pfu.j 
we bring up 

did we not bring 
thee up? 

fact, pic. m. sing.) ace. 
swelling (or) on lop 

(act, pic- f. ting.) ace. 
increasing 



yes 



*s 



«# * -""i 



8gf 






a height (n.) 






t * 



(imperf, 3 p.m, sing.) £t* 
-—refresh himself with fruits 

«*4 j t»*j ^*JT £j < 
to eat and drink /i\r*?* * 
to satisfaction * * J ' J J 

210 



four (cardinal nam.) i^ijl/m*jl 

forty (cardinal num.) i#*Ji 

fourth ( ordinal num.) £yJ 



* J ^ J 



(perf. J p. f sing.) J^j 
< '^swelled 

to increase, grow (child), 
augment wealth 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) y'j 
'*•" increases 

rn order te get increased fj* 



{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv 
"* makes increased 

more increased (clothe) 
i.e. in number, more 
numerous 

A community may be more 
numerous than (another) 
community. [16;92] 

usury (n.) ( yj) ) 
(The word ji j is but parti- 
ally covered by the Eng- 
lish word usury which in 
modern parlance means 
only an exorbitant or 
extortionate interest ; the 

Arabic jj on the other 
hand means any addition, 



4j 



ii 



to 



r\* 



■->-u5vo (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo *(j->j«o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



jr £ J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



a *=« j 



* E E 



<~is shaken 
to shake, ($)&!£ gj 
make termhle, term hie. 

shaking (<jcr. v.«.) £j 



calamity, doom, (n.) 



evil kind of punishment. 
lit I. pollution 

Then Wc sent down upon the 
wrong- doer wrath from 
the heaven. (2:59] 

pollution (n.) y?}\ 



And the pollution shun, (i.e. 
pollution of idotalry)[74:5] 



^ E 



(synonym of j*- j ) (n.) , 
<Cuncleanliness (]) 

to disgrace and( b ^)^\^j 
defile one-self by a shame- 
ful deed, thunder (sky) 



Z^l^v.^ 



To take away unclcanhness 
from you. [33:33] 



* J a j 



closed up (ace. n.) \Sj 

(m\ it3" ■*•• - '-_ 



to close 

be joined together 



• J * 



(/wr/. &i. p~ phi.) a V_ir J 

we intonated (in repeating 
or recitation) 

%jj u "JrJf < 

to read gracefully and dis- 
tinctly 

intonation (p.n.>i7) Jj*/ 
(of the Quran) with mea- 
sured voice 



(perate 2 p.m.) 
recite with intonation 

f3?-S S'gnifcs pronounc- 
ing the word or words 
with ease and correctness; 
this is the proper signi- 
fication but the conven- 
tional meaning is being 
regardful of the places of 
utterance of the letters, 
and mindful of the pauses, 
and (he lowering of the 
voice, and making it 
plaintive, in reading or 
reciting. 



tt 



T^ \ 



211 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <<jJj-o ^^* 0*f'>?-9 lPV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



te j 



VOCABULARY Of THB HOLV QURAN 



^ £ J 



f>ev/. 2/>.m. />toj i^J 
you returned 

f/»r/ /jf. />. plu.) \JjStJ 
we returned 

< imperf. S p.m. sing.} *^7- 
returns, answers 

(imperf. 3 p.m, pht,)iiy^J' 
they return, bring answer 

{imperf. 2 p. /j/tt.)jj*r/ 
you take back 

Why then, if ye are not in 

bondage, do you not force 

it back, if ye are trustful ? 

[56:86-87] 

(perate. 2 p.m. sing.) ttjl 
go back (1) 

Return to thy Lord. [12:50] 

bring back, (2) 
repeat 

Then repeat thy look twice 
over. [67;4J 

(perate. 2 p. f. sing.) ^- }\ 
return thou 

■ ■ ■ ■ J 
return you (m. plu.) 
(Allah is addressed by man 
in plural instead of singular 
as a sign of regards.) 

212 



wrath (2) 

He said surely there have 
befallen you wrath and 
indignation from your 
Lord. 17:71] 

pollution {3) 
of the idolatry 



t#^^ 



So avoid the pollution of 
the tdols. [22:30] 



*tc 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing) f^J 
< turned back 

to return, men 

back, repeat, answer, bring 
answer, to be brought 
back 

returned (I) 

And when Musa returned to 
his people. [7:150] 

brought back (2) 

If, then Allah bringeth thee 

back to the party of them. 

(9:83] 

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) \ ji^j 



they returned 



t\t 



~^&a jjV jl C j i n J.o.it a . _jj 01^3^3^= $j&jj}$ f 5^o 'C )- cr*** L>^?'~H5 JjV^ Am 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



£ J 



VOCABULARY O* THE HOLY QUXAN 



t€ J 



quaking (n.) iirijl 

earthquake (si.) i^-~J\ 
(Ap-der. m. pht.) 

to spread alarming reports 
(the raisers of the com mo- 
tion i.e.. the spreaders of 
false rumours and scan- 
dals) 



• J £ 



<foot (11.) "Jpj 
to go on fool 

Urge with foot. [38:42J 
foot (Jid., M.A., Pic.) (n.) fyj 
(walker, derived from 
Rgh.) 

And summon against them 

thine horse and thine foot. 

[17:64] 

two feet (n. dual.) ace. «i**J 



And of them is one that 

walketh upon its two feet. 

[24:45} 

•i ■* '\ 
feet (ptu. w.) J* J 1 

Have they feet wherewith 
they walk. [7:195} 

nr 






oili^JU^ 



He said : My Lord send me. 
back. [23:99] 

■ (pp. Isr. p. sing.) <z**j 

I am sent back 

*-/ 
(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) (**>_ 

'■-is taken back 

(pip, 3 p. f. sing.) gry 
is taken back 

- .*_ j 

(pip. 3 p.m. pht,) 0.*-r ji. 
they are taken back 

(pip. 2 p.m. pht.)'^'j^-'} 
you are leken back 

(imperf. 3 p. dual.) vi \**r\ jJ 
they twain return unto each 
other 

» - 

bringing back (n.) «-j 

return (v.n.) ^fr}< 

(as/, pic. m. piu.) tJj^'J 
those who return 

(*i. /or f ime or /i/ace) ff V* 
termination, a place where 
one is to go back finally 
without return 



• «-» £ 



(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) 
<*— shall quake 

**-,— — ■■>- *«*»«• i — — 

| to quake, tremble (j)v*\> 



213 



am^s (JjV jl C*£a JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ p5^o <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 aSLsw 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



fE 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QJJRAtt 



J £ J 



(per/. 1st. p. phi. - ) K&j 
we stoned 

And were it not for thy 
company we had surely 
stoned thee (to death). 

[11:91] 

(imperf. 3 p. m. plu J) 
they (pelt with) stone 

(they stone thee ~&j*:'ji ) 

{imperf J$t. p. ting,} eml jk- j^ 
I surely shall stone 

(I shall surely stone, 
thee dfc^) 

"2"* "iff 

{imperf, 1st. p. plu.) eml Qtr^i 
we surely shall stone 

(we surely shall stone 
theef £&% ) 

ye stone (imperf 2 p.m, ph.) 
(ye stone me oyr'J ) 

Caution : The ^ in oyr'J 

is a short form of (i|) 
pronoun. 

Ji 

(pact. pic. m. ptu.) accfaji-^ 
those who arc stoned 

to guess (v.n.) ^4-j 

shooting stars (ph. n.) f Jsr j 
214 



man {opp. woman) (a.) ^)tj 

And if We had him an angel, 
We would certainly have 
made him a man. [6:9] 

two men (n. dual) {jfcrji oSbrJ 
plu. of t£j<D £*.} Btj 

Men are overseers over wo- 
men. [4:34| 

{see Jid. P. 5,». 73) 

plu. of *&} or *J*V (2) 
walker on foot (Rgh.) 

And proclaim thou among 
mankind, they shall come 
walking on foot. [22:27] 

And if you fear then (pray) 
on foot or riding. [2:239] 



* r c J 



<to stone (1) iv.ti.i *J?)\ 

to stone 

<t0 guess (2) 

to guess, surmise 

to throw off, to (3) 
shoot, to curse 



TU 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J£ J 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN 



f £«> 



Thou can defer whom thou 
wilt of (hem and take unto 
thee such as thou wilt. 

[33:51} 

f/wef. pic. m. $/ng.) jr^ 
one hoped for 

(pad. pic. pfu.>h} OyrZf 
those who rtc kept awaited 

defer (or) put (h><Cperate} rj\ 



off 



m^Mi 



And *hey said : put him and 
his brother off. [7:111) 



• v c 



fperf. 3 p./. ling.) £j-3 
<£*■»* become wide 

to be m tde. spacious (plate) 

And the earth, wide as it is, 
straitened unto you. [9:2 5] 

welcome <t. ifrit.) fc>' 

No welcome for them. 

[38:59] 



* ■* c 



pure wine (or/. ^ /)if. fl.J *j£J 

T \o 



We had made them shooting 
stars for the Satan. [67:5] 

(ffer* />tc. adj.) V?J 
one thrown off with curse ' 









Then get thee forth there- 
from; verily thou are 
damned (cursed). [15:34] 



borders (plu. h.) %.$ 
(sing, £j border— Rgh.) 

And the angels shall be on 
the borders thereof. 

[69:17] 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) £■'}. 
< '--'hopes, expects 

to hope, expect, hope for 

And he hopes the mercy of 
his Lord, [39:9] 

(imperf, 3 p.m. plu. J d}*£ 
they expect 

(imperf 2 p.m. ptu.) ^yt-'} 

you expect 

jt 

(imperf. 2 p.m sing.) rV {jr'j 
thou defer (or put off) 



215 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^—w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f C J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



{imperf. 3'p.m, sing,) (nom.) **-'/. 
he will be merciful 

Those ! Allah will surety 
show mercy to them. 

[9:7 I] 

Belike your Lord may yet 
have mercy on you. [ 1 7:8] 

They said if our Lord have 
not mercy on us, [7:149] 



(imperf. 2 p. sing.) 
thou shows mercy 

(peraie. 2 p.m. sing.) 
have mercy I 

you arc (pip. 2 p. pht.) 
(or will be) shown mercy 



f~' 



p*"J« 



mercy («.) i^j 
affection {n.) Zi- j 

One better then he in piety 

and closer in affection. 

[18:81] 

{pk. of JUj womb) ^Cjl 
wombs 

most merciful {tialhe) %-$ 

(act. pk. rti. ptu.J &r\}\ 
those who are merciful 

216 



• J 



<pack (».) *y-J 

to depart from one place 
and to go to another, 
migrate 

^i^a^i^ 

He placed the dnnking-cup 
in his brother's pack. 

1 J 2:70] 

packs {plu. n.) JWj 



• r c 



{perf. 3 p.m. sing.) f»-J 
< '"whas mercy 



,- i-» - *- 



4*V J **J fj- ffi"J 

to have mercy on, have 

compassion upon, pity. 

he has mercy on him ^>j 

he has mercy on us C>J 

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) ^>j 

thou had mercy .->*■- 

thou had mercy on him *-^j 

(per/. 1st p.ptu.) OVj 
we have mercy 
Caution: C^-J is 1st. p. plu., 

we have mercy ; t^"j ■* 
Jn/. p. i/wg, attached to 

( V ) pronoun, he has 

mercy on us, 



TVA 



«-u5La ^oV jl C j i n J.o.it a . _jj 01^3^33^3 £j£L05 P5^° 'C )- cr*** L>^'^5 JjV^ £&aa 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



* * J 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN 



ft J 



Then We subjected to him 
the wind, it ran gently by 
his command, [38:3 6] 



EU 



support (n.) hj_ 

So send hiivi with me as a 
support. [28:34] 



fperf. 3 p.m. sing.) assim. SJ 
<<-*jgavc back, (to return, 
to refer) fa J /j m %j 

(O)ljJV* Jfi^ J 
to send hack, turn back, 
reject, refuse, repel 

l'*- 
(perf. 3 p.m. p!u.} assim. v>J 

they gave back 

{per/, 1st. p. ph.) assim. fwj 
we return back 

assim. Jj/Ji (ace.) ljJ./> 

they give (imperf. J p.m. ph.) 
back, Teturn, refer 



-** 



(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) 
we give back, return, refer 



(pp. 3 p.m. ptu.) assim. Ija j 
they were returned, taken 

back 
r\v 



And Thou art Most Merciful 
of merciful. [7:151] 

And Thou art the best of 
the merciful ones. [23:1 18] 

■^ » — 
(act. 2 pic J ft, adj.) *f£j 

merciful 

compassionate jL^-J 

Note: ^ and p^ 

are names or epithets 
applied to God; the for- 
mer ( £r*"^ ) is consi- 
dered as expressive of 
intensiveness — agreeable 
with, analogy, — may be 
rendered as the Merciful. 

They are both names or 
epithets formed to denote 
intensiveness of significa- 
tion, from OU*-j such as 

> "M {Jid. LL) 
the compassion (v. mim.) i^^' 



< gently (.adj.) I„£j 
to be soft, relaxed, flaccid, 



217 



am^s jj^F jl CJ±a JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJJ-o ^—-^ ^3-0)^3 JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



*-* > 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



> > J 



C$j <occ. iplj 

(act. pic. m.pht.) 
those who hand over some- 
thing, those who bring 
back (the nun. of plu. is 
dropped) 



ft— 
V 



(n. for place or time) 
returning place, return (also 
used in the sense of a 
verbal mim). 

(pact. pic. sing.) ^'/^ 
avoidable, made to return 

(pact. pic. plu.) o jjjj^? 
avoidable, made to return 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing J Z>iJ 
< to be close behind 

to follow, come behind, ride 
behind 



'(J** 



>."&* T£ 



&£ 



Belike close behind you is 
some of that which ye 
may hasten on. [27:72] 

(act, pfc, f. sing.) aJ^}\ 
one that comes after another ** 
without break, follower 

There will follow it (after 
the earthquake) the next 
(blast.) [79:7J 

218 



1 *■* 
(pp. 3 p.f. sing.) assim. ojj 

>-wwas returned 



(pp. 1st. p. pht.) assim. oj$j 
I was returned 



h 



(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) assim. 
<-^<is (or will be) taken back, 
referred, given back 

(pip. 3 p.tn. ph.) OJjjC 
they are (or will be) driven 
back 

(pip. 2 p.m. piu.) cjij 
you will be taken(driven)back 

(imperf. 3 p.m. pat.) v ttj*»ji 
they waver, (they are tossed 
to and fro) (Jid.) 

(perf. $ p.m. sing.) viii jjjl 
---get back (to one's previous 
state) 



C0I 



(perf. 3 p.m. dual.) nit 
the twain followed back 

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) viii 
they returned, went back 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii 
gets (comes) back 

(perate neg. m. phi.) 1>J«/ * 
return not, (do not go back) 

taking back, (v.it.) 3 J 
restoration 



& 



bringing back (act. pie.) 






TVA 



am^s (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^-w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 &&£>■*& 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Ji 



VOCABULARY OF THE HQLV QURAN 



V» 3 J 



(imperf, 2 p.m, sing.) iv ^'J 
thou caused to perish (or 
to rujn) 

He said : By Allah, thou hadst 
well nigh causcdest me to 
perish. [37:561 - 

Note : The nun, of tfVjJ 
is personal pronoun f.e. 
a short from of J . 

they cause 55 to perish 

that they may cause them^jj^J 

to perish 

(perf. 3 p.m sing.) v 
f*-i perish 

And his substance will avail 
him not, when he peri- 
sheth. {91\\\\ 

(Ap-der. f. sing.) "tis'JVi 
the tumbled i.e. an animal 
killed by a fall 






• J 



<[lhc meanest one (efoiive) Jj ,1 
to he mean 

And of you are some who 
arc hro ught to the meanest 
or age. 116:70] 



(m. pfu. «v.< ap-der.) CJ*>f 
comers one after another, 
each following another 

Verily J am about to succour 
you with a thousand or 
angels rank in rank (who 
will come down conti- 
nously). [&;9J 



* f 



a rampart (n.) ace, \„)j 
to All up 



i$ J j 



(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ^yj 
<thou perish 

to die, perish 

mft& t* 

So let not him who helicvcth 
not in it, and followeth 
his own desire, keep thee 
away form ii. Jest thou 
perish. [20:16] 

{perf. 3 p.m. sing.) rV ^Sjl 
has ruined 



(has ruined you 



faJ 



) 



219 



aaaIs (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ '0°3^ cr 4 *' l>#LH3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



C^ J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



3 J 



{imperf 3 p.m. sing.) Jj^ 
he provides 

(imperf, 2 p.m. sing.) j£' r 
thou provide 

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.} fe'J 
we provide 

(perate 2 p. m. sing.) jjjl 
provide I, may thou provide ! 

may thou provide us ! fcijjl 

k*f * • 
(perate, 2 p.m. phi.) /y j jl 

(you) provide I 

'■* j 

(pp. 3 p.m. plu.) \j$ j 

they were provided 

(pp. 1st. p. plu.) Ci3j 
we were provided 

(pip. 3 p.m. pht.) 5 jij^ 
they are provided 

(pip. 2 p. dual.) Jij'J 
you (twain) are provided 

provision (n.) Jjj 



providers 



(act. pic, m. plu.) {pj'j 



meanest ones 

And wc behold not that any 
follow thee except the mea- 
nest of us, (by) an im ma- 
ture opinion, {U:27j 

(S. pki. of £ *f ) ypji 

They said ; Shall wc believe 
in thee when the meanest 
follow thee ? [26: 111] 



• i 3 






Thou art the best of provi- 
ders. [Sill 41 

the provider (extensive n.) Jljj 
of livelihood 

f * t ^ J 1 

(act. pic. m. phi.) J^Ql 
< firmly grounded people 
fin knowledge) 

220 



(petf. 3 p.m. sing.) Jjj 
provided, gave, bestowed 

(o)kL S& J53 < 

to provide 

necessaries of life 

( good), grant, bestow 

he provided me IjfUj 

he provided you '£i\j 

he provided them '£tjj 

(perf, 1st. p. pht.) Cijj 
we have provided 

we have provided him »l_3 _)j 
we have provided them 'i\j jj 

i. -'-- 

we have provided you "5\-ijj 



tt. 



~^&a jjV jl C*£a J.o.i.t t t. _jj 01^3^3^= £j&u03 £13-^0 '0°>° cr*** L>^'^5 JjVi Am 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



u* J 



VOCABULARY O* THB HOLY 0,URAN 



C tr J 



• J 



*s J 



to be firm, stable 



f/wr/. ip.«, sing.) iv J-ji 

to send ^JCj^ "jJjl 

(per/. 3 p.m. plit.) H I JL» jl 
they sent 

0*r/. .*/>./. sing.) iv cX-ji 
she sent 

f"/v/, /j/ p. piu,) iv Ul-ji 
we sent 

( imperf. 3 pm. sing.) iv Jpj, 

he sends 

*\ '* 
{imperf. I si. p. pin.) iv Jf ,/ 

we send 

{epl imperf. 1st. p. pht.) iv Q~j& 
we surety wilt send 

I shall never (neg. ace.) ^;J' <y 
send 

send ! {per ate iv) ^J-ji 

send him with us V_"j- *L- j' 

** *V 
then (you people) send me. UjL^ j* 



ife* 



Note : The final nun in J 

is short form of of a 

personal pronoun, not of 
plural. 

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.} iv "J- jl 
he was sent 

(pp. 3 p. phi.) iv I j]U j\ 
they were sent 



Those who are firmly groun- 
ded in knowledge. f3:7J 



* lT i^ ■> 



Rass (n. for place) ^}\ 

(Rass is the name of a coun- 
try in which a part of the 
tribe of Thamud resided. 
According to an opinion 
quoted in Tajitt 'Urus, 
Rass, was a town in 
Yamamah. Ibn Kathir has 
observed that it meant a 
well, and it is said that they 
were a people who threw 
their prophet into a well. 
A.M.Daryabadi observes : 
(Rass was) proabably a 
town in Yamamah, where 
a remnant of Thamud ites 
had settled. In the mod- 
ern maps of Arabia, Rass, 
or Ra$ t is placed in Wadi 
Rumma, in the district of 
Qasim, {Let. 26" N. and 
long. 43 £.). Doughty 
referring to another place, 
to says it is 'nigh er-Rusat 
the Wady - er-Rummah : 
where are seen wide ruins 
and foundations. (Travel 
in Arabia Deserta, If, p. 
388) 



221 



aaaIs (JjV jl CjLo Jxjui-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ P$**a ^o^ cr ^ ij^Jj^s JjV^ <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J ^ J 



VOCASULARV OF THE HOLY QURAN 



<S -> 



portions of the mane of 
the horse; or the meaning 

is, sent forth <JjJX\ it., 

with beneficence, or benefit. 
(Jid.>LL) 



-k J u- 



(fwr/. 3 p.m. sing.) iv ^.jl 
<~ established SS firmly 

to be firm, stable, immovable 

! 4 — ^utjJ'j 

And the mountains 1 He 
established them firm. 

179:32] 

firm mountains 

firmly (art. pic./, sing ) JyC\j 

fixed, immovable 

(pht. of ii*IJ) 

And cauldrons standing firm 
(which could not be re- 
moved from their place,! 
134:13] 

{n. for place) ^.*J- 
anchorage < I ) 






dill 



la the name of Allah be its 
course and its anchorage. 

[11:41] 

222 



I am sent (/jr. p. ring.) iv c-L-j\ 
or was sent 

I have surely preached unto 
you that wherewith I was 
sent to you. (11:57] 

(pp. 2 p.m. plti.) iv *J*? J' 

you are sent, (or} you were 

sent 

"* '\ 
(pp. 1st. p. phi.) iv LJ— ji 

we are sent 

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) *^*j. 
"«is being sent, is sent 

message (».».) iiU. j 

messages (phi. of 3Cj) O jUj 

(nam.) *4%'J < \%"> 

senders (ace. gen.) C^ i /' 

(ap-der.f. sing.) 3^/ 
sender (woman) 

the wind ( gfc£ ) &§£$ 
sent forth 

By the winds sent forth with 
beneficence. [77:1] 

Note : It is a metaphorical 

phrase from the J^ of 

horse, meaning by the 
angels or the winds, that 
are sent forth consecu- 
tively, like the several 



TTT 



iw&d ^oV jl C j i n J.o.i.t a . ji 01^3^33^3 $y±A$ P5^° 'Oij 6 cr^ C>*i^ji3 lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



*J* J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



3 J> J 



right direction (2) 

Or whether their Lord inten- 
deth for them a right 
direction, [72:10] 

benefit (3) 

Say : verily I owe not for 
you (power of) hurt nor 
benefit. [72:21] 

rectitude (v.n.) lli^l 

{act. pic. m. phi,) jjjkil J\ 
men of rectitude 

fw(. 2 pic.) oli j 
a right-minded man, a man 
of rectitude, rightly-direc- 
ted 






ii 



Js there not among you any 
man right-minded? 

[11:78] 



And the commandment of 
Fir'awn was not rightly- 
directed [11:97] 

(Ap-der. iv, m. sing.) JLt^» 
a director (to the right path.) ~ 



< watching, (v.n.) 1j£ j jj^j 
tying in wait 



arrival (2) 

They question thee of the 
hour, when wili its arrival 
be? [79:42] 



(Jmperf. 3 p.m. pktjuji^^ 
< they follow the right gui- 
dance 

USj 4i^ Jij j ilj, jLi J 

to follow the 

right way, be well-guided 

ft 
discretion (1) (v.n .} xijl 

i.e., maturity of intellect, 
capacity to manage one's 
a Hairs 

Then if you perceive in them 
a discretion. [4:6] 

rectitude, (2) 
directive knowledge 

Of that which thou hast 
taught a directive know- 
ledge. [18:66] 

right course (1) (n.) (TjiS) jlTjI 






And prepare for us a right 
course. 118: 10? 



rrr 



223 



am^s ijjV jl CJ±a JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <<jJJ-o ^^* C>-^'^3 lPV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



C J* J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J U* J 



to stick together, compact 



• t ** J 



(/wr/. J p./. sing.) iv 4a— >jl 
<she suckled 

*Vj / l**j j^ji *J»j 

to suck the breast 

(pre/, J p.f. plu.) (>>jl 
they suckled 



Then if they suckSc (their 
children) for you, 165,6] 



And your foster mothers 

(who have suckled you), 

[4:23] 

(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) iv p*?j 
she suckles 

# .{- 
she shall suckle £^?j**» 

(imperf. J p,/. p/«.y f* i3**ji 
they suckle 

(perate, 2 p.f. sing.) ^?jl 



suckle ! 



* ■ M 

suckle him ! ju*f j> 



- i* 'T, 



{imperf. 2 p.m. pfu.) x 
you seek suckling (for your 
children) 

224 



(j)lj-»j JU*j!. JL*J 

to watch, watch for, lie in 
wait for 

But he who tries to listen 
now finds a flame lying in 
wait for him. [72:9] 

a lurking place (v.n. >iw) 'jlijj 
ambush («. for place) jl*^* 

And sit in wait for them in 
every ambush. [9: 5 J 

(Ambuscade is the hiding of 
troops for the purpose of 
a sudden surprise attack 
—Jid.) 

(n. for instrument used iC*^t 
as a n. of place) ambuscade 

Verily the hell is ambu- 
scade. f78:2l] 
(The angels whereof are lying 
in a watt for the guilty 
— Jid.) 



fOUtf®. 



Verily thy Lord is an ambu- 
scade. (Where he watches 
the doings of the wicked 
—Jid.) (89:14) 



! ' * O* a" 



(pact. pic. m. sing, adj.) ^y*^ 
well compacted 



rti 



iw&d jjV jl C j i n J.o.i.t t t. ji 01^3^3^= $y±A$ P5^° 'Oij 6 cr^ Cyi^y.3 lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



a J* j 



VOCABULARY Or THE HOLY qURAN 



t^J 



prefer (4) 

They preferred to be with 
those who remained be- 
hind, [9:87] 

(per/. 2 p.m, pkt.) ^>J 
you are contented 



F*- 



%&$&$$ 



Are you contented with this 
world's lire? [9:38] 

Note ; The first letter ( ] ) 

is an interrogative particle 
not a prefix. 

(imperf. 3 p,m. ting.) £*% 
he p! eases, he choses 

he likes it for you 'ft *>ji 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) lj*j 
thou are pleased 

that thou may be pleased ^»j1 

thou are pleased )^ f 'J i *»ht'f 

with which thou like 

[imperf. 3 p.f. sing.} J* j 
(used Tor a groupl 

And the Jews will never be 
pleased withth.ee> [2:120] 

{imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) Oj^j. 
they like, they arc pleased 
with 

tto 



(ap-der. f. sing.) *^m^ 
a suckling woman 

suckling (n.) Ul/)\ 

(pfu. ofi^^) £z\'J.\ 
suckling women 



tf J° J 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) j*j 
<'*-is pleased (1) 
{ Ml',' - m. 1 .■-•-. - 

Vtr ) v >*± * ts*l \s*J- *rfJ 
to he pleased, satisfied, 
content 

(perf, 3 p.m. ph.) \^S*j 
Ihey are pleased 



Allah is well-pleased with 
them and they are well- 
pleased with Allah. 

[5:119] 
chosen (2) 



%&$$&&* 



And I have chosen for you 
Al-Islam as religion, 

[5:3] 

was eon tent (3) 

And if they were content 
with what Allah and His 
messenger gave them. 

[9:59} 



225 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-) Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w ^j>\ y>§ JjV<5 a£^kO 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



iS J* J 



VOCABULAltV Of TH1 HOLY QURAN 



<S J* J 



i "i 

(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) vi ^Jti y 

~ approved (I) 

And they intercede not except 
for whom He approved. 
[21:28) 

ehdosed (2) 

Then He discloseth not His 
unseen unto anyone except 
a messenger whom He 
chooses. [72:26-7j 

(act. 2 pic, adj.) ^jj 
acceptable 

*.* t- 

(act. pic, f. ti»g.) ***)j 

well- pleased 

** — *** 
(pad. pic, f, sittg.) <->•* 

well-pleasing, approved out 

Return unto thine Lord well- 
pleased (and) well-pleasing, 
[89:28] 

fr *"* 

(pact. pic. m. sing.) £>•* 

approved one 

And he was with his Lord 
the approved one. 
{dpp. rejected one.) 

[19:55] 

*■- »- 

good-will (v. it. mim.) IkfrS 

226 



(imperf. 3 p.f. pin.) <£>j- 
thcy (women) may be pleased 

nam. dj*j ace. *j*j 
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) 
you choose, like, are pleased 
with 

among those whom <ij*'J jf, 
you choose 



%um 



They will swear to you that 

you may be pleased with 

(hem. But if you arc 

pleased with them, Allah 

is not pleased with (he 

transgressing people. 

[9:96} 

T ***> 
(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) iv J^jt 

they please you 

< ^>>> <> \y* JL 

(imperf, 3 p.m. plu.) iv 
they please you or make you 

please 
(Note : The mm of plural is 

dropped due to idafa.) 

They swear by Allah to you 
to please you, [9:62] 

(per/. 3 p. m.phi.) iftjM/ 
they agree among themselves 

'llzJl ' 

(perf. 3 p.m. pkt.) vi f^ * 
you agree among yourselves 



rrn 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ p5^o <ijjyz cr ^> ^j\y^ JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



rftJ 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QJJRAN 



<S J> J 



* a £ J 



< thunder (a.) jp~)\ { jlj 
<t > - *-.- ■— 

to thunder / i\f »*■» - 



• %£ £ J 



r/«i/. J p.m. pht.) l_j*j 
<they tended , 

j te >* >J 

to have regard to, 

tend, rule, pasture, graze 

They tended it not with its 

due tendance. [57:27] 

(perate. 2 p.m. pht.) jpj\ 
pasture 

Est and pasture your cattle. 
[20:54] 

(perate. m. sing.)\^\ j 
give ear to us, listen 

(us: pronoun K + £J ) 

fact. pic. m. phi.} ( f>£j ) Ojpl J 
care-takers, observers (of du- 
ties, trusts etc.) 

(pht. of J£lj shepherd) it"/ 
shepherds 

rrv 



agreement (v.«.J ti"*V 
pleasure (n.) ul>>j 



* v -L 



< fresh («.) £jij 
to be fresh 

Nor out of fresh or dry is in 
Book luminous. [6:5 9] 

fresh dates (n.) tSj 

It shall drop on thee dates 
fresh and ripe. (19:25] 



• V t J 



< terror (1) (n.) ^fi)\ 
to frighten, be frightened 



We shall cast a terror into 
hearts of those who dis- 
believe. [3:151] 

awe (2) 

And thou wouldst surely 
have been filled with awe 
of them. [18:18} 



227 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w j^)^^ JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



tU 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



^Cj 



longing (f.n.) i_J>j <iacc. Ltj 

(tteupk. m. ring. J (^) £Mj 



averse 



Art thou averse to my gods, 
O Ibrahim? [19:461 

{act. pic. m.pfu.) - JJI_ h'ti^j 
beseechers (sing.) ^ij 

Verily we are unto our Lord 
beseechers. [68:32] 



<plenteously (t.n.) ace. \Sj 

k.J) ^J J*jt Jf J 
to Live m ease and affluence 
(life), to eat plentifully 



* f i 



(n.p.t.) ace. l^-l^ 
< refuge, (Jld.) wide way 
to follow (Agh.), a place 
of escape (ftf.) 

to break Hi \j>\s "^ilj < 

away in anger 

to be humiliated 
228 



pasturage (n. for place) ^^ 
(for the cattle) 



* V £. J 



{impcrf. 3 p.m. sing*)- gi* - <^*ji 

< «*- is/will be averse 

(ur) ^J 4*y" v*J 
to desire, long tor ( [j ), 

to have no desire ( jV ), 

to supplicate ( j|l ), 

to prefer - jjp « t-* - tl#j 
one thing to another 

And who shall be averse 

from the faith of Ibrahim. 

[2:1301 

(impetf 3 p.m. phi.) 
they prefer 



iS&fgkl'gS 



They should prefer not them- 
selves before him. [9:120] 

(imperf. 2 p.m. piu.) j>*/ 
you desire 



attend 



fperatt. m. sing.) ^t'J 



And unto thy Lord, attend. 

mm 



TTA 



«-u5La ^oV jl C*£a J.o.it a . _jj 01^3^33^3 iji^3 P5^° 'C )- cr*** L>^'^5 JjV^ £&AA 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



ey j 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OUR AN 



19 J j 



s> 


J 


iJ 


J 


cushions 


(rt.) *J^J 


• 


t 


Jt 


J 



(per/ - , i p.m. Jiffg.) £0 
< '^raised 

to raise, hoist 



(per/. 1st p. phi.) tij 



we raised 



Jr.- 



(impetf. 3 p. m. smg'J pijt 
raises 

{imperf. 1st. p. pbt.) **j 



we raise 



(pip. 3 p. f. sing.) £*/ 
be exalted ^* 

(perate. neg. m. plu.) \'y*J * 
raise not 

(act. pic. m. sing.) «ilj 
raising, lifting 



<*.-. 



(act, pic. /. sing.) <J*| J 
exalting 

(act. 2 pic. m, sing.) MJ 
lofty one 

* > J " ■* 
elaveted one 

(/wc(. pic. f. sing.) %#jjyi> 
elavated one (/.) 



• ^i ^i 



anything crushed (n.) ace. V»j 
to pieces and fragments 

to break in pieces 



* * .3 



sexuality (I) (.»■) *iij 

(j)ti'; £lx*J;< 

to have sexual conduct, to 
use immodest speech 

Allowed unto you, on the 
night of fasts, is to go un- 
to your wives. [2:187] 

lewdness (2) 

There is no lewdness, nor 
wickedness, nor wrangling 
during the pilgrimage. 

[2:197] 



• i wi j 



a present (n.) ''mj\ 

to make a present 

(pact. pic. m. sing,) iji^ll 
present one 






229 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-o _jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ '0°3^ cr 4 *' l>#LH3 JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



«J> O J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HQLY Q.URAN 



J 1-* J 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) v £j jv' 
looks about 

And in the morning he was 
in the city fearing and 
looking about. [28: IS] 

(perate. m. sing.) viii <1**jS 
wait thou t 

(perate. m. phi.} rtfi \ jJ* j\ 

you wait ! 

(Ap-der. m. pht.) vffl J jJS,/' 
they arc waiting 

{act. pic. m. sing,) ZJJ J 
watcher 

neck (1) (n.) ijj 

me la. a bound (2) 
person, stave 

necks (n. p. b.) i»»j 



i J j 



sleeping (v. re.) *yj 
. J IjlJj i*ji JL*j 

to go to sleep 

sleeping place, {n. p. t.) ZJ^ 
grave 



+ ij J J 



d 



parchment (n.) J j 



* J *-> 



(act. 2 pic. m. liflg.^ ace. Ui j 
companion 

to accom- Hi <_Sl~* Jilj < 
pany one 

to be useful 

easy arran- (n. «»«,) .tfrr. UiJ-* 
gement 

(/iVi. a thing by which one 
profits or gains advantage 
or benefit— LL) 

f "j j 

resting {n.p. /.<nn) ore, UiV* 

place 

<elbows (n. m/j. ^. ft.) j»£» 

(jing.) ^^ 



it t* <J 



(imperf. 3 p. m. plu.) OjSji 
< they guard (i.e., respect) 

to watch, observe, guard 

They respect not either kin-- 
ship or agreement in a 
believer, [9: 1 0] 

as above ' 

(imperf. mg. 2 p.m. ting.) *l*j '} 
thou has not guarded 



230 



rr. 



~^&a jjV jl Cfc Ao J.o.it a . a ji 01^3^33^3 ^^AaA5 f 5^0 'C )- cr**' 6-^'^3 JjVi Am 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



w a j 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



f J J 



(*/. J p.m. pfa.) Wn I ji'jJ, 
let them ascend 

mounting, ascending (p,».) 






{act. pie. m. sing.) jlj 
charmer f/KJ ascender (Jtgk.) 

And it is said : who will 

ascend with it (or who is 

the charmer or physician), 

[75:271 

Note : The word ijlj is 
an active participle from 

lJjv "i|j that means to 
ascend. If i| j is verbal 

noun the meaning of the 
verse will be 'who can 
ascend with him to the 
heaven/ i.e., who can 
assist him in this moment 
and go with him. If the 

verbal noun is a1*j the 
meaning of the verse will 
be 'who is or where is the 
charmer or physician that 
can avert the doom.' 



6 



(per/. 3p.m. dual) \Sj 
<they twain embarked 

to ride, (y}\t jfj Q»'j. ^Sj 

embark, mount on horse- 
back 



• f J 



(act. 2 pic. m. slug.) »iO 
inscription, lift, a table of " 
lead 

Or, thinkest thou that the 
Companions of the Cave 
and inscription were of 
Our wouderful signs. 

mm 

Note : See the details about 
the people referred to in 
this verse in Jid. P. IS m\. 
300-301. 

fact. pic. m. phi.) \f$ 
written one 



•k j J 



<collor-bone (n.p.b.) "J^ 
(sing.) iy'J 



t tf j 



(imperf. 2 p.m. ring,) tyj 
thou ascend 

(as RF. tiii £jTjl ) 
to ascend, rise 



231 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ ^5^0 <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 £&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



j4 



VDCABULAKY OF THE HOL¥ QJIRAN 



^ *) 



to cause u DT£ < c3fj 

one to ride, to set one- 
thing upon another, com- 
pose, mix, construct 

band of horsemen or (n.) CJt'}' 1 
riders on camels, ten or 
more in number, caravan 

riders {n. p. b.) jU j 

(sing.) tS}j 

camel (n.p.) ZJ€j 

< riders (». p.) Jtft 

ridden, caroet </t.) Z>'}5 

{Ap-der.y*h, m. sing.) Z£\~j* 
ridden one on another (close' 
growing) 



13 



<at rest, tran~ {», />.*.) iS'ljJ 
quit, stable 

<<islng.) *jf\'j 

to stop, (j) T^ '_£> t^j 

to be calm, to be kept 
stable 



il 



low sound, whis- (>.) «c<\ 1 jf j 
per 

> (a)fftft$i 

to plant, fix in (the ground) 
232 



they embarked 

(imperf, 3 p.m. pin.) 5J5*£ 
they ride 

(imperf. 2 p.m. pla.} 5>T/ 
you ride 

(rf. 2 p.m. phi.) n.d. V^'ji 
you may ride 

{epl. 2 p.m. pW cTjS 
surely you ride 

Surely ye shall ride layer 
upon layer. (Jid.) [84:19] 

(i.e., (O mankind !) your 
existence is not fixed or 
stationary ; you must be 
ever-changing, growing, 
journeying from the state 
of the living to the dead, 
and from the state of the 
dead to a new state of 
life in the next worSd. The 

preposition (j* here is 

synonymous with JLaT and 

^y» j& £j» is equivalent 

to jj,£ JuT % £ 
( Rz~QX " 

(perate. m. sing.) ^S'j\ 
(thou) embark ! 

(perate. IK, p!u.) I^Jjl 
(you) embark ! 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing. ) it Cfj 



'Constructed 



rrr 



■->-u5vo (jjV jl C*io Jxjui-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Oil 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN 



o- 4 J 



(perate. f. sing.) tjfj\ 
(thou /.) bow down ! 

(act. pic. m. sing.) ace. ^3 
one who bows down 

gen. gJ ace. \£$ 

those who (act. pic. m.pA.) 
bow down 

{sing.) '$'■> 

gen, q£\j nom. jjXl} 

(act. pic. m. ph.) 
those who bow down 



4 



(imperf 3 p. m. ting.) ace. f i£ 
< '-"makes a heap 

to heap up, ( o) Bj ^J -fj 

bring together 

a heap {n.) aw. ^fe'J 

(/Wl. pic. m. sing.) *e'$Zf 
piled up 



*J 



(imperf. 2 p.m. sing. ) *$j 
<thou leaned 

to lean upon, rely upon, trust 

(perate. neg. m. phi.) IjS's *$ 
you lean not 

court ( 1) (n.) ^5 j 

iitt. the firm part of a thing 
on which it rests, support, 
pillar, corner-stone 

Trr 



6 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) ft* ^i j* 
<«— reverted 

( u) Uj ali ^ 

to upsei, overturn, subvert 

fjp, i p.m. pht.) iv 1 J^5*jl 

they were reverted 



• ^ 4 



(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) Oj& j. 
< they flee, they are fleeing 

(a) 6fc Jfc jTj 

to run, urge, to strike heavily 
with foot 

* 4. 

(*WM«. m. sing.) jSj\ 

strike (heavily) 

(perate. neg. m. pht.) \^£j 1 
run not, do not flee 



4 



(imperf. 3 p,m. ptu.)o'j"S- 
<they bow down 

to bend to the ground to 
bow down 

they bow not down OjA'j. * 

(perate. m. plu.) \yS j\ 
(you) bow down ! 



233 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-) Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO i^u^ ^-.^ ^0)^5 JjV<5 *5j?« 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



*J * J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY Q.URAN 



Cf 



r 



* r f j 



decayed 



{act. 2 pic. m. sing.) sf^ 



* U f j 



pomegranate M o\*)\ 



~k iS f j 



: 



(perf, 3 p. m. sing.} w.v. ,jj 
— threw 

(i^)*»i s \*j us t/j 

to throw, hit by throwing, 
blame, to cast on 

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) w.v. o**5 
thou threw 

{imperf. 3p.m. sing.) w.v., fd f jr. 
■-^throws, casts 

{imperf. 3 p.f. sing.} w.v. ^y 
^throws 

(imperf. 3 p.m. pfu. ) w.v. j J* j, 
they blame, cast 



• V 



(imperf, 3 p.m. piu.) JjijC 
<Lhey dread 

s,<- - r *■* * ■*•- *-■— 

to fear, 



S <«»<#' 



**t.jfe 



7 hen he trurned away with 
his court. [51:39] 

support (2) 

Or could betake mc to a 
powerful support. [1 1:80] 



* c f -> 



< lances, spears (it. p. ft. > £**J 

9 ■ ■ 



(sing.) %^,'j 



* ' f 


J 


ashes (n.) 


*f - 


# j f 


J 



< indication by (v.w.) acc,\jpj 
sign (with the eye, lips, or 
hand) 

O) V*J •*.£ ^J 

to make a sign to, indicate 
by a sign 



• J- f J 



Ramadhan (the ninth (n.) jUi* j 
month of Islamic calendar, 
the month of fast) 



1H 



rvi 



~^&a jjV jl C j i n J.o.it a . _jj 01^3^3^= ^^AaA5 P5^o t^o^ ^-w ^J^.S lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



-> » J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



^ * J 



{imperf 3 p.m. sing,) jJ^T 
<~ covers, will cover 

to approach, to overtake, 
cover 

(imperf, 3 p.f. sing.) J^'J 
< '"-covers, will cover 

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ,v j*"£ 
causes burden, imposes upon 

** A 

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) iv J»jl 
I shall impose upon, I 
shall cause burden 

(perate. neg. m. sing.) ^*'J *i 
do not impede burden 

evil disposition (v.n.) ^ij 



c 



• j 



{act. 2 pic.m. sing.) "J^j 
a pledge 

to leave a pledge with some 
one 



a pledge 



(act. 2 picf. sing.) 






* 



taking a pledge (v.n.) jUj 



< motionless (sea) (v.n.) 



J*J 



»> ; &. is 



to go slowly 

rro 



(perate. m. plu.) lj>jl 
<be dreadful 

you dread me 



w 



And Me (alone) you should 
dread. [2:40] 

{imperf 2 p. m. phi.) it bjj*j 
<you frighten 

b CUjl c*jl 

to make dreadful, frighten 



(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) x \£*j*'\ 
as they frighten 

Tear, dreadfulness, awiutaess 

< monks (n.p.b.) oQ*JI 

(JMU-) »t**J 
f.e. esoteric heads of religion. 

There were Christian monks 
as early as the 3rd century. 
The monks and the nuns 
were looked upon as the 
most consistent Christians, 
and were honoured accor- 
dingly. (Jid.,Ebr.V.p.676) 

(a relative adj. jlij ) ifj&J 
monkery, monasticjsm 



• J- * j 



group, company 



w ls~j 



235 



am^s (jjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <<jJj-o ,—w ij^)^3 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J 



VOCABULARY Of TH» HOLY QUI AM 



C ■> 






the soul of man ( 1 ) 

And they ask thee regarding 
the soul, say thou : the 
soul is by the command 
of my Lord. (17:851 

the possessor of (2) 

soul (in generic sense the 
singular standing for class) 

On the Day whereon the 

possessors of soul and 

angels will stand arrayed, 

(76:38] 

Gabriel, the (3) 

angel of revelation 



The angels and Gabriel des- 
cend. [97:4J 

the holy (comp-) j-oJtf 
spirit 

Note : Holy Spirit in Islam 
is not the 'third Person of 
Trinity,' but arch-angel, 
Gabriel, who was is jn 
constant attendance upon 
the Prophet Jesus and 
protected him — a mere 
mortal— from the wiles of 
his enemies. There is no 
trace in any verse of the 
Holy Quran of any speci- 
ally high rank being besto- 
wed on Jesus above other 

236 



C JJ 



* C 



[imperf. 2 p.m plu.) iv Jji/" 
you drive at evening 

(*)Ujj&X&j « 

to go or do a thing at evening 

Hit. evening breeze (1) (it.) £jj 
(a sort of comfort, mercy 
and bounty) 

£& ai*-3 it>W J* £»» 

(For him shall be) comfort 
and fragrance and garden 
of Delight. [56:893 

mercy, bounty, (2) 
gift 

And despair not of the mercy 
of Allah. Verily none 
despairs of Allah except a 
people disbelieving. 

[12:87] 

Note : Pickthal has trans- 

* »- 
latcd £jj by mistake as 

spirit, that is, £Jj (with 
dhamma upon the first 

a I, 

red i cat), not qJj (with 

/at ha upon it). The verse 
means : A man true of 
fatth never gives up hope 
in the mercy of Allah. 



rri 



1A4&A jjV jl C J i l i J.O.i.t a . ji C»lp$^$A $y±A$ P5^° 'Oij 6 cr^ Otfij^S lP^ A^M 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



* .» J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QUS A N 



c-*-> 



(imperf. 3 p.f. ting.) Hi SjlJT 
-^solicits 

(Imperf. 1st. p. ph.) Hi Zjly 
we solicit 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ft ^ 
< -^-wished, intended 



to wish. 



&31 

intend, desire 



IV 



vA 



(perf. 3 p.m. dual,) ft \l\$ 
they (twain) intended, wished 

(per/. 3 p.m. phi.) ft Ijiljt 
they intended, wished 

('per/ 3 p.f. plu.) iv J^f 
they (f.) intended, wished 

(per/ 2 p.m. phi,) ft ^j j| 
you intended, wished 

(perf. 1st. p. pht.) ft £l ~^ 
we intended, wished 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ft JhJ_ 
** intends, wishes 
used also as an auxiliary 

verb as : 

It is about to fall down. 

1 18:771 

(imperf. 3 p.m, sing.) juss. $J m 
intends, wishes 

(imperf. 3 p.m. dual.) \J?J M i jl Jw'jT 
they (twain) intend, wish 

(imperf 1st. p. sing.) j$ 
I intend, wish 

Trv 



prophets. He has simply 
his own place — a very 
honourable one, no doubt 
— in the long list of the 
messengers of God. 

The angel Gabriel quSI £y*J1 

who is entrusted with 
divine revelation 

evening journey (r.n.) rljj 

t *>\ - . 

\opp, jxi- morning journey) 



(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) Hi \%jfi 
<they solicited 

to ask one Hj\^ Hi Sj\j 

to do, prevail upon him 
by blandishment 

(perf. 3 p. f. ting.) Hi &&$,$ 

solicited 

He said : it is she who solici- 
ted me against myself. 

[12:26] 

u>*i\ ,j£ ISjlj signifies 
'she endeavoured to turn 
him by blandishment or by 
deceitful arts or to entice 
him to turn from the 
thing," (Jid.>LL\ 

(perf. 2 p.f. ph.) m SfjJSlj 
you (f.) solicited 

237 



am^s (jjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ p5^o <ijjyz cr ^> £y^\y$ JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



C* J 



VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY 0_U*AW 



J J J 



* f J J 



Romans, ByTantines (n.) f j^l 



• V ^ J 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) viii OVjl 
~ doubled 

to cast one into doubt and 
uncertainty, suspect 

(perf. 3 p. f- sing.} viii £Xj\ 
doubted 

(ptrf. 3 p.m. ph.) viii I jf.V jl 
they doubted 

(perf. 2 p.m. phi.) viii V^j j< 
you doubted 

( imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii tjV£ 
^doubts 

{imperf. 3 p.m.piu.) viii,ace. VjfijL 
they doubted 

{imperf. 2p.m. pht.)viii, ace, \ j*Kj 
you doubt 

doubt, suspect (h.) ZJ*j 

{Ap*der. m. sing.) iv Z*S 
arouser of suspicions, causing 
doubt 

(ap-der. m. .ting.) viii k^AT^* 
doubter 



(juts,) IjJ^ I OJ-^jt 

(imperf. 3 p,m, phi.) 
they intend, wish 

* ■ > 
(imperf. 3 p. f. phi.) iv jjjt 

they (f.) wish, intend 

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) iv J, J 
we wish, intend 

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) iv "SlJJ, 
^ is wished, intended 

for b while ,( panicle) ace. \^jj 
slowly, gently (according 
to the grammarians the 
word is a diminutive form 
of which verbal noun is 
not in use.) 



• C iS J 



wind (t) in.) &i 



* J* J 



3 



meadow somewhat (n.) U*jj 
watery j garden 

meadows some- (n.pki.) *ii\>jj 
what watery 

I * I jT l 

< alarm {*,) £jT}\ 

tofear,(o)VSj ^jj, £1} 
to be terrified 



* I J ■» i 



<r~ slipped 

to act styly (i.e., scoffingly) 



238 



TtA 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*** 'O ^ cr^ l>#LH3 lPV^ a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



O iS J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OJJRAN 



C J J 



fragrance, a bounty, (n.) ^Ge^l 
a gift of God 

(a synonym to 

subsistence {Jid.>LL) 





* J- iS -> 


adornment { 


i.e. t dress) (n.) ^fj 




* t, rf J 


al 


high place (n.) £.J 




* J i* J 



(/wj/. J /t.m, sing.) Jlj 
•—encrusted 

to be rusty, dirty 



And they run away with (hem 
with a goodly wind. 

[10:22] 

predominance (2) 

Lest ye flag and your pre- 
dominance depart, (8:46] 



smell (3) 






a 



Surely I feel the smell of 
Yusuf. (12:94) 



< winds («./>,&.) ^-li^li 



*¥* 



i"n 



239 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-o jj Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJJ-o ^--w j^)^^ JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



rf yi Juf 





• V j 


the bondme 
infernal j 

a/the glass 


n, (n. p.) i^tjl 
uards 


* E E J 






* j E 3 



0p, Jp.m. ring-) Wtf ^j--3j\ 
«»>was reproved 

lo obey an Interdiction, for- 
bidden 

to interdict, rebuke 

a deterrent (mi. nam.) viii jrij* 

•* i 

driving away (v.n.) J* j 

240 







the 


scum (a.) ^ ( t£5 




• J -» J 



<scriptures (fl.p.) jjj 

the divine (sing,) jjO 
writ revealed in parts by 
the Prophet Daud 

And verily it is in the Scrip- 
tures of the ancients. 

[26:196] 

<the lumps (a. p.) V J$ 

heavy pieces of (sing.) SjJ 
iron (Rgh,) 

Bring me lumps of iron. 

[18:96] 



XI 



-^-u5La jj^F jl C*io Jxjui-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 *5j?« 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t'J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY yURAN 



J£ > 



( t_*-j is an army, or a 

military force, marching 
little by little, or leisu- 
rely, or heavity, by reason 
of their multitude and 
force — LL) 



ornament (I) („,) ZjjSj 

When the earth took her 
ornaments {i.e., it is decked 
out in full beauty). [10:24] 

gold (2) 

Or there be for thee a house 
of gold. [17:93] 

gilded speech (3) 

{i.e., fair-seeming untruth 
and falsehood) 



• 


yi 


J 


J 


carpets {n, , 


9.) 


hh'j 


• 


t 


J 


j 



(imperf. 2 p. m. plu) O^tjj 
•<yoo shall sow 

to sow, plant, cultivate 

corn, cornfields (h.) £jj 
a sown corn, cultivable land, 
plant 



(drf. /tfc. /. pk.) ol^r^ 
those {/l who drive away 
{i.e., angels who are the 

drivers of the clouds. 

v ., . - 
the shout {*.) *>r j 

(The reference is to the 
second blast of the trum- 
pet.) 



* J z J 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv fe'j. 
Z '■-'Speeds up 

to push, speed up 

to stop, urge on gently 

(pis. pic. f. sing.) iv *<*rjf 
goods that are pushed out 
disposed of (i.e., goods of 
no value or of very little 
purchasing value) 



c J c j 



.. .-* 
(pp. 3p.m, sing.) qrl. £ j*-j 

<C' S removed 
to remove 5S _ jp _ p* j*-j 
form its place 

{act. pic. m. sing.) rj^i/' 
remover 



• ** 



marching slowly {t.n.) ace. \ir-^ 

241 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w j^)^^ JjV<5 *5j?« 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



*> «-> y 



VOCABULARY OF TKK HOLY QURAN 



J i 



to assert ( I ) 
something that may be 
true of false 

to assert (2) 
something false 

(per/. 2 p.m. sing,) 0^3 
thou asserted 

tf«v 

(perf. 3 p.m. phi} *lpj 

you asserted " 

(imperf. 3 p.m, pA*.) OjPy. 
they asserted 

(im/wif. 2 p. pA*.) Oj^j>" 
you Asserted 



o ■■ 



assertion (/r.) ~pj 



* j ^> J 



panting (acf, 2 p/c. /n. sing.) jgi j 

( Jfj) signifies the beginning 

or commencing part of 

crying, or braying of the 

in * j 
ass. app. J^ signifies 

the ending or final part 
thereof. — LL) 



•k s> *_» 



(fmperf. 3 p.m. pin. } a»im. 5 j# >~ 
<they hasten 

/ . \ r.*-- t±" *;- 

to hasten, y^} Iwj *->jt >->j 

to flap (the wing) 
242 



cornfields (it. p.) ?"JJJ 
sowers (n. p. 6.) p\fj 

(act. pic. m. phi.) OJp ji^ 
sowers, growers (i.e., the " 
causers of the growth) 



* J J J 



<blue(fl. adj.) Jjjj 
(s/«g.) iSjj j Jj^l 

And We shall gather the 

culprits on that day blear- 
eyed. {Jid.) [20:102] 



• J J J 



(imperf. 3 p.f 3ing.)(w.v.)vit gjiy 
< '-'-condemns 

to condemn, to despise, 
redicule 

to reprove, reproach 

Note : The ( o ) of the 
stem v/i'i is replaced with 

( i ) 



r 



* f t 



(perf. 3 p. ting.) p* j 
< -"^asserted 



TtT 



*m£j} ^oV jl C j i n J.o.it a . _jj 01^3^33^3 £j£L05 £13-^0 '0° >° cr*** L>^'-H3 JjVi £&9b0 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J & J 



VOCABULARY OI *HB HOLY O.URAN 



f JJ 



(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) it \jy 
thou cleanseth, purifieth 

{imperf. 3 m. p. phi.) it o'fy. 

they cleanse, purify 

t,^ - 
(ptrate. neg. n. phi.) \'f'y * 
justify not 



$&w& 



So justify not yourselves. 

153:32] 

praised himself.) (LL) 

Lift. 'He attributed to himself 
purity or clean line s$* Thus 

signifies 

'do not praise yourself or 
claim purity'. 

(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) v ~S~ m j 
mw purified himself 

{imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) v "S'St 
^ purifies himself 

[imperf. 3 p.m, sing.) J y, 
is cleansed 

Zakat 

And establish prayer and 
give the ZaVat. [2:43] 

Note: The V£j 0%$) 

word Hit. means purity and 
purification . and is a tech- 
nical term of the Islamic 
law that means: certain por- 
tion or amount of property 



• f 



3 



Zaqqutn (it.) fyj / ffy ] 
(Any deadly food ; the food 
of the people of the Eire 

or hell f'J^fi ijt? is a 
certain tree in hell (IK). 
A certain tree having small 
leaves, sticking and bitter 
found in Tihama.) (IX) 
The tree (in verse 37:62) is 
symbolic of the living 
conditions in the hell. 



i) 



(perf. 3 p.m. ang.) J j 
■<'-— 'was clean 

& 33 f (a) tiff & ft 

to be clean, grow, increase, 
be purified 

And had there not been the 
grace of Allah upon you 
and Hi$ mercy, not one 
of you would ever have 
been cleansed- [24:21] 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.} it ~Sj 
< -^cleansed 

to purify, clean 44, y JJ 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii •$'£. 
ckanseth, purifieth 

243 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijjyz cr ^> ^j\y^ JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



il > 



(aci, pic, m. sing.) ace. Uf j < j j 
pure 

That I may bestow on thee 
a boy pure. [19:19] 

(act. picf. sing.) Sf£j 
pure (i.e., innocent) 

sper£aftK 



He said : haste thou slain a 
person innocent . [1S:74J 

the purest (elatire.) JS^f 



<-«is shaken 

to shake %j$ yjy m 3$ 

(pp. J p.m. p/«.) V}-} J 
they were shaken 

shaking (f.u.) *]^j 
quake (n.) Vjjj 



* J J j 



Oer/ 2 p.m. ph.) ,0$ 

you slipped * 

to stumble, slip, / af ;j 
make a mistake Ku ^ * * J 

(ace. Zj $ ) %} 
may slip (imperf. 2 p. f. sing.) 
244 



that is given thereof as 
the due of God by its 
possessor to the poor in 
order that he may purify 
it thereby (LL). 

The payment of this religious 
due is obligatory provided 
that the property is of a 
certain amount and has 
been in possession for one 
luner year. The portion, to 
be given, varies according 
to the nature and amount 
of the property. Generally 
it is one-fortieth thereof 
i.e„ two and a half percent. 

The word *} j is translated 

as a Islamic tax, poor- 
due, poor-rate or charity 
but none of them renders 
the full meaning of the 
term. Thus, it is reason- 
able to use the term as 
such. 

purity, piety (2) 

So we intended that their 
Lord should change for 
the twain one better then 
he in piety and chosen 
affection. [18:81 J 

And tenderness from Our 
presence and purity. 

[19:13] 



Tit 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ SjJuq$ p5^o <<jJJ-o c ~^ ^j>\y>§ JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J 



f J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J J J 



Note : ^ j (sing.) is 'an 
arrow without a head and 

without feathers, ^jl 
arrows here allude to 
those divining arrows by 
means or which the Arabs 
in the time of ignorance 
sought to know what was 
allotted to them. They used 
to put them in a recep- 
tacle, and when one of 
them desired to make a 
journey, or accomplish a 
want, or when desired to 
perform some affair, he 
put his hand into that 
receptacle and took forth 
an arrow; and if the 
arrow upon which was 
'Command' came fourth he 
went ahead to accomplish 
his purpose, but if that up- 
on which was 'Prohibition' 
came forth he refrained, 
and if the black one came 
forth he shuffled them a 
second time.' 

Uid, LL, IK.) 



in troops 



f 



(ft. p.) ace. \j$& 






* J 



f J 



{Ap-der. m. sing.} via ^JTJLI 
wrapped 

Tto 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) it J_jl 
caused to slip 

iperf. 3 p. m. sing.) x JJUl 
caused to slip 



• ^ J 



fperf. 3 p.f. plu.) iv Qjjpl 
< we brought near 

to bring near, to cause to 
approach 

(a)3JS 3 1ft dbkdj << 

to advance 

(pp. 3 p.f. sing.) iv £%$ 
~is brought near 

(ft.) ace. uS3 
neighbouring (watches) 

* - ' J- 

pro* ima ting (n.) ace. <jiJj 
an approach (v.n.) lJj 



(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.} iv JjU'y. 
<they caused to stumble 

to cause to it fftf t| "d \j 

slip, stumble 

(J>)W&& « 
to stumble, slip 

slippery ace. fal^ (v.n.) J^Jj 



• f J 



arrows (n.p.b.) Mj*l 
(sing.) *ji 5 



245 



am^s (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ £.5*** 'O ^ cr^ 0-^'^3 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



£ J J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J^ 



to give Wjj U £J$ 

a woman in marriage, to 
conjoin, to classify in 
pairs, to unite with fellows 

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) it g_Jy, 
^conjoins 

(pp. 3 p.f. sing.) it «aJi-ji 
is paired 

And when the souls arc 
paired. (l.e., united with 
their fellows). [81:71 

wife (I) (*.» £J5 

And if you intend to rclpacc 
a wife by another. (4:20] 

husband (2) 

Untill she weds a husband 
other than he. [2:230] 

pair (3) 

And it growetb every luxuri- 
ant paii of growth (i.e., 
of every kind) [22:5] 

(n. dual.) ace. t^JTJj nam. oWJj 
man and woman, husband 
and wife, two kinds, pairs 

wives, husbands, (n.p.b.) r\jy 
pairs, kinds 

246 



3«>i > J*Jm. & is 

replaced by j then dup- 
licated by ShQddah (AK). 





• • • • 


1 -*". 

biting cold (n.) j.jfJ 




• • * • 



a certain plant called (n.) ^-^ 
Zanjabil that has good 
flavour, ginger 



• f J J 



(oc7. 2 p/c. m. j/flj.) *ftj 
base-born, claiming some* 
one else as his father 



~k <s 



-, fi. 



(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) w. v. jji*y 
< they commit adultery 

to commit adultery 

(imperf. 3 p.f. plu.) w.v. £ji ji 
they f/J commit adultery 

faff. pic. m. sing.)(fd.) $J < I|y! 
one who commits adultery 

(aef. ptc. p.f. sing.) OJj * <?)$ 

one f/".) vi ho commits adultery 



• £ J J 



(^er/. ft*, p. ptu.) ii GJ.J5 
<we wedded 



Tit 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^—-^ j^l^^ JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



*J J J 



VOCABULAMY OV TH» HOLY QURAN 



* J J 



(<?/. 3 p./. sing.) 
that may remove 



3535 
$5 



Ow/. ht. p. p/u.) a 

we caused spin 

i *F*- 
(per/. 3 p.m. ph.) v fjuj 

they were distinguished one 

from another (Jid.) 

decline (v.n.) J)j3 

Preceded by a (2) 
negative particle 

when verb tJlj per/. Jl^ 

imperf, Jjt imperf, juss. 
(to cease) is used it is 
preceded by the negative 

particles ^ , j Of *i 

and means that the action 
is still continuing. 

(per/. 3 p. /. sing.) ^Jlj U 
'-—remained, continued 

It was continually their cry 
or this ceased not to be 
their cry. [21:15] 

(per/. 2 p.m. phi.) 
you remained, continued 






You remained in doubt or 
you ceased not to be in 
doubt. [40:34J 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) J I y. J 
"••remains continually 

uv 



L 



J 3 



(perate m. phi.) v \jj yj 
<Ctake provision for the 
journey 

to provide \}jy v ^j^ 
food for journey 

provision for the jour- (n.) i\$\ 
ney 



J J 3 



(per/. 2 p.m. phi.) fjj 
<you visited 

to visit (jj *jV j jj'j, jlj 

(imperf. 3 p./. sing-) *t jj^y 
<<— deviates, turns aside 

to deviate 

( Jjtf > j3'>' Ak.) 

acc. Ijjj nom. j/J' 
< falsehood (n.) 
to falsify (^ Ijj} j3> jjj 



• J 



J J 



/n Jfmp/f wrlw/ ( I ) 
/arm 

(per/. 3p./.duat.)w.v. ~\£\~j 
<the twain ceased 

to pass, cease, decline, 
remove 



247 



am^s (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



A rf i 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



JjJ 



(act. pie, m. ting,') J*fj 
vanished ones 



*'_ 



vanishing {irtts.} ace. t** j 



* O ^ j 



oil (n.) 



«-3 



olive (n.) §Ji| 
olive (n, *#■) 5»jij 



3 iS J 



(>er/ 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. ilj 
< ^--added j increased 

to increase, to add 

wadded, increased 

(per/. J />. jw. /j/u.) w.v. Ijalj 
they added, increased 

^i , 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) w,v. Jtj m 

--"increases 

(impetf.3 p.m. sing.) ju&s.lw.v. sy '1 
did not add or increase 

{The second radical l.e>, [$ 
is dropped due to The juss. 
case). 

{imperf. 2 p.n, pin.) w.y. JjJ^y 
you increase 

(ent. 1st. p, sing.) w.v. $J&fl 
I will surety increase 

248 



&&$$m 



And their building which 
they have built will cause 
continually doubt in their 
hearts. [9: MO] 

(imperf. 3p.f. sing.) ffi ^ 
— will remain continuity 

(imperf. 3 p.m. pfa.) '$\y m ^ 
they will remain continually 



it * * J 



(get. pie, m. ph.) I>.J*iJI 
< abstemious, indifferent 

to turn away from, be indi- 
fferent to, forsake 



J * J 



flower, splendour (n.) *~*j 



* J 



* J 



fperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ^ij 
^'-"vanished 

m Ms m m 

to vanish 

(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) ace. Jty 
r-may vanish, to vanish (i,e., 
to die, pass away) 



T1A 



AM^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^—w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



j^j 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY OUR AN 



» iS 3 



(perf. 3 p. f. sing.) w.v. 
'—turned aside 

^p*r/, i p.m. plu.) w.v. 
they turned aside 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) v/, w.v. 
'—caused to turn aside 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)vi, w.v. 
'—causes to turn aside 

whosoever turns 
aside 



Jt »3 



i^iS 






(The ^ is dropped due to 
the conditional sentence) 

turning aside, devia- (v.n.) 
lion 



0> 



o & 



(perf. 3 p.m. sitig.) w.v. it <Xy 

'--'made to seem fair 

to make *l^> ii '3J$ < 

SS seem fair, to adorn, 
decorate 

to adorn 

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) ii t j 

we made 55 seem (1 J 
fair 

Thus to every people have 
We made their deeds fair- 
seeming. [6: 10 g] 



(imperf, 1st. p, ph.) w,v. 
we will increase 

we shall never 
increase 

(perate. m, sing.) w.v. 

increase! 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) vjii t w.v, 
'—got increased gradually, 
waxed 



V'* 



■S 



O 



aljji 



(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) viii w.v. 'jibjl 
they got increased gradually, 
• waxed 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii, w.v. JiJji 
"-gets m creased 

(imperf. 3 p.f, sing.) viii, w.v. i\)y 
<-- 'gets increased 

(imperf. 3 p.m. pht.)viii, w.v. I jitaje, 
they get increased 

(el. 3 p.m. pfu.) viii, w.v. I ji\}j& 
that they may get increased 

( imperf. 1st. p. plu. ) viii, w.v. a \ j ^ 
we shall add 

vr 

an increase (v.n.) *>»j 
an increment (v.n. mim.) »* - 

more, additional 



t * 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. 
— turned aside 

to deviate, to turn aside 



fr 



249 






~^&a jjV jl C j i n J.o.i.t t t. ji 01^3^3^= SjJLLoy f 5-i^o 'C )- cr*** l>^'^5 JjV^ Am 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



^j 



VOCABULARY OT TK* HOLY gljaAN 



|f J 



(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) U 
'-—is made to seem fair 



CO 






(/wr/. 3 p. f. sing.) V 
'--'became adorned 

< '-,:. tjj\ is shaped from 

(f) ££$ ) (Abk.) 

the/an adorn* {n.) ijlj i kL*$\ 
ment, beauty 



we adorn (2) 

Surely We have adorned the 
lower heaven with an 
adornment, the stars. 

[37:6] 



surely (epl. fst, p.f. sing.) . 
we made fair ~ seeming 






**¥ 



250 



TO 



«-u5La ^oV jl Cfc Ao J.o.it a . fl _jj 01^3^3^= iji^3 f 5-i^o 'C )- cr**' 6-^'^3 JjVi Am 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



4>^J1 wLl) 



fa question about w ( je ] 

to ask , ( 1 ) ^iy . 
question, enquire 
to ask, beg (2) 
to demand (3) 

Surely people asked question 
before you. [5: 1 02 J 

There hath asked a questioner 
concerning the torment 
about to befall. [70:1] 

And when my bondmen ask 
thee regarding Me, then 
verily f am nigh. ]2:I86| 

fperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ^J[^ 
thou asked 



Prefixed to the imperfect 
tense to denote the mean- 
ing or future, as ; 

The foolish among men 
will say. |2: 1 42] 

(According to the gramma- 
rians it is shortened form 

of >w» jJ that is placed 
before the imperfect, 
fj^.1 to conform the 

meaning of the future. As 
the imperfect consists both 
of the present and the 
future tenses). 





i 


• 


J 


1 d 


t 


J ij* see 




OS 


Cn/Uc 


< 


(perf 3 p.m 
-masked 


. sing.) h. 


r. 'Jb 










251 



AM^S (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _jJ Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^u0 <|jJJ-0 ^--w j^)^^ JjV<5 aSLsw 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J! 



VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY OURAN 



Jl 



(imperf. 1st. p. ph.) JUJ 
wc ask, demand 

{ept. 1st. p. ptu.) S^ 
we surety shall question 

(perate. m. ting.) [}L\ * J^ 
(thou) question ! ask ! 

(perate. m. phi.) \y\J,\ 
(you) question ! ask ! 

*— is asked (pp. 3 p.m. sing.) 7ft" 
(f.) is asked (pp. 3f. sing.) £jgg 

(pp. 3 p.m. ptu,) yj*£ 
they are asked 

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) JU 
~ is/will be asked 

(epl. passive. 3 p.m. phi.) y t_J 
verily they shall be asked, 

(pip. 2 p.m. sing.) j\^ 
thou wilt be asked 

{epl. passive. 3 p.m. phi.) (jJtJ 
you certainly shall be asked, 

questioned 

(pip. 3 p.m. ptu.} jjjt- 
they will be asked 

(pip. 1st. p. phi.) O'Ui 
we are/will be asked 

[act. pic. m. sing.) *J?U / *jO 
questioner ( 1 > 
beggar (2) 

(act. pic. tn, pin.) 'igtfLfl 
questioners, beggars, those 
who ask SS or make query 

(pad, pic, m. ptu,) t)jr-r 
one who is questioned 

2S2 



I asked 



(per/. 1st p. sing 



) ijt 
ijfc 

J* 



(perf. 3 p. m. ph.) 
they asked 

(perf. 2 p.m. ph.) 
you asked 

(imperf, 3 p.m. sing.) 
demands, asks (1) 

The people of the Book ask 
thee to bring down a 
Book. [4:1531 

begs<2) 

Of Himbeggeth whosoever is 
In the heavens and the 
earth. (55:2!>J 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) 
thou demand 

Thou asketh them no fee for 
it. [12:104] 

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) jffi 

I ask, demand 

nom. 1$&„ ««■• ijlr 
{imperf. 3 p.m. ptu.) 
they ask, enquire, demand 

{el. 3 p.m. pht.) 1 jll) 

that ihcy ask. enquire, 
demand 

{imperf.2p.m.ph.) nom OjU 
you ask, demand off. i 'ji^J 

TOT 



Xj 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o Jxjui-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ P$**a tjjj-o ^-w ^^0)^5 JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



y* **» a* 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QUJUtN 



J1 



ot -d/*) ^t i tit pl^r ^ 

to feel aversion for, to turn 
away, to disgust, cause to 
loathe 

(imperf- 2 p.m. pfu.) {h.v.) o'j*\lS 
they grow weary 

They halfow Him night and 

day, and thev weary not. 

[41i3«J 

(peraie. rteg. m. pht.) \^f*t \j 
be not weary ! -** 

And be not weary of writing. 
f2:282J 



B *_r 



Saba (prop, n.) 
(Saba was a city of Yemen, 
also called Ma'arib, at 
about three days' journey 
from Sana. The bursting 
of the dyke of Ma'arib 
and the destruction of the 
city by a flood are histo- 
rical facts, and happened 
in about the first or sec- 
ond cer.tury of the Chris- 
tian era. (Palmer) 



fc 



* V V 



{imperf. 3 p.m. ptu.) assim 
<they rcvifc 

to revile, defame 
Tor 






1 'f {*' 

Oic(. pic. Jfl. pfo.) Oyj~* 
those who are asked 

(imperf. 2 p.m. pht.) 
you demand one of another 

And fear Allah by whom 
you demand one another 
your rights (or dues) and 
wombs, {.i.e., fear Allah 
and the wombs by whom 
you demand of one an- 
other y ou r rights . ) [4:1} 

. * - 
[el. 3 p.m. ph.) |* 

they might question 
among th-.-m selves 

And likewise We raised them 
up that they might ques- 
tion among themselves. 

118:19] 

{imperf. 3 p.m. pht.) iv j^' 
they asked each other 

Of what ask they ? (refreshing 
or comforting to them). 

[7B:i| ^ 

questioning, deman- (n.) Di 
ding 

requests (n, p.) J> 



* ... 






f 



( imperf 3 p.m. sing.){h.r.) 
<~iires, weary 



fU* 



253 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijjyz cr ^> j^l^^ JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



C v <J" 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOtV QUHAH 



*!» ¥ kT 



( i-* ) ir-L- J 's*w p™* *wi 

to swim, to float (in water or 
air), to go rapidly, to 
change about, turn over 

Each one in an orb floating. 
(21:33] 

{t.n.} ace. »V mm, CF 
Hit, floating, swimmingly 

chain of busi- (t) 
new (Pic.) 

Lo ! thou has by day a chain 
of business. (Pic.) [73:7] 

occupation (Jid.) (2) 

Verily, there is for thee by 
day occupation prolonged. 
(M.) [73:7] 

swimmingly (as (3) 
below) 

(oc/. />/t. /. ^/u.) oUU 

those who are floating (i.e.. 
angels who come down 
floating from heaven with 
their Lord's command.) 

By the angels who glide 
swimmingly. (79:31 

(per/. 3 p.m. Jtfflg.) /( (J* 
<•— g!orined, hallowed 

254 



(perate m. phi.) assim. Ijim * 
do not revile 

<way, means (n.) £££ 

(not drawn from t^-T .* ". ) 

< causes, reasons (»./i.) uL^j 
(ring.) *~J 

ways, means (n.p.) 



-Cffi 



* ** 



(imperf. 3 p,m. ph.) -Jj*;'" 
they keep the Sabbath ' 

to rest, to keep sabbath 

the day of keeping ftyt.) 
Sabbath (of Jews) 

Saturday (n.) 

(t.e., the holy weekend of the 
Jews, between Friday and 
Sunday.) 

ace. ITL- nam. t£fW 
repose, rest (n) 

And We made your steep as 
a rest (for repose). [78:9] 



*■?* 



{imperf. 3 p. m. phi.) 
<they swim 



1 *■**-»■* 



*6t 



~^&a jjV jl C j i n J.o.i. » c o _jj 01^3^33^3 i^i^3 P5^° 'C )- cr*** l>^'^5 JjV^ a^ao 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



£y %r 



VOCABULARY OF TUB HOLY QORAH 



Cvj. 



glorifying (v.n.<.it) ££"»" 



ace. CS**-"* npm. 






those who (Ap-der. m. plu.) 
glorify (their Lord) 

hallowed be to {«.) Jtow-» 

(It always occurs before 
Allah as pronominal or 
relative; pronoun referring 
to Him as : 

hallowed be Allah *»! jUt— 

hallowed be Thou 

hallowed by He 

Hallowed be He who carried 
His servant by night. 

[17:11 






* * V 



< tribes (ii./r.) 

(ling •) -***> 

/i/r : a tree that ha J many 
branches, grandsons, tribes 



• t * " 



rapacious, animal, (n.) 
lion, wild beast 



ga 



seven (card, num.) 



%■*- 



TOW!, <»— ( fc^-p [ A— Jl 



to praise, ^^r* 1 B C?*" 

magnify God with the 
word 

God is far above, & &*r 

He is beyond the level of 
human beings 

(Though tense of the word 

£f* is perfect (past.), 
yet in the Quranic style 
and context it stands for 
the present tense. Thus 

CT* means he glorifies 
or hallows.) 



(perf. S p.m. phi.) it 
they hallow, they praise 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) it 
glorjfles, hallows 

(Imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) it 
N g'ortfes, hallows 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) ii 
they glorify 

(imperf. 3 p.f. phi,) 
they (f.) glorify 

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) 
you glorify 

(imperf. 2 p. m, phi.} ace. ii 
you glorify 

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) ii 
we hallow, praise 

(perate. m. sing.) it 
(thou) glorify ! 

(perate. m. phi.) 
(you) grorify ! 



■•«- 



W 









>**-■! 



S9-* 

» ■ 
2S5 



■*X&*a (JjV jl C*Ao JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ lijJLLo^ £.5*** 'O ^ cr 4 *' 0-^'^3 J^Vi a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



jy j- 



VOCABUI*ARr OF THR HOLY QURAN 



£* * 



$&U;P&&&\'^M 



%£4 



QUI 

Were ft not that a writ had 
already gone forth from 
Allah, there would surely 
have touched you mighty 
torment fof that which ye 
took. {8;68j 

( pre/. 3 p.m. ph.) IJi 
Ihey had gone 

forth, ihey escaped 

Let not those who disbelieve 
' deem that they have esca- 
ped, verily they cannot 
frustrate. [8:591 

(imperf. 3 p.f, sing.) jjj 
precedes 

No community preceds the 
term therenf nor doth it 
fall behind. [15:5] 

' 'i >■: 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ph.) Jj*— > 

they escape 

etc. U-* mm. &?• 

going speedily (v.n.) 



Then they speed with (fore- 
most) speed. [79:4] 

(act. pic. m. sing.) Ji£ 



one who goes ahead 
256 






arc. 
seventy {card, num.) 



lEZj 



a 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) it gg* 
.'has completed 



(act. pic. f. pht.) C&U 
< complete (coat of mail) 

{sing.) ,£> 

(This word applies to a thing 
of any kind, complete, 
full, ample, or without 
deficiency, and long— LL) 

Make thou complete coats of 
mail. [34:11] 



{perf. 3 pjn. sing.} •*** 

<~~had gone (1) 

before, already gone forth 

to get in advance, precede, 
overtake, to pass, come 
first to the goal 

{perf. 3 p.f. sing.) *=^« 
r~>h&d gone before, already 
gone forth 

T61 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ p5^o 'ijjj-o cr ^> ^j\y^ JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



G^ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY D_CRAM 



j V J* 



• J * tf 



path, method, < way (rt.) •i^ 

manner L ^ 

the way («,) J^Ji 

the way (n.) occ, j/=^ ^ ^j 

V^ ' *?* 

ways <n. p.) ^"Sj 

ways (h. p.) Je*" 



arc. 



* •» * .r 



six (ca«f. num.) 4_i* 
sixty (card, num.) if?Z 



J <=» %S 



{impetf. 2 p.m.pfu.) vlii iifj*~* 
< you cover yourselves 

to hide oneself, put a cover 
on himself, conceal one- 
felf 

j) I Jv* >rt J*»* « 

to cover, veil, conceal 

veil, cover fn,; j** 

(piicf, pre. w. *fog,J Jj£-* 
covered one 



E ^ 



(p«/. J p.m. sing.) jjf 
<-wpTostrttcd himself 

TOY 



ace. s^**** nom. UjiUJl 

those who (ac/. pic. m. pAf.) 
go first 



oUuJl 






f«jf, pic. /. p/u J 
those who go first, those 
who pass speedily 

(pact, pic. m. plu.) ace. 
those wlio arc outrun 

And We are not to be outrun, 
[56:60] 

(perate m. plu.) ID 
< strive with — in, hastening 

ttC* J ttA*-* &**« '" 
to try to precede, outstrip 

surpass, to vie with one 

another 

(per/- 3 p.m. dual.) vlii 
the twain raced 

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) riii 
they raced, strived 

And ir We listed surely We 
should wipe out their eyes 
that they would strive for 
the way. [36.66} 

(imperf. 1st, p. phi.) via (3^-i 
we strive in race 

We went off competing. 

[12:17] 

(perate. m. plu.) tlii IJULpI 
(you) strive I 

257 









>-wU5vo (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO i^o^ ^-^ ij*j}jj$ JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



C **■ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY 0_URAN 



tu> 



{imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) OJiifw 
they prostrate (1) 
themselves 

(They) reciting the revelations 
of Allah in the hours of 
night while they prostrate 
themselves. (3:113] 

they adore (2) 

1 hive found her and her 
people adorning the sun. 
[27:24] 

(imperf, 3 p.m. plu.} ace, | jj£^ 
they adore 



**•*. 



:\ 



So that they adore not Allah? 
[27:25] 

(imperf. 1st p. plu.) 
we prostrate 

(parale. m, sing.) 
thou (m.) prostrate thyself 

(perate. f. sing.) if 4*~) 
thou (f.) prostrate thyself 

(prate, m, plu,) lj«b>-i 
(you all) prostrate your- 
selves 

And when it is said unto 

them prostrate yourselves. 

[25:60] 

258 



(j) hy? j*~i_ jjf 

to prostrate (!) 

to be submissive (2) 
obeisance, to adore 

So the angets prostrated 
themselves, all of them to- 
gether. [15:30] 

(perf. 3 p.m. plu,) 1 jjL>P 

they prostrated themselves 

{imperf, 3 p.m. ting.) 
makes obeisance 

And whoever is in the hea- 
vens and the earth makes 
obeisance to Allah only. 
[13:15! 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ace. 
that thou prostate thyself 



What prevented thee that 
thou should st not prostra- 
te thyself. [7:12] 

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) 
I prostrate myself 

{imperf. 3 p.m. dual.) 
the twain made obeisance 

And the herbs and the trees 

do obeisance. [55:6] 



;1 



a; 



-».- 



TOA 



1A4&A jjV jl C J i l i J.O.it a . ji 01^3^33^3 $j&jj}$ P5^° 'Oij 6 cr^ OtfijtS lP^ A^M 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



E & 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOUY QURAN 



J £^ 



the sacredf/vop. n.) "f^jM ^^^ 

Mosque at Makkah 

{also referred to as JW * a ~S 

the House of Allah and 
K'aba) 



J £ ^Z- 



* • *-•* 

('pip. 3 p. m. p/uj OJJf^i 

<C ihey will be stocked 
to be burnt 

to fill (oven) with wood, to 
heat, burn, to fill (well) 
with water 



&&S*3A$ 



Then in the Sire they would' 
be stocked. 140:72] 

(pact pic. m. sing.) jjill' 
overdosing 



' *~Ti "ii* 



By the overflowing rea. 



[52:6] 



*-■ 



(PP- 3 P- f- sing.fii oj* 
~is filled 

And when the seas shall be 
filled. |8l:6] 



J £ tf 



the scroll of writing (a.) J"***" 

to* 



prostration (1) (y.n.i j_j^%ln 

And in the night time hallow 
Him and also after (the 
presented) prostration. 

[50:40? 

(p. b. of j*U ) (2) 

those who prostrate them- 
selves 

And those who bow down 
and those who prostrate 
themselves. [2:125] 

(act. pic. m. sing.) jj^U 
one who prostrates 
himself 

(ctcj, pk. m. p.s.) ace. 
those v ho prostrate them- 
selves 

(act. pic. m. pj?,) ace. 1 j£j 
prostrating 

And enter the gate prostrat- 
ing yourselves. {2:5 8] 

mosque (a.p.t.) -**•-• 

Surely a mosque founded 

from the first day on piety 

[9: 108) 

mosques fn.p.A,,r J?L» * 4j-LIt 

259 



AiU^s (jjV jl C*io Jxjui-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^—w ,3^0)^5 JjV^ *5j?« 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



C^" 



VOCABULARY OF THR HOLY Q,U*AN 



J £ LT 



to drag, trail on the ground 

ace. \Gr nam. Z?W i v^*-^ 
cloud (n.) 



c ^ 



(imperf. 3p.m. sing.) ate. iv 
<that may extirpate 

to destroy, t'Ul v £«if 

exterminate 

to gain what is unlawful 

Fabricate not against Allah 
a lie, lest He extirpate you 
with a torment. [20:61] 

forbidden, unlawful (n.) i— t? 



c ^ 



('per/. 3p.rn.piu.) \}J* 
they enchanted 

to bewitch, enchant, practise 
magic or sorcery 



<-C 



>y"j>>t- 



Tiiey enchanted the eyes of 
the people, [7:116] 

(Imperf. 2p.m. sing.} ace. 
that thou enchant 

260 



the stones of baked ctayffl.) ^^ 



J £ U" 



f>/>. 3p,m. j/ngj are. (>^-i 
< ~be imprisoned 

to imprison ( j) & Jj£j ^f 

f>p/. 3 p.m. pA/.> g££f 
they should imprison. SS 

(ept. pip. 3 p. m . sing.) y£ll 
cn surely be imprisoned 

■' * *n 

the prison (n.) ^J 1 *— " 

(poet, pic. m. phi.) 2* yn^t 

{.smg.) Jj**^ < prisoners 

► "■ 
Sijjui (n.) Cj^- 

Hit. a 'prison 1 which is a cer- 
tain place in which is kept 
the record of the deeds of 
the wicked {LL). 



* ** E a- 



f>er/. 5 p.m. nwgj h.v. ^ 

< '^-'darkens 

to be calm, (tj)'^ J**— 1 . ^ 

to be covered with 
darkness 



c i>- 



£pfc. 3 p.m. pht.) ~iijf*~i 
< they are dragged 



TV 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr^ 0-^'^3 lPV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J £ J" 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



JCl/ 



(ph. pie. m, ph.) ii & m yC+ 
bewitched ones 

early dawn (n.) j* 

We delivered them at early 
dawn. (54:34] 

early dawns (n. p. b.) ' f J&\ 

And praying ones at early 
dawn for forgiveness. 

[3:17] 



c ^ 



(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) 
< ~ remote 






(pip. 2 p.m. sing.) jjj»w 
you arc turned away 

Say thou : How then are ye 
turned away. [12:8°| 

Note: j*S is not only 

"bewitched" but also to 
be turned away from one's 
course or way. 



magic {«.) j£ * j«J 

two magics (n. dm!) (jJyr 
(or magicians) 






to be distant 

be faT away (t.h.) 



i^lil^Li^svS 






• J 



c ^ 



E] 



foff. y?/f. m. sing,) Jt'-J' 
seashore, bank of a river 



C ^ 



(per/. 3 p.m sing.) 'jg 

<~ scoff at 

to make fun of. lauch at, 
mock 



They said: two magics supp- 
orting each other. [28:48] 

(act. pk. m. ring.) j?C * jf lljl 
magician 

(act. pic. m. dual.) 
two magicians 

(act. pic. m. ps.) 
the magicians 

(act. pic, m. pb.) 
the magicians 

magician (fats.) 



SB? 



enchanted 



ace. C. jj**—* nom. 

(ocf. ^te. m. />/u.) ;i 
enchanted ones 






261 



am^s ijjV jl C*i-o Jxjui-a _j-i OU-5^5^ $jJuq$ P$**a <ijJj-o ^—-^ ij*j}jj$ JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



* * J* 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY 0_URAN 



J t & 



And He subjected the sun 
and the moon for you 
(i.e.. Tor your benefit). 
[141331 

(perf. 1st. p. m. plu.) \*^ 

wc subjected m ,. 

(pis. pic. m. sing.) ii j****' 
subservient, one subjugated 

(pis. pie. f. piu.) 
those who are made su bject, * 

subservient 



{perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ijpf 
<«-~became incensed M 

to be angery, ti> be inflamed 
in ar.ger, incensed . 

(imperf. I p.m. />'u.) *Jjw^-J, 
they are enraged 

t per/. 3 p.m. sing.) iv J^l 
angered 

displeasure (v.rt.) Ji? 



< harrier. (I) in.) are. Ji- 
(arj/m) { j) IJL^ xJ JU 

lo dose (a w hole), to stop 
up, to bar 

mountain (2) 

two mountains (n, dual)gen. j-t J**JI 
(that serve as barriers) 

262 



( per/. J p.m. pin.) 


»;# 


they scoffed ai 




[imperf. neg, J p.m. sing.) 




~ should not scoff at 






<j '*"" 


(imperf. 3 p. m. plu.) 


JJjf^-i 


they scofT at 




(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) 




thou scoffs at 






— *.#»».. 


(imperf, 2 p.m. plu.! 


OJJ*-* 


you scoff at 





(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ace. >J 
that you scoff at 



{imperf. 1st. p. plu.) jp<*i 
we scoff at 



(act. pic. m. piu.) ace. 
the scoffers 

fimjxrf. 3 p.m. piu.) 
<they turn to scoffing 



ajj*Ci 



■r *j > *j»- 



as RF 

mockery \v.n.) ace. 

( per/, 3 p.m. sing.) U 
■<~ subjugated 

to bring 'J!?-* " 



J* 



SS under dominion or 
control, to subjugate 

And He subjugated the sun 
and the moon, {compelled 
them to act or do their 
functions as they are 
ordered.) [13:2) 



tit 



1A4&A jjV jl C J i l i J.O.it a . _jj 01^3^3^= £j£L05 P3-^0 'L)-^ ^-w t>^'j^3 JjVi £&9bO 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



c J *f 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY CM. RAH 



i i 



* V J wT 



(act. pfc. m, sing.) *-*j*-» 
one who goes about freely 

to go forth and pasture 
frecSy (camels) 

<lo turn freely (v.n.) ace. Kj£ 
fin the waferl 

lo flow, run 

Then it took its way into the 
sea freely. [18:61] 



gen. 
mi rape in.) 



ace. 



u-j 



coats (n. p.h.) 



a! 



E -» tT 



y 
/iV/. lamp In.) ace. ^/ 

flMflJ.( 1 ) Prophet Muhammad 

(FB.H.) 

12) the sun 



• c 



{imperf, J p.m. plu.) Ojrj~* 
you drive out to pasture 

(,_») t J-r j Uj- Cj - ^ 

to send forth to pasture 



proper, (n.) ace. ' 

straight to the point 

O) Ul 1; X: < 

to be right, in the right 
direction 



lote-trees (n.) 

(of a wild> thorny and fruit- 
less variety) 

lote-trec (n.) 

lote-tro at the £Xl 

boundry (beyond which 
neither angels nor prophets 
can pass and which is the 
ultimate point of access 
for created beings). 









• */* > u- 



one-s ixth (fraction) ^■*-*> 



sixth ( o«/. flwm.) 



.VC 



4 > iS 



iiti. in vain, (n.) (m/y.) J-*- 
aimlcss, uncontrolled 

Thinketh man that he is to 

be left aimless ?(Pfc.) 
.„„.... uncontrolled. (Jid.) 
[75:36] 

263 



am^s (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ P,5^° 'O ^ cr 4 *' l>#LH3 JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J J" 



VOCABULARY OF TH« HOLY OURAK 



C J w 



The colour whereof is deepest, 
delighting the beholders, 
[2:69] 

(part. ptcm. sing,) ace. \ jjj^+ 
delighted 

T **■* 

happines (v.w.) ace. ' jJj» 



prosperity (n.) 
(rtpp. tribulation) 



;r 



J"*' 



happiness (o^p, distress) 

C/wr/. J p.m. rfng.J iV 
—hidden (1) 

to keep secret, ' jAj-1 i» 

to conceal, to confide. 
impart a secret to 

$$&$$&$$$& 

Equal (unto him) is he 
among you who hidcih 
the word and he who 
publisheth. [13:10] 

confided (2) 

And when the Prophet confi- 
ded a story to one of his 
wives. [66:3] 

(perf. 1st. p. sing.) i j^l 
I spoke secretly 

(perf. J p.m. plu.) I }jZ\ 
they hided 

flmperf. J p.m. plu.) 5ii» 
they hide 

264 



31 



And for you there is beauty 
in them as ye drive them 
at eventide and as ye drive 
them out to pasture. 

1 16:6] 

fimperf. 1st. p. ting.) H ££1 
<I Shalt release 

t> r a c>'< 

to release, to set free, to 
divorce 

fperale. m. plu.) a 'j^Jr* 
(you) release I 

to set Free, (v,n.) ace. ^j- 
(to divorce) 

setting free (v./j,) ii Qj^> 





ir * j & 


coal 
(or) Jinks (sti 


:ormaiI(rt.) i^Jl 
tch) 




«5 3 J J* 


canvas roc 


awning, (n.) i>ji^« 




•k j j w 



(imperf. 3 p ./. sing.) (assim) ^-» 
^-delights 

gladden, 

Tit 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^—w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J ^ 



V00ABULA»Y OP THE HOtY QUAAN 



J J J" 



to hasten, hurry, be quick 

(intperf. 1st. p. phi,} Hi fjf * 
we are hastening 

(perate, m. phi.) Hi ^j*jU 

(you) make haste ! vie with 

each other ! 

#i - 

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) £ts" 
swift, sharp 

v U-3ifef3y? 

And Allah is swift at 
reckoning. f2:202J 

ha sten forth (v.n. < Hi) ace. ]e\ V 
swifter (eiatite) %'J\ 



* «-* J 



(per/. 3 p. ni. sing.) jj-^j 
"^<" trespassed (\) 

extravagent, to exc:ed a limit 
in anything 

Thus We requite him who 
trespasseth (the bound ry 
of law). [20:127] 

they committed extra vagncc Iji^il 

Say thou, My bondmen 
who have committed ex- 
travagance against them- 
selves. [39:53] 

no 



fimperf. 2 p.m. phi.) 
you hide ! 

(perate m. pfu.J 
(you) hide! 






And whether ye keep your 
discour&e secret or publish 
it. [67:13] 

secret I y ( v.n. ) ace. 1 J \ J\ 
(talking or addressing 
secretly) 

secret {n.\ ace. j^ ttom. 



secretly (n.) ace. 
secrets fa, p. b.) 
couches (#i. p.) 



5» 






(flffg.) Jtuf 



•{«;«* » 



Therein shall he couches 
elevated, (8 8: 1.1] 



tJL^L 



/7#np*r/. J p.m. pfa.) fiH WjPj*-«, 
<they vie with each other 

make haste with one another, 
or crying, or striving, 
with one another, hasten- 
ing with another, to be 
or get before other or 
others 

265 



am^s (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ P,5^° '0°3^ cr^ 0-^'^3 J^Vi *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



c * <^ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OURAM 



J fcT 



thieves flee. c5*J^ »«". Ojtjfc" 

f/wr/. J />.m. sing,)viii <Jj*-i 
stole 

^luXllyfty| 

Save him who steak th the 
hearing. [1 5: 1 8] 



3 f -> W 



continuous (n.) ace. 



+ J -> * 



] 



f/m/wr/; jmh. sing) wM.fJ. sT* 
< ^departs 

(ij*!*}* J <s'r" &£*, wjP 
to travel at night 

And by the night when it 
dopartcth. f*fc*l 

dcplrt ! (peraie. t». sing.) ^,\ 

\ A 

(per/, 3 p.m. sing.) n' yS^r"' 

carried by night, made to 
travel by night 

rivulet (n.) ate. %g" 



*» » J vj 

(el, neg. 3 o.m. sing.} ^J*". ' 

lef i~-not be extravagant 

(imperf.3p,m.plu.)juss. 'J*/ -1 , f 
they were not extravagant 

(perate neg. m. phi.) V*J» * 
be not extravagant ! 

extravagantly (t.n.) *'_r*l 

<Lap-der.*>iv neg. sing.) CJ^-U 
extravagant 

(apder. m. phi,.: 
extravagant people 



* J J 



c * * 



(pfc. 3y>/- SWJT-) «ii^ 
< ^outspread 

to spread out, level 
266 



(per/. 3 p. m. sing,) J^T 
<^^Mole 

to steal 

i — 

f foyer/. J j*. «t- J^S J ;««■ *V""5 

steaU 

They said : ir he steak! h 
then surely a brother of 
bis bath stolen before. 

(12:77) 

-.*■ " ^J 

(imperf. neg. 3 p.m. piu.) CPs* 

they (f.) should not steal 

(act. pic. m. xing.) 3jCJi 
thief (m.) 

{act. pie. f. ting.) ajjO 
thief (f.) 



aaaIs (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ £•$**£ *(j->j«o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 aSLsw 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J t* 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QJJIIAN 



J J- 



(3) 
< Tables, stories (n.p.b,) ^Ll 

( ^J»Ll signifies, ties or fa- 
lsehoods, or Fictions, or 
stories having nn founda- 
tion sj* 



+ J 



fimperf 3 p.m. pkt.) ft. v. £i jklj 
<thcy attack 

to at lack, assnii, leap upon 



• > t * 



(pp t 3 p.m. p!u.) ,JJ ? 
they arc blest 

f ,JJ J" ( *-■ * — *- -m — ^ ^ 
l_S jjJi— J ljub*> * - I _'_-■- ■"■.. 

to he prosperous, fortunate, 
10 be blessed (p.p.) 

(act. 2 pic m. smg.j 
one who is blessed 



;.^i>. 



-\Z wretched) 



* J t ^ 



«C^wis made to blaze 



^^r^i<& 

And (look they not) at the 

earth how it is outspread? 

188:20) 



• J J* 



(!) 
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) jj^LIj 
<they inscribe 

( j ) ljk> jla_«t ^L-- 

to inscribe, write, draw 

ACT, ' J j*--* ' J j!*~ • 

he inscribed SS 

written dov/n(pis.pic.'>viii) £*• * 



And everything, small and 
gTcat, hath been written 
down. [54:53J 

J J* 6 ^ (2) 

(ap-der.qufltii. m. sing,} J&r** 
< warden 

to exercise full authority over 
SS 

(Ap-der. m. pltt. quard.} JJ j"r** 
wardens 

Note : The first redical l _r is 

replaced with 

267 



aaIIs jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo *ij->j«o ^—-^ ^3-0)^3 JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J L^ 



VOCABULARY OF THC HOLY OCR AN 



J £.** 



speeded, went quickly (2) 

And when he turneth away 
he speedeth through the 
land that he may act 
corruptly therein. [2:205] 

endeavoured (3) 

And that for man shall be 
naught save that therefor 
he endeavoureth. [53:19] 

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) w.v. ' y^ 

they endeavoured 

i *f 
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v, if— '- 

^runneth, will be running 

Their light will be running 
before i hem. [66:8] 

striveth (2) 

then he turntd back striving. 
[79:22] 

runneth, is running (3) 

And then came a man from 
the farther part of the city 
running. [28:20] 



i * * 



it%$n* 



i 



And for him who eometh 
unto thee running. [SO: 8] 

268 



to provoke, ii 
to light the fire 

BCC. Iji«-i MOT. Jl£~ i J5*— I" 

flame, blaze (aer. 2 pic J 
(of the Hell) 

* * * 

madness (1) (it.) j*"* 

And they said : a (mere) hu- 
man being from among 
us, and single ! shall we 
follow him ? verily then 
we should Tall in -error 
and madness. [54:24] 
M ,W pic j 

plural of *&» (2) 

(According to /An. and Mo/. j« 
m the verse 54:24 

is plural of jjg? , as 

it is endorsed by au- 

thentic commentators). 



S t *r 



iperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv.v. j^ 
<«— strived (11 

to strive, to go quickly, has* 
ten, to run, to be active 



^l£tiJ*-j 



And he strived after their 
ruin. [2:1141 



T"VA 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £,5-^° *lHJ«o ^—^ ij-o)^5 JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



c •■* ^ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



* t# 



Arid when he (Isma'it) attain- 
ed the age of running. 

137:102] 
speeding (2) 

Then call them, they will 

cpmc unto thee speeding. 

[2:260] 

endeavour (3) 

There shall be no denial of 
his endeavour. [2 1 :94] 

striving (3) 

And strive therefor with 
(due) striving. [17:19] 

efforts (5) 



J 

Those whose efforts are was- 
ted in the life of the 
world. [18:1041 



f 



• V t # 



< privation (v.n.} 
to hunger ( J| . j ) £*£ iUi * ' 

r 



* C 



f'jwrt. pic. m. i/flf .) flee. V _Jii* 
< poured forth 



t-^ 



Note : In the above quoted 

verses the verb J^, has 

occured as t)t therefore 
is rendered as running. 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing,) w.t. Jf** 
■—striveth, runneth, endeav- 
oureth 

In order that everyone may 
be requited according to 
that which he endeavour- 
ed- [20:15] 

So he cast it down, and !o 1 
it was a serpent running 
along. [20:20] 

(imperf. 3 p.m, phi.) »>y*". 
they strive (1) 
(in corruption) 

And they go about in the 
land corrupting. [5:33] 

they endeavour (2) 

And those who endeavour to 
frustrate Our signs. 

[34:38] 

(tM.) ace. \J£ . £21 

titi. running (1) 
mala, the age of running (for 
a child) 

269 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ p5^o <ijjyz cr ^> ^j\y^ JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



il^ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



<tom«(1)frt-j»J»J jU^'l W shed, 
(volumes of a book) heavy fl oW (tears, blood, etc.) 

book or scries of volumes , ffJ (. 

m M<\ 

Or blood poured forth. 

[6:145] 



Likeness of the ass bearing 
tomes. [62:51 

plural or ^ (2) 

And they said : our Lord ! 
make the distance between 
our journeys longer. 

(34:19) 

scribes {4) 

By the hands of scribes. 

'|80:i5] 



titasr 



(ap*der. m. ph.) ace. gen, j&\U 
<T fornicators 

U* j lie: 'e u 

to fornicate, to commit for- 
nication 

(ap-der f. phi.) olltC* 

fornicatresses 



• L 



, fr ^ 



• j «-> u- 



(e/>|. /.« p. />/uJ 
wc shall set?c and deal 

em pal !iic : 3 

(imperf. ist. p. plu.) '. £*-■ 

ace without shaddah : V_ 
as epi. 



J _> 



{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
<#— will shed 

270 






(I) 
journey (n.) ji-* 

to depart, 1;£t-J fii ^iU < 
travel, set out on a jour- 
ney 

to sweep* disperse 

<^brightened i> j*-' 

to shine U**| h J*»! 
(dawn), enter at the time 
of dawn 

By the morning when it bri- 
ghteneth. [74:341 

(Ap-der. f. sing.} »Ji— 

beaming (with the light of 
faith) 



TV. 



am^s jj^F jl CJma JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ £.5*** 'O ^ cr^ 0-^'^3 J^Vi *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J* J j- 



VOCABULARY OF THE MOLV ftURAN 



flw> 



G 



* j <j 



(he boat fw.> 



^ '';- (1-.'.« 



* * ^* 



D 



f/ifj/. J p. Of- ling.) 
<.*~hc flood ud 

to be unwise, stupid, foolish 
to make oneself <~*> <j^ 

or become stupid, foolish, 
befool 

folly (v.n.) 1>|1; 



one who is foolish 

(act. 2 pic. ni. plu.) J *\L* 
those whe arc foolish 

(«wr.) *iLZ < 



J 


J 


*j" 


the Hell (n.) 


^ 


±> 


J 


-1 



f^irf. 3 p.m. plu.) » jkL- 
<thcy fell 

to fall down 



to come to 

to deviate from 
rv\ 



jc_ 



to shed (blood or tears) 

plu. 
(i.iipcrf. ne%. 2 p.m.) jj&J H 
you shall not shed 




(scl. pic. m. sing.) *ti£ 
downward 

We turned upside thereof 
the downward, [11:82] 

the lowest (1} (efotive) ^i-* 

Thereafter We cause him to 
return to the lowest of 
the low. [95:5] 

below (2) 

And the caravan was below 
you. [S;42J 

the lowest (dative) 3*-^' 

(elaliw n. plu.) ~$fc$\ 
nethermost men 
(humble) 

(ehtivef. sing.) H«lj\ 
nethermost 

And he made the word of 
those who disbelieved ne- 
thermost. (9:40] 

271 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-o jj ulf^^o djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^--w ij*j}jj$ JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



'if ** if 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY O/JftAK 



d Jf 



USng ) 



<toofs (n.p.b.) 



rs 



f a ^ 



13 



faff. 7 /'if. w. ring.) V.*. f?T 
<not well . 

to be weak, to be not well 



iS i* *S 



-< ^-watered 

.jil jW *£ <p 'J-' 

to give to drink, to water, 
to irrigate 

And thciT Lord hath slaked 
the if thirst with a pore 
drink. [1&:2]\ 

( />«/. 2 ft.m- ting) »"■*• 
thou watered 

(imperf. i p.m. sing.) 
gives to drink or will give 
to drink 



JC 



*"*W' 



He will pour out wine for 
his lord. [12:41] 

{imperf. rteg. 3 p.f. ling.) |j£j J 
f^does not give water 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ph.) Oj*-* m 
they water, were watering 

272 



*J*/<i (ppti -kj^i (pp) 

he repented, regretted an 
act, he slipped to Tall into 
error 

{imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) 

~ fades 

repented (pp. 3 p.m. sing.) 

And when they repented. 

[7:149] 
(The phrase in Arabic means ; 
they struck their hand 
upon their hands, by rea- 
son or repentance : or re- 
pented greatly : because he 
who repents, and grieves, 
or regrets, bites his hands 
in sorrow, so that his hand 
is fallen upon his teeth.) 

(LU 
{act. pic. m. sing.) ace. 
one that is falling down 

ace, i* 
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
thou causes to fall 

ace, h 
(imperf. I it. p. plu. I 
we cause to Tall 

(perate- nt. sing.) it 
[thou] causes to fall 

(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) h 
it shall drop 



. j 



\j..i 



* + 



** 



Sri 

iit; 



<j .J* 



(a.) ace. UJu- 
the roof 



nam. .mm it 



VVT 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*** < C>iJ a cr* 1 Oi^JiS J->^ <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J* 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



<* J^ 



^ il 



(pact. pic. m. sing J •~fy^ 
<C"-(cvcr} following 

(j)\£sz&c& 

to pour out, (melt and cast 
metals) 



• c d 



<C'*«fcecame quiet 
to be silent, became quiet 
the anger is abated 

And when the anger of Musa 



abated. 



|7;?54] 



4 



(PP. 3 P-f- ring,) '*' ^>- 
< '-intoxicated 

to make ljjjSj 'J2l 
intoxicated 

to be intoxicated 

Intoxicated have been our 
sights. [1^:15] 

rvr 



(imperf. tteg. 1st. p. pht.) y-i * 
wc do not water 

(imjwrf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
~ gives me to drink 



fap. J /t.m. plu,) 
they are given to drink 




(pip, 3 p.f. sing.) 
^-shall be given to drink 




(pip. 3 p. m, plu.) 
they will be given to drink 




(per/, 1st. p. phi.) h 
we gave to drink 


■ 


(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) iv 
we give to drink 





(peif. 3 /wn. J/fl«J * \y**\ 
sprayed for drink, 
asked for drink 

giving of drinks ( 1) 

Make ye the giving of drinks 
unto pilgrims. [9:19) 

the drinking cup (2) 

He placed the drinking cup 
in his brothers pack. 

] 1 2:70| 



(giving the) drink (/?.) 



• > 



273 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^—-^ j^l^^ JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



il 



VOCABULARY 0* THE HOLY QURAN 



J 



(«F. J p.m. Sing.) »JJ _ ^2^, 
that he might find {2} 
repose 

And He created therefrom 

his spouse (Hawwa, the 

first woman) that he 

might find repo$e in her. 

[7:189] 



(The word \J\^SJ, "re- 
pose in her" puts in a 
nutshell the various atti- 
tudes the two sexes can 
adopt towards each other 
— of love in youth, of com- 
panionship in middle age, 
and of care and atten- 
dance in infirmity. — [Jiff.) 

[el. 3 p.m. phi.) ace. Ji l^J^J 
they repose 

Wc have appointed the night 
that they may repose there- 
in. [27:861 

ace. $b/5jg23 
fimperf. 2 p.m. pfu.) 
you Teposc 

(el. 2 p.m. p!u.} JJl - 1>£3 
that you may find repose 

(epf.Istp.phi.) J££!j 
we surely shall cause to 
dwetl 

(peraie. m. sing.) ^Cl 
thou dwell 

274 



liquor (n.) ace. ^]& 
(It also signifies the non- 
intoxicating beverages such 
as vinegar) 

agony ( l) !>■) *y£ 

The agony of death. (Pic.) 
the stupor (Jid.) [SO: 1 9} 



intoxication (2) 

By thy life I in their intoxi- 
cation they were wander- 
ing. [15:721 

drunken, (n,p,b.) 
intoxicated 



L*J 



& 



(sing.) 



il 



(perf. J p. m. sing.) 'j& 
< -^dwelled 

to dwell, inhabit 
to rely upon, iil3Ij 
trust in, to repose 

(perf. S p. m, pfu.) 

ye dwell (I) 



^ 



* J -^fe 



And ye dwell in the dwell- 
ings, of those who had 
wronged themselves. 

[14:45] 



TVt 



~^&a jjV jl C j i n JaI^Lq ji C»Ip$^$a SjJLLoy f 3^0 'Oij 6 cr^ Otfij^S lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



£ J L>" 



VOCABULAKY OF THI HOLY QUHAW 



j i> 



knife {n.) *0&i 

dwelling (o. pi.) ijX-« 

dwellings («./>. pf.) 3t ll* 

(pact, pic. f. Sing,) ^jJw» 

inhabited 

uninhahi ed £*&*** JF 

poverty, frw, mf/M.) JL C Ul 
lowliness 

poor, humble, submissive 

the poorfti.p.h.) $,C* / $£CiT 



• V J 



(imperf. i /?.m. Jinj.) ,/wjj. 
— -snatches 

Jf the fly were to snatch 
away aught from them. 

[22:73) 



* c J 



<srms (n. ph.) *S^\ 
(sing.) Q^- 



(you) dwell 

(imperf. 3 p,m. ting.) 0*— f 

---have not been inhabited 



• t 



AX*' 
( imperf. 1st. p. pit*.} £-* 

<we tlraw 



1 cause to dwell 

we cause to dwell 

juss. iv yp-l 
< imperf. J />.m. j/ng-) 
< p*-cau$es to cease or 
stop 

(■>)t*j&fe*< 

to subside, to be or become 
quiet 

opp. to move jO' 
cause to be quiet 

(perate. m. phi.) iv *>■*■*' 
(you) lodge ! 

(act. pic. m. sing.) ace. tXt 
still 

reposed) {»•> 2£- 

Verily thy prayer is a repose 
for them. [9.1031 

tranquillity, rest (2) 



And He appointed the night 
as a rest. [6:96] 



tranquil I lity (n.) 



%-. 



TVO 



275 



aaICs (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <(jJJ-o ^—^ 0*f'>?-9 lPV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J> J 



VOCABULARY OF TH» HOLY O/JftAN 



10 be strong, liard, be sharp 



And had Allah willed He 

would have surely set 

[hem upon you, 14:90] 

s ■__ 

{imperf. I p.m. sing) ii JJui^ 

ogives power over SS 

authority { 1 ) (n.) OlWL 

Verily as for My bondmen 
no authority shall thou 
have over them, f I S : 41 2 J 

warrant (2) 

Or is there for you a clear 
warranting. [37:156] 

( ; + j + -M±\ ziul 

my authority 

I a is only for rhyme) 



There hath perishi-d from 
mc my authority, [69:29] 



(per/. 3 p. m. siitg.) 
<"-«is ^ast 

to come to an end, pass 

away, to precede 
276 



to strip off ( j) W^ 'jXj rJi 
fjpa^ j;.m, sing.) vii liljl 

da 



< ^-slipped away (J) 
to be slipped off 



VII 



£ti& 



Then when the sacred months 
have slipped away. [9:5] 

~ sloughed off (2) 

We gave him Our signs but 
he sloughed them off. 

[7:175] 



• • * * 



fountain (namely (*.) *Sf^~ 
Salsabil) 



a chain (bJ JLJU 

chains, {,,. p, b.\ J ^~%. /3-20 
manacles 



* J* J 



(perf. J p.m. sing.) ii *■* 
<-^'gavc 55 mastery or 
power 

to make V> *f /;' -*U 

one overcome, have 
the mastery 

TV"\ 



~^jS~q jjV jl Cfc Ao J.o. ' it a . a _jj 01^3^3^= ^^005 p5^uo t^o^ ^-w C^J^.S lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



il J 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN 



*> J 






against you with sharp 
tongues. Uid.) scold you 
with sharp tongues. (Pic) 
smite you with sharp ton- 
gues. (M.A.) [33:19] 

Note : Among the words 
' ' inveigh agai nst" , ' 'scold' ' t 
"tmitc" and "flay" the 
second one h the near- 
most to the sense of 

1?" that signifies "to 
attack wi th scathing criti- 
cism". j ^ $ j 

(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) 
<~ threaded (1) 

( j)Y£ J *& fib iit 

to travel on a road, to thread 
a pathway, to make a 
way 

And he threaded Tor you 
roads therein, (/,«■., opened 
in the earth pathways), 

[20:53J 

"■^caused to enter (2) 



Didst thou see not that Allah 
sendeth down water from 
the heaven and causeth it 

to enter springs in the 
earth. [39:21] 

TVV 



&X8 
His is that which is past, 

[2:2751 

(ptrf. 3 p. f. sing,) to 
■<-^sent before, 
did previously 

to do SS or give SS 
in advance 

Therein every soul shall prove 

that which it sent before. 

[10:301 

(ptrf, 2 p.m. phi.) 
you sent in advance or 
you did previously 

previously (>.*.) ace. 

&£#££ 

And We made them a thing 
past. [43:56] 



\t 



(per/. 3 p.m. pht.) [j& 
<they flayed 

to boil, scold (LL)(d)U^'JZ& 
to hurt by words (MJm.) 

They day you with sharp 

tongues. (Art.) inveigh 

277 



aaaIs jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i OU- 3^054 $jJUq$ £•$**£ <ijjyz cr ^> ^j\y^ JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f J Uf 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY Q,U*AN 



4 J 



to slip away secretly 

(j)5ut£tP<< 

to draw out slowly {assim) 

Surely Allah knoweth those 
who slip away privately. 
[24:63] 

extract (>.) 3$li 

And extract of the clay. 

[23:12] 

An extract of water (base). 
132:8] 



• f 



( per/. 3 p.m. sing .) ft "1* 
<"~ , , ; ;aved (1) 

(^) %s j +^ j p;-^ « 

to be in sound condition, 
well, without a blemish 

IpUj ii "1- 

(i) to give over, hand over, 
to transmit 

(ii) to salute, greet 

(iii) to be solid, whole 

isq h jA 

(i) to surrender, submit 

(ii) to accept Islam ss 

one's religion 
278 



—led (3) 

What led you into the scor- 
ching Fire? f74:42J 

(per/. 1st. p. pluj l'_£A^ 
we made a way (4) 

Likewise we made way for 
it into the hearts of the 
culprits. [26:200] 

{imperf. S p.m. sing.} dill, 
"—causes to go 

He cause th to go before 
him. 172:27] 

(imperf. lit. p. phi.) 
we make a way 

(perate. m. sing.) j fc l 
make the way 

(perate. f. sing.) *j£l^ 
make the way 

(perate, m. pkt*) IjCi-l 
bind with a chain (5) 

Then in a chain whereof 
the length is seventy 
cubits, bind him. [69:32] 



m 



j j 



(imperf. 3 p.m. ph.)vi 
<thcy slip away 



0&4 



tya 



am^s (JjV jl CjLo JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £,5-^° *lHJ«o ^—^ C>-^'^3 lPV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QUKAN 



f J 



Then when you enter houses 
salute each other with 
greeting from before Allah, 
blest and goodly. [24:61] 

send benedictions (2) 

O ye who believe 1 send your 
benedictions upon him and 
salute him with goodly 
salutation. (33:56] 



{pise, pic, f, sing.) ii 
whole (1 J 



%A* 



(The cow should be) whole 
and without blemish in 
her. 12:71] 

delivered one (2) 

A blood-wit delivered to his 
family. [4:92] 

(per/, 1st, p. pfu.) h -fc| 
'•Njsubmitted (I) ' 

Aye I whosoever submitted 
himself unto Allah. 

[2:112] 

(per/. 1st p. sing.) iv *£$ 
I surrendered (2) 



But Allah saved. [8:43] 

(perf. 3 p.m. pkt.) 
you hand over (2) 



And there is no blame on 
you when you hand over 
that which you have given 
reputably. [2:233] 

(impeif. 3 p.m. plu.) 
they submit (3) 



yb 



Then they find no vexation 
in their hearts with that 
which thou hast decreed 
and they submit with full 
submission. [4:65] 

(imperf, 2 p.m. ph.) ace, U 
you salute or (4) 
greet, invoke peace 

*&!$$%&)?&$&. 

(Enter not houses other than 
yours) until you have 
asked the permission and 
greeted the inmates. 

(24:27] 

fperate m pkt.) 
greet (I) 



#2 



«b 



279 



am^s (jjV jl C*io Jxjui-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ P$**a <<jJj-o ^^* l>aj)^3 JjV^ a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



the religion of ( I ) (n) 'Jj' 

Islam 

O ye who believe ! enter into 
Islam wholly. [2:2081 

Note : ^ literally is 
peace, reconciliation, self- 
resignation or submission, 

and ^pR with the defi- 
nite article, is synonymous 
with f$">P as the mean- 

irig of the religion oi Che 
Muslims, because it is a 
religion of self-resignation 

or submission. (LL) 

peace (2) (n) 

And If they incline unto 
peace, then thou may 
incline thereunto. [8:61] 

submission (3) {n) 



•p 



p 



Those whom the angels cause 
to die while they are 
wronging themselves and 
then they proffer submis- 
sion. [16:28] 

(4) (n) ace. 
to be wholly possessed {4} 
by someone, to belong 
to someone 

280 



Us 



Say, I have surrendered my- 
self unto Allah. [3:20] 

(per/. 3 p.m. dual.) iv 
the twain submitted 

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) iv 
they accepted Islam 

(perf 2 p.m. plu.) iv 
you accepted Islam 



T£3 



*'''a',q$\;q§\\&'' 



And say thou unto (hose 
who have been vouchsafed 
the book and unto the 
illiterates : Do you accept 
Islam 7 If they accept 
Islam, they are surety 
guided. 13:20] 

(per/. 1st p. piu.) vi 
we submitted 



ii1 



But you say we have sub- 
mitted. [49:14] 

tfmperf, 3p.m. sing. } JU- 

submits m 

{imperf. 1st p. ling.) ace. "flf 

that I submit 

{imperf, 3 pjtt. phi.) <>^r*. 
they submit 

{imperf. 2 p.m. ph.) Oj£* 
you submit 

{el. 1st. p. phi.) -Jr4 
that we may submit 



■->-u5vo (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo *(j->j«o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV^ a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY Or TH1 ROLV OU»AI» 



by the holy Propb. et 
Mohammad (P. B. H). 
It has been the religion 
of all prophets in alt 
climes, other (so-called 
religions) being so many 
deviation from it. No 
religion is aeejptable with 
God save Islam, which 
consists in acknowledging 
the unity and soleaess of 
God and embracing the 
code which Mohammad 
(P. B. H.) had brought- 
Literally, and in practice, it 
is 'self-surrender', 'submis- 
sion', 'absolute surrender" 
to the Divine will, and was 
a lit designation of the 
faith revealed to Abraham, 
lshmael and the Arabs. 
(Torrey ; Jewish Foundation 
of Islam, p. 1 04, cited from 
Jid, P. 3, n. 291) 
Islam, the nance applied by 
Muhammad (P.B.H.) him- 
self to his religion, means 
'the religion or resigna- 
tion, submission to the 
will, the service, the com- 
mands of God. (Jid. > 
Klein, The Religion of 
Islam, p. 1) 

ace, Vj— * 
Muslim (ap-der. m. sing.) „j •■* 
(One who surrenders himself yr 
to the will of God) 

{Ap-der, «, dual.) <Js4*^ 
twain mu slims, 

those who surrendered 5j*r"* 

TA1 



Allah profoundeth a simili- 
tude : a mart having several 
partner* quarrelling and a 
man wholly belonging to 
one man. Arc the two 
equal in likeness? 139:29] 

(act. pic. m. pht.) <">J"J"" 
who are in full possession 
of the power of judge- 
ment and will 

They had been called upon 

to prostrate themselves 

while yet they were whole. 

168:431 

peace, greeting (a) *£j& Sf£$ 

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) ^r*- 

whole, free from all taint 

of vice _ f 

stairway (n) ace. V**" rf** 

surrender (1) (v.n.) f>- #1 

Say thou : deem not your 
surrender a favour unto 
me. [49:17] 

Islam (2) 

Verity the religion with Allah 
is Islam. (3: 19] 

(Islam is the technical name 
of the creed preached 

281 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ £•$**£ <ijjyz cr ^> ^j\y^ JjV<5 <5cm 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J f LT 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QurAN 



r«J 



(Ap-der, m, phi.) x J ' 



submissive 



r*i\*S*\*Sl\>*'\* 



Nay ! on that day they will 
be entirely submissive. 

[37:26] 



J ur 



the quails in) tfjJb 
( ifj£ is a noun derived 
from JTJS (v.n.) : conso- 
lation, comfort, also a kind 
of bird. According to 
Ibn Abbas a symbol of 
flesh or meat which is 
given as provision.— Jtgh.) 



f ^ 



(ocf. ^r<\ m. />/u.) J M"- 
< these who behave proudly 

to hold up one's head in 
pride 



f * 



{act. pic. m. sing,) act. l,/;\i 
< one who pass ,-s his nights 
in saying or hearing 
stories 

to pass night awake in idle 
talk 

282 






And come unto Me as those 
who surrender [27:31} 



gen. ace. "i^i 
Muslims 



{Ap-der. f. sing.) 
Muslim (female or 
a group of Muslims) 

(adjective of *_i! nation) 

{Ap-der f. p!u.) oUl* 
Muslims (female) 

(t.b.) <k<\ H \j^" 
submission (1) 

Then they find in their hearts 
no vexation with that 
which thou hast decreed 
and they submit (with full) 
submission. (4:65] 

self-surrendering (2) 



And it only increased them 
in belief and self-surren- 
der, [33:22) 

salutation (3) 

%&$&& 

O ye who believe send your 
benedictions upon him and 
salute him with goodly 
saluation. [33:56] 



TAT 



am^s (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJJ-o ^--w j^)^^ JjV<5 aSLsw 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



tf u- 



VOCABULARY Or THE HOLY QURAN 



j r * 



(perf. 3 p.m. ph.) \y^" 
they heard 

(perf. 2 p.m. plu.) >•** 
you heard. 

(per/, 1st. p. plu.) \£? 
we heard 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ££< 
"•"hears 

(imperf. 3p,m. phi J 
they, that they may, 
they do not, hear 

(imperf. 2 p. m. ting.) £**"<" 
thou hear 

ace. gen. Ijm ' | jjn>,. ( 

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) 
you, that you may, 
you do not, hear 

you surely will hear 

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) »i*i 

1 *" h^ 

(Imperf . /st. p, ph.) £*— ' 



" ***&> 



we hear 

we used to hear 



m>J U 



listen (thou) ! *" 

(perate. m. phi.) l£i*1 
hear, listen (you) 1 

listen to me 

0«r/. J p.m. jm^.) ft **-l 
"--made SS hear 



Sti If- necked, discoursing there- 
of by night reviling. 

123:67] 

(the word !,/£• has occu- 

red here in the verse as 

tJC f,e., in the state of 

doing SO). 

S&miri (n) J^Lll 

Note : j^Cfl is not a pro- 
per noun, a man belonging 



•u^U 



to a tribe called 

or *jF existed at the 

time of Moses (IK. 7b.). 
According to the recent 
researches, the word 
sounds more of an appel- 
lation than of a personal 
name. If we look to old 
Egyptian, we have 
'Shemer'*: a stranger, for* 
ergner. As the Israelites 
had just left Egypt, they 
might quite well have 
among them any Egypt!- 
anised Hebrew bearing 
that nickname (Jid.~> Ay a. 
P. 16, n. 381). 



t f * 



(perf 3 pm. ting.) *f" 

"-heard 

(perf. 3 p. /. sing.) tai** 
~(/) heard 

283 



AiU^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-o _jj Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ £•$**£ <ijJJ-o £-w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



o f if 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY (gumtK 



U * 



' *1 

{form of wonder) ft - fJf"t 

how clear is his hearing I 

(imperf. 3 p.m, ph.) W &&£* 
<they hew 

perceive through (n) pJf I **-J> 
ear, hearing 






acc. \Zr nam. 

(act. 2 pic. m. ilng.) 
one who listens 



(and also one of the Excel- 
lent Names of Allah 
meaning 'The Hearer') 

listeners (bits, phi.) jjfG* 

(ring). |jr< 



• 


^ f 


O* 


height (it) 




* 


f f 


4T 



the eye nf needle (n) ~Z 

yS¥! p-'tj J^J * e^^* 
Until I a camel passeth 
through the eye of a needle. 
(7:40) 

scorching wind,(n.) 5 jj? i fjHUfi 
scorch 



^ f / 



(Imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv Oy*i 
^-nourishes 



you make not hear 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sfng.) iv £^-_ 
'*«makes to hear 

• **. i * ** 

fast. £r- I £*- 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing. 
thou make hear 

(pfr. />fr. m. jlng.) I* >■ « ■' ■ "» 
one being made to hear 

They say : We bear and 
we disobey and hear thou 
without being made to 
obey, (4:46] 

(perf, 3 p.m. sitig.) viii ill^t 
< "-'heard 

as RF \Q\ £*£t 

(perf. 3 p.m. pm.) viii \ y*i^\ 
they heard 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii f^-i 
"^listens, hears 

(imperf. 3 p.m. pin.) viii dj* ;"*! 
they hear 

(imperf 2 p.m. plu.) viii Uj**. * ™J 
you hear 

(perate. m. sing.) viii **3-*' 
(thou) listen ! hear ! 

(/wrote, m. j>faj MR l^till 

{you} listen ! hear ! 

v ff** 
(Ap*der. m. sing) riil, f^"-* 

listener 

(ap-der. > m. />AfJ j J«lJ 
listeners 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo i^u^ ^-.^ ij*j}jj$ JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



j r l^ 



VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN 



^f IT 



(perate. m. ph.) ii 
(you) name 1 



\§P 



tP 



(you) name them 

< heaven (t».) K\p/*\£$ 

Ittt. : the higher or highest, 
upper or uppermost part 
of anything (LL). Essen- 
tially it is the upper part 
of the universe in contra- 
distinction to the earth. 

heavens (n.p.) J»£G? * £Ajfe$ 

the name (n,) plj i jUVl 

the names fn.p.b.) *Atr\ /A? j\ 



{act. pic. m. sing,) ace. 
name-sake ( 1 ) 

We have not aforetime made 
his name-sake. [19:7] 



fcr 



compeer 



(2) 



Knowest thou (any as) his 
compeer, [19i:6S] 

giving a name (vjt.) a 

They name the angels the 
name of females. (53:27) 



(pis. pic. m. sing.) ii "■ 
named one. fixed 

tao 



&eP * 



Which shall neither nourish 
not avail against hunger. 

(eel. 2 ph. m. sing.) ttf* 
fat one 



(net, 2 pic. m. phi.) 
fat ones 

»*- 
(sing.) £5?" < 



tik 



Q 



* J f # 



3 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) U 
"—has named 

to be high, elevated, sub- 
lime, rise high 



i? 



to give name \ 
to, to name 



ii 



* 



The faith of your father 
Ibrahim, he hath named 
you Muslim. [22:78] 

(ptrf, fst. p. sing.) ii 
I named 

(per/. 2 p.m. phi.) ii 
you have named 



P 



(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) ii Jj*-*. 

they name 

*** 
(pp. 3 p.f. sing.) ii ^y— » 

r~*\s named, (called) 

285 



am^s jj^F jl CJma JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ £•$**£ <ijJJ-o ^-w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 aSLsw 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



%i ijr 



VOCABULARY OF THS HOLY (JUS AN 



J •* ^ «J" 



Note ; Tasnim' is generally 
taken to be a proper noun 
but according to Zajjaj 
(grammarian) it is a water 
coming upon them from 
above." (LL) 



J 



tooth (n.) jZfl 

And a tooth for a tooth. 

[5:451 



dispensation (n.) 

^$&&£ 

Then already gone forth is 
the dispensation of the 
ancients, [8:3 SI 

dispensations (n.p) 



*..** 



When ye deal with another 
in lending for a fixed 
term. (2:282J 



J <-> J 



< corn-ears 



a corn-ear (n.) 4_L- 



(*V0 



«#* 



■*•.» 



» fc> LT* 






And He guides you unto 
dispensations of those be- 
fore you. [4:26], 

(pis. pic, m. ting.) o>*^* 
< moulded 

to mould clay (assim) 

•* * <fte ' i 

And verily We have created 
human being from ringing 
clay of loam moulded. 

(15:26] 

286 



(pis. pie. f. sing.) ii V" 
<_ propped up 

to support IjlILI; ili 

firmly, set up stays or 
props against a wall 

to lean upon, stay oneself 
upon, reply upon, confide 
in 



JF ' O J" 



satin (Jid.) (*.) £11^ 
finest silk (Pfc.J 






Tasnim fjv«P' "J 



TA1 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



* ■* Lf 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY ftUHAK 



• J U- 



• J 



< plain lands (np.) vjf 



f 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.} iii f *** 
< joined the lots, cast 
the lots, 

to cast lots 



J * o- 



{act, pie, m. phi.) <J j*w 
< those who are unmind- 
fuL 

/■At- '-* ' T " ***" f" 

to overlook, neglect, be 
heedless, unmindful 



* f- J lT 



(/v/. J p.m. sing.) fr.». ^C 

<;<^_r\vas evil 

to treat badly, do evil to, 
to disgrace (as 1\£\ ) 

(ptff. 3 p.f, sing.) h.v. *5T#C 
'*-was evil (/) 

TAV 



Just, 
(imperf. 3 p.m.sing,)r, 
<.-~vhas not rotten 



•*--- S 



*? 



1*.—S - t \1*- ■»-•*■'* 

to be advanced in age, 
change colour, teste and 
smell 



r 



a ^ 



< flash, brightness, (n) 
light, gleaming 


C^ 


to blaze (fire, lightning) 




Well-nigh the flash of His 
lightning takes away the 
sights. [24:4 3| 




year (n.} 


1-- 


years («.p.) 0£- * 


;£3l 



< surface (of the (n) 
earth) Ha. awakened 

I *>£R (act.pis.f. ting.) 
is a wide land having 
no growth ; interpreted 
as the land of the here- 
after.] 



!>D 



287 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



* j ^r 



VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QUEAN 



6 J ^ 



evil rain *J3 "y** 

evil thought *>-J1 ^fc 

evil(n) ? 



,. - ^ 



taA***!*^' 



And evil would not have 
touched me. [7:1 SS] 

vicious (fl> C^ 
(opp. i4\i righteous) 



evil (it) 

plotting of evil *jl^fl ""JS 
ill, evil, bad (ft) 



«-.»- 



evil (deeds) («. />.) £fe iD 
much bad (dative) )^J] 

e\\\ (efotlte f.) Jj^ 
(Note : The word ^^fl 
is elative (/. ) of I_JJl ) 

corpse (I) (nr) i|p 

How he may cover the corpse 
of his brother. {5:3'U 

the external (2) (up.) oi» ^ 
portion of the organs of 
generation of both sexes 

In order that he might dis- 
cover unto the twain which 
lay hidden from the twain 
of their shame. [7:20] 

288 



(et. 3 p.m. sing.) h.v. 
that they may disgrace 

(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) jttss. 
'-^may annoy 

If it is disclosed to you, may 
annoy you. [5:101] 

(pp. 3 p.m. sittg.} 
<■— was distressed 

(pp. 3 p.f. sing.) 
lilt, "-■would be/ were dis- 
tressed 
meia. r*- would be/ were 
grieved, sad 



i5*a 



P 



&c 



**j* 



,c\ 



(perf. J p.m. sing.) iv 
worked evil, committed evil 

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) b \ j jL.1 
they worked evil, commit- 
ted evil 

(perf. 2 p.f. plu,) iv Jt*Ul 
you worked or committed 
evil 

Note : *C (tri literal) is in- 
transitive while {(v) *0 
is transitive. 

(Ap-der. m. ting.) it J— ^ 

evil-doer 

wicked, evil (n) *J^ < *j-fl 

Thy father was not a man of 

evil. [19:28) 



evil turn 






**l£j* ^oV jl C j i n J.o.it a . _jj 01^3^33^3 i^i^3 P5^° 'C )- cr^ C>*i^ji3 lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



i J j? 



VOCABULARY OF TH* HOLY QURAN 



On a day whereon faces be- 
come whitened and faces 
become blackened. [3:106] 



black (n) 

< black ones (n, p.) 
(Mg.) '■ ' 



>J- 



Si 



(ap-der. ix,>m. sing.) ace. 
blackened, darkened one 



4** 






(ap~der.>ix,f. sing.) ece? 
blackened one if.), 
darkened one 

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) sec. 1. 

<a leader (1) 
/ . \ T * \-» - t*i* -» •<*- -i-' 

to be head, leader, master 
or a chief 






A leader and a chaste (one) 
and a Prophet righteous. 
(3:39] 
master (2) 

And the twain met her master 
at the door. 13 2:25] 

< chiefs (3) (n.p.) 

And they said ! O our Lord, 
varily, wc obeyed our 
chiefs. [33:67] 



•> 



£ 



¥ ¥ ¥ * 



~ Siiba (prop. ».) 

(Le, a camel, turned loos* as 
a consecrated animal, to 
be fed and exempted from 
common services. 'Sajba* 
signifies merely a came! 
turned loose, her being so 
turned out was generally 
in fulfilment of a vow — 
'Palmer'). 



IU 



C ■» lT 



court (a.) 4_*-U 

So when it dascends in their 
court, evil wilt be the 
morning of the warned 

■ ones. 137:177] 



J uf 



(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) ix o"£l 
^became blackened 

to become black 

{imperf. 3 p. f. sing.) ix }$lz 
bee j me blackened 

289 



am^s (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djJLwo^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t*# 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J J „ 



• J, 



J o- 



scourge (Jid.) in.) 
a portion (/./.) 

( i^. signifies primarly the 

mixing Of A thing With 
another (Jtgh.), then it 
comes to signify 'a whip 1 . 
But in the verse 89:13 



)e'S 



V& £ - 



it means a share or por- 
tion. Thus the meaning 
of the verse, according to 
LL will be "so thy Lord 
poured on them a portion 
of torment,") 



J Of 



L * * 



an h-jur (lj (n.) i_£U 

They tarried not but an hour, 
[30:55] 

the Day of (2) (m.) ^j£fl 
Resurrection 

Untill when the hour (the 
Resurrection) came unto 
them on a sudden. [6:3 1] 

Note : tiL. means a part 
of lime whilhin a day or 
night (Mjm.), when a defi- 
nite article is attached it 
signifies the Resurrection. 

290 



(per/. 3 p.m. pht.) v WJJ— 
<they climbed 

to scale a wall \jjm * jj^S 

When they made an entry 
into the private chamber 
by climbing the wall. 

[38:21] 

a high wall (n.) 

Then a wall, with a door in 
it, will be raised between 
them. [57-.I3] 

< bracelets (n.p.) *jj^\ 



In* 



ising.) "j 



1M 



braceletsfflM. ) J jCI 



a chapter from the 
holy Quran 






(Not used for chapters other 
than that of the Quran. 
According to some com- 

mentators ijji means a 

part of Quran consisting 
of at least three verses.) 

{Mjm.) 



< chapters of the 
Holy Quran 

/ i * £ •* ** 



(n P.) 






T^. 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo *(j->j«o ,—w O^f'^3 J^Vi <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



ii J (j* 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OU**N 



I** 



*ti 



(pip. 3 p.m. plu.) y^C* 
they are driven or led 



4 driver 



{act, pie. m. sing.) 



shank (n) 



a\*. .'£,*&$& 






(Remember) the day whereon 

the shank will be bared. 

(68:42] 

(the expression 'uncovering 
the shank' in Arabic has, 
besides its literal sense, a 
certain meaning that is 
indicative of a grievious 
and terrible calamity. 
Thus it is said "we have 
uncovered Us shank" when 
it is meant to express the 
fury and rage of battle. 
And one says of a man 
when difficulty or calamity 

befalls him ; ^#C .& xXtf 

meaning, 'he prepared him- 
self for difficulty' — LL). 

And one shank is entangled 
with the (other) shank Le., 
(in extreme agony, as it is 
with dying persons). 

f7S:29] 



And she bared her- shanks. 

(here the word denotes the 
original and literal mean- 
ing). [27:44] 



* * * * 



'Suwa* {prop, n.) mjm 
(a godess of Hud hail tribe) 



* i -» s 



■i. * 



(impetf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
^swallows 

swallow £U1 < 

(atfj* $)%{&<< 

to be easy and agreeable, to 
swallow, to make easy to 



He well nigh swallowci it 
not. [14:17) 

assim. WC nom. jJ*— 

{act. pte. m, sing.) 
easy and pleasant to 

swallow 



• U J <S 



(perf. Ill p. phi.) Ui 
< we d rived 

to drive an animal or 
cloud by wind 

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) £j j*-» 
we will drive 

{pp.3 p.m. ring.) i#*j 
"—will be driven, was driven 

291 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUi-o jj Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ p5^o *(j->j«o cr ^> \j*>\j->$ J^Vi <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



JJ^ 



VOCABULAHV OF THE HOLY QURAN 



i) J o* 






fe 



(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) Off* 
they force (they were forc- 
ing or imposing evil) 

{imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) iv 
you pasture 

iv liUJ J- " f C1< 

to pasture 

marks (n> 

Mark of them is on their 
faces from the effect of 
the prostration. [48:29] 

(Ap-der. m.phi.) ii i!Ej>-» 
marked ones 

to mark SS Vjr* f >- < 
with SS, to be distingui- 
shed 

( l£JU/ in the Quran may 
mean either marked by the 
colour or the like of their 
horses and so distingui- 
shed from others — LL) 

(pis.ptc.f.swg.yi <;_£*. o^l 

marked 



• ^ -» U" 



(ptrf. 3 p.m. sing.) H tf>- 
< '—formed (I) 
(with just proportion) 

(1) to form with just pro- 
portion 

292 



< legs (1) (rt.p.) 3;lR 

And he set about slashing 
their legs and necks. 

[3ffc33] 

< stems (of a tree) (2) 

{sing.) JC 

And it stands firmly on its 
stems. [48:29] 

< markets (n.p.b.) 



(sing.) 



j j— 






J u- 



ftwr/. J p.m. sing.) ii 
< '•—embellished 

to deceive, ii >>-" <->_r* 
lead one to error, 

fptrf. 3 p./. sing.) ii 
^-embellished 



Jj— 



f 



] 



{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) {J"*. 
<<"*-perpetrates, imposes 

( j)^p fJSi fU 

(i) to bring evil upon, to 

force 

(ii) to pasture at large 



«-u5La ^oV jl C*£a J.o.it a . _jj 01^3^33^3 iji^3 f 5^0 tl \j 3^0 ^_w t>^'j^3 JjVi £&aa 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



<i J if 



VOCABULARY Q» THE HOLY QURAN 



li J/ 



(pip. 3 p. f. ilng,} U J^S 
'-^k levelled 

Were the earth levelled with 
them. [4:4 2 1 

(per/. 3 p.m. 
■"^-equalized 



< i-- 



sing.} iii tijtl 



At length, he had levelled up 
between two mountain 
sides, (or when evened up, 
i.e., filled the intervening 
space). [18:96] 

Wres.) ^ (l)rfff 

fperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
"--established himself 






The Compassionate on the 
throne is established. 

[20:5] 

~tuxned to (2) : §\ 

Then He turned to the hea- 
ven. [2:29) 

(or He directed himself to the 
heaven jl^JI 'd[ JgA f 
■s metaphorically said of 
God, meaning : 'then He 
directed Himself by His 
will to the heaven or ele- 
vated regions, or upwards, 
or to the heavenly bodies.) 



(2) to make one thing equal 
to another 

(3) to make complete, adiust, 
rectify 

(4) to level 

And then He created .(him) 
and formed (him). [75:38] 

^completed (2) 

He made them complete 
seven heavens. [2:29) 

'--'made perfect (3) 

And the soul and its perfec- 
tion. (91:7J 

Note :«L»is of verbal 
noun (Masdariyah) 

(see Abk.) 

(imperf. hi p. pkt.\ it 
we make equal (1) 

When we made you equal 

with the Lord of worlds. 

[26:98] 

»e make complete (2) 

Yes ! we are powerful to 
make complete (his whole 
body even) his fingers. 

[75:4] 






293 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ ^5^0 <<jJJ-o cr ^ {yj\ji$ J^Vi 6&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



rf J a? 



VOCABULARY QW TRI HOLY OUBAH 



<S J P* 



~~is not equal <Sj~*_ 

(imperf. 3 p.m. dual.) ii\ " 
the twain are equal 

(impetf. 3 p.m. phi,) JjnI* 
they are equal 

{el. 2 p.m. phi.) >Jj~-l 
that you may mount firmly 

open, central (»,) *Sy 

A central (or open) place. 

[20:58] 

alike ! tame (1) *'^ 

<tt is) alike Tor them whether 
thou warneth them or 

warneth them not. 12:6] 

equal (2) 

Then those who are referred, 
ate not going to hand 
over their provision to 
those whom their right 
hand possesses so as to be 
equal. [16:71] 

level (balanced) (3) 

Those are worst in abode 

and farthest astray from 

the level (balanced) way. 

[5:60] 

294 



.---became firm (3) 
(without preposition) 

And when he attained his 
full strength and became 
firm. [28:14} 

'-^stood firm (4) 

Then stood firmly on its 
stems. 148:29] 

One strong in make, then he 
stood firm. [53:6] 

(perf.3p.f.dng.)fiif 
<-*fested 



And it rested on Judi, „ 

[11:44] 

(per/. 2 p.m. sing.) viii 4-i jlH 
- — thou art settled 

And when thou art settled, 
thou and those with dice 
in the Ark'. [23:28] 

(perf. 2 p.m. phi.) rlii *J*jr^ 
you mount 



gj&Ztil 



When ye mount thereon. 

[43:13] 

* ■?•— 
{imperf. 3 p.m. ting.) viii v>t 

"vis equal 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> OU-q^q^ dji^o^ £.5*** 'O ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



«J J U* 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY IMURAN 



a j u* 



«j j- 



< "^flowed. 



taKm 

CSlz^ j **? %$ 3U 

to flow i (j.) 5ua j 

run (water), to be liquid 

He sendeth down water 
from the heaven, so that 
the valleys flow. [13:17] 

(per/. 1st. p. pfu,) ir, w.v. tjul 
we made to flow 

And We made a fount or 
brass to flow for him. 

[34:12] 

the torrent (m.) ^ 4 ^J| 



i if j- 



Sinai (p.n.) 

Sinai (p.n.) 

Sinat is a mountain in 
Egypt where Prophet Musa 
(peace be upon him) 
was given the divine 
commend ments. Sinai is 
therefore the mountain of 
the giving of the law. 

The Quran has mentioned it 
by two form Sainaa (23: 
20 and Seeneena 95:2) 

Mo 



<>£•* 



midst (4) 

Then he will look down and 
see him in the midst of 
the flaming fire. [37:551 
fair (5) 



And guide us unto the fair 
path. [38:221 

m 

sound (n.) ace. I 
(physically quite fit) 

lr<jJta^paiP0y@ai 

He said thy sign is that thou 
shall not speak unto man- 
kind for three nights 
(while) sound, i. «., he 
was physically quite fit 
and not affected by any 
disease of the tongue (IK.) 
[19:10) 



fcsfciKJjSS 



J3 

And It took unto her the 
form of a human being 
(19:17] 



sound. 



* J if & 



movement (v.jt.) \j£ , j£$ 
make, form, state (n.) *jg? 

We shall restore it to its 
former state. [20:21] 

caravan (n.) %^ i \~j^% 
295 



am^s jj^F jl CJha JxJUi-a _j-> CAs-^o^a Sj&jji$ p5^o <ijJj-o ^—-w ^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 






1 



lJ* 



< state, affair, business, 
concern, 



a 



(pp. 3 p.m, sing.) H 
< •—■•made dubious, resem- 
bling 

to assimilate, to make 
similar 

But it was made dubious to 
them. (Jfcf.) But it appea- 
red unto them. (Pic.) 

(4:1573 

296 



***** 



f 



<<teft side, the left (n) liUi\ 
calamity ***»• 

op/?, ^fj* good luck 

leftside as a "i^!; < 
symbol or calamity 
opp. rjghtside as a 

symbol of good future 

And those on the left hand, 
how miserable shall be 
those on the left hand, 
(i.e., the damned ones 
whose books of deeds will 
be delivered in their left 
hand). [56:91 



Mi 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o Jxjui-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr^ 0-^'^3 JjV^ <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J *i J- 



VOCABULARY O* THE HOLY QURAN 



to be scattered, 
dispersed 

Wc have brought forth vari- 
ous kinds of plants. 

[20:531 

divided (2) 

Thou wouldst them united, 

but their hearts are divided, 

(59:14] 

diverse, disperse (3) 



& 

You striving is surely diverse. 
[92:41 

separately (Ij (n.p.)acc. 

No fault is there upon you 
whether you eat together 
or separately, (24;6IJ 

sundry and (2) 
scattered 

On that day men will come 
forth in sundry and scat- 
tered groups, 199 :6J 



J o J. 



the winter (n.) ttJil 



the words ji* <l2- may bear 

two interpretations : he 
was made to be like (it) 
or to resemble it ; or the 
matter was made dubious 
or obscure. {M. A, >LL) 

(perf. 3 p,m, sing.) vi 
•"-became dubious, alike 

{perf. 3 p.f. ting.) vi 
became can&imilar, alike 



gen. <>\JZ* ace. 

(Ap'der. vi, m. sing.} 
con similar 

(Ap-der^vi f. pht.) 
consinillar 









Where in some verses are 
firmly constructed— they 
are the mother of the book, 
and others con similar. (Le., 
open to various interpre- 
tations ; those verses whose 
drift is not clear, owing 
either to their being too 
general or to their seem- 
ing opposition to some 
clear text, {Jid.) [3:7} 



{Ap-dr. > titt, m. sing.) ace. 
like each other 



a* 



jf. t£t 10 (j« 



^v 



< various (l) {adj.) «j— 

297 



aaaIs (JjV jl CaAa JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ SjJUq$ p5^o *ij->j«o ,—w tj-o'^3 JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



> J U* 



VOCABUUUlV Or THE HOLY QXJRAN 



J £ U? 



to fill, to load 



* u» c ^ 






(imperf.3 p.f. siftg.) 
m* starring 

to be elevated, to fix the eye 
upon 

(dc (. pic. f. ling.) 4-sp-U 
starring 



J J 



{ptrf. 1st. p. phi.) taJLi 
we made strong (I) 

to strap, bind, to strengthen, 

v l£cJl 
We made his dominion strong 
and gave him wisdom and 
decisive speech, [38:20] 

we made firm (2) 



It is We who created them 

and made firm their make. 

[76:28] 

(imptrf. 1st. p. phi.} 
we shall strengthen SS 



c ** 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) y 

~is disputed about 

to be disputed about, 
between 



Un ill they make thee a judge 
of what is disputed bet- 
ween them. [4:65] 



nam. *j^-^ 



ace. *yr 
tree in.) gen. ly? 

trees ace. nom. *j? , ^Ldl 



c c J 



**A 



(perate. m. sing.) 
strengthen I (I) 

in 



(act. 2 pic. m. piu.) ^^\ 
< niggardly ones 

to be niggardly, greedy 

niggardliness, ~i i iiV 

covetousness, greed 



f c ^ 



j 



*a: 



{sing.) ye <fats («./>.&.) ^y? 



C <->- 



0>«cf. /iic. m. n'w?.) j^lili 
< laden 

T\A 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



a i 



VOCABULARY OF TKI HOLY QUR AN 



» » ^ 



mighty (3) 



One mighty in power has 
taught him. (53:5) 

stem (4) 

Wherefore We reckoned with 
them a stern reckoning, 

[65:8] 

great (5) 

And We sent down iron 

wherein is great violence. 
(57:25] 

vehement (6) 

And verily in the love of 
wealth he is vehement, 

[100:8] 

hard ones (1) 

Then thereafter will come 
seven hard years. [12:48] 

strong (2) 

And We have built over you 
seven strong heavens. 

[78:12] 



Strengthen my back by him. 
[20:311 
harden (2) 

And harden their hearts. 

[10:88] 

1 *■* i 

( PL-raw, m. ph.) IJJui 

tie fast ! (3) 

Until! when you have routed 

them up tie fast the bonds. 

[47:4] 



{perf. 3 p.f. *ing.) tiii 
am became hard 



Their works are like ashes 
upon which the wind blo- 
weth hard on a stormy 
day. [14:18] 

foef. 2pfc. m. wig.) J*j— i . Jj^_Ji 
severe (1) 

Then verily Allah is severe 
in chastising. [2:211] 

strong (2) 

And we sought to reach the 
heaven but we found it 
filled with strong guards 
and flames. [72:8) 

299 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ P3-*-* <lHJ*° cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J * 



VOCABU1UARY OF TH» HOLY QURAH 



J i 



tsur 

And how many a generation 
have We destroyed before 
them who were mightier 
in power than they. 

[50:36] 

sometimes it is (4) 

uitdto show excess or vehe- 
mence in any matter. A 
Tew examples are furnis- 
hed below. 

k We t i''j?!'"i »■■ A, -■ 



(a) Those who 
staunchcr in 

for Allah. 



believe are 

their love 

[2:165] 



(b) Then We shall pluck out 
Irom every sect whichever 
of them was most stub- 
born in rebellion to the 
Beneficent. {Pic.) { 1 9:69] 

of them was the most 

hardened in disdain of the 
AlS-Merciful, {Arb,) 

(e) Verily the rising by night ! 
It is most curbing and 
most conducive to right 
speech. (Sid) [71:6] 

300 



terrible, severe (3) 
and strong 

Over which are harsh, terrible 
angels. fM.A.) 

Over which are set angels 
strong, sever. (Pic.) 

Over which are angels stern, 
strong. Uiit.) [66:6) 

stern and firm (4) (n.b.) 
of heart 

And those who are with him 
are stem against infidels 
and merciful among them- 
selves, (/irf.) firm of hearts 
against the disre'ievers. 
(MM [48:29] 

most severe ( I ) {etotive) 

And surely the torment of 
the hereafter is most severe 
and most lasting. 

(20:127] 

stronger (2) 

Lvii* ■&*/ ^"" "■"—• '>■* ' ^"ri-**— J 

Ask them thou, arc they 
stronger in structure or 
those others whom We 
ha\e created. [37:11] 

mightier (3) 



id 



r.. 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-) CA&fyOys SjJUq$ ^5^0 i^o^ ^-^ ij*j}jj$ JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



c-»^ 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN 



J) ^ 



(a) And they were made to 
drink the calf in th;Jr 
hearts for their unbelief. 

(Arb.). 

(b\ And they were made to 
imbibe ft he Jove of J calf 
in their hearts (M. A.) 

(c) And (the worship of) the 
caff was made to sink 
into their hearts (Pic). 

(b) And into their hearts the 
calf was made to sink 
because of their infide- 
lity. (Jid.) (2:93J 



(act. pk. m. piu.) 
drinkers 






(tt.p.t.) ace. vj£* 



drinking place 

drinks (v,n. mim. p.b.) 

drinking {v.n.) ace. 

drinking (v.n.) 



* i - - 



- *i 



Hrv* 



nan. &j5t4$b 

(n.) ^efl.wjl"^i car. \l^i 
drink * ' 



* C J u? 



*— expanded 



(d) Surely ye are more awful 
in their breasts than 
Allah, (59:13] 

maturity (n.J j^ll 

And when he attained his 
maturity, We gave him 
wisdom and knowledge. 
112:22] 



* V J 



cT 



(/?«■/ J p.m. mnp.) J,ji 
-^drank 

to drink, swallow, sunk in, 
absorb 

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) \}'ji 
they drank 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) Vs* 
'-will drink 

they will drink 

(imptrf. 2 p.m. ph.) JjTjif 
you drink 

(perate m. phi.) \f£\ 
(yon) drink f 

(pip. 3 p.m. plu.) fv IjfjH 



Ilti. they were made to drink 



r. \ 



301 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ P5AX0 1^0^ ^-^ ^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



JJtl- 



VOCABULARY OI THE HOLY QURAN 



C*J 



J J iS 



(n.) act . Tji nom, ^ * J& 1 
evil (I) * 

And Allah were to hasten 

for them the evil. {M.A.) 

[10:1 1] 

bad (2) {adj.) 

And beMke ye desire a thing 

whereas it is bad for you. 

[2:216] 

worse, worst (i) (elative) 

Say thou I shall I declare 
unto you something worse 
as a way with Allah 
than that 1 [S:60] 

IT'S' 



tt&$l 



Those are worst in abode. 
[5:60] 

caution. It is notable that 
^S is an exceptional form 
of elative adjective while 
the measure for dative in 

Arabic is " Ci t 

wicked, evil, (n.p .A.) jljZ *1 
vicious ones 

sparks (fl.) g«n. Jj^ 
302 



to uncover, spread out, 
made open 

But whosoever expand cth his 
breast to infidelity, upon 
them shall be wrath from 
Allah. [16:106] 

• -;- 

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) juis. r/-i 
—expands, makes open 

(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) juss. ^j-* 
we expand SS, make i pen 

Have We not expanded for 
thee thy breast. [94:1] 

(peraie. m. sing.} ^y 1 
expand I open ! 



* J J 



i parch'- ii t m. sing.) ijS 
scatter ! disperse ! 



to disperse 



Tj^i; i*i < 



to flee, escape, depart 



f 



<jr 



* small band (n.) **SJ*1 



«-u5La ^oV jl Cfc Ao J.o.i. » , o _jj 01^3^33^3 ^^AaA5 P5^o t^o^ ,—w j^'j^3 JjV^ a&^sa 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



(JJl/ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



bj 



to raise, to appear, to begin 

When their fish came openly 
on their Sabt. (JidJ 

[7:163] 

i* 
(act. 2 pic. f. sing,) *3»>S 

law (divine) 

Note : 4_w j21\ is not only a 
'law or ordinance' but also 
a religion t or a way of be- 
lief and practice in respect 
of religion. ( jld. > LL) 

1 - 

<law (divine) (n.) 4_£j£ 

Bht. custom, way 



(perf. 3 p.f. Sing.) siij^l 
■"""beamed, gleamed, shone 

to rise, shine, light up 

-•• 1 * 
[ap~der. m. phi.} ir Cfj^* 

entering at the sunrise 
«- ft' ■"*■■; i, "* ~"ff 

Then they should took hold 

of him at the sunrise.( Jid.) 

115:73] 

the (n.p.) J^*U 

*r *'■% 
(n. /or p. <*w/.) u8 , ^ J * 1 

the east and the west 

(literally 'the two orients'. A 
good equivalent idiom in 



i^ji, <C token, 1 ; {n.p.b.) 
token, sign 
Note : the above mentioned 

word Will is the plural 

if 
form of J»ti (with Fatha 

on the second red teal), not 

of iji (with Swfru/r on 
it). That is why that the 
former I»*i means sign 
and is transformed to the 

plural as i»l^;l and the 

latter i t£ means condi- 
tion and is transformed 
to plural as ^ , ± 



itfl 



* t 



(per/. 3 p.m. Sing.) £yZ 
"-^instituted, ordained 

to prescribe or institute a law 

(perf. 3 p.m. pht.} \_f-^l 
they instituted, prescribed 

(act. pic. f. pht.) ace. Vj£ 
< appearing on the surface 

(sing.) <-pj£ 

303 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*** 'O ^ cr^ 0-^'^3 J^Vi *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



4 J 



VOCABULARY OI THE HOLY QURAN 



J J J- 



• i» 



J U* 



3AS 



d^l 



** 



(perale. m. sing.) Hi 
share SS 

to share, 

fperf. J p.m. sing.) iv 
<C~ associated, ascribed 
partners 

to lake \\'J] \%yS 
into partnership 

( ptrf. 3 p.m. ptu.) iv 
they associated, ascribed 
a partner 

(per/. 2 p.m. sing.) i* *w j-1 
you associated -95 to, ascrib- 
ed partner to j* < 
— f "*1 
fper/. I p.m. ph.) p f* JT ' 

you associated, ascribed 
partner to 

(per/. Jjf. p. /rfu.) fv UJ yil 
we associated, we ascribed 
partner to 

*l I* 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv 2j* 

^associates, ascribes part- 
ner 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv ££>_ 
that SS is associated to 

* *P \* 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ptu.) iv j^ _j-* 

they associate, ascribe part- 
ner to 

(imperf. 3 p.f. pfu.) act. iv J ^S 
that they shall associate 

304 



English would be "poles 
apart", for they could 
never meet. ( Jid. > A YA ) 

Untjll he cometh unto Us, he 
will say, Ah ! would that 
there had been between 
me and thee the distance 
of the east and the west. 
(Jid.) [43:38] 

the distance of the two easts, 
(Arb.) 

the distance of (he two hori- 
zons. { Pic.} 

se it i ng pi ace &, (n p.b.) J^LiU 

easts, 
j --* t *-» 

Note : JjUU is plural of J^ill 

JjU* In the plural 

signifies the diffe- 
rent points of the horizon 
from whence the sun rises 
in the course of the year- 
(Jid.) 

I swear by the Lord of the 
easts and the wests. 

[70:40] 

sunrise (v.n.>iv) jl^jVl 
eastward , (n. r. adj.) C4J3 



eastern 

eastern, (n. r. adj.) iZi^S 
of east 

r.i 



aaaIs jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ p5^o <ijjyz cr ^> j^l^^ JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



U j 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN 



4 j 



gen. ace. #£,£"* ' 3£./^ 
(ap-dcr.> iv, m.ptu,) 
associators (1) 

And if you obey them you 
shall become associators 
indeed. (6:121] 

infidels, idolaters (2) 



When therefore the sacred 
months have slipped away 
slay the associators (infi- 
dels) wheresoever ye find 
them. [9:51 

Note : ilJiU in Quran is 

sometimes used definitely 
for the infidels as in the 
verse quoted above (9:5) 
but it is used sometimes in 
a broader meaning also 
including Muslims (believ- 
ers) as in the verse (6:121), 

(Ap-dei.^ if, f, phi.) *cT^ll 
associate r and infidel women 



'£•£! 



viu, m. 



phi.) STjllM 
associating (1) (it.) %£*&£& 



iAp-der 
sharers 



Verily associating is a tremen- 
dous wrong. (3 1:13] 



(imperf, 2 p.m. sing. ) ace. it iijli 

that you associate 

■S V' ** 
(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) it <Jy j*S 

you associate, ascribe partner 

(imperf. 2 p.m.plu.) ace. iv >y j£ 
that you associate, ascribe 
SS as partner 

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) h J]^| 
I associate, ascribe as partner 



(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) ace. iv 
that I associate 

(pip. 3 p. m. sing.} ace. iv 
that SS is associated to 

(perate. m. sing.) ace. if 
liti. SS to share 






h$ 



And let him share my task. 
[20:321 

\ ■"* si 

(perate, neg. m. sUig.) iv Hj2i * 

associate not ! ascribe not ' 
SS to I 

(perate. neg. m. plu.) iv \_fi jiS 3 
(you) associate not ! ascribe 

not SS to ! 



(act. 2 pic. m. sing,.) 
an associate, a partner 

(act. 2 pie. m. phi.) 
the associates, partners 

(ap-der.^ iv, m. sing.) 
infidel, associator 

(ap-der . > iv. f. ring.) 
associator women 



SiM 



V- 

305 



am^s (jjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo i^o^ ^-^ ^0)^5 JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



iS J vT 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN 



tf J (J- 



be translated as purchase 
or sale both. In the above- 
mentioned verse the word 

jj^i is rendered by 

authentic commenta- 
tors both ways as it is 
mentioned by Zamakh- 
shari and Rati- Ibtt Kathlr 
and Jid. have adopted the 
meaning of purchase. 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.} *iit & J&A 
<«-bought 



' s it 



jjvil 



to buy T*£il 

(perf. 3 p. m. piu.) riii J 
they purchased (!) 

These art they who pur* 
chased error for guidence. 
[2:16] 

they sold, bartered (2) 

Evil is that for which they 

sell their souls. 
......... have bartered their 

souls' 1 {Jid.) [2:901 

(imperf 3 pj#. sing.) tUi tfjlii' 
/•wpurctuuet, barters 

(imperf 3 p.m. pat.) lit cjjlL 
they purchase, sell, barter 

{et, 3 p.m. phi.) riii Ij JaJ. 
that they may baiter, pur- 
chase 

306 



partnership (2) 

Show me whatsoever they 
have created of the earth, 
or have they any partner- 
ship in the heaven 7 (46:4J 



Ufl 



(perf. 3 p.m. pat.) h.v. 
<they sold SS 

to buy or sell, to exhange 

• |* 
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) i$y« 

(imperf, 3 p.m. ph.) *JJj»* 
(a) they sell, (b) purchase 



$&&#$&&& 



(a) Let them therefore fight 
in the way of Allah those 
who have purchased the 
life of this world for the 
hereafter. (Jid.) 

(b) Let those fight in the way 
of Allah who sell the life 
of this world for the other 
(/,«. hereafter). (Pic.) [4:741 

Note : the word ' V/J1 lit t. 

means commercial ex- 
change. Therefore, it may 



T-1 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ p5^o <ijjyz cr ^> ^j\y^ JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



v£.^ 



VOCABULARY 1 OP TH* HOLY OJUItAH 



<J J J> 















* Jp 


X 

u 


(imperf. 1st. p. ptu.) J ",_*; 
we purchase, barter 


satan, devil 


1 outJi tmm. j! 


On 


(perate net 
barter not, pi 

1 

He was caller, 
side of the 

shoo 

Like seed-pro 
forth its 


. m. ph.) Ij JUT V 
rchase not 


the root of verb Jȣ means. 


* * J" ^ 


'he was, or became remote, 
or far from the truth, and 
from the mercy of God' 
{Jid.>LL). Rgh. stresses: 
S ha it an is 'every insolent 
or rebellious one from 
among the Jinn and the 
men and the beasts. 

satans, {n.p.h.} £5 
devils, rebellious ones 

Note : tfbJ- if not preceded 
by the definite article j\ 
signifies 'any that is execs- 


side (n.) Jjili 

from the right 
valley. [28:10J 

*T *- 

t, sprout (n.) W*- 

duce that puts 
sprout, 
loot fj/d.) 

148:391 


s i v e 1 y or inordinately, 
proud or corrupt or un- 




--i 


betieving or retell ions, or 
that is insolent and auda- 
cious in acts of rebellion' 


tow 


ards (n.) ace. j»- 


{Jui, <L/ 

nation, o 

('ing.) 

branches 

(ting.) 


-u 




• J- i js 


I * v t 


* 


{perete, neg 


. m. j/ng.) J^K J 


(n.p.b.) flee, 
[immunities 

(n.p.b.) gen. 
:L3< 


E 


<act not unjustly or iniqui- 
tousty 

to treat with (j)uJai -Us 

unjusiice to go 
beyond due bounds 

enormity, («,) ow. iLLt 
abomination 



r-v 



307 



am^s jj^F jl CJma JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ P,5^° 'O ^ cr 4 *' 0-^'^3 J^Vi <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



>LJ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



where these rites and cere- 
monies arc performed.' 

poetry (n.) 

<hair (n.p.b.) gen. 
(jittg.) £Jl 

Note jUil " the plural of 

j*i>* (with Fartfl on the 

first rctlical, not of jJm 
(with £u»r on it) because 
this latter one means 'poe- 
try'. 

monument (n.p.) 
'tilt, i-r * 



<<«1 



^3 

J Li I 



i\»i* 



^•jp-uf, 



sa 



4 

Then when ye hurry from 

Arafat, remember Allah 

near the sacred monument. 

[2:198] 

Note • ^ JM ^2ll literally 

signifies the holy monu- 
ment, which stands at the 
place known as Muzdalafa, 
or the ground bordering 
it, where the pilgrims stop 
for the night after their 
return from Arafat on the 
e v e n i n g of ninth Dhul 
Hajjah. 

Sinus in.) J JJ3 
(name of a star which the 
pagant considered a deity). 

308 



Depart unto the shodow three- 
branched. (77:30) 



• J t * 



n 



f *JU ft. 

(itnperf, 3 />, m, ptu.J OJj*i 
they perceive 



i i** 



■*"*?- "**S 






to percieve by the senses, 
to know 



(imperf. 2 pjn. phi.) 
you perceive 



- ■ i J --- 



* ar 



(imperf. i p.m. img.J iv. 
■-wrnalces perceive or know 

(emp. J p. m. sing.) t)jJL ^ 
do not let them know, 
or discover 



poet (act. pic. m. ting) 

poets (act. pic. m. piu.) 

(act. 2 pic. f. piu.) 
signs, marks 






{ting.) ijj»i > 

Note : &\ *j£S means 'all 
those religious services 
which Cod has appointed 
to us as signs, or the ritci 
and ceremonies of the pil- 
grimage and the places 



r.A 



iw&d jjV jl C j i n J.o.it a . ji C»Ip$^$a $]£^a$ P5^° '■Oij* cr^ C>*i^ji3 lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J^ 



VOCABULARY OF THX HOLY QURAN 



Jfcu 5 



(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) Oj-a^ 
they intercede 

i*' . *' 

{e!. 3 p.m. pin.} 'j**- 5 ! 

that they may intercede 

(act. pic. m. phi.) gen. J>p»\5fl 
mediators, intercedes 

{net. 2 pic. m. sing J a^- 
intercessor 

(act. 2 pic m. phi.) i ^ii 
intercessors 

(sing.) fff < 

intercession (v.n.l i_p\il)i 

< evenness (n.) 



^ 



(ij) \ii3 pi ^ii 

to make double, to pair 
(a number divisible by two) 
Note: the commentators hold 
different opinions about 
the ftbovementioned word. 
Therefore the commen- 
ts rics on the Quran should 
be consulted in this con- 
nection. 



J l> 



(perf. 2 p.m. p/u.) i* 
you feared, 

to be on guard against any- 
one, to fear and shun 

(per/, 3 p. f. pfu.) h 
they feared 



J*£\ 



^•"'"i 

0**-' 



t J 



If 



(per/. 3 p. m. sing.) viij- JJiil 
-^flared (M.A.) 

-i*r - 
to light a tire it J»- j 

to become inflamed 
titt, inflamed 



t J- 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
—affected deeply 

till, means that SS has so 
affected SS that the love 
entered beneath the peri- 
cardium. 



* j i j 



(perf, 3 p. f. sing.) 
< —kepi busy and occupied 

to occupy (,j) %i J l^T 3*^ 
occupation (n.) i yJ. 



* t 



(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) £*£ 
<C^" intercede i 



*'■*' *'--L 



(fc~*) 4_fcUi '****_ M^ 

to intercede for 



309 



am^s jj^F jl CJha JxJUi-a _j-i CAs-^o^a djiJLo^ £.5*** 'O ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



* S * 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



^* U* 



$&&4&& 



And I wish not to be hard 
on thee. [2&:27] 

(ptrf. 3 p.m. pht.) Hi \>U 
they opposed 

Slfii Se S& < 
to become hostile to 

(imperf 3 p. m. sing.) 
~ op posts 

you become hostile, cause 
cleavage 



(act. pic. m. phi.) 
fearful ones 



Then on the Judgment Day 
He will humiliate them and 
lay : where are My asso- 
ciates regarding whom ye 
have been causing clea- 
vage ? {J id.) for whose 
sake you became hostile 7 
(16:271 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ph.) 

~ splits asunder, cleaves 
asunder 

(imperf. 3 p. f. sing.) r 
«- splits or cleaves asunder 

(ptrf. 3 p.m. sing.) Hi 

~rent asunder 

(ptrf* 3 p.f Jing.) rii 
""rent asunder 

310 



'M 






twilight, <fl.) J**Ut 
afterglow of sunset 



J / * 



u 



two lips (w, <*«/■) £H- 



• iS ^ 



lt 



, •- 
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) {£=« 

<C wheals 

to cure, heal 

-wheals me 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) juss. * JLi* 
<— heals, relieves 

healing (v.??.) *\i£ 



brink (n.) 



US 



* J J 



f>fj-/ /sf p. pfr.) 
~elove (1> 

to split, cleave 

(imperf. lit p. ting.) Up _ jjl 
I than be hard (2) 
upon SS 



'^jSji (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ P.5^° 'O ^ cr 4 *' l>#LH3 JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Jil 



VOCABULARY Of THB HOLY gURAH 



Jo,/ 



(act- 2 pic. m, sing.) 
unblessed 






' *1 ■ *5*" 

the wretched (elative) j^' * 3" 

one, unfortunate 

wretchedness (v.fl.) *jni 



H 



(pref 3 p.m. sing.) _fi 
<--^gave thanks, became 
grateful 

(d)tC& J l£ #£ #? 

to realise or acknowledge 
one's favour 

(per/. 2 p.m. ph.) f-A - 
they returned / gave thanks 

(tmperf. 3 p.m. sing.} ^i 
'Ogives thanks 

fimperf. 3 p.m. plu.) OJJ^_ 
they give thanks, become 
grateful 

joss, »J.^ nam. jj^-i? 
(imperf. 2 p.m. ph.) 
you give thank, become 
grateful 

fim/wr/. ftf, p. ring J Jil 
Kreturn thanks,)become 
grateful 

(perate. m. sing.) _fi,\ 
be grateful ! 

(perate M. plu.) hj£\ 
(you) be grateful, 
give/return thanks ! 



(imperf. 3 p. f. sing.) hi 
~ cleaves asunder 

(v.n.) ace. 
cleaving asunder 

travail, distress, (n.) gen. 
difficulty 






v.* 



Sfi^^jLQyJSS^ 



•J 



And they bear your loads to 

a city which yc could not 

reach except with travail 

(distress to) your souls. 

[16:7] 

a distance hard (n.) 
to reach 

But the distance seemed hard 
unto them. [9:42) 

cleavage, (v.n. Hi) 
divergence, schism 



t%i 



SGi 



iS t» 



(perf, 3 p.m. plu.) lj*s 
<C«-*re/were wretched 

to be miserable 
unfortunate 



(Imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) 
"--'shall be distressed 

(tl. 2 p.m. sing.) ace. 
that you may be distressed, 
lest you may be distressed 



jn. 



i *- 

• »» 






311 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djJLwo^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr 4 *' l>#LH3 JjV^ a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Ji] 



VOCAaULARY O* TH» HOLY ^UHAM 



J J 



&*6^ 

Verily he was a bondman 
grateful, [17:3] 

appreciative, (2> 
bountiful in rewarding 

He is Forgiving, Appreciative. 

[35:301 

Note : jj££ is absolutely 

similar to 9 jfi when it 

is applied to God ; sec the 
above note. 

thanksgiving (vji.) \J*£ 

gratefulness, (*.».) \j££ 
thankfulness 



i] 



(ap-der.>ri m. ting.) ^j£\J£a 
quarrelling ones 

to be perverse, stubborn.! 

to JjW < 
wrungle, quarrel 



doubt 


* *i ii 


i 

a- 


»■) nom. Juss, 


^ 




* J ^ 


i 


(net 
manner, djspt 

312 


picf, sing.} 
Dfition 


%g 



(acr. pfe m. sing.) 
grateful (1) 

Grateful for his bounties. 

[16.121] 

appreciative (2) 
and bountiful in reward 

And whosoever voluntarily 
doth good, then verily 
Allah is appreciative, kno- 
wing. ( or J surely 

Allah is Bountiful in re- 
warding, Knowing 

12:I5S) 

Note ; *£& when applied 

to God means, 'He who 
approves or rewards, or 
forgives, much or largely; 
He who gives large re- 
ward for small, or few, 
works' {LL) or, one who 
highly appreciates good 
and is bountiful in rewar- 
ding ji 

juss aX& <■ &X^$ nom - SJ^Tli 

{.act. pic. m. phi.) ace. 
grateful or thankful ones 

(act. 2 pic, m, sing.) IjJCi^ 
accepted, appreciated, recom- 
pensed 

ace. \jjfe no*. 5f£ , jjjsi\ 
grateful (2) (inti. ting.) 



iw&d jjV jl C j i n J.o.it a . ji C»Ip$^$a $j&jj}$ P5^° '■Oij* cr^ Otfij^S lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J f J- 



VOCABULAllY 0' THE HOLY QURAN 



J a 



[ 



j f, u* 






(ptrf. 3 p.f. sing.) xi oj 
"- shrank (with aversion) 

to shrink from 

to feet aversion for 



the sun 



1* 


w r 


* 


ace. 


Ljt ' 


S*^\ 


[* 


J r 


- 1 



(perf. Jp.f. jfajt.) Jp _ Kffl ^J3 l 
'-contained SS 

to contain, viiV yy^l L ■ *.1i < 
to comprise 

to include, contain 

the left (side)(lj <*■) 'jQjh 

Certainly there was a sign 
for Saba in their abode — 
two gardens on the right 
and the left hand. [34:15] 



Say : everyone acts according 
to his rule of conduct. 

[17:84] 



>f 



similar, like (n.) gm. J£S 



[ 



>J 



(imperf. hi. p. sing.) $wl 
<1 bewail, (Jid,) I complain 

to complain, to accuse 

(imperf. 2 p.m. ting.) via J$SaT 
thou complaineth, bcwailcth 

as RF ] g£\ < 
a melted) (^)lfeij 



I"* »» f ,; 



(perate. neg. m, ting.) — - ** j 

cause not 5.1 to rejoice (/;<■/. .) 
make not 55 gloat (Arb.) 

to make one rejoice at 
another, affection 



i— 



* C f ^ 



fa<7. pre./. p/«.^ art. olitli 
< lofty, high, tall 

to be high ( j) U^r £i£ p* 

313 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo i^u^ ^-^ ^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



i * iJ- 



V0OABULA*Y OF TH1 HOLY QjURAN 



Jf^ 



to witness, be present 

to bear witness, give testi- 
mony against 

And a witness of her own 
family bore witness. 

[12:26] 

is present (2) 

So whoever of you is present 
in the month he shall fast 
therein, [2:185] 

(perf. 3 p. m. pbi.) 
they bore witness (I) 

And they had borne witness 
that the messenger was 
true. [3:86] 

(hey witnessed (2) 



Have witnessed their crea- 
tion 1 ! [43:19] 

*• i 

(per/. 2 p. m. phi.) f-*-t" 

you bore witness 

(perf. lit. p. phi.) t £& 
we bore witness (1) 

They will say : we bear wit- 
ness against ourselves. 

16:130] 

314 



% 



the (eft hand (2) 

Then as to him who shall be 
vouchsafed his book in his 
left hand. (69:25) 

the left side (n.p.b.) jflfe .flrfjjl 



«J iS 



(act. pic. m. dug.) ^jjj 
trad titer, insulter 

, hatred (n.) jU£ 



• V 



ace. Llp£ itom. Vt£ 
flame ( I) (rt.) §m» 

Except him who snatches 
away 4a word by stealth) 
and him then pursueth a 
glowing flame. [3 7:10] 

a brand (2) 

Or bring you therefrom a 
burning brand. [27:7] 

the flames (n. p. b.) \{£ 



{perf. 3 p. m. ling.) x^ 
■^-bore witness (1) 



r\i 



am^s (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djJLwo^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr^ 0-^'^3 J^Vi *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



» # 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN 



i 6 



ili! 



(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) ftjjuj? 
you bear witness (l) 

you witness (2) 

( imperf. 1st. p, sing.) 
1 bear witness 

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) 
we bear witness 

(perate. m. sing.) 
bear witness ! 

(perate. m. phi.) I j i " * 1 
(yt>u) bear witness! 

(perate. neg. m. ji'/jg.) jlJJ? J 
testify thou not ! 

{peif. 3 p.m. skg.) iv jLJ-li 
'^-made JS testify 

(^er/: /.!/ p .tins.) iV iSM.I£l 
1 made SS present 

{imperf 3 p.m. sing.} iv ■ j '-^ 
----takes 55 to witness 

(imperf 1st. p. si g.) fr .\ , t) 
I take 55 to witness 

(perate. m. pfu,} iv t_f * ; *■■ 

(you) take 55 to witness 

(prate, m. phi.) x 
(you) call 55 to witness 



. i J_* tl w>m . Ju*U 



arc. 

(aci. /w. m. sing.) 
an evidence, a witness 

flCf, gert.&j_*\y nam. jjj*L* 

v * " 

far*. />/c. m. pfu J 
bearers of witness < 1 ) 
witnesses (2) 

no 



we witnessed (2) 

And thereafter we shall surely 
say unto his heir, we wit- 
nessed not the destruction 
of his household. [27; 49] 



(imperf, 3 p,m. sing.) 
~ bears witness (I) 
'-■-witnesses (2) 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.} 
they bear witness (1) 
they witness (2) 



(el. 3 p.m. phi.) 
that they witness 

(imperf. 3 p.f sing.) 
will bear witness ( 1 ) 









s t 



On the day wherefrom their 
tongues and their hands 
and their feet will bear 
witness against them regar- 
ding that which they were 
»ont to work. (24:24] 

declares on oath, (2) 
swears 



*• i * . *.t ***• 



sj^ii 



And it will avert the chastis- 
ment from her if she testi- 
fieth by Allah four times 
that verily he is of the 

liars. [24:8] 



315 



aaaIs (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'lHJ"° cr^ 0-^'^3 JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



• 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



3 






$m 



.1*1 J 't.i'^^.J^a. 



And whosoever obcyeth Allah 
and the apostle, then those 
shall be with them whom 
Allah hath blessed, from 
among the prophets, the 
saints, the martyrs, and 
righteous. Excellent are 
these as a company. 

[4:69] 



ace. 






• •■*;■»■ 



{pact. pk. m. sing J 
witnessed 



*»«•** 



witness {r.n. mim.) 

witness (r.n.) Yi\M 
witnesses {v.n.p,) foC *n 



• J * 



month (p.) £i i j£3l 

two months (n. dwa/.) dLjfZ 

months 0#Ju) J*§|. JjJijI 



* 



(f.n.) flee. I;' s . nam. 
roaring, braying 
316 






fflc/, /j/c. m. plu. b.) *jf 
{sing.) j_»U < witnesses 

facr. /to. m. p.b.) ilji^J 
(jffl£.) jj»li < witnesses 

fact. 2 pic. m. sing.) TjlA?- 
present (1) 



%f$P$$ffl$&& 






Allah hath bestowed favour 
on me that I was not pre- 
sent with them. [4:72] 

witness (2) 



And We shall bring thee agai- 
inst these as a witness. 

116:89] 



heedful (3) 



Verily herein is an admoni- 
tion unto him who hath a 
heart, or giveth ear while 
he is heedful. [50:3 7] 

{act. 2 pk. m. dual,} ^.J^t" 
two witnesses 

{act. 2pk. m. phi.) *.\ X'**H 
witnesses (1) 
martyrs (2) 

m 



am^s (jjV jl C*io Jxjui-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ P5AX0 <ijJj-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



• & ur 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY OJJKAN 



S J 





* iS j ^ 


met 
lilt. 


a, arms (n.) fejitl' 
thorn 




• J J J- | 






(imperf. S p.m. 3ing.) iS^i 
<<— scalds 

to roast Jv 

extremities (M. Alt) (n.) i£>*" 
scalds skin (J/tf.) 

[ * * t 2 I 

f willed 

to will, to wish (*i)*A*?/ 

(>er/. ,? p.m. .wijjf .} iii 
you willed 

frwr/1 2 p.m. dual.) \r~ 
you (two) wished 

fp*r/. 2 p.m. plu.) V^; 
you wished 



/>«/. 1st p. plu) 
we willed, wished 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) »LtT 
wills, wishes 

(imperf, 3 p.m. pfa.) jjJUr 

they will wish, will 
r \v 



desires, lusts, joys (n.p,) .-.IT'tB 



* V -> 



u" i 



m i xtu re for d rink (.RgA. } (n.) t ^Ji 
drought Uid.) 



* J J Lf 



{per ate m. sing.) Hi J^U 
< con suit ! 

to ask jLik-ljJU. 
for advise, consult 

(perf. 3 p. f. sing.) iv ojlii 
<.~ pointed to 

VMM 381 

to point out or at J[ - 
to counsel y<Jc - 

mutual counsel (r.n.>W) jjU» 

I «*„ 
WUnse](fr.) tfjjJJi 



J> J 



flame (n.) 



317 



■ 



(jMf/ J p. f sing.) mi 




'. 


—•'desired 








• **- •- 




(imperf, 3 p.m. plu.) viii 


<4jHs 




they desire 


* * - 


' 


{imperf, 3 p.f. sing.) riii 


tff*-* 


■ 


--desires 


* -*- 


■ 


lustfully fn.) 


•Jr" 





am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £,5-^° *lHJ«o ^—^ 0*f'>?3 lPV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



£* 



VOCWJLARY Of THE HOLY QURAN 



* * J 









* t * J- 1 


(a,) ace. 
cne advance 

aged and old 


b*- worn. pjr 
1 in yean, aged 

(n,p.b.) ace, U j_i 
ones 




• 3 ^ U* 


(pact, i 
plastered, lof 

{pit. 


sic. «. tffrqgj Jji# 
ty, fortified 

p/c. /. ring.) *Z12a 



plastered, lofty, fortified 



* t «* * 



(impeif. 3 p. f. ting.) 
circulate, be spread 

i«t (1) (».) 

Thereafter, we shall draw 
aside from each sect which- 
ever of them against the 
Compassionate were most 
in excess. [1 9:69] 

P«rty (2) 

One being of his own party 
and the other of hia ene- 
mies. [28:151 

318 









(tmperf. 2 p.m. sing.) i \^Jj 
thou wills 

(impetf. 2 p.m. phi.) JjjlSF 
you will, wish 

I will (impetf. 1st p. sing.) 

we will (Impetf. 1st, p. phi.) 

(n.) ace. ELi row, 
thing*(|> 

Verily Allah is over every 
thing potent [2:20] 

aught, any extent (2) 

Even though their fathers 
understood not aught. 
Vkt.) f2: 1 70J 

Note : the word tli in 
direct objective case is of- 
ten used to denote the 
meaning *a little bit', 'at 
air etc. as it is in the 
above quoted verse. 



things {it.p.b,} * Cif 



rf J- 



{n.p,b.} ace, 
< grey-headed ones 

< ■ 

homineu (n.) ace. 



Vi 



to 

grey hair (n.) *"«** 



f\A 



■->-u5vo (jjV jl C*io JxJUw: _jj Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijjyz cr ^> ^j\y^ JjV^ a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t* J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY yURAN 



t* 



fellows, partisans, {n.p.b.) f Lit 
man of the same per- 
s nation 

And verily Wc have des- 
troyed your fellows; but 
is there any that re mem* 
breth.fP/c,^ And assuredly 
We have destroyed your 
likes; so is there anyone 
who shall be admonished. 
Old.) [54:51] 



iS sT J ** 



<f , 



parties (n.p.b.) 
< sects, facttons, 
schismatics 

{riflg.) 4jui 

Of those who split up their 
reliaion and became schis- 
matics. (Pic.) Of those 
who split up their religion 
and becames sects. (J id.) 
(30:32) 



¥¥* 



b 



♦+* 



r\\ 



319 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^—-^ j^l^^ JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



iUI^Uf 



commentators have aiso 
expressed the idea that 
(hey were star-worshippers. 
But this opinion is rejected 
by others. 

According to E, Br. (XIX. 
p. 790) the Sabians "were 
a semi-Christian sect of 
Byby tenia, the Elkasaites, 
closely resembling the 
Mandaeans or so-calfcd 
'Christians of Si. John 
the Baptist*, but not iden- 
tical with (hem." 

According to another defi- 
nition "they were a sect 
in ancient Persia and Ch- 
aldea, who believed in the 
unity of God, but also 
worshipped intelligences 
supposed to reside in the 
heavenly bodies." 

The commentators have 
also differed whether they 
were Ahl-at-Kitab or not. 
320 



tfcr.CjJ-SUl /torn. 

(act. pic. m. piu.) 
<Sabians (sing.) %\^ 

V Pk P ife 

(ihLi)lp'; 

to change one's religion 

Note : Sabi is literally 'one 
who goes forth from one 
religion to another' (LL. 

my. 

The commentators hold 
different opinions regar- 
d ing them. Most of them 
agree (hat they are a 
Judaeo-Christan sect. The 
others mention that they 
are semi-Christians. Rgh. 
stresses that they were 
among the followers of 
the Prophet Noon. A few 



5£.£l 



rr- 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ £•$**£ <ijJJ-o c ~-*> ij*j}jj$ JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



CV^ 



VOCABULARY OF TBI HOLY Ot'ltAM 



«T* V ^ 



to come « 
in morning 
* r^ 






And certainly & lasting chas- 
tisement overtook them in 
the morning. (54:38) 

(per/. S p.m. sing.) iv ^i[ 
< "—became (1) *"* 

" * * <• """i 
to enter UL*^ fr £«•' 

upon the time of morning, 
to appear, to become 

And he became one of the 
losers. 15:30] 

— bcgari to do SS (2) 
(/.?. engaged in doing SS) 



So he began to wring his 
hands. [1 8:42] 

(per/. 3 p.f. s!/tg.)h ^JC*\ 
■^became 

-'•— 1 

(per/. 2 p.m. pki,)iv f**f** 

you became 

(perf. 3 p.m. pfu.)iv \y^Z>] 
they became 

( imperf 3 p.m. sing. ) n ace . Pr^ 
■—'becomes 

- *t * 9-e 

ace. j*^ nom. Q-* 

flmperf. 3 p.f. sing.) iv 
~ becomes 

{Imperf. 3 p.m. ptu,Yti, ace. \ 
they become 



The majority does not 
counL them among I he Ah\- 
al-fCitab (the people of the 
book) "Ibn Kathir, Ibn 
Jurir and Qurlubi have 
quoted ft few opinions of 
eminent companions of the 
Prophet {PBH) as Umar 
and Abdul tab Ibn Abbas 
and from among the Ta- 
beens as Hasan Bftsri inclu- 
ding the Muslim jurist 
Imam Abu Haneefa who 
hold that marriage rela- 
tions are allowed with 
them. 



* V **» u* 



* - 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) assim. »_-* 
<~poured 

to pour out, be poured out 

(perf. 1st. p. ph.} assitfi. t-Irf* 
we poured 



(pip. 3 p.m 
«- Is poured. 


sing,} asslm. 
will be poured 


* * 


(perate. m. phi.) assim. 
fyou) pour ! 


># 


pouring (v.n.) ace. 
(used as emphatic case, mearH 
ing heavy pouring 1 ) 


& 




* c * 


sJ* 



-ft- 



(perf. 3 pm. sing.) It ^* 
<<-*came in the morning 

321 



am^s (jjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> CAs-^o^a $jJuq$ p5^o <ijJj-o ^-w j^)^^ JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J V u* 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OURAN 



c * ^* 



to be patient, to endure 

fperf. 3 p.m. plu.) \jj£ 
they bore patiently ( 1 ) 

But they patiently bore that 
wherefore they belied. 

[6:34] 

they endured / (2) 
were steadfast, constant 



Then, verily, thy Lord unto 
those who have emigrated 
after they had been perse- 
cuted and then striven 
hard and were steadfast 
(or endured, or were cons- 
tant}. [16:110] 

they persevered (3) 

Save those who persevered 
and did good works. 

[11:11] 

they suffered (4) 



s^tfaasa^j^^ 



«*» 



And fulfilled was the good 

word of thy Lord unto 

the children of Israel for 

they were long-suffering, 

[7:137] 

322 



rp 

g5» 



{epl. 3 p.m. phi.) h* i^V*/ 
they certainly will become 

{imperf. 2 p.m. phi. )iv, ace, > jr^r* 
that you tecome 

{imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) Iv Uj 
you enter the (3) 

morning 

And glory be to Allah when 
you enter the night and 
when you enter the mor- 
ning. [30:17] 

morning, dawn (n.) 

morning, dawn (n.) 

daybreak, dawn (v.n.) £. t' 

{ap-der. iv. m, pktj ace. jg , ■ 
(passers by) in morning * *" 

And you will pass by them 
in the morning. [37:137] 

lamp {«,) C.L-f; * H-*?! 
lamps (n. p .b.) S- 

And certainly we have adored 
this lower heaven with 
lamps (i.e., which are radi- 
ant stars). (67: 5] 



(ptrf. 3 p. IB. sing.) jf 
<^borc with patience 

rtr 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-o _jj Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



V <J> 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J v ^ 



• r *' 



(imperf. 2p.m. piu.) 
you will bear patiently 






ace. 

(imperf. rteg. 1st. p. phi.) 
we certainly cannot bear 
patiently/cannot endure to 






3 



We shall by no means bear 
patiently with one food. 
(Jid.) Indeed we cannot 
endure but one kind of 
food (M. Asad) [2:61] 

(epl. 1st p. piu.) l!>-w 
surely we shall bear patiently • 

And surely we shall bear 
patiently that which ye 
afflict us. {14:12] 

(fferale m. sing.) j»*\ 
endure ! be patient, bear 
patiently 

So be you patient, verily the 
happy end is for the God- 
fearing. [ I 1 ;49] 

wait patiently (figh.) (2) 

And wait thou patiently the 
judgement of thy Lord- 
[52:48] 

(perate, m. pht.) \jj£\ 
endure, be patient, bear with "* 
patience, adhere tteadily 



&>&»%> 



{perf. 2 p.m. phi.) fj* 
you persevered, endured 

Peace be upon you for ye 
patiently persevered. 

[13:24] 

And if ye endure patiently 
then surely it is better for 
the patient. [16:126] 

(perf. 1st. p. pht.) K%+ 

we bore patiently (1) 

It is the same to us whether 
we cry or bear patiently. 
[14:21] 

we adhered (2) 
patiently 

He had well-nigh led us as- 
tray from our gods, if we 
had not adhered to them 
patiently. [25:42] 

(imperf. 3 p.m. Ming.) juts, j^m, 
~ endures patiently 

Verily whosoever fcareth and 
end met h then verily Allah 
wastelh not the reward of 
well-doers. [1 2:90J 

(Imperf. 2 p. m. rtng.)jus3. 
thou hast patience 



jMi 



323 



aaaIs (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ P$**a <jjj~ys ar ^ o^ytS JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



i « "- 1 



< savour, relish (n.) £p 

(j*) **-S £* Jr* 

to dye, colour, baptize 

* -^ 
dye, colour, hue (n.) 

Ours is the dye of Allah ! 
And who is better at dying 
than Allah ? [2:138] 

(/.p., the religion of Islam : 
surrender to the Divine 
will. 'The dye of Allah is 
grace on His part and abso- 
lute surrender on ours. 

is also "Religion" 



and tfi *^Sr means the 



religion of Cod, because 
'its effect appears in him 
who has it like the dye in 
the garment, or because it 
intermingles in the heart 
like the dye in the gar- 
ment' — 



* J * V* 



(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) 
I shall incline, yearn 

to be inclined, to be a youth 
324 



3 



fperate, > Hi, m. plu 
excel in perseverance 


J 


\%\* 


(perate.~>viii,m, sing 
endure, be steadfast 1 


g 


> 


T K 

ace. ijrf 


nom. 


*p 


■ ^Sa 


patience (v.n.) 









{act. pic. m, sing.) ace. ^jS* 
patient 

torn, hljfr i OJjX^ 1 

' * * 1 ^Jl 

(act. pic, m, phi.) ace. wtjjj** 

patients, stead fasts, peTse- 

verers 

f/uc/. pjc. /. sing.) *ji*-* 
persevering one (f.) 

(acl.pic.f.piu.) o I ^ U 
persevering women, patient 
women 

(eAffiw-fcv) ju*l U 
how enduring ! 

How enduring must they be 
of the fire. f 2: 1 75] 

Note : U here is expressive 
of surprise and wonder. 

(wit. sing.} j^ 
verily patient, steadfast 



• t * * 



(sing.) 



< fingers (n,p.b.) l^A 



.1 



TTi 



**jS*a jjV jl Cfc Ao J.o.it a . ji 01^3^33^3 ^^AaA5 P5^o <^o)rf ^_w o-^'^3 JjV^ Am 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



v c<^ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOL-Y QURAN 



J V U* 



accompanied", Illustrating 
the meaning of this verse 
/fc/*. stresses : 'No peace, 
mercy, compassion or so- 
lace from Us will be avail- 
able to them". 

(perare. m. sing.) 'r^*** 
tthouj accompany 1 keep com- 
pany with ! consort ! 

(perate. ncg. m. sing,) J^-L*' 3 
accom pany not I 

(act. pic. m. sing.) <~*;\* 
companion ili 

When he said unto his com- 
panion, grieve not, verily 
Allah is with us. [9:401 

fellow (2| 

Then they called their fellow, 
and he took sword, and 
hamstrung her. [54:29] 

victims (3) 

And thou will not be asked 
about the fellows (victims) 
of the hell fire. [2:1 19] 

showing any type (4) 
of connection or link 

And be not thou like him of 

the fish when he cried out 

while he was in anguish. 

[68:48] 



Then if thou avertest their 
guile from me I should 
incline toward them. (Jid.) 
and if thou turn not away 
their device from me, I 
shall yearn towards them, 
(M.A.) [12:33] 

child, young boy, (n.) ace. 
infant 



+ * c * 



(pip. 3 p.m. ph.) "J>*** 
< they can b; kept company 
with 

to company, to associate 

They will not be able to 
succour themselves, and 
against Us they cannot be 
company with (by solace 
and comfort). (Jid.) they 
cannot help themselves 
nor can they be defended 
from Us. (M.A.) [21:43] 

Note : All the forms derived 

from the rootV £ u* 
necessarily will contain the 
meaning of company, 
therefore, the above men- 
tioned word %$£££' lite- 
rally means 'they will be 

325 



aaaIs (JjV jl C*i-o Jxjui-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ P$**a <ijJj-o cr ^> ^j\y^ JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J Jlj» 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAK 



v c & 



rocScs (n.p.) 



*?: 



j j ,j* 



* ■> - f - 



fper/. J p.m, sing.) 

< "-turned (1) 
away (aside) 

to oppose, to turn «J*** - 

away from, 

to shout MjJf - 



Then of them were some 
who believed therein and 
of them were some who 
turned aside therefrom. 

[4:55] 

~hindered (inirau.) (2) 

And that which she was wont 
to worship instead of 
Allah hindered her. 

[27:43] 

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) 
they hindered 

(per/, ht. p. plu.) tal 
M hindered, kept away 

(pp. 3p> m. tbtg.) 
/— was hindered 

ace, '_** •*- flWR' 



foe/, pic. m. dual.) n.d. *£>£** 
two fellows 

(act. pic. f. ling.) Oftli 
spouse, consort, wife 

And He — exalted be the 

majesty of our Lord — hath 
taken neither a spouse 
nor a son, (Jid.) neither 
wife nor a son. (Pic.) has 
not taken a consort nor 
a son. (M.A.) [72:3] 

(act, pic. m. phi.) L>\*e\ 
<fellows 

(sing.) i_*-L» 



■4 



* * 






(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) 
they turned away ( 1} 

126 



* *> c ^ 



< scriptures, (n.p.o.) j jgf 
writs, books 

< dishes, bowls (npb.) <-jW. 
(n/rg.) J^i^ 



* C t *>» 



(acf. />te. /, j«»g.} oiliJI 
< deafening cry or shout 

to strike sound on the ear 



J C »** 



rock (n.) jy 



am^s (JjV jl C*io Jx^i-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ aSLsm 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t Ju» 



VOCABULARY OF TBS HOLY OJCIRAN 



JJ/ 



(emp. neg. 3 p.m. sing.) 01S+ *i/ 
(thou) let SS not turn aside 

(emp. neg. 3 p,m. phi.} 
(you) let SS not turn aside 

hindering (n.) 



1 



hanging back, (n.) 
turning away 

fetid water, festering (n.) 

water, boiling water 

fr ■ - 
( a.ju» is translated vario- 

usly as pus, filthy water, 
hot or boiling water — ££,) 






J J l/* 



("per/". J p.m. ling.) jJ^» 
<«-wi!J proceed, wiH come 
forth 

to return from, proceed 

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)iv, ace. jX* 
r^drive away, taken away SS 

breast, heart (n, ) j * **- 

< breast*, hearts (ir.p.ft,) jjJl^ 
(jwg.) jjji 



* t 



They are/will be affected 
with headache 

(i_j) Wx* fi-* fii<< 
to divide 

TTV 



IflfLattl-bl'laLt^ls.lL 



Thou se-st the hypocrites 
turning away from thee. 
14:6 1J 

they hinder. / (2) 
are hindering 

When they are hindering peo- 
ple from the sacred Mos- 
que. [8:34] 

{imperf. 3 p.m. plu.j 
they cry out, shout (3) 



'■-'.&#& 



Behold they (people) thereat 
cry out. {J id.) lo ! thy 
people raise a clamour 
thereat. (MA.) behold ! the 
folk laugh out. {Pic). 

[43:57] 

Note : the difference between 



OJJ 



(with dhamma 



upon ij*) and jjx*( with 

Kasra under ij* ) should 
be noted. The former 
means: 'they hinder or 
keep away', while the latter 
means : 'they raise a shout 
with laughter and clam- 
our". 



{imperf. 2 p.m pht.) ace. 
that you hinder SS 



..4 *c 



327 



am^s (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr^ Oi^JiS JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Jjv 



VOCABULARY Of TKt HOLY QJLP»AN 



t J u» 



to turn away 



(imperf. 3 p.m, ptu.J 
They shun, turn aside 

(n. dual.) 
cliff's, mountain tides 

When he levelled up (the 
gap) between the clifls. 
IPic.) between the two 
mountain sides. Uid.) 

11S;96] 






*i^ 



(per/. J p.m. Jing.) Jj^rf 
<-w spoke the truth (1) 

to be true, to say tbe truth, 
to fulfill 55 

Say thcu, Allah hath spoken 
the truth. [3;95J 

fulfilled 55 true, (2) 
showed S$ true 

Allah hath fulfilled the vision 
for his messenger in very 
truth. (Ffc.) [48:27] 

(perf. 3 p.f, ting.} ^il* 
■- — has spoken truth, spoke 
truth 

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) lyx* 
they totd truth (1) 

32S 



{imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) v 5j"' 
they will be sundered, sepa 
rated. 

Note : It is notabfc that the 
former O^-X* is of the 
second derived stem and 
passive imperfect, while 

the latter is J^SSf which 
is of the fifth derived stem 
and active imperfect. The 
latter is originally SjfrfciS T 
but in the abovementioti- 
ed form the o is 

interchanged with ,j* , 

then assimilated to the 
other one. 

(perQ.it, m. sing.) £jj*\ 
proclaim, promulgate aloud, 
declare openly 

splitting (v.n.) p j&]\ 



^o^Jl^lJ^y'j 

And by the earth which 
sptitteth (with herbage). 

[66:12] 

ace. U 
(Ap-der.^v, m. sing) 
splitting asunder, rending as- 
under 






*-'* 



* ^ * u* 



(perf. 3 p,m„ ting. ) i_*.L# 
•^shunned, turned away 



fTA 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o Jxjui-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ P$**a *(j->j«o ^--w j^)^^ JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



3 J*>» 



VOCABULARY OF TH£ HOLY QURAM 



J •> & 



(perf. 3 p./. sing,) ii 
'testified 



(perf. 2 p.m. sing,) it £j£i 
thou fulfilled SS 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii J-ii 
~eonnrmes SS 

(itrtptrf. 3 p.m. plu.Jii jj»J-i 
they testify, believe in SS 

(imperf. 2 p t m. ptuMi o jili" 
you confess SS, admit the 
truth 









(/w/- J pm. sing.) y 
meta. *~ forgo 
/if/.~gavc charity 

Then whosever fbrgoeth it, 
then it shall be for him an 
expiation. [5:45] 

v, ace. n. d. 

{imperf. 3 p.m. phi 
•new. •« you forgo 
Jfef.^you give charity 
Note : Its original from is 

oyx^J The final Nun is 
dropped due to accusative 
case. The first Ta is also 
dropped, as it is usual to 
the firth derived stem in 
imperfect form. 

(perate. m. sing.) v J t.lT 
be charitable 



ace. j 
(imperf. 3 p.m. ph.) 
that they forgo, remit as a 
charity 

m 






Before it was manifest unto 
thee as whosoever told the 
trutn, [0;4 3 j 

they are sincere (2) 

Such are they who arc sin- 
ce^- f2:l77J 

they fulfilled OT (3) 
true 

&&&&$&$&$£&& 

Of the believers are men who 
have fulfilled that which 
they covenanted with 

Allan- [33:23] 

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) 
thou told the truth 

(perf. 1st. p. phi.) 
we fulfilled 

iperf 3 p.m. sing.) ii 
"-verified (I) 

And he verified iha messen- 
gers. 117:371 
'-believed (2) 

He neither belicv^ nor 
prayed. [75:311 

^proved true (3) 

Ibfis proved true his opinion 
of them. (Arb,) [34:20] 



u 



: - - 

ox— 



329 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLc)^ p5^uo <ijjyz cr ^> \j*>\j->$ J^Vi a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J *» u* 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN 



J J^ 



other forms always has the 
meanings of excellence, tru- 
thfulness, veracity, virtue, 
firmness etc. 

acc. tiL* nam. Jali 

{act. pic. m. sing.) 
true, truthful, truth-teller 

t A ■ ■** ^ «£ i *m 

ore. ^^ * cCjjUJl 
(Ap-der. m. piu.) 
truthful ones 

(ap-der f, phi.) cttt>LJ1 
truthful women 

■ k—* 
alms, charity (a.) arc, gen, <J J<* 

<alms, charities (*.) c#tSH 
< dowries (ft.) c*6ji 



UWg-} 4JJU* 



ft. 



(act. 2 />ir. m. wig.) (Jt«*«* 
friend 

more truthful than S5 

(/jiff, m, ring.) jTJtf * Ji*^ 
truthful one. man of truth 
and veracity 

{ints. f. sing.) up 
truthful woman 

gen- tf* JL«Jl ff0ffl ■ Jji J-*l > 

(Aril. m. pin.) 

truthful ones 
330 . 



■SMIf 

acc. v ,jJ«#l* 

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) 
that I may / shall give alms 

(ept. 1st. p. phi.) v ySS3 
we will surely give Alms 

truth (n.) (I) 

That he may ask the truthful 
of their truth. [33:8] 

veracity, (2) 
truthfulness 

And perfected is the word of 
thy Lord in veracity and 
injustice. [6:115] 

excellence 13) 

And give glad tiding to those 
who believe that for them 
is advancement in excel- 
lence. [10:2] 

Note : the word ^*^fl 
literally means truth in 
word or deed, as Raghib 
has mentioned in Mufra- 
dat. It is almost impossi- 
ble to reader the vast and 
various meanings of this 
word into one word. It 
will suffice here to men- 
tion that this word and its 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> CAs-^o^a $jJuq$ P$**a <ijjyz cr ^> 0*f'>?3 lPV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J & 



VOCABULARY OP THE. HOLY QURAN 



J -» L* 



* t J ^* 



(imperf, 3 p.m. phi.) viii j 
they will be shouting 

to cry out loudly 

f •?•■■ 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) v r/*-l 

r-^is crying unto SS for 
succour 

(ap~tkr. > tf, m. sing ,) gen, T-T** 
one who succours * ' 

I cannot succour you nor can. 
ye succour me. [14:2 2 J 

(Ap-der.>H, m< p(u.) J^j-i* 
those who succour (me) 

fi'M. shout or (p.m.) flfc. ?;•/* 

cry for h*lp (but in the 
Holy Quran this word 
means reponse Tor the 
shout for help. In other 
words there wil I be nobody 
to approach to succour) 



(per/. 3 p.m. plu.) assim. (V Ij^il 
they persisted 

to persist, 1 jljil ** j*\ K, 
to persevere in 

assim. it 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
^persists 



* * 



ace. 



n 



nam. jJ-** 

(ap~der,> ii, m. sing.) 
confirming one 

(ap-aer, >il,m. sifig.jgen . ^ILJl I 
confirming one 

ace. gen. ^»x*11 
(Ap-der.^v, m.plu.) 
almsgivers, charitable ones 

(ap-der.>v t m. ph.) ace. O^xA^ 
almsgivers, charitable ones 

(Ap-der.> v, f. plu.) Xttju^Ll 
charitable or almsgivcr 
(women) 

(ap-aer.>r r f.pht.) itJiU 
charitable or almsgiver 
(women) 

confirmation (v.n.) Jt'ji 




(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) v Jj^m 
'^thou aitendest 

to correspond to appear 

dapping (F.n.) * jl* 



* C J ^ 



palace, lofty building, (n.) 



tower 



331 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 aSLsw 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



^ Jl/ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J J<* 



to turn away, 

to turn to Jl _ 

(ptrf. 1st. p. piu.) JJ, - t*j> 
we turned towards, inclined 
towards, 

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) tfj* 
-—averts, turns away 

(Imperf. 2 p.m. sing.} juss. Z>J£ 
thou turns away, averts 

nam. juts. t3 J»l 
(imperf. lshp. sing.) 
1 shall turn away 

{el. lit. p. phi.) <3^*i 
that we avert from, turn 
away 

(pp. 3 p. f. sing.) **f 
™ would be turned to 

(pip. 3 p.m. ting.) juss. <->s1 
r**\i averted from 

(pip. 3 p.m. piu.) jjj+i. 
they are turned away 

(pip. 2 p. m. pht.) J»* 
you are turned awny 

•a * , 

(peraie. m. sing.) <~>j*> 
avert ! turn ! 

(perf. 1st. p. phi.) ii L>j£ 
we variously propounded, 
set forth 

And assuredly We have vario- 
usly propounded Tor man- 
kind in the Quran every 
kind of similitude. ( i 7:89] 

331 



assm. r> JJy*. 
(imperf. 3 p.m. piu.) 
they persist 

assim, juss. iv '■*/* > 
(imperf. neg. 3 p.m. piu.) 
they persist not 

% 
intense cold (».) j* 

gen. ;*£ 
vociferating, moaning (n.) 



J U" 4 



~Z\ 



gen. j^j* fee. qiird. *j*>j-+ 

raging, furious and (n.) 
intensely cold (wind) 



• J* J U* 



lij, , trfin 



straight and right (*t.) ace. V>$£ 
path 



ir t J * 



< lying or thrown (n.p.) {fj* 
prostrate 

to strick down 



* ^> J U* 



( perf. 3 p.m. sing.) &■ - ^J* 
< ^turned, averted 

rrv 



~^jS~q jjV jl C j i n J.o.i.t t t. ji 01^3^3^= SjJLLog P5^° 'Oij 6 cr^ Otfij^S lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Jt«J» 



VOCABULARY Or TBE HOLY 0_UJIA» 



«J(J» 



-» B &' 



{imperf. 3 p.m. sitg.) rit'i 
'^-'ascending, mounting up 

vehement (n.) arc Llm I 



And whosoever turnetb aside 
from the rememberance of 
his Lord, htm He shall 
thrust into a torment vehe- 
ment. [72: 17] 

fearful woe, dis- (n.) ace. f, **■ 
trcssing punishment 

I shall afflict him with a 
fearful woe. [74:17] 

Note : Literally »}ZZ h an 

ascending road, a moun- 
tain-road difficult of asfiint; 
a difficult place of ascent. 
(LL) 

soil, earth (n.) ace. L 



* J t y* 



(perate. neg. m. sing.) it 
turn not ! 

\ * *< ~*~ 

to turn the face 



• W~" 



t VT* 



(per/. 3 Pi m. sing.) j»J 
<C ""swooned 



(imperf. 1st p. piu.) it ^i^i 
we propound variously, vary 

(perf. 3 p.m. piu.) rii 
they turned away 



(pact. pic. m. sing,) ace. 
avertible 

diversion, (i.n.) dee. 
averting 

(n.pf.) ace. 
escape, way for aversion 

turning about (f.nJi)gm. 









*.* •- 



1 






ftpf. 3 /?.m. pJlu.^ 
surely they will reap 

to cut off 

(acr. />/>. m. piu.) ace. qj* _>L» 
reapers 

(aer. 2 /»fc. m. JJffg.) gefl. fLj-Sjl 
reaped, plucked ' ' 



t J* 



rrr 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) mX 
-^ascendeth, mounteth up 

\tf) hj*0 JUb* JL*-» < 

to ascend 

r •-* • -* 

(imperf, 2 p.m, piu.) tt j jjljuh," 

you are going, running, 
ascending 

And recall what time ye were 
running off. [3:153] 

333 



am^s ijjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <<jJJ-o ^^* C>-^'^3 lPV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



c J & 



VOCABULARY Or THE HOLY QURAN 



Jt/ 



* 4 t ^ 



{per/. 3 p.f. sing.)f.d. 

•-—'inclined to 

( j) I^jU^< 
to incline to 

(el. 3 p. /. dug-) ^[^4 
lhat'-vmay incline to 



• c -* ^ 



(W. J p.m. jril -) lj*"i 
they should forgive, over- 
look SS, pass over SS. 
pardon 

^ - (i-») W- j^i ^ < 

to pardon, forgive 

(imperf. 2 p.m. pbt.) juzr. \ 
you overlook, pardon 

(peraie. m. sing.) 
(you) overlook ! pardon ! for- 
give 1 

overlooking, (v.n.) ace. 
forgiveness 



to swoon on l*rf jp^ 
hearing a vehement sound 

{i.e., the living will die and 
the souls of the dead will 
become unconscious — Jid.) 



CM 



avoidance, (r.n.) on-, 
turning away from 

Shall We then take away 

from you the admonition. 

(43:51 

(this phrase *is taken from a 
rider's striking his beast 

334 









^-»" *- s t\2A 



(pip. 3 p.m. ph.) 
they shall be swooned 

(act. pic. f, sing.} «-a£V* 

thunderbolt, vehement cry, 
{meta. destructive punish- 
ment) 

{n.p.b.) 
thunderbolts, thunderclaps fyj2h 

thunderstruck {n . adj.) ace. u*£ 



J t ^* 



<(— {act. pic. m. pfu.) gen. 
abject ones, subdued ones 



uoustf*^ 




to be small, 




to be mean > J»* - 




gen. £i ace. 


Urs 1 


{act. 2 pic. m, sing.) 




small 




(act. 2 pic.f. sing.) ace. 




small 




less than SS {elatfa) 


sfl 


vileness, humiliation (v.n.) 


5£s 


i 


rn 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr^ Oi^JiS JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



O *• U* 



VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN 



J 1-* (^ 



And verily we ? wc are ranged 
rank*, [37;lti5J 

(aci.pic.f. phi.)gett, !£ ( ^friJI 
those who are (1) 

ranged in ranks (f.e. 

angels) 

By Hie angefs ranged in ranks. 
137:1] 

spreading and (2 J 

outstretching the wings 
(i.e.. birds) 

Behold they not the birds 
above them outstretching 
the wings and they also 
withdraw them? {67:19] 

those standi ng (n .p .b.) ace. t> \y+ 
in rows ('applied to camels 
as meaning, setting their 
legs in an even row'. — IX) 



with his Mick when he 
desires to turn him from 
the course that he is pur- 
suing' (IL). And it signi- 
fies avoidance of some* 
thing). 



L 



< chains, fetters (n.pj>.) \\£§\ 
(stng) v 



\2 



gen. f Uj4* nam. 






ranged 



{poet. pie./, sing.) 



row, rank (n.) ace. 



fc. 



(Ap-der. tx, m. sing.) ace. 
<yel!ow 

to become yellow, pale 
yellow {f) 

< lawny (n.p.) 

{sin g .y*£&jAJa 



T-T • * 






«-* <J* ^ W 



smooth, (J7.) (qurd) ace. 
levelled and empty plain 



I * d i-» 



(act. pk.f.ptu.) OiCi&H 
well-bred, coursing horses 
Note ; Safinai' Is plural of 
tafin, which signifies, *a 



* O J 



(acf . />/<". m. Jtng.) on/in. j jiUi 
< those ranged in ranks (i.e., 
angels) 

to set in a rank 

335 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J & 



VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN 



J ^ & 



(a small mount or merely 
an eminence in the holy 
ciiy or Makkah besides the 
building of the holy mos- 
que). 



tin 



* M J 



f/?«r/, 3 p.m. phi.) 
< (hey crucified 



(O)Ui- 



to crucify 



I* -i*c 



fi 



('pi,p. 3 p. m. atfRfJ 
-ww ill be crucified 

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) ii 
^-will be crucified 

(epi. 1st. p. sing.) ii 
1 will surely crucify 

rib, (n.) gen. 
breast bone 

loins (n.p.b.) gen. 

Not*: £&\ (ling.) and 

VlSbf (pto.)e4Chofthe[ri 

is used in Quran only one 
lime. But the place whe- 
re it is used as singular 
nuans the "rib of woman* 
and where it is used as 
plural it means there 'the 
loin of tfv: nun. 1 

336 



Ijfc, 



J 



m 



Jin 



horse standing upon three 
legs and the extremity of 
the hoof of the fourth leg' 
(£.£., Ibn Katkir). There- 
fore, it means a horse that 
is still when standing, or 
well-bred horse. 



* ■» *-» W 



\ *1 

(peif. 3 p. m. sing.) iv j-»l 

< <'-wdjstinguished 

to be pure, 

to choose Wi5»| ft* j^l 

to clarify 



Hath then your Lord disting- 
uished you with sons. 

{17:401 

* — 

( per/. J p.m. sing.) viii jV-»l 
■•^chose SS 

(per/. Ill p. (Ting.ym 
I chose SS 

(per/. 1st p. plu.) riil LjuV*l 
we chose SS 

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) viii $** 
^wchooses 

fp/j. pic. m. sing.) j* - * 
clarified, pure 

f>fr. pj'r. m. phi.) "y^AS 
sleeted ones 

TT1 



~^jS~q jjV jl Cfc Ao J.o.it a . _jj 01^3^3^= i^i^3 P5^° 'C )- cr*** l>^'^5 JjV^ Am 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY O* THB HOf,Y QURAN 



C Ju» 



good their state. {Jid.) and 
improve their condition. 
{M.A.) (47:2] 

( per/, 3 p.m. phi.) iv IJ*W 
(hey amended (their conduct 
in Put ure) 

(per/. lit. p. plu.) If fc£U1 
we made S$ fit and sound 



&*■ 



( imperf 3 p.m. sing.) iv 
.—rectifies, corrects* purifies 

He will recti ry for you your 
works, [33:71] 

sets right (2) 

Verily Allah setieth not right 
the work of corrupters, 
[10:81] 

{imperf. 3 p.m. dual.) ace. iv W-* 
they (twain) effect a reconci- 
liation 

{imperf. 3 p. m. phi.) W j j*l-* 
they rectify 

ace. gen. iv iJ^L* 
{imperf. 2 p.m. ptu.) 
that you make peace, reconc- 
iliate 



nam. 



Jlli.%^ 

Uu 



(act. pic. m. sing.) ace. 
good, righteous, fit (1) 

SALEH (2) (prop. n.) 
(the name of a Prophet sent 

to Thamudites) 

rrv 



• C 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
< ~act righteously, are 
good, are fit 

to be good, right, sound 

(perf. 3 p.m, sing.) it 
■--amended, reformed (1) 

Then whosoever repenteth 
after his wrongdoing and 
amendeth (*. *., reformed 
the conduct). [5:39] 

— effected an (2) 
agreement, made up 



But ir one fears a wrong or 
sinful course on the part 
of the testator and effects 
an agreement between the 
parties. {MM and there 
upon he maketh up the 
matter between them,(/(d.) 
[2:182] 

—made good, (3) 
imporoved 

He shall expiate their mis- 
deeds from them and make 



p] 



337 



am^s (jjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ p5^o <<jJj-o cr * *> ij-o)^3 JjV<5 aSLsw 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY CUBAN 



C Ji/ 



to be hard and smooth 



J ^ J 



ringing clay (n.) gen. Jt*L^> 



(ptrf.3p.rn. sing.) It Qi 

prayed 

to pray, 11 *5L» ^i 
to pray Tor 

{imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) ii *JiT 
~is praying (1) 

Then the angels called unto 

him even while he stood 

praying in the apartment. 

[3:3*] 

i— sends blessings (2) 
and benedictions 

He it ii who sendcth His 
blessings {benedictions) to 
you, and His angels. 

[33:43] 

(iaiptrf. 3 p. m. ph.) ii j** 
they send their blessings and 
benedictions 

(imptrf. neg. 3 p.m. ph.) it \ J* "5 
they have not prayed 

338 



(act. pic. m. dual.) gen. 
two righteous ones 

ace. CS^LJl nam. u^lill 

(act. pic. m. ph.) 
good, righteous ones 

{act. pic. f. ph.) t^U^LJ I 
righteous (works or deeds) 

And give glad tidings unto 
those who believe and do 
good works. £2:25] 

good, righteous (2) 
women 

So righteous women are obe- 
dient, guarding in secret 
that Allah hath guarded. 
[4:34] 






(Ap-der. > tv r m. sing.) 
fair dealer tit. rectifier 

gen. LgnLoU nom. 
{Ap-der. > rV, m.ptu.) 
rectifiers, reconcilers 

m * 

{v. n.) etc. UL# nom. illJl 
reconciliation 

rectification (r.n. ii) gen. C**\. 
reconciliation, setting good * 



A& 



J uF* 



smooth and bare («.) tee. l£i 
(rock) 



am^s (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*** ^lHJ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ aSLp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



iS J u» 



VOCABULARY O* TH» HOLV QJUftAN 



J^ 



churches, synagogues and 
mrsques would have been 
pulled down. [22:40] 



(imperf. 3 p.m, sing.) 
<«-will roast 

to roast, fry, boil 

(imperf. 3 p>m, phi.) 
they will roast 

(imperf. 3p.f. sing J 
^will roast 

(perate,>H, m. phi.) 
you roast 

(peraie.>ii, m. phi.) 
(you) roast SS 

(imperf. 1st p. sing.) ir 
1 shall roast SS 



Vi 



/tijs. i y»i nam. 
(imperf 1st p. pht.) iv 
we shall roast SS 

(imperf. 2 p. m. piu.) viii 5jU** 
you may warm 
yourselves (with fire in 
severe cold) 



(Remember) when M usa 
said unto his household: 1 
perceive a fire afar, 1 will 
bring you tiding thence or 
bring to you a borrowed 
flame that you may warm. 
[27:7] 



(el. 3 p.m. piu.) ii i jfoj 
they should pray 

(perate.> ii f » dug') Q* 

(thou) pray ! 

(pemte> »'. m. phi.) |#J 
(you) send benedictions and 
blessings ! 

(perate neg. m. sing.) 

(thou) pray not over SS ■ 

ace. gen. CfA^H 
(Ap-dr.>ii. m. piu.) 
prayerful ones, (those who 

pray) 
the place for prayer {n.pt.) ^*» 

prayer, worship (n.) *5^* t #%*N 

(n.p.b.) gen.oljLdli torn. &t\,'£* 
< prayers (1) 

(sing.) ;£• 

*&&& 
Guard the prayers. [2:238] 

blassings, benedictions (2) 

These on them shall be ben- 
edictions from their Lord. 
[2:157] 

synagogues (3) 

And were it not Tor Allah's 
repelling of some by means 
of others, cloisters and 

339 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo i^o^ ^-^ ^0)^5 JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



to^ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OURAN 



J</ 



* f f * 



D 



(per}. 3 p.m. pltt.) assim. 
they (willftilly) became 
deaf 

to be deaf 

(ptrf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv 
~ deafened SS 



•¥ 



• -1 

H 



deaf fi. «0J £,3l 

ace. Xs* nam. *i t pJI 

deaf ones f n. od;. pfw J 



• t J ti* 



Oer/1 J p.m. pfa J 
< they worked, wrought 

to make do, create 

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) 
wis making 

And he was making the Ark, 
[ll:3ff] 

~ is building (2) 



i**i 






&c^m&im^ 



a J 






And we destro>ed that which 
Fir's wn and his people 
had built and that which 
they hid raised. [7:137] 

340 



Note : It is notable that 
all forms of this root exc- 
ept iv arc intransitive. 
And both are used in the 
Quran in the content of 
torment. The eighth der- 
ived stem is used in the 
Quran only two times and 
not in context of chastise- 
ment, but only in the mean 
ing of getting warm. [27:7] 

{act. pic. m. sing.) nam. fJ. 

one who is to roast 

(act pic. m.pbi.) nam. f.n.d. 
those who are to roast 



3c 



* *=• f %J* 



(act. pic m. ph.) 
< silent ones 

( 6)t? &£» 

to be silent 






f o* 



An epithet of Allah, mean- ili! > 
ing : Besought of all, and 
Independent of every one 
and every thing, i.e., lack- 
ing in nothing and want- 
ing none to complement 
Him, The Absolute, the 
Eternal. 



* t f w* 



< cloisters (tt.p.b.) **'* 



ding.) 



*-,..- 



£'** 



n 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w j^)^^ JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Vj(f 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QUllAN 



tOi/ 



handiwork (2} 

&$$%$$#& 

The handiwork of Allah 
who hath perfected every 
thing. [27:88] 

making, art of makingOi.) 



*,*, 



• f M <j» 



gen. £bi| ace, t*£#t«fb*?l 



Wng.) <* 



r* 



J o ^* 



I wo palm trees (n. sing.} ji>L# 
from one root 



{pip. 3 p.m. ting.) 
~ shall be mdted 



j~*j 



f 



kinship by (n.) see. tjf* 
marriage 



V J u* 



~befall (e, g., <l) 
calamity) 

4ȣ1 r> uUl < 
tr hit, attain the purpose, 
to be right, to assail, to 
befall (calamity) 

m 



uUl 



(*/. f>/pj 2 p.m. sing.) £**3 
that i hou may be brought up 

And that thou may be brou- 
ght up before my eyes. 

[20:39] 



tij&m. 






(imperf, 3 p,m. ph.) 
they are doing, performing 

{imperf. 2 p. m. phi.) 
you are doing, performing 

- fperate. m. sing.) 
(you} make (SS) ! 

(per/. 1st p. sing.) viil 
I chose ( SS) 



And I have chosen thee for 
Myself. [20:41 J 

Note : It would be rendered 
as 'I brought up' accor- 
ding to other reliable 
commentators. 

castles, fortress (n. pi) ace. *j>** 

And take ye for yourselves 
castles (or fortresses) that 
haply ye abide. [26: 1 29] 

in.) ace. U-» t <** 
performance, <1) 
doing 

And they deem that they are 

doing welt in performance. 

(18:1041 

341 



am^s (jjV jl C*io Jxjui-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^—-^ j^)^3 JjV<5 ^SLsw 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



* Jl/ 



VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN 



V i *f 



— will sfflic! (2) 

Afflict them not thirst or 
fatigue or hunger. 

19:120] 

T ' ■ ■- ■ ■■■- * ■"" 

(imperf. 3 p. f.}2 p. m. sing.) 
you/it will befall, afflict 

(em neg-/- *'«£■) i* £^* J 
—shall not afflict 

(imperf. 2 p.m. pht.) iv ace. ' j— * 
that you may not harm, 
hurt 

'A 

(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) it «-*-* ' 
I shall afflict 

(imperf. fit p. plu.) iv 
we bestow 

We . bestow Our mercy oo 
whomsoever We will. 

(12:56) 

(ap-der.>- iv, m, sing.) 
that which to befall or 
smite SS 

(ap*der.> iv,f. sing.) 
affliction 



* > * 



laden cloud, (it,) 
abundant rain 



*»- 



right (it,) ace. U J> 



u 



* C 



J u* 



342 



voice (n.) <zjj+ 



No calamity befalleth save 
by A fifth's leave. f64:ll] 

—made SS fall (2) 
upon (in good 
context) 



Then when He causes it to 
fall upon whom He plea- 
ses of His bondmen, lo I 
they rejoice, (30:48) 

~ intended, desired (3) 



uLdlc**- 
So We made the wind sub- 
servient to him, it made 
his command to run gen- 
tly whenever he desired 
{M.A.) whithersoever he 
intended (Pie.). [38:36] 

(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) iv 
—'befell, afflicted 

(perf. 2 P-m. pht.) iv 
you inflicted, smited 

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) iv 
we inflicted, smited 



ace. 



- » j 



nom. 



juss. 

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) iv 
~ shall befall, (1) 
let befall 






j > * 



rtr 



am^s (jjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijjyz cr ^> j^l^^ JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J tf & 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



i & 



f J i>" 



<~should fast 

to fast (j) VP fj*» fVi 

to abstain from ^ - 

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) aec. l_j»>-fc 
that you fast 

(oci. pic, m. ph.) gen. 
fasting men 

(art. pic, /. pht.) gen. olAiW 
fasting women 

a fast (n.) ace. \*Ji 

ace. f Lifl nom. f £* * f L«H 
fasting (i-.n.) gwi. X, , £% 



voices (ji. /?,£.) flee. i(l£a1 



[ 



• c J ^ 



9W, i_iJi i 4_n^H lorn. 4_><~a!l 

(an awful) shout (n.)$en. 
or cry 



* » i* U* 



(perale. m. pht.) IjilL*! 
< <(you) hunt, chase 
may hunt, may chase 

au J (u>) l%s 5^: 35 

to hunt 

Mn. j yl act- JU4J1 noffl. j-*# 
hunting, chase (1) (v.p.) 
rtr 



* j J u* 



{perate. m. sing.) 
<(you) incline 

to cause to incline 

Take then thou four of the 
birds and incline them 
towards thee, [2:260] 

(per/. 3 p,m. sing.) U 
shaped, formed, fashioned 

\j.JH* li JV < 

to shape, fashion 

{imperf. 1st. p. phi.) it 
we shaped, formed, 
fashioned 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii 
~ shapes, fashions 

(ap-di-r. m, sing.) ii 
Fashioner (an epithet of 
Allah) 






it . c * 






J* 

55& 



# £. J u* 



cup (n,> pY£ 



* <-» J ^ 



< wool* (n.p A) gen . *£ \ Jit 

343 



(«nj.) tj^ 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



hi ii <j 



VOCABULARY OF THK HOLY QURAN 



j i* & 



to arrive 

.-• - V ■ "■ j»'7i 

<rcc. ^** * 1^^* nam. "judl 

return, destination (v,n,) 



* u* ii ^* 



< fortresses (n..p.fc.) £*>^ 



J*. , - *«»*• 



* *-* rf fcf* 



summer (n.) g^w. «JL 



iw 



Not allowing the chase while 
you are in a state a 
sanctity. [5:1) 

the game (2) 
(that which is to be hunted) 

&&&>&%$ 
Allah shall surely try you 
with the game. [5:94] 



• j a f 



(impetf. 3 p. f. ting} *J&£ 
<^w*omeih to, reaches to, 
tenders to 



*** 



344 



rti 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <<jJJ-o ^^* 0*f'>?-9 lPV<5 ^SLsw 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



aUJ! _L^" 



to laugh, to wonder, to 
rejoice (Rgb. t LL) 

to laugh at &*, - 

Umperf. 3 p.m. pfu.) Ojf**J+ 
they laugh 

Behold? at them they were 
laughing. [43:47) 

(el. imperf. 3 p.m. pht.) l y^'l 
let them laugh 

^ imperf. 2 p.m. ptu.\ (jjj**:*' 
you laugh 

You were laughing at them. 
[23:1 (01 

faer/. J p. m. sing.) h ^j^] 
•^causeih, to laugh 

(act.pk.m.ssng.) 
laughing 

Via 



1 



the sheep (it.) gUJ| 



* C V u> 



< panting (v.a.)ort:. U^£ 

to pant, breathe in running 
hard (horses) 



* U^ 



r».Afj y^/^uu 



< places of 

laying down (beds) 



Si 



C ^ 



0*r/. J p.f. ting.} Jjj£ 
<<— laughed 

345 



am^s (jjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^--w ^^l^^ JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



V j <> 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QJURAH 



d c u* 



On) adversary (a.} ace. 



fa* 



[ 



<■«-'«* forth a parable -*■* - 

~coineth the similitude 

( P&k) 

^propounded the similitude 

(Jkt.) 

to strike, to beat 

to coin a similitude 

or give a parable, to 
make an example 

to give similitude (I) 
to mention (2) 
to compare (3) 

to strive, go forth 



yL-. 



- j.- 



to travel 
to take away, avoid 



u 

#% t - 

to put a cover, shut Jf " 

How Allah set forth a para- 
ble. [14:24] 



(ptrf. 3 p. m. plu.) 

they »et forth a (1) 

parable 

346 



!» 



So he smiled wondering at 
her word. [27:19] 



laughing 



(a^r. pfe. m. dug.) J £^li 



••At* i-: 



Laughing, rejoicing. [80:39] 



c Jt 



■J 



{imperf. 2p,m. ting.) ace. ^f-*" 
<ihou shall suffer from sun 

to be smitten by the sun 
<early forenoon (n.) 

The word *f*> properly 

signifies the bright part 
of the day when the sun 
shines fully (i.!.). 

by the bright- comp- (^Jl j 
ness of the day 

[the particle j means 'swear 

by' and ^Jfl 

brightness of the day. 
The final latter of the word 

t.e.. iS is replaced in case 
of its attachment to pro- 
nominal thus : 
its sunshine] \ i ^f 



rn 



«-u5La ^oV jl C j i n J.o.i.t a . _jj 01^3^33^3 i^i^3 P5^° 'Oij 6 cr^ C>*i^ji3 lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



V j i> 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAK 



V j* 



{imper'. 3 p.m. sing.) >^J* 
^■■coinetJj a similitude, gives 
a parable 



0£«i^ 



Allah ciineth 
des. 



the 



similitu- 
[13:17] 



"Allah propounds the truth 

an i falsity." [13:17] 

(Mom of the rammcntaters 

to-.k the word "Jifri\ in 
tMs verse as ellipsis, thus 
the meaning would be 
'Allah set forth or pro- 
pounded a similitude to 
show the differences be- 
tween the truth and the 
false (see IK., RZ); some 
of them as Qr., Rgh, took 

the verb <-?j2* m in the 
meaning of compare i.e. t 
" Allah compares(between) 
the truth and false"; some 
of them explained it as 
"likencth or confirmethY 

" -* **■ 
(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) jj>j* 

they strike 

They strike their faces and 
their backs, [8:50] 

they travel ^j^lt^- 

And others who travel on 
the land, [73:20J 

rtv 



How they set forth a parble. 
[17:48] 
They mentioned (2) 

They mentioned him not to 
thee save for disputation. 
[43:58] 
they travel (3) 

When they travel in the earth. 
(3:1561 
(perf. 2 p.m. ph.) j*-j£ 
ye went forth (&«$§ * 

When ye go forth in Allah's 
way, [4:94] 

ye travel m the (2)^j^l J| 
earth. 

And when ye travel in the 
earth. [4;10IJ 

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) 3JjSi . £*> 
we made example 

We made (them) example for 
you. [14:45] 

we put over a cover (2) ^ - 

Wherefore We put a cover- 
ing over their ear* in the 
cave. [lg;ll] 

347 



am^s jj^F jl C*io J^L^a _j-i Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ p5^o <ijjyz cr ^> ^j\y^ JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



V ,J> 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



V«;> 



ed by those translators 
who tend to deny mira- 
cles). 

give a parable >I» — 

or propound a similitude' 

make a way 1*^1* — «-*j"^ 

And make for them a way- 
dry in the sea. [20:771 

(parate. m.plv*) ijijil 
mite! 0) 

Wherefore We said, smite 
with part of her. [2:7 3l 

beat (2) 

And avoid the ff) in beds 
and beat them. [4:341 



(pp. J p.m. sing.) 

similitude is(l) ^j£T 
propounded 

~held up. as (2) S£»" 
sample 

And when the son of 
Maryam is held up as an 
example. [43:56] 

is set (3) 

Then between them a high 
wall is set. [57:13] 

348 






{imperf, 3 p. f piu.) 
they strike 

they should not C/.ji/u J 

strike 

(el. imperf. j p.f.ptu.) 
They should cover 

And they (female) shnuld 

put their scarves (head- 

covers) over their bosoms. 

124:31] 

(perate neg. m, phi.) | 

«Vf*rfS? 

propound not J|£,*Jl 
the similitude 

(imperf. 1st. p. phi,} 

we propound the ^JJV}| 
similitude, 

we take away <> _ 

Shall we then take away 
from you the Admoni- 
tion. [43:5] 

strike ! (perate. m. sing.) 

Strike with thy staff the 
stone. [2;60] 

Caution : The only correct 

rendering o f Vjil i s 

'smite' or 'strike". The 

root verb m^ never 

Mgnifies "to seek a way" 
or "march on" as render- 



Ctj-fc 



-* *-. 



JLt* 



<-fj& 






rtA 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*** 'O ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J jd> 



VOCABULARY OF TH* HOLY QURAN 



V J <s 



to injure, harm, hurt 

And invite not beside Allah 
that can neither profit 
thee nor hurt thee. 

110:106] 



ace. 






(imperf, 3 p.m. ph.) dj^* 
they hurt 

they will never I)J^aT Til 
hurt thee 






5« 



ace. 

{Unpetf. 2 p.m. p!u.; 
you hurt 

you hurt him not 

fa*/>. J p.m. Ji«g,) 
r^is hurt or is done harm 

$£$&$&& 

And let no harm he done to 
scribe or witness. [2:282] 

(pip. 3 p.f sing.) 5&' 
■-— is-'art- hurt 

A mother should not be hurt 
because of her child. 

[2:233] 

(imperf. IsU p. sing.) riii ^,U\ 
•< 1 shall compel 



s t r/ 



(pp. 3 p.f. sing.) *z*j* 
overshadowed Jl£ _ 

Overshadowed are they by 
ignominy. (Asad,) [3:112] 

smiting (r.n.) * -•* 



So when you meet (in battle) 
those who disbelieve smite 
the necks. [47:4] 

*jjj» i& verbal noun here 
used in the sense of im- 
perative to emphasise the 
commandLThe verse means 
when you face disbelievers 
in the battle, (see IK) 

(v.n.) aec, 

going about in ,j>j3l j 
the earth 

They are disabled from going 
about in the earth. 

[2:273] 
striking (2) 

Then he slipped unto them 

striking with right hand. 

[37:93) 



TV* 



1% 



J J* 



(imperf. 3 p.m, sing,) assim 
<~-'hurts 



u? 



349 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*** 'O ^ cr* 1 0-^'^3 J^Vi a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J <-* 



VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN 



J J 



hurting (v.n. Hi. ate.) I J^* 

And those who have set up 
a mosque for hurting. 

[9:107] 

And retain them not for 
hurting. [2:231] 

harming (?.*. iii) jUw 

Alter (paying) a bequest they 
may have made, or a debt 
(that may have incurred) 
neither of which having 
been intended to barm 
(the heirs). [4:12] 



m 









The word J>» is that what 

is done by one, while 
jl^ip or j&i (wi.) 
requires more than one, to 

give the meaning of the 

word. (MJJ.) 

(act. pic. m. ting,} 

one who harms 

And he can harm them not 
at all. [58:10] 

(act. pic. m phi.) 2/ j\> 
those who bum others 

350 



Hit. U^kil^kit 
to force, compel, to drive to 

He said: and who disbelieved 
I shall give him enjoyment 
for a while. Thereafter I 
shall compel him to the 
doom of fire. [2:126] 

(imperf. 1st. p, piu.) riii 'f&i 
we compel or force to 



(pp. 3 p.m. sing,) viii 
-■—is compelled to 

(pp. 2 p.m. phi.) riil 
you are compelled to 

hurt (v.n.) *£ ace. 
hurt (v.n.) 

(lit. hurt) (n.) 

metff '. disability (due 
to illness or any sort 
of defect) 

&$* 
Save those who are disabled. 
[4:95] 

adversity, harm, distress (a.) 

( 'l^£ ' s •^ sal cv '' w htch 
relates to the person as 

disease while »L>V is 
that which relates to pro- 
perty, as poverty, — LL) 






5£ 



*i*j 



fft* 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-o _jj Olf-5^5^ djJLwo^ p5^uo *(j->j«o ^—w j^)^^ JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



*-» t & 



VOCABULARY Or TH* HOLY QURAN 



J J ^ 



(The duplicated d? indicates 

thai o of * is changed 

by its following emphatic 
letter J» as a phonemic 

rata). 

humility (r.n.r.,) ace. k-j^a- 

foe*. 2 p/c. m. *&jg.) ^t^* 
bad pasturage, dry herbage, 
thorny plant. 

«*«l 



No food shall he theirs save 
bitter thorn. [88:6J 



t + 



it 



faer/. 3 p.m, sing,} 
•C<~^ was/ is weak 

(i))Li\-> jW uu*.. 

to weak 

Weak are (both) the invoker 
and the invoked. (22:73) 

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) ; 
they were weak 

they weakened not fneg.) I Jam* u 

(perf. J p.m. phi.) x \jj*&*\ 
they weakened 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) X 

« weakens 

( p.p. 3 p. m. plu.) x 
(lit.) those made weak 



I*. 



■-**■ 



And they are not to harm 
anyone thereby. [2:102) 

distressed {pis. pie.) wiii *£il 

Is not He (best) who answe- 
reth the d Stressed when 
he callcih unto Him. 

f2-7;«2J 



* t 



(per/. 3 p.m. plu.) * Ijfeif 
<They prayed humbling 
themselves {or they 
humbled themselves ) 

» t>- g» £* 
< <to pray with humiliaty 
or humble oneself 

( j)U^ j 1^ ?j* m ^ 
to a base or JJ _ 

humiliate one's self before 

Wherefore they did not, when 
the disaser from Us came 
upon them, humble them- 
selves 7 [6:43] 

fimperf. 3 p.m. phi.) ? 
they humble themselves 

(Imptrf. 3 p. m. ph.) f 
they humble themselves 






351 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr* 1 l>#LH3 JjV^ a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



*-* t > 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY O/JRAN 



"-» t*> 



^$3 



He said: to each double, {i.e. 

in the hereafter He will siyj 

[7:3*1 

twofold (2) 

Theirs (shall be) twofold re- 
wards for that they have 
done. [34:37] 

twofold fn. dual.) 

manifold (m. p.) ace. b£>j 

(». n. Hi) sec. ( XX^C )%Je& 
multiplied 

[act. pic. m. sing.) ace. \j *> 
weak 

weak ones {ft. p.) ace. ȣ> 



weak ones in. p.) 



j -* 



more weak (dative.) 
(in respect of ) 

(Ap'der.> m. pfu.)iv jy*.'— 
tho« who get manifold 

They Shall have (increase' 
manifold. [30:39] 

occ.^ftii*. ,» nam. 
{ap-der. m. phi.) x 
weakened ones 

(meta : oppressed people) 
352 



(in the verse 7:75 means : 
those who were counted 
weak, due to their pover- 
ty or owing to the smatl- 
nrss of their group). 

(pip. 3 p. m. phi.) x 5j«~>"-** 
they are made weak 

The people who used to be 
oppressed. [7:137] 

(Note : ii j^tmt means 
who are made weak, meta- 
phor icaEty rendered 'opp- 
ressed.') 

(Imperf. $ p.m. sing.) Hi uapU* 
<C<'^' doubles, 

(multiplied!) 

to double, multiply 



And Allah multiplicth unto 

whomsoever He listetb. 

(2:261] 

(pip. 3 p. m. sing.) t*ifi]^m 
h made double 



weakness (n.) 

Allah is it wbo created you 
in weakness. [30:54] 

double (1) (n.) 



*». • 



rtr 



■->-u5vo (jjV jl C*io Jxjui-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^—w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J J 



VOCABULARY Of TBI HOLY QURAN 



A t> 



Surely he lost the right way, 
or he surely has strayed. 
[2: 1 08] 

— failed (2) 

And Tailed them that which 

they had been fabricating. 

(6:24j 

"—wasted (3) 

{They are) those whose effort 
is wasted in the life of 
this world. [IS: 1 04] 

^-'disappeared (4) 



<sf 



i* 



And when there toucheth 
you a disaster on the sea, 
those whom ye call up- 
on disappear except Him 
(alone). [1767] 

(perfect 1st p. sing.) 
I went astray 

For then I shall be gone 
astray, and shall not re- 
main of the guided. [6:56] 

(per/, 3 p. m, phi.) 
strayed, erred (1) 

TOT 



* 



* L J- 



a handful («.) ace. ££^ 
of herb* 

(or a handful of twigs or 
trees or shrubs) (£.£.) 

medleys (n. p.) gjffl 
Medleys of dreams. [12:44] 



• <j t J* 



< secret {n.p .) ^(^ 
malevolence 

(jfrg.) (J** hatred, malice 





£ * ^ J> 


<frogs fa. p.) £ 4 LUfl 








iiing.) 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing,) assim. 
-C'Most the (1) 
right way, strayed 



& 



to loss one's way, 

go astty, to stray, to fail, 
to disappear, to err, to 
wander from, to fofel 



353 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ ^jiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJJ-o ^—w ^j>\y>§ JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J ^ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



Jjj» 



(imperf. 3 p.f. ting.) fyf 
errs if) (forgfts) 

So if one of the two (women) 

erreth (forcgeteth), the 

one may remind the other. 

[2:282] 

{imperf, /if. p. ting.) -tj^l 
I shall go astray 

Say : if (ever) I go astary, 
I shall stray only against 
mayself. [34:50] 

{ptrf. 3 p.m. ting.) h 3*' 
<>— 'left in error (1) 

(i) to leave in error (if the 
subject of the sentence 
is Allah and the object 
is other than man), 

(ii) to lead astray 

Do you (perchance) seek to 
guide those whom Allah 
let go astray (or left in 
error). [4:88j 

-~sent astray (2) 

Those who disbelieve and 
hinder others from the way 
of Allah, He shall send 
their work aitray. [47:1] 

354 



Indeed they have erred (or 
strayed) going far astray. 
(4:167] 

disappeared, (2) 
have gone away 

They say : where is that 
which you used to call 
upon besides Allah 7 They 
would say : They have 
disappeared from us, 

[7:37] 

(ptrf. 1st p. phi.) 
we disappeared 

And they say, When we are 
lost (disappeared) in the 
earth, shall we be in a 
new creation 7 132:10] 

{Imperf. 3 p.m. slug.) 
'--'Strays (1) 



tili 



W" 



He knowefh well whosoever 
strayeth from His path. 
[4:1 17J 

erreth (2) 



My Lord erreth not nor He 
foregetteth. 120:52) 



rot 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> CA&fyoys $jJUq$ p5^o <ijjyz cr ^> ^j\y^ JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J J> 



VOCABULARY O* TO» HOLY QURAN 



J J l> 



( wandering in the way of 
God i.e., struggling to find 
the ivay, in search of the 
true light. That the char- 
acter of the Prophet was 
even in his youth exempl- 
ary and exceptional in the 
most tempting environ- 
ment of Makka is borne 
out by hostile biographers.) 

the strayed ^V^l torn. ^y\ -JL 
ones 

an error (*,n.) *J^l> 

But today the wrong-doers 
are in error manifest. 

[ 1 9:3 8J 

astray or (2) 

wasted j, in vain 

And the supplication of 
the infidel* °rdy 8«* 
wasted or astray [13:141 

the error ( v.n.) J^LaB 
error ftuj '$*)&!%*& 



fun her astray (\)(elati*e) 

And who is further astray 
than he who followeth his 
desire. [28:50] 

further astray (2) 

Those are worst in abode ; 

TOO 



>1 



Of* 



% 



And assuredly he (<>., Satan) 
hath led astray a great 
multitude. [36:62} 

(per/. 3 p.m. dual.) i* 
the twain led astray 

(perf, 3 p.m. phi.) it 
they led astray 

(perf. 2 p.m. ph.) it 
you led astray 

(perf. 3 p.f. p!u.}h 
they if. i.e., idols) led 
astray 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) it 
-¥ sends astray 

(imperf, 3 p.m. sing. ) it 
^ sends astray 

(Note : In conditional phra- 
ses the assimilation of t*o 
letters is removed, thus 

^T becomes ^JL* 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) it 
they lead astray 

(el. 3 p.m. piu.) it 
in order to lead astray 

(imperf. J p.m. plu.) ace. nd 
that they /they may fcad 
astray 

(act. pic. m. ting.) ace. 
wandering 

And He found thee wander* 
jng so He guided. [93:7] 



<u1 

!>1 



**: 






$3* 



fe 



355 



am^s (jjV jl C*io Jxjui-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ P$**a <ijJj-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 £&£>■*& 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



vocabulary or mm holy o^ham 



J f 



+ 4 



(v.n.) aee. \£ 
<hard, narrow 



to be narrow 



J J i/* 



(art. J pk. m. sing,) ££> 
< tenacious 

lo be tenacious ( regard ly, 

And he is of the unseen not 
a tenacious (concealer). 

181:24] 

(The prophet has nothing to 
conceal, his messages are 
all plain and unambigous) 



r 



1 



'S* 



(imperf. 3 p.m. piu.)iii h. v. ^ *£» l^ 
<th?y resemble 

to resemble Hi c?*U>* Ul> 
(the verb has no triliteral 
from) (LL) 

They resemble to saying of 
those who disbelived bef- 
ore. (9:30] 



tperf. 3 p.m. sing.} iv {h.v.} 
<*- illuminated 

356 



-£\ 



and furtherst astray from 
tie level way. [5:60] 

(Ap-der. m. sing) iv 
mis leader 

{ Ap-der. m. pk.) ace. iv 
seducers 

I was not one to take sedu- 
cers as supporters^ 18:5 I] 






(act. pk. m. ling) 
<lean, thin mount 

to be thin 

And on any lean (mount) 
coming from every deep 
defile. [22:27] 

(worn out and famished by 
a long journey; the phrase 
is expressive of fatiguing 
journey and great distance) 



f > I 
5>> 



f f J" 



(peratc m. sing.) assim. 
< press ! 

to join, gather, add, to press 

And press thy hand to thy 
side. [20:22] 



r" 



re-i 



aa^s (jjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJu&$ p5^o <ijJj-o ^—w ij*j}jj$ JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



i3 Ui> 



VOCABULARY OF TUB HOLY QURAN 



And Allah is not one to let 
your faith so wasted. [2:14.11 

(imperf. I si. p. sing.) i'v i^l 
I waste 

That 1 waste not the work 
of a worker amongst you. 
13.195] 

*\J 

{imperf. 1st. p. phi.) iv £y* 

we waste 

Verily We shall not waste the 
hire of the r«tifiers.[7:l701 



* <-» tf J* 



(w.».1 H <Jj*r*. acc * "-"■ • 
<they entertain 

to entertain f* 

(j*) iJ^S '-«;«■ <-*l> 
to be a guest or to enjoy 

hospitality 

i 

guest in.) 



S.±~j 



»«•: 



rf u* 



f>er/. 3 p.m. sing.) (n.v.) jl> 
-—became narrpw, 
{me la j was troubled 

(j*) ™£g i »S jji* d£ 

to be narrow, to become 
straiten 

T"SV 



1&[33 



to illuminate, 
sh tne 

to shine, glitter 

(perf, 3 p. / sing.) ir &\£\ 
^-illuminated 

(imperf, 3 p.m. sing.) iv j^l* 
illuminates 

light (v.n., j-./j «*£> 



if u* 



•K 



<harm (i\n.Kiv.».) ^* 
to harm, injure, damage 



J J u> 



<; unjust, unfairlfl.l fu\v.| t$>> 

^ *** >* J U J 3& 

to be unjust in \\J*) ^Jj*f J 

giving a judgement 
(Majm.) 



* t * *> 



(perf 3p.m. plu.}iv{w.v,) l^W 
< they wasted, they neglected 

to waste, to neglect, to loss 

They neglected the prayer. 
[19:5*1 

* *. * 
(imperf. J p.m. «Wg.) r» g* 

~wastes 

357 



am^s JJ^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> CAs-^b^A $jJUq$ ^5^0 i^^a ^-^ £yj)ji$ JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J <s > 



VOCABULARY OF f MI HOLY O.URAM 



J i* i> 



{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 



■■-straitens 



*' '''*<$&*''' *'' 



And We know indeed that thy 
breast straitens. [I5:97J 

(el, imperf. 2 p.m. phi.Jli '>^* 
that you, in order to straiten 

strait (n.) ace. Qu> 



(He) maketh his breast strait. 
[6:125] 

foci. pic. m. sing.) (jO** 
straitened {in the sense of 
Pis. Pic.) 

And thy breast will he strait- 
ened by it. [1 1:12] 

it *■* 

straitness (v,n,) Jg> 



And he was troubled on 
their account (Arb.) and 
he felt straitened on their 
account (Jid.) [11:771 

(Primarily the mean in g of 
phrase is "stretching forth 
the arm" and is used in the 
sense of power or ability 
{TA) the meaning of the 
phrase is "he was unable 
to do the thing, or he 
lacked strength to accom- 
plish the affair"— LL.) 

(perf. S p. f. sing.) ,UU 
—was straitened 

The earth, vast as it is, bec- 
ame straitened unto them. 
(9:1 1»] 



¥*# 



358 



roA 



AiU^s jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUi-o jj Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ p5^o <ijjyz cr ^> j^l^^ JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



M ^tT 



[ 



* 3 w ]» 



fit. cover {n.) ace. 
stage, state, layer 



&<*£ 



Surely you shall ride stage 
by stage, I84:J9J 

(i-C. O rnaUnd your existence 
is not fixed or stationary, 
you must be ever changing 
growing , journeying from 
the state of the living to 
that of dead, and from the 
state of the dead to a new 
life in the nent world. The 

preposition ^p is here 
synonymous with t *~ and 
fjf" jp UJ» is equi- 
vafent to J|U j£u" JlU - 
storeys, stages (v.n.) ace. SUe. 



* £ V i 



f>Wf/, J />,m. n'ng.) 
< — set-a seal 

(a) u> g. -i 

to seal, imprint 



trt^.ti. 



*n. ■»^*« 



■iit 

Aye ! Allah hath set a seal 
upon them for their infid- 
elity. [4:155] 



■*-."- 



( imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
sets a seal 


d>- 


(imperf. 1st. phi.) 
we put a seal 


0* 


( pp. 3 p.m. sing.) 
is sealed 


if 


And their hearts are sealed. 
t9:*7] 





359 



am^s (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ p5^o *(j->j«o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV^ aSLsw 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



*3± 



VOCABULARY OF TH1 HOLY QURAN 



J c 



(imperf. 2 p.m.. sing.} ace. j JLT 
thou mayst drive away 

(perate. neg. m. sing.) ij«» * 
drive not ! 

[act. pic. m. sing.) jjU» 
one who drives 5S away 



{„.) ^>!l < !-*> 



flr. 



eye {a 
eye. In some verses 
it is rendered as glance, 
sight, looking, according 
to the context. 

a side, n . itcc. ( I ) 
a portion 

That he may cut of!" a portion 
of those who disbelieve. 
r3;l27] 

side, end (2) 

ji'L < gen nJ. 

two ends (n. dual.) 

Aud establish the pt Ever at 
the two ends of the day, 
and the neighbouring (wat- 
ches) of the night. 

[11:114] 

ends{i) (n.p,) u* 



*> 



•5> 



*■# 






And hallow (Him) at the ends 
or the day. (20:130} 

360 



Who hath created seven hea- 
vens in storeys. [6 7:? J 



J c 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. 
'C-^-'ejt tended 

(o) IJi J& QX 

to spread out, extend {trans. 
& intrms.) (Lis., Rgh,) 

By the earth and Him who 
spread it forth. [9 1 :6] 



Ul* 



(perate. m. ph.) \y-J*\ 
<cast forth 

to throw, cast forth 

LSut^^B^Jfe^Si 

Slay Yusuf or cast him forth 
to some land. [12:9] 



|>w/. 1st p. ting.) os > 
< I drove away 

(6)u>;>:r> 

to send away, to get SS out 

{trims,.), to drive out 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^u0 <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 riSLp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY Q_UiLAN 



J J ± 



t t 



(perf, 3 p*m. plu.) I jm^e 
<they ate 

to eat (intrans.) 

to taste (intrans.) 



you ate 



(perf, 2 p.m. plu.) U^W 



when you have 
i disperse. [', 

(imperf 3 p.m. sing.) (■*!■, 



And when you have eaten 
then disperse. [33:53] 



"-eats 

None shall eat thereof save 
whom We allow. (6:138) 



{/mm. J p.m. ling.) 
<did not taste 



Pi 7 



the if, 



.n. is *(Z±> 



see above 



And whosoever tasteth it not, 
verily shall be mine, 

[2:249] 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) it _^ 
<~fed * 






to feed (trans.) iv 



{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) h pi£ 
"—feeds 



borders (2) 

Behold they not that We 

visit the land diminishing 

it by the borders thereof. 

[13:4$] 



fact. pic. m. sing.) gen. O^W 
<the comer by night 

to come at night, to knock, 
to stride 

(lit. anything coming by night 
or appearing at night thus 

^jP is the star that 

appears in the night ; also 
the morning star, because 
it comes at the end of the 
• night— Rgh. Lit 

way, path in.) ^•j£ ore. W£ 

way, path (n.) *-**J» < *-*{^ 

ways, paths (n. p.) jfl j*" 



J -it 



< fresh ate. 0$. I i» 

to be tender, fresh 

361 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> ulf^o^o djiJLo^ p5^uO i^u^ ^-^ ^0)^5 JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



i— iii-t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY Q,U*AK 



f t 



to speak ill of, 

defame 

And they thrust at your reli- 
gion (Arb.) assail (J*/<r.) 
revile (Jid.). [9:12J 

speaking ill {v,n.) arc. \^L 



And scoffing at the faith. 
(S4£) [4:46] 




J - iS t A 



< — exceeded (1) 

the limit 

cj) tut ;?itii 

to exceed the (0 
bounds 

to Tise high (water) (70 , 

Go to Firawn, surely he has 

exceeded the bound (or 

limits or he is inordinate). 

[20:24] 

(the water) rose high (2) 

Surely we carried you in the 
ship, when the water rote 
high. [69: 1 IJ 

362 



(imperf. 3 p t m. plu.) h 0>**1* 
they feed 



comps. jv. 
that they feed me. 



that they feed ace. IJmL 

me (pronominal) t^ 

tit shortened to d i.e., the 
first t£ is dropped 

I desire not (from chem) 
that they feed Me. [5 ] :571 

(irttperf. 2 p.m. ptu.)iv &jLLi 

you feed 

■■ 

(imperf. lit. p. phi.) •*■< 

we feed 

> *^ 
feed ! (perare m. plu.) I>ul*l 

<-wis fedfpip. 3 p. m. sing.) ^L 

(/w/. i p.m. difli/.) lIl-".* ! 

the twain asked food c 

to seek x T. f r V*A '1&\ 
food (rrans.)- 

the feeding (v.n.) iv fU»| 

an eater (act. pic. m. sing.) *igU» 

food (y.n.) fUfil ,^\X ace. llX 

taste (v.n.) p* 



£ 



< they thrust at 



am^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> OU-^^^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



<J> <J> Jh 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



t* 



,-mf 



exorbitance (v.n.) ace. l"Ut 
insolence 



• * <J J. 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) k.v. iv U^ i 
< ^extinguished 

lv. iS&lW < 

to extinguish, put out (fire or 
light} 

(^)ljtt$$<< 

10 be put out, (fire or light) 

<Lacc. \_fJL»i 
[imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) 

(hat they extinguish 

f *f 

(el imperf 3 p.m. plu.) \jIiW) 
would they extinguish (or 

they may extinguish J 



* <_> J> i» 



{ap-det. m. plu.) ii uwLli 
<;scrtmpers 

to diminish i< I. «Lr ^juJ* 

(a measure or weigh below 
the standard) 

( j3u one who gives short 
measure, or weight, thus 
cheating his companion, 
but this epithet is not app- 
lied unrestrictedly except in 
the case of exorbitant 
deficiency). 



(per/. 3 p. m. plu.} 
they exceeded limits 

{imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) ace* 
that he my be inordinate 






they (Twain} said : our Lord 
we fear lest he hasten to 
do evil to us or be inor- 
dinate (or he may 
play the tyrant). [20:45] 

(perate, neg. m. plu.) \'^j *j 
do not exceed the limits. 



Jfl 



more rebellious Relative) 

Verily that were more unjust 
and more rebellious. 

[53:52] 

(per/. 1st. p. sing.) ^jfrj 
caused to rebel 

His comrade saith: our Lord ! 
I did not cause him to 
rebel (make him exceed 
the limits). [50:27] 

ace. ^jelQl i £jjeu* nom. 

insolenl [LL)(n. p.) 
exorbitant (Jid.) 

outburst, ttturans.) 
thundering noise, 

an idol, false god, dcvil(n.) 

(whatever is worshipped in- 

363 



d>11 



ilittJI 



££fa 



stead of God is oj itU* 



am^s (jjNf jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^—-w j^j)^3 JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J- 



VOCABULARY OF THft HOLY QURAN 



li J. 



<children (n. pJ J\£^h 

(i»v.) *J% 



• v J ^ 



( imper/. 3 p.m. pta.) wJl* 
■<i-« seeks 

to seek, ask desire 

seeking (v.tt.) ace. Ul» 

seeker (ac/. p/c. m. sing.) *ii™" 

fpfc, part, m. sing.) i_*^m 
the sought 



J J- 



plantains (n.) jJl» 

(It is the name of a certain 
fruit tree used to be found 
in Hcjaz, its fruit is very 
delicious with good smell. 
(Muj.) It is a non- Arabic 
word. (Lis.) 



[ZTH 



iperf. 3 p,f. sing.} £& 
<^Kne high 

to appear, rise (sun), sprout 

(tmptrf. 3 p.f. sing.) JJjjV 



~nses 
364 



• J 



fprrf. 3 p. m. sing.) ,ji» 
<<-~set about, began 

OSes* tf 

to begin, 
set out to do something 

And he set about slashing 
their legs and necks. 

[38:33] 

(per/. 3 p.m. dual,) ui!*> 
the twain began 

And the twain began to cover 
themselves with leaves 
from the Garden. [7:22] 



• J l> ^ 



{n. used for p)u.) *ijy\ 
< the children 

# 

the word ^J% is used for 
singular and plural both 

Or the children not aquain- 
ted with privy parts of 
woman. [24:31] 



child (n. vied for sing.) 

The* we bring you forth as 
a child (infant). [22:5) 



* .*, 



5ufe 



T"U 



■->-u5vo (jjV jl C*io Jxjui-o _jj Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t J J. 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



t J I 



That I may ascend io the 
God of Musi. [28:38] 

{*l Imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) lv IttJ, 
<that let know 

10 cause 

someone know, inform 

And Allah is not one to 
let you know the unseen. 
f3 : 1 79] 



*4 



the rising (sun) (f.h.) 



the time of rising \n. p.t.) *lk> 

the place of rising (n.p.t.) ^y*» 

(Ap-der, m, pftf.) »rH <J>w M 
those who took down 

Allah will say ! will ye look 
down. [37:54] 

(('.«., would you tike to look 
at the man who had 
spoken thus 7 The phrase 
is equivalent with 

would you Like to look 
at them (Rz., Ksh.) 

ranged date (!)(«.) *& 

And tall date-palms (laden) 
with dusters ranged. 

[50:10] 



to ascend, to come to, or 
upon, look upon, know 

to depart from J* t & _ 

fpej/. J p. m. jing.) fiV comp. Ij£ i 
<has he looked upon? t_ 

to look viil V$\ ^\ 
upon or down, to know 

( «£j + mterrotlvi "\ ) 

Hath he looked upon the 
Unseen, or hath he taken 
of the Compassionate a 
covenant?." [I9;T8] 



iperf. 3 p.m. sing.) rill 
he looked 

Then he looked (wilt look) 
down and see him in the 
midst of the flaming fire. 
[37:55] 

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) till 
thou look 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) tlii 
thou/will/ notice 

!£®$$&®$ 

Thou will not cease to notice 
defrauding on their part. 
[5:13] 

(imperf, lit. p. ling.) tlii 
I ascend 



? 



.£& 






'$ 



365 



am^s jj^F jl CJma JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ < C>iJ a cr^ Cy^JiS J^Vi <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J J. 



VOCABULARY OF TUB HOLY QURAN 



jJJ- 



fperf. 3 p.m. dual.) vii UW 
the twain set out 

Then the twain set out; until 
when they embarked in a 
boat, he scuttled it. 

[18:71] 

fperf, 3 p,m, phi.) vii 1 jillL'i 
they went off 

So they went off speaking to 

each other in a low voice. 

[68:23] 

(imperf. J p.m. sing.) jL 
amoves 

And my breast straineth and 
my tougtie moveth not 
quickly. [26:13) 

depart,, (perate m. ph.) vii \y£ti\ 

Depart unto that which you 
used to call a lie. [77:29] 



• J J J. 



a gentle rain (n.) 

And if no heavy rain falleth 
upon it, then a gentle 
nin. |2:265J 

366 



V 



spa the (2) 

And from the date-stone, 
from the spathe thereof 
(come forth) clusters of 
dates low hanging. [6:99] 



c* 



J J. 



(per/. 3 p,m, sing.) is 

< ~ divorced 

to quit. leave, uwk* ^U* 
to divorce (his wife) 

to be freed from bond 

fperf. 2 p.m. plu.) U 
you divorced 
you divorced them 
{i.e., women) 

they {m.) divorced 

you (/.) 
divorce ! (perate m. plu.) 

(pis. pic. f. phi.) 
divorced women 

(ptrf. i p. f. sing.) vii 

< "--started doing something 

to set out S$^l jSJ'i 
in doing something, or start 
with something, to depart 



The chiefs among them de- 
parted (saying): Co ! and 
preserve in your gods.[38:6] 



& 









&u\ 



3JM 



TMt 



■->-u5vo (jjV jl C*i-o Jxjui-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ P$**a <ijJj-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV^ a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



£ f — VOCABULARY O* TttB HOLV QU«AM 



ifr g, X 



Before we obliterate the 
faces. [4:47] 

Lest We efface your hope 
(Asad), before we alter 
counte nances {Jid. ), before 
We destroy the leaders 
(M. A.), before We des- 
troy the countenances 
(Pic). 

Note ; see * JT J because 

of the differences among 

commentators in the mca- 

* * *** 
ntng or ■ y- j ; not in the 

meaning of jp f J* ) 

» 
destroy ! (perate. m. sing.) J^\ 

Our Lord destroy their riches. 
[10:88] 



it <£* 



JL 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) juss 
< ^touches, deflowers 

to touch a women in order 
to deflower her 

Before them man has not 
touched them nor jinni. 
[55:74] 



* T* 



• ^ f 



* t f 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) *UbT 
< j-^covets 

to covet, eagerly desire, 
to hope for 

I covet (imperf. 1st. ting.) a*W1 



(imperf. 3 p.m. pkt.) 
they covet 

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) 
you covet 



$s± 






CjK P- 3 p.f. sing.) 
<*~ become effaced 

to be effaced, 

disappear, go far away, to 
to be corrupted (in heart), 
to destroy 

So when stars are effaced. 
[77:8] 

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) t y J- 
we wipe out 

And if We listed surely We 

should wipe out their eyes. 

[36:46] 

(imperf. 1st. p, plu.) ace. j' ,W 
that we obliterate 

367 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJJ-o ^—-^ ^3-0)^3 JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



O f 



VOCABULARY OJ TH« HOLY QURAN 



t t 



{it. imperf. 3 p.M. sing.) 3****L 
~may rest at ease 

But that my heart may rest 
at ease. [2:260] 

{k. imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) Stirt 
~ may rest at ease 

That your hearts may rest 
at ease. [3:126] 

at rest (Apder. m. sing.) yj& 

And his heart is at rest with 
the belief. (16:106] 

St- -*- 

(Ap-der. f. sing.) ace. 

at rest 



Ss* 



And town which was secure 
and at rest. (16:112] 

peaceful {Ap-der. f. ling.) 

O thou peaceful soul, 

[89:27] 

{ap-der. f. ph.) ace. ^JStJa* 
contentedly 

Angels walking about con- 
tentedly. [ 1 7:95] 

368 



( imperf, lit p. phi.) H £*» 
we covet 

to hope {v. n. ) ace. UJ» 



* f f 



<calamity (n.) tSUJft 

(essim) (i) {& ^fe |t 

to overflow, cover up 

Then when the grand Cala- 
mity shall come (i.t. the 
resurrection). [79:34] 



* f 



(perf, 3 p. m, sing.) »i j^Vl 
< « is contented 

to be free from t££i\ 3D^ 

disquietude, 
to be in tranquillity 

If there befalleth him good 

he is eontented therewith. 

122:11] 

(perf 2 pj». ph.) 
you are secure 

(i.e., out of danger) 

(perf, 3 p.n%. plu.) 
they are satisfied 

And they are well-pleased 

with the life of the world 

and are satisfied therewith. 

[10:7] 

HA 






■->-u5vo (jjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^—-w (j-o'^3 JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



-!± 



VOCABULAHY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



m X 



jK 3^ IS? 



as R, F. (intrans.), (or) they 
purify themselves f/./ 

ace. v, 1 J^il7 / Jjr*U 

(irttptrf. 3 p.m. plu.} 
they clean themselves 

(perate* m. plu.) v \jj$*\ 
get yourselves cleaned 

(ap~der. m. sing.) ii j<«* 
one who purifies SS 

And {[ am) purifying thee 

from those who disbelieve. 

[3:55] 

(ap~der. m. plu.) ace. * *^jr** 
those who get themselves 
cleaned or purified 

(Ap-der. m. plu.) ace, v t OrJJl^ll 
clean ones 



W 



{ph. pic. f. sing.) li 
purified one (/.) 

spouses purified 'Jr** [T^JJ' 

purified ones ii jj ^CUU 

purifying ( Ml. ) ii 1 j^W 

clean ( r. a., r. f. ) jjf» 

{etative m. sing.) *J^ 
the purest thing 



cliff, mound (n,) Jj^ 



L 



* * 



two single letters of the Ljl 
Arabic alphabet, inter- 
preted in various ways 
(See. IK. Tb. Jtf,} 



{p*rf.3p.f.plu.) 5j£ 
<Tthey are purified 

to be clean (il)l^ j 

pure, to be purified (irttrans.) 



Till they (women) have puri- 
fied themselves. [2*222] 

(per/. 3 pjn. sing.) li ^» 

'—purified 
to purify (trans.) -frf"* ^* 

He purified thee. [3:42J 

{el. 3 p.m. sing.) j£j oec, 

that he may purify 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) 
thou purifieth 

purify ! (perate. m. sing.) 

purify ! (ptrate m. duul.) 
(O you twain) 

(perf. 3 p- f. ph.) v 
<they are purified 



r-u 



369 



am^s jj^F jl CJma JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJJ-o ^-w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 <£*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t > 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J 9 



Then his soul made the slay- 
ing of his brother agree- 
able to him. [5:30] 
(perf. 3 p.m, sing.) iv 

"-•obeyed 



(perf. 3 p. m. plu.) iv 
they (m.) obeyed 

(per/. 3 p. f. plu.) It 
they ( /.) obeyed 

(perf. 2 p.m. plu.) 
you (m) obeyed 

» ••"Tf 

you obeyed him »j-^l»i 

(perf. 1st. p. pfu.) 
we obeyed 

(imperf. 3 p. m. phi.)iv 
obeys 

Were he to obey you in 
many affairs. [49:07] 

[Jim. 3 p.m. ting.) if 
g£< obeys 

the weak letter « j » is dro- 
pped due to conditional 
phrase. 

(imperf. 3 p. m.ptu.) iv 
they obey 

(imperf. 2 pjn. phi J aec. tv 
thM/if/you obey 

(imperf. 1st p. phi.) it 
we obey 

(perate. tn. phi.) iv 
(O you) obey ! 

370 






Like a huge mound (M.A.), 

oi like a cliff mighty (Jid ,}. 

[26:63] 

( jjlafl means a mountain, 

as well as an elevated or 
overlooking tract of land.) 



8£ 






j j 



Tur f/?rc?p. nj $)£ t jjW 
(Tur is applied to mount 
Sinai and to the mount 
of Olives, and to several 
other mountains — LL) 

< stages, stales (n.p.)acc. fjl^U) 



t -> 



(perf 3 p. f. sing,) ii 
'--made agreeable 



■!«£. 
<*#j» 



e> 



to bring into 
subjection 

his soul : c-* « o*jl> 

permitted him, made it 
easy or feasible for him 
i.e., he allowed himself to 
do something 

to obey 

to be obedient Ju- 
ry- 



am^s (jjV jl C*io Jx^i-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ p5^o <ijJj-o ^--w ij*j}jj$ JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t > 



VOCABULARY OI THI HOLY QURAW 



t 3 



to be able. lilkil J^. 

to have power, consent, 
(can do SS) 

Who is able to find a way 
thereunto. [3:97] 

(pe^f. 2 p.m. sing,) X 
thou art able 

(perf. 1st. p. sing.) x 
I am able 



&2ftfiU#&fei 



I desire not but rectification, 
so faraslamable.il 1:88] 

|>er/. 3 />.«. plu.) x \>U£l 
they aie able 

if they can ^e\£ll 0^ 

they could not lj*\l*-l U 

(perf. Sst. p. ptu.) x 
we are able 

J** 





If we could wc would have 
surely come forth with 
you. [9:42] 

Us IjSSfiiJ )x ijjfta 

Thus they were not able to 

mount it, nor were they 

able to burrow through it. 

[18:971 

rvi 



(perate.f.plu.) iv $$ 
(O you ladies) obey ! 

And obey Allah and His 
Messenger. 133:33] 

[In the verse 4:3 -<_>M jt 
i e., if they obeyed you, 
the form is ^Jp| (perf, 
3 p.f. pin.) which means: 
they (f.) obeyed But in 
the verse 33:33- the form 

is ^»Ul (imperative/, plu.) 

i. e., (O you ladies) obey. 
Learners shou'd carefully 
note the difference of 
short vowel on the word J* 1 
obey me (comp.) iv ^ £il 

j > 



shortend to j ) 

fperate neg. m. sing.) iv 
obey not 

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) iv 
--—is obeyed 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) v 
<<-~did voluntarily 
to do v, lc£i £^W 
something voluntarily 






And whosoever voluntarily 
does good then verily 
Allah is Appreciative, 
Knowing. [2:158] 

("per/. J p.m. wrg.) x f\Ul-^ 
<-^could, was able, had power 

371 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



**** 



VOOABULA»Y Of TH» HOLY OUR AN 



t > 



(the Of ofstem v is replaced 
by duplication of ( J» ) 



* a 3 * 



(*.*.) ^ - <->U» 
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
~ came upon 

top j &$> j 

to go at out, walk 
about, to run around, 

to circumambulate, "J^ ' *** ~ 
to make the rounds, 

to come upon, J£ - 
to go around ^5; i J£ - 

Then a visitation came upon 
it while they slept, 

I68:19J 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing,) £» jU 
'-'goes round 

Go round on them youths 
(boy servants). [56:17] 
(imperf. 3 p.m.ptu.) (h>.f.) S * jW 
they go round 

(They will be) going round 
between it and boiling 
water fierce. [5 5:441 

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) £j,ife 
is/will be/passed 

372 



gs; 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) x 
>—is able 

1$ thy Lord able to send down 
unto us Mime food. 

[S:1J2] 
{ jues. 3 p.m. sing.) x fj£- j _ f 
could not do, was not able 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) x f i " " - 1 
thou art able "~ 



^-" 0^ 



(ace. 3 p. m, sing.) 
thou never cart do 

(ywsj. 3p.m. sing.) x 
thou was not able 



(imperf. 3 p.m. pfu. ) x 
they are able 


jjjfti. 


(imperf. 2 p.m. pfa,)x 
you are able 


jjjtlkLr 


(ace. 2 p.m. phi.) x 
you were able 




you will not be able l^U'-J oJ 


willingly (v. n.) arc. 


t>* 


obedience (r.n.) 




(<k(. pic. m. phi.) 
< willing doers (of SS) 




(sing.) jAi 




(pic. pact. m. sing.) 
obeyed one 


gb 


(Ap-der. m. plu.) v 


SejUi 



those who do something 
willing or voluntarily 



rvr 



*m£j} ^oV jl Cfc AO J.O.it a . ji 01^3^3^= i^i^3 P5^° 'O ^ cr*** L>^'-H3 JjVi £&9bO 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



<*jJ" 



And clear up my House for 
those who circumambu- 
late. [22:26] 

(acL pic, f. sing ,J t^li 
a group, party, 

(a group of people counted- 
from two persons up to 
a thousand — Rgh,) 

*£&& i gjtk nam, 3&§£ 
two parties (n. dual) 

flood (n.) o 1 *'^ 

til. overpowering rain or 
'deluge' 

meta. any other universal 
destruction 



(pip. 3 p.m. plu.) ii 0/J» 
they shall be hung round 
neck 

to impose, ti£« Jj^ < 
lay upon, to encircle, to 
put a collar or necklace 
around SS neck 

to be able, be in a position 
to do something 

Soon shall that wherewith 
they stint be hung round 
their necks. [3:180] 

rvr 



A cup shall be passed round 
upon them, filled with 
limpid drink. [37:45] 

<~~walkes about WW *-»jw 

to walk about, run about, 
to circumambulate 

There is no fault (fit, sin) 
in him if he walketh in 
between the twain. 

[2:15a] 

let them circumambulate 

And let them circumambu- 
late the ancient House, 

[22:29] 



c«e 



sji> 



those who jso (a. p. iWs.) 
round frequently 

Going round frequently some 

of you on some of them, 

[24:58] 



(act, pic. m. sing.} ijt% 
visitation 

A visitation come upon it. 
[68:19] 

circumambuiatos(2)(H. p.) ^tiHl* 

373 



aaaIs jj^F jl CjLo JxJUi-o jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ *lHJ«o ^—^ C>-^'^3 lPV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY Q.URAU 



J J 



to be long, to continue for a 
Long time, to be lasting 

Until there lasted long upon 
them the life. [2 1 :44] 

(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) (w.v.) vi "JJ jlW 
< prolonged 

as U.F. vi 1)juaT 

And the life was prolonged 
upon them. [28:451 

(ad. 2 pic. m. sing,} ace. ^fc'jt 
prolonged, long 

Verily thou hast by day 
prolonged occupation. 

[73:7] 

height (v.n.) ace. ^|j£ 

And thou canst not reach 
the mountains in height. 
[I7:37l 

power (DOr) OjUfl 

L^tll 

The Lord of Power. [40:3] 
(the possessor of all suffici- 
ency and of super-abun- 
dance, as of bounty, or 
the possessor of power or 
of bounty, and benefic- 
ence) {/..n-.'l. 
374 



(i. e. they shall have that 
whereof they were niggard- 
ly made to cleave to their 
necks like the neck-ring : 
as it is said in a tradition ; 
it shall be a biting snake 
upon the neck — 

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) a Oj^Sf. 
<they can bear, 
they are able to do 

if U&J J$3 

to be able to do a thing 

And for those who can keep 
it (fast) with hardship, 
the ransom is the feeding 
or a poor man. [2: 1 84) 

(i e. such men and women 
as are exceedingly weak 
or are of very advanced 
old age. olM signifies 

what can be done or borne 
with utmost difficulty— the 
utmost that one can do 
with difficulty, trouble or 
inconvenience. (Jid. — LL) 

strength [n. ) U% 

Our Lord ! impose not on 
us that for which we have 
no strength. [2:286] 



(perf. 3 p.f. ling.) <»'.*.) 
< blasted long 



Jit 



rvi 



am^s JJ^F jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ ^5^0 ^u)a cr ^> ij*j}jj$ JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



* J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY (JUKAM 



J y ± 



(Benjamin) family acid his 
family was the smallest of 
all the families of the 
tribe Uid. P. 2. n. 643). 



(imperf. 1st. p. plu.j n>. i i» 
< «-we roll up 

to foJd, roll up 

rolling up (V. n.} -M» 

The day whereon We shall 
roll up the heaven like as 
the rolling up of a scroll 
foT hooks. (21:1 04] 



rolled o 



nes (tt. p.f.) otjWi 



And the heavens are (shall 
be) rolled up in, His Right 
hand. [39:67] 

Tuwa (prop, h.) ^*i 

Hit. 'a thing twice done or 
twice blest and sanctified. 1 
As a proper noun it is 
the name of the valley 
just below Mount Sinai. 
This spot is on the right 
flank of Sinai in a narrow 
valley called the 'Wadi 
Shoaib' which runs south* 
eastward from the great 

rvo 






opulent (2} 

The opulent among them ask 
leave of thee. |9:86] 

(Iff, the possessor of opulence, 
JUL) 

means (3) (n.\ ace. VjU 

And those of you who can- 
not afford means to marry 
free, believing women. 

[4:25] 

(The phrase jjj* f^-»„ f 
is often taken to mean "he 
is not in a position to 
afford", /. e,, in the finan- 
cial sense : but Mohammad 
Abduh very convincingly 
expresses the view that it 
applies to all manners of 
perventive circumstances, 
be they of material, perso- 
nal or social nature. — 
(A%ad ran. 4; 29 quo- 
ling Manar V. 1 9) 



* * * • 



Talut (prop, n.) o^'i 

(The Biblical from of Talut 

is Saul, who belonged to 

the smallest of the 

Israelite tribe of Binyamin 

373 



am^s (jjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ P$**a <ijjyz cr ^> ^j\y^ JjV<5 &&£>■*& 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



V tf 



VOCAllULAJtY OF TOt HOLY OURAN 



V If -t 



Those who believe and do 

right, joy is for them, and 

bliss (their) journey's end. 

[13:291 

ace. I V L orf/. /"%» 

• it - ■ 

the good (1) 
(active participle on the mea- 
sure of ^J^> ) 

Say the evil and the good 
are not alike. [5: 1 00] 

clean (2) 

Then go to high clean soil. 
14:43] 

wholesome (3) 

Eat of that which is lawful 
and wholesome in the 
earth. [2: 1 6 8] 

gentle (4) 

And they are guided into 
gentle speeches. [22:24] 

good ones n. p. ace. 

{opp, evil) 
376 



plain in front of the Ras- 
Sufsafeh. — Jid.) 



* V ** * 



(/>ro/, J /un. j/ng.) w.v, OlW 
< '--pleased 

to be good, pleasant, agree- 
able, lawful 

to be happy, *m» i=^U* 
cheerful 

to leave, \ji a_1p tsCU* 
give up 

Then marry such as please 

you, of (other) women by 

twos and threes or fours. 

(4:35 

1 -" -*t 

(per/. 3 p. / plu.) L_» .. Oug 

they (/.J give up 

And if they give up any- 
thing thereof of their ov»n 
accord. [4:4] 

(perf, 2 p. m. pk*4 **& 
ye are good 
blessedness, joy, happiness 

(ph. of <L* tt.f. Qifem. ^% 

form of rTL l elathe] 



aa^s jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i OU-5^5a) $jJUq$ p5^o *ij->j«o ^-w j^)^^ JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



jli J> 



VOCABULARY OF TT« HOLY QURAN 



V j i 



They said, we augur evil of 
you. [36:18] 

(per/. 1st p. plu.) v \'|&] 
we augur evil 

They said : we augur evil of 
thee and those with thee. 
[27:47] 



(imperf, 3 p.m. plu.) * 
they augur evil 


\m 


bird (ft.) 


$ 


the bird («.) 


& 


{act. pic. m. ling.) 
lit. a Hying creature (1) 


*pj. 


Nor a flying creature that 
fiieth with its wings. 

[6:38] 




mala, action <2) 





And every man We have 
fastened his action round 
his neck. [17:13] 

( 'jf 0» in addition to its 

literary meaning of a bird 
means metaphorically the 
actions of a man which are 
the cause of his happiness 
and whkh art, as it were, 
attached to his neck as a 
necklace. (LL.) 

rw 



good, (1) (n.f. adj.) 
excellent, fair 

A fair land and indulgent 
Lord! [34:15] 



fair, gentle (2) 

And they sail with them 
with a gentle ( or fair > 
breeze. [10:22] 

good ones, (n. p. /.) i\*Lfl 

lawful ones 

This day are good things 
Lawful for you. [5:5] 



w..v. *ji» 
'-^(imperf. 3 p.m. ling.) 

(>)*# j Tj£ $£ jO. < 

to ny (birds), to flee 

mm &®m$$ 

Nor a flying creature fiieth 
that with us two wings 
but are communities like 
unto you. [6:38] 

(perf. 1st. p. plu.) v Vjjj* 
<we augur evil 

to augur evil, ^\ j jfe; 



to draw a bad omen from 



377 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-o jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*** 'O ^ cr^ 0-^'^3 J^Vi a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



o *s 



VOCABfLA,RY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



They dread a Day the evil 
whereof shall be wide- 
spread. (76:7] 



*> a 



ace. I * L nam. QjUl i ^U 
the clay (it.) (adj.} 



J * 



mala, augur (3) 

He said, your augury u with 
Allah. (27:47] 

(ap-dcr. m. ting.) x, ace. 

wide-spreading (Jid, A Pie.} 
that which spreads far 
and wide (Ays,). 



*** 



378 



rvA 



iw&d jjV jl C j i n J.o.i.t t t. _jj 01^3^33^3 i^i^3 P5^° 'C )- cr*** l>^'^5 JjV^ £&AA 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



M J^f 



to obtain, overcome 



After He bad given you 
victory over ihem448:24] 

< claws, nails (n. p.) 
(of the linger}, talon. 

(sing.) jk 

And unto those who are 
Jews We forbade every 
animal with claws. [6: 146] 



^ 



r 

L 



• j j a 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) (ossim.) 
■C '—remained (I) 

to be. to become, to grow into, 



'"& 



< marching, (vji.) u»* 

departing 

(a)t^ its sko& 

to march* travel, to depart 



ni'B-a 



And He appointed for you, 
from the skins of the cattle, 
houses which ye find light 
on the day of your depar- 
ting (U., tha day of your 
moving from one place 
to another). 116:80} 



a J* 



(perf. $ p. m, sing.) it 
<«-made victor 

to give TjUfc[. b y&\ 

victory, to make victor 



379 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



JJ^ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QJIAAX 



J J -b 



And If We send a wind and 
they see it yellow, they 
would after that certainly 
continue to disbelieve. 

[30:511 

(imperf, 2 p.m. phi.) 
you continue 

0* 

You would continue lamen- 
ting (or wondering) [56:65] 

(imperf. 3 p.f. phi.) 
they become- 

If He will. He stills the wind 
so that they become moti- 
onless. [42:33] 

{imperf. hi. p. phi,) 
we continue/remain 



P 



~& 



* 



So we shall remain devoted 
to them. [26:711 

(per/. In p. phi.) U iM 
<we overshadowed 

to overshadow 

(it.) few.) 3j» mm, fa .*fe 
< shadow, shade 

380 



(with a following imperfect or 

active participle or ^ it 
means, to continue, to do 
something, to go on doing 
something, preserve some- 
thing) 

His face remaioeth darkened. 
[16:58] 

(perf. 3 p./. sing.) iJt 
"-■become {2) 

So their necks would become 
submissive to it. [26:4] 

(perf. 2p.m. skg.) 
thou hast remained 

( *sJt is modified form of 



us-Uk 2 p.m.) 

And look upon thy god of 
which thou hast remained 
a votary, (20:9 7 J 

{perf. 3 p.m. ph.) 
they remained, they kept 

Then they kept mounting 
through it. [15:14] 

(perf. 3 p.m. plu.) 
they would continue 



1$ 






am^s (jjNf jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^-w j^)^^ JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J-i 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OURAN 



JJJ* 



(perf. 3 p.m. phi*) 
they wronged or they did 
wrong 

(perf. 2 p.m. ph.) 
you wronged or you 
did wrong 

(perf. /'st p. p!u, } 
we wronged ot we did/ 
committed wrong 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
«*m wrongs or doeth wrong 

(el. 3 p.m. sing.) 
'^was to (do) wrong 






Allah was not one to wrong 
them. [9:70j 

(juss. 3 p.f. sing.) •!]£■ "1 
meta. stinted not > 

Each of the two gardens 
brought Forth its produce 
and stinted rot aught 
thereof. [18:33] 

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) ^pl* 
they wronged 



And they wronged not Us but 
themselves they were wont 
to wrong. [7: 1 60] 

(Sometimes, as the context 
governs, jpli," has been 



< shades (n t p.) 't)S^ 
(sing.) *jjj 

that which shades, (n.) it 

cover, cloud giving ^"jjg i 

shade, 

cloud giving (n. p.) jjk 
shade, shadows 

(**.) 6 & < 

(set, 2 pie.) '^Jk 4*cc. "^it 
shading 



r ^ ^ 



f/wr/. 3 p.m. sing.} 
<~ wronged (1) 

to do wrong or evil, to 
wrong, to treat unjustly, 
ill-treat, oppress, harm, 
suppress, tyrannise 

And whoever does this, in- 
deed he wrongs his own 

$oul. 12:2 3 If 

Note : This verb is one of 
the frequently used word 
in the Holy Quran. Al- 
most a) I translators of the 
Holy Quran into English 
have rendered this verb 
as to do wrong or fo 
wrong. 

(perb, 1st. p. singh.) 
I wronged or [ did wrong 



« 



381 



am^s jj^F jl C*£a JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ £•$**£ <<jJJ-o ^*> ij^Jj^S J^Vi <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J-t 



VOCABULARY Or THE HOLY ftURAH 



f JA 



mosques of Allah, that 
His name be mentioned 
therein. [2:114] 

(ptrf. 3 p.m, sing.) h 
<it becometh dark 

to become if \^\ 'i^l 

dark, to enter upon the 

darkness 

-" f 
(Learner should note J JI*' , 

with damma on the final 
letter, in an eiathe cast 
meaning more or much 
unjust, more than others 
in wrong-doing etc. while 

'Jm is ptrf. 3 p.m. ling, iv 
and means l io be or be- 
come dark*.) 

wrong-doing «cc. yfc w». *J& 



^*<jfc 



*4£ 



(act. pic. m. simj.) 
a/the wrongdoer 

(pact. pic. f. ling.) 
wrongdoer 

(the femine form has been 
used the H.Q. for worship 
or communities I. e., as 
adjective of a plural). 

j»m. Z&& i 5JL> 

those (». p.) occ. £$bfl , £gUU 
who are wrongdoers 
the wrongdoers of («. A ,n. p.) ^,Jb 

wrongdoer* of feP i£- 

their own souls 
382 



- 



rendered as "they dis- 
believed.") 



W 






*J 



Those are they who ruined 

their souls because ihey 

disbelieved in our signs. 

\1:9\ 

(imperf, 2 p.m. ph.) jjjlfc 
you (do) wrong 

(perate. neg, m. phi.) IjJfa * 
(O you) wrong not ! 

(pp. 3 p.m. ring.) 
K«as wronged 

(pp. 3 p.tn. piu.) 
they were wronged 

(pip. 3 p.f. ting.) 
thou wast wronged 

(pip. 3 p.m. piu.) 
they were wronged 



they are not/shall 

lot be wronged 
(pip. 3 p. m. piu.) 
you are wronged, you 

shall be treated wrongly 

you shall not be 5 >&*" ^ 
treated wrongly 

(clothe, m. sing.) 
more unjust 



And, who is more unjust than 
he who preventeth the 



f 



f\ 



TAT 



am^s ijjV jl CJ±a JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'O ^ c^ 0-^LH3 J^Vi <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



O o-k 



VOCABULARY O* THE HOLY OJURAN 



f J> 



1 



f 



J» 



(impcrf, 2 p. m. sing.) A.*. P* 

<thou thirst (or thou shall 
thirst) 

to bt thirsty 



thirst fnj 
thirsty (aef. participle) 






o o 



i> 



frw/. Jfm. ring.) (<h*M 
~th ought (1) 
imagined, deemed 

(1) lo think, assume, deem 

(2) to suspect or 
assume 

(3) to believe, know 

(4) to conjecture 

*f. 
(according to Raghib jie 

s i g n i fi e s to conjecture, 
imagine, suspect and to be 
sure of something in view 
or one's observation. As 
a general rule he points 
out that often this verb is 

succeeded by q\ or 

(tj that means to 
be sure about, and in 

certain places it means 

to imagine, at 



ot 



iims.n.) ace. Ujl£ nom - 
great wrongdoer 

opresser, wrong- (ints*n,) 
doer (by habit or out who 
is pleased to hurt others) 

And their Lord is not an 
oppressor unto (His) bond- 
men. [41:46] 

ace. {pic, pae. m, sing.) 
one who has done wrong 



<c 






Vfk 



} o&$K&®Q£& ** 




And whosoever is slain 




wrongfully. We have sure- 




ly given his next-of-kin 




authority. (17:33] 




darknesses in. p.) ci^yi 


%& 


darkness (sing.) Oi < 





dark(4p-der. m. smg.)acc. \jt. 
(//(. that becomes dark) 

Their faces were overcast 
with pieces of night pitch- 
da T k. [10:27] 

fap-aer. m. phi.) OjJ*** 
SS dark end 

And a sign unto them is the 
night We draw off the day 
therefrom, and Lo f they 
are darkened. [36:37] 

3B3 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*** 'O ^ cr^ Cy^JiS J^Vi <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



o o ■* 



VOCABULARY O* THt HOLY QURAN 



O O 



And (hey imagined that it 

was going to fall on them. 

17:171] 

they realized (2) 

And they knew (or realized) 
that their was no refuge 
from Allah encept unto 
Him. [9:118] 

they suspected (3) 
(they were in doubt) 

And they suspected as ye 
did that Allah will not 
raise anyone. [72:7) 

(per/. 2 p.m. piu.) 
ye thought (U 

And that thought of yours 
that ye formed (thought) 
concerning your Lord. 

141:23] 

you assumed (2) 

Yea! ye assumed that the 

Messenger and the belie- 
vers would never return 
to their households. 

[4»:12] 

384 



*.' 



r* 



And Dh-ul-Nun when he 
went away in wrath arid 
he thought that We would 
not straiten him. ]2I:87] 

believed, knew, (2) 
understood 

And'Dawud understood (or 
knew) We had tried him. 
[38:24} 

And he believed that it is the 
time of parting. (75:28J 

assumed (3) 

Verily he assumed that he 
would not be back. 

[84:14] 

(perf. 1st p.m. sins) 
I was sure 

Verily I was sure I should be 

a mecter of my reckoning. 

[69:20] 

(perf. 3 p.m. dual.) 
the twain thought 

(perf, 3 p.m. phi.} 
they imagined (0 






am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w j^)^^ JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



o o 



^ 



VOCABULARY O* TH* HOLY QURAH 



o o 



they entertained (3} 
wrong thoughts 



Llll 



While another party con* 
cerned About themselves 
entertained about Allah 
wrong thoughts unjustly, 
the thought of *Jahiliyah\ 
[3:154] 

(see *^W raj # £) 
(imperf. 2 p.m phi.} 
you entertain wrong thoughts 






# 



(imperf. 1st, p. phi.) 
we deem 

(n .1 ace, $2ti « G* itom, J* 
thinking (1) 

And what is thinking of 
those who forge lies aga- 
inst Allah? [10:601 

conjecture (2) 

And most of them follow 
not but conjecture, surely 
conjecture avails not aught 
against the truth. [ 10:36] 

(diverse) thought (n. p.) jj£fl 

(act. pic. m. phi.) jrfuiB 
entertainers of evil thoughts 

rAo 



(per/. I si p. pht.) 
we thought ( I ) 

And we thought that human- 
kind and jinn would 
never forge against Allah 
a lie, [72:5] 

we knew (2) 

And we know thai we cannot 

frustrate Allah in the earth. 

[72:121 

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
<*- thinks 

(imperf. 3 p.f. sing,) 
-^thinks 

{imperf. 1st. p. sing.) 
1 think 

(imperf. 3 p.m. pht.) 
they know 

(they believe; (U 

Who know (believe in) that 

they will meet their Lord. 

12:46] 

And some of them an unlet- 
tered ones who know not 
the Book but only (from) 
hearsay, and they do but 
conjucture. [2:78] 



ft 

ajar 



385 



aaaCs jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o cr ^> \j*>\j->$ J^Vi a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



j -M J> 



VOCABULARY 0* THE HOLY QURAN 



-* i 



ii^:? 



they know (3) 

Verily they, if they come to 
know of you, would stone 
you. [I8:20J 

f juss. 3 p.m. ph.) 
they knew not 

Or children who know naught 
of women's nakedness. 

[24-31] 

(per/. 3 p. m, ph.) ffl \yj& 
<they helped, support 

to help, *£** J** 
support others (in the 
sense of collaboration), to 
back, or support enemies 

And helped (others) in dri- 
ving you out. [60:9] 

(juss. 3 p.m. plu.) IJjyi* ") 
they did not back up 
against SS 






Except those of poly t heists 
with whom you covenanted 
and they have not ailed 
you in aught, nor have 
ihey backed up any one 
against you. (9:4] 

336 



G 



J 



# 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) 
<'-^i$ open: (opp. secret, 
concealed) 

to appear, become distinct, 
clear, open, to come out, 
to ascend 

What is open and what is 
concealed. [6:1 5 J] 

(imptrf. 3 p.m. ph.) oi jjK 
they mount, <1) 
they ascend 

And stairs whereby they 
ascend. [43:33] 

Thus they were not able to 
mount it. [18:97] 

■ 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ptu.) ace. Vjf* 
they get upper (2) 
hand 

%S* y'iM^&^^ctf 

How (can there be any treaty 
for them) when, if they 
have the upper hand, they 
respect not regarding you 
(either) kinship or agree- 
ment. (9: *J 

TAT 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ P$**a <ijjyz cr ^> ^j\y^ JjV^ <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



^ Ji 



VOCABULARV OF THE HOLY QURAN 



(iniperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv 
~ informs, discloseth( 1) 

(1) to disclose i* Tj^ 

(2) to cause to appear 
(3J to make SS overcome 
(4) t» enter upon the time 

Of noon 

He is the Knower of the un- 
seen. He discloseth not 
His unseen unto anyone. 
[72:26] 

cause to (2) 
appear 55 

j-»>l> a \j \£~i JyJ§*»l otl ^ £ 

Verily ! fear that he may 

change your religion or 

he may cause to appear 

corruption in the land, 

[40:26] 

(et. J p. m. sing,) iv 
i-~ may make or cause to 
overcome 



£" 
£ 






He it is who sent His Me- 
ssanger with the guidance 
and the true religion, that 
He may make it overcome 
the religions, all of them. 
[61:9] 

(imptrf. 2 p.m. phi.) If OJj)* 
ye enter upon at noon 

tav 



(imperf. J p.m. phi.) Hi 

they put a*\ay their wives 

by pronouncing Zihar. 



3u*iftt 



As to those among you who 
pui away their wives by 
declaring 'Zihar', they are 
nol their mothers. [58:2] 

(Zihar, an old form or divor- 
cing a woman. The hus- 
band saying to the wife, 
'thou art to me as the 
back of my mother.* The 
word j\jk Zihar is deri- 
ved from jjt meaning 
biick. The Quran while not 
recognising this form as 
a non-returnable divorce, 
made neccsary for a hus- 
band in such a case to 
make an expiation before 
re-establishment of the 
conjugal rights). 

Umperf. 2 p.m. ptu.) m J J j*U» 
ye declare 'Zihar* 

And He made not your spou- 
ses whom ye declare to 
be as your mothers' back, 
your (real) mothers. [33:4] 



-apprised i* ^l»i 



And Allah apprised him there- 
of or Allah has disclosed 
it to him. [66:3} 



387 



AiU^s (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLe>5 £>w= <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 fiSLsw 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



,*± 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J*± 



excellent names of God.) 

He h the First and the Last 
and the Outward and the 
Inward. (57:3] 

ace. Ij*lk nom. ^*U* 

(act, pic. m. sing.) 
outward (1) 

Would ye inform Him that 

of which He knoweth not 

on the earth or is it by 

way of outward saying ? 

[13:33] 

outwardness,. (2) 
open (outside) 

And avoid open sins and 
secret ones. [6: 120] 

appearance (3) 

They know some appearance 
of the iife of the world. 

[30:7] 

outer side (4) 

The inner side whereof con- 
tained] mercy, while the 
outer side thereof is to- 
ward the doom. (57:13] 

3*8 



And His is all praise in the 
heavens and the earth ! 
and at the sun's decline 
and when ye enter the 
noon, [30: 1 8] 

(perf. 3 p.m. duaf.) vi 
<thc twain support 
each other 

CO support vi I jfcUi* jJUa.' 
each other against SS 

I 



i5Sg 



they said : two magics sup- 
porting each other, (i.e. 
two magicians) {28:48) 

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi,) rii «JJ^U* 
ye support each other against* 
(one o is dropped in ^jJ^iUiJ ) 

And drive out ■ party of you 
from their homes and 
support each other against 
them with guilt and ini- 
quity. 12:»3] 

back ftt.) 



backs (n. />. ) 

the outward (n.) 
epp. Jo U 1 inward (one of the 



56 



sw&d (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-o jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ P,5^° 'lHJ* cr^ 0-^'^3 J-»V<i *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



j -Jfc J= 



VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QJJllAN 



j -» -t 



(acf. 2 jJic. m. sing.) *}£> 
helper, one who backs up, 
supporter 

aider against SS Jjp - 

And the disbeliever is ever 

an aider against his Lord. 

[25:55] 



the heat of noon (n.) 

And when you put off your 
clothe- for the heat of 
noon. 124:58] 

behind the back 

And you put Him behind 
you on backside. (11:9 2] 

(The phrase means : you 
have neglected Him as a 
thing cast behind your 
backs.) 



;jtfn 



tjk 



fact. pic. m. phi.) ace. ^>l^* 
masters, those who arc upper 
most 

O my people, yours is the 
kingdom this day being 
masters (uppermost) in 
the land. 140:29] 

(act. pic. f. sing.) ace. •^** 
outwardly (2) 



$MfttfQ&'c?*i 



r-f' 



And He granted to you His 
favours compete outward- 
ly and inwardly. [3 1 :20J 

appeared, (2) 
easy to be seen 

(*&£? 

And We made between them 
and the towns which We 
had blessed, other towns 
easy to be seen. [3 4; I 8] 



¥■*#■ 



T\\ 



389 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



cjtJl wtT 





• ^ v t 


(imperf. t 
<you sport 


? p.m. pht.) ij j-— * 


{&} t* &Sr<3Ji 


to play, sport in a frivolous 


manner 


effiip^il 


feU^ij^i 



Do you build on every height 
a monument— you (only) 
■port (i e. as a mark 
indicative of splendour 
and commemorating deeds 
ofvalknce). [26:12 8] 

Note : The verb d'J^J has 

occurred as hal. ace. to 
mean: you do...... in 

vanity. 

(rji.) act, 
iq tain, to sport, jest 

390 



fc* 



* ¥ * * 



* J f #£ (a verb} 
f J £_ «* (year) 



CIT2 



(imperf, 3 p.m. jtng.) (h.v, ) 

<J **« cares for 

to care for, to be solicitous 

^$*§$&$$ 

Say : my Lord careth not for 
you, were it not for your 
prayer. (Jid.) Say : my 
Lord would not concern 
himself with you but for 
your prayer (Pic.) (25:77) 









ta 



T\< 



■->-u5vo (jjV jl C*io Jxjui-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJj-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J l- 



VDCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN 



J v t 



*J 



(perf. 1st p. plu.) 
we worshipped 

And they said : Had the 

Compassionate willed we 

should not have worsip- 

ped Himii {43:20] 

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 

™~ worships 



li 



j ji. 






jM^fl 



(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.} 
they worshipped 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi. el.) 
they should/in order to/ 
that they may/worship 

that I hey n.d. UJjlJs J> 

worship them (/) 

they should (el. com.) jjxX)_ 
(or in order to, that 
they) worship me 

Note : the final j is a short 
form of {J of pronomi- 
nal and not a J phi. 

And I have not created the 

jinn and mankind but that 

they should worship Me. 

[51:56] 

{imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) 
thou worship 



-»>.; 



(imperf. 2 p. m. phi.) 
you worship 

r •*-»•; Si 

you shall not OJJL^t a 

worship (i.e., negative *J is 
prefixed) 



- V*- 



Deem ye that We have crea- 
ted you in vain? [23:1 15] 



71] 



( perf. 3 p. m. sing.) 
*~> worshipped 

oU X-m m J-* 

to serve. (d ) *j5jp j rij* j 

worship, aaorc, venerate 
(Afcta. to obey) 



j$ 



Enjoined I not on you, O ye 

children of Adam, that ye 
shall not worship {i.e. t 
obey the commands of) 
Satan? [36:601 

He made some of them 

apes and swine, and (those 

who) worshipped the devil. 

[5:60] 

Note : the word X'a acc- 
ording to the majority of 
the commentators, is a 
plural noun, *.*., plural of 
JhjT worshipper. Thus 

the verse means ! He 
made some of them opes 
and swine and worship- 
pers of the devil. 

, -Jf" 

(perf, 2 p. m. phi.) f 

you worshipped 



391 



am^s (jjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ p5^o <ijjyz cr ^> ^j\y^ JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J »■» 



VOCABULARY Of TH» HOLY OU»AH 



J v- 



bond man c?pjf. a free 
man {i.e. owned by a 
human being) 

A believing bondman is bet- 
ter than an infidel (who 
ascribes divinity to any- 
thing besides God). 

[2:2211 

a servant, a (2) 

bondman or a slave poss- 
essed and governed by 
Allah. Thus all human 
beings are Allah's bond- 
men and bondwomen. 

Thus when this word is used 
in the Quran in relation 
to Allah it applies on 
those who willingly sub- 
mit themselves to Allah 
and obey His commands 
that come down to them 
through His Prophets. 
compare : 

O yau who believe f Just re- 
tribution is ordained (or 
prescribed) for you in case 
of killing : the free for 
the free, and the salve for 
the sl;u-c. [2:1 7*] 

The Messiah never did scorn 
to be Allah's bondman. 
[4:1 72J 
392 



fimperf. 1st. p. sing.) 

I worship 

— j "i *\ 
that I may occ j^fi] jl 

worship 

(imperf. 1st p. pht,} 
we worship 

fperate m. sing.) 
(thou) worship ! 

(perate, m. pht.) 
(you) worship ! 



*** 






* *•*> 






UEa 



fM». 



(you) worship me {com.) DjJu-pl 

(you) worship me (com.) ~ jjiCil 

(perate. treg. m. s'ag.j jurf # 

(thou) worship not ! 






(perate. neg. m.pftt,) 
you worship not ! 

( 3 p. m. plu.) pip J J Jaf{, 

they are to be worshipped 

Have We appointed gods 
beside the Compassionate 
to be worshipped. [43:45] 

{per/. 2 p.m. jing.) ii 
<tbou enslaved 

JUL*. JL-* JL-P 
** ■ " ' 

to enslave, subjugate, to make 
(a road) possible for traffic, 
to make serviceable, enth- 
rall 

■**~i ■*•- 
(n. nam.) J-J* i J-* i . 

(feti.) jli (arc.) Tjup 
> slave or a (1) 



--wUSvo ijjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w ij*j}jj$ JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J Jv t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OURAM 



J v t 



Assuredly in their stories is 
a lesson for men of under* 
standi g, [I2:tll] 

(prate, m. phi.) viil lj>W 
you take a Lesson ! 

to mi I jUpl jOpI < 

consider, lake into account 
observe cerefully, have re- 
gard to 

So learn a lesson O ye en- 
dued with insight, (59:2] 



yj- V C. 



f;w/. i p. m. sing.) 
< ~ frowned 



to frown . look sternly, austere 



+-*£ > .- ■ 



two bond- (n. dual.) ace. \J 
men (ofAHah) 



bondmen 
of Allah 



(n. p.) ace. f U^iiU 



nam. jjJ,LR a«. i>Jk»Ut 

foe', pfc. m. phi.) 
worshippers 

{act. plc.f. phi.) ir»liW 
worshipper women 

worship (». m.) OWE 



• J * £ 



>,■ 



it"" 

He frowned and turned 
away. [80:1] 

austere, grim, stern (n.) u"J* 

Verily we dread from our 
Lord a Day grim and dis- 
tressful. [74:10] 



Q 



* t 



< carpets (n.) tSj** 
tfr, fine, of finest quality. 



(imperf, 2 p.m. ph.) fog 
you interpret 

( j) *SU j T^p ^Sr ^ 

■ ■ » ■ * 

to slate clearly, to interpret 

If ye can interpret dreams 
[12:43] 

arc, n. d. «^/» < £/£ 
facr. pic. m. phi.) 
those who cross 

to cross (a bridge or way) 
to pass 

Except (in case of ) passing 
(crossing) the way. [4:43] 

admonitioa (n.) • j* 
a lesson by which out can 
take wafaiog or example 

393 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^u0 <ijJJ-o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



i^t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QjLIRAN 



V "- 1 ' t 



And if they solicit God's fe- 
vour they shall not te re- 
garded with favour (Rod., 
Sale.), rr they petition their 
Lord to cancel their com- 
pact, or to restore them 
10 the world, Ke will not 
do so i.e.. He will not 
restore them to the world; 
knowing that, if" they were 
restored, they would re- 
turn to that which they 
have been forbidden to do. 



* c. 



(ptrf. 3 p. f. sing*) """' 
<<-~got ready, prepared 

to get ready, mi |>\3^ i*1 
prepare 

to be ready 

(perf. 1st. p. ph.) viii 
we have prepared 

(pact. 2 pic. m. sing.} 
ready 

And his companion will say : 

(til. said) this is that which is 

with me ready, [50:23] 









j ^1 



(art- 2 pic. m. sing.) j£j| 
< ancient 
394 



chief, a kind of ric:i cai- 
pet 



c L 



f.d.x 
(imptrf. 3 p.m. ptu.) 
<they seek pleasure of 

to seek, x 
favour, pleasure of 

to blame 

they will be (or they arc) 
given leave to seek plea- 



sure of 






On that day the excusing of 
themselves will not profit 
those who did wrong nor 
shall they be allowed to 
please {Allah). [30:57) 

(pic. pact. m. pki.)acc. iv 
<Cthey are allowed to seek 
pleasure 

to regard iV l\^J i^-1p 1 

with favour, to show 
favour to 

And if they seek to please 
(Allah) they will not be 
of those who are allowed 
to please Allah (Jid.) 

(41:24] 






ru 



am^s jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo *(j->j«o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J * t 



VOCABULARY Or THE HOLV QURAN 



$ <* t 



they have exceeded (the 

bounds) with excess great. 

[25:21] 

disdain (2) irom. 

Aye they parsiMed in disdain 
and aversion. 167:2 1] 

extreme ( ! ) ace. (n.) 
(degree) 

I have reached an age of an 
extreme (degree) [19:8] 

most in excess (2) 

%&&&&&%% 

Whichever of them against 
the Compassionate were 
most in excess. (19:691 






fc. 



3 * t 



(perf. 3 p,m. sing.) pp. 'jf 

''—is stumbled 

/ • . i f *i* - f *r *■*•- '*- 

(o « u* ) ' jj-^ J ( j* 3ft j* 

to stumble, 'j£ _ 

to become aqua in ted with, 
to light upon, 

(perf. 1st. p. pht} It 
we cause to light upon 

if Tj^ jtf < 

to cause to light upon 



l>1 



to become old, to remain in 
a good condition 

And let them circumambu- 
late the ancient House. 
[22:29) 



• J * t 



(perate. m. pht.) 
(you) drag! 

to drag, push violently 

Lay hold of him and drag 
him unto the midst of the 
flaming fire. [44:47] 

violent, rude (n.) 



\'j»\ 



¥? 



J o f 



(perf. 3 p.f. sing.) w.f. 


*s^c- 


-w trespassed 




(*)!$" $>%< 




to be proud, rebellious. 




decrepit, 




to disdain, to exceed a boun- 




ds in rebellious way 




(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) w.t. 


1>~ 


they exceeded 




exceeding ( 1 ) ace. r.n. 


W 



(the bound ry) 



395 



AM^s jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5*Xo <lHJ-o <— * j^l^^ JjV<5 aSLsw 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



E t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAM 



• — * _ -"* 

to please, iv \,^J ^Jt\ 
delight 

iperf 3 p. f. sing.) iv 
~^(f) pleased 

{ imperf. i p.f. sing.) iv 
delights 

(imperf. S p. f. sing.) tt 
-^-delights 

And when thou seest them 
their figures please you. 
[63:4] 

(Note : For plural the verb 
J />. /. sing is used). 

pip. Jusi. 
{imperf. 3 p.f. sing.} 
-^should not a maze. 
let not amaze 

Let not where Tote their 
riches a ad their children 
amaze you. [9: 5 5) 

marvellous (l) (>*»■) »om. 

And shouldst thou marvel, 
then marvellous is their 
saying. [1 3:S] 

wonderment (2) (v.n.) ace. 

Wat il ■ matter of wonder- 
ment to the people that 
We reveal unto a man? 
[10:21 

396 



'<M 



a 



u 



*i> 



( pvraie. neg. m. ph'.i 
do nut act curruptly 



\'Z"H 



fe & 4? * ">* ft &" 

to evil. / ^i^re j 

mischief N 



And do not act wicledly on 
earth by spreading eorrup- 
[2:601 



lion. 



* y £ £ 



»^l 



P 



(pffj/. J p.m. p'w) 
i hey marvelled 

to wonder, marvel, be 
astonished, be amazed, 

to wonder at J t ,j* - 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.} 
thou marvelled 

iperf. 2 p.m. plu.} 
you marvelled 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.)juss 
thou marvel 

if thou marvel k-** 0\ 

(imperf. 2 p.m. ptu.f &§*£; 
you marvel 

(imperf. 2 p.f. sing.) CJ?^™' 
thou f/J marvel 

(per/. J p.m. jjVij.) jV CjE* 
< "—pleated 



m 



«-u5La ^oV jl Cfc Ao J.o.it a . _jj 01^3^33^3 ^^AaA5 P5^o ^03^3 ^-w C^J^.S lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J ct 



VOC ABU LASt Y OF TB* HOLY QUR AN 



vet 



(imperf. 3 p.m.phu)tt 
they frustrate 

to frustrate, TjQ&J^ ^E\ 

to make powerless, to 
make (one) incapable 

(tmperf* 3 p.m. sing.) tt, 
can frustrate 






Jgw, 



And Altah it not such that 

anything can frustrate Him. 

[25:44) 

' (apder.f .singJiv *J^* 
litt: frustater 
meta: a miracle 
the wor-f is often 
used to refer to 
the in irei table 
sublimity of the 
Quran as it is 
a living Miracle 



(imperf. 1st p, phi.) 

we shall not (neg.^i jj > 
(and can not) frustrate 

'* f 

jjJE an old (women) 

(who has passed child 
bearing age) 

She said : O wonder ! shall I 

brinj? forth when I am old. 

|11:72J 






wonder (3) 

%&*$& 1#$ 
(They) were of Our sign* a 
wonder. fI8:9j 

a marvel (4) 

And it took its way into the 
sea — a marvel ! [18:63] 

wondrous (5) 

We have listened to a Recita- 
tion wondrous ! [72: 1 J 

(Note: The word tjE does 

not have different meanings 
in above verses, only their 
grammatical placing causes 
it to be rendered in diffe- 
rent imports of the word : 
wondering, wondrous etc.) 

wondrous (act. 2 pic.) 

astounding (inti.) 

r 






* £ t 



(ptrf. 1st p. jfrtg.) 
I become incapable 

to tack strength, to become 
incapable, powerless 

Was I incapable or being tike 
this raven I [5:31] 



&j£ 



397 



am^s (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ,—w j^j)^3 JjV<5 riS-sw 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J Et 



VOCABULARY OF TlfE HOLY «,UHAN 



J Et 



to be lean (animal) 



J^t 



frwr/ 1st. p. sing.) £i£ 
<I hastened 

to hasten 

to hasten with SS «-• - 

to hasten against SS Jf - 

(/»r/. 2 p.m. piu.) V*f 
you hastened 
(or) voa anticipated 

Have you anticipated the 
command of your Lord. 
[7:150] 

Note : *p*r is here synony- 

mous with jr*-* ££•) 

iptrate mg. m. sing.) "£Zu *i 
(thou) hasten not 

So hasten thou not against 
them. [19:84] 

And ha sen thee not with 
the Quran. [20: 1 j 4] 

{imptrf. 2 p.m. sing.) eL ^J"w 
that in order to make haste 

39S 



< trunks (»./>.) J^f1 

CM t5P 

the back side of a body, 
trunk 
(Ap-der. m. piu.) Hi Zf gr*** 
<frustaters 

to frustrate. Hi *5*'** 3*"^ 
to make powerless 

{Ap-der. m. sing.) n j*-* 

frust rater 

Iperair, m. piu.) iv (J ji*** 
frustrate rs (I) 

Deem not those who dis* 

believe able to frustrate 

(His purpose) on the earth. 

(24:57] 

those who escape (2} 

Verity that which ye are 
promised is sure to arrive, 
and ye can not escape. 
(Jid.) (you can not frus- 
trate it— Arb) (6:134] 

(as above (w.rf.) *jfj^»* ) 

And know that ye cannot 

escape (or frustrate) Allah. 

[9:2) 



* -» E I 



<very lean (ones), in. p.) £*£&. 
emaciated 



~^&a jjV jl Cfc Ao J.o.i.t t t. _jj 01^3^33^3 ^^AaA5 P5^o ^0)0 ^-w Cyi^jiS lPVs a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J a 



VOCABULARY OF TH* HOLY QURAN 



E I 



baste (v. a.) 






fflci. pic. f. ling, n.) 
the quick-passing (world) 

ever hasty (dec. intt. n.) Vy£ 

hastening (fc«.) X JI^hL^I 

a/the calf 3*^U%i?0L 



f C t 



< foreign (tongue) Or.) ^jJEl 
flM, a Non-Arab or one who 
has an impediment in 
speech 

The tongue of him unto 
whom they incline is 
foreign. [16:103] 

(in) a foreign tongue ace. UJSi 

foreigner! (n. p.) ace. ^gJ?V\ 
(Non-Arabs) 



(peif.Sp.m. ring.) assfm I£ 
■•C'— counted 

(j)»Js* J IJt* JU- J-P 

to count, number, reckon 

Assuredly He comprehended 
them a (full) counting. 

1 19:94] 

(imperf. 2 p,m.plu.)(ass1m) JjJL* 
yon count 



faer/ 3 p. m. sing.) U 

<<— hastened 

as R,F. Vii' 'fe 

(perfect 1st p. ting.) ii 
we hastened 

(imperf 3 p.m. sing.) II 
"-'hasten 

(perate. m. sing.) ii 
(thou) hasten ! 

(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) tt 
<'-wmade SS hasten 

to make SS S^ jji\ 
hasten 

(petf, 3 p. m. ting.) r 

< ^hastened 

as R.F. », V£? &* 



(perf. 2 p.m. ph.) x 
you sought to be hastened 

to seek SS Nl^Jc^ '£*£\ 
to be hastened also as RF 



IP 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) x *jg» "' > 
«*$eeks 5*5 to be hastened 

(imperf, 3 p.m, phi.) x 
they seek '—to hasten 



(Imperf. 2 p.m. phi./ x 
you welt**' to hasten 

(perote. m. sing.) x 
(thou) do not se*k~t» 
hasten 

(per ate, m.pfu.) x 
(you) do not scek~to 
hasten 






IfeEft 



399 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ ^jiJLo^ p5^uo *(j->j«o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



■» <■» £ 



number, counting (n.) 

<some number (1) (y.n.) 
/j'(. counting, to count 

(For him) the same number 
of other days, [2:184] 

waiting period (2) 

for a women after she is 
divorced or becomes a wi- 
dow 

And count their waiting 
period. {65: L] 

number, (3) 
counting 

My Lord is best Knower of 
their number. [18:22] 



•r 


[imperf. 2 p.m. plu,) {just.) 


fr a. 


you count 


iJji 1 


if you cuum 1 jjuJ j} 




(imperf. 1st. p. pfu.t 




we count 




we used to J-w W 




count or reckon 



i — 


cT J 


t 


lentils 


<*.} 




• 


J 


1 1 



( per/. 3 p.m> sing.) assim ii 
< ^counted 

as R. F. U'jJ; S2* 

..» 

(per/. 3 p.m. sing, fassim iv 
<**--made ready, prepared 

to prepare, J J^U^ 
make read v 



jj^- 



=-1 



11 



(per/. J p./. jr«f .; 3 a* 
*>- proportioned 

(,>)«* j aj£ tJj« TJjc 
to act justly 

equitably, with fairness, 
to proportion, i.e.. to ad- 
just properly as to rela- 
tive magnitude 
400 



assim. i» 
(per/. 3 p. m. ptu, f 


titl 


they perpared 


* - * 


as sim iv 


oi^l 


(p.p. 3 p.f. sing.) 




■-wis prepared 




(perate. m. ptu.) assim iv 


U5»1 


(you) prepare 

OHirn iv 




(imperf. 2 p. m, pfu.) 




<you count 




as R.F. Uifcl t£\ 




(to count) 




(act. pie. m. plu.) asaim. 




those who count 




{pic- pact. m. sing.) 


JJ.Lt* 


counted (one) 




(pic. pact, f, plu.) 


objJa* 


< counted (ones) 




(sing.) ojj*. 





am^s jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo *ij->j«o ^--w ,3^0)^5 JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



o J t 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN 



J J I 



Note : The verb Jj^ 

means to judge, act just- 
ly and to equalize. When 
followed by a proposition 

y or ty 't signifies 

the meaning to equalize. 

(imperf. 2 p.m. pht.) f.d. 
you act Justly 

(perate. m. pht.) 
(you) act justly 

compensation (I) (v.n.) 

Nor shall compensation be 
taken. [2:48] 

equity (2) 

Shall be judged by two men 
of equity, [5:95] 

equivalent (3) 

Or the equivalent thereof in 
fests. {5:951 

justice (4) 

And perfected is the word 
of thy Lord in veracity 
and in justice. [6:1 15] 



tj£r 



j j 



* .. 



< everlasting (vjt.) <jJ£ 



H 



to make an ^'in- 

equality between two 
things 

Who created thee, then 
moulded thee, then pro- 
portioned thee. [82:71 
{imperf, 3 p. /. sing.) Just. $£ 

it (soul) makes equal 

if (she i>., the soul, person) 
offers every equivalent it 
shall not be ac« pted. [6 : 70 1 

(imperf. hi. p. dug.) ei. «*lje^| 
that I may act justly 

(imperf 3 p. m.ptu,) i-t m OjJj* 
they make equality (] ) 

Yet those who disbelieve 
equalize others with their 
Lord. [6:1] 

they judge (2) 

&&&$£*$&*&&&*$$& 

And of the people of Musa 
there is a community 
guiding (others) by the 
truth and judging thereby 
(i'.e,, according to the law 
of Islam— Jid.) [7; 159) 
they equalize (3) 

But they are people who 
equalize, (/.*., others with 
their Lord). [27:60] 

401 



AiU^s jj^F jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djJLwo^ £.3^° 'O ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY Q,U RAM 



But whosoever is driven by 
necessity, neither desiring 
nor transgressing for him 
is no sin. [2:173] 



*■ ... -tjv %~~ 

VJt <JJ« U-*fr 

remain, abide 

(this word belongs to Syriac 
origin (Syuti); it is always 
used as genitive possessed 



(act. ptc. m. pfu.) 
transgressors 



o)>£ / 5}iu 



Nay I Ye are a people trans- 
gressing, (26:166} 
'Ad (proper it.> 

And unto 'Ad we sent their 
brother Hud (*>., their 
countrymen) belonging to 
the same tribe oi town. 

[7:«5) 

( lie 'Ad\ art Arab people 

flourishing in the south 
of the Arabian peninsula, 
with their dominion ex* 
tending from north of the 
Gulf in the east to the 
southern end of the Red 
sea hi the west. Their 
story was well known to 
the Arabs of the holy 
Prophet's time. The an- 
cient poets knew 'Ad at 
an ancient nation that had 
parished, hence the expre- 
ssion "since the time of 
*Ad." Their kings are men- 
tioned in the Diwan of 
402 



& 



by .iLr garden) 



(imperf, 1 p.m. plu.) #.». 
<they transgress 



JjJ* 



to go rapidly, run, transgress, 
to pass beyond SS. 



to pass from, 

overlook 



^ - 



(petate. neg. m, sing.) 
do not pass from or <fo not 



overtook 



^irli-_-j..ii J/j 



And let not their eyes over- 
look them. [18:2aJ 



(ptrate iieg.m. phi.) 
do not transgress 

And We bade them 



jJm 



3 

trans- 
gress not the Sabbath. 

[4:154) 

(act. pic, m. sing,} 
transgrassor { 1) 



% 



l-T 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJJ-o ^—^ t3-ol^3 JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



3 J t 



VOCABULARY Or THE HOLY QURAN 



And whosoever tre-spaswth 
the bounds of Allah, then 
verily these 1 they are the 
wrongdoers. (2;229) 

(perf. 3 p. m. ting.) viii <J£&\ 
<-~^transgressed 

'\£*\ JJG* JJ&\ 

as r to transgress, 

to be hostile, ^ - 

froward, to violate, raid, 
attack 

to transgress (1) 
(without a preposition fo* 
I Lowed) 

So whosoever iransgresseth 
thereafter, for him there 
shall be a torment afflic- 
tive. [2:17*) 
to violate (2) *U 

So whosoever then offereth 
violence unto you, offer 
violence unto him, the like 
of violence unto you. 

[2:194] 

(perf. 3 p.m. ph.) vlti \'/xl\ 
they trespassed 

we hive t repassed viii \l^x»\ 

we have not trespassed l_ijtf-l L 
i.r 



Hudhailites QjJ;4* and 

their prudence in that or 
Nabigha. 

(Encyclopedia of Islam) 

They were zealous idolaters. 

The Aditcs were separated 
only by a few generation 
from the people of Noah. 
The tribe of "Ad, the son 

of Aws J? jl , the son of 

fC Sam, the son of 
'•JJ 

£/ Noah, who after 
confusion of the tongues 

settled in t^li-'jl a! Ah- 
qaf or the winding sands 
in the province of Ha- 
dhramaut, where fiis pos- 
terity greatly multiplied. 
Uid. > Sale 1 1 

(perf. 2 p.m. plu.) Hi rt^ 
you treat with enmity 

ife j %U j»t; < 

to treat with enmity, 
hostility, to become dis- 
tant, aloof from 

to be unjust, to injure Jr* -(l>) 

(impetf 3 p.m. sing.) r 
< *— trespasses 









to eross, overstep, to tra- 
verse, to exceed a bound- 
ry, to go beyond limit, to 
trespass 



403 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr^ Cy^JiS J^Vi a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY Q.UHAN 



J J t 



So if they desist then there 
is no violence save against 
the wrongdoers. [2:193] 

harshness (2) 

Whichsoever of the two terms 
I shall fulfil it shall be no 
harshness to me. [28:28] 

transgression (3) 

And whosoever doth that in 
transgression and wrong, 
presently We shall roast 
him in fire, [4:30] 



enmity (y,n.) 

<side (n.) 

lit. a side of valley, bank of 
river 






»JJC 



And (recall) when ye were 
on the near side and they 
were on the yonder side. 
[1:421 

fat:, pic. f. ptu.) oliUl 
< those who ff) run repidly, 
coursers 

(o)TjJt J5» li 

to go rapidly, run 



By the striking coursers. 

[100:1| 
404 



fimperf. 3 p,m. phi.) tiii 
they trespass 



OjJi* >. 



they were ever transpassing 
[2:61] 

f.d., ace. \**-*z 
fimperf. 2 p.m. pluj J**"* 
yon trespass 
. . , M-iff *1 

incite you to trespass Ijx* ji 

(impe/f. 2 p.m. phi.) et. IjxiJ 
that ye may trespass 

(pirate, m. plu.) \j£f\ 
(you) offer violence ! 

(sec. 2^Jtol) 

(perate, neg. nt. plu.) Ijjiu Tf 
(you) trepass not ! 

(Ap-dtr. m. sing,} 



*t'*r 



trespasser 



Jj 



Y2i\ ace. 



{Ap-der. m. sing) 
trespassers 

< spitefully, fv.n.) ace. 
wrongfully 
from R. F. 



?& 



ijje 



enemy fv. n.) 

enemy ace. 
enemies (n. p.) 






m 



J-ie 



ma 



(?.n.) Oljuiill 4 jlJJt 
violence (1) 

L-i 



«-u5La ^oV jl C j i n J.o.i.t t t. ji 01^3^3^= $y±A$ f 5^0 'C )- cr*** l>^'^5 JjV^ Am 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



Allah is ahout to destroy or 
punish them. [7; 1 64] 



(Ap-der. m. piu.) ace. CpJZi 
giveT of punishment 

(Ap-der . m . piu . )f.d. nom . . y Ju» 
chastiser 

(pis, pic. m. piu.) 
those who are punished 

if. 

torment, punishment (*..) t_iUt 
chastisement 



< being free from (v,n.) ace. ; J ji. 
guilt, excuse 

tjJuu J tjJff jJjd jJC 

to excuse. (^^ ;jj^ j 
to beg pardon, £U „ 
to be free from guilt 





excuse (V.rt.) ace. 


IjJt 




excuses (n. p.) 


j.*\*» 


(ifftperf. 


J p.m. piu.) viii 




they will 


make excuse, they 


put forth an excuse 




Tjli^i jgZ jXl\ 




to offer 


an excuse 





(perate. neg. piu.) |jjj£- S 
offer no excuse 



* * 



-?, 



< sweet, agreeable to (n.) ,iJ£ 
laste (water) 

\,JJ *jJt ^J*, UJ£ 
to be s*eet in taste 

One pU table sweet. [25:53] 

Oer/. 3 p.m. sing) si 
< ^-punished 

9 Uiu" iJJC 

to punish, chastise, 
torment 

«« punished 

[imperf. 3 p. m, sing.) ii 
"-will punish /(--punishes 

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) el. H 
that he may punish 

he will not punish kjjui' *ll 



Li 






U.*»vJ 



i-0 



(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ii * s £j 
thou punish 

(imperf hi. p. sing.) ii J,^\ 
I punish 

(imperf. hi. p. sing.)-epi. CfJai 
I shall/I will certainly punish 

(imperf /si. p. piu.) ii tiij 
we punish 

we shall punish ■ ■ i- ,- ~ 

(Ap-der. m, sing.) £jj£ 
treats with punishment 

405 



am^s jj^F jl CLio JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ $jJuq$ p5^o <ijJJ-o ^—-^ ^3-0)^3 JjV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



LTJ I 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



< stairways injitts.plv.) rjt 
ladder, stair, (sing.) 'jgyZ 

<the lame (adj.) r^\ 
to be lame (^)^ ^ 





* * • * 


the branch o 


fa palm tree Oj£f$ 


| 



<sin, crime (n.) 

to manure, to bring evil upon 

(pis. pic. m, sing,) via 
poor, seeking favour 






J** 



• u- 



{imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) <jji^i 
they raised 
(as edifices and structures) 

(^ .'£)1*# its? J? 

to make a trellis (for a 
grapewinej, raise, build 

(pad . pic. f. plu.) iU Jj» 
trellised ones 

And He who hath produced 
gardens trellised aad un- 
trellised. (6:141] 

406 



(Ap~der. m. plu.) ii 
< those who put forth an 
excuse, apologists 

to affect an excuse, 
to offer an excuse 






• * 



< Arabic (n. ) ii> 

related to *Jj£ r «*t the 
descendant of Ismail bin 
Ibrahim (peace be upon 
them), those who speak 
clearly (opp. foreigner J 



of/ in/ Arabic 


ace. 




dwellers of the (n./f) 




$c0i 


desert 







rf 



< those who show {n.p.) *» _/• 
great love or roundness 

, . ,, If-*,- * •** 

(ung.) *jjft'VJ>=- 



* **' 



(imperf 3 p.m. sing.) £j«S 
'-^ascends 

to ascend upto a high place 

(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) £j£ 
he ascends (angel) 

, . x, •* >+~ 

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) djr j* 

they ascend 



AM^s jj^F jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ £.5*** ^lHJ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



«J*J t 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN 



*r J t 



to offer, to present J - 

to show, propound J^ - 
(a matter), to set before 

Thereafter He set them before 
the angels. [2:3 f ] 

{per/, fit p. plu.) 
we showed 

And we shall set Hell on 
that Day unto the infidel, 
with a setting. [IS: 100] 

(This a usual style of the 
holy Quran to use past 
tense for the future tense 
in connection with the 
Hereafter. It means that 
what will happen on that 
Day is as certain as a 
thing already happi:nd.) 

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) 
were presented *-■ 



>> 



(Recall) what time there were 
presented unto him at 
eventide coursers swift- 
footed, [38:3 1 J 

i *£ 

(pp. 3 p.m. plu.) Iji 

www presented 

(pip. 3 p.m. sing. i J*'j£ 
^-shall be placed before 

(pip. 2 p. m. plu.) bj^'ji 
they shall be set before 

t»V 



tit. throne, seat { I ) iAj*^ ' iJ*j* 
of power, a booth, a shed, 
what is constructed for 
shed 

met. might, power, soverei- 
gnty, dominion 

« " 

^jijjl is applied to the 

,j^jp of God which is not 
definable and is immeasur- 
able it is not as the 
vutger hold, the seat or 
throne of Cod for were it 
so it would be support to 
Him, not supported. 

(Jid.<LL.) 

Then He established Himself 
on the Throne. (Jid.) He 
established on the throne 
of His at mightiness. 
(Asad.) [7:54} 

< roofs (2) (npj ^jje 

the roof of {sing.) \j? jr 
a house or the like 

They (towns) were laying 

overturned on their roofs, 

[2:259] 



J* ■> t 



(per/. 3 p. f. sing.) J*j> 
~set before, 

to happen, to take place 

407 



am^s (jjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijjyz cr ^> ^j\y^ JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



^J t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QUfcAN 



<>J t 



And if a women feareth from 
her husband refractoriness 
or estrangement (his turn- 
ing away from her). 

[4:12 81 

backsliding (2) 

And if their backsliding is 
hard onto thee, [6:3 5} 



•/_ •> 



ace. j**j* pom, Uj^j"* 
backsliders {Ap-der. pM 

good, R. F,<*.n. \*'J- 
gain, gear, frail goods 



» 



«# 



'»'■ ■'I *"•* ?w}l\- 

Then there succeeded them 
a posterity ; they inherited 
the book taking this near 
(world's) gear (or frail 
goods). [7:1691 

(The reference is to the Jews' 
acceptance of bribes for 
wresting judgement and 
corrupting the text of their 
books and to their extor- 
tion of money — /.AT.) 

width (it.) 

And a garden whereof the 

width is as the width of 

the heavens and the earth. 

[57:211 

408 



>'} 



, (pip. 2 p. m, plu .} 
you shall be set before 
(mustered) 

(per/. 2 p.m. plu.} it 
<you speak indirectly, sj 
you give a hint 

to speak if U*".^* J*jF 
indirectly or to hint 

fperf. 3 p.m. sing.) it 
■<'— turned away 






■^ • - * 



j'j' 



tf 



ix t>i^l 






to turn away from. ^ _ 
avoid 

{per}. 3 p. m. plu.) h 
they turned away 

( perf. 2 p.m, plu.) iv 
you turned away 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv 
^wturns aside from 

fias iv 
(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) 
thou turns away from 












J*j". 



(imperf, 3 p.m. plu.)n.d. iv 
they turn away 
(imperf 2 p.m. plu.)it.d. iv 
you turn away 

(perate. m. sing.) iv 
(thou) turn from ! avoid 
(them) ! 

(perate m. pk».) iv \ J> _£l 
(you) avert ! turn away ! 

ffjij ace. iv W^l'^'j** 
turning away (I) 
(estrangement or desertion) 

i.A 









'^jSji (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ lijJLLo^ £.5*** <lHJ"° cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



/ £ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



<*J I 






&j>j£**'4i ph 



And the brethren of Yusuf 
came and entered uruo 
him and he recognized 
them, while they recog- 
nized him not. [12.58] 

(per/, J p.m. pfu.) 
they have recognized 






(per/. 2 p.m. sing.) tfJ> 
thou knew 



And if We willed, wc would 
surely show them unto 
thee, so that thou surely 
shouldst knou them. 

(47:30) 

{imptrf. 2 p.m. sing.) £>_* 
thou recognize 

(imperf. 2 p.nt, piu.) jjij* 
they recognize 

•-—they recognize juss. J* J*. 

Or (is it that) they recog- 
nized not their apostle ? 
[23:69] 

thou shouldst surelyfep/J 6*j»^ 



recognize 



f.- .*'.?•", 



Thou shouldst surely know 
them by the mode of 
(their) speech. [47:30] 



a setting R. R<v.n. 
{see 1«*>p above) 



ace* 






(act. pic. m. sing.) 
overpeering cloud 

Then when they heheld it as 
an overpecring cloud tend- 
ing toward their volleys 
they said, yonder is an 
overpcering cloud bring- 
ing us rain. [46:24J 

(act. 2 pic. hi. .ring J ^j^ i- 
prolonged 

t^Hi* - 1 * »j mj&i ■^ t >i t 

And when an evil touchelh 
him, then he ig full of 
prolonged prayer. [41:51] 

a hutt in.} *<*_f 

And make not Allah a butt 
of your oaths. (2:224] 



* >-> 



(ptrf. 3 p.m. sing.) Ci'f- 
'—recognized 

to know, 



be acquainted with, recog- 
nize, acknowledge 



409 



am^s (jjV jl C*io Jxjui-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo i^o^ ^-.^ j^j)^3 JjV<5 r&SLp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J t 



kind, kindness (I) 

And for the divorced women 
provision (is to be made) 
in kindness. |2:24 1] 

according to (2) 

usage (or) to the custom 
of the society 

On the affluent (provision 
is due) according to his 
means, and on the strai- 
tened (is due) according 
to his means ; a provision 
according to usage (i.e., 
known slandered of the 
society). [2:236] 

kind, courteous (3) 

-***■ ».$>.-$* • "■% 4. ,i T -*i-- 
4jtA~ tjA2-*j?*j^jj** Q? 

$%& 

A kind (or a courteous) word 
and forgiveness are better 
tnan chanty followed by 
injury, [2:263| 

right, opp., (4) 
wrong! 

And from among you there 
should be a community 
who invite to good and 

410 



M 



"IS-" 



(impetf. 2 p.m. piu.) 
you shatl recognize 

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) 
~ is/a re recognized 

(pip. 3 p. f. piu.) 
they (women) are/will be 
recognized 

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) ii 
<C~— made known 

U ti jft <-*./« *-* j* 

to make S5 known, to intro- 
duce 

(per/. 3 p. rrt- piu.) vi \jijW 
<ytm knew each other 

to know or recognize each 
other 

(imperf. 3 p. f. piu.) vi <Jj> J*-* 
they mutually recognize (or) 
they introduce each other 



(per/. J p. m. piu.) viii 
<they confessed 

tomakewif Wlj*t C>j*l 
a confession, to confess 

(per/. 1st. p. m. piu.) 
we confessed 






ci^i 



(pari, pie.) ii>J;£l) i Jj/* 
Hi. a known or recognized 
thine or person 

(met : courtesy, fairness, good 
kind, reputable, that which 
is good as an universally 
accepted fact, honorable) 



1A4&A jjV jl C*£A J.O.it a . fl ji 01^3^3^= ^^AaA5 P5^0 (^J)o ^_w t>^'j^3 JjVi £&9bO 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



yj t 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN 



^J t 



In the holy Quran it is 
applied to a wall between 
Paradise and Hell or its 
upper part (Zr. Ik.) 

the name of a (*>.) ot^P 
mountain 20 K.M. from 
Mekkah, A valley where 
the main part of Haj is 
performed. 



r 



the dam {prop, n.) 

'Ma rib, the Sabaean capital 
was celebrated for the gTe- 

at dam (see under U* 

Saba.) According to 'Mu- 

jam , * jA\ is a proper name 

of a certain valley located 
some 60 miles east of 
San 'a. {for more details 
see Jid. P. 22, n. 195.) 

According to others f^N is 

name of an innundalion 
which destroyed the city 
of Saba. 



ft? 



(per/. 3 p.m. sirtg.) vtii 
< "~smole 

to come viii \AJ£\ ^j£\ 
upon, befall, smile 

to come to a person, befall 
(trouble) 



l-Sfc 

J J* 1 



command that is right 
and forbid the wrong. 

[3:104] 

{pact. pic. f. sing.) Ajj'Ji. 
recognized, a known thing 

A recognized obedience. 

[24:53] 

seem lines, good (n.) i_»^H 

lit. kindness, usage, benefi- 
cence, name of horse, 
crest, comb of a cock . 

Take to forgiveness and en- 
join goad (or seemlines), 
[7:1991 

beneficence (/!.} ace. 



\i 



By the (winds) sent forth 
beneficence, [77:1) 

This verse is a metaphorical 

phrase, from the tj^p. 

of the horse, meaning, by 
the angels or the winds, 
that are sent forth conse- 
cutively, like the several 
portions of the mane of 
the horse: or the meaning 

is, sent forth <-*?j&, U., 

with kindness, or bene- 
ficence. 

lit : an elevated (n. p.) Q>\j* j\ 
place or an elevated por- 
tion of the earth or ground. 

411 



AiU^s (JjV jl CjLo JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ £•$**£ 'ij->j«o cr ^> j^l^^ JjV<5 a£*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



■ * * 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



3 J t 



to aid, it \jjft j j» jjA < 
support 

to prevent, turn away 

Those who believe in him 
and side with him and 
help him. [7:157] 

(Note : according to the 
contents requirement the 
verbs for past tense 

are translated as they Acre 
of present tense.) 



(/wr/l 2 p.m. ph.) H 
you have supported 

(imperf. 2 p.m. ph.) ace, 
you may support 

That ye may believe in Allah 

and His apostle, and may 

support him (j. e., His 

religion) and honour Him. 

[48:91 



fJ> 



i r»»~- 



j 3 £ 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) [assim v) 
^prevailed 

to be mighty, powerful, no- 
ble, illustrious, strengthen, 
exalt oneself, be rare, 
dear, highly esteemed, pre- 
vail upon (or against) 

412 



All that we say is that some 
of our gods have smitten 
thee with evil. [11:54] 



a handle, support (n) • j J*! 1 - 
support 



u,. n - ^j\'ljfi\ 



r 



i] 



(imperf, 2 p.m. sing.) w.v. 
thou becomes naked 



1 •• 



Oi-O)*^ -> V 1 ^j". rf > 

to be nacked, 

denude of (garments), be 
free from 

Verily it is thine that thou 
shalt not hunger therein 
nor go naked. [20: J] 8] 

a bare desert (n.) ^jtSi 

* v i t !: 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.} £>y» 
■< ^escapes 

to be distant, remote, absent, 
from 



(ptrf. 1 p. m. ph.} VSjj£ 
they supported 



i\r 



iw&d jjV jl Cfc Ao J.o.it a . _jj 01^3^3^= i^i^3 f 5-i^o t OiJ A cr^ Otfij^S lP^ a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



JJ I 



VOCABULARY OF TUB HOLY QURAN 



jj t 



And when it is said to him 
fear Allah : arrogance (or 
prestige) taketh him to 
sin. [2:206J 

Nay, but those who disbe- 
lieve are in false pride 
and schism. [38:2] 

might (2) 

And they said, by the might 
of Fifaiva, uc \ we shall 
be the dinners. [26:441 

He saitf, then by Thy might t 
I surely will beguile them 
every one- (38:82] 

power, honour (3) 

r* t * J '- > i t % i *., ' r ' « tj. , * 

Whosoever desireth the 
power (or honour) then 
all power is Allah's. 

[35:10] 

*T- - 

(act, pic. m* sing.) JiJ* 
mighty (E) 



*»» 



9- ^ 



l-tfgfcHi 



Then know that Allah is 
Highly, Wise. [2:209] 

fc-vr 



And he prevailed upon me in 
speech(or in disputc)[3 8:2 3] 

( per/. 1st* p. ptu,) ii 
<we strengthen 

to strengthen, iV Ijrj* jjl^ 
make powerful support, 
give honour 

Then We strengthened with a 
third. [36:141 

{imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ii 
thou honour 

And Thou honourest whoso- 
ever Thou wilt and Thou 
abasest whosoever Thou 
wilt. [3:26] 

a source of strength (v.n,) 

And they have taken gods 
besides Allah that they 
might be unto them a 
glory (a source of power 
or strength). [ 1 9:8 1 ] 

n - 
false prestige, (I) Jjc 

arrogance 

0'. e., a false sense of self- 
respect or prestige) 



t5> 






T> 



413 



AiU^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo i^oyi ^-^ ^0)^5 JjV<5 aSLsw 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Jjfc 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J t 



pis 



(perf 3 p.m. sing.) viii l)j*\ 
<n- withdrew, renounced 

to separate Ylj^ i)jj& 
oneself, remove from, 
renounce 55 

{perf, 3 p.m. ptu.) 
they withdrew 

(perf, 2 p.m. ptu.) 
you have withdrawn 

(Note : In the verse 4:9 ] 

°fy3*l is attached to 

the 2 nd, p.m, pronoun 
white in verse 1 8; 1 6 it is 
prefixed to 3rd. p. phi. 
pronoun,) 

jtm{n.p.) y£$ye.\ 
(imperf. 3 p.m. piu. ) 
they withdrew 

If they withdraw not from 
you. [4;91J 

( imperf 1st. p. sing.) viii -M £j\ 
I withdraw 

(I renounce — Jid.) 

(peraie. m. plu.) \jye\ 
(you) keep away ! (I) 

So keep away from women 

during mensturation (i.e.. 

do not cohabit with them). 

[2:222] 

414 



unassailable (2) 



k 



■&» 



And it is an unavailable 

book (i.e., a powerful in 

evidences and arguments). 

[4 1:41 J 

stontg (3) 

And Allah may help Lhue 
with a strong help. [48:3] 

aught, heavy (4) 

And heavy upon him is that 
which overburdened you. 
[9:128] 

The Mighty (n.) 
one of the excellent names 
of Allah 

more powerful (elative) 

the more powerful 

< stern, («.p.) 
most powerful ones 



3g» 



Jjsl 



(jr'wg.) 






f>ffrt. 2 p.m. sing.) 
<thou hast set aside 

to set aside, remove from 



£J5* 



m 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w j^)^^ JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f 3 t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QjtrRAN 



J>t 



(in a metaphorical way the 
verb fj£ is related to 

^?9| , that is, to its sub- 
ject, thus the translation 
ought to be : "when the 
matter already determin- 
ed" but it is no use of 
saying so and is not maent 

here therefore f jP has 

been rendered as if it 
were passive perfect. 

(per/. 2 p.m. sing.) 
thou had resolved 

(per/. 3 p. m. plu.) 
they decided 



fperate. tieg. m. phi.) \ 
do not resolve ! 

resolution (I) (».n.) 



tw 






^^pll^i^l^ii; 

And have patience as had 
patience the men of re- 
solution among the apos- 
tles. [4 6:3 5 J 

determined (2) 

^>^$ 
That is of the command- 
ments determined (Jid.). 
That is or the steadfast 
heart of things {Pie.}. This, 
behold, is something to 
set one's heart upon {Aad). 
This is an affair of great 
resolation (MA). 13:186] 



fr 



let alone (2) 

And if ye will not believe in 
me then let me alone (or 
let me go— Pic), [44:21] 

Note : the final J is a short 

form of ti I st * P- objec- 
tive pronoun). 

(pact. pic. m. ph.) J 
removed ones 

tu£>^g3l y*p*H 

Verily they are Tar removed 
from hearing [26:212] 



*Yf 



a place where one (n.p.i.) 
is set aloof 



U£ 



And Nuh called out his son, 

and he was (standing) 

aloof (,Pfc.)— he was apart 

(Jid.) [11:42] 



f J t 



(imperf. i p.m. sing.) 
< >— determined 

1 J*) ^"j* j v3> }$* jp 

to resolve, determine, decide 
to do, adjure 

So when the matter is deter- 
mined. [47:21 J 



t* 



415 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr^ Cy^JiS J^Vi *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



it O" t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



SJ t 



< ^-departed (quard) 



to advance, approach, 
depart 



to 



And (by) the night when it 
departeth. |81:I7J 

Note : ( 1 ) The verb has two 
contradictory meanings : 
came on or departed. But 
the phrase in the H. Q., 
according to al] exposi- 
tors, signifies 'and by the 
night when it departeth'. 

(2) As often noted in 
Quranic phrases the past 
tense is to be rendered as 
it was present or future 
tense. 



• 


J 


U" 


t| 


honey (n 


.) 


^ 


• 


J 


iT 


£ 



belike, may (panicle) 
well be, U may be 

According to the grammari- 
ans it is an underived 

( it ) verb, and not a 
particle that denotes "hope 
or desire." Raghib eb- 

416 



constancy (3) 

And we found no constancy 
in him. [20:115] 



J > t 



< companies, groups(w.^) 
(sing) .Jjjl jl \^H 

to ascribe relationship to 
(Ugh., Mj., LL) 



X?' 



• J w 



I] 



(perf, 2 p.m. ptu<) vi fs 1 * 
you make hardship for 
one another 

to be difficult, hard, cause 
to be hard for one another 
(as RF ) 



WW I 

to be difficult 

hardship, iy.n.) 
difficult, hard 



<< 



o 



U+i 



distress (v.n.) t^fl 

ace. 'j^j-- nom. jg_fr 
hard (act. 2 pk.) 

hardship (tlattve f.) JjZjt 



am^s (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djJLwo^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr^ 0-^'^3 J^Vi a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



9*t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



iS xr t 



< kinsfolk, (/i.) *_r-i* t ijfriJL 
clan, (phi.) *J&* 

ten {num.} jr lJl i jl£. 

twenty {num.) iijji* 

jliJ) <she camels 

{*'«*■> 'Iji* 
(A she camel that has been 
ten months pregnant, from 
the day or her haying 
been covered by the stall- 
ion — JUL.) 

race {n.) 

O ye race of genii and man- 
kind. [6130] 

a tenth (part) (num. frac.) 

And these have not yet atta- 
ined a tenth of that which 
We gave them. 134:45] 



<*-•- 



o> t 



(imperf. 3 p.m. Sing.) (*.d.) u»"" ! 
<<— blinds himself 

(^ . o) t» ^ ^ArT j j£f^£ 
to be weak 

sighted, to blind himself 

And whosoever blindeth him- 
self to the admonition of 
tbejCompassionate, We ass* 
ign unto him a Satan. 

{43:36] 



serves if the subject of 
JS is Allah it *ill 
mean: "be hopeful with 
Allah,* and if the subject 
is a human being it will 
signify, 'be conscious or 
be afraid.' 
If it is followed by a noun as 

**#\ IS or pronoun as 

V*-e or by jl it 

means, 'it may be that'. 

fjvo. 2 p.m. p\v.) 

( 'f + t0 ) 

may be that you 

He said : May it not be that 
you will not fight if figh- 
ting is prescribed. [2: 246] 

Would ye then, if ye were 
given the command, work 
corruption in the land? 

147:22) 



?** 



J t 



(perate. m. phi.) Hi IjJJilc 
<live with 

to consort iK !^#W j2* 

with, cultivate one's so- 
ciety, become familiar 

417 



am^s (jjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.3-*-^° 'O ^ c^ 0"^'.H.9 J^Vi a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



* t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J cr t 



(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ^Jj**i 
they will press (wine or 

oil etc.) 



the lime (n.) - h*J' 
fir. { 1) any unlimited extent 
of time during which peo- 
ple pass away and became 
extinct (LL.) (2) the after- 
noon 

Cr.ff.fr) *j\ii[, 
< whirlwind, violent wind. 



(Ap-der. f. plu.) i> oljJUk* 
clouds (or winds) 
(threatening rain) 



nightfall (/i.)'b£.*UJl 



And they came to their father 
at nightfall weeping. 

[12:16] 



***%*• e 



straw (1) (n.) 
green crops, blades, stubble 



u, .- 



So He rendered them like 
straw eaten up (by cattle). 
[I05i5] 

husk, leaves and (1) 
sulks of corn 

yXi^l^^wuSji C*Jl j 
And the grain with (its) husk 
and fragrance. {55:12] 

{act. pic. m. sing.) 
< viola nt wind (1) 
hurricane (violent wind, 
storm) 

418 



And after the night prayer, 
[24:58] 

evening ace. (ft.) Lto < ^±«N 

1* - _ 
an evening (n.) 



* l 



* t 



J *j* f see 



Li 



* ^ U* £ 



< company, band, a (n.) '-,-*■ 
group of men (pht.) »^£ 

flr, troop, band 

(of men or animals) 

<d«adful. (act. 2 pic.) **V 

(^)Vff^aT^ 

to wind, twist, bind, tie 



• J UP* t 



(imperf. Is!, p. sing.) ^* 
< press 

to press (grapss etc.), squeeze 



l\h 



'^jSji (jjV jl C*i-o Jxjui-a _j-> OU-5^5^ $jJuq$ P$**a *ij->j«o ^--w j^)^^ JjV<5 a5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



ti lJ» t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



<-* # t 



to protect, prevent, defend, 
preserve 

(act. pic. m ting.) %<\e 



protector 

<ties f bond* (n, p.) 
(sing.) 



'-»-!. 



prevention, preservation 
(infallibility} 

(ptrf. 3 p.m. ph.) mi, \' J " 
<:hcy held fast 

to hold fast LCccI l^£l 

(imperf. J p.m. sing.) just, riii 
<-~holds fast 

(perate m. phi.) \ J 
(you) hold fast ! 



( per/. 3 p.m. sing.) 
<Z ^abstained 

to abstain, U*&3 "T^F* 1 
to prevent oneself 

(prevented himself;, or 
preserve oneself (from sin} 



staff («.) !l£ 



'i 



v™>£-) tff£ < staffs 



* tf ui* 



I] 



( jw</. J fun, sing.) w.». 
■< '^disobeyed 



(,^>) ^jUp j uit iou 



to blow violently 
(wind) 

Viol ant wind overtook them, 
[10:22] 
stormy (2} 
(m adjective of day or time) 

The wind blowing hard on a 
stormy day. [14:18] 



(According to Liststt and 
fjf means 



ik sue*- 



£3' *ju*IX f )T and the 

phrase jneans ; in a day 
Violant or vehement in 
respect of wind) 

fact. pic. f. sing.) <jl#£ 
strongly raging (wind) 

winds raging 

blowing, raging ir.n.) ace. tij* 

And those raging swiftly. 

[77:21 

(i.e. the kind of wind threa- 
tening to catue destruc- 
tion and disaster). 



* r * t 



(imperf. 3 p. m. ting.) 
<«* protects, 



419 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uO <ijJJ-o ^--w j^)^^ JjV<5 *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Ju> 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



t* L*» t 



rebellion (*.*., iv.v.) olwS* 

ft_ __ 

disobedience (v. mm., h\v.) 



* ■* *>• £. 



< upper arm ( 1 } (n.) *y ~ 



to aid, assist ( ^ ) l-U* JU 

He said We shall strengthen 
thy aim with thy brother. 

[28:35] 

supporter (2) 

Nor 1 was to take seducers 
as supporters. £1 8:51] 



it J* J* 



EU 



(per/. 3 p.m. ph.} (awi'm v . ) I^J* 
they bite 

to bite the 

hands in sorrow, to seize 

hold of with teeth 

{assim v.) j^» 
bites (imperf. 3 p.m. ting.) 
shall bite (in utter anguish 
and dispair) 



• J J? t 



/J— ^i 



(perate. neg. m. plu.) ^*47 *jl 
do not straiten 

420 



f>*r/ J p.m. «ng, + ^ ; ^Ci 
he disboyed me 

to disobey, rebel, oppose, res- 
ist 

(Note : the final letter J is 
a third rcdical that is chan- 
ged to ^^Jt when follo- 
wed by a pronoun). 

(perf. 2 p.m. ting.) (w.v.) 
thou disobeyeth, thou hast 
rebelled 

{perf. 1st. p. ting.) {w.v.) 
1 disobey 

{perf. 3 p.m. pht.) {w.v.) 
they disoboyed 

(perf. htp.pJu.) 
we disobeyed 

f imperf. 3 p.m. sing'; jusS. 
--■■'disobeys 

(MUr.) , -^ 

{imperf. 1st. p,m. ting.) 
I disobey 

I shall not disobey &**■' * 

{imperf, 3 p.m. plu.) {w.v.) \ * "nn 
they disobey 

(imperf. 3 p.f. ptu.)(w.v t ) 
they disobey 

they (female) shall SiUm S 
not disobey thee 

(act. pic.~>w.t.) £» 
rebel, disobedient 

ir. 






■->-u5vo (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-o jj Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijJJ-o ^-w ij*j}jj$ JjV^ <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OB THE HOLY QURAN 



J U* t 



* J J* t 



(pp. 3 p.f. sing.) ii Lildt 
<-~shall be abandoned 

to despoil, (i ^Lw Jtt 
(or.e of his prop crty), 
to leave unprotected 

to be without work 



abandoned 



( pic. pic. /, sing. ) *ffc» 



* J J* £ 



f^wr/- J p.m. Jfirg.) hlf. r'v ^tl 
■<r-wgave 

4U^1 •£ ,>3 

to give present, offer 

lo take (specially with the 
hand) 

(per/. 1st p. piu.) w.t. iv T'tf 1 
we gave 

We have giventhee Kauther. 
[108:11 

(imperf. 3p.m. sing. ) w. v. rV ^a<» 
he gives 

(imperf. 3p.m. ph.) w.v, h \ jL* 
they jive {pay) 

(J p.m. sing.) p.p. w. v. iv IjLtl 
they are given 

m 



to straiten, ^ithuld unjustly, 
prevent 

Straintcnt them {/.) not so 
that they wed. [2:232) 



1 * 


' u> 


£ 


1 * J J* 


t 


<bits or enchant- 


(if.jR.) 




ment 






( k-j) yinc 4**w 


3kS£ 




to lie, slander 






(*){*&£* 


G» « 


to divide into parts 







{sifll£.) 

the plural is O^*? and 
0^? place, division 

Those who have made the 
scripture bits. [15:911 

(the phrase may also mean ; 
those who pronou::,c;d the 
Quran to b; lie or enchant- 
ment.) 



• <-> J, 



w r 

neck (n.) * jy 

Bending hit neck that he may 
lead astray {i.e. magnify 
ing himself) behaving 
proudly (Ik.). [22:9) 

421 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ £.5*** 'O ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J t 



VOCABULARY OF TUB HOLY QURAN 



^t 



lo treat SS V&[~f& 

with respect, to give im- 
portance, to magnify 

bone {n.) ^L'JI , tJ j± 

(plu.) yfc*. «*ji1 bones 

g*tt. flkjll aec. ^\LJI' L(L. 
-< bones rt. p. 

the supreme (j. e., above all 
imperfection) 

(one of the excellent names 
of Allah) 

And He is the High, the 
Supreme. [2:255] 

mighty (2) 

And He is the Lord of Mighty 
Throne. [1:129] 

mighty, great, ace. \p£ 'V^ 
big, heavy ' 

greater, higher, (etative) "ilicl 





| + J «-» 


£ 


ti ► • 

a giant (n.) <=« jig 

to rub with, turn over, or 
hide in the dust 


duit 

422 


*>-J5£« 





if J p. m. phi,) pip. w.r. iv 'J»* 
they are given 

Then if they are given there- 
of they are pleased, and if 
they are not given thereof, 
lo ! they are enraged. 

0:581 

compare l^U** (imperf. 3 p. 
m. plu. J "they give' in verse 

9.30 and \'J^ pip. they 

are given, I^Lb "1 4 thcy 
are not given'in verse 9:58. 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ri ^j»^ 
< -"--took 

vt LljW J»U (as JLF, see 

above j J» p j 

gift, be stow me nt (n.) Akc- 



f 



Jp 



u 



{imperf, 3 p.m. sing.) juss is ***• 
-—magnifies, respecteth 

tk : £ < 

to magnify SS, respect, 
to treat with respect 

to be great, important 

JIMS. IV Jt. 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
<—will magnify 



am^s (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djJLwo^ £.5*^ 'O ^ cr^ l>#LH3 JjV<5 a^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



passes over (4) 

Much He passes over. 

fS:l5] 

forgoes (5) 

Or he in whose hand is the 
wedding-knot forgoes . 

[2:23 7] 

Note ( I ) Where the verb \± 

is To I lowed by ^ (or J 

as in pp.) it means to 
forgive, pardon, and when 
it is used without a pre- 



position ^fi it 


means to 


pass 


over or 


to 


forgo. 


But 


it can not 


be 


taken 


as a 


firm rule. 






<:> 


■ah r. w 


■u 


n wUll 




• .t 




**~ 



a vik nt ^ as l^i 
in nominal i ve ease, other- 
wise no tjJ( is added 
a.d J is pronounced]. 

yitw, ii.i'. 
\ imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
he foretve^ 



(imperf. 3 p.fpiu.) w.v. j^i™ 
they for^o or they (women) 
agree to forgo 

(imperf 3 p.m.pitt.fw.v.et. ) J«£J 
they may pardon 



* • t - -- 

'**.,/«' signifies anything 

that exceeds the ordinary 
bounds. It is probably 
applied to jinnee, and sig- 
nifies evil in disposition, 
and wicked or malignant. 

(plu.) u*TjU£ 



[ 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) w.r. 
< pardoned (1) 

(o)T_£ j£r£ 

(i) to forgive, 

pardon £ , J _ 

(ti) to abound & „ 
(iii) to pass over 
(Iv> to forgo 

And He pardoned you. 

[3:152] 

iperf. 3 p.m. plu.) w.v. 
they abound :d (2) 
(grew and multiplied) 






Thereafter we substituted 
ease in place of adversity 
until] they abounded. 

( imperf. 3 p.m. plu,) 
pardons (3) 

(These:) belike Allah will 
pardon them. [4:99] 



AJ 



£ 



•4r 



423 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ 'lHJ' cr^ 0-^'^3 J^Vi *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



u* ■_♦ 



VOCABULARY OW THE HOLY QURAN 



Use thou indulgence and 
enjoin seemliness. (Jid.j 
keep forgiveness (O 
Mohammad) and enjoin 
kindness (Pic) [7: 1 99] 

surplus, superfluity (2) 

And they ask thee what they 
(aught to) spend, say : 
superfluity (or surplus) i.e. 
whatever can be spared 
easily. [2:219] 



* <_> J> 



{3 p.m. sittg) (W.) 
<let him abstain (1) 
(generously) 



;i 



to abstain, restrain 
oneself, be chaste 
fit - *f » fl* ■**•• •■* J -^ 

to abstain from what is 
unlawful, be abstinent, 
restrain, 

(Note : The verb is of 
assimilated type; in gene- 
tive cases "shadda" is 
removed and cluster is 
pronounced separately as 

L yr'> <ti £Z2 ) 

424 



{imperf. 2 p.m. pSu.) w.v. 
you forgo ( [ ) 

And thou should forgo is 
nigher unto piety. [2:237] 

you pardon (2) 
ft 'iff''"} 
Or yc pardon an evil. [4: 1 49] 

And if ye pardon and pass 

over and forgive. [64: 1 4] 

Note : In this verse (fie verb 

Ijiais not followi'il 

by ££ but it still means 
'to pardon'. 

(imperf. Ist.p.plu.) w, v . juss . 
we pardon 

fperale m. sing.) v. v. 
may thou pardon ! 

• (perate. m. phi.) w.v. 
(you) forgive ! 

(3 p. m. sing,) pp. 
is pardoned 

Then whosoever is pardoned 
aught by his brother. 

12:178] 

forgiveness, (I) (n.) 
indulgence 



ij£l 



-* 






aaXIs (JjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-o jj Olf-5^5^ $jJUq$ £•$**£ *ij->j«o ^--w j^)^^ JjV<5 aSLsw 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



** t 



VOCABULARY Of TUB HULY QURAN 



<J l_» 



Vj* j V* *—**. v* « 

to .succeed, take the place or 
fSS), to come after 

He Turned in flight and 
looked not back. [27: 10] 

(per/. 3 p. m, sing.l Hi Cj£ 
< i-* retaliated 

I tic J CjW Cit 

lo do a thing alternately 
with another, to punish, 
chastise 

(per/. 2 p.m. ling.) Hi 
you punish 



P l 



(perate. m. sing.) Hi |^j£ 
(you) punish ! 

{3 p.m. sittg.) pp. Hi CJjc- 
lit. was punished 

CR, was made to suffer 

(3 p.m, plu.} pp. H JtJjs 
ynu were punished for) 

ynu were afflicted 

And if ye chastise, ih-.-n 
cha^tis-i with the like of 
that wherewith ye were 
afflicted. [16:126] 

(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) ir 
caused to follow, made the 
consequence 
(to be > 



£! 



;,M ^ 



And whoso (of the guardians) 
is rich, let him abstain 
(generously). (Pie.) [4:6] 

let keep chaste (2) 

And let those who cannot 

find a match, keep chaste, 

[24:33] 

(for £& see r iJ j } 

ace . assim, x 
(imperf. 3 p./. ptu.) 
they restrain themselves 

the absti nation v.n.v, , 
(from begging) 

dee, Ijic (Mm. 

pardoning, very («.) 
forgiving 

fone of the excellent names 

of Allah) 



fact. pic. m. pin..) -fife 
< pardoners 

(xing.) J>£ < < 5lC 



*&8 



4f- 



• ^ 



(imper/. 3 p. /. sing.)Juss. ii 
<'-^loolted back 



425 



to follow, come after, 
look back 



~^&a jjV jl Cfc Ao JaI^Lq _jj 01^3^3^= SjJLiog f 3^0 'C )- cr*** 6-^'^3 JjV^ Am 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J it 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY O.URAM 



V J t 



ending f/r.) ^ 

(Note : If added to a pro- 
noun the final <J turns 

to ZJ&} as UC* - " her 
end".) 

end (acf. pic. f, sing.) £jje 

a happy, or (n. prop.) "*<2iUt 
aood end 

a reviser Ap-dcr. if 



those who join their fpJu.) oliw 
duties in succession 

(angels succeeding one an- 
other by turns). 



(per/. 3 p.}. sing. ) tShlJfe 
i-~ made a covenant, hound 

^ ) V JU» JUUu JLj& < 

to tie {a cord), tie in knots, 
bind, mflifl. ratifv a con- 
tract, make * covenant 

And unto those with whom 

ye have made a covenant. 

[4:3 3| 

(perf. 2 p,m. plu.\ V " 
ye bound 

But he shall take you to task 
for that which you bound 
your oaths. 15:891 

426 



So he hath made the conse- 
quence (to be) hypocrisy 
in their hearts 

[9:77] 

ace. Lit nom, *_ 

final end ',■;.) 

< posterity (]) (n.) 
lit. end, after (SS) 

Arid he made it a lasting 

word among his posterity. 

[43:28) 

heel (2) 

n. dual |J*-*P <C com . 

(p.n.J p.m. sing.) 
his two heels 

From those who turneth 
back upon his heels. 

[2:143] 

<heels (n.p.) tl*li;| 

{sing.} »_jP 

chastisement r. n. i\J«^ , J^Uf 
(that comes as a result or 
consequences of sins) 

UIap < f. d. com. *— >U? 
my chastisement or \sralh. 
requital 

steep (ft.) £iJl 
{the difficult path of duty) 



am^s (jjV jl C*i-o JxJUi-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £,5-^° *lHJ«o ^—^ C>-^'^3 lPV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t <* t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLV QURAN 



J ^t 



lo produce no result, to 
be barren {female} 



* ^ & L 



( per/. 3 p.m. phi.) \ m J& 

they understood 

Wf to bind the feet (of a. 
camel) with a rope 

mete, to understand, com- 
prehend 

r itr- 
(they understood it #Vlie ) 

(tmpetf. 3 p.m. sing.) ^f* 
understands 

(impei/. J p.m. phi.) O^li* 
they comprehend, undcrMund 

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) 5j tt5 
you understand" 

(imperf. 1st p, pht.) ^l£; 

ue understand 



(Note : in the above two 
verses the word jl(f 
has different meanings, see 
O f i* ). 

< compacts (n. p.) Syjji 
(sin?,) * =' 



* f J t 



(7>/«> j^ 'knot(ff) ^ ^ 
wedding-knot nKjlt^ 
(*"»*■) *j^ < knots ^j j 



And frcm the evil of the 
women blowers upon 
knots. [113:4) 

{i.e., enthau tresses v. ho used 
to tic knots in a cord and 
lo blow on them, mutter- 
ing over them magical 
formulas in order to injure 
i heir victims. (Jid, — IK. J 



faff. .' pic) *jSj£ ace. ^.y 
<? barren 

(iJ)U £; £ 

to be barren (womb) 



And she said ! an old barren 
woman ! [51:29] 



* J *i t 



'''--' hamstrung 

{j») \J& £Z ye. 
to cut, wound, hamstring 
(a beast), slay 

(per/. 3 p. m. plu,) \jj* 
they hamstrung 

(act. pic.) ace. ]j£ nom. ^f£ 
< barren 

427 



am^s (jjV jl C*io JxJUi-a _j-i Olf-5^5^ djiJLo^ p5^uo <ijjyz cr ^> ij-o)^5 JjV<5 r&SLp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J t 



VOCABULARY O* THE HOLY OJUKAH 



J J 



And look a! thy god to which 
thou hast been assiduous, 
(7/(7.) i.e., of which thou 
had remained a votary. 

120:97] 



inhabitant, 
dweller 



m 



Equal in respect are the dwe- 
ilar therein and nomad 
(or stranger. ) [22:25] 



ace. 



(act. pic. m. pluj CjiSle i jJiT £ 
retreating ones 

While ye are retreating in 
the mosques. [2:187] 

(pK. pac.) iJijE, > ikt, frjp. 
detained 



• J J t 



< clot (n.) *£ 



Itecli, clot or blood 

clot {a.} \~$f. t Y'£& 

< hanging one 

f*i- f 
to hang, to attach ii. \£Lj j^ 

(r .*., like the one (of women) 
neither in wedlock nor 
divorced and free to marry 
someone else) 

428 



meta. — 

The torn:ent of a barren day 

{i.e., grievous day) (because 

it is a day having do day 

afier it— [22:551 

The barren wind {i.e., dest- 
ructive) wind. [51:41] 



* >-» 



il 



(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) d>U*« 
they cleave to 

J^ _ ( j * j*) VJ& £i£r oik 

to cleave 

constantly, presevere in, to 
give onesself up to f to 
remain constantly in a 
certain place 

Than they came upon a peo- 
ple cleaving to the idols 
they h:;d iJid,), they come 
unto a people who nerc 
given up to idols which 
they had ( Pir.). (7: 1 38 J 

( Pick t ha II. compelled by the 
requirement of the render- 

ing, translated Jjid bv 



(act. pic. m. sing.) ace. 
assiduous (I) 

(or) one who remains a 

votary 



Tift 



t*A 



am^s (jjV jl CjLo Jxjui-a _j-> Olf-5^5^ ^jjiLo^ £,5-^° *lHJ«o ^—^ C>-^'^3 lPV<5 <&*sv> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Je 



VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN 



J J t 



m 



that he knovvsjwjj, -/.</. iffc" 

(they) in order to krjow 

knowest (hey not ? 'JAw "II 

( imperf. 2 p.m, phi.) OjJUT 
yc know 

that you know jt&sj.d, \ £jfc 

tM ye know or 

understand ( £j£ J**; 

that you may know lJJLJ 
ye kno» not | Jj^T "1 

?' 
ij£i 



(per ate. m. sing.) 
(thou) know ! 



to hang, he suspended, to 
cleave to 



* f,J t 



{perate. m. phi.) 
(you) know J 



r^i 



r J />. m. sing,} pip, fe, "JJ 
(hat these be known 

{peef. 3 p.m. sing.) ii 4jg 

~ taught » 



to teach U«iF je 



< 



(>**/, 2 p.m. p/uj tf ^Jp 
you taught 

(/»«/", ^ p. m. sing.) taj& 
thou taught 

I taught 

(per/, lit p. phi.) ii ^ 

we taught 

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) -*1« 

'-^teaches ' 



< »"»>knew 

to know. (^) Uc *ii'"Jc 

ht'cuiueacqauinted wtth, 
perceive, understand 

f/wf/ J p.m. Ting.) ^^hr 
thou k no we st 

(per/. 3 p.m. phi.) j«V 
they knew -*" ? " 

. _ .»* 

fperf, tst. p. pftt.) f.y 



(per/! 2 p.m. p/jjj 
ye knew 



we know 



(imperf, 3 p.m. sing.) m 

~ knows 

Cjinper/. J p.m. sing.) epl. gffij 
will surely know 



(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) 
thou knoivest 

you know{pijr.) 

he knows not Mi c 



knowest thou not 



vv 



I know 



(imperf, 1st p. sing.) 






« 



(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) g jj£- 
they know *^ 

429 



am^s (JjV jl C*io JxJUi-o jj Olf-5^5^ dji^o^ £.5*^ '0°3^ cr 4 *' l>#LH3 JjV^ *5Lp-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Jt 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OUttAH 



Jt 



the knower (act. 2 pic.) *^ 
(One of the excellent names 
of Aliah) ,,. 

knower ace. *T fTT 

{as *^ knowledge is a 
permanent feature of his 
personality) 

well-knowen Ms. *^^)c 

known 

*. f A" 

known ones «_"*jU» 

laught one (pis. pic- it.) v f* 
< si gns , ro aTks p, n . ow3(£ 

<wor1ds (p. n.) ^dUR 

(Note : The gU . P' ur4 ' 
of *)lc , signifies all cate- 
gories of existence both in 
physical and the spiritual 
sense. It indicates also 
that the 'world' is not oniy 
what man knew upto now 
but there are _ numerous 
worlds to be doomed or 
known in future. In this 
comprehensive sense Allah 
is the Lord of worlds, 

jicA 4*j and hencc this 

word is related to one of 
the attributes of ASlah. 
At some places the Holy 

430 



{imperf 3 p.m. dual.) iv CjV^w 
they (two) teach 

t «-■' 
(imperf 3 p.m. plu.) 0>u« 

they teach 

s rt*S 

{imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) ^'yim 

you teach 

com. ^™ 

(imperf 2 p.m- 3ing.) J p: 
(may)thou teach me £$ 

{imperf 1st. p. plu.) £* 

we teach J^J 

that/may or we in 
ordeT to teach him. 

{2 p. m, sing.) pp. ts-Jfr 
thou art taught 



r* 



f 2 p. rrt. plu.) PP- 
you are taught 

(ht. p. plu.) pp. UJe 

we are taught 



(imperf, 3 p. m. ptu.) v 
they learn 






* _ «■ 



to learn, «"• f" < 
seek knowledge 

information, knowledge *Jc t -jJJl 
learning 

knower (acf. pic. m. sing.) *$* 

learned ones, p. A. •\ c Ult»ye 
knowers 

knowers, learned p-i. Cjlje » l)>L» 
ones 



<^aa^o jj^f jl Cuio Jx^iwa ^j ultgi 1 ^ ^jiJLo^ p3-w= 'ijjj- ,— **• 6^'j^S JjV^ a5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



.» J t 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN 



J t 



\jm 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.} w.v, 
<1 '—overcome 

to be high, (0)1j£$f % 
elevated, exalted, ascend, 
overcome, exalt oneself, 
be proud 

(perf. 3 p. m. plu.)iv ye, v. 
Hi. they overcome 

And to by waste all that 
they conquered with ulter 
waste iPk.). And they may 
destroy with utter destruc- 
tion whatsoever may fall 
under their power. 

[17:7] 

(perate ncg. m. phi.) ]j£j y 
exalt not yourselves 



Exalt not yourselves against 
me, and come unto mc as 
those who su render, 

[27:3 1] 

ye assuredly will epi. w. r. 
overcome (be ereat, high) 

iperf. i p.m. sing.) ti 
he is (be) exalted, high, above 

Glorified be He and high 
above (all) that they ascri- 
be (unto Him). [6:100] 

irv 



53 
3G 



Quran ha;, ustd this term 
in its figurative expression 
to denote surroundir.g 
people of the addressed 
person or community, 
such as, 

O children of Israel ! Re- 
member my favour where- 
with I favoured you and 
how ! preferred you above 
all other peopk. f2:47] 



■» t 



(perf. 1st. p. ling.) it. wOpT 
<CI made public (proclama- 
tion) 

to make open, it. I'^tfrl Jj£| 

to speak, openly, manifest 
to make public 

to be open, manifest 

(perf. 2 p.m. p'.a.) it. '!$£■] 



ye make known, spoke openly 

n. pi 

they make 



(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) it ^ 



they manifwl 
public 

(imperf. 2 fi.m. pkt.) it. 5>L» 



you manifest, ye make public 

(imperf. 1st p. ply.} it. 
we say openly, make public v " r " 
openly ace. f.ji. R. F. i"";^* 






431 



A>lld jjV jl CaAa JaImuo ji Olf-5^5^ Sj&jji$ £.3^-° c C>i} a cr** Cy^JiS J^^ (&5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 




VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J't 



(dative f. plu.) 
<h»eh ones 
(masc.) JJpl <^<*%.» 

f f/ariv* /- J "W-' 
<hiehoiie 

a discnption for plural 
obejects — non- hum an 
being 

aecj. ». m., w, v. 
great height 

(act, 2 pic) 
/-"the highest one 

elevated ace. 

the great (m. sing.) dative. 

(m. plu.) j 
great ones, overcoming one* 

< the highest ygui.t^u 
of the place ***# °-*T 

(Jin*.) ^L 

(A place in the seventh Heaven 
to which the souls of the 
believers will ascend.) 

the high, exalted Ap~der. via 3Wil 



- 

on 



.3$ 



t« J t 



over (1) (preposition) 
on, upon, 

A — Physical : 

And oa them and on the ship 
ye are borne. [2 3:22 J 

432 



9 



(perate m. plu.) \J\^ 

< (you) come ! 

operate, m. sing.) ~J\m 

thou come ! 

(perate. /. plu,) C/i\j 
{you women) come ! 

(perate. f. sing.) J» 

thou (f.) come I 

( pet/. 3 p.m. sing.) x J"' 

< "^become uppermost 

to become U ^lil~1 <V-»1 
uppermost to overcome 

Who is uppermost this day 
will indeed he successful. 
120:64} 

<i(act. pic m. juss. r.nv) $■ 

tyrant, self-exalting one "JU 

<,{act. pic, ace) «'. v. UW 

tyrant, self-exalting one '^t 

(act, pic.) iv. v. ^JvS 

Ul£ < upside (1) 

its high place 

Wc turned their upside down- 
ward. [Il:82| 
upon (2) 

(**&#&#* 
Upon ihem shall be garments 
of the green silk. [76:21] 

(act. pic. m. ptu.) j^JUl « ,$£ 
st if- exalting ones 

trr 



«^5*o jjV jl C ap JaIm L o ^) OIp$^$a ijj^a^ P5^° £ lH^° cr** 6-*?'~H5 d^Vs *&^a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



r t 



VOCABULARY Ot THE KOl-V QURAN 



a J^ 



T^ **" * "S^ *i ^ 



J^Oi*| 1 J^^i* <0 <Jo 



t - *-»'^ 



Musa said unto him: shall I 
follow thee Tor that thou 
mn vest teach me of that 
which thou hast been 
taught a directhe know- 
ledge. (I8:66f 

on the ground of, (8) 
provided that 

^•^t^ai#feiySs3s 

He said, verily I would marry 
thee to one of these two 
daughters of mine provided 
that thou hirest thyslf to 
me for eieht years. [28:27| 

on the top of (9) 

And shall be drinkers thereon 
of boiling water. [56:54J 

against (10) 

Against them shall be the 
evit turn of fortune. 

[9:98] 



> r t 



(per/. 3 p.f. sing.) 
'^-intend purposely 






B— Ideal ive 

And f preferred you over 
the worlds. [2:47J 

for (2) 

And We had, aforetime, for- 
bidden foster mother for 
him. [28:121 

at (time) (3) 

and he entered the city at a 
time oJ un awareness of 
the inhabitants. [28:1 5t 

under (4) 



In order that thou ma yet be 

brought up under may eye. 

[2Q:39J 

to (5) 

Then he came forth to his 
people [19:11) 

for that (6) 

Alas ! for that I have been 

remiss in respect of Allah. 

[39:56] 

for that, (7} ■ 
(to state the cause) 



irr 



433 



-w5U jjV jl C*£a JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> <j-o)^5 JjV^ a£^o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



-» f t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAS 



t t 



(3 p. in. sing*} pip. li 
to be given a long life 

(perf. 3 p.m> sing.) iiii 
< >-~ performed Umra 

to perform tjr via j*^' 
( **J? is a kind of pilgrim- 
age, with fewer rites. Lit- 
erally, a vis it or a visiting. 
Technically a religious 
visit to the sacred Mosque 

with the garments *| ^j\ 
(Ihram,)curcuiting round 
the ^£j| Kaba. £\'jjh 
seven times, making seven 
round between (he base of 
£j£fl 'Safa'and'Marwa' 

ijjlt mounts, conclu- 
ding the ceremony with 
shaving, or shortening of 
bead 1 ! hair. Ai Haj differs 
from it in as much as it is 
at a particular time of the 
year besides other obliga- 
tory performances white 
Umra may be performed 
at any time of the year.) 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.} x j 
<~m*de SS dwell 

to cause (people) f jL^*l ~ 

to dwell in (a place) 
Note : the current political 

term jV*j-*^ ( to col °" 
nizc) has nothing to do 
with its literal meaning) 

434 



*ft? 



*3fl 



£1 



to seek or intend fjjjjgjf Sjgf 
SS purposely 

to t»Tj# !#£*« 

intend, to support, place 
columns or pillars 

acc.v \ f » -ff 

intentionally (Ap-der.) 

< pi liars (n. />,) J^ 

lofty structure (n.) * t£ 

jU^^l^i 
The (people) of many colum- 
ned Iram. [89:7] 

(For details about this 

«f J ' ) 



* -> f £ 



(perf. 3 p. m. pluj \jjP 
<tbey inhabited 

to (j)*jt> j« ~j* 
inhabit, dwell in (place), 
to tend 

(imperf, 3 p.m. sing.} j*« 

■-blends 

(imperf, 3 p.m. plu.) fd. 
they tend 

that they tend !_/_£• J' 

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) Juts. 8 
we grant a long life 

to prolong it jf K 
one's life (God) 

m 









-w5U jjV jl C*io JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjyn ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J rt 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



j rt 



W^J-tdf 


life («.) 


? 


to work, do, perform, act, 
construct 


Butby thy life, imhfir intoxi- 




~did (per/. 3 p.f sing.) J^P 


cation they were wande- 




f .. 


ring bewildered- [15:72] 




(per/. 3 p, m. piu.) !j^ 
they did, uork, act 


lifetime (n.) acc. 


VJ> 


(per/. 2 p.m. pluj *'J^ 
you did, worked * 


nam. 


^ 


(see abovel Umra (n.) 




Note : Most often the perfect 




past terse or this root 


tending (v. n.) 


Vjift 


-^ is proceeded by 


frequented (pact, pic.) 


SgA 


t>* conditional or U i ,j* 


^Ji^i; 




of relative or demonstra- 


By the House frequented. 




tive pronouns- Then it 


[52:4] 




means 'who does' 'works' 
instead of its real meaning 


jj*ill *a«y\ is the original 




of past tense. 


model or Ka'ba, and over 
it, or corresponding to it, 




acc - 3~i ** '$* « 3*t 


in heaven, which thousan- 




(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 


ds or angels visit everyday 




does, did. 


and around which they 




did not do, that he may do 


circuit and pray. (Hf.> 
Bukk. Miis.) 




does (imperf 3 p.f. sing.) ■>$£ 


an aged man (pis. pic./ ft 




(also often this form is used, 






^ 




as a general rule of Arabic 


• <5 f 


£. 




grammar, to denote the 


<deep 




meaning or plural by 
placing it before the sub- 
ject). 


(act. 2 pic.) 


5? 




acc. ffi j US ,. yl/yl 


to be deep (a valley, well) 






(imperf. 1st p. sing.} 
I do 




• J r 


t| 


(imperf. 3 p.m. pkt.) LJ^*» 


iperf. 


3 p.m. sing.) 


# 


they do, act 


<~did 




trc- 






43 


5 



-w5U jjV jl C*io JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^*» 6^'.H3 J^V^ a£^o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



* f t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



Jft 



paternal uncle (n.) 
<paternal uncles (n. p.) 



r 

&1 



- 



<petrtial aunts (n, /?,) £,\£ 

Note: In the H.Q. these 
words have always occur- 
red followed by a 2 p. pro- 
noun such as £JQ» your 

uncle, &\f\ your uncle, *KuP 

your aunts. 



-t -r.-m- 



{imperf. 2 p.m. ph.) U jJ**T 
you do, act 



juss. y% ace. $Z 
we do 



hom. 



f I 



(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) OjiJ-" 
<they wander 

to be ( u .)1>^ur ^ 

confounded, perplexed, un- 
able to find the right 
course, confused 



* f t 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. 
<'-*'blinded 

to (^/Stu^* 1 . tff" 
become blind 

( ptrf. 3 p. f. sing.} w.v. 
tit. ^-blinded 

On that Day (til) tidings will 
be dimmed. [28.66] 

436 



&* 



fperate. m. sing.) 
(thou) make !, do I work ! 

fperate. m. plu.) 
(you) make !, do !, work ! 

ace. 5)(? nam, 
deed, work, action (n.) 

< deeds, works, (n. p.) 
actions 



tP* 



(sing.) y? 



(act. pic. m. sing.) 
worker, doer 



fact. pic. m. pkt.) 
workers, doers. 



{act. pic. f. sing.) 
travailing, toiling 

Travailing, worn. (i.e. labo- 
uring through Hell -fire). 

[88:3] 

r 



qJuUI 



* f f t 



J £ xt. 



I? 

tr-v 



amIo jjV jl C*io JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5c*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Ci t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



Jft 



this preposition is us;d to 
denote on", from off, away 
from, out of, iusptte of, 
concerning 

And thou will not be asked 
about the fellows of Hell* 
Are. [2:119] 

with (2) 

And the Jews will never be 

pleased with thee. [2:120] 

from (3) 



l i ydJ4"V 



They will be far removed 
from thence. [2 1:101] 

for £S in place of (4) 

And guard yourselves against 
a Day when no soul in 
aught will avail another, 
(or) avail for * soul. 

12:481 

because (5) 

The prayer of Ibrahim for 
the forgiveness of his fat- 
her was Only because of a 
promise he had made to 
him. [9:114] 

ttv 



(per/, 3 p,m, p(u.) (w.».] 
they were blind 

{imperf. 3 p. f, siig,} (w.v.) 
gets blind 

(3 p. /.Sing J ii p. p. (ir.y.) 
~had been made obscure 



9 

I »T 



to render blind 



& 



.ua 



(ptrf. 3 p.m. Sing.} iv. 
<made blind 

to cause or U U^ ^#1 
make SS blind 

blindnes (*.n,) /V*£ i !?$ 

Then they preferred blindness 
to the guidance. [4 1 : 1 7] 

blinds, {n. p.) ace. ^f j o'yP 

<who become blind 

UingJ £* 

(who cannot see due to their 
spiritual blindness) 

blind (n.) jj$l f ^\ 

< blinds {n. p.) \> / ^ 

(ting) ^X\ 

< blinds, (n. p.) t'fc? 
(ting.) _£ 



< about 



(I) (preposition) &■ 
437 



-w5U jjV jl C*io JaImuo yi Olf-5^5^ Sj&jji$ £.3^-° ^6^3^ cr** Cy^JiS J^^ rt>5cxa 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J Q * VOCABULARY OF THX HOLY QURAK 



V- O t 



f* 



--1 



<your are overburdened 

to meat (^) fc* *■> **?* 
with diffiiculty, fall into 
distress, to be overburden- 
ed 

you would have {l.c.) 
overburdened 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ir. 
< ^icaused a burden 

pais through if \\£\ *aCe* 
difficulty, put on burden 



££D 



Had Allah willed He could 
have subjected you to 
burden. U220J 

< falling in crime (rJi.y 
or sin 

to commit ir {^jf) t.^ w* 
a crime, sin 

[ • ; I t\ 

( pact. pic. f. ling.fatt. '-*~p I ^~* 
< tyrant, opposing, obstinate 

to decline, deviate^) Uj£ ij* 

to resist, iii S» << 

be rebellious 



(A particle used as 

preposition) 
<near. (actual), (with) (1) 

438 



of {as V ) (6) 

Nor does he speak of (his 
own) desire. [53:3] 

of (as 3ft >(7) 

Allah is independent of the 
worlds. 13:971 

of what, U + OP (*"■) 

of that, concerning that 

Allah is not unaware of what 
ye do. (2:741 

whereof f + o* &**$ 
shorten d form of U 
used only in an interro- 
gative phrase 

Whereof do they queition 
one another 7 [78:1] 






+ v a t 



(sing.) 



a grape (n.) 

ace. CJ& 
< grapes (n. p.) £[£] 



crime, misforturc 






•7 



ir\ 



amIo jjV jl C*io JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ Sj&jji$ £.3^-° ^6^3^ cr^ l>*?LH5 JjV^ ra5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



JOE 



VOCABULARY OF THS HOLY QURAH 



o t 



[ihis is a metaphorical phrase 
that means: do not be 
niggardly) 

And to every man We have 
fastened his action round 
his neck. 117:13] 

&** 

(here also j^ is a mata< 

phoncal m:aning i.e., like 
collar which he can not 
get off} 



{sitig.l 



<I necks, (n. p.) 



"M\ 



the plural form of j-c has 

occured in actual sense of 
neck while singular, as 
shown ahove, has its meta- 
phorical uses 



• * 


* * 


spider (n.) 


£j£iii 


* ~j 


a t 



(per/. 3 p.m. «Wg.) w.v. 
<C *"**&£ w neasted 

to subm it humbly, to be down- 
cast 



ioJij 



And downcast will be faces 
before the Living, the Self- 
SubsiUing. [20:111] 



denotes the meaning 

of 'near" whether it be act- 
ual in the sense of possess- 
ion or ideational, also it 
denotes a s^nse of rank or 
dignity or opinion iflgh.) 

Had they been with us, they 
had not died nor had they 
been slain. [3:156] 

He found provision by her 
(i.e., placed near her.) 

[3;37] 

near (ideational) (2) 

That were best for you with 
your Creator. [2:54] 

to indicate sense of (3) 
dignity, or the nearness 

Nay ! they are living with 
their Lord. [3:169] 



O O 



neck in.) 

And let not thine hand be 
chained to thy neck. 

[17:29] 









IT* 



4J9 



-w5U jjV jl C*£a JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ raicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY o# THE HOLY QURAN 



How can there be for the 
associators a treaty with 
Allah. [9:71 

oath (2) 

And an oath to Allah must 
be answered. [33:15] 

covenant {3> 

Lo ! Those who purchase a 
smal] gain at the cost of 
Allah's covenant and their 
oaths. {3:771 

covenant, promised, (4) 
appointed time 

Lasted then the covenant 
too long for you (Jid ), Did 
the time appointed the.i 
appear too long for you 7 
(Pic). Did the promised 
time then, seem long to 
you, (M.A.). [20:86] 



x^ 



a » t 



wool (it.) *Jt*^ 

As carded wool. 1101:51 
440 



(perf. 3 p.m. si»g.) Jj,- -L-f- 
covenanted, charged ( 1 1 

to covenant, to charge, enjoi it. 
impose 



Of whal He hath a covenant 
with thee. [7:134] 

(perf. lit. p. plu.) 
to impose (2) 



r. • - 



And We imposed a duty upon 
Ibrahim. [2:125} 

(imperf. lit. p. ting.) juss. 
to charge (3) 

Did I not charge you, O ye 
sons of Adam. [36:60] 

(perf. 5 p. m, sing.) Hi 
<'—made covenant 

to make it ;JL*£' I>lc 
covenant, to swear, to 
contract 



J^fCI 



(perf. 3 p.m. piu.) Hi 
they made covenant 

(perf. 2 p.m, phi.) Hi 
you made covenant 

< treaty (I) (v.n.) 
lit. covenant 



f*JL>W 



*»■ 



ii< 



**jSjo jjV jl C ap JaIjLo ^) uU^^o iji^^ P5^° '6^3^ cr** 6-^'^5 JjV^ *&^a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



JU 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN 



C J t 



3jm 



>*-t 



*.* * 



{imperf. /if. p. phi.) w.i. 
we return 

<Cwe shall return f.d. w.r. 



(tmperf. 3 p. m. sing.} i'r 
<~-*bal1 repeat (1) 

to cause SS to lz£ \ SUl 

return, to repeat, to be 
restored 

Verily He beginneth the crea- 
tion then He shall repeat 
it. [10:4] 

<to be restored (2) 
the verb -|^ is transitive 
that means to get SS ret' 

urn or cease to return but 
in the verse 34:49 it 
seems to be in the mean- 
ing of 'to return* (i «., in- 
transitive) but in fact 
this is an idiom 

/.e., tome one is ijj*. '4 jju *1 
neither to be restored, nor 
to originate which means 
he has no way to survive. 

Say Thou ! The truth is come 
(i.e., after the advent of 
Islam) and falsehood shall 
neither originate nor be 
restored. [34:49J 

com. (f.d.) k X& 
(imperf. J p. m . phi.) 
they restore you 



• n -» t 



v,n. ace. Vjfc ttotR - 
< crookedness 

to be (,j.) Vje fcyitf 

crooked, bent, distor- 
ted, warp 



u 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) fj».t.) Jt 

< ^-returned 

(j)bC* j »Sje j bj£ ij*t i« 

to return, away (fr*tf.) 

f/wr/. J p.m. pht.) (w.v.) ljj£ 
they returned 

they would (7.c.} 'j^W 
have come back 



Cper/. 3 p. m. phi.) (w.v.) 
you returned 

(ptrf. 1st. p. m. phi.) (w.t.) 
we returned 

{impeff. 3 p.m. pkt.){w.v.) 
they return 

that they return (f.d.) 

if they return ace.. ijj*» ji 

{imperf. 2 p.m. pht.) (w.v.) 
ye return 

(if J you return f.d. w.v. 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) epl. w.v. 
assuredly ye shall return 






•j 



t 






441 



a>i1a jjV jl C*io JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> <j-o)^5 JjV^ a5c*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



jH 



VOCABULARY OV THE HOLY QURAN 



^t 



(per ait. m. sing.) x t w.v. 
<seek refuge 
as RF. \\£% 

refuge (pis. pic, w.vj 

< Allah be my refuge 
(an idiom) 



<*., 



4ll 1W 



<{laid) open (1) (n.) *J> 
private P*^ls (of man or 
woman) what one is asha- 
med to cupose, something 
laid open to enemies, lime 
suitable for exposure of 
oneself 

Verily our houses ate open 

while they (lay) not open. 

[33:13] 

nakedness (2) 

< nakedness fn. p.} Cj^ 1 

Or children who know naught 
of women's nakedness. 

[24:31] 

privacy (3) 

Three time* of privacy for 
you. [24:58] 

442 



{hnperf, 1st. p. ph.) w.v. 
we restore 

(3 p. m, phi.) p.m. if. w.r, 
they sent back, (or) taken 
back. 

(act. pic. m. phi.) (w.».) 
those who return 



f • 



i*1 



dj£& 



humelttu (n.p.t.) w.v. 
place where every body 
vs j J l compulsorily come 
back 



?u* 



f/vr/. 1st. p, p/tf.,1 (w.v.) 
I sought refuge 

( j) lid J b\* j O jc S^T it 

to seek protec- 
tion of someor.e from SS, 
seek refuge in SS against 
SS or some danger 



Umperf. 1st. p. sing.) itv.v.) 
I seek refuge 






ij* 



(imptrf. 3 p.m. n/u.)(w.v.) 




they seek refuge 




iVj w.v. 


4*1 


(imptrf. Isi.p. sing.) 




< I seek refuge for^ 




to cause if. »jle| jit) 




another to seek refuge 





<%&&)$ 



I seek refuge for her with 
Thee. [3:36] 



liT 



*mSjo jjV jl C ap JaIm L o ^) uU^^o ijj^^ P5^° £ lH^° cr** 6-^'^5 JjV^ *&^a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



l> J t 



VOCABULARY OF TH* HOLY OJUKAN 



o J t 



to seek help 

(peraie. m, plu.) w.v,, x \ 
(you) seek help ! 

(pis. pie. m. sing.) w.v., x jWill 
one whose help is saught 

<one of middle age (n.) o^ 
to be of middle age 



^•■-*i 



* t 



{intperf. 1st. p. slng,)acc. w.v. £il 
< I damage 

to be or make damage, to 
defect 



J t 



* 


J 


if 


t 


caravan (n 


) 


£* 


* 


■1 

•J" 


tf 


t 



*-.» 



livelihood, lire (».n.) 

to Live in a certain manner 
livelihood (v.rt.) 

< livelihoods (it, p.) ^*U» 
It* 



* «• 



(Ap-der. m. plu.) ii w.v. £pji&\ 
<thou who hinder 

&£■ jj> J (6)*tt> jft & 
to hinder, iV 

impede, restrain, prevent 



f J t 



nam. 



*»i- 



fc 



<year ace, Lie 

two years (dual,) C5** 



J t 



(per/. 3 p. m. sing,) w.v., iv ^jtl 
<r- helped 

to aid, assist, help 

(perate. m, piu.) w.v., i» lji*i 
(you) help! 

(you) help me ! Qjjf\ 



(peratt. m. phi.) w.v., iv l^jW 
<help ye one another ! 

ri, VjW Cij\tt 
to cooperate, help one 
another 

{tmperf. 1st p. plu.) w.v., vi V-**-"* 
<we seek help 

443 



-w5U jjV jl C*io J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ <<JJJA ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5cxa 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



<J I* t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY Q.URAH 



J- * t 



springs {n. p.) Uj* I time for seek 1113 n.p t. ace. UUi 

livelihoods 



Verily the God-rearing shall 
be amid*: gardens and 
springs. [1 5:45 J 

eye (2) && 

&A, ufr-lw 

And the eye for the eye. 

15:45] 

his eyes -l"'"f 



thy eyes *lC£ 

n.<f, own. iJUi* m- \ "*r 
two eyes 

com. ±\.ij- ace. %js 

the two eyes " 

£(•# n.J. 23 + dual. ^11* 
£Ci£ *,<*, 23 + dual. Cji* 

< 

{Sing.) £jp 

*-, those who have (n. p) ^^ 

wide (lovely) eyes 

water spring n.pi. jy* 



¥ J rf t 



< poverty (u.) 3L-* 

destitute, poor 

to be or become poor, dest- 
itute 



<eyes(n. p.) *g\ 



* 1* tf £ 



(per/ /jf. p. pAt.) «A l! ^ jj 
we are worn out 

444 



* J J t 



(imperf. 2 p.m. plti.) (w.v.) 'J*^ 1 
ye tuin aside i.e. do 
unjustice 

(o)V3* 3jJ 01" 

to swerve, to turn aside 
neglecting other side *.e. 
to do or be unjust 

That will be more fit, that 
ye may swerve not 14; 3} 

\ * * * L 



spring { 1 ) (n.) l5* 






And* ^ji. 
There shall be a spring runn- 
ing. [8B:l2| 

two spri ngs {dual n.) £i£ * j Ci 

lit 



amIo jjV jl C*io J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ P5>£a < jjyi ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



<J w 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OuKAN 



J ii t 



first creation? [50:151 
was wearied Jun. Mr,?. 

And was not wearied by their 
creation. (46:33] 



X 



to be unable to find the way 
to do anything 

Are We then wearied with the 



c# v kf 



Note : This verb has oppo- 
site meanings (.«., to rema- 
in behind and to depart. 
In the H.Q. the former is 
meant. 



<j u 



<to lose and gain v.n. vi. "^\iJ| 
mutually 

to cheat vi. U*W C/W 
or deceive mutually 



(Remember) the day whereon 
He shall assemble you unto 
the Day of Assembling, 
that shall be the Day of 
mutual loss and gain. 

[64:91 

(i.e., the Day of the Here- 
after, where some people 
who were fortunate eno- 
ugh in their worldly life 

iio 



j j i 



see 






•S yj- %_ see i^iWI 

1 J t m && 



•^ tS £ 



i« 



#& 



dust mew. gloom (n.) »>* 






to become jjc ^fcl j h j*' J 

of the colour of dust, 
become very dujty 

< pic. pac. m. sing.) &j>ti9 
< those who remained "* 

behind 

to remain, to depart 

445 



amIo jjV jl C*io JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a£^o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



*jL 



VOCABULARY OP THI HOLY QVRAK 



»* i 



to abound in 

water (spring), rain co- 
piously 



I] 



( perf, 2p.m. sing. ) (w.t.) o jXi 
<thou settedst forth 

to go in morning, go forth 
early, to depart (any time) 

(perf. 3 p.m. pfu.) (w.*,) \jl£ 
they went out 

(peraie. m. phi.) (w.9.) \j±j>\ 
(you) go out ! 

(ft.) ace- \xi- % en - £-** 
the morrow 

(the coming day) 

(n.) ace. ijJlp nom. jJ-p 
morning iVj^jJl 
morning meal % \\J, 



* ^ J £ 



{perf.3p.f.sfot.y *a^> 
~settcst (sun) 

to disppcar , to set (sun, star, 
«fc) 

ffoyetf 3 p. f. J*» J i£ jS 
M«eu (tun) 

446 



will Jose, on the other 
hand some of those who 
had no fortune in their 
worldly life will gain.) 



* J * t 



rubbish ( I ) (n.) *IL* 
(carried away by a torrent) 

Than We made them a refute 
(like rublish to be thrown 
away). [23:41] 

stubble (2) 

Then made it to stubble dusky 
(for the cattle). [8 7:5] 



L* 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) Ui ;J*W* 
^leaveth 

ija\i» j*V< 
to leave, leave behind 

to break a contract 

(imperf. Ist.p. phu) Hi jus*. Jji^ 
we leave 

* a i 

we leave no'-*' jaw > 



<plenteoos toe. {v.n.) ixt 

111 



amIo jjV jl C*io JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ Sj&jji$ £.3^-° ^6^3^ cr^ l>*?LH5 JjV^ a5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



*J t 



VOCABULARY OF THt HOLY QURAM 



vjt 



verbal noun, and means 
guile or gulling, while the 

Utter in jjjc with fasha 

on f means 'the means 
or object of which one 
beguile*/ 



<-> J L 






(ptrf. 3 p.m. sing.) titt t-»>cl 
~Jadle 

to dip \\j&\ CJj&\ < 
(water with the hand) 

a lading (a quart- («.) (1) 
tity (of) water) which 
Alls the hand) 

Save him who tafces. (there- 
of) in the hollow of his 
hand (Pic), excepting him 
who iadeth a jading with 
hii hand {Jid). [2:249] 

the high place, (n.) (2) Ltjjl 
upper chamber 

the high ace. [ ft^. , £j^£ 

placet, upper < - .« 

chamber*. \ \zJ*yS< 



-> i 



( ptrf. 1st. p. phi.) iv 
<we drowned 



ttv 



\s'8 



the setting of the sun 
the western {rtf. adj. m.) 



j -' 

ZJ>JI 

* E .1 

the wrttern (rel. adj. /) *-^J* 

jp <f ■ , ^ '*- 

(«. jh. ring.) V,^ / ¥j« 

the place of setting sun (west) 

# *■• 

the wests (n. pi, dual.) LffijiU 

the wests (n. pr. p/u.) ujUl 

raven («.) v'jiW «c. »^Ji 
< extremely black (n. p.) ^11^ 
('jir^,; raven iJ* *£, 



* t 



( ptrf. 3p.m. sing.} assim. r rfc 

iv beguiled 

to beguile, deceive 

fpey/. i /J-rti. sing.Jassim. » *SJj^ 
~ beguiled 

(impcrf. S p. m. iing.)jusi. jjL 
let beguile 

let not be guile thee ±JJ^iT ^ju> 

{imperf. 2 p.m. ting.) emp. \J*m 
should beguile 

let not be guile you dt^T J 

guile (v.n.) ljj>ijjjc 
beguiler (n.) ':£ji 
Note ; The word MJ- 



(with damma on F ) is 



447 



-w5U jjV jl C*io JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ r&5cxa 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



iji 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



JK 



et continous (n.) arc. 


ttf 


that he may ace. iv 




torment, anguish 




drown 




& forced loan, a debt (».«.) 




(o-)&> 3>* J_^< 




that must be paid 




to sink (in water) 


34 


(pd, pic. m. pkt.) 




{imperf. 2 p.m. ting .) el, iv 


those who are involved in 




(that did it) in order to 




debt, or laid under an 




drown 




obligation 




(imperf. III. /r.piu.) It 


* * 



J t 



we have stirred, w.v. iv \— Ijt' 

we have occasioned 

10 inspire iv uft * «-» - '"'j^|, tf j£< 
one with a strong desire 
Tor doing SS. incite, ur ye, 
cause to, adhere to 

(imperf. 1st. p. sittg.) ept. 
we surely set up against 



VJS 



And the alarmists in the city 
(if not cease) We verily 
shall set up (urge) thee 
against them. [33:60] 



* a j * 



< thread ; spun (n.) Ojf- 
to spin (j') % i*J- yj» 'J'J- 



J J 



# 



(act. pie. phi.)* v.v. 

< fighters (ring.) ^tr, 

(*) on the pattern of £, J 

448 



we drown 

(3 p.m.plu.) pp. it ly^ef 
they were drowned 

.# -* 
drowning (v.n.) (3j»^ 

vehemently (to v.n.aec. U^. 

destruction) 

By the (angles) who drag 
vehemen tly (/irf.), By 
those who drag forth to 
destruction, (i.e. the souls 
or the infidels from their 
bosoms.) [79:1] 

ace. gd>U / LJJ* j** 
(pis. pie. m. p/u.) 
those who are drowned 



• f J t 



(act. pie. m. phi.) J£ jUI 

< debtors 

*-*>> > (V>) V> fj« r/ 1 



to be in debt, 

to pay (a tax, fine) 



HA 



am^ jjV jl C*io JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ P5aXa < jjys ^^> <j-o)^5 JjV^ a5c*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t* LT t 



VO0A1HH.ARY Or THE HOLY QURAN 



)jt 



until ye have j'^"~ T ts* 
washed yourselves 

{/>ir. pic. m. «ng.) y J^i* 
place for washing (Rgh.), 
water (Af,), spring (Pic.) 

Note. Etymologically the 
passive p.irticle From a 
derived stem stands also 
as the noun Tor place and 
time. 

'**! • ■ 
corruption (n.) £ft"^ 

i.e.. what flows from 

the bodies of the damned 



* J- t 



(Ml 

(par/. 3 p.m. *bg J {*>.?) &? 

< *~ overcome, covered 

to cover conceal 

And, then covered them with 
that which did cover them 
of sea. [20:78] 

'*■'' 
{imperf. 3 p.m. «nj.) (w.v.) or-". 

covers 

overcomes (with «5 &» 
when attached to a pronoun) 

Be the Night when it covercth. 



go forth, to raid on 
enemy's land 

act pic. sing. 
*■*. 

p.b. i$jp 



a i/ £. 



<dark fcff.) jUi 

to become very dark (night) 

(net. pic. m. ting.) J{jJi 
darkness, darkner 

(Mm.) to / gj£S 

corrypion (JIW.) (flowing 

from the bodies of the 
damned) 

paralysing cold (Pic.} 



B 



(perate. m. plu.) lj)L*» 
<(you) wash ! 

(u>) *& !*3 'ji* £S 

to wash, purify 

(imperf. 2 p.m. ph.) f. d. \ m J^% 
< you wash 

to wash one- viii jUtt TLjM 
self 

449 



-w5U jjV jl C*io JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5c*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



tf U* i 



VOCABULARY or TH» HOLY OURAK 



<* ui t 



-*•■ 



«s A. F. lo cover V2« ," 
oneself 

(written I ,*-? when Attach- 
ed to a pronoun) 



And when he covered her, 
she bore a light burden. 
17:189] 

(perf. J />.m". /j/m.) w.v, x IJiiill 
< they covered themselves 

to get oneself under x, t ^ ** --' 
cover, or cover oneself 

w.v. x j^iclT 
(imperf. 3 p. m. ph.) 
they cover themselves 

fact. pic. f. Mag.) 
overwhelming covering 
lit. a thing that covers. 

the day of Resurrection^ j 

Hath there come unto thee 
the ftory of the covering 
events? (i-e., Redirection, 
became it will overwhelm 
with iu terror). {88: 1 J 

as overwhelming (2) 
torment 

Art they secure then against 
(that) there may come 
upon there an overwhelm- 
ing of Allah's torment. 

[12:107] 

450 



And the night when it 

covereth. it (the world). 

f9J:4J 

Note : The personal pronoun 

is e ithcr for the world or the 

darkness. 

Umperf. 3 p. f. ring.) w.». 
covers, with cover 

(perf,3p.m. jfag.) w.r. it 
< -^covered 

as R. F. \zM ~£ 

(imperf. 3p.m. sing.) w.#. H 
covers 

(per/. Itt. p. sing.) w.% iv 
we have covered 

to cover, kG£t ^ySfrl 

to draw a veil, to cause to 
cover 

(imperf 3 p.m. ting.) w,v, it 
*»* covers 

(3 p,f. sing.) p. p. ir * 
wis covered over (with~) 

(3 p. m. tmg.) pip. (r 
is covered, over upon him 
(i . *., he ffdati) 

Their eyes rolling about — ■ 
like (the eyes of) him 
who faiateth unto death. 
[33:19} 

{perf. 3 p. m. sfaf.) *■*., » 
~ covers 



>sr 



*?. 






L *1 JP 



10' 



-w5U jjV jl C*io JaImuo yi Olf-5^5^ SjAjJi$ £.3^-° c C>i} a cr** Cy^JiS J^^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J> i> t 



VOCABULARY Or THE HQLY O.UKAN 



yS J> I 



* * J* t 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) 
<~was angry with 

to be angry with, to be 
wrath with 



anger, rage O.n.J 



(/wet. pic.) £J& - 4* j^U 
an object of anger 



None of those on whom is 
indignation brought down. 

Hid.) \\J\ 

Not (the path) of those who 

earn Thine anger, (Pre) 
Not those upon whom wrath 

is brought down. {hi. A,) 
Not of those against whom 

Thou art incensed. (Sale) 
Not of those against whom 

Thou art wrathful.(XrAwrp) 

< ind ipa nt. angry , (n . ) 'Q&. 
enraged 

(plu.) •!£* 

{pis, pic.) ace ill l*J»\ii» 
<in state of anger 

tag j <J& j*S 

to make angry, ifritate 



***.*£ 



.**. 



{imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) (a*sim) o j^« 
<they lower (voice) 



fc5ti 

fainted one w.,v.jpis, pic. , ^ff*^ 
(one who is made to faint! 

< coverings tt.pjv.v. (j^'jF 



(sing) 'tit 



covering {ft.) *j«p 



< taking something (v.n.) Lie 
from someone unjustly 
or by force 

to force 

to take by Ot - 
violence, unjustly 

There was before tlicm a king 
who taJceth every boat by 
lorce. flK:79] 



* ^ Uf £ 



< anything by which (n.) 
one is chocked (food etc.) 



<>.?.* 



(plu.) 

to be choked, be choked 
with wrath, be grieved 

And food that choketh. 

[73:13] 



ie\ 



451 



A>lld jjV jl C*£a J^Imuo jj OltaiijA djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5c*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE. HOLY QURAN 



>J"t 



to forgive, pardon J _ ( J5«)l'l^ 

fperf. tstp.pta.) X'jb 
we have forgiven 



(imperf. 3 p.m. ling*) 
forgives 

will forgive fiss. (/.c> 






(imperf. 3 p Jn. pM JJj« 
tbey forgive 

kt them forgive ace. 1 Jj*» 

fwywfr/. 2p.m. ting.) {jut-} j*" 
thou forgive 

(imperf. 2 p.m, phi.) ace. \jj^ 
ye pardon, forgive 

(imperf, lit. p. ptu.) just. jj« 
we will forgive 

(perate. m. sing.) J*' 
forgive, thou may forgive ! 

(3 p. m. sing J pip. yit 
will be forgiven 

It will be forgiven us. [7:169] 

forgiveness (v. mini) « ji** 

forgiveness (*. n.) ij>j*e 



to lower the voice or eye 

they may/shall lower act. l£taT 
(eyes) 

f imperf, 3 p, f. p l u .) ir^k 
they female (should) lower 
(eyes) 

(perate m. sing.) j*& 
lower ! (voice) 



Thy forgiveness, our Lord. 
[2:285] 

{act. pie. m. sing.) *,£ 

for giver 

452 



• 


» J. e. 


t 


we ^HLfc 


• 


^ J- t 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) it jdit 
~he made dark 

to make £ff dark, 

r»u* #£ j& « 

to be dark 



r 



• J * t 



<veil r„,) , li^ 

(0) "T>* £i; u 

ito cover > to put a veil 



* j *-» > 



(per/. J p.m. sing.) ^ji 

< #« forgave, hath forgiven 



amIa jjV jl C*£a J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ P5>£a < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5c?u> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J <-» I 



VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN 






{epL) 

< imperf 1st. p. sing.) u J^ m 
1 shall surely ask forgiveness 

•■•■•I 

(perale. m. sing.) x jf*-"J 

thou (a man) ask forgiveness ! 

(peratt;. f. sing), x £ j*£l 
thou (a woman) ask for- 
giveness '. 

(perate. m. piu.) x I jjiQ 
(you) ask forgiveness ! 

(Ap-der. m. piu.) x i? ia 'm .* 

those who ask forgiveness 

*j ~* * 
asking forgiveness (mi., x) jUfc-l 



* J ^ I 






(imptrf. 2 p.m. piu.) J'JiiS 
ye neglect 

to be heedless, neglectful, 
inattentive 



{perf, 1st p. plu.)iv 
vt made neglect, 
we made unmindful 

to make i*%f££t 'ffi *• 
unmindful, neglect 

(act. pic. m. sing,) *J»fe 
neglectful 

unaware ace. >ito 

fact. pic. m. pfu.,) 
unaware ones 

unaware ones ace. C$*j^ ! lK* 
tot 



(act. pie. m. phi.) & m £}*" 
forgivers 

most forgiving one 
{one of the excellent 
names of Allah) 

TV*-' 

most forgiving one (lots.) jlfc 
(one of the excel la nt names 
of Allah) 

{perf. 3 p.m. sing] x j*^' 
asked forgiveness 

(perf. 2 p. m. sing.) x c/Jii^l 
thou asked forgiveness 

(perf. 3 p.m. piu.) x Ij^iitil 
they asked forgiveness 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) juxs. 
asks forgiveness 

Then he beggeth the forgive- 
ness of Allah. [4:110] 

(verb in jussive receive* 
•jZS when it is to be 

a-similated to the follow- 
ing word) 

(imperf. 2 p.m. iing.)jus&. 
thou ask forgiveness 

(imperf. 2 p.m. piu J iJJ ijiiii 

ye ask forgivtness 

5 •*.'-•- 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi. ) lI J jfc**, 

they ask forgiveness 

let them ask ace. Ijyuw 
forgiveness 

453 



-w5U jjV jl C*io JaImuo yi Olf-5^5^ Sj&jji$ £.3^-° c C>i} a cr** Cy^JiS J^^ <&*£>■*& 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



v J t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J <J t 



(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) 
ye (may) overcome 

f J p. m. ri»«J /V>- 
has been overcome 

(3 p.m. ph.) pp. 
ihey were overcome 

(3pjn.phi.)pip 
ihty shall be overcome 

f 2 p.m. phi.) 
ye shall be overcome 

fact, pic- m, nng.) 
dominant (1) 



A*S 



ajfc? 
Oft 



And Allah is dominant in 
His purposes. (12:211 

overcomer (2) 

If Allah succoureth you there 
is none that can over- 
come you. [3 1 160] 

(act.pte. m.ptu.) Ij jlJJifl / 5 jJ£ 
overcomer* 

overcomers ace. JjjJUfl 

w ■*"- 

one who is {pic. poc) • V jJ*» 

overcome (by 55} 

Thereupon he prayed Urtto 
bis Lord, verily I am over- 
come to vindicate me. 

[54-101 

overcoming (».n.) ui 
thick (with tree*) 

454 



fflcf. pre. /. p/if.J ^yi{jj 



unaware women 



negligence, (v. «.) 
unawareness 



•S£ 



* v J t 



(/«//. J p./. rf>tg.) ' ii 
< — prevailed (JJW.) over- 
came, vanquished, gain- 
ed victory 

to overcome, conquer, to gain 
victory 

How after a small party hath 
overcome a large party. 

12:249] 

fperf.3pjit.plu.) ij3c 
prevailed 

Those who prevailed in their 

affair said. [18:21] 

(bnptrf. 3 p.m. slng.)juss. 
overcomes 

(imperf, 1st. p. sing.) epl. 
I certainly will overcome 

(imperf. J p.m. ph.) 
Ihey will overcome 

they shall overcome 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) ace. 
that they overcome, 
they will overcome 



4 



UK 



lot 



am^ jjV jl C*jLo J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> <j-o)^5 JjV^ f&5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



|J J 



VOCABULARY OT THE HOLY £URAN 



vJ L 



ngid (.3) 

And they have obtained from 
you a rigid bond. [4-21 J 

stern (4) (n. p.) ^^ 

(sing.) lit 

Over which are angels, stern. 

(/.*., not tender towards the 

inmates of hell). {66:6] 

sternness (opp. tend- (n.) * \ ]jc 
erne*s) 



luxuriant.!" } ace. 



> J £_ 



<uncircumcLsed (v.n.) ._&■ 



<. 



(sing.) ^jj£^ 

to furnish with a covering 
(or cave red with £>^t ) 

They said : our hearts are 
unci rcu incised (so that they 
do not Jearn or they are 
covered from hearing for 
accepting the-truth). {2:88] 



• i J £_ 



(ptrf. 3 p. f. stag.) ii oj|£ 
< ~ locked 

106 






(sittg.i ,ljcl 



And enclosed gardens lux- 
uriant. [80:30] 



• J* J 



(ptrf. 3 p.m. sing.) x 
< <-*— become thick, strong 

to be (^.J^lS^c S 
thick, bulky, big t coarse, lo 
be hard, uncivil 

(perate, m. sing.) 
be hard ! (treat severely !) 



$&& 



And be severe unto thttn.fjid.) 
Be firm against them, { Ali) 
(i.e., against hypocrites) 

[9:73] 



And wen thou rough, hard- 
hearted- [J: 15 9] 



*-■• 



(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) 
me\a. (1) 




vehement (terrible) ace. 


IK 

■■ -- 






And behind him is a torment 
terrible (or vehement ). 

[14:17] 




hard (2) 





455 



amIo jjV jl C*£a JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ Sj&jji$ £.3^-° ^6^3^ cr^ t>*fLH3 JjV<i a£^o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Jt 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



j J t 



which he had hidden away. 
[3:1611 

(J p. p. sing.) assim. pp. iS Jfc 
<~us fettered 

(pic. pic. m. sing.) 3^i* 
fettered one 

And the Jews said : the hand 
of God is fettered. Fetter- 
ed be their own hands 
(cursed} (he. (mtto.) He 
has become niggardly and 
closefisted-niggardly be 
they themselves). [5:6+j 

(peralt. m. phi.) \Jfr 

put chain 

Lay hold of him (then chain 
him). (69-301 



<iron collar for (n.p.) 
the neck, shackles 

(ttng) ¥ 



MS 





* f J t 


a bo 


Y. young (n.) f5li 


two boys (n. p.) c!*>£ 




boys (n. p.) iUg 


i * J J t 



(perate. neg. m. phi.) *j% * 
(you) do not exceed (the 
bound) 
456 



to lock, hV UJm JIp 
close (a door) 

to close, bolt, go far into (a 
country) 



J J I 



(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) sssim, 
<'-»' hidden away, deceit, 
defraud 

to insert 

(one thing) in (another), 
to canceal, to fraud, to 
deceive, to act unfaith- 
fully, to put an iron collar 
on the neck 

(Impcrf. 3 p.m. sing.} assim. 
hides away 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) juss. 

hides away 

(The assimilation is removed 
in case of jussive. This 
cluster is pronounced sep- 
arately). 

And it is not for a prophet 
(i.e., it is not conceivable 
for a prophet) that he 
hides away (or deccilelh), 
whosoever deceiteth (or 
hideth anything away) he 
shall bring forth on the 
Day of Resurrection that 



stS 






ioi 



-w5U jjV jl C*£a JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> <j-o)^5 JjV^ a£^o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



r rt 



VOCABULARY OF TM HOLY QURAN 



Jl 



pangs (of death) (3) 

pangs (of death) (n. p.\ £) j> 

Would that thou shouldst see 
what time the wrongdoer* 
are in the pangs of death. 



to exceed (j)fj£ juT }fc 

the proper limit, be excessive 

O ye people of the Book, 
exceed not (the bounds) in 
your religion. £4:171] 




(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) h £)Jj*\& 
they wink at each other 

to make signs Tj^U? ££; < 
one tu another 

(o make a sign to (with the 
eye or eye brow) 



m 



(imperf. 2 p.m. ph.) I 
that you disdain, connive at 

to i\>. LUji ^>1 < 

shut (the eye or the eye 
lids), to connive 

Ye (yourselves) would not 
accept such, save you 
disdain (or connive at). 
[2:2671 



f f L 



< sorrow {n.} 



pi/pi 



t 



(imperf. 3 p.m. lirtg.) (w.».) ^« 
<~boils 

to boil (pot), effervesce (liquor) 

boiling v. n. **£ 





* J T 


t 


<bcwildenn 


ent (I) (a.) 


*>> 


lit. water that rises above 




the stature of a man 




(o)S;# ;*>£?> 




to be abundant, to overflow, 




submerge 


in water) 


■ 



Wherefore leave fthou) them 
in their bewilderment (or 
flow of their ignorac:. or 
error and obsti nancy and 
perplexity. {LL.} [23:54] 

overwhelming, (2) 
heedless nes 

But ! their hearts arc in 
heedlessness. [23:63] 



lev 



457 



-w5U jjV jl C*io JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < j^ys ^*» 6^'.H3 J^V^ a£^o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



* o i 



VOCABtOARY OF TBI HOLY Q.URAN 



r r i 



(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) w.v., iv 
< ^-enriched (2) 

to enrich Ujfcl jpl 



> 



a 



^ 



to avail some thing 

. ax 

to attain j£ - jjCi 

And that it is He who cnri- 
cheth and preserveth (pro- 
perty). [53:48] 

(the verb JpI is perfect 

(past tense) but it is 
used here in the sense of 
a habitual that has com- 
pelled translators to use 
present tense in their 
renderings). 

And they avenged not except 
for (this) that Allah and 
His Massenger had en- 
riched them out of His 
grace. [9:74] 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) it 
shall enrich (1) 

ace. 






just. 



tr. 



«i 



(no*.) >&&&& 



Allah shall enrich you. [9:28] 

Untill Allah enrich them, 

[24:33] 
451 



to cover, (j) \f *£ *p 



veil, grieve, cause to mourn 
ace 



- « 

clouds (n.) ^j| 



dubious (n.) *--^«* 



f 



< ye obtained (from enemies ' 
during war) 

(u-> si» Jt* 3^^:^f 

to obtain spoil, 

booty, to get & thing 
without difficulty 



<, booties, spoils (n. p.) 



(SAW.) "p* 



sheep (w.) 



^ O 



(3p.m.sing.)juss.w.v. 
< flourish (I-A) 

to inhabit, dwell, to be rich, 
or in comfort of life 

As though it bad not flouris- 
hed yesterday (in the 
earth). [10:24] 

dwelt (I-B) 

Those who belied Shu'ab 
became as though they 
had never dwelt. [7:92] 



s 



u* 



tOA 



am^ jjV jl C*io J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ <<JJJA ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



** o t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



^Ot 



to male indifferent (5) 
towards, to profit, to suffice 

with no prep, ft /jA < 



For everybody of them there 
would be his own condi- 
tion that will make him 
indiffcreBt( towards others). 
[80:371 

(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) x ]£Z\ 
i— is self-sufficient 

to be self- U£- 1 j£>l < 

sufficient, to regard himself 
self- sufficient 

They turned away and Allah 
is above all needs (self- 
sufficient), [64:6] 

For him who considers hi in- 
self free from need (self- 
sufficient). [SG:5] 



self-sufficient (n.) 

one of the exc-llant names 
of Allah 



rich onc^ (n. p.) "f lil\ /'lit 

(tn.piu. ap-der. iv.) w.v. dj*u 
those wh.ii avail 55 against 

Are you going to avail us 
at all againsl the torment 
of Allah? [14:211 



Cite*.) fci^^lifei 

If they are poor Allah 
will enrich them. [24:32] 



<to avail or be (3} 
profitable to 






O^-tf* 









Your multitude availed you 
naught. [7:48] 

(per/. 3 ^. /. sing.) 
"-'availed 

So their gods availed them 
not [1 1:10 1] 

{imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) 
~ avails 

And that aval led thee naught. 
[19:42] 

(imperf. J p.f. sing.) ate, 
il/she avails 

And your host shall avail 
you not. IS: 19] 

{imperf. 3 p.m. dual. ) ( jttss. ) \^m 
the twain availed 

(imperf, 3 p.m. ptu.)acc. Iji j) 

they shall avail (never) 

to avail against (4) J*. - < 

It will not avail against the 
Flame. [77:31] 

459 



d? 



A>lld jjV jl C*£a JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Jit 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OjU»AM 



*H 



t cave (ft.) jtc 

•j 1 " < caverns («. p.) oljU* 
(sing.) cavern 



*-l7- 



[ 



• t/* J 



a 



<they dive 

to dive, plung into water 

t diver (w.) >\> 



r 



* ^ j c 



j 



(<wf. pic. m. fftf J jjgjjl 
the privy (n.) 
*T. a wide, depressed piece 
of ground 

{$%$%%!>% < 

to djg, excavate 



< headincss, (r, n.) *0 j£ 
that deprives one of reason 

to came to perish, seize 
unaware 

the wine deprived Jy-l *&J t 
(the drunkard) of reason, 
cawed to perish him 

460 



* * j t 



(3 p.m. phi.) pty, w,t. x \'J\it_ 
they shall be responded to 
their cry Tor aid 

to relieve, fr, ^{t £fel 

to respond to the begging 
for aid 

And if they cry for relief 
they shall be responded 
(or relieved) with water 
like the dregs of ail. 

(18:29) 

( perf. S p.m. ting. )w. v. x 3J\Sil\ 
asked for help, cried for aid 

to bag for or pray for help 

w.v. x jjtg£L{ 
(tmpctf. 3 p. m, dual.) 
the twain pray for help 



r.*>. ace, x. 

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) 

that they pray for help 

W.f. x 

(imperj. 3 p.m. phi.) 
you pray for help 



#•«• 



■» t 



<sun,k away (n.) ace. 

((i)'jjP jj» jlc 

to sink in the ground (water), 
to enter the low land 



\A 



11- 



am^ jjV jl C*£a J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



V iS i 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



U J t 



(1) to go away, WW LZ^ J 

to be hidden, secret, 
unseen 

(2) to slander 

(3) to backbite 

Nor backbite one another. 

[49:12] 

lit. disappeared (f,h.) dliJl / ^ 

one or hidden, absent, 
usage in the Holy Quran : 

uneen (!) 

-'It **l ;» 

Who believe in the unseen. 
(J&f.) (M./i.) {**.> (Ac.) 

Who believe in (the existence 
of) that which is beyond 
the reach of human per- 
ception. (A sad) [2:3] 

hidden (2) 

I know the hidden in the 
heavens and the earth. 

[2:33] 



The hidden <be{ongeth) unto 
Allah atone. [10:20] 

secret (3) 

(I did that) in order that he 
may know that I betrayed 
him not in secret. [12:52] 

t1\ 



ll J 



*# 






( per/. 3 p.m. sing.) (it'.r.) 
scried 

to erf, deviate from the right 
way 

(ptrf. In p. phi.) w.V. t,^p 

we (ourselves) deviate 

(/to/ 2 p.m. sing.) w.t. tv, ^ j£f 

<thou causest to be erring 

to cause to err tr \,yj\ Jj\ 

(ptrf. 1st. p. pht.) w.v. ]"v U ji* 
we caused to err 

w.i. ace. iv 
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
~keep astray, that he keeps 
SS astray. 

Crst. p. ting.) w.t. tp), w £rj$l 
I will rarely mislead 
lit. error (v.n.) occ. 
meta. perdition. 

(act. 2 pic. *.%} J £ 

erring one '" 

Thou art surely one erring 
manifestly. [28: 1 8] 

(w.v, act. pic. m. pht.) JjUfl 
perverted ones &j& j &fi 



V/# 



W * 



< ^backbite w.v.jias. viii 



5« 

m 



461 



amIo jjV jl C^io J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> <j-o)^5 JjV^ a5c*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



> J I 



VOCABULARY OF TH* HOLY QURAM 



v tf fe 



to alter, change i«^ j^ 

d«. w.v. UJl*l 
(intperf. 3 p. m. plu.) 
they alter or change 

( 3 p. f. plu.) emp. H 
they surely alter 



tjjjw 



And I will command them 
so thai they will alter the 
creation of Allah. 14:119] 






(J p. m. sing.)w.v. jussvt 
< changes 

(Ap-der. ii ace.) ta*» 
one who changes 

(Apdtr, f. ph. ii) &fij£\ 

<the raiders 



^1 M 



to make a iv, 
hostile attack 

(particle.) *$ 
other, other than, another, 
save, but 



* J* * t 



(impcrf. 3 p. f. sing,) w.v. 
< w absorb 

to sink, to become scanty 

And that which vombs absorb 

and that which they grow. 

[13:8] 

462 







Thus the righteous women 
are the devout ones, who 
guard the intimacy. 

[4:34] 

(Note : Asad prefers 'what 
is beyond the reach of 
human perception' as ren- 
dering of £^£ while 
others use unseen, secret, 
absence and hidden accor- 
ding to the contents of 
of the verses). 

< hidden (n.p.) *-Jj& 
(sing.) Z3 

fad. pic, trt, piu,) ^U\ / 2$fii 
< absent ones '" 

(sing.) £*£ * 

fact. pk. f. sing.) **>■* 
an absent one 

the bottom (of a well) (n.) J i & 



• * rf t 



(3 p.m. ling.) pip- w.v. &\i* 
< -j will have rain 

to cause rain, to make 
rain fall 

rain (n.) dljili f ^^ 



* -> «* t 



(imperf. 3 p.m. J*ig. )w.t. t B jaw. 
< ~ altera 



am^ jjV jl C^io J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^*» 6^'.H3 J^V^ a£^o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



X ,S t 



VOCABULARY Or THE HOLY QJUKAN 



l> S* I 



(3 p.m . sing,} el JiuJ 
in order to enrage or be may *~" 
enrage 

rage (4.) &$ / &£ 



(act, pic. m. phi.) 
enraged onc» 



< raging, fji„ r, fc-j 
tongs QjJ- 4*^ 



( 3 p.m. ting.) w,v. pp. 
> was sunk 
'made to abate 



*M 



Ji 



«* t 



(tmperf. 3 p.m. jtog.) w,v. £| 
■C^riukei anger *« enrages 

to anger, enrage, provoke 



*** 



tnr 



463 



amIo jjV jl C*£a J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV<i (&5c*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



XJ& ^tT 



iii junction of two 
phoreses following 
the particle denoting 
the result of a 
condition in the 
other. 

say : if ye love 
Allah follow me 
[3:31] 



(h.r.) 



j * *~* 



heart <*.) a\ jifl f*1> 
< hearts f* p.) fotffJl ffaM 

{w. * A. «•> i * J » *V 



(a conjunction particle) 
then, so, but, then, thus, how- 
ever, because, so that, 
and so. 

This is a common conjunc- 
tion which implies a close 
connection between the 
sentences before and after 
it. 

This connection may be 
either definite cause and 
effect .or a natural sequ- 
ence of event. 

(i) causeand effect : 

Then Adam learnt from his 

Lord (certain) words and 

He repented towards him. 

12:37] 

(ii) natural sequence : 



<a party, group, (it.) i-» 
baud 

iph.) %&. 
464 



jjl 

Who hath created and then 
paoportioned. [87:2] 



Ul 



-w5U jjV jl C*io JaImuo yi Olf-5^5^ Sj&jji$ £.3^-° c C>i} a cr** Cy^JiS J^^ ^Ss>iA 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN 



(per/. 1st p.piu.) 
we opened 



* .i&m"- 



Until when we opened upon 
them a portal of severe 
torment. [23:77] 

(o give victory (2) 
(conquer) 

Verily we have given thee a 
victory. [48:1] 

judges {i/nperf, 3 p,m. sing.) 
to judge (3) 



■ 
two parties (foal) nom jLiwJI 



ace. 






(A.r.) 



» iSi <-» 



Then He shall judge between 
us with truth. [34:26] 

to grant (4) 

Whatsoever of mercy Allah 
may grant unto mankind 
none there is to withhold 
it. [35:2| 

decide (perate. m, sing.) 
to decide (5) 



(Imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) b.v. \j4l 
<thou cease 

to cease from (always in 
negative sense) 

They said : By Allah Thou 
ceases not from remember- 
ing Yusuf. [12:85] 



|. r o j 



i! 



f^M ^ »tf *^*-*^fci*4'^#rf t 



is- 



Our Lord ! decide then bet' 
ween us and our people 
with truth. [7:89] 

(3 p. f. ting.) pp. 
'—'be opened (I) 



.- * 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) ^ji 
opened, disclosed 

to open, disclose, to give 
victory, conquer, to judge, 
to grant, to let out, to 
decide 

to open (t) 

They said: do you inform 
them of what Allah has 
disclosed to you. 12:76] 

(pmfm 3 p.m. pfu.} \y^3 
they opened 

And when they opened their 
stuff. [12:6 51 

465 



-w5U jjV jl C*£a JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5c*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Jtl> li 



VOCABULARY OF THfc HOLY qURAN 



keys in. p, , ints. ) -£&• rtQgft 



* J CI «-» 



(imperf, 3 p.m, plu.) jjjuu" 
<ihey flag 

/■At ^i# r '^r 

to flag, (o feel weak or faint £p - 

And they glorify (Him) night 
and day, they flag not, 

[2 1 :20] 



(3 p. m. sing.) pip, it 
< —-shall not be abated 

to abate fi Tiif jtf 

a cessation (n.) 
(a certain interval of time) 



J* 






* *■*! 



(perf. 1st. p. piu,} 
<[we rent 

(«»)tff & $ 

to cleave, slit, to rend 



* J o J 



foe/. 2 p/cj fl«- 
<& thing of ao value 

to twitt (a rope, thread) 

/ft. a email ikln in the cleft 

of a d ate-ston e 
466 






essr^usatisJi 



Till, when they arrive thereto 
the portals will be opened 
139:71] 

<-^is let out (2) 

Until when Yajuj and Majnj 
are let out. [2 1 :?6] 






(J p. f. sing.) ii pip 

< "-will be opened 

wil! not be opened iLi" V 

{perf. 3 p. m.phi.) x ^£3fcll 

< they besought judge 

to seek, sue- vt^.\ ^*""" 
cour, judgement, to begin 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ph.) x ^jjjgQt 
they seek victory 

(fm/rer/ 2 p.m. ptu.)f.d.x \ ^--> 
you seek victory 

< victory 

f>fc.) £>J 



deciders 



{act. pic. m. phi.) ^UH 



Thou are the Best of Deciders. 
(7:89] 

(pit, pic. f. ting.) ii TjCl^ffi 
opened (one*) 



amIo jjV jl C*io J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



I*. *> 



And in the same way We 
tried some of them by 
means of others. [6: 53 J 
{see also 38:34, 44: L 7, 
20:40 &. 3824.) 

(imperf, 2 p.m. ting.) ace. 
~ persecutes (I) 



C5*. 



^V^(ylr*>\WtiA!lt»! 
Then none believed is Mutt 
juve a posterity of his 
people, through fear of 
Fir 'awn and their chiefs, 
lest he persecute them. 

[10:331 

-•-shall molctt (2) 

ir ye fear that those who 

disbelieve shall molest you. 

(4:101] 

(the verb tfv* £/* in this 

verse means 'to put in 
trouble' or 'to t!ay*) 






should tempt emp. 
should not (rug. emp,} ♦„ r. 



tempt 



0£* 



iAj 



O children of Adam 1 lei not 
the Satan tempt you. 

[7:27| 

1-VV 



if j o <J 



(per/. J />. m- pni.) 
<they persecuted 

to persecute, to try or prove 
(as gold in the fire), afflict 
(by burning), to tempter, 
lead to temptation, to make 
an attempt upon, to seduce 

to persecute (I) 

ThoFe who persecuted believ- 
ing men and believing 
women. [85:10] 

(ptrf. 2 p.m. ptu / 
you tempted (2.1 

They said (I.e., will say in 
the Hereafter) yet! but 
ye tempted your touts. 

[57:14] 

(ptrf, 1st p. phi.) 
we tempted 

He said : verily we have 
tempted thy people, 

[20:151 

( we alto verse 29:3 ) 
tetry (3) 



far 



ip 



* 



to 



467 



amIo jjV jl C*io J^Imuo j-> Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ <<JJJA ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ raicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



C *J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAM 



proved of tested); "means 
(whereby the condition of 
a man is evinced, in res 
pect of good or evil ; hence 
it often means temptation'. 
ILL.) 

fitna i.e., trial and temptation 
(P.L., n. 453 Jid.)i origi- 
nally 4 7 f means a bur- 
ning with tire' and then 
affliction, distress and 
hardship, slaughter, mis- 
leading or causing to err, 
and seduction from faith 
byanymeansfLxj.) 

We are but a temptation. 

[2-102] 

And the temptation is more 
griveout than slaughter or 
the persecution is worse 
than slaugter. [2:191] 

And Fight them until there be 
no temptation (or persecu- 
tion). [2:1931 

And whosesoever temptation 
Allah willeth. (t*,, in con- 
sequence of his own will 
to go astry) [5:41] 

463 



(imperf, 5 p. m. piu.) 
they tempt 

(imperf. J p.m, phi.) j.d. 
(lest) they tempt 

And beware thou of them 
lest they tempt thee. 

15:49) 

(imperf. fst, p. phi.) el. ace. 
-"•^in order to try 









C$d 



in order to try them 
[72:17] 

(eom.perate rteg ) 
do not tempt me 1 

( ^c pronominal} 



<3 p. m. ting.) pp. 
they had been tempted 

(2 p.m. plu,) pp. 
you were tempted 

(3 p. m. pht,) pip. 
they are tried 

(2 pM. pht.) pip. 
you are tested 
(you are being tested) 



3** 



|JjNf£ 



a 






Y* 






temptatibn mi. ace. 
tempters fad. pic. m. phi.) 

Ye cannot against Him be 
tempted. [37:162J 

< temptation ( 1) (».) ^j j *£ 

Ht. a trial, probation, afflict 
tion (whereby one is tried, 



l-U 



amIo jjV jl C*£a J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a£^o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



<J C* J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 






(perau. m. sinj.) h 
furnish thou explanation ! 

Yus u f, O" truthful one! explain 
to us seven fat kinc. 

[12: 46) 

fperate. m. plu.) h, 
explain (you) i 

Explain to me my dream. 

[12:43] 

{imperf. 2 p, m, ling.fx 
< thou ask the legal order 

to ask i-bt-i ^-^ 

opinion or legal order, 
to question 



4&J 



fl 



\& 



(imperf. 2 p.m. duai.)x 
(you twain) are asking 
(about) 

(imperf, 3 p.m. pltt.) x 
they ask (legal order) 

(perau, m, sing.) x 
ttk I (the view or opinion) 



jL^iil; 



< 



I'/fTup 



tsJCxt 



Then ask them. [3 7:4] 



a young (n,) w.r. £i 

Gj-)(B}£ss£i2 < 

to be young (the noun appl- 
ies both to human beings 
and animals) 



excuse. (21 

Then their excuse would be 
nothing but that they 
would say : By Allah, our 
Lord ! we were not asso- 
ciates. (6:23] 

(According to Tabri Vjrfr 

in this verse means jjlJI 

'excuse or £13*1 answer 
— being so called because 
of it being a lie') 



jr <S o »J 



u- 



(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) it 
"wdeereeih (1) 

to give a formal T.fciJ yl < 

legal opinion! • 
to inform the 

legal order, 

to issus a decree (divine), 

to explain the meaning of 
a dream 

Say than : Allah decrecth 
a decree unto you con- 
cerning them. [4:127] 

to pronounce (2) 

Say Allah pronounceth you 
in the matter of one with- 
out father or child, 

[4:176] 



£ 



469 



-w5U jjV jl C*Aa JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ P5aa<o < j^y 3 cr^ 6^'.H3 J^V^ a5c*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J G 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



^ * tJ 



Nay man desires to sin in 
front of him. 175:51 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ace. 
thou c&usest to gush forth 






*£ 



Until) thou causest Tor us to 
gush forth from the earth 
a fountain. [ 17:90] 

(per/. 1st. p. pk.) n 
<we caused to gush forth 

to create an outlet it \jpy* "Jr 
or passage, (for water and 
the like) let water flow, 
cause water (and the like) 
to gush forth 

(imperf. 2p.m. ting. } ace. » jf* 
thou causet to gush forth 

(imperf. 3 p.m. pkt.) ii 0J>** 
Ihey cause to gush forth 

v.n. ace. ii 1 m 
causing to gush forth 
(abundantly) 

(ip.f.sing.jpp.ii &£. 
< -^flowed out 

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing} v j*k? 
i~gusheth forth 

to flow out », I Jji" ^*" 

(peif. 3 p. f. sing.) vii o>*| 
~gushed out 

to burst out, to v" ijlij*! j*All 

gush out 
470 



when attached in a pronominal 
written with £$ instead 

of (fas uGt.lCi 
meta. boy, man, page, 
servant 

two youngs (n. dual.} 
(two men) 

< men, youths, (u. p.) 
youngs 

(sing.) £ 
< men, young, youthen, p.) OO 



**■* 



oC* 



•L-*. 



< young girls (at p.) 



a 



* i— * 



[* e e 




path, way, passage (n.) 
lit. broad way between moun- 
tains 



Is 



< paths, passages (n. p.) £ 
(j/ng.) £ 



a 




(imper/, i p.m. ting.) «' ">*|, 
<may tin 

(1) to s, , to act immorally 

(2) to cleave, \% -Jr 
break up, dig up 

tv. 



amIo jjV jl C*£a J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5c*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



(J J ■ *-» 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J c 



adultery (2) 

And fur those of your women 
who (may) commit adult- 
ery. f4:I5J 

indecency (n.) { Liwifl 
< indecencies <>.ji.) uVljill 



J c 



»^ 



u r 



< boasting (v.n.) *f 

self-glorification {/«/,) 
natural boasting UK.) 

to rival or vie Tj^Gf ^£lt 

with each other in glory or 

excellence as (ill j£|j ) 

< boastful (toil.) jj*- 
to glory, boast 



•-ff 



pottery (n.) j£I)t 



* tf a w* 



0»r/. J«, p, ptu.) w.», Lj jj 
<we ransomed 

* . *- ' • 

to reed em, ransom 

And We ransomed him with 
a mighty victim. [37:107] 

ivi 





dawn (n.) 


s» 


(act. pic. m. sing.) 


5s* 


sinner, evildoer 






* i 


< evildoers (A. p.) 


*yr 


(sing.) 3^6 




(ungodly people) 




<evildoers (*. p.) 


•X 


{ungodly people) 




(■*»■> V 




wickedness (r.tt.) 


# 




* J E 


tJ 


a spacious part («.) w.v. 


lit 


Ht. an intervening space, or 




an intermediate wide space 




between two things 






* c£ £ 


hi 



(<rcf, /k'c / sing J 
< ill-deed (I) 

to be excessive, immoderate, 
unreasonable, befoul, or> 



* ^ r 



scene 



5_JL^W literally signifies 'an 

excess' , an enormity, any- 
thing exceeding the bou- 
nds of the rectitude 

mm 

And those who, when tftay 
have done an ill-deed or 
wronged. (3:135] 



471 



amIo jjV jl C*io JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ Sj&jji$ £.3^-° 'C^y 3 cr^ 6^'^3 J^V^ r&5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



C J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY ftL'RAN 



J J 



it J i J we 

j i J we 






• * j <-» 



< sweet {water) (h.) *=*i> 
used as an adjective of water 

thirst quenching (IX.) act:. tl j» 
or very sweet 




excrement, dung Faec;s (ft.) * j» 

(3 p.m. ting-)pp ^*£ 
< ^is cloven 

W*) *> JO* £j» 
to open, separate, cleave, spilt 

meta. chastity (v.n.) £j» 

(private part) 

lit, opening, gap 

private parts (p. n) £Jj* 
{of male or faroale) 



• C J ** 



( per/. J p.m. nig.) £^ 
■<j-—'was glad 

to be glad, happy, delighted, _ 
rejoice, be cheerful, to exult 

(pttf, 3 p. m. pfo.; J IJiy 
they were glad 
472 



(imperf. 3 p.m. pin,) Hi IjaU" 
< ye ransom 

to receive or give a ransom, 
for one to release him 

And if i hey come as captives 

unto you, ye ransom them- 

[2:85] 

(perf. 3 p.m. ring.) hi/ ^ _ Jjjjl 
j— gave as ran son. 

to offeror*// Jjjj 



give ransom 



lj^l t£X*l < 



Not an carthful of gold 
shall be accepted from any 
such though he were to 
give it {in alms or) as 
ransom. 



(per/.3p.f.ring.)riU 
'-—ransomed 






(perf. 3 p.m. phi.)*iii 
they gave as ransom 

(imperf. 3p.m.t, ht. )tiii 
p-ransomcth 

(f d.) el. fist. 
(imperf,3p.m.p!u.) 
they may ransom, in order to 
give as ransom 

(F.n.iu, w.v.) 
receiving ransom (or ransom) 

ransom (ti.) a, jj 

tvr 






*-» — i JJuiJ 



* ,- 



sw&o jjV jl C ap JaIjLo ji uU^^o ijj^^ P5^° £ lH^° cr** 6-^'^5 JjV^ pS^A 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J > 



VOCABULARY OF THE ilOLY O.UKAM 



C J 



My Lord < leave me not sol- 
itary (childless). [21:89] 

< si tig It ones (p. n.) JjI^ 
(sing.) 'ijj 



iT 3 J *-* 



paradise (n.) ,j»ja J*H 



J J «-* 



(per/. J p./. j«ij,) (flttJm) <^j* 

.to flee . run away, run off, 
escape ( ^» - ) 

(perf. 1st. p. sing.) ^jji 
I fled 

yc fled {petf. 2 p.m. plu.) fjf 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing. } (aisim ) 5*t 
-—will flee 

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) (assim) 5 J j£ 
ye flee 

(perate. m. phi.) \¥b 



flee! 



M$$ 



Flee therefore unto Allah. 

151:501 



fleeing v.w. ace. Tjl^i 



(imperf, 3 p.m, ling.) T J*. 

~wi11 be glad 

[imperf. 3 p. m. phi.) \i^j# 
they are glad 

they may/will be aee.fJ. 
gtad 



Then Jet them be glad Cor) 
let them rejoice. [10:58] 

(imperf. 1 p. m. phi.) J^yf 
ye are happy 

That is because ye had been 
exulting, [40:75] 



(perate. neg. m. ting.) 

exult not 

(perate. tteg. m. phi.) 
exult ye not 



rejoicing one, exultant (»,) £^ 
rtjoicingones.exultant/f.ff. t«j% 

/mi. (flee.) _ . -;,,•'( 



■r 



alone (I) (n.) 

S3 EsSt * {$&$$ 

And we shall inherit from 
him that whereof he spake, 
and he shall come to us 
alone, [19:80J 

meta. solitary (2) 
(childless) 



l>> 



iVT 



473 



amIo jjV jl C*io JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



1>jM 



VOCABULARY Of TH* HOLY OJLFKAN 



J J 



(stag.) ?t\ 



<carp*ts (p.w.J 



"j4 



* j- j 



J 



•5 >j** ^>> 



Or/. 3 p.m. sing.) J*'j 
<C <— ordained (1) 

to ordain, enact (a law), esti- 
mate, conceive, to apporti- 
on, to impose 

Wherefore whosoever ordain- 
eth (unto himself) the pil- 
grimage therein (i.e., dur- 
ing these months) |2:197] 

imposed (2) 

Verily He who hath imposed 
the Quran on thee it 
surely about to bring thee 
back home. [2&:SS] 

(also see verse 66/2) 

decreed (3) 

No blame there is upon the 
Prophet in that which 
Allah hath decreed for 
him. [33:38] 

settled (4) 

(ptrf. 2 p. m. ph.) A>> 
ye settled ' 

474 



running away jl^ifl 

place of refuge (n. p. t.) -ij^l 
whereto approaches a fleeing 
one from a danger 



(perf. 1st. p. phi.) Uiy 
<wc have stretched forth 

U*)ty3L si*} &£ J& 

to spread out, extend, stretch 
forth 



If* at 



small cattle (/i.) ace 
or camels 

lit. small animals ^j of 

which flesh is used as food. 

%$&#$& 

And of the cattle (He hath 
created) beasts of burden 
and small (ones) (i.e., and 
of the cattle He created 
for work and for the sake 
of their flesh. {Asd.} 

16:142) 

< moths, butterflies (p.n.) jl|j5 

(sing.) A^Vj 

A Day whereon mankind 
shall become as moths 
scattered. [101:41 

carpet ace- ViV^i f t/*Jt 

fir. a thing that is spread 

out upon the ground, a 

thing that is spread for 

one to sit or lie upon (LI.) 

ivi 



-w5U jjV jl C*£a JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ ^3^-° <C>?,J A cr^ Cy^JiS J^^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



*>** 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



> J <-* 



[act. pic. f. sing.) *j*j* 



old (cow), large, thick, 
fuM- grown 



(imperf. 3 p. m. sing,} ace. 
■<n-may hasten 

to act hastily and 
unjustly towards 

We fear he may hasten 
against ui. [20:45] 

(imperf. 1st, p. sing.) U 
<L\ have been remiss 

to miss. fall il i* >ij 

short of, j„ neglect, 

be remiss in, to exceed 

bounds, be extravagant 



Mr 






■■■ -t fctSt 



--''* 



Alas 1 for that I have been 

remits in respect of Allah, 

[39:56] 

(peif. 2 p.m. phi.) 
ye have been remiss 

(per/. 1st. p. plu.) 
we have been remiss, we neg- 
lected 

Alas (who belied us) that we 
neglected it (in oar life- 
time). [6:31] 

tvo 






Yc have already settled unto 
them a settle UNO t, 

[2:237] 

( peff. 1st, p. plu.) \i£*Ji 

we have ordained. 

i *■* f* 
{imperf 2 p.m. pta, )acc.fJ. ' j>^* 

ye have settled 

ordinance (1) (»<) 4*S* i 



(This is) an ordinance from 
Allah. (4:11] 

settlement (2) 
(mt above verse 2:237) 

stipulation (3> **Hj& 

There will be no blame on 
you in regard to aught on 
which ye matually agree 
after the stipulation. 

[4:24] 

X. *j*' 

(pie. pact. m. sing.) ace. v*j j*« 

a settled one or something 
allotted 



And unto females shall be a 
portion of that which their 
parents and other near 
of kin may leave weather 
it may be small or large a 
portion allotted. [4:7] 



475 



-w5U jjV jl C*£a J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ <<JJJA c? •» j-o)^5 JjV^ a5c*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t** 



VOCABULARY OI TBM. HOLY OJURAN 



Ja j <-* 



to be free from J — 

(other things), to apply 
one-self exclusively to 

Then when Thou becometh 
relieved, toil. [94:7] 

(imperf. 1st p. plu.} J m 
we shall direct (ourselves) 

Anon (i.e., in the Hereafter) 

we shall direct ourselves 

to you. O ye two classes. 

155:313 

(act. pie. m. sing,) ace. 
void, empty 

And the heart of the mother 
of Musa became void. 

[28:10] 

Just, iv 

(impcrf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
<I shall pour 

to pour out %\j\ gjjfl 

He said ; bring me I shall 

pour forth moltey copper. 

£18:961 

(perate. m. sing.) tv 
pour forth 






w 



tf 



1 '} 



jswy» 



Pour forth on us patience. 
12:250] 

47fi 



And we have not been remiss 
in respect of aught in the 
Book. [6:38] 



exceeding (the {ace. v.n.) 
bounds) 

y##s&& ■ 

And whose affair is exceeding 
(the bound). [18:28] 

(pis. pic. m. plu.) 
those who are taken in 
hasting ; see above R.F. 

And they will be hastend 
(thereto). [16:62] 



M 






• t 



branch (n.) 

JNmr 

And its braneh(es) (reaching) 
unto heaven. [14:24] 



y 



t j 



( /w/. 2 /) . m. ij^g.) -£ *£ 
thou becometh relieved 

to he empty, vacant to finish 
a thing, cease from, be un- 
occupied 



I VI 



-w5U jjV jl C*io JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ P5aXa < jjys ^*» 6^'.H3 J^V^ a£^o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN 



J J *■* 



(3p, m. sing.) pip. 
"« is separated out 

Therein is separated cm 
every a flairs of wisdom 
(or 'is decreed'). [44:4] 

(perf. 2 p. m, sfag.} U 
thou hast caused a division 

to frighten, a &*Jf £•£ 

scatter, disperse, separate 
irrto many portions, make 
division 



3* 









»* 



(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) it 
they make divisioa 
(or they separate) 

(tmperf. 3 p.m.pbt.)fd. tl 
that they make distinction 

They seek to make distinc- 
tion between Allah and 
His Messengers. (Pk.) 

They would differencials 
between Allah and His 
apostles). (Sid.) (4:150) 



(imperf. 1st. p.ptu.} ii J»^ 
we make distinction 

we make no ■» -»«i ft 
distinction -^ 

(perate. m. plu.) HI 1 jj,6 
<part from V 

to part from, separate one- 
self from, abandon, leave 



• ^ J <-* 



< we separated ( 1 ) ' 

to separate MSh* M" 

between, to divide, dis- 
tinguish, decide between 

And (recall what time) we 

separated the sea for you. 

[2:501 

to distinguish (2) 

And this is Recitation which 
vvc have made distinct 
that thou may est recite it 
unto mankind. [17:106] 

(Imperf. 3 p.m. ph.) yi'* 
<theyrear (3) * 

to fear, dive (into 
a wave) 

But they are a people who 
dread. [9:56] 

(perate. m. sing.) tf'jX 
decide I (4) "* 

So decide between us and 
this transgressing people. 
[5:25] 

477 



-w5U jjV jl C*£a JaImuo ji Olf-5^5^ Sj&jji$ £.3^-° <{>}.}* cr^ Cy^JiS J^^ (&5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY Or TK* HOLY QURAN 



O J 



(peraie neg. m. phi.) v 
do not be divided 

Establish the religion and be 
not divided therein. 

[42:13] 

scattering v,n. 

part n. 

party, group n. 

party, group (act. 2 pic") 

ace. 

(act. 2 pic, m, daul.) 
two parties or groups 

ace 

(Ap-der.m, phi.) ? 
divers (Pic.) 

sundry (VtfJ !&*$* 

Art divers (or sundry) lords 
better or Allah the one, 
the Almighty 7 [12:39] 

different (Apderf. ling.) Ijjtfc? 

And enter by different gates. 
112:67] 

criterion (or right or n. ^Jiyjfi 

wrong) 
478 




1 w*- 



* 



Ot pari from them reput- 
ably. [65:2] 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing,) y 
< '--'became scattered 
---deviated 

to become BjW 3yi 
separated, scattered 

And follow not other ways 
that will deviate you from 
His way. (Jid.) Lest ye 
be parted from His way. 
(Pic.) [6:153] 



And those who are vouch' 
safed the book divided 

{among themselves) not 
save after there had come 
unto them the evidence. 
[98:4] 

(fxrf. 3 p. m. phi.) t 
they separated themselves 

(peraie. neg. m. plu.) t *JJ* * 
do not be separated (from 
each other) 



(impcrf. 3 p.m. dual.) 
the twain separate each 
other 

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) V 
they wil be separated 



W 



&&1 



iVA 



-w5U jjV jl C*£a J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> <j-o)^5 JjV^ a5c*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



* J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J j I* 



to forge or f.Qj Jj-J 

fabricate (a lie 
against SS) Jfi _ 

to cut, split, cleave, slander 

(the weak letter tS is changed 
to *-Ji when the verb 
is joined lo the following 
pronominal, thus Jj§\ 
become* -^l ) 

Do they say, be hath fabric- 

ated a tie concerning God. 

[42:24J 

Do they say I he hath fabric- 
ated it ? [10:38] 

(per/. 1st. p. ting.) w'W £ 

I have fabricated (a lie) 



(per/. 1st p. phi.) 
we have fabricated (a lie) 

{impttf. 3 p. m. atng.) tm 

"-tfabricateth 



3» 






m m 



ifmper/. 2 p.m. sing.) tL 
in order to fabricate 
(against) 

(imperf. 3 p. m. phi.) &j*i 
they fabricate la lie against) 

(impetf, 2 p.m. pht.) ujj«f 
ye fabricate 

that ye in order to el 
fabricate 



U35J 



lit. Anything that makes a 
separation or distinction 
between truth and falsity. 
It also means 'proof, evi- 
dence, or demonstration' 
(LI), It applies on the 
Holy Quran as well as the 
Divine Book revealed to 
the Prophet Mu&a (see 
2:53, 15S; 3:4, 41 and 
21:48) 

distinction n. ace, 

ye who believe ! if ye fear 
Allah He will make for 
you a distinction. [S:29J- 



»ij 



j o 



(act , pic. m. pht.} ace. £* j It 
<exultantly, skilfully 

(sing.) brisk, skilful »jfc 

(uOV? '*£ O « 

to exult above measure, to 
be brisk, to do 55 skilfully 

And hew ye out house* in 

the mountains skilfully, 

[26:149} 
( 4!*<£" nas occured as' J j£ 

not as adjective for 

(IML)\ XjJ 



w. v. 



• * J *-* 



< (per/. 3 p.m. sing.) viii 
~ fabricated (a lie) 



479 



amIo jjV jl C*£a JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



|£ -j U) 



asstm 



* J i <-> 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing-) a* &*". 
^^malicth unsettled 



, W§a3Ea< 

to exite, make active, deceive, 
unsettled (fear) 

/ . \ f.T if- ** _^_ 

(u)lj# j* j» « 

to flow as blood from a 
wound, to remove, expel 

Then he besought to unsettle 
them from the land. 

[17:1031 



{imperf. 3 p. ptu.) x 
they unsettle thee 






And verily they w ill-nigh 
unsettle thee [17:76] 

incite! {perafa m. siag.jx jjil**\ 

m 
A^Cgiw-' 1^-J -£*-&} 

And incite whom thou can 
of them. [17:64] 



* t_ J 



{perf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
<--».was frightend 

to be frightend, afraid, 

terrified 
4S0 



u 



(peratc. iteg. m. plu.) 
(you) fabricate not ! 



;#s 



ij^* 



(imperf, 3 p. f. plu.) ttJutj, 
they (/) fabricate 

They (/ ) should not produce 
a falsehood that they 
have fabricated. [60: [ 2] 

(3 p. m. sing.) pip. JjJ? 
fabricated one 

It is not a discourse fabrica- 
ted. [12:111J 

(Ap-der. m. sing} 
one who fabricates lies 

(pis. pic. m, sing.) 
fabricated one 

(ap'der. m. plu.} 
< those who fabri- 
cate lies 






tS_r*» 






f^ing.} 






ace. 



{pis. pic. /. />Jm.) 
fabricated ones 

("ac*. 2 pic J aee. 
a thing unprecedented or 
unheard of 



82*L£aSSa 






« 



they said : O Maryam thou 
hast brought a thing un- 
heard, of. (19:27) 



tA- 



amIa jjV jl C*£a J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ P5>£a < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



*l u- "-* 



VOCAfiULAJtY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



t J 



(perote irt. ph.) I^LlJl 
make room! 

{ptrate m. plu.) t > !■ "^" 
make room ! 






(/wr/ J p.f. ling. ) o-w 
< ~ were corrupted 
j * .-- - *< - * 7~, *,*- —- ; 
■L— * A_«J J i V «.* / ' ^ 

to become corrupted, invalid 
decomposed, bad, vicious, 
wrong 

(perf. 3 p.f. duil.) 
the twain were corrupted 

(per/. 3 p.m. pht.) It 
<they co erupted 

IjLij Juil 
to corrupt, decompose 

( imperf. 3p.m. ring.} r> 
~will act corruptly. 

that he may do el. ft 
corruption 

< ** ** 

(imperf 3 p.m. phi.} h JiJU* 

tbey will act corruptly or they 
will corrupt 



that they may 
corrupt 



efiv 



Ij-UjU 



{imperf. 2 p.m. ph.) 
that ye make corruption 

1A1 



f.d. n Ijjlj. 



(per/. 3 p.f. ph.) \<£Z 
they are terrified 

And could st thou see the 
time when they shall be 
terrified ! Then there shall 
be no escaping, [34:51] 

(3p.m.sittg.)pp.n £ji 

< fright is token off Jp - 

to take off the fright, jt 

to be free from fearO* - £j» < < 

jtetffet 

Until when fright it token 
off from their hearti, they 
laid : what is that your 
Lord hath said 7 [34:23] 

terror (v.n.) VjJ 

the great terror ( 301 ) £jitl 

(at the time of the Resurre- 
ction) 



* c 



(imperf. 3 p. m. ting.) f*»*f 
<C *— makes room "" 

(i_>) W1j J2-~i" p— -» 
to make room or place (in 
■eating capacity) 

481 



-w5U jjV jl C*io J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ <<JJJA ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Jef J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J U» ** 



fper/. J p. m. pk.; |^Li 
they transgress 

(imperf. 3 p.m. pht.) j*. ,if 
they transgress 

{imperf. 2 p.m. pit*,) j^^if 
ye transgress 

abomination (J/J.) (v.ff) jJLi 
transgression (IX) 

(<wr. pic. m. j/ng) ace. \^Ji j J*6 
transgressor 

*& [ ^u/^t 

fflcf, pic. rw. p/u J 

transgressors f, ';.-.-..-* 
ace. [Ct*~w> M>-Un 



wickedness (v.n.) o>-» 



(ring.) 



• J 



(per/. 2 p. m. pfo.) *JU# 
you became weak- hearted 
(or) lose heart, (yon flag- 
ged — Jid.) 

to become weak-hearted, co- 
ward, flag i.e., to grow 
ipiritless or languid, be- 
come tired, to fail, to lose 
heart 

Until you became weak-hear- 
ted and disputed about the 
command ( Pic.) (until you 
lost heart. (Aid.) [3:152] ■ 

482 



I " V* VI 



(perate tteg. m. pht.) 
act not corruptly 

(imperf. 2 p.m. pht.) epl. JJU>u 

ye will surely cause corruption- 

(imperf. hi. p. pht.) el. JuJd 
we in order to do corruption 

corruption 

* £g 
{Ap-der. m. sing,) i i\ \ 

foul-dealer, corruption 

maker, one who makes 

mischief 

ace. OLjJiil / JjJLJll 
the foul-dealers 



ace. 
foul-deakrs 



l/„J_*A» I J J J— A* 



e: 



(r.n) ft" ace. T_ 
interpretation 

to explain, ij 'j*— *> j»* 
interpret, discover 



■A a & «-* 



(per/. 3 p.m. Jiig.) 
trespassed 

to trespass (o* J»)l*J J 
(the command), transgress, 
to break the bounds of 
law, violate, to pais be- 
yond or over (limits), ex- 
ceed 



ihr 



-w5U jjV jl C*£a J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjyi ^^> <j-o)^5 JjV^ a5c*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J (^ tJ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QL-R AN 



Ji^ 



Then when Talut set out 
with his army. (Pic.) 

[2:249] 

(perf. 3 p.f. ting.} 

departed 

And when caravan depar- 
ted. [12:94] 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ring.) t)-** 1 . 
''—will decide --—decides 






On the day or Resurrection, 
He will decide bet ween 
you. [60:3] 

(p*r/, 3 p.m. ting.) U 
<L — detailed 

to divide >~4*T 3-* 

■ into parts, to expatiate in 
to detail, make a statement 
or speach clear, distinct 

And He hath detailed unto 
you that which be hath 
forbidden you. [6:119] 

(ptrf. 1st p., phi.) U 
we have detailed 

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) U 
'-•'detailes 

(imperf. 1st. pk>) U 
we detail (or) we make clear 









ace f.d. 
(imperf. 3 p. f. dual.) 
they (two groups) may lose 
heart 

(Recall) when two parties 

from amongst you were 

about to lose heart. (Asd.) 

[3:122] 

ace. fd. 
{ imperf. 2 p. plu.) 
ye lose heart 

And dispute not lest you Jose 
heart, (fail to gain your 
target). [8:46] 



%& 



\$8 



* c ^ ^ 



(elative) 
<more eloquent than 

to be eloquent 

And my brother Haroon, he 
is more eloquent in speech 
than I. [23:34] 



3 



* J o* <J 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
<~m out 

to separate, part, depart, 
decide, Kt OUt 



483 



-w5U jjV jl C*io JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ aS&a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



i> > *-» 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QJL/RAW 



J^ -i 



(pis. pic. m. sing.) ace y^Hu 
detailed (ones) 


(pis. pic. f. plu. ) ^^C»i» 
distinct, fully detailed 


detailing (v.n. ii) >•-**" 


■ 


* f ^ ^ 


<<— break, c 


rack v.n, vil f ^** : ' 1 


to break (infrans.) UC«i»l (— **l 
without being separated, 
be much cracked 


He hath g 
handhold 
crack (in 


rasped a firm 
which hath no 
t) (n.d.) 12.256] 




• c > ^ 


ye disgrac 


e oy*** 


to get disgraced, to make 
public one's fault 

per ate neg. plus j lj**J«ir V 


pronominal £} shortened to J 


"do not affront me* or 


'disgrace ti 


r.e not* 


fassim.) 


* J* J» -> [ 



*? 



(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) tit 1^251 
<they flocked (1) Jl 
484 



(J p. f. sing.) ii pp. 
~ari? detailed 

A Book whereof the verses 
arc detailed. [4 1:3] 

distinguishing^ I) (n.) J-*» 

Verily ii is a dtscnurce disting- 
uishing. [86:13] 

decisive (2) 

v l^J^a~Ji*j£i; 

And we vouchsafed him wis- 
dom and decisive speech. 
[38:20] 

the decisive 
word 

judgement (3) 

This the Day of Judgement 
(i.e., the Day of deciding 
between what is true and 
what is false), which ye 
were wont to belie. [3 7:2 II 

(act. pic. m. plu.) ^L-UJl 
deciders 

And He is the Best of 
Deciders- |G;57] 

weaning (v.n.) Hi JLtt 

kin, (act. 2 pic, /I sing.) iLl*i 
family 

tAf 



amIa jjV jl CJiA JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ <■{>*}& c^ <j-o)^5 JjV^ a£*zxa 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J u* -J 



VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN 



><> J 



;*- 



'US 



And long not for that where- 
with Allah hath preferred 
one of you above another. 
£4:321 

Men jsre incharge of women, 
because Allah hath made 
one of them to excel the 
other. (4:34] 

(per/. 1st p. sing.) ii 
1 preferred above 

(p erf. hi p. ph.) ii 
we preferred (or) made SS 
excel 

{imperf. 1st p. phi.) ii 
we prefer 

(3 p, m. phi.) pp. ti |^U# 
they have been given prefe- 
rence (or who are made 
superior) 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) t. ^SmuT 
makes himself superior 

This it no other than a human 
being like you, he weketh 
to make himself superior 
to you. [23:24! 

grace, (tji. r.f.) «^li 
< abundance, 

10 remain over SS, 

exceed, to excel ^ - 
1A0 



to bi Hi 



i\ 



broken, separated, dispersed 

dispute j» — 

to (lock, run to, ^1 — 
break away 

to break, to break into seve- 
ral pieces 

And when they beheld mer- 
chandise or tport, they 
flocked thereto. [62:11) 

they dispersed &L (2) 

And had^ thou been rough, 
hardhearted they would 
have dispersed from 
around thee. [3:159] 



( imperf. 3p,m.plu.)vii fd. 
they dispersed 



w 



.*-.« 



• * • *■ 



silver (rt.) ii» / <Jaji\ 



* J 



(pip. 3 p. m. sing.) ii 
■< --^preferred 
~caused to excel 

to prefer, ^Zjal* *j3 

to cause to excel, grant 
favours to one person in 
preference to another 



33 



4*5 



-w5U jjV jl C*io JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Jo J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J > «J 



{imperf. 3 p. m. pht.) • J .>*-* 
<^ *-~gel rent 

to be spilt, v Ijai" 3»* 
cracked, to be broken into 
pieces 



>. 



WeO-ntgh the heavens are 
rent thereat. 119:90) 

(per/. 3 p.f. si"g-) ™ •i£ii\ 

<■ — cleft 

t - . -«« 

to be lj\L*l >il 
broken, cleft 

constitution (rt.) 

The natural constitution with 
which a child is created 
in his mother'i womb. 
The faculty of knowing 
God. with which He has 
created mankind — whereby 
he is capable of accepting 
the religion of truth. 

(And follow thou) the consti- 
tution of Allah according 
to which He hath consti- 
tuted mankind. [30:30] 

According to some comment- 
ate rs *^,aiso means reli- 
gion (Jalaiain). 

(act. pic. m. ting.) 

Creator (the Almighty) 

crack {ft.) 

Beholdest Thou any crack? 
(67.31 

486 






gracious Jh# ji 
grace of Alkih jl V** 
grate from Allah j»\ £*. J-** 
preferment v.n, ii ace. ^|LW 



(w.v.t 



l*: 



j j* «-* 



( pcrf. 3 p.m. w'W ) t» ^1 
<C •» reached at 

to reach at, go into, 
to reveal a secret 



iJisS^iT 



(When) one of you hath gone 
in unto the other. [4:21] 

meta. you have gone in unto 
another as a husband to 
his wife 



• J J" <-> 



(per/, jp.m. «'mgJ ^U* 

<;-*-creattd 

to cleave, split, create out of 
nothing 

to break, crack IjjU ^J* 

Verily I have set my counte- 
nance towards Him who 
hath created the heaven* 
and the earth. [6:79] 

LA"V 



**jSjo jjV jl C j i n JaIm L o jj OIp$^$a ijj^3 p3^*-° £ lH^° cr** 6-^'^5 JjV^ *&^->a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



j t a 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OURAN 



j, a 



(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) 
doe» (or> will do. 






(2 p.m. sing.) Jus j. 
thou didst 

If thou didst not. [5:67] 



(imperf. 3 p.m. ph.} j^Ui" 
they do 

that they my do f.d. ace. ^jJ**A 
yc do ijfe 

that yc my do /tf. aee. 1 JfaB 
ye didst not {juss,\ i'Jmii f 



{Ap-der. m. sing.) ff 
split (one) 



(assim.. 



* Ji Ji J 



< rough <».n.) 'i5i§ 






(imperf. tit. p. plu.j 
we do 

(perate. m. sing.) 
(thou) do! 

(pernio m. plu.) 
(ye) do ! 

*~is done (3 p.m. sing.jpp. 

(3 p. m. sing J pip. 
— ■'wiH be done 

( act. pic. m. sing.) "Jet 
a doer 

doers (act. pic. m. phi..) oyeb 

doers ace j&di 

the doer (ints.J ^Ci 
(with full might) (God) 

(acl.pie.rn.sing.) J^*i* ace, Sj ^r" 
done, fulfilled 

iAV 



y* j U-Uii £* ii 

to be rough. (*-»)\t\ki J 
rude, tempered 

If thou hadst been rough 
hardhearted they would 
have dispersed from 
around thee. [3:! 59] 



* J £ ^> 



05 



(per/. J p.m. ring.) 
< — did 

to do, to act, to perform 
some activity, to have an 
influence or effect 

effect JJ ' H* - 

(per/. 2 p.m. sing. J 
thou didst 



(ptrf.3 p.m. phi.) I^L* 
they did 

(perf.3 p.f.piu.) [f» 
they (/.) did 

j,. — 

ye did (perf. 2 p. phi.) ii* 
we did (pttf. 1st p. ph.) '\3ui 

487 



amIo jjV jl C*£a J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5c*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t <* 



VOCABULARY DF THE HOLY QURAN 



J £ *> 



(0 I* 

(ccf, /wc. /. ting.) ij\k 
<waist-bTeaking (calamity) 

to dig, to break the vertebrates 
of the back 

{act. 2 pic. m. sing.) jjiifl / ^jji 
poor (1) ncc- Ijji 

They said, verily Allah is 
poor and we are rich* 

[3:181] 

needy (2) 

My Lord ! verily of the good 

which thou ma yes t send 

down for me I am needy. 

[21:24] 

< needy, poor* oQes(n. p.) **\yiJi\ 
(sing) *£ 



< deepest (colour) 

to be of a 

bright yellow colour 

* -E 

£*• segnifies both in- 
tensely yellow and intensely 
red. It is also applied to 
signify any colour free 
from admixture, 

488 



doing T>.n. 


34 


deed (n.) 


^ 


And thou didst that thy deed 
which thou didst. (Pic.) 
[26:19] 







* * • • | 


(Com. a part 
conjunctio 

sue 


iele i j Si 

a) 

ely, verily jj ^> 


* , j j | 



(imperf 3p.m. sing.) 
<ye miss 

to lose, be deprived, miss 

{hvperf. 1st p. piu.) 
we miss 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) v 
< sought after 

to seek the lost v \ 
or missing object 






'-tr 



4-' 



3 



< desti ti: t ion , poverty (v. n . ) jijjl 

to become poor, needy 

iAA 



sw&o jjV jl C ap JaIm L o jj uU^^o ijj^^ P5^° £ lH^° ct** 6-^'^5 JjV^ *&^->a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



«i) ii) -J 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY $UBAN 



* 3 <-i 



(taper/ i p.m. pAt.) v 5j5^" 
ye consider, ponder 



(imperf. 2 p. m. ptu.) v. 
think over, reflect I 

tee note below 



\/£j£ 



Say (unto them, O 
Mohammad) I exhort you 
unto one thing only, that 
ye awake, for Allah's sake 
by twos and singly and 
then reflect. (Fie). [34:46] 

Note : The imperative case 
from <**g t is \*/j£ 

not \Y&* . In this verse 

the word has accorded as 
2 p. masc. of imperfect 
tense is an accusative case, 
joining (with {?• ofcon- 

junction) \j,ji j\ i.e., 

that you awake them to 
think over or reflect (Iml. 
p. 19*). 



(assim.) 


* 6 6 •-> 




* * 
< freeing (>.«,)■ ^ 


(c)Vfei j fer Si; & 


to separate, untie, loosen, 


(a knot etc.,) to free (a 


prisoner or slave) 


IM 





t J bf 



(imperf } p.m. ptu.) jjfii" 
they understand 

to understand 

(/Id.) occ. \j|i* 
they may understand 

(imperf 2 p.m. plu.) Jj^ji" 
ye understand 

■ *+*a 

(imperf. 1st. p, ptu.) **~* 
we understand 

(imperf 3 p.m. ph. )fJ. el. ». Q fljJ 
they may gain under- 
standing 

•**-■- *-.- 
to learn, r, 1 '*,;'*'.'.; < 

to gain understanding 



i) ^i 



(/>er/, J />,ffl. tf»tgj It ^J* 

~ considered 

to thing of ii \JSj£ jM < 
reflection, consider, 
to ponder 

(imperf 3. pm. plu.) JjjGiT 
they reflect on 

aR.F. \)^j5s < 
Have they not pondered 

mm 

489 



amIo jjV jl CaAa J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5c*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J - 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



ll! J (_i 



(on the measure of -,* | ) 

living happily [ $ jgjjg 

enjoying ace. I C&?* 

fruit (rt.) tJTf 

< fruits (n. p.) J iViJ* 



*!-* 



<sfa«.) ££> 



J J 



n 



? 



(per/, 3 p.m. sing) iv 
< '"-prospered, is blissful 

ts&i {£1 

to prosper, be successful 
$uccee<l ( be blissful 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) it jj* 
prospers s 

LaU Verily the wrong-doer 
will not be prospered (or 
will not prosper.) 

Cor. Verily the wrong-doer 
shall not fare well. {Jid.) 

Will not be successful. (Fie.) 
[6:211 

{imperf, 3 p. m.piu) 5j£UT 
they will succeed 

they will not *,*.;*$> 
succeed ^J"?* * 

490 



(It is) freeing the neck. V^utili 
190:1 

(Ap-der. hi, ptu.) vii ($& 

< breakers off 

to be lossend, vii t^il S£\ 
untied, to be ceased 



6 l> 



(imperf. 2 p,m. pluj JjfM<" 

<ye wonder 

to wonder or v Ujf 4_Ct 
exclaim 

If We willed surely We would 
make it chaff, so that ye 
would be left wondering 
(Jid.) (or) ye would cease 
not to exclaim. (Pic.) 

(56:65J 

According to Rag (lib the verb 

6 ->< f 

originated from i_p % 

'fruit' and ^gj* which^ 

mean chatting, thus j jXtT 

rf , #• - • ." # J f law '* r 

means L*!£iJI jJoUJ 

ye pursuit chatting r.e., kil- 
ling time uselessly in care- 
lessness, j JSjf ' s ' n tne 

sense of Ojf?* wondering 
(Zr). 

< jesting (n.p.) ace. 2%J* 
(*"S)*£j jester 



**jSjo jjV jl C ap JaIjLo ^) uU^^o ijj^3 p3~*-° £ lH^° cr** 6-^'^5 JjV^ *&^->a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



O u 



VOCABULARY OF TH* HOLY QURAN 



C J LJ 





• 6 J <J 


ships, ark, a ship (n.) dllifl 
The word ^jyj is used for 
singular and plural both 

the orbit of a celestial (n.) jjifc 
body 

Each in an orb floating, 

(21:33] 




+ l> J i_i 


such a < 

substituted 
or unspec 
thing 


)ne, dec. t'$a'/ <$» 

ror an unnamed 
ified person or 




• J J «J \ 


(imperf, 

(+ is i 

ye call rm 

to call some< 
dotard 

Though ye c 
dotard. [1 

<bi 

(■rtng.) !> 
{i.e., planted 


2 p.m. ph.) ii ^jjAT 

af pronominal) 
: dotard 

me f m •- , = r 


; * o u >-J 


ranches {n\ /?,) j^] 

i 

with shady trees) 



■r.J,** 



(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) tiy&m 
ye prosper, ye are successful 



2 -^ 



^ftt 



ye may be 
successful 

Cor. ye may fare well 
(Jkl'u that happily ye may 
thrive 



ace, \yl& ^ 



ye will never 
be successful 

Cor. ye will never fare well 
(Jid.) 



(Ap-der. m. plu.) 
blissful ones, successful 
ones 

ace. 






J U> | 



H\ 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) rii $li\ 
"^become separated 

< cleaving (n.) ^j^R 

to cleave, spilt, break 
meta. dawn, daybreak 

Say thou, I seek refuge with 
the Lord of the Day-break. 

tnisi] 

cleaver (acUpic.m.$i/tg) v $t 

Verily Allah is the Cleaver of 
the seed-grain and the 
date-stone. [6:95] 

491 



-w5U jjV jl C*£a J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjys ^^> j-o)^5 JjV^ a5cxa 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



G > 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



U L) J 



to pass, escape one (at the time 
of doing anything), to lose 

That you sorrow not for that 
which yc missed. (3:1531 

(or that hath escaped you) 
157:231 

(Cor.) And if any of your 
wives have gone from you 
unto the disbelievers. 

[60:11] 

escaping (v.n.) &'j> 
disparity, oversight vji. w". ojU : 



• E J <-* 



lit. host, group (1) (it.) 
(Cor.) crowd 

This ii a crowd rushing in 
alongwith you. [38:59] 
company, host <2) 

Whenever a (fresh) company 
(or host) is flung therein. 
[67:8] 
troop (3) 



to < 



U 






The Day whereon We shall 
gather from every comm- 
unity a troop. [27:83} 

492 



(w, r.) 



* is *«* 



< passing away 

to perish, cease to exist, waste 
away 

(the act. pick '^U of which 

gf is dropped, like 
jt for <y£ ) 

Everyone that is thereon 
will pass away. 

[55:26] 



$ 



(perf. hi. p. plu.) ii \£^| 
we madc-understand 

to make L*jjf -5J <- 

understand ** fr 

(^r) **9 J \5 frt f»f « 

to understand, comprehend 



So We made Sutaiman to 

understand it. [2 1.79] 



(*e. ¥.) 



* * j J 



(ptrf. 3 p.tn, sing.) 
<!ost, missed 



s& 



iAt 



amIo jjV jl C*io J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ < jjyi cr ^ j-o)^5 JjV^ a5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



> J J 



VOCABIHARY OF THE HOLY OJtI*AH 



GjJ 



to succeed .gain victory,. (1) 
achieve a goal 

(imptrf. Isr, p. sing.) ace 
I may achieve (my goal) 



ace, 
achievement, gain 



?4f 



US; 



(act. pk, m. pht.) ^yj\^\ 
successful ones 
triumphant (Pit.) 
achievers (Jid.) 

place of safety, n.pj. 
a place of refuge 
meta. security 

; jU, is a noun. 
Pattern for place or time, 
originated from jit '0 
'succeed* o^p. 'to parish'; 
thus ^jfc in place of 
succeeding. It signifies also 
deiert, wherein no person 
it afraid for~~iSgk.) 

Bethink not thou that they 
shall be in security from 
the torment. [3:188] 



w.v. 



J* J *-> 



(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) ii 
I confide 

to submit UaTji" ^J* yt <; 

to give full power to, to 
con fide to 



Jd 



< bands, groups 
(sing.) £ j* 



(w. v.) 



+ J J *-» 



( ptrf. 5 p.m. sing.) 
< ^boiled up 

(a) Esi j h$ 'A t 

to boil, boil over (pot), to 
gush forth 

Until when Our decree came 

and the oven bo i lied over. 

fl 1:40) 

(imperf. 3 p. f. sing.) 
~ boiles up 

<rush, haste (n.) 
the same root to gush forth 
meta. to run or do in haste 

They shall come unto you 
in this rush of theirs. 

[3*125] 

i "if JJ* Ot Ij^ meant 

they came in a headlong 
manner — ££.). 



-> 



& 






(w. ».) 



(>«/. 3 p. m. singJ) 
<*«won, succeeded 



35 

493 



-w5U jjV jl C*io JaImuO jj ultaiijA djALo^ ^3^-° '6^>° cr^ i>^'^5 JjV<i A^^a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J- J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OURAN 



tJ > 



* + J ^ 



t^ nam. iy 
f. **i like J* 



<his mouth {com.} ace. 
gen, 

act. 

and >1*>1 

Like one stretching out his 
palms to water that it may 
reach his mouth [13:14] 



* <i < mouths (n. p.) #lyl 






*lso tji And ^Li signifiy 
mouth 

And ye say with your mou- 
ths of which ye bad no 
knowledge. [24:15] 



* * * • 



(a preposition) 
in (place) (1) 

*j__ points to cause or 
•pace and time 

And as for those who will be 
glad (that day) they will 
be in the Garden.! 11:108] 

494 



ti 



I confide my affairs unto 
Allah. (40:44] 



(w. v.) 



* J J <-> 



< <■- recovered i», jfcl 

to recover ot»| Jti 

(from illness or D neons- 
ciousness} 

deferment (/».) ^ji 

/<(. a delay; properly the 
space of time between the 
opening and the closing 
of the hand in milking 

&$%&&$$&& 

And these wait but for one 
shout whereform there will 
be no deferment. [3 8: 1 5J 

over, above (a noun used Jji 
as a particle) 

over you *%i'j 
(for details see LL.) » ' 

From above (or from the sur- 
face of) the earth. [14:26] 



• f J 



garlic (n.) f J» 
(it has no verbal root) 



IU 



«-u5U jjV jl Oi-o J^Imuo jj uUai?^ djALo^ P5aXa <(jjj* ^-w o^'^3 JjV^ a&p*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



* J J 



VOCABULARY" OF TH» HOLY QJUHAN 



with (7) 

And the caravan with which 
we travelled. [ r 2:Hl] 

by the side of (8) 

Whereas the life of the 
world, by the side or the 
Hereafter, Is only a (pass- 
ing) enjoyment, {13:26] 

concerning (9) 

Allah hath pronounced for 
you concerning distant 
kindred (Pic.) [4:176] 



(w.&h.v.) 



G 



• f <s ^ 



(perf. 3 p. /. sing.) oA 
<; returned 

to return, change its place, 
shift (shadow) 



(per/. 3 p.m, phi.) 
they returned 

(imperf. 3 p.f sing.) 
i-— returns 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) h 
«C *■" gave (as spoils of war) 

$ << rij'-wl 

spoil of war, to give 
out of the spoils 

tie 






sfl 



a?- 



In (time) (2) 
In six days.[32:4] ^$&$ 

about (i) 

&&$ 

Is there doubt about Allah ? 
[14:10] 

among (4) 

(Allah) said : enter the Fire 
among the communities 
of ginn and mankind who 
have passed away before 
you, [7:38} 

into (4) 

* *i ' . *. t ' ""?*• 

And I breathed into him of 
My spirit. [15:29] 

on account of (5) 



They fought against you on 
account of the religion. 

respecting (6) 

m 



And verily those who differ 
respecting the Book are 
surely in cleavage wide. 

[2:176] 



495 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ djJLLo^ P5aXa <j->y) ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i raicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J Ij <J 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN 



* Ij J 






Had it not been for the grace 
of Allah ami His mercy 
unto you in the world and 
the Hereafter, an awful 
doom had overtaken you 
for that whereof ye mur- 
mured (Pic.) (or) ye have 
rushed. {Jid.) [24:14] 

fimperf. 2 p.m. plu.) iv 

ye are engaged 

When ye are engaged therein. 
[10:61] 

(perate. m, pfu.) iv \y^i\ 
hasten, hurry ft) 

Then fcurry (or hasten) from 
the place whence the other 
people hurried, [2:199] 

pour out (2) 

Pour on us some water. 

[7:501 



• J 



the elephant (n.) 



{imperf, 3 p.m. sing.) v 
turns himself 

Shadows thereof turn them- 
selves on the right and 
on the left. f 1 6:48] 



(w.v.) 



ft- j» rf fci 



(imperf. 3 p. f. sing,} j£jS 

< ^ove rflo wet h 

to abound, flow freely, over- 
flow 

Thou behold their eyes over- 
flow with tears. [5:83] 

(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) iv J*\t\ 

< <-*hurried 

to pour water (1) ^"hi *"tT 

to hasten (2) <**I J* } 



(2) 

(perf. 2 p.m. phi.) iv 
ye hurried (I) 
(to rush thoughtlessly or 
murmuring) 



P 



» •* 

*** 



Then when ye hurry from 
Arafat remember Allah. 
[2:198] 



496 



Ml 



s\aa£a jjV jl CjLo J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ a^^o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



MJ& 



to render ugly, 
to remove or reject as worth- 
less 



J W |J 



(per/. 2 p. m. sing.) iv 
< ^made to be buried 

cause to be buried, assign a 
grave to 

tomb, grave (n) 

tombs, grave* f«,^J 

< graves, n.p.p.t. 
places of burying 



a 






5tt! 



vim ( ^/ij) 

{imperf. fct. p. plu.) 

<[we may borrow (light) 



uT^* 



(a letter of the Arabic J 
alphabet) 

name of Surah (Chapter 50) 

^ J J seelj*(»?t4'^*)^ 
length, distance («) Ct^i 



-j j t» see 

(proper n.) 
Korah of the Bible (Jid.) 

A possessor of extraordinary 
wealth ; as is mentioned in 
in the H.Q. Korah (28:76) 
was a very rich man proud 
of his wealth that was 
sunk by the Almighty God. 






* C * * \ 



(pic. pac> m. phi.) ace {JOFJrf* 
hateful ones, loathsome ones 

to be ugly, vile 

497 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImuO jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ ^5^0 <j->ys ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J V «3 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QUBAN 



U" 



(imperf. J p.m. ptu.) j \ \ V 
they tighten (4) 

They tighten their hands (i.e., 
hypocrites who abstain 
from spending in the cause 
of the religion,} [9:671 

(imperf, 3p.f.plu. } Cr*f. 

they withdraw (5) 

Behold they not the birds 
above them, outstretching 
(their wings) and they 
(also) (them) withdraw. 

[67:191 

drawing (v.n.) ace. XfcS 
a handful in) ace. 



J - 



(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) jj* 
~ accepts 

to accept, admit, receive, 
agree to 

(perate. net- m - &K.) Ijii * 
(you) aceept not 

(3 p.m. ting.) pip. 3j* 
'—is accepted 

will not be accepted ^£*' S 

will be accepted pip. ace. '\£ 

*** •' 
will never be accepted ~L£ j) 

498 



to take a light from another 

(j>)W £& J** << 

to get a Light or knowledge 
from another 

Wait for us that we may bor- 
row (some) light of yours. 
[57:13] 



a burning stick, a brand in.) 
(of fire) 


5? 




• *> v 


J 


(per/ 
<1 seized 


. Jii. /J. Jin£.) 
(I) 


<j A t 


to seize and hold, grasp, to 
take with the finger tips. 
to take a pinch 




(perf. Iir p. ptu.) 
we drew (2) 


uii 


to draw 


3] - ^< 





Then We draw it towards us 
with an easy drawing. 

[25:46] 

M * 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ting.) J** 
scants (i) "' 

And Allah scanteth and am- 
lificth. (2:2451 



l\\ 



>^S>a jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj Olta^i>3^ djJLLo^ P5AAA <j->y) ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV<i r&5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J V J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J v J 



&6$SfcBS 



And the caravan with which 
we travelled hither. 

112:82] 

(peraie, m. sing.) 
draw nigh 

{act, pic, m. sing.) 
<. accepter 

from R. F, to accept 

acceptance fv.n) 






t>£ 



(Ap-dtr. m. plu. ir) QjLliu 
facing one another 



(Ap-der. m. sing.) x 
coming forward, over- 
peering {cloud) 

the direction or point fn) 
towards which one turns 
hi$ face {LL) 

Iq the religious usage it means 
the direction towards 
which one turns his face 
when laying his prayers 
and the qihks is thus the 
spiritual couture of * 
people. (En., Is.) 

&*. from the root ^Ji 

'to be before' is tha point 
in the direction of which 
acts of worship ought to 
be performed. (Jid.) 






And make your house a place 
of worship. [10:87] 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing,) v 
< -^accepted 






as R. F. i 



'■&&' 



m 



fimperf. 3 p.m. sing.) y 
^accepts 

'"-will never (neg.)acc. 
accept 

fj p. m. ling.) pp. 
'--was accepted 

(J p. m. sing.) pipjtas. J^ *A 
'--'was not accepted 

{imper/. /jr p. pAi.) -^Jj; 
we accept 

(peraie. m. sing.) *^jS 
may thou accept ! 

(pre/* 3 p.m. sing.) tv. -Uj 

< "-turned forward 

to turn W VU| $1 

forward, to draw near, 
come close to 55, to ad- 
vance towards, '^_ 
to, approach to come to ^ - 

And they will advance unto 
each other mutually ques- 
tioning. 152:25] 

the came up or drew near 

(perf. 3 p. m. pht.) I» J£ _ ijil 
they turned towards 

(perflst.P- ph.) it LJjft 
fCfiJ we travelled 

499 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5AAA <j->y) ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i ^=vo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J V J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J v a 



before, formerly (a noun 
denoting time ; sometimes 
denotes place as well). 

used as adverb, preposition, 

as possessor ( ^>Uu } 

to pronominals and also 
an accusative noun 

front : forepart (1) (n.) 

If bis shirt is rent in front, 
[12:26] 

facing, before eyes (2) 

And We had gathered toget- 
her about them everything 
before (their) eyes (or face 
to face— Jid.\ [6:111] 

(direction) (1) (it.) 
towards 

Virtue ts not (in this) that ye 
turn your faces towards 
the east and weat [2: 177] 

power (2) 

Go back to them, so We shall 

certainly come to them 

with hosts which they 

have no power to oppose. 

[27:37] 

500 






For Muslims &1 is not a 



3£ 



turning to a point of the 
compass, but to a definite 

place, that is, a-j5 or 

fl^-t £»litthe sacred 

Mosque at Makkah. 

Often We have seen the 
turning of thy face to 
the heaven, wherefore We 
shall assuredly cause thee 
turn thy face towards the 
sacred Mosque. [2:144] 



ace. 



{act. 2 pic. m. sing.) 
face to face (1} 



53 ng 



Or thou bringest God and 
the angels face to face, 

tribe (2) 

Verily he (Sateo) beholdcth 
you, he and hfi tribe. 

f 7:2 7] 

(sing) 4j < tribes n. p. -*ttyf 

And We have made you 
nations and tribes that ye 
might know one another. 
[49:13] 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ <j->3^ cr ^ (j-o)^3 JjV^ a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 






J *=> J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J V J 



Orr/". 2 p.m. ting.) 
thou hast slain 

I slew (per/, fff p. ting.) 

(perf. 3 p. m. pht.) 
they slew 

you slew (per/. 2 p t pht.) 
you slew them °{j*i5 
(an additional J is suffixed 
before a pronominal 4 

with no effect in the mean- 
ing) 



IjSS 
pi 






45 



$ 



*e slew frw/ 1st. p. pht.) 

(imperf. 3 p.m.sing. )acc. 
that he may kill 

(Imperf. 2p . m ,sing.)ju$s. 
whosoever kills 

(imperf. ht. p. sing.) Juts, 
~-I kill (let rae~) 

I surely shall till epi. 

(imperf. 3 p. m. phi.) 
they slay, kill 

(imperf tug. 3 p.f, pht.) 
they (f) should not kill 

(imperf 2 p.m. pht.) 
you slay 

Thereafter it is ye the very 
ones who slay each other. 
[2:85] 
(perate. neg. m. pht.) tjti" 1 
slay not or do not commit 
suicide 






(Due to requirement of the 
English contents /«/, and 
Pic. have rendered the 
noun *fr iu a verbal 

phrase as 'cannot resist' 
and 'withstand'.) 

front (3) 

The inside whereof hath 
mercy while the outside 
whereof is in front of the 
torment. (57:13] 



J & 



(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) juss. 
< They stint 

(jjljj»j* J* 

to be stingy, tight-fisted, nigg- 
ardly (to his own family) 

they were not ..£•„,', 
niggarely 'J-**, r 






dust, darkness (n.) 


<« — 


dust .darkness in.) 


BJSE 


niggardly ace. > jj-» 
(by nature) 




(Ap-der. m. sing.) Iv, 
straitened 


«n 



• Jo 



f/Wf/. 2 p,m, .ring.) 
slew (kilted) 



V 

501 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5AAA <j->y) ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



J « J 



www.kltabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OJU«AW 



J ^ o 



Perish man ! How ungrateful 

he is! [80; l 7] 



"yttt^iy^J 




And whosoever is slain 




wrongfully, [ 1 7:3 3] 




(J p.f. sing.) pp. 
she was slain 


oJcf 


fJ p. m. p!u.) pp. 


A*J 


they were slain 

(2 p. m. plu.) pp. 


Ye Were slain 


{ 1st p, plu.) pp. 




we were slain 




js slain (3 p, m, ting.) pip. 





f J p. m plu.) pip. j*Jh.' 
they are slain 

{imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ii j^i 

<they slay 

* • *" *■* 
generally as it. F. *)Ljj ^> 

According to linguists the 
stem it denotes something 
more than what the trilit- ,-« 
era) form docs. Thus while tP 

'W means to slay or 
kill, Jpt signifies to ma- 
ssacre er to kill in a sever- 
er manner. 

(imptrf. 1st. p. phi.} ti *\pLz 
we shall $Jay 



13 p. m. phi.) pp U 
they were slain 

502 






And slay not yourselves (or) 
do not commit suicide. 

[4:29] 

'*%-* I may be taken in 

a collective sense. The 
rendering in this caie would 
be 'and slay not one an- 
other* as in verse 2:8 5 
above). 

Ye stew them not but Allah 
slew them. [S; 171 

(perate. m. plu.) 
(o you people) slay ! M ^ 

slay yourselves f*~ *' 

(i,e., do not commit suicide) 

(for the historical background 

and the detailed meaning 

of the verse Jid-P. 2, n. 

224). 

( 3 p.m. sing.) pp. 
is slain (l) 

If he dieth or be slain (perish 
or may be he accursed). 
[3:1441 

Perish theconjecturers ! 

[51:10] 

Perish he ! How he devised t 
[74:19] 






8 



o + r 



am^a jjV jl C*dA JaImuO jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ ^5^0 <j->ys ^^> j-ol_^3 JjV<i a&zxjz 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J ^ 



VOCABULARY of THE HOLY OURAN 



J » J 



(perate. m. ting.) Hi 
(thou) light ! 

(you twain) fight! 

(perate, plu.) Hi 
(O you) fight ! 

f J £.m, J7&.) j7/j. //i 
they were fought 

(2 p. m. phi.} pp. Hi 
you were fought 



(3 p. m. pin.) pip. 
they are (being) fought 



& 

\» 

( />er/ 3 p.m. ling.) mi TfcS) 
<""fought 

vHi as m ^Itai 'Ji£^ 

to fight among themselves 

(perf. 3 p.m. pfuj viii l^bj] 
they fought (among them- 
selves) 

And had Allah so wiled they 
bad not fought among 
themselves. [2:253J 

{imperf. 3 p. m. dual) viii j ")&*' 
(the twain) fight each other, 
i.e., among themselves 

not apaimt common 
enemies 

**» 
killing, slaying (v.n.) «ti 

doing massacre v.n. fi ace. >i» 

fighting v.n. ii'i Otifl ,'t)t» 



stain ones (u. p.) Lai 



(3 p.m. phi.} ace. pip. it 
that they may be slain 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.} Hi 
< "-fought (I) 

m % }*$£:-$$ 

to fight, to combat, battle 

Haih fought with a number 
of godly men. [3:146] 

perish (may be (2) 
accursed) 

May Allah confound them, 
neither are they turning 
away, (9:30] 

(perf. 3 p. tn.pia.) Hi 
they fought 






\jfi 



They fought against you on 
account of religion. (60:9] 

{imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) Hi -J]£li 
«- fights 

(imper/. J p. /. i£HgJ m -^.U' 
(F) fights 

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu,) Hi ij*J* 
they fought 



that thtsy mayflght ace. 



Aws* 



0»T 



(imperf 2 p.m. plu.) Hi jjttfi 
ye fight 

( imperf. neg. 2 p. plu.) Hi l^^V 3 
ye wilt not fight 

503 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <j->y) ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i (aiss-us 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J O 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY qLJfcAM 



Of a surety, there hath come 
uiuo you from Allah a 
light and and book lumi- 
nous. [SA$] 

(2) it is also placed before 
imperfect to denote : 

(i) certainly of a thing, as 

Of surety he knoweth what 
ye are about. [24:64] 

(ii) frequency of a thing, as 

We have frequently observed 
the turning of thy face to- 
wards the heaven . [2:144] 



C 3 *• 



nom rJmi 



(r.T.) acci L-* ■ 
< striking 

(»»J ) Wjl» £M* r«Jui 
to strike fire 

And striking off fire by dash- 
ing (their) hoofs. [J 00:2] 



(tuatitt) 



a i O 



<*^ is rent 

504 



(3 p. f. sing.) pp jlJJ 



* * 



* * 



< cucumbers (n.) ?\*J 

no singular 



* f C u 



( ^er/, 3 p.m. sing.) viii 
<• — attempted 

to plunge, (,tj| jjfi 

rush, hurtle t • into SS) 

to break, intrude, invade, to 
burst, to jump, to embark 
boldly, to defy (hardship, 
danger) 

(Yet) he attempteth not the 
steep. [90:1] J 

(Ap-der. m. sing,) viii 
one who rushes 

* tt&btt < > 

This is a crowd rushing. 

[3S:59J 



f* 



.■r 



+ ¥ 



(a panicle) 
CI) it is a confirmatory parti- 
cle, placed before perfect 
tense to make the verb 
definitely past perfect. 



o- 1 



sw&o jjV jl C j i n J.o.i.t tm jj uU^^o d^Lo^ P5^° £ lH^° ^ jr^'-Hi J^V^ Aicu 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THK HOLY QURAN 



J J 



(per/, p. m. phi.) IjjJkJ 
they estimated 

And they estimated not Allah 
with an estimation due to 
Him. {6:91] 

(per/. 1st. p. phi.) V Jjlj 
we decreed 

So We decreed. How ex- 
cel lent are We as decrcers ! 
(//J.) thus We arranged. 
How excellent is Our 
arranging 1 (Pie.) [77:23J 

(3 p.m. sing.) pp jj_J 
was decresd (I) 

So that the water met Tor an 
affair already decreed. 

[54:12] 

is straitened (2) 

And whosoever is straitened 
in his subsistence {provi- 
sion, means of life) let him 
expend or that which Allah 
hath given him. (65:7J 

* I- 

(imperf. 3 p,m, sing.} J- 1 -* 

■Otraitens 

or measures, limits opp, 
U^ 'T enlarges, extends 
(see above the first mean- 
ing of this verb) 

0*0 



to cut or tear (lengthwise) 
into strips 

she rent (per/. 3p,f. sing.) 



- s * 



*a 



<di verse («) ace Tjji 



(jhw) »jJ strip of board, 
company of diverse 



We have been (following) 
very diverse. [72; J 1] 



c 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) 
< —straitened 

(c^)TjLS jji" jil (I) 

to straiten (the provision or 
other means), to restrict, 
determine the quantity, ex- 
tent, size of a thing, to 
measure 

«jUi«J IjJLJ jJU jj>(2) 
to have power /t -{,>) 
over 

to (,>) TjU £J a) 

estimate evaluate SS 

to decree in just measure (4) 
and with due propertion) 

But whenever He tricth him 

(as) He straiteneth his 
means (of life). [89: 1 6J 



505 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj Olta^i>3^ djJLLo^ P5aaA <j->ys ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



-» 3 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J *> J 



And he imagined that We 
could not have power on 
him. £21:871 

(lit, we will not have power 
on him,) 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) ii 
<»— measured (1) 
(ordained) 

I 






to measure ordain a 






4*'jx* 



devise, dispose, decree {as 
R. F ), to apportion 

And He measured therein its 
substenance in four days 
(or He ordained). [41:10] 

to devise (2) 

Perish he, how (maliciously) 
he devised. [74:201 

to dispose (3) 

And who hath disposed and 
guided? [8 7:3] 

to measure (4) 

And who hath created every- 
thing and measured it 
according to a measure- 
ment? [25:2 j 

506 



Allah enlargeth the provision 
for whosoever He willeih 
and strainteth, (for whoso- 
ever He willeth). [13:26] 

(«ealso 17:30, 30:17, 2 4: 
16, 29:52, 28:82) 

has power over (3) 

Allah propoundeth a simili- 
tude, (there is a) bond- 
man enslaved who hath 
not power over aught. 

[16:75] 

he will never have jJ-* ^ 
power over 

r*J 5- 

(imperf, 3 p.m. plu.) UJJ^ - * 

they have power over 

they have no (teg.) iijjJ* * 
power over 

i " - V* 

(imperf. 2p.rn.phi.) (f.d.) * J J J-* 

<ye have power 

to have power Jp - >*-* 

Save those who repent before 

ye have power over them. 

[5:34] 

(see also 48:21) 

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) jJ-£ 
we have power over 



(«<?£.)-- ^ 



o-T 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5AAA <j->y) ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY CUBAN 



measure (2) 

Allah hath set a measure for 
all things. [65:3] 

power (3) 

Verily We have sent it (i.e., 
the Quran) down on the 
night of power. I»7:L] 

I.e., when the Prophet recei- 
ved his first relvel&tion- 

( jju-i is power, honour, 
glory and also decree and 
destiny) 

measure { I ) (i) 

And We send it not down 

save in a measure known. 

[15:21] 

(see for the same meaning 
23: 18, 54:49 and 13:17 

ordained (2) 

Then thou earnest at the or- 
dained (time), O Musa. 

[20:40] 

(acco rd i ng to fate j i-J ^£ ) 
(Jid.) 

< limit (3) 
lit : measure, but CR 

Till a limit known. [77:22[ 
o-v 



(per/, hi. p. ph.) ii £JX* 
we decreed (4) 

£^i^lfe'££tyj 

Except his wife, of whom We 
had decreed that she 
should be of those who 
stay behind. 115:60] 

(Also see 36:39 fur the same 
meaning i.e., decree) 
to apportion (5) 

And We apportioned the 
journey therein. \Jid. & 
Pic. havt rendered : We 
made easy) [34; 18] 

(per/, 3 p.m. plu.) it ljjjj 
they measured 

(Bright as) gla« (made) of 
silver which they (them- 
selves) have measured to 
the measure, [76:16] 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ring.) ii JJ-* 
'— measures 

And Allah mcasureth the 
nightand the day [73:20] 

(perate. m. sing.) 
(thou) measure ! 

estimation (1) (n) 

And they estimated Allah not 
in ftn estimation due to 
Him. [6:91] 

507 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ djALo^ P5>£a <-0*j& cr ^ (j-o)^3 JjV<i ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



W" ** o 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QUFAN 



d impost ion (!) *.n.) n' ^ 

That is the disposition of the 
Mighty and Knowing. 

[6:1)6] 


±2 


destiny (4) 

And the ordinance of Allah 
hath been a destiny desti- 
ned. 133:381 


the measure (2) 




means (5) 


CcLMjtijjji 




U0®s$&&$ 



They have measured to the 
measure. [76:16] 

(pic. pec. m. sing.) jjj^a* 
destined (one) 

(due) measure, (n.f.) j^JUu 
measurement 

(Ap-der. m. sing.} vtif jaJm 
powerful 

{Ap-der, m. pin.) viii ^jjj^jut 
Powerful One (i.e., God) 



J*- 



(imperf. 1st p. ptu.) ii J>-*« 

we sanctify 

to sanctify. J - WJt ^Xi < 

glorify, extol the holiness, 
to hallow (Aid.) 

(il)LaJ J-Zi' J.IS « 

to be pure, holy 

> J* i 
holy (n.) ^jjl 

Holy Spirit ^jjW £JJ 

And We aided him (to) with 
the Holy Spirit, [2:87] 
508 



5.6 



r • * i- 
«f i- 



The wealthy according to his 
means, and the straitened, 
according to his means. 

[2:236] 

< cauldrons («./>) jJJJ 

<abfe, potent, one who hath 
control of~ 

to have power Le. _ jji 

(act. pic. plu.) I 
< controllers, ables < 

(«'"?-) "it 

foci. 2 pic. at. plu.) 
potent 

( jjS and jXJ may sig- 
nify the same possessing 
power or ability but *} jj 
has an intensive significa- 
tion, and signifies he who 
docs ivhdt he Mill, accord- 
ing to what wi dom requi- 
res, not more nor less, and 
therefore this epithet is 
applied to none but God 
{LI 

0-A 



J. 



JLi 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj uUa^>3^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <ijjy3 £— ** 6r^'^3 J^V^ ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f *» J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



U» J J 



fimperf. $ p.m. sing.) 
<C'-wCQmes forward 

to come forward, to head a 
people 

CR : he shall head U„ he 
shall come forward 

He shall head his people on 
the Day of Resurrection. 
[U;9S] 

( per/. 3 p.m. sing.) it 
<**- brought (1) 

to bring, J _ ft" tcxif fli 

to send before, prepare 
beforehand 









They said (C/?. will say): our 
Lord I whosoever hath 
brought this upon us, unto 
him increase doubly the 
torment of the Fire. 

[38:61) 



<"*-'sent on (2) 



«< 



fom^t&m- 



w* 



To man will be declared on 
that day that which he 
hath sent on and left be- 
hind. [75:131 

(pe/f. 3p.f. sing.) ft' aJijj 



'sent on before 



I.e., the angel Gabriel who 
attended on the Prophet 
Isa (Jesus), peace be upon 
him, 

(Note; this holy spirit of 
Islam has nothing to do 
with the Holy Ghost of 
Christianity, who is the 
third person of the Blessed 
Trinity), 

{set also f* J J) 

holy (it.) £>ji 
above, and opposed to all evil; 
replete with positive good 

holy (pis pic. m. sing. )ti ,j*jiU 
as adjective of »\j valley 

(pis. pic. f. sing.) U \ - f^n 

holy """ '"""'"' 

■A* 

(as adjective of ^fj%\ , that 

tsfamJnine in Arabic ) 



c 



> 01 



< we came (per/. 1st p. phi.) t* j 

{^)UU* J UjJLJ fJU. fOJ 
to come, return, to come 
back from, to advance 

CR: we shall come, shall turn, 
shall set upon 

And We shall set upon that 
which they worked. 

[25:23] 



0^ 



509 



svC&o jjV jl C*Ao JaIma jj Olf-5^5^ Sj&jji$ £,>££ <-oijA cr^ 6r^'^3 J^V^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



•* J 



VOCABULARY OF TUB HOLY IMURAN 



Be not forward in the pre- 
sence of Allah and His 
messenger. £49:1 J 

(i.e.,) do not persume to give 
your advice in any matter 
before the Prophet asks 
you to do so) 

ye offer (2) 

Fear ye to offer alms before 
your conference? (or whi- 
spering) [58:13) 

Offer. ! (perale HI. plu.) \°££j 

provide beforehand 
to put beforehand J „ fJLi < 



And provide beforehand for 
your souls. [2:223] 

-• w 

( perf. 3 p.m. ibtg.) it f J-* 

< "•'preceded (1) 

to advance r. Wi-lt fxJif 
(reflexive of Ji) 

That Allah may forgive thee 
that which hath preceded 
of thy fault and that which 
may come later. [48:2] 

510 



{ perf. 1st. p. sing.) si <M1 1 
I sent before ( 1 ) 



He will say. would that I had 
sent before for (this) life 
of mine, (89:24] 

I proffered (2) 

to proffer 3} - f £i < 






w**t 



(He said) I have already pro- 
ffered unto you the warn- 
ing. [50:28[ 

(perf. 3 p. m. phi.) ii 
they sent before 

(perf. 2 p.m, phi.) it V^J» 

ye have laid up 
beforehand 

to put J - fli < 

beforehand, to bring up 



They (years) will devour that 
which ye have laid up be- 
fore hand. [12:48] 

to bring up 

It it ye who have brought 
this upon us. [38:60] 

oecf.d. 1-Mt3f 
{tmperf. 2 p.m, phi.) 
ye send forth ( 1 ) 

to come forward (2) 

{peraU neg. m. ph.) 
do not be forward 



Z13H 



t\ 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <j->y) ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAH 



J a 



to follow, W UlJl ^JjSl 

to imitate, copy (of deeds) V - 

%t) ljjj jju* ijj << 

to taste or smell agreeably 

&&% 

So follow thou their guid- 
ance. [6:9CJ 

Note, the final » of ljj£\ 

h a pronoun pointing to 

the verbal noun </jl* < but 

some commentators took 

this ( • ha) as <^3 •£ 

or t-j* j!l *U which 

denotes a full stop), (/m/. 
Zr. /A.) 

(Ap-der. m. plu.) viii .jj j , ~jj .* 
followers 



•i Gift 



And we fire followers on their 
footsteps. [43:23] 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) 
<<^ca*t (1) 

to throw (stone) etc., fling, 
vomit, row (a boat) to hurl, 
throw with violence, to 
throw down, overthrow 

And cast into their hearts 
terror. [33:26) 

on 



Oii 



go forward (2) 

( fmperf. 3p,m. sing,) t 
< ^goes forward 

(reflexive of rt) 

to keep oneself forward 

Whosoever of you, who shall 
go forward or {who) keep- 
rth himself behind. 

[74:37] 

(impeif. 3 p.m. plu.) x 
<they go in advance 

to seek to get in advance 



fi& 






(imptrf. 2 p.m. plu.) x jyj '*** 
ye anticipate 



a foot (a) 

meta. sure footing. Oi*+s& 
[10:2] 



f 



JLJ 



the feet (* p.} -1\^| 



f 1 



old (act. 2 pic.) 
olden times " 



5jIjl> 






old ones (eletire plu) 

ace. x qj»JUtill 
{Ap-der. m. plu.) 
those who have gone before 



J * t» 



(peratt. m. sing.) vlii 
< follow 



„ • 



Si 
511 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5AAA <j->ys ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY Or THE HOLY iJUEAN 



J o 



(A.*.) 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) \~f 

^read 

to read (O * <->) VT^i j 

a written thing, to Tecite 
with or without having 
script 

And he had read it unto 

them even they would not 

have been believers therein. 

[26:199] 

■ 

(perf. 2 p.m. ting.) ^-J 
thou read 

* 

(perf. ht. p. plu.) 1*1^ 
we recite, we read 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) jj j-j; 
they read 

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) {el.) 
that thou cnayst recite/read 

(imperf. 1st. p. pip,) 
we read 

(perate. m. sing.) 
read ! (1) 

Read thine book. &£&\£\ 
[17:14] 

recite ! (2) 

Recite in the name of Thy 
Lord. [96:1] 

512 






(perf. 1st. p. plu.) UJJ 
we threw (2) 

But we were laden with bur- 
thens or the people's orna- 
ments, then we thr^w 
them. [20:8 7] 

(imperf. J p.m. sing.) t>jjfc 
^-'hurls (3) 

Say thou, verily my Lord 
hurlcth the truth. 134:48] 

me/a. to utter (4) 

conjectures (i.e., throw words 
without having a know- 
ledge) 

s *■? . J- 
(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) OjfJ* 

meffl. They utter conjecture 

''It "i--" 

They utter conjecture about 
the unseen. [34:5 3] 

(imperf.fst.p.m, plu.) <^>jji 

we hurl 

* 
(perate. f. sing.) *jjj\ 

cast (thou /.) ! 

(Saying) cast him in the ark, 
[20:39] 

(3 p.m. plu.) pip 5j»ii* 
they are darted at 

And they are darted at from 
every side. [37:8] 



sw&a jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ Sj&jji$ P,5^° 'C^.y 3 cr 1 * 1 6r^'^3 J^V^ a&*z>uz 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J "J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



I 



J J 



meia. prayer (3) 

The recitation (i.e. prayer) 
at the dawn is ever borne 
witness to. [[7:78] 

{The word jT^i in the 

text meani prayer, because 
it comprises recitation of 
the words of the Quran 
(ZX.) also see ZR. IK. 
Bed,). 



U 



J J 



(or) (a.) .j_^ 



a menstruation, 

a stale of purity from ihc 
menstrual discharge Uhu 
word has two contrary 
meanings). 



1'* - 



(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) J.d. ^J.j* 
they approach 
1 .* j rf- --*f - * -** - 4 

to be near to, to approach, to 
be near in relationship, to 
offer 

they shall not approach tajST *J 

(perate neg. m. dual.) «jiT J 

fO ye two) approach not ! 

• -* ■ c i 
(ptratt. rteg. m. pfo.) 1> j* ' 

approach (ye) not !{ I) 



(perate. m. plu.) 'jl^-il 
read (I) 

Read My book. (69:19) 
recite (2) 

Recite thereof so much is 
easy. f73:20] 

(3 p.m. sing.) pp. 



<^^is recited 

{imperf. hi. p. pht.) iv 
we make read or recite 

We shall enable thee to recite 
and then thou shall not 
forget. [S7:6J 



Si 



* if 

4j? 



v.n. ace. 
reading, reciting, ( I ) 
recitation 



*tf/Stf 



Verily upon Us is the collec- 
ting thereof. 175:17] 

Wherefore when We recite it 
follow thou the reciting 
thereof. 175:18) 

(2) (prop, n,) £Tjgj 
The Holy Qur*an 

The Compassionate Halh 
taught the Quran. 

[55:12] 

513 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Oltsui)^ djJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



V J J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QUKAN 



V J J 



The Hour may haply be nigh. 
[42:17] 

kinship (a. tlathv /.) ^yji 

Say thou ; I ask of you no 
hire therefor save affection 
in respect of kinship. 

[42:231 



an approach (it.) 
(a mean by which an appro- 
ach n sought) 

< approaches (n. p.) 
(Sing.) 4>J 

relationship, kinship (n) f 

sacrifice \ 

(as offer made for God) ace. 

(perf. i p. m. ting.) ii 
< ~ brought nigh (1) 

to bring near,!/ LjSf *j^i 

approach, persent, to make 
an offering to God 

And he got it nigh to them 
(before them and) said, 
where for eat ye not 7 

[51:27] 

to offer (2) 

(per/. 2 p.m. dual.) It 
(the twain) offered 

514 



*--.* 
*> 






«3 



W 



me to. to have (2) 
a sexual relationship 

And go not in unto them till 
they are purified (I.e. from 
menstruation). [2:222) 



ye approach (com,) 
me not 






*«* 



(9 



<$+«9fl) 



more nigh (e/drtue,) £>j?l 

tligher unto jl(j)J- 

nigher in relation- U-j <->>! 
ship or affection. 

nigher in affection isj» w^M 



kins 



(ehiiie m. pfa.) 



relatives ace. 




(act. 2 pk. m. sing.) 
near, (nigh) 

ace. 

And when My bondmen ask 
thee regarding Mc, then 
verily I am nigh, [2: 1 86] 

(The word w _/ is formed 
for masculine"; the form 
^ ilT/ ) has not occu- 
red in the Quran. 

Verily the mercy of AUah is 
nigh unto the well-doers. 
[7:56] 



6U 



am^ jjV jl CjLo JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ £j£a£5 £.3^-° 'CHJ- cr 1 * 1 6r^'^3 J^V^ a£^o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J U 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



V J J 



those who bro ugh t n igh f j y "Jl \ 



• C J «* 



wound f>. n.) C^ C- 1 * 

<.metu- hurt, sore, blow 



to 



wound (*-*) ^^ C-^C-^ 





• » J 


J 


<; 
{sing.) 


ipes (ji, p.) f 
< 

I 


*i — 


(assim.) 


* J J 


J 


(imperf. 3 p 
'^-become <x 

to be or (<■ 

become c> 


f. sing.) ace. 
ol 





That she might cool her eye?- 

and she might not grieve. 

[20:40] 

■ s 
cool (eye) Hperatef. sing.) j*f 

So eat and drink thou (f.) 
and cooJ thine eyes. (19:261 

(peratt. m, plu.) t)"^ 
<(o ye ladies) itay! 

6\6 



When they (twain) offered an 
offering. [5:27) 

to get SS nigh (3) 

(per/. 1st p, piv.) ii 
we drew nigh 

And We drew him nigh for 
whispering. [19:52] 

(imperf. 3 p. f. ting.) 
draweth nigh 









And it is not your riches nor 
your children that shall 
draw you nigh unto Us, 
with a near approach 

[34:37) 
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) fd. \>j^_ 
tn order that they maybring 
nigh 

J&fc &$$&&{*$$£> 

We worship them not save 
in order that may bring 
us nigh unto God in appr- 
oach. [39:3] 

( perf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii CfjS\ 
< hath /come nigh 

as ft R i(J\ ^-Ji\ 

(perf. 3 p. f. sing.) via 
hath (have) come nigh 



(peratt. m. liitg.) WW 
be nearer ! 



SIS 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ djJLLo^ P5aXa <<JJJA ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J J 



an abode (3) 

And We sheltered the twain 
on a height ; a quiet abode 
and springs, [23:50] 

Abode of rest, ^5i\j\i 
[40:39] 

refreshment (of eye*) (n.) 
or coolness 



'J 



M'>$&&£ 



(He will be) coolness of eye 
unto me and thee. [28:9] 

(Translators of the H. Q. tend 

■■«-.' 

to render the word ; J 

by refreshment, comfort 
etc, to avoid the word 
coolness which is not 
understandable to the 
West where eye is warmed 
in order to get comfort.) 

< glass (n. p.) 

(Bright as) glass made of 
silver. [76; Id] 



'*& 



(per/. 2 p.m. phi.) (V 
<ye ratified (I) 

sec. iv. \j\j\"_/\ 



to ratify JJe - 

to agree, to affirm willingly 
and expressly, to cause to 
remain, settle 

516 






to stay permanently, be fixed 
in a place, rest quietly in, 
dwell in 

And stay in your houses, 

[33:331 

Note : According to tome 
commentators j^ 
is derived from the root 
j U J tnat means, to be 
serious, respected, j, t., slay- 
ing with respected manners 
QidX 

And stay in your houses. 
And display not yourselves 
with the display of the 
pagan past. [33:33] 

vm. ace. ijl^ t jfljpl ' J" 

stability (1) 

Unrooted from \ipo& the 
earth, aid there is for it 
no stability. [14,26] 

n resting place (2 J 

Thereafter We made him of 
a sperm in a firm resting 
pJace. [23:131 

(also see 40:64, 3*. 60) 



s\aa£a jjV jl C*Ao JaImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5>£a <(3^>3-° cr 1 * 1 L>i£LHi J^V^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QJUAAN 



J J J 



Then If ii stands in its place 
then thou will see Me. 

[7:143] 

( Ap-der. m. sing.) x 
that which remains firmly 
fixed or confirmed, goal, 
lasting place 

an end or goal ( I ) 

And (hey belied and they 
followed their lusts, and 
every affair (will come to 
(its) end for goal). 

[54.3] 

lasting, settled (2) 

And assuredly there met 
them early in the morning 
a torment lasting [or sett- 
led). [54:38] 

settled (or) placed (3) 

Then when he saw it placed 
(or settled) before him. 

[27:40] 



«-.-■* 



{act, pic, m. ting.) x 
resting place (1) 

And for you on the earth 
(shall be) a resting place 
and enjoyment, for a dura- 
tion, (or season — (Jid.) 
[2:36] 



1--' 



*J 



Then ye ratified (our cove- 
nant) and ye were witness- 
es. [2:84) 

(Note : The verb Qjj^tf 

is translated here as a 
noun) 

to agree (2) 

we agree (per/. 1st p. plu.) 

He said: Do ye agree and will 
ye take up My burden in 
this (matter). They said : 
We agree. [3:81] 

(Note : The perfect tense 
has been rendered in 
these verses as if it were 
imperfect tense.) 

to cause to remain (3) 
or settle 

fimperf. 1st p. ptu.} it 
we cause to remain 

And We cause to remain (or 
We settle) in the wombs 
(hat We will, an appoin- 
ted time. [22:5} 

-C^kcpt remained x 
stood firmly 






~j&\ 



to stand x. Tjljfc^l y£\ 
by itself without a support 



517 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^LmA jj uUa^)^ SjJLLo^ P5AAA <j->3^) ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



U* «* / 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLV QURAN 



J J 



to cut, grow, nibble, turn 

aside from 
CR. passes , leaves 

And when it setteth/passeth 
(passing or leaving) them 
by on the left. {18; 17] 

(perf. 1 p. m. pht.) iv I}>^1 
<they lent 

to lend iv. WjiJ Jv* 

to cut a portion of one's 
wealth and give someone 
in order to take it back - 

(ptrf. 2 p. m. phi.) iv Jc*.^' 
ye lent 

(imperf. 3 p. m. ting.) iv J*£. 



~ lends 

f.SMCC. IV 

(imperf.2p.m. plu.) 
that ye may lend 






(peraie. m, pht.) iv |^> \] 
(you) lend ! 

loan %*'j ace. Lrj? 



w A j 



a parchment (n.) j*"*jr, 
A'r. what one writes upon 

parchments in. p.) (\£MjP 
518 



a set time (2) 

For every anounccment is a 
set-time. [6:67] 

abode meta. womb (3) 

And it is He who hath pro- 
duced you from one per- 
son, and thenceforth (there 
is) a abode and repository. 
[6:98] 

( j£*^ means here 'womb' 

and £>-2 loins) (t.K.) 

appointed term (4) 



And the sun runneth to its 
appointed term. 136:38] 

the recourse (5) 

Unto thy Lord that Day is 
the recourse. [75:12| 

abode (6> 

Fellows of the Grade n shall 
be on that Djv in a good- 
ly abode. 12 5:24] 



r 



J* j 



.-^ cuts 



(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) Zf*ji 



o\A 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <j->ys ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



O j o 



VOCABOLAJlY OF TH* KOLV QURAW 



t;J 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) viii <*jjif 
earns ***' * ;**»" 

And whosoever earned a good 
deed, [42:23] 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) viii Ojl>*' 
they earn 

They will be awarded that 

which they used to tarn. 

[6:120] 

(/.del.) vtH t£jaj_ 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) 
they may earn (or) they may 
fabricate, perpetrate 
(crime) 

(Ap-der. m. phi.) viii Ctj/hJ** 
those who earn, those who 
fabricate, or perpetrate 
(crime) 



I * t- 



And that they may earn what 
they are earning (or let 
them fabricate that which 
are they fabricates there- 
of.) [6:113] 



<J j <J 



J J a J«?e OJ 

I." %» *- 

< generations (n.) V * ^J* 

lit. a century (time period) 

< generations i/i. p.) jjy 

(sing) ^'J 



(act. pie. f sing) iijft 
< adversity (l) 

to knock, strike 

And an adversity ceaseth not 
to befall those who dis- 
believe, for that they did. 
[13:31] 

striking (day) (2) 

They (tribes of Thamud and 
Aad) belied the striking 
(Day). [69:4J 

The striking, what is the stri- 
king and what shall make 
thee know what the stri- 
king is ? [10 (: 1,2,3] 



* ^ J J 



J. -» 

<ye gained (1) viii |««*j*l 
(earned, acquired) 

via \vjj\ cy$\ 

to fabricate, to earn, gain, 
to perpetrate (a crime) 

And the riches ye have ear- 
ned. [9:24] 

519 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ Sj&jJi$ P,5^° L C>iJ A cr^ Oi^JiS J^^ ^^^ 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J ^ J 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY OUHAH 



O J 



to lead two f¥. %\j\ Jjft 
captives by one rope, to 
have power over or con- 
trol over them 

H Allowed be He who hath 
subjected this unto us and 
we were not capable (fit of 
subduing) for it [43:1 3 J 

{Ap-der. m. ph.) ace. via 
< accompanying ones 

to be riU tt$ 5^*1 
joined, accompanied 

Nor angles come witn nim 
accompanying. f43:53] 






<5 j J 






town, township (a.) 
< towns ( cities {it. p.) 

{sing) y? 

(see ^ for J Jj ^ ) 

the iwo cities {dual n.) AcJ'jft 
{Le.. Mekka & Taif (/*} s^" 1- ^ 



J J u- * 



a lion {n) Ij^i 

though the word ij>-J 

signifies a lion, some com' 
menUtors took it as deri- 
520 



{act. 2 pic. m. sing. ) C/J j tfjft 
<mate, comrade 

to join one thing to another, 
or be together 

companion ace. \^j 

<L mates, comrades, in. p.) *\~J 
companions 

(sing.) "a.J 

//(: two-horned $'j& J* 

N o te: Accord ing to a m ajerity 
of the commentators, it is 
surname of Alexander the 
Great: so named from his 
expeditions to the East and 
the West, He was actually 
represented on his coins 
with two horns. Horn in 
the Bible is a symbol of 
strength and is frequently 
mentioned to signify power 
an glory. (Jid.<CD.P.\6. 
n. 422} 

ace. (pis. pic. m. phi.) ii 
< bound together 

to gain ii l?j*» 4 j* J J 
serve ra I things together 

And thou will see the guilty 
or that Day bound toget- 
her in fetters, fl 4:49} 






{Ap-der. m. plu,) Iv 
leaders and controllers- 
over animals used for rid- 
ing 



'*■ -* 



• T. 



>^S>a jjV jl C*Ao JaImA jj ultaii^ djJLLo^ P$J*A <j->3^ ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



fir J 



VOCABULARY OF THt HOLY QURAN 



<-r u- J 



* * + * 



balance ^r^*^ 

And weigh with the right 
balance. [26:182] 



* f ^ ** 



^ per/, /.ti. p/wj 
<C we apportioned 






(^)ts 



to apportion, to divide, dist- 
ribute 

(imperf. 3 p. fit. ph.} u»m4» 
they apportion 



As if they who apportion 
their Lord's mercy ! We 
have apportioned among 
them their livelihood. 

[43:32] 

( per/. 3 p.m. sing) Hi 
■-vswore unto 

to swear unw 

And he swore unto them 
both, verily I am unto you 
of (your) good counsel- 
lors. [7:21] 

or \ 



P 



ved from ^i i.e., to do 

something against one's 
will 



+ u- 



divines (mp.) tfc-i-i 
Christian priests who were re- 
garded as custodians of re- 
ligion (at the Prophet time). 



r 



• * 



^ o 



] 



(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) iv. fA Ijlk-* 
<that ye may deal justly 

to act or deal justly 

to act justly /unjustly (contra- 
ry meanings) 

And if ye fear that ye may 
not deal justly. [4r3] 



fperate m. plu.) it 
act justly 

(act. pic. m. plu.) 
thou who act unjustly 

«e above R.F. 



ijM 



, * 



j^UI 



justice (en.) j.'.fl 

more equitable {dative) Vij' 

(^-^r, m. pluJacc, w' ^,L a l 
the equitable """ 

521 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5>£a <j->y) ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV<i aS^uz 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f o- ii 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OJURAN 



f ur \3 



(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) vi 'jf l* 
<they swear one to another 



to swear vi \tr\jc hU' 
one to another 

(/</.) act. Jf 1^ 
fimperf. 2 p.m. pluJ) 
ye seek & division 

to leek jr LLfcJ 
division 

And that ye seek a division 
by means of the (divining) 
arrows. [5:3] 

oath (ji) 

a division , (/>) 
a divided thing 

And declare thou unto them 
that water is a divided 
(thing) between (hem. 

[54:28] 

division (2) 

That, indeed, is a division 
unfair. [53:22] 

(time of apportioning) 
lit. division 



P 



u^n 



And when kinsfolk and or- 
phans and the needy are 
present at the division 
(time of apportioning the 
heritage) [4:8] 

522 



(per/. 3 p.m.plu.) iv 
<they swore 

to iwear \,\J\ 1_»1 

(perf, 2 p.m. ph.) iv 
ye sware 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv 
'■swears 
'■—-will swear 

(imperf. 3 p.m. dual) iv 

the twain swear 

(the twain shall swear) 

(imperf. lit. p. ling.) 
I swear 

No ! [ swear by the setting 
of the stars. (56:75] 

Note : l-i\ V does not 
convey a negative meaning. 
J n accordance with a curi- 
ous idiom of the language, 
whereby an oath or exec- 
ration seems to be regarded 
as a virtual negation, the 
negative particle a may 

be omitted in denial by 
oath, and, on the contrary, 
bj inserted in affirmation 
(WAGL. II; p. 305 US). 
V is an additional particle 
to emphasise the meaning 
of oath and not for nega- 
tive (Zr.). 

(perate. neg. m. phi.) \ 
'-swear not ! 



i£fl 






* :* 



'A 



OTT 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultai 1 ^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa (j^y* cr > # |j-o)^5 JjV<i ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



-» u° 6 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY DU» AN 



* i U-* J 



l^Jl 



(perale. m. sing,) 

<Cbe modest 

»• ( . \ i* ' ' ' I~ -- T 
4 - I. ^ ' ' J-o JU**_ -LdJ 

to aJop a middle course 

to go or proceed £)J _ 

straightaway 

to aim at, to intend 

And be modest in thy bearing 
(i.e., neither be fast nor 
too slow in the walking) ; 
(to adop the the golden 
mean "is the theme of this 
verse). [31:19] 

the right way, (v.n.) 
direction 

And upon Allah is the direc- 
tion of the way. [46:9] 

(act. pic, m, sing.) ace, 
moderate 

(a moderate journey Ijl»Ii fyta ) 

(Ap-der. m. sing.) viii 
a keeper of the middle 
course 



H.C 



Then when he delivereth 
them on the land, some of 
them keep to the middle 
course. [51:32] 



W .J •- 

( ywc, pac, m, i/flg.> * j_i, 
a divided (one), (assigned) 

<4>-dlw. / pht.) ii o^Sl 

< distributors 

to distribute ii t.vV "^1 

And (the angels) who distri- 
bute the affairs, [5L4] 

(Ap-der. m. plu.) ace. viii J^JJLI 

< "-dividers 

as RF UUJ\ p-Jl 
to divide 



(iv.i'.J 



"—hardened 

/. \*'.' -*-r - --*!■" rr 

\ o) *j— > J 'JU j—* ' — a 
to be hard, unyielding 

(act. pic m. sing.) C»U!1 
hard, hardened (one) 



it- 1- 



hardness (v.n.) # j_i 



P L> U 



(grwJrtij 
fimperf. 3 p. f. sing.) 
<~ trembles 

(quard.) vi \j\'j*i*\ >JJl 

to become creep (with 
terror), to shudder, shiver 
(with fear), to tremble 



523 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5AAA <ijjy3 £— ** 6r^'^3 J^V^ ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J* ^ J 



VOCABULARY Of TH» HOLY QURAN 



J J* J 



< those modest ^^Jl oll*U 
women who restrain their 
eyes from looking at any 
one save their husbands. 

the sea tense is possessed 
by its own object. 

(pic, pac. f. plu.) o! jijrili* 
confined (women) 

Fair ones confined in tents. 
[55:72] 

iAp-dex. m, plu,) ace. ii %££$* 
those who cut short (hair) ** 



(assim) v. 



• ^ U* 



(per/. 3 p. m. sing.) 
< -w recounted 

( j) Uli ^» J«» 

(1) to impart, communica- 
ted, tell, narrate, recount 
(a story) 

(2) to follow one's track 

Then, when he came and re* 
counted unto him the 
(whole) story. [2B:251 

(ptrf. tit p. ph.) 
we have recounted 
524 



> 



(Ap-der.f. sing.) viii I 
a keeper of the middle 
course (right-doing one) 

Among them is a community 
right-doing (of the follo- 
wers of middle course, 
who are not extremists.) 
[5:66] 



O* t> 



ace. f. d. 1 j j-m.' 
(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) 
<Tye shorten 

to shorten, 
to cut short 



That ye shorten the prayer. 
[4:101] 

(imperf. 3 p.m. pkt.) fa J j J 
they stop short 

And their brethren drag 
them on toward error so 
they stop not short. 

[7:202] 

castle tn ! jiub\ j 



<*•; 



< castles (n. p.) 
(sing.) %j 






(act. pic. /. plu..) ol^ffc 

restraining (lookt) 

0T£ 



s\aa£a jjV jl C*i-o J-c-*-si-o j-» OU- 9-^3-0 dj-flJ-d^ p$**a <j->3-o ^-w ij-u)^5 J->V<i ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f^ 1 j 



VOCABULARY Of TH* HOLY QURAN 



t* <J» J 



f0ll0w ! <*"«*• * *»J tfrf I <**«/. J p. msing.) *& 

, _ recounts 

And she said unto his sister, 
follow him. (28:11] 

the retaliation J*L*aR 
(The retaliation is not the 



same thing as mere re- 
venge, as it serves, besides 
compensation that is the 
due right of a victim, a 
purpose of peace for, the 
safety of others — which is 
lacking in a mere revenge.) 



* <-* u* J 



(act. pic. m. ling.) ace. {j^,\j 
hurricane, gale 

to roar and resound (thunder} 

Then (He) send upon you a 

gale (or hurricane) of wind. 

117:69] 



• f o" «5 



<we shattered 

(t>0 £-*» r*«f (i^» 

to break in pieces, shatter, 
return one to its starting 
point 

c-ro 



(imperf. 3 p. m. ph.) j jil' 
they recount 

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) \& 
We recount 

(gen. tug.) u * r Mi "ji 
We recounted not 

{ imperf. 1st. p. plu.) (tpt.) ^ii\ 
We will (certainly) recount 

(perate. m. sing.) ,j*^»' 
recount ! telt i 

(perate. neg. sing.) Jm^ff S 

recount not! 

stories, narrative ( I ) (r.n.) J*SJt 

And recount thou unto them 
narratives that they haply 
may reflect. [7:176} 

Assuredly in their stories is 
a ksson. [12:111] 

retracing, following (2) 
(tracks) 

see above ; another meaning 
of J** J** U.. to follow 
or retrace the tracks 

So they returned back upon 
their footsteps retracing 
[18:641 

525 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <jjys ^^> Or^'^3 J^V^ ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



iJ J 4 J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



j <J» *3 



to cut off {.>) L'^j y3ft y«S 
(astim. t.) 



*«>•<>* <J 



<"~falls down «<:. »fi i/**^ 

to fall, to fall at once. 
threaten to fat! down 

Then the twain found there- 
in a wall, about to fall 
down. [18:77] 



(w. F.) 



* (i J* J 



'^decrees t, (1) 

to decree 

•.£- j us ^r ** 

to decree, W^M 

to bring an end (i.e., 
to kill -jp- ) 

to fulfill, to perform, to 
complete, to judge, decide 

And he who dccreeth an aff- 
air. (2:117) 

meta. to satisfy (2) 

Then when Muaa fulfilled the 

term. [28:29] 

526 



How many a community that 
dealt unjustly have We 
shattered { Pic.) and how 
many a city have we over- 
thrown which were doing 
wrong (Jid.) 121:11] 



O ti 



* - 



(w.v.) 



(act. 2 pic.Kadj.) mc, 
far off 

to be very distant (place), go 
fat away 

farthest elative (fit.) { U»t ) ^*i! 

And (here came a man from 
the farthest part of the 
city, running. (28:20] 

The farthest mosque (at Jer- 
usalem) [1^:1) 

further eiatire ( f. ) ^ j^mA 

And they were on the further 

side (or yonder side — Jid.), 
(8:42] 



* H* J* 



vegetables (n.) ace. 
trefoil, clover 



Gi 



OTT 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Oltai>3^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ f*5^w 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



<-* -J' J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



ii ^ J 



^: 



<we decreed 

to decree ace. ^» ' ill- ii"** 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing,} 
<~-'ShaH judge (1) 

to judge Of: - 

Verily thine Lord shall judge 
between them on the Day 
of Resurrection. (10:93) 

<** decrees (2) 
to decree, decide ace. **• - 

Allah decree th with the truth. 
[40:20] 

in order that — -may (et.) j»»«J, 
decree 

In order that Allah may 
decree an affair (already) 
enacted (i.e., decreed to 
be done.) (8:42) 

to make an end (3) (fd. et.) ^LJ 

And they will cry ! O keeper ! 
Let thy Lord make an end 
of us. [43:77] 

to perform (4) 

■ 

perform (gen. fd.} j£* t 
oTV 



It wai only a craving in the 
heart of Ya'oub that he 
satisfied. (12:68] 

to bring an end (3) 
(i.e., to kill) 

So Musa struck him with his 
fist, and an end of him. 

(28:15) 
to fulfil (4) 
to perform (5) 

Some of them have perfor- 
med their vow, [33:23] 

to decide, (6) 
to give a judgement 

(perf. 2 p.m. sing,) 
thou deadest 

(perf. 1st. p. ting.) 
1 fulfilled 

(perf. 3 p.m. phi.) 
they performed 

{pttf, 2 p.m. phi.) 
ye performed (|) 

And when ye have performed 
the prayer. [4:103] 

to complete (2) 

Then when ye have comple- 
ted your rites. [2:200] 



I«S1 



ft" 



527 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj O It jus 3^3 djjLLo^ P5aXa <jjyj ^-w j^ol^jj^ JjV^ a5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



;J» J 



VOCABULARY O* TH« HOLY C;UFAN 



L* (J* tj 



fj p. f. iUlg J pp. 
f* is completed 

(or finished) 

(3 p. m. jmhj.) */. />r>- 
may be fulfilled (1) 



4 



Then He raiseth you therein 
that there be fulfilled the 
term allotted, [6:60] 

to be finished (2) 

And hasten thee not with the 
Qur'an before there is 
finished the revelation 
thereof. [20:1141 

be decreed (3) 

And those who disbelieve — 

for them shall be Hell fire. 

It shall not be decreed to 

them (hat they should die. 

[35:36] 

(pic. pac. m. sing.) ace. C^l* 
a decided or decreed 
(thin?) 



moten brass, copper 
528 



By no means. He performed 
no i that which He com- 
manded him. |S0:23] 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) 
thou shall decree 

(imperf, 2 p.m. piu.) 
they decree 

they decree not ,jj'~f * 

(imperf 3 p.m. ph.) el. 
let them complete or end 






»JS4 



Thereafter let them end (or 
complete) their unkempt- 
ness, [22:29] 

* 
(perate m. sing.) ^jti) 

decree (thou) I 

per ate. m. phi.) ) jjail 
decree (you) I 

[act. pic. m. sing.) ^ft 
one who decreeth 

(or issues an ordinance) 



ending (net. pic. f. sing.) 

Oh would that it had been 
the ending. [69:27] 

(3 p.m. sing,) pp. 
---is decreed 

— T — 

J\i - < *-' i» decided 
are. "-'is completed 



yi 



OTA 



*mSjo <^jV jl C ap JaIjS l o jJ uU^^o d^Lo^ P5^° £ lH^° cr* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ Aicu 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN 



*± 



we cut off (2) 
0. e. r we destroyed) 

We utterly cut off those who 
fcelied our signs. [7:7 2 J 

separate, sever (3) 

And then We severed his lire- 
vein, [69:46} 

(imperf. 3 p, m. slng.)acc. 
that he cut off 






^*j!Js^ ££&s 



And Allah willed that He 
should cause the truth to 
triumph by His words and 
cut off the root of the 
disbelievers, [8:7] 

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.} eh gj * *.i 
tfaat he may cut off, let hiffl 



cut 



'&$$3&' ( &i 



That he may cut off a porti- 
on of thoie who disbelieve. 

[3:127] 

— # 
let ~ cut (perate. 3 p.) SJaDj 

'tL<£"Rrte4 



Let him cut it (the cord) 
and let him see. [22: 1 S] 

{imperf, 3 p. m. plu.) JjlLi" 
they sever (1) 

or-* 



liquid pitch (n.) $1$ 

< sides, regions (n. p.) *ffi 
(sing.) side J* 



• J. J. 



< portion (n.) 

(u^<u)5j(ir)ii"ii 

to cut, mend (a reed pen), 
to male 55 in portions* 



ft 

Jit 



Hasten nm portion. [38; 1 6] 



* ^ 



fper/L 2 p. m. phi.) 
<ye cut down (1) 

(1) to cut, cut off, 
separate, turn aside 0* - 

(2) to cause to perish, *,j\> _ 
death * 

(3) to carry on a 6?.f" " 
robbery on a highway 

(4) to close a road 3^**^ - 
in order to hurt passers 
through, to close the 
means 

Whatsoever fine pilms ye cm 
down. (59: 5J 



j" - 



529 



'^jSjs jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <<jJj<o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV<i a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF TH* HOLY QURAN 



I J- ^ 



(perf. 1st. p. p!u.) \^ 
mete, wt divided (2) 

We divided them into twelve 
tribe j (nations). [7: 1 60] 

wc sundered (3) 

And We have sundered them 
in the earth at (separate) 
nations. [7:1681 

ace. 9/4. \^3 
(imptrf. 2 p. m. ph.) 
ye sever 

tpl. U 
(Impetf. fit p. sing.) 
surely I shall cut off 

(3 p.f.sing.) ppii 
it torn asunder (1) 

Had it been possible for i 
recital (Quran) to cause 
the mountains to move or 
the earth to be torn as- 
under. [13:31] 

Note: The word VT^i in thfe 

verse means not proper 
name of the Hoi y B jok. 
Therefore it is translated 
by 'racital' Pk. has chosen 
the word a lecture while 
Jid. used the 'Quran' with 
an indefinite article V. 
530 



And they | sever that which 
Allah hath commanded to 
be joined, [2:27J 

they cross (2) 

And they cross not a valley. 
19:1211 

ye rob (imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) 5j& '£ 

And ye rob the highway. 

[29:29} 

cut off ! (petatt. m. plu.) 



( 3 p.m, plu. J pp, 
"-was cut off 

( perf. 3 p.m, sing.) ti 
<—cut in pieces 



-I* 

p 



to cut into ft wlai *L* 
pieces, to cut off entirely 
or into many pieces, to 
mangle, to tear 

to sever (!) 



So that it cut their bowls in 
to pieces. [47: 1 5] 

mangleth (Jid.) 
tearetethft'e.) 

(per/. 3 p, m. pht.) ft 
they (/, ) cut off 






or- 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Oltfui)^ djJLLo^ P5aXa <■{>*}& ^*» &j\ji§ JjV^ a&*z>uz 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY 1 OF THB HOLY QURAN 



dicative of perfect tense. 

(per/. 3 p,f, ling.) v 
severed 

And the severed between 
them shall be the cords. 
(Jtt) [2:166J 

<!.«., and all their aims colla- 
pse with them (Pk.) 



{perf, 3 p.m. pht.) v ffi.1- 
they have broken (into 
pieces, i.e., they have divided 
themselves) 

a part (n. p.) am* 

-^Part of the night. [15:65 ] 

According to some eomment- 

aters quoted by IK *W 

signifies the first part of 
the night. 



<a part of the night (n) 
(towards morning) 

According to Rgh. that means 
a folk or cattle, applied 
to all kind of groups, 
plural tl* made on the 
measure of *_; L» and 
*-*!*, °f wfl ' c h singular 

respectively. 






to be cut out (2) 

Garments of fire will be (/if. 
is) cut out for them. 

122A9) 

(J p.m. ring.} pip. a 
"•■'are cut off 

( per/ 3 p.m. jing.) v 
< — become severed ( 1 } 

to cut off LJL^ - Jj£j| 

(perf. Istf. sing.) ace. 
"«h»s severed 

(« /?, f.) to sever or be- 
come severed 

Aj-^|aA*gCy 

Verily (the bond) is severed 
between you. [6; 94] 

to be torn to pieces (2) 

Unless their hearts are torn 
to pieces. [o : 1 1 j 

*»* in this verse is 
taken by grammarians as 
(Imper/Sp. f. sing.) of 
which prefixed othas been 
dropped. Thus instead of 

JWw it is read *\3 

The final ^(^F is 
changed to **J& due to 
the preceding £j as in- 






531 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj O It jus 3^3 djjLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ f&5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



L o 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



t J> 



(j)ljLiu* J Til 



i_j*J JUt* Jt-J < 
to sit down, to remain behind 
to lie in wail for J _ 

to remain unmoved ]> {, 



to desist, abstain, 
refrain 






JJUJ 



Acid those who had tied unto 
Allah and his messenger 
sat (at home). [9:901 

( per/. 3 p. m. phi.) 
remained (or sat at home) 

{imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ace. 
thou sit down 

we sit, (imperf, 1st p.plu.) 

wc u«d to sit jLiif ts 

(percte. neg. m. sing ) 
sit not (thou) ! 

(perate neg. m. ptu.) \jjJtj! *£ 
sit not (you) I 



> J -*r 



;h 



*pi. 

(imperf. 1st. p.m. sing.) 
verily 1 shall beset 



ijJj*. 



He (Iblis) said: because Thou 
hast sent me astray, verify 
I shall beset for them Thy 
straight path {Jid.). I shall 
lurk in ambush {Pic). 

{7:1 6] 

sit ye ! (perate. m. ph.) Ijj^il 

the state of siting (!) (*J».) "ij>i 
(I.e., when they sit at) 

532 



pieces of darkest' night. 

[10:27] 

tracks (Pie.) (2) 

regions (//J,) 

And in the earth are regions . 
neighbouring. [13:4] 

t» * 
(act. pic. f. sing.) i_U» t 

one who decides 

1 decide no case till ye are 
present with mc. [27:3 2 J 

( /Jar. /Ji'c. m. IJrtg.) f" jla*« 

SS cut off, severed 

(pas. pic. f. sing.) t£ jfJu 
out of reach 



• l> i. 



< clusters (t /*,) »_>jl* 
(j/rtg.) £& 



•> f 



j» 



date-stone (n.) *J+ia 



* * t <* 



(yje^f. 3 p.m. sing.) %i 

~S4t 

t 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <jjys ^^> Or^'-Hi J^V^ ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J u J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



t J 



As for women past child- 
bearing (agel who have no 
hope of marriage. [24:601 



<iitting 


place, n.pt. 
scat 




J-juU 


seats, sitting places n. pt. 






(sing) J-*I» < 








* -> 


L 


L* 


{Ap-der. 
< uprooted c 


m. sing.) viii 
»rtc 




J2* 



tO be Vir ijUi'l j&\ 

uprooted, cut off by the 
root, 10 fall pro^ratc 

to dig deep 



• J «-> 



< locks («,/>.) t)\iit 

G 



j *-» »j 



(perate. neg. m. sing) ,_i£ * 
follow not 

to go after SS, to walk behind 
one, follow in the track of 
erf 



When lh»y sat by it [85:6] 
sitting (2) 

Those who remember Allah 
standing and sitting. 

[3:19]] 

sitting i.e., (3) 

remaining behind, unmoved 

Ye were content with sitting 
still the first time. So sit 
still with those who stay 
behind. [9:83] 

fact. pic. m. sing.) ace. Tjc\i 
sitting one 

ace. ^JfrUH ( jjjet * jJiUH 

(act. pic. tn. plu.) 

sitting ones 

* * z 
(act. pic. m. sing.) J— «* 

seated one 

foundation ( I ) {n, p.} Jel^iH 

And (recall when) Ibrahim 

and Ismail were raising the 

foundations of the House, 

[2:127| 

women who are past (2) 
child-bearing age 

533 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



v J J 



Vocabulary op the holy ouraw 



J J iJ 



raised difficulties for thee.) 
(Pie.) [9:48] 

{imperf. J p. m. sing.) H 
^turns ( I \ 

Allah turneth the night and 
the day (over and over) 
ft*,, maketh succeeding). 
f24:44] 

(a proverb) A *j f ~Ji (2) 
lit. he turned his plains over 
i.e. t he is in an extreme 
anguish or showing his 
helplessness with grief and. 
embarressment 

Then he began wringing the 
plains of his hands over 
that which he had expen- 
ded thereon. [ 18:42) 

(Imperf, 1st p. phi.) 
we (shall) turn aside (1) 

And We shall turn aside their 

hearts and their eyesights 

[6:1 1 Oj 

to turn over (2) 



And We tinned them over on 
the right side and on the 
leftside. [18:18] 

(J p. f. *%.) pip. a 
~are turned over 

534 



■*T~* 



A~* 



(O man) follow not that 
whereof thou hast no 
knowledge. [17:36) 

(per/. 1st. p. phi. Hi wJ 

we caused-^to follow 



And we caused ha son or 
Maryam to follow in their 
footsteps. [5:46] 



w> J 



(2 p. m, pfu.) pip. 
<ye will be turned 

to turn round, turn about, 
turn up (ward), upturn, to 
turn, face up or face down 

He punisheth whom He will, 
and showeth mercy unto 
whom He will and unto 
Him ye will he turned. 

129:21) 

(ptrf. S p. m. phi.) ii 
••./they turned upside 

R.F. to turn, Ui' CJ» 



r& 



y& 



& 



as. 



turn over, face up or 
down 



#tejfc 



And they turned the affairs 
upside down {i.e., they 



oti 



~*^&js jjV jl Oi-o J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ £3^ '6^,3^ cr 1 * 1 6r^'^3 J^V^ a&zxjz 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



vJ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



vJ 3 



And if there befalleth him a 
trial, he turneth round on 
his face. [22:11] 

fperf. 3 p. m.plu.) w"i \jSH\ 
they returned 

They then returned with the 
favour from Allah and His 
grace. (3: 1 74] 

(per/, 2 p. m piu.) vii ^*' 

1£ - < ye turned round 



%&m 



Ye turned round on your 
heels. [3:144] 

J] - < ye returned 

They will indeed swear unto 
you by Allah when ye re- 
turn to them- [9:95] 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) w 
turns round 

(It was! only that Wc might 

know him who followeth 

the messenger, from him 

who turneth ort his heels. 

(2:1 4 31 

And will return to his folk in 
joy. [84:9] 

ore 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
"-will be turned over _ 
to be turned over * Qif 

i * 

turning (1J (i>.h.) 

We have seen the turning of 
thy face to heaven (i.e., 
looking up for a revela- 
tion). [2:144] 

to go to and fro (2) 

Or that he (will not) take 
hold of them in their 
going to and fro. [16:46] 

movement (3) 

&&$*$$}& 

And thy movement among 
those who fall prostrate r 
[26:2191 

moving to and fro (4) 

Let not beguile (or deceive) 

thee the moving to and fro 

of those who disbelieve, in 

the cities (or countries). 

[3:196] 

(». pt.) 
the place of turmoil 

(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) vii 
< ^turned round 

to be turned, rii L^&l wl*l 
to be turned round/over/ 
about, to return 



-Ji-< 






Jz\ 



535 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P$J*a <j->y) cr ^ (j-o)^3 JjV^ a&*z>us 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



tJ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLV QURAN 



v J 



(Note : ^ISifl is plural of 



fc-A 



that means. 



necklace or what is put 
upon the neck of an 
animal that is brought as 
offering to MakVah for 
sacrifice ILL). It is also 
applied to an animal which 
is made to wear a garland. 

The word jf^fl as a des- 
cription of such animals 
is used to intensify respect 
Tor them because they tear 
a clear mark showing that 
they are meant to be sacri- 
ficed. The respect for them 
means that they should 
neither he hurt nor be 
held up aggressively 
{Nadwi). 



<keys n. in IS. jUU* 



(sing.) 'iSU. 



• t J <5 



(perate, f. sing,) iv. ^Jil 

< cease! 

f -•• -*1 

to set sail iv ^[ £jfl 

{ship), to take off aero- 
plane 

tot. to abstain, rje fr a i n , 
* * * i 
give up £5* v m eaus 

to check, to stop, to seize 
(Zr.) 

536 



&$ 



will never return 
will return (juts.) 



{imperf. J p. m. phi,) ni o\mm' 
they would return 

that they may return fd. 'j**- 1 . 

(imperf. 2 p. m, pit).) f.d. \y&* 
that ye may return 



(n. pi.) vii 
place of termoil, reverse 

{Ap-det. m, pi*,) *Jj^? 

those who will be returning 



heart in.) M \ CS 
two hearts {is dual) 







hearts (n. p.) £ J^ I ^J* 



</if. necklaces (n./>.) jgSiifl 
^ - 

(u>) Ci' ■&; $ 

to twist, wind (one thing on 
another) 

C.R the {victims with gar- 
lands) 

^l&J^i^f 
Profane not the signs of 
Allah nor the sacred 
months, nor the offerings, 
nor the victims with gar- 
lands. [&g 

on 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o JaIma j-» Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <<jJJ<o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



C f J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY Q/JRAN 



J J J 



(w, I",} 



* J J 



( per/. 3 p.m. sing,) ^ 
"-hated 

to hat,, (u)^^5u 
detest " 

Thy Lord bath not forsaken 
thee nor docih He hate 
thee, (93:3* 

(act. pk. m. plit.) CftUtt 
those who hate 

He said : verily I am of those 
who hate your work. 

[26:168] 



• C f # 



J 



(/»«. pic. m. ptu.) ^ j***a* 
< those who are stiff-necked 

to raise the rv Ulll ij\ 

he^d and refuse to drink 
(camel J 

■ ■ *--' 

one whose pis. pie. r**** 

head is forced up so that 
he can not see 

Verily We have placed on 

their necks shackles, which 

is upto their chins, so that 

their heads are forced up. 

[36:8] 

orv 



(assim. ».) 



• J J 



*if 



'M 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) 
<.**> became small or little 

to be of small number or 
quantity, be scarce, happ- 
en rarely 

Weather it be little or much, 
[4:7] 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.} S 
K.*** lessened 

• WS& 

to make little, diminish, 
lessen 

(per/. 3 p. f. sing.) it ^Jil 
<[ ~ carried, bore, 

to bear, iv. 
to carry 

{act. 2 pic. m . sing. ) ace. ^|U4 j ^JJi 
little, small 

(act, 2 picf. sing.) 3U» 
little, small 

(act, 2 pic. m. plu.) jjjji 
little or small ones 

less than {into,) ^jil 
(or much less than)"^ 



* f J 



(sing.) f 



a/the, pen («.) >0 ?£ 



<pens {n.p.) 'yjf 



537 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <<jJj<o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV<i ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



O J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOI.V O.URAN 



j r » 






& 



(Utjljj Ota* tij < 

to be obedient fully and 
whole-heartedly, to be de- 
vout without failing. 

a\'*" I eh j »&**<*■» 

^J>-J> «U) (iVlj. (CM^J 

And whosoever of you shall 
be obedient unto Allah 
and His Messenger, 

[33:31] 

(pirate, f. ting,) 
be obedient 

O' Marram ! be devout un- 
to Thy Lord. [3:43J 

(act. pic. m. .t&jg.) ace. fcj 6 i 
a devout one 

ace. $S% j $$£ 

(act. pic. m. plu.j 
devout ones 

(act. pfc, f. ph.) «2.£;l# 
devout or obedient (women) 



s 



• J- 



J (j 



(imperf. 3. p.m. ptu.) 
<they despaired 

(^ i «-» < j) Si* £* 

to despair, lose courage 

(imptrf. 3 p.m. ling.) 
despairs 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.} 
they despair 

538 



\'J* 











* J f j 


the/a m 


OOfl (fl.) \jlj& 


• J- f j 


a shirt (it.) U*V 




- 


distressful (rt.) ace. ' { j_}»* 




* £ f ^ 



maces fa, into. J ««• 



(sing.) a mace 

as an iron rod or pillar, rod 
for beating on the head 

to beat on the head, subdue, 
to tame 





* J f j 


lit. lice, or sr 
infest plan 
Locusts wit 


6> 

vermin {«.) *lj 

nail insects that 
ts, small ants, 
hout wings 




-k * o J 



{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
^is/shall be, obedient 



.«, 



6TA 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o JaIma jj Olf-5^5^ £j£a£5 £,>££ ^o^^o £— ** 6r^'^3 J^V^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



-* J 



VOOABUIJUSV OF THE HOLY QURAN 



(W. V.) 



* I* J *> 



l..t 

{per/. 2 p. m. sing.) iv ^»1 
^—preserved 

to content {Pic.} 
to make someone satisfied with 
a given thing {Muj. — Us.) 

And that it is He who en- 
riches and contenteth. 

(53:48] 



(perale. teg. m. sing.) ^t a 
oppress not 

to oppress, compel SS 
against his wishes, to sub- 
due, overcome, to force 

Wherefore as to the orphan, 
te thou not (unto him) 
overbearing. IJid.) oppress 
not (Pic. A M.A.). [93:9) 

(According to Islam the 
carelessness in regard to 
orphans is similar to their 

oppression.) 

„»* 

(act. pic. m. sing.) %$& 
the supreme, the master 



l£*S 



(peraie. neg. m. ptu.) 
(O you) dispair not 

(act. pic. m. phi.} ace. ^LUII 
those who despair 

despairing (one) (ints.} *J*_p 



£ j J 



(act. pic. m. sing.) i 
one who is deserving charity 
but does not beg 

to be content, be satisfied 
with what is within his 
approach, not looking for 
more, to beg with some 
reservation. (Rgh.) (Muj.) 

And feed the contented and 
suppliants. [22:36] 



'J$* 



ace. 



<Ziv n. a. ?f** 



(Ap-dcr. m. ptu.) 
those who raise (head) 

to raise Vtt\ gft < 
(the head) 

(As they came) hurrying o ri 
in fear, their heads up- 
raised. [14:43] 



J J i* 



□ 



cluster of dates (n. 4.) "jlji 



[sing.} j*«>* 



539 



^w&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <j->ys ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Jj 



VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN 



(Ap-der. m. sing.) ace. iv. 
protector (Muj.) 
controller (Jid) 
observer {Ik.) 



& 



U- J t5 



a 



(dual n.) (gen.) Jj^jS 
<two bows 



M*J y^ 



plain («.) ace. 



ti 



< plains, deserts (n, p.) i^«JJl 



According to same Jexiconists 
is a synonimous to 



S 



He is the Supreme above His 
creatures. [6: 1 8j 

{act. pic. m. ptu.) 
the Masters 

I (Firawn said) We are Mas- 
ters over them ! [7; I 27) 

the Subduer (ints.) 
(*>, the Subduer of His 
creatures by His sove- 
reign authority and power 
and the Disposer of them 
as He pleaseth, with and 
against their will. — ( JidJ 

(one of (he ExoelJanl names 
of Allah) 



OJJ-Ti 



others observed it, as 
plural of £6 see (Muj.) 



(w.<t.) 



• J 



J o 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) Jt 

■-—said 

to speak, say, 10 inspire, to 
indicate (this verb with all 
its form has ace ur red 
1730 times in the H.Q. 

(per/. 3 p.m. dual.) *l/S 
the twain said 



(perf. 3 p. f. sing.) 
she (it) said 

540 



JJt 



y& 



* V J 



a small distance, short (n.) CJt 
span (bet wean the middle 
and the end of bow (//w.) 
one end of a bow (Muj.) 

Till he was at two bows 
length off or yet nearer, 
|53:9] 



• * 



i 



J O 



<sustenancei (n.p.) 'il j| 



St. food (sing) %y 



or 



~*jSj} JjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5AAA <■{)*}& ^*» &j\ji§ JjV<i a&*z>uz 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J J 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN 



Jj J 



say not (perate. neg.) 



■j* 



(imperf. 3 p.m. dual) (fd.) 0« 
that they (twain) say 

(imperf 3 p.m. ptu.) 
they will say/they say 

ye sayfimperj. 2 p.m. pht.) jjf j* 
that ye may say fd ace 



say ! (perate. m- sing.) 

( perate. m. dual) 
(ye twain) say 

(perate. f. sing.) 
say (thou /. 1 

ye say ( perate m- plu.) 

ye (/) say (perate f, ptu,) 

(3 p.m. sing.) pp. 
is said, told i 1} 
CR. will be said 






•ij 






ijij^tjj 



And when it is said to them 
make no mischief. [2:1 1] 

saying (2) 
as verbal noun : 

# ■ &•» 

( ^U__ means Jji ) 

And who can be more truth- 
ful than Allah in saying. 
[4:1221 

And his saying : O my Lord. 
(4 3:8 S| 

en 



(per/. 3 p. f. dual.) 
the twain :*'/. J said 

Ow/. 2 p. m. jfng.) 
thou said 

I said (p*r/. /jr. p. sing.) 

(Note : the forms for perfect 
tense (past tense) are to he 
translated as if they were 
of future tense when the 
contents are related to 
the hereafter.) 

< perf. 3 p.m. ptu.) 
they said 

(perf. 3 Pt f pht.) 
they (f) said 

(perf. 2 p.m. pht.) 
ye said 

we said (perf. 1st. p. pht.} 

f imperf. } p.m. sing.) 
<-^says, speakes 

that he may say (ace.) 

he may say, (juss.) 



tit 



0f 

Ui 

J*. 



'J" 






--* ■»-- 
(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) epl. i/j*r 
verily he will have to say, he 

surely will say, he should 

Say 

(imper, 2 p, m. sing.) J^Jj 
thou speaks 

J" *«** 

g*& V with** WfcpnM [ y^ 



thou shall say not 1 



juss. 



541 



^w&o (jjV jl Oi-o J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ P5aXa <jjyj ^-w j^ol^^ JjV^ a5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



r J u 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J i3 



As regards its meaning, it 
has been used not in a good 
sense, and has occurred 
only once in the H.Q. 

(act, pic. m. sing.) *Jfft 
a speaker 

speakers (n.p.) ^jtffi 
J iS j see Ci'jtf 



(w. *.} 



f J ^ 



(per/. S p.m. ting.) fli 

<~ stood up 

to raise and stand upright, 
stand, to stop 

Mela, to establish, J[- 
to start doing something 

fjtinf. 3 p,m. phi.) IjJli 
they stood up 

(peif. 2 p.m. phi.) lll-'P 
ye railed up ' 

When ye rise up for prayer 
(i.e.. when you intend to 
pray). [$.&} 



mm, 

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing J 
raises (I) 

Me, 



t£ 






$42 



(5 p. I», Jfrtj.) pi/). J J|£* 
is called (1) 

He is called Ibrahim. [21;60| 
is said (2) 

Naught is said unto thee 
save what was said unto 
the messengers. [4t:43] 

(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) v ^J^* 
< ^fabricated (lies) 

to forge v j~j£ XJj* 

saying, fabricate, to spread 
rumours 

to pretend fr. 

And if he {i.e., the holy Prop- 
het) had forged sayings 
concerning Us. [69:44] 

a word, saying, (mi.) 'Jjjjfl /*KJ 
warning 

command ace. *^*j 

(this ward has occurred at 
52 places in the H.Q.) 

< words, sayings (w. p.) *Xj\ft\ 

{sing,) *U)i 

According to some grammari- 
ans it is plural of a plura) 

,.*., £i g V}i 

air 



>^S^a jjV jl Oi-o J^ImuO jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5AAA <j->y) ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV<i A^tA 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f s o 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



f J ^ 



"that people might observe 
equity. [57:25] 

(imperf, 3 p.m. dual) 
(the twain stand up) 
they (twain) take place 

betook (id) Ut*f£< 
his place 

V>'\'" < *>~ i IT* 

Then two others shall take 
their places (the places 
formerly mentioned). 

[5:I07J 

(impaf. 2 p. f. slug) 
arrives ( 1 ) 



tfft 



-••■st 



stand fast 



dec. 






On the day. whereon the 
Hour arriveth. [30:12.14] 

And of His signs is that the 
heaven and the earth stand 
fast by His cam m and. 

[30:25] 

let stand up (m.v.d.) 

(the middle radical, that is, a 
vowel has been dropped) 

Let a party of them stand 
with thee, [4: 102f 

(ittiperf. 2 p.m. ting,) ace. 
thou Mwideth (2) 

otr 



f>* 



They will not rite up save 
as he araiscth whom Satan 
hath prostrated by (his) 
touch. [2:275] 

meta. will be set up (2) 

i.e. t to be established and 
arrive at its appointed 
time 

On the Day whereon will be 
set up the reckoning. 

[14:41] 

will stand forth (3) 



On a day whereon the wit- 
nesses will stand forth. 

[40:51] 

(According to Ik. Zm. when 
the prophet* will be raised 
up before Allah); the same 
meaning (stand up) is in 
verse 78/38 and 83/6.) 

to observe w-(4) 

Ik. J& ££ tj 

to follow the justice and re- 
gard it in the people's aff- 
airs 



543 



s\aa£a jjV jl C*Ao JaImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ ^5^0 <j->3^ ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f 5 O 



VOCABULARY OF TUB HOLY OURAN 



r J ^ 



to resurrect, to lift up> 
elevate, to set up, call 
into being, to fix, deta- 
in in e , to appoint 

( i5£fl ftl ) he Mtab - 
Ihhed the prayer (not per- 
formed, as translated by 
some non-Arab lexiconists) 

And he established the pra- 
yer and giveth the zakah. 
[2:177] 

(Some other translators have 
preferred other expressions, 
such as, 'observe formal 
worship, perform prayers 
etc.'). 



to set up right i (2) 









Then they (the twain) found 
therein a wall about to 
fall down and he set it up 
right. [1*:77] 

(par/. 2 p.m. sing*) i> 
thou established 

(ptrf. 3 p.m. pin.} iv 
they established (1) 
to follow the (2) 
teaching of SS 

And had they established 
Taurat and Inji] (i.e., follo- 
wed the teachings of these 
Books). [5:66] 

544 



3\ 



titfl 



The mosque founded from 
the first day on piety is 
worthier that thou should 
stand therein (i.e., to raise 
up far the prayer, IK), 

[9:108] 

(imperf. 3 p, nj. dual) £g*j*( 
the twain will stand or 
take place 



(imperf. 3 p, m.plu.) ^J*J*. 
they will stand or they will 
be raised up 

(imperf, 2 p.m. pht.} (fd.) 'J^j^ 
that ye may stand or observe 
justice 

(par ale. m ling.) 
(thou) stand up ! 

(peratt. m. plu.) 
(ye) stand up 

stature, (f.n.) ii 
mould, formation 

to set upright iV Xr_uC fj* 
to shape, form 

(perf. 3 p.m. ting.) iv 
■<"^established 

to establish, to olij fli\ 
straighten, straighten out, 
make correct or right, put 
in order, to make rise 
or to make the dead rise, 



r 1 



<+ 



til 



Oti 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <jjys ^*» 6r^'^3 J^V^ ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t i o 



VOCABULARY OF THE HO IV QURAN 



r * J 



And that keep thy conten- 
ance straight toward the 

religion upright. [10:105] 

(perate. m, pfu.) if. IjStil 
(ye) establish 1 (1) %%2ft- 

follou the teachings (2). tf.jj\- 

That ye establish (i.e. follow 

the teachings) the religion 

and be not divided therein. 

[42:13] 

do perfectly (3) ^3^" 

And observe the weight with 
equity (i.e., weigh correct' 
ly). ' [55;9] 

set up (4) HI^R- 

And set up (your) testimony 
for Allah {i.e., declare your 
witness clearly), [6 5:2 J 

(perate. f. pfu.) 'J>\ 
establish : ;^^L 

(perf. 3 p.m. pfu,) X l^£il 
<they acted straight 

to straighten x i^LJL^ fuu-^1 
up, to rise, get up, stand up, 
to be or to become straight 



(by Torah and Injil the origi- 
nal ones Art meant and 
not the so called Old /New 
Testaments, Jid.) 

(perf. 2 p.m. ptu.} it 
ye established 

to observe (3) 

(imperf. 3 p.m. dual) it 
they (twain) observe 



P 

1>* 



They if ye fear that the twain 
may not observe the bounds 
of Allah. [2:2291 

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) h jVt* 1 . 
they establish 

that they ace, fd. it. \yi*. 
may establish 

ace. (fA.) it 

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) 
ye establish (i.e. follow the 
teachings) 



\: 



to assign (4) 
{weight value) 

(imperf. /if. p. pfu.) it 
meta. we will assign 

And on the Day of Resurrec- 
tion We assign no weight 
to them. [18:I0>] 

(perate. m. sing.) it 

(thou) establish (I) *5CJI - 

keep straight (2) gijB - 






545 



svw&A jjV jl Oi-0 J^ImA jJ ultaii^ djJLLO^ P5AAA iijj>0 ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV^ (CisSM 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f 9 * 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QuHAN 



f > J 



Of the people of the Book 
there is a community 
stead fait [3:113] 

standing (2) 

And his wife was standing. 
tl 1:71] 

that arises (3) 

And I deem not that the 
Hour will (ever) arise, 

[41:50] 

(b. ptu. of *H ) 

standing (1) 

And Lo f They wilt be stan- 
ding, looking on. (39:68] 

to stand (r.n.) (2) fc 
verbal noun of Vi 

So they were not able to 
stand. [51:45[ 

livelihood, pro- (».) (3) 
perty, ma in Una nee 



And give not unto the wcak- 
witted the wealth of 

yours which Allah made 
a stay {i.e., meant to make 
the life stand by it). [4:5] 

546 



n 



(imperf, 3 p.m. sing.) ac e. x 
keeps straight 

Unto whosoever of you will- 
eth to walk (or keep him- 
self) straight. [81:28] 

(peraie. m. sing.) x 
(thou) be straight or keep 
(thyself) straight 

(perate. m. dual) 
(you twain) he straight 

(perate. m. plv.) > 
(ye) be straight, act straight 

(pis. pic, m. ling.) {R.F.) 
one who stands standing 

JjtUll - ace. 
maintainer of equity 

(act. pic. m, ptu.) 
those who stand up (firmly) 

&$?&&&&$* 

And those who stand firm in 
their testimonies. (70:33] 

{act. pic, m, ptu) ace. 

those who stand (i.e., in their 
prayers) 

(act. pic. f. ting.) 
< those who act (1) 
firmely (steadfast) 

as an adjective Ijj,] 
for a (nation) 



J l ■ — ■ ■ 
. * > 



'JX 



2£l 



U1 



h$i 



uvi 



an 



>^S>a jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj Olta^i>3^ djJLLo^ P$J*A c C>i} a cr^ Oi^jiS J^^ $&&>& 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f J «* 



VOCABULARY OF THfc HOLV QURAN 



fM 



But for him who feareth the 
standing before his Lord 
there are two gardens. 

[55:46] 

(Recording to same commen- 
tators such asQurtabi> ZR. t 
and IK. *f& signifiies 

the dignity of divmty of 
Allah, thus the verse means; 
who drcades the divinity 
of Allah will be given two 
gardens.) 

divnity (3) 

Belike Thy Lord will raise 
thee up in a dignity prai- 
sed. [17:79] 

standing forth, (4) 
staying 

If my stay (among you) be- 
come hard upon you. 

[10:71] 

(v. mint.) 
place ( I ) 

O inhabitant* of Yathrib 
there ii no place for you* 
So return. [33; J 31 

Station, fl. pt, (2) 



source of (it.) (4) 
maintenance 

Allah hath made the Ka'ba 
the Sacred House, a main- 
tenance for mankind. 
{1K„ Zr.) [5:97} 

< overseers ! \) (ints. n.) Jjilj» 

Men are overseers over wo- 
men. [4:34] 

maintainers (2) ace. u£jlj» 

Be ye maiotainers of justice, 
[4: J 35] 

the Bustaiwer (hits.) f j5J1 

(who makes others sustain- 
ined J one of the Excel Ian t 
names of the Almighty 
Allah) 



4..V 



(tfatitt.) 
more confirmatory 

a place where (1) (n.ptj 
one stands 

And (We said) take the spot 
of Ibrahim for a place of 
prayer. [2:125] 

standing place (2) 



r> 



r* 



547 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj O It jus 3^3 £j£a£5 £.3^-° 'Oij* cr^ Oi^JiS J^^ ^^^ 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



r 3 J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY (JURAN 



f > «* 



, 



And thit is the right reli- 
gion. [9:36] 

(Ap-der./.) 
lasting one, eternal 



Wherein are discourses eter* 
nal. [98:3] 

*£ <»ght (n.) t» 

A right religion, the faith of 
Ibrahim the upright. 

[6:161} 

< establishment (v.n) iv '£\ 

And We revealed unto them 
the doing of good deeds 
and the establishment of 
prayer. [2 1 :73J 



CuUJI^ijLtfl 
Verily ill it is as an abode 
and as a station. [25:66] 

place, abode in,/.} i_*\i» 



Who hath, through His grace, 
lodged us in the abode of 
permanence. [35:35] 

{Ap-der m. sing.) iv 
right, fasting one 



<* 



stopping, staying tui, \jj^4\ 



And day of your 
stopping. 

116:80] 



Ufl 



judgement, resurrecttonffl.) 
(at 70 places) 

group, people (men only) (1) 
[at 260) places) 

548 



And for them is a torment 
lasting, [5:37J 

right (2) 

And it was in the right wny. 
[15:76) 

(Ap-der, m. plu,} iv *^\ j ^ ,»fo 
establishers 

And who patiently endure 
that which befalleth them 
and those who establish 
the prayer. [22:35] 



And the establishers of the 

prayer and the givers of 
zakah. [4:162] 

lasting one, right f Ap-der, } 



£2» 



OiA 



■ 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <j->y) ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



^5-3 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY D.URAN 



f J J 



<. beaten (2) 
a straight, smooth, much wal- 
ked path 

(Is he — more guided) or he 
who walkcth upright on a 
beaten road. [67:22] 



(w. v.) 



J * J 



<the power (1) (n.} 

(wr) */ ** ** 

to be or become strong, 
powerful, vigorous, force- 
ful 

That verily power belonged 
wholly unto Allah, 

{2:165] 

strength (2) 



133 



*& 



'JdL 



Hold fast (with strength) 
what We have given you 
(2:63J 

< strengths (n.p.) 



(sing.) *j* 

One of mighty powers hath 
aught him. [53:5] 

f Ap-der. m. sing,} f 
Strong st renglhflll \ 



Jfi 



ace. 






« 






o& 



O ye who believe ! let not 

(one) group scoff at (ano- 
ther) group, be Itke they 
may be better than they 
are, nor let (some) women 
scoff at other women, be- 
like they may be better 
than they are. [49:1 1] 

people, group, men (2) 
including women 

( f? U, tfy > 

(the kasra replaced the drop- 
ped ii ) 

B*80t 



O my people ye have verily 
wronged your souls. 

12:541 

(the word where related io 
a prophet means his pe- 
ople or nation to whom 
he was sent) 

{Ap-der, m. sing.) x 
right, straight, (1) 

righteous, upright, well 
constituted 

Guide us Thou unto the path 
straight ! [1:5] 



JSP 



e^ 



549 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ djJLLo^ P5aXa <■{)*}& cr 1 * 1 6r^'^3 J^V^ (aissva 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J <J 3 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OUJlAN 



& 3 ii 



if 



(act. pk. m, plu.) 
those who sleep at midday 

to sleep in the middle of the 
day 

Upon them our violence came 
during (their) sleeping at 
night or (their) midday 
sleeping. [7:4] 

the place n.p.t. ace. 
of taking rest at midday 

meia resting place 



m 



5fc 



Fellows of the garden shall 
be on that day in goodly 
abode and • goodly resting 
place. [25:24] 



{Ap-der. m. plu.) h 
< dwelkrs in the wilderness 

inhabitant of desert 
meta. travellers 

to stay in *%'£ desert < <^ 



£* 



(w.v.) 



j* it a 



(per/. 1st. p. ph.) ii \--*l 
<we assigned 

to be destined ii UaL* J*J 
to lead SS to 

We have assigned unto them 
some companions. [41:25] 

■»■■# 

we assign just, u j*** 



*** 



550 



;; . 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <jjyj ^-w ^r^'^3 JjV^ a5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



L-KS^fcT 



Have We not opened forth 
jjj for thee thy breast. [94: i] 

pronominal (pronominal) 
suffix of the 2nd p.f. sing; 
means ; thee and thy, as 
in case of muse, (above) 

as, like (particle) 

Or, like the darkness in a 
sea. 124-40] 

It is considered as a preposi- 
tion, and governs nouns 
in the genitive ; when pre- 
fixed to the noun 
it means 'like as'— the 
latter i> redundant 

Like the resemblance of a 
grain. (2:261] 

00^ 



g 



d 



• * * * 



The 22 nd letter (alphabet) 
of the Arabic alphabet. 
The first of the five begin- 
ning letters of the chapter 
1 9th (Mary am) pronounc- 
ed as Koaf 

pronominal {Pronominal) 
suffix of the (2 p. m. sing.) 
means (I) *thee' when 
suffixed to a verb or pre- 
position 

And He taught thee that 
which thou knowest not. 
[4:U3J 



on thee, upon thee 
for thee £}& 

from thec 

thy (2) 
(when it is suffixed to a noun) 



u. 



d 



i] 



551 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5AAA <■{)*}& ^*» &j\ji§ JjV<i &&&■*& 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



4/ j, J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



c*f-iJ 






Is he who goelh groping on 
his face more rightly gui- 
ded, or he who walketh 
rightly-guided ? [67:2 2 J 



if & *_i I] 



< 



(J p. m. sing,) pp. 
■ were abased 



iJr 



to abase, to throw down, io 
restrain, to overw helm 

(3 p.m. ptu.) pp. \'j£ 
they were abased l 

C.fa shall be abased 

(iniperf 3 p.m. sing.) ace, t=J*T 
that he abase 



w i) 



trouble (v. n) <fS 

to suffer pain in the liver, to 
face difficulty 



* 2&«4 



to. like lhat ^JUjf (comp .} iljii' 
that iyi like i] 

this particle may be translated 
according lo the contents 

552 



\ a 



many, how many 
(always followed by j* ) 

And many a prophet hath 
fought with a number of 
godly men. [3:146] 

(Note that the word 'ffi is 

a compound of i] (like) 

j;l (which) ; the noni- 

tion ( tf.jdl ) is written 

in a letter ^ instead uf 

double kasara(if )Thc 

phrase v, ^k/ means 

such as many) 



4- 



(assim, v.) 



* v -< d 



^ 



~-wil! be thrown down- 

to invert, J ( *tp _ 

throw one with the face 
to the ground, overthrow 

And whosoever will bring 
evil, their faces sliall be 
ca>i down into the fire. 

127:90) 

{ Ap-der. in. sing.) ivuer. vS++ 

one grnpinp (one face) 



~^&js jjV jl C j i n J.o.i.t t u 3 jj uU^^o d^Lo^ P5^° 'Ol.'y* cr* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ Aicu 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



, w- -y 



VOCABUlAllV OF THB HOLV ftURAff 



|U<tl 



\mw>#m 



if'nj* 



# 



And consume it not extrava- 
gantly or hastily {for fear) 
that they may grow up. 
[4:61 

(imptrf.2p.tn.plu.)ii{et.) bj*XJ 
< that ye may magnify 

to magnify, \j&£* j?* J& 
to say (Allah is great) 
jptratt. m. sing.) ii 
magnify 

And thine Lord, do magnify. 
[74:3] 

{ptrf. 3 p.m.pki.) I* tij$\ 
<they exalted^ w 

to exalt, h\ ljU [ j5 1 
to deem great or formidable 

When they (women) saw him 
deem him great. [12:31] 

(i.e., they were astonished at 
him) 
(imper/J p.m.tmg.^.aa:. j«Jw 

<th*t thou magnifies 
thyself 

to gTOW v. 1 JMw Jf>£* 
proud, magnify oneself, 
to deem oneself great 

For it is not for the* to 
behave proudly therein. 

[7:13] 

aat 



such as : so, similarly, like- 
wise, like that, even so, etc. 



o 4 



(ptrf. 3 p. /, sing.) "jS 
<'-*'is hard 

to became, to, be hard, to 
be odioua, to be grievbus 

Their backsliding is hard unto 
thee. [6:35] 

{ptrf. 3 p.f. ring.) OjJT 
is hard or odious 

Odious is the word that 
cometh out of their mou- 
ths. [18:5] 

**'r- 

fimperf. 3 p. m. ring.) j«* 
too hard 

S«y ihou, be ye stones or 

iron, or (anything) created 
which is too hard (to re- 
ceive life) in your breasts 
(minds). [17:50-51] 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) ate, IjjCC 
that they may grow up 

<^) TjJ* i T^ i£ >r < 

to be of an advanced age, 
full grown up 

553 



sw&A JjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultai 1 ^ djJLLo^ P5AAA <j->y) ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i rft5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



U. d 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



w di 



he who hath taken in hand 
to magnify it (Sate., Rod.) 

who look upon himself the 
main part {M.A.) 

old age (n.) ^g$, 

And the old age befell him, 
[2:266] 

(act. 2 pic.m. ling.) ^^1%^ 
old one (1) Jft&WtiS" 



And our father is a very old 
man. [28:23] 

great (2) 

SfffttS 

Say, in both is a great sin. 
[1:219] 

grievious (3) 

Say, fighting therein in grie- 
vous. [2:2 1 7] 

chief (4) 

Verily he is your chief who 
hath taught you magic, 

[20:71} 

big (one) (5) 

He said : rather he hath done 
it, this big one of them, 
so question them. [21:63] 

554 






5jr 



<jj> >-* ■■< * 



(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) v OJj^^i 
they magnify themselves 

(ptrf. 3 p.m. ting.) x jJ&S 
^^was proud 

to be x \j3§& 'j&^\ < 
much proud of himself 

( perf. 3 p.m. sing.) x 
thou wast proud 

(ptrf, 3 p. m. plu.) x 
they were proud 

( jut$) x 
(imptrf 3 p'n. sing.) 
•^is proud 

(imptrf. 3 p.m. plu.) x 
they are proud 

(imptrf. 2 p.m. plu.) x 
yc are proud 

greatness ( I) (ft.) 

There is naught in their bre- 
asts save greatness i.e., the 
quest of greatness (Jid). 
[40:56] 

leading part (2) 

And as for him among them 
who took upon himself the 
leading part thereof, he 
shall have a grievous tor- 
ment. [24:11) 

*j& jy who undertook the 

bulk of it (Jid.) 
who had the greater share 
therein ( Pic.) 

oat 



5tf 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5AAA <j->y) ^^> (j-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



V J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J V 



J 



greater than ( I ) (elative) jii] 
(used for good and evil alike) 

And surely the reward of the 
Hereafter is greater (Le„ 
than anything else). 

And to expel its people 
(hence is a greater (trans- 
gression) with Allah ; for 
persecution is worse than 
tilling. [2:217] 

(used for masculine and femi- 
nine alike) as. 

And every token that We 
showed them was greater 
than its sister, [43:4 8) 

greatest, highest in (2) 
estimation and rank 



And surely the remembrance 
of Allah is the greatest. 

[29:45] 

the great (elative) jS %\ 



<geat ones (n.p.) 

(Hug.) ;J*1 

< the great (elative f.) 
femine of 






elder (6) 

The eldest of them said: 
know ye not that- (12:80) 

< great ones (n.p.) 



»j* 



WtfiaA 

Verily we obeyed our chiefs 
and great ones. [33:671 

(act. pic, f. sing./ IjS 
ha T d (1) '" 

And verily it is hard except 
unto the meek. (2:45] 

big, great (2) 

Not spend they any spending 
small or great (little or 
big). [9:1211 

VJp great (things) (n.p.) 'j,\f 

If ye avoid the great (things) 
which ye are forbidden 
We will remit from you 
your evil deeds. [4:31] 

* *i 

mighty (ints.) ace, \j\$ 



555 



mm 

And they have plotted a 
mighty plot. [71:22] 



*^&a jjV jl C J i a J.o.i.t tm jj uU^^o £j&L05 P>£a < jJj^ ^^> jr^'^3 J5V^ Aicu 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



V ^ J 



VOCABULARY 0* THE HOLY QURAN 



.— J 



And seek that which Allah 
hath prescribed for you 
(or ordained for you). 

[2:U7J 

Say thou : naught shall befall 
us save that which Allah 
hath ordained for us . 

[9:51] 



(In the same sense 

has occurred in verses 
5:23,6:12, 54; 58:2 1-22, 
59.3) 

(ptrf t 3 p.f. shtg.J 
wrote, have written 



££? 



9 



Woe then unto them for that 
which their hands have 
written. [2:79] 

{perf. 2 p.m. sing.) t " 
thou prescribed 

(perf. lit p. ph.) 
We prescribed (I) 

And We prescribed unto 
them therein, a life for 
a life — . [5:45J 

we wrote (2) 

eifthjftgg 

And We wrote for him in the 
tablets. fJU45J 

556 







(n.p.) ielaiive) JSJi 
<the greatest one 

(sing) $di 

as jfc| | for masc. 

greatness (n.) HjjCfi 

(Ap-der. m. ph.) ace, v 
the arrogant 
(the stifmeeked) 

ace. «-£jj>*»» * worn. 
(Ap~der. m. phi.) x 
ace.. 
the arrogant (stiff- 
necked) 

glorifying (ftB.) R ',£*» 
(act of saying: Allah is 

the greatest 'jjfffjj ) 
stiff- necked ness (v.n.) x \ Jjj-Jl 



0#3l 






aJsii 



fc/uard.) 



U il U H 



(per/, i /?, m. «ng,) pp, l^jST 
<they were hurled 

(a) V & & 

same as (above) 



* V «S> J 



(per/. J p.m. n'flg.) 
< ^-prescribed 
-^■ordained 

to write, note, record, 

to prescribe, ordain, destine 



001 



sw&o jjV jl C ap J.o.it tm jj uU^^o iji^3 P5^° 'Crtj cr"* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ ^£svo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



V ^ J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



V C j) 



that ye write down aee. 

And be not averse to writing 
down the contract whether 
it be smalt or great. 

[2:282] 

(perate. m. sing.) \gL£X 
ordain thou ! 

Afld ordain Tot us in this 
world (hat which is good 
and in the hereafter (that 
which is good!. (7:156] 

record (or enroll). (2) 

Enroll us among those who 
witness [3.53] 



(perate* m. phi.) 
write down ! 



When ye contract a debt for 
a fixed term, record it in 
writing. [2;282J 

{3 p.m. ting,) pp. \ j£5 | 
was prescribed* (1) 
was ordained 

Retalition is prescribed for 
you. [2:178] 

Fasting is prescribed for you. 
[2:1831 

00V 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) el. 
should writ* ( I) 

act. 
that he may write 

f imperf. 2 p. m. sing.) 
records (2) 



- •*■ 

\Jm X T 



And Allah recordeth what 
they plan by night. £4:8 1 ] 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) fljjj E 
they write ( I ) 

$$$&$%$$& 

Woe unto those who wrile 
out the book with their 
hands, (also see 52/41, 
(hey write down). (2:79] 

they record (2) 

Our messenger* record that 
which ye plot. [10:21] 
(also see 43:80) 

(imperf. /rr. p. sing.) r-J ] 
I shall ordain 

1 shall ordain it for those 
who ward off evil, [7: 156] 

(imperf 1st p. ptu.) "jj 
«c record 

We record that which th;y 
sent before. [36-12) 

557 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ djJLLo^ P5aXa <j->ys ^^> (j-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



l^ <^ -i* 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



V C tj) 



those who seek a writing. 




is recorded (1) 


write it for them if ye 






know in them any good. 
[24:33] 




$$$Z&£ff$$; 


(as a technical word <*»-* 




&&t$M 


means ; to allow a slave to 




Nor gain they from the cr.e- 


get himself free from bond- 




niy a gain, but a good deed 


age on paying a certain 




is recorded for them, 


amount as agreed upon) 




[9:120| 


fad. pie. m. sirtg.) f 


MO 


(3 p.f. sing.) pip, ££& 


a writer, scribe 


■ *■ 


will be recorded 



ace. 



{ I* 



writers 



(act. pic. m. plu.) Ojjv 

s i 

writers, scribes ace. { «JJ?,° 

a book i.e., ( ! ) (v.n.) (n.) ^S 
the Holy Quran 

And when there came unto 
them a Book from before 
Allah {i.e.. the Holy 
Quran). [2:89] 

(This is) a Book the verses 
whereof are guarded, 

[11:1] 

Decree, ordinance (2) 

And those »hii are akm are 
nearer one to anothci in 
the ordinance (or decree) 
of Allah. |875| 

55S 



Their testimhny will be rec- 
orded. 143:19] 

( per/. 3 p.m. sing.) iiii t-JL5 I 
■ ' ~has got written 

to cause viii l&jl i r w_S I 
to be written 



And they say ; srories of the 
ancients, which he has got 
written so they are dicta- 
ted unto him (fid.) which 
he hath had written down, 
(Pie.) [2 5:5) 

write? ( perale in. plu) lit 

to iv rite Hi O'K* <—^v 
a contract 

And fmm aiming those whom 
your right hand pos*c^. 



$€ 



'J?. 



OOA 



**jSjo jjV jl C j i n JaImuo jj uU^^o d^Lo^ P5^° £ lH^° cr"* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ *&^->a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



«— » IS* l& 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY OU»AH 



V «, («J 



And a scripture inscribed, 

[52:2] 

the Book (I) (n. prop.) ££$$ 
(i.e., Holy Quran) 

This Book thereof is no 
doubt. [2:2] 

Taurat (2) 

O Yahya hold fast the scrip- 
ture. [19:12] 

the scripture in (3) 

general, all teachings 
revealed to a prophet 

The one who had some 
knowledge of the scripture 
said. [27:40] 

recorder (4) 

(Also reference is made to 
'recorder of decrees' or 

*ji#> iy 'preserved 
tablets' by the word ^ti* 



as: 



Not a leaf falleth but He 
knoweth it, nor a seed- 
grain groweth in the dark- 
ness of the earth, nor 
aught of fresh or dry but 
is in a book luminous. 

[6:59] 

60^ 



write (3) 

Were it not that writ had 
already gone forth from 
Allah, there would surely 
have touched you a mighty 
torment for thai ye took. 
[8:68] 

prescribed time (4) 

For everything there is a 
prescribed time. (13:38J 

record (5) 

And with Us is record which 
speaketfi the truth. 

[23:62] 
letter (6) 

She said; O chiefioins, lo! 
there hath been thrown 
unto me a noble latter. 

[27:29] 
a term, (7) 

No soul can ever die except 
by Allah's leave and at a 
term appointed. [3:145] 
scripture (8) 



559 



am^ jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ £j£a£5 P,5^° 'Oij* cr** 6r^'^3 J^V^ r&5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t±, e! 



VOCABULARY OF TK» HOLY ftWAK 



w O- S> 



has a prefixed term of em- 
phasit J^ fS .<i*i 
has nothing to do with (ef.) 
which mean* % in order to' 
or 'that he may.' The diff- 
erence, for a learner, is 
thai the former term is 
vocalized with fotka and 
the latter with kasra. For 
details see LLQ.) 

{fmpcrf 3 p.m. phi.) aec 
that they hide 

(tmptrf. 2 p.m. phL) & 

ye hide , 

that ye may hide ace. i j*X-N 

(imperf. lit. p. phi.) *l£* 
we (shall) hide 

we shall not hide 



-• v 






+ *t & & 



i* 



(act. 2 pie. m. sing.) 
sand-heap 

to heap up, gather 



4 i) 



my record 

(the final * of Xl&S is just 
for rhym) 

people (M/n.)w\^fl J»l 

of the scriptures (The 
Jews and Christians) 

the original . ->\' r £n pi 

scripture the eternal 
fountain- head of all Divine 
decrees and revelations 
i.e., preserved tablets. 

scriptures (n. p.) ,_; * 
written (pis. pic, m. sing.) \^Si 



{ perf. 3 p.m. ring.) 
^wai much 

to surpass in number or 
quantity, be much, many, 
numerous, increase, mul- 
tiply 

560 



'# 



f 



* il 



( perf. 3 p.m. sing.) f^ 
*~hidest 

to conceal, hide, restrain 
one's anger 

And who is more unjust than 
he who hideth a testimony 
that is with him. 12.140) 

(mperf. 3 p. m. ring.) *& 
hides 

(imperf. 3 p. m. pbt.) Oj*— *•„ 



they hide 

(In the verse 2/146 J 



£& 



ov 



^w&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> (j-o)^5 JjV^ a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J 



VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY O/JKAN 



<•£* Li) 



rivalry, vying in (v.n.) iv jv* 
respect of (riches) 

the emulous desire of ^jjjjl 

abundance, (Jid. i or rivalry in 
worldly increase {Pic.) 

Vmts.) n. >y$ 
< abundance tif good 

{Hi. a larpe quantity or pros- 
peri ty (us a proper name 
a certain river in paradise ) 



£3 



< toiling (v.n) ace. VjLJ 

(J>) LjT £j£; £u-S 
to toil for one's family, to 
exert oneself, make every 
effort to carry out a thing 
or reach a person 

one (act. pic. m. sing.} 
who is toiling 



r * t' 



O man ! verily thou art toil- 
ing to thy Lord a (Pahfu 1 ) 
toiling and art about to 
meet him. [84:61 



ii 



(per/. 3 p. f. sing.) vii OjJ01 
~fefl 

to fall. ™ Tjljifil j'J»\ < 

shoot out (as a star) 
111 



$mm 



Whether it be little or much. 
[4:7] 

(perf. 3 p. /. tmg.) JtjS 
■*■•"-' was numerous 

And your host will avail you 
naught however numerous 
it be, {8:1*3 



V-i 



multitude ( I) (w.v.) 
(big in number) 



r n«J£# 



And on the day of Hunain 
when ye exalted your mul- 
titude. [9:25] 

planty (2) 
(big in the quantity) 

t^jtijj.iLjjs-riij, 

Even though the plenty of 
evil attract thee. [5: 100| 

(ad, 2 pic »f. sing.} t% j*? 
many. much, plenty 

(flcf, P /w ■/, sing A *j£P 
very much 

(this tvord is most often used 
as an adjective that has to 
agree with the preceding 
noun in number and gen- 
der. For details sec I.I.QA 

mote than, much (etaiite) Jl3 I ' 
mostly, most of 

561 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj Olta^i>3^ djJLLo^ P5aXa <j->y) ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



V J J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLV QURAN 



J 



And who is a greater wrong- 
doer than he who fabri- 
cated a lie against Allah. 
[19:321 

*"•'€ 

(per/, 3 p. f. ring.) o- J-> 

she lied 

{perf.i p.m. phi.) \J3S 
they lied against 

(imperf. 3 p. m. plu.j Cijr^t 
they lie 

&&% 

They have been lying. [2: 1 J 

ye lie [imperf. 2pM,plu.) oj& 

(3 p.m. phi.) pp. [jj^ 
thy were denied 
they were given Jie 

{per/. 3 p.m. ling.) it Cj^S 
<"- gave the lie to 
^denied 

to give the lie L jfc w j_5 

to SS, to deny, to refute, to 

disbelieve, to accuse of 

lying 

* -* J* 
( perf. 3 p. f. sing.) it tuJJ 

denied, gave the lie lo 

(this from, (J p- f- ring.) re- 
fers to a plural such as 
community, nation, or 
people, as a general rule : 
a feminine singular verb 
when placed before a noun 
works for plural as well as 
for a singular) 

562 



(«>) TjiT jiS* jlf < < 
to be muddy 

And when the stars will fall. 
(81:2] 

(according to some commen- 
taters. 'when stars will be 
muddy'). 



(v.,?.) 



<S i J 



< ^stopped iv J'jS 1 

ix U3\tfjf t 
to stop hand, to be niggardly 

to restrain 



* V i 4 



C per/. 3 p.m. sing.) JijS 
——'lied 

to Me, say what is not a fact, 
fabricate a lie Jp - ^fab- 
ricated a lie against 55. J^ - 
to relate a lie to SS 

The heart lied not in that 
which he saw. [53:11] 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Oltsui)^ djjLLo^ P5aXa <jjys ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV<i a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



V -» 



J 



VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN 



yjj 



Jie (2) 

Who is the great wrong-doer 
thin he who fabricateth a 
He concerning Allah. 

[7:37] 

falsehood (3) 



Listeners for the sake of 
falsehood. [5:41J 

a liar (act. pic. m. sing.) Zjz€ 

denier (ace) Vio 

(act. pic. m. plu.) (rtom,) jji ilf 
liars 

ace. OjiiWl jhott. OjTioOl 
the liars, den tars 

a denier (aci . pie. /. 5t«£.) 4,i|f 

r ifil" 

a liar (*. into,)! >,- s«; 
1 cjIjlxJ! 

denying, giving the (v.n.) £AAj 
lie to SS 

denial (*.n.) tf 22 jiff 

w *-* i« 

that which is 'poc(. f/c.J i_>j,i_x* 

falsified 
beliers (Ap-der. m. phi,} o'j>^Sll\ 



(Ap-4cr.m. pkt.)H ace. 
demers 



Cft 



;!£• 



(par/. 2^.m. sing.) U ^ 15 

thou didst deny ' 6 ^ 

(/wj/. J p. m. plu.) ii \ji jS 
they denied 

(perf. 2 p. m. plu,) ii ** JJ 
ye denied 

■ /? r 

(com.) ii Jj(JJ 

they denied me l^yjjf tJ 1 « JLS 

(the pronominal J is short- 
ened) 

(per/, fit. p. phi,) U Kjti I 
we denied 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii lj J»j 

'^-'denies p _ 

(imperf. 3 p. m. dual) ii &•%* 
ye (twain) deny 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) ii 5j;JH 
they deny 

they deny me (wm,) Oj*iS? 

(imperf. 2 p.m. pfu.) ii ij.jS?* 
ye deny 

that ye may deny aw. ii \j$? 

Or if ye deny— ..**>,*. 
129: IS] t/iJCwti. 

(imperf. 1st p. phi.) ii ui£ 
we deny 

(3 p.m. sing.) pp. ii uJ5 
<*- at /we re/denied 

(J p. f. sing.) pp. H o* JT 
were denied 

false (I) („.) &3£Sij*,iS' 

And they came with false 
blood on his shirt. [1 2: IS] 

563 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <j->y) ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



(J 



A 



VOCABULARY 0» THE HOLY OJURAN 



S*J ^ 



*S 



throne (n.) ff-'j 
(when related to God) 

His Throne (of Majesty) 
comprchcndcth the hea- 
vens and Ihe earth, 

12:255] 

(Note : tf-'j signifies a 

chair or a seat but when 
related to God means : 
His seat or throne, or Do- 
minion, Power and Know- 
ledge 

a seat, a chair (2) 

And assuredly We tried 

Sulaiman, and set upon 

his chair a mere body, 

therafter he was penitent. 

[38:34] 



• f J ^ 



(per/, 2 p.m. sing.) U £+f 
thou honoured 

(j) nj j \*j m Tf < 

10 be superior to another in 
generosity, to be high- 
minded, beneficent, noble, 
illustrious 

564 



* 4> 



] 



< grieve, (v.h.) *t\£^ ' 4*j> 
Calamity, pain, disaster 

to grieve, afflict, overburden, 
to twist a rope 



11 






<a return (1} (n.) 

(assim. v) ( j) ^j'/fyS-X 
to return to, to return 

successively, to run 

against, to repeal 

And those ivho had followed 
shall say. would thai for 
us were a return, then 
would we quit ourselves 
of them. [2:167] 

return of victory (2) 

Thereafter We gave you a re- 
turn of victory over them. 

[17:6] 

act of repeating (3) 
repeating ( twice) (a, thml) 



y 






fagS* 



J'g^ 



And repeat thy look twice. 
[67:41 



3"U 



svC&o jjV jl C*Ao JaImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ p5i*a <j->y) ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f/ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



•J* 



A noble angel. r*p>£&£* 
(12:31] ^~ 



**t> 



Worthy of respect <an hon- 
ourable letter. (27:29] 

A noble Messenger. [44: 1 7] 

This is indeed a holy Reci- 
tation {the Quran), 

£$0 [56:771 

Kind reward. 
[57:11] 

Fruitful kind (or t?^ 
pair., [26:7] *** *^ 



A fjir place — 

(estate). f2«:58] ' 



Thou wast the Mighty, the 
Noble. [44:59} 



The Lofd of throne of grace. 
[23-116] 



• ?k*ls* 



The Lord, the Bountiful. 
182:6] 

REch provishon. U-i^Si^j 
[33:31] 



V&jjf 



A respectful speech, gracious 
word. [17:23] 

ft*U 



("ptf//. 1st p. plu.) a \&y 
'■—we honoured 

f/wr/. J ^. m. .rwig.) jV 1TJ 
'--hath honoured 

to exalt, it \*\J\ ££1 

to honour above others 
thw *4 * jijf'ffflftM.j ^J' 

honour scd me y has 
been shortened to o 

(imperf. 2 p. m. phi.) iijpj* 

yc honour 

&j£ i 
yc honour not b\*jv * 

honour or (ptrate.f, sing.) \fS ■ 
give due respect 

Make (thou f.) his dwelling 
honourable. [12:21] 

noble fa«. 2 /nV\) ^fjS3l f^JT 
honourable, 

generous, kind, benefi- occ. [jt jf 
cent, gracious, agreeable 

Note : This word has occ- 
urred as adjective to God, 
the Prophet, the Gabriel, 
the Book, the place of 
reward, the Throne of 
Majesty, and Provision: 
According to the contents 
and its place in a phrase 
the renderings of the 
word have been chosen 
to suit the contents as 
they are illustrated helow. 

565 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj uUa^)^ SjJLLo^ P5*aa <j->3^ cr ^ ij-o)^5 JjV^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN 



t** 



* J 



i) 



(ptrf. 3 p.f. aing.) *} 

"-'dislike st 
~wast averse, 
'-'deieste^t 

< to feel aversion to. 

to dislike, to be averse 
from, (o loathe, abhor, 
to detest 

{ptrf. J p. m. phi.) \j*j 
I hey detested 

(ptrf, 2 p.m. pht.) V* j? 
ye detested • " 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ptu.) h j*l^ 
they destest 

{imperf, 2 p.m. phi.) ace. \jp\p* 
ye abhore 

Belike ye abhor a thing 

whereas it is good for you. 

[2:216) 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii 'jy 
made hatefu! 

{perf. 2 p. m. sing.) it <&*_> 1 
thou forced, thou compelled 

(imptrf. 2 p.m. slug.) it » Jf 
thou compel 



(perate. neg. m. ph.) 
do not force ! 



#in 



A nnble entrance. fcj$5£.j£ 
{4:311 

< nobles (n. p.) ace. \Ji y 

They pass by tjgl^ 

dignity. [25:721 

Noble and right- IJ^l^T 
eous. [80:16] 

Gracious and recording. 

[82:11] 



( 1 ) Ulaiite,) 
the Most Bounteous. 

Read : And thy Lord is 
Most Bounteous, [96:3] 

the noblest (2> 

Lo ! The noblest of you is 
in the sight of Allah, the 
best in conduct (Pic). 

[49:13] 
glorious v.r. n 



- t n 



[Ap-der. m. sing.) iv 
a giver of honour 

(pis. pic. m. piu.j iv [ 
honoured ones -i 

I 

ace . \_ 

(pis. pic. /. sing.) ii 
honoured ones 






forces 
566 



(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) *y» 



(used as adjective of a plural 
noun i^jyp : leaves, writs) 



em 



s\aa£a jjV jl C*Ao J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5>£a <j->ys ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



S- J- «** 



VOCABULARY Of TH* HOLY QURAN 



* J 



2J 



used to denote acquiring 
a good thing, or a bad 
(evil) or both, according 
to the contents the word 
will be rendered. 

Every man is a pledge tor 

that which he hath earned. 

152:21] 

Yea ! whosoever earneih evil 
and his sin hath encom- 
passed him, [2:81] 

(per/. 3 p.m. dual.) 
they (twain) earned 
(or did the evil) 

( perf. 3 p. m. plu.) 
they earned 

(perf, 2 p. nt. plu.) 
ye earned (good things) 






&$#$&&&&$& 

Force not your slave*girls to 
whoredom and if one forced 
them, then (unto them), 
after their compulsion, 
Allah will be forgiving; 
Merciful. [24:331 

compulsion (v.ri.) iV , 

There is no compulsion in 
religion. [2:256] 



Expend out of the good thin- 
gs which ye have earned. 
[2:267] 

(imperf. 3 p.m. si/tg.) t^. 
ear net h 

(imperf 3 p. /. sing.) ywl ? 
<earneth 

(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) i)j~fi 
they earn 



ye earn 



(imperf. 2 p.m. pk.) OjLS? 



cri 



( 3 p.m. sing.) pp. ii 
—was forced to 

loath (ad. pic. m. phi..) 






(.act. pic, m. p!u.) ace. 
those who dislike (a thing) 

ace. L j;J& tj'jfc 

Impact, pic. m. sing.) ace, 
hateful 



a 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) CJjS 
< —earned 

to earn, gain, gether riches 
earn living, acquire, earn 
knowledge 

The verb , "-* and its deri- 
ved form of wit ■_-..: \ I is 

567 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj Olta^i>3^ djJLLo^ P5aXa <<JJJA ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV<i ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



u* 



J 



VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY QURAN 



VJ-J| 



iJLJ (h.) has two forms 
or the plUTat: oLj (a$ in 
verse 52/44 and .Vf as 
in other verses. 

Or thou causes t the heaven 
to fall upon us as thou 
asstnestf-in pieces. 

f 17:92] 

fragment (2) 

So cause thou a fragment of 

the heavan to fall upon us. 

[26:1871 

(see also verse 34/9, and 
30:48) 



J 






<idlers(l> («./>.) {j£f 

to be lazy, idle ( ml 
(predicate)> (*^)bjJL 

And they come not to wor- 
ship save a* idlers. [9:54] 

< languidly {ace. adj.) (2) 

$&&&&&% 

When they stand up for 
prayer they perform it 
languidly. (4:142] 

m 



(fmper/. 3p.f. sing. ) viii ZZJS I 
< -—earnest 



as 



R.F. viii \\j£\ ££%\ 



(p<?rf. 3 ft. f. sing.) viii ££JS 1 
earned 

( /vr/. J /J. ill. /?/(*.) ™ JjaJa I 
they earned 



(/w/. J ^.»i, />/«-) 1'iVV 
they (/.) earned 



il 



< slackening (v.n.) K\ \ 

to sell badly, to be dull 
(market), stagnant 



J 



(rt./j.) ace. \jSS 
<. pieces, fragment 
(see the following verse) 

And if they see a fragment 
of the heaven falling down 
they would say: (it is only) 
clouds piled up. {52:44] 

<pieces (1) (n.p.) ace. f^f 
(nig-) '\X£ 

Q1A 



~^&js jjV jl C ap J.o.it tm jj uU^^o £j&L05 P>£a < jJj^ ^*tf jr^'^3 J5V^ g&^a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QUKA*J 



3 J" 



J 



• *-» 



i3 



(/>«/. jjj.m. ji'itjf.) 
<C~ removed (1) 

to pull away, to remove, take tj p 

off, to open up lay 
open, to base 

Then when he removcth the 
distress from you. [Id: 5 4] 

(perf. J p.f sing.) 
~ bared 1 2) 



And she bared her legs. 

[27:44] 

{perf. 1st p. phi.) tit^ 
we removed (1) 
(distress, torment) 

And We removed that which 
was with him of the hurt 
(or distress), 121:84] 

Then when We removed from 
them the torment. [J 3:50] 

removal of the veil (2} 

Then We have removed of 

from thee thy covering so 

thy sight is today piercing, 

150:22] 



* -* ur 



a 



(perf. 1st. p. phi.) (v,\r.) VJ-T 
<we clothed 

to cloth, dress 

We clothed the boaei with 
flesh. [23: J 4] 

clothe ! (pirate, m. ptu.) \$S\ 

And clothe them and say to 
them a gentle saying, (4:5] 

<• _. * -^ 
clothing, dress (n.) «jJS 



• i 



a 



(3 p, f. ting.) pp. J^jf 
'"-is stripped 

(&)%££& & < 

to take off (the cover, veil), 
remove, strip, scrape, skin 

And when the heaven shall 
be stripped. [8j.1I] 

[as the skin' is plucked off a 
slaughtered sheep, or, the 
phrase may mean, and 
when the heaven shall be 
removed from its place, as 
a roof is removed from its 
place. 

569 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ djJLLo^ P5aXa <<JJJA ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J, J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY O.URAW 



J 



f 



& ii 



J 



< far/, />if . tit, phi,} 

(j,) \& j^ -pgr 

(1) to shut (a door), dam a 
water source, supress one's 
anger, one who restrains 

<J, Ji& his anger 

(2) to choke, to tight or fill 
something with a check 

the repressors { I) 

\nd (those who are) the re- 
pressors of rage and the 
pardoners of men. [3:134] 

chocking (2) 

When the hearts Will be 
in the throats choking. 

[40:1 Sj 

(the phrase is of hot for <*tjjl ) r 

(act. 2 pic.) <*$£ 
one filled with sorrow (1) 
or anger, a suppressing 
condition 



f^ 



And his eyes were whitened 
with the sorrow that he 
was suppressed . L 1 2 : 8 4] 

wroth inwardly (2) 
570 



(iinperf. 3 p.m. sing. > < - 4. j L -C 
—-will remove (hurt, distress, 
torment etc.} 



fj p.m. sing) pip. 
nill he bared 



JUff 



s 



•J'M. 



The Day whereon the s,hank 
will be bared. (68:42) 

[i.e., some very special farm 
of divine manifestation 
will take place. {IK.)\ 

The expression 'uncovering 
the shank' has also a not h^r 
meaning, and is indicative 
of grievous and terrible 
calamity, thus it is said : 
war has uncovered its sha- 
nk, when it is meant to 
express the fury and rage 
of battle : 

and one says of a man 
when difficulty or calamity 
befallcs him 

which means he prepared 
himself for difficulty. (LL,) 

(act. pic. m, sing.) iif 
a removers (of torment) 

removers j^iilf <n.d. j*4& 

remover (act. pic./, sing.) *-i£6 

{acL pic. f. plu.) JlUiV. 
removers(of distress) 

OY. 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <j->y) ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



ci J) 



VOCABULARY OF TH* HOLV QURAN 



w » <J 



to become promin- 
ent, have swell Fug 

<full breasted (gir]s) * 
(having swelling breasts) *j£if 



a d 



< co-aqua I (y.w.) ace. \& 



to be equal, vi \ &Kj tfc; 
alike 



* o ,j J 



<a receptacle (r,/rj ace. VuX 

to gather, to add to 

A place in which a thing is 
drawn together, or comp- 
rehended and collected or 
congregated. Thus the me- 
aning of the verve is : 

Have we not made the 
earth a place which com- 
prehends (the living and 
the dead )?. [77:2 5 J 



iJ 



( per/. 3 p.m. sing.) ~j^ 
'disbelieved (1) 



And when one of them rece- 
ivcth tidings of the birth 
of a female, his face re ma- 
ineth darkened, and he is 
wroth inwardly, [J 6:58] 

(pact. pic. m. sfng.) f jkSZ 
one oppressed with silent 
sorrow, despair 



* M 



4 



av\ 



<ftwo ankles (dual, n.) 

< lit : the square, {prop. n.) Lufcl 
or cubic, a swelled one or 
one become prominent. 
Signifies the sacred house, 
building in the centre of 
the sacred Mosque in 
Makka, said to be so 
because of its square or 
cubic form, or because of 
its high and its square 
form. (IX.) 
A massive stone building, 
oblong in size, 55 ft. in 
length, 45 in breadth, and 
Kith height a little above 
the length, standing in the 
middle of open parallelo- 
gram of about 500 ft. by 
530 ft. known as the 
sacred Mosque aud having 
a door 7 ft. from the gro- 
und Uitl). 

571 



s\aa£a jjV jl C*Ao JaImA jj ultaii^ Sj&jJi$ £,>££ <<JJJA £— <*i ij-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



<J lj 



VOCABULARY OF THB HOLY QURAN 



j J li) 



denied ungratefully (2) 

And Allah propounded a 
similitude : a (own which 
was secure and at rest, to 
which came provision there- 
of plenteously from every 
place then it ungreatefully 
denied the favours of 
Allah wherefore Allah 
made it taste the extreme 
of hunger and fear because 
of that which they were 
wont to perform, 

[16:112] 

(perf. 2 p. m. ttitg.) &$5 
thou disbelieved 

(perf. 1st. p. ting.) ^^S 
I rejected, refused 

Verily I disbelieve in your 
having associated me afore 
{J id.} J disbelieved in that 
which ye before ascribed 
to im (Ffc.). [14:22] 

(According to Tabriz Muj.) 
the word <c*j& means 
here: I have already re- 
fused or reject your belief 
in me as a partner to 
Allah, I 

572 



(*) T>r >it #- 

to deny, hide, over, to dis- 
believe, to renounce, deny' 

**•- reject, (opposite of 
belief) 

Among themselves is he who 

believed and among them* 

selves is he who disbelieved. 

[2:253] 

<was, or became (2) 
ungrateful 

to be ungrateful, negligent, 
(opposite of thankfulness) 



Whose* vcl giveth thanks he 
only giveth thanks for 
the (good of) his oivn 
soul : and whosoever is 
ungrateful (is ungrateful 
only to his own soul's hurt). 
For lo ! my Lord is 
Aboslute in independence, 
Bountiful. [27:40] 

{perf. 3 p. f sing.) J,^S 
disbelieved (I) 

And a party of the childern 
of Israel believed while a 
party disbelieved. [61:14] 

OVT 



*mSjo jjV jl C j i n J.o. ' i.t tm jj uU^^o iji^3 P5^° 'Ctfj-* 3 cr* 6ry'>?3 J^Vs Aicu 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



tj Jj 



(pip.neg.3p.rn.plu.) (;) jyj? D 
they will not be 
denied (reward thereof) 

(dative w.) * jiT 1 L. 
how ungreateful he is ! 

(the verb of wo.ider) *-JswJi Jl*i > 
is formed on the measure of 
-yfl iv (with a prefixed 
ham/a from any adjective 

Perish man ! how ungrateful 
is he| [80:17] 

ungratefulness, mi. <£$" f ^J^jj 

disbelief, dental ace. 1 « S 

[Note : where the word 

yi\ is used intrantititive 

to another object, it me- 
ans ; disbelief in Allah or 
hi i massenger (P.O. Hi.} 

rejecter, (act. pic. m. ling.) '"j€ 
one who refuses to believe, 
man of disbelief 

far/, p/c, /. jm^tJ * ji5 
disbelieving group (<w//J 

( solid phi . ) ace. C/l jib / j j ji 6 

those who hive no belief 
in Allah and Hi* massenger 

f or r. pic, f. ling. ) \'j& 
a disbeliever (group) 

far/, pic. /. p/u.) ^») jCfl 
disbeliever women 



f&. p. of ijtB'j 



ovr 



f>ej/. 2 pjn. phi.) Y^ 
ye disbelieved 
'—deriied 

f per/ i p.m. p/u.) Uj*^' 
they disbelieved 
""denied 

(ptrf. 1st. p, ph.) (•£$' 
we disbelieved 
(^denied 

{imperf. 3 p, m. sing.) J& 
disbelicveth 

{imperf 3 p.m. ptuj Jj^aJ^ 
they disbelieve 

[imperf. 3 p.m. piu.) ace. \'/£j& 
that they disbelieve 

(imperf. 2nd. p.m. phi.) o'jjlSv 
ye disbelieve 

(imperf. 2nd p.m. plu. face. \ jjjg 
they ye (may) disbelieve 

(imperf 1st, p. plu.} *J_fc 
we disbelieve 

(perate m. sing.) y£ \ 
(thou) diibelieve ! 

(perate. m, phi*) \)jS \ 
(you) disbelieve I 

(perate. neg.) jSf ll 
deny not ! 

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) 'j& 
i*-> was denied rejected 

(who was subject ti> disbelief) 

i 

(pip. 3 p.m. sim.) Jl& 
"-is rejected 
being rejected or denied «_> - 

573 



s\aa£a jjV jl C*Ao JaImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5>£a <j->y) ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



viJ 



VOCABULA8.V OP THE HOLY QURAN 



(J J 



must instate ffrrff J j\i3 

impious a*(\ ljUi 

(Noli*}; it is to«- of^for ^ij 

{perf. 3 p.m. sing.) 'JtS 
< "--expiated 

to cover over, If 'jwj j*J 

to expiate one'* (crime) jP 

{ ptrf. 1st. ", ptu.) It I'jLi 
we ex pi a ted 

( imperf. 3 p.m. sing- } just U yj5 
will expiate 

{imperf: Hip. sing.) epl. ii jJ^LS J 
■urely ! shall expiate 

(imperf. 1st p. pht.} jvit ii ^LSsi 
we i ha] I expiate 

{imperf. 1st. p. phi.) epl. ii dj&l 
surely we shall expiate 

(per ate. m. ting.) it j*J 
(thou may) expiate ! 

~ v <* -,* ->•■ 

captation (ints. of ^j_5 } Jj\ii 

(The word is derived from 

■\LS in its original sense 

/,*., to remove, hide etc., 
as «ii expiatio.i removes 
the lin and is an act of 
merit an one's part.) 
(see- Mjj.) 

rejection ■>. rt.) jl^iJ 



574 



camphor, (n.) ace. \/^ 



infidelity, denial (».«.) ace. fj^j 
disbelief rejection 

ingrate, (m(r.) I jjij 

IWB" 



lhanklesi ace. 

dis- UKft. p. ■>/ J? J 
believers infidels 

AM. 



563- 



■Jfc> 



Allah hath promised the 
hypocritical men and 
hypocritical women and 
unto the (open) infidels 
Hell-fire wherein they 
shall be abiden. [968] 

disbelievers, [b. ptu) ; j["c*n 
husbandmen f2) J^~^ 

As the likeness or ('vegeta- 
tion after) rain whereof 
the growth pleaseth the 
husbandmen. [57:20] 

(This it the only verse in 
which jlii is used in 
the sense of 'hushandmen' 
i.e., those who hide seeds 
undir the ground accord- 
ing to !h. original mean- 
ing of the root form. Some 
commentators think that 
here too the word give* 
the general signification 
i.e., disbeliever. (Mjj.) 



ovi 



svC&o jjV jl C*i-fl JaImA j-» Olta^c^o djJLLo^ ^5aaA <j->y) ^-w |j-o)^5 J-5V<i r&5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J ti d 



VOCABULARY Or THE HOLY QURAM 



j J J 



to be (6)Wl3^'J^ 

guardian of, take care of, 
to be responsible for, to 
stand security of bail for 

(impcrf. 3 p.m. plu.) 0^ut-*T 
they {may) take care of 

(ptrf. 3 p. m. ung.} ii '££ 
< '"-made SS\o take care of 

to make if }U«£' 3*^ 
some one guardian, care 
or take care of 

(perate. m. sing.) iV %& 1 
<make 55 guardian /.e., 
entrust, give 

to make h» ^Ui | ^i5' I 

someone or apppint a guar- 
dian or entrust some one 
with something 

And I have one ewe and he 
saith, enturst jt to me. 

[38:23] 

( LJiJLS" i Ine ^ord has dou- 

ble accusative Li meatui U ft) 

(act. 2. pic.) ace. y j _jf |* i j C 
surity 

And surely ye have appointed 

Allah a surity upon you. 

116:911 

(the literal mean ine of ^*y 

is one who takes responsi- 
bility for someone or some 



* J J il 



( ptrf. 3 p.m. ting.) (v. assim) yg* 
<*« withheld 

to withhold 



to avert, turn off from ^>b 
prevent, cease 

(r. ajf/m) 
f>er/. ht. p. ling,} 
I restrained, turned off 

. f. assim. ace. 
(imptrf. 3 p.i». sing.) 
will withhold 


fttU 


(t, ffJJ/m. v) J jjlX 
Umperf. 3 p. mp!u.) 
they will not (urn off 

(r. osj™,) oce. *ji-SJ 
(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) 
(neg.J they (may not) restrain 


Both of (n.d.-daul n.} 
(two palms) 


.4^ 


plam — stng. ,JQ 




•jf— «.d. 0S) 




( if%— t * 




wholly BCf, .pre. act. 


*u? 


(with additional J ) 






• J t> 


ii 



(fm/wf. J p. m. fi'ng.) *t£f 
< ~ taktih charge of 
takcth charge of 

575 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5AAA <j->y) ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



iJ -t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY Q.UHAH 



J J J 



Sometimes the first object 
takes *-* , as above; some- 
times both objects are 
drawn together.) 

We were to suffice thee aga- 
inst mocker*. [ 1 5;95] 

(Note. As frequently obser- 
ved, (for puposes of expla- 
ining it), verb formed for 
perfect tense is translated 
as if it was for imperfect 
tense and vice versa. Thus 

') \ ;,j S is translated as 

we will suffice thee.) 

(imperf. 3p.m. *&i£.)(w.r.) 
will be sufficient 






*%&gfi 



Allah suffices thee against 
them. [2U37] 

^4- 3 + jfe + J- + J 

i.e. the word 

preceded by two tetters and 
followed by two pronomi- 
nals. 

will not be ace. ^Sj ^ ' 

sufficient ? 

was not«J$? '{jlss.f.d. >-& 
sufficient 

Doth not they Lord suffice 7 
14I:53| 

576 



thing, or who stands bail 
or surity for someone 
but in this verse from the 
Holy Quran the word mea- 
ns surity as the content 
refers to those who had 
sworn by his name.) 

responsibility, a portion (fl.j **\iS 

two portions {dual n,} jii^ 

the name of {prop, n.) JiJJ' ja 
an apostle 

(Prophet Ezekiel of the Bible 
noted for his splendid visi- 
on and literary imagery. 
Very little is known of 
his personal history, see 
Jid. P. XVII n. 1 8 S and 
P. XXUI n. 411.) 



* J J il 



a* 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
< ■— sufficed 

t»«fc £ tf 

to be enough, sufficient, 55 is 

sufficient »U-Tfor him to 

meet all his requirements, 
to protect, to defend 

Sufficient is Allah as a reck- 
oner. [4:6] 

{per/. 1st. p. ptu.) (w,v.) fc jjjT 
we suffice 

(Note : The verb is used 
with double accusative*. 

0V1 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ £•$**£ <<jJJ<o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV<i r&5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J ^ 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QUKAN 



^ t_# J 



to compel 55, if liKj ^" < 

to what is beyond one's 
might, to tax 

to be zealous, to take pains 

(imperf. fcL p.m. phi.) ii t_i&j 
we burden or tax 



(pip. 3 p. m. j/ngj it 
~->is tasked 

(Note; The subject of this verb 
is 'soul" /ii* feminine) 



(Ap-der. m, phi.} ace. t 
<aff cetera 

to take anything 

as difficult or troublesome 



Nor am I of the affiecters, 
i.e., nor am I led by nature 
or habit to practise deceit 
and falsehood. [38:86] 



iwi&T 



-** 



* J J 6 



< one who has ( 1) Wfc 
no direct heirs 

to lose father and child (My.) 
OVY 



w 



(act. fie. m, jft^.) /.rf. (jV 
defender, sufficient , protector 

Is not Allah sufficient for His 
bondman? {39:36] 



* t J i) 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) h.r. 
'--'guards 

(J) *% w 

to keep guard 



* V J il 



the dog (n-r £J>J| 



{Ap-der. m. plu.) ii ace. 
< those who train dogs or 
other animals for hunting 



J il 



(act. pfc. m. pAi.) <Jj*-V 
< those who grin their teeth 
with pain and agony, grin- 
ning ones 

to look luitere, frown, grin : 
severe looking 

ding.) *# 



* J J J 



J 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii *lJyf 
■"-task* 

577 



amIo jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ djALo^ P5aXa <jjys ^^> 6r^'^3 J^V^ f&5c***o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



I J JJ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY (JURAN 



JJJ 



And unto each A Hah hath 
promised good. [4:95] 

entirely, totally, 'jf.'^/jf 

all, everyone, each one, 
whole 

(This particle is used with a 
complement either expre- 
ssed or understood ( *jJu ) 
and then is translated alt, 
the whole, each, everyone; 
when the complement is 
understood it takes tanween 
as J£ and y* (see 
above) and governs alike 
the singular and plural. It 
is most often used as 
mudaf to take the fol low- 
ing nouns in genitive, j uc h 



-*- 



as 



*JB ' \Ja~ *n& or 

&"& && 
to denote, every* and 
'entirely'. 

whensoever, as (com,) l£/ \*""js 

often as, so often as U "*€ 



1 J J J 



nay but or but (pattkte) 
nay ' 

Nay, but ye will come to 
know, (102:3) 
578 



* 



And a man or a woman hath 
no direct heirs but hath a 
brother, and a sister, each 
of the twain will have a 
sixth. 14:12) 

one without (2) 
father or child 

Say thou : Allah pronoun- 

ceth you in the matter of 

one without father or child. 

[4:176] 

(Note : According to Tabri 
the word 3^6 in this verse 

could be explained with 

both significances.) 

s> ; 
one who depends on (n.) ^Jp 
others for his livelihood, 
a burden, weariness 

Ank he is a weariness unto 
his master. [16:76] 

V 

each (panicle J JR 

(or a substantive nour. — Lis.) 

Each (one) runneth to an app- 
ointed goal. [13:2} 

each ace. ^JST 
OVA 



**jSjo <^jV jl C J i a J.o.i.t tm jj uU^^o a^JLLo^ P5^° 'Ol.'y* cr* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ *&^->a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J *» 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLV QJJRAN 



J J 



P 



(perf 3 p, f. ting.) v 
muttered a word 

10 Utter \JtZi J*t < 

a word, tt) speak 

(without mentioning an accu- 
sative) 

(imperf 3 p.m. sing.) v rJ*^'. 
~speaketh T utiereth a word _____ 

{imperf. 1st. p. sing.) t p*^ 
we speak 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ptu.) » jj*&^. 
they speak 



<an act of (*.rt.) ft" 
speaking (sec above) lib 
a word (I) (n.) 



>9T 

And a parly of them used 
to listen to the word of 
Allah then used to change 
it. [2:75] 

speaking (2) 

He said : O Musa ! I have 
preferred thee above man- 
kind by My messages and 
by My speaking (unto 
thee). |7:144) 

£U£ <awordf>.) \% 

(p/u.) see below 



Nay, hut ye will come to 
know. [I02;43 



J ii 



(p*rf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii "-K" 
'•^spoke 

to speak to ((£; !»? ^Jf < 

(r™ji : to pronominals or 
nouns as 



f^< '<OG > 



\ «^ji,'' 



tTJ* 



'Jil 



r^ 



(i.e., a double accuslive) 

(/jef/. J p.m. sing.) ii 
speak* 

i. f> '"lev "if> 

he speaketh to dim, speaks 
to them, or to me respec- 
tively 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) ii ace. 
that thou speak 



r* 



-V'* 



o^s^l 



That thoi 1 shall not speak to 
mankind. 13:4 1] 

I shall speak ace. ii jfl 
I shall not speak ace, 'J£ \ y 

fp/i. J p.m. j/flg-J it ^Jo 

is/are spoken with 

The dead could be spoken 
to. 113:311 

579 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <(j->y) ,— **» (j-o)^5 JjV^ a£^o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



fJ J 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY C/URAN 



J J 



in the sense of (5) 

an order, knowledge, His 
will, meia, Christ 

The Messiah '(sa, son or 

Mary am, is but an apostle 

of Allah, and his word ! 

{i.e., born out of his word). 

T4-I71] 

(generally where <Jb is used 

its translation with 'word' 
ir. preferable) 

According to some commen- 
tators jyjl <J> means 

the saying: ilVj 4 ^ 
in absolute cases it may be 
taken in the sense of His 
might, will, and determina- 
tion. 

words ({} {ft. p.) oU^ 

' 1 1nn Adam learnt li om his 
Lord (certain) words, 

P;37J 

ordinance (2) 






ft. 5-s 
St 



^Clu4v 


None can change 


His words 


t 'words' mean 


His comni- 


and-, and or d 


i na n cts). 


[Tabrii. 


t6:U5J 


<wort 


s [fr. pht) 


| sing. ) *Jf 




S80 





f-P 



Nay ! it is but a word that 
he utteres . (23:100] 

(saying in the sense of (2) 
a formula) 

Behold thou not how Allah 
hath propounded the simi- 
litude of the clean word, it 
is like a clean tree, its root 
firmly 1ixt.il and lis bran- 
ches {reaching) unto hea- 
ven. 1 14:24] 

in the sens: uf a (3) 
'decree" or 'the sentence" 

Is he, then, on whom is justi- 
fied the decree of the 
torment — will Lhou rescue 
htm who i\ in the lire ? 

[39:19] 

in the iiensc of nil (4,1 
agreement 






Say ; O people or the script- 
ure f come loan agreement 
between us and you. 

[3:64] 



3A. 



sw&o jjV jl C j i n JaIm L o jj OIp$^$a d^Lo^ P5^° 'Crtj cr* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ Aicu 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J> 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



* b£ 



How many a community that 
dealt unjustly have We 
shattered, 121:111 

as, even at, (praticle) £" 
juit as 

As be caused your (first) 
parents to go forth. [7:27] 

affixed pronouns of „. -, 

2, p. phi. {see LLQ.) 6 i*(f 



• r f a 



< the sheath or (ff.p.) (■? T 
*pathe in which the flower 
of a fruit ii enveloped 

W».) ?- 

And no fruits burst forth 
from their sheaths. [4 1:47] 



d 



the blind one from birth *S i\ 
to be blind from birth 



O 4 



<very ingrate (elative) Jj3 
(by nature) 



* ¥ ¥ * 



both of two/ (particle) w£ 

the twain (/.> 

both of two/the twain (m.) Sf 



+ J 



J 



{imperf. } p.m. sing.) t* tiASl 
I completed 

to ft ^^ -jf t < 
finish, complete, 

{imperf, 2 p. m. plu,)acc. \*}>J2 
you, in order, to complete 

(act. pic. m. dual.) J?*p 
entire, two full, two complete 



one* 



(Oct. pic. / sing.) %% 
entire, a full 



• • f d 



an interrogative 

conjunctive particle 

how long, 

how many 



(followed by ij* with the 
genitive) : 

He will say : how long tarried 
ye in the earth counting 
by yean? [23:112] 



r 



OA^ 



581 



s\aa£a jjV jl C*Ao J^Imuo jj O It jus 3^3 djjLLo^ P5aXa <<jJj<o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV<i f&5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



Jjfc J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J o 



s 



hide theiDMlvei in hit r»y 
(John Pen tic*} 



* J il 



(perf.3p.m.ptu.)b 
<yc conceal 

to cover 

conceal,/* y® | t? ' 

keep secret, fct #S I 

to keep concealed in mind/ 
heart 

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing. ) iv (assim) jS** 
hidcth 

(He knoweth) what thetr he- 
art* conceal. f 2 7:74} 

<a covering (*,/>,) ^/l 
cover (ling.) £jf 
such at a shelter, veil etc. \lS \ 

a covered one (pod, pic.) b_y$+ 
or a concealed one 



to be ungrateful 

elative '%j$ act. pie. Jj£ 

very ingrate by his nature 

Verily man is onto his Lord 
ungrateful. [100:6] 



* > o a 



(paf. 2 p.m. phi.) *eyS 
< ye treasured 

to bury in the ground, collect 

and store up, to treasure 

-*».. fs 
(feuHlf, J p.m. JJ&.) Jj JU» 

they treasure 

(imptrf. 2 p. m. phi.) J .j^ST 
ye treasure 

treasure (f.n.) JuJ 



• 


u> 


. ±3 


the cave (n.) 


i^i 


* 


J i 


il 



< manhood ace. (is.) ^H 



* t/ J J 



582 



< those which hide In. p.) trS-ft 
themselves (stars) 

to hide behind the haunt (gaz- 
elles) (MJJ.) 

(a name applied to the star*, 
and especially those planets 
which, from their proximi- 
ty to the inn, occasionally 

6AT 



~^&js jjV jl C j i n JaIm L o jj uU^^o a^JLLo^ P5^° £ lH^° cr"* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ Aicu 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J _* J 



il 



L 



{perf. 3 p.m. sing.) *•■*> 3* 
<-~became nigh, was about 
to do 

Used as an adverb, thus 
always attached to another 
verb, denoring: was on 

the point of e.g. ■*]»* jo 
he was on the point of 
doing. 

rf. (^>)if>& sir 

to be well nigh. 

in Jussive becomes 

jJm and so on. 

And those who followed him 
in the hour of distress 
after the hearts of a part 
of ihcm had wt II nigh 
i served aside. [9:1 17] 



OJ 



K 



('per/ J p.m. sing.) (hm\) 
she had well-nigh ~ 

(ptf/. J /?. m. sing.) &&£ 
thou hadsl well-nigh 



(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) w.v, 
has well-nigh 

has not welt-nigh juss. w.r. 

He hardly can see it. [24:40] 
oat 



fc 



JJG 



to be of mature age from JfO 
30 to 60 (Mujj) from 30 
to 50 (John.) years old 

ones are '*& pi". Ojp 



J * 



6 



(act. pic. m. sin%J 
< sooth sayar 

to bo priest or soothsayer, to 
forte! I 



•a* 



* * ¥ * 



Initial letters of Sura 
Maryam (19th Sura) 



* V J i) 



a stai for.) [ 'ii^ 



+ *y 



J 



a cup (sing ) *£f 



without a handle (Muj.) 
beakers (Pic.) 
goblets (Jid.) 



583 



'^jSjs jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj Oltai>3^ djJLLo^ ^5aaA iijJ>o ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i £&*s*jz 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



3 



VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN 



J 






~«sed with a direct accusa- 
tive or the predicate, to be 
something 

"-"With a fol lowing perfect 
to mean : past perfect 

™- with a following imperfect 
denotes duration in the 
past, or progressive past, 
< jl^Iiiyi ) which may 
be trans!at«*d in English 
by 'used to' 'would-*'' 

to belong to J - 
to be qualified for j* J - 
with a following subjunctive 
J 05 U means ; he was 
not worthy of-~< 

was, were (() 
{in case the predicate 
is a collective noun.) 

Mankind were one commu- 
nity. [2:21 3J 

&%$£&&&£ 

Ask them of the township 
thatwasbythcsea.[7:l63j 
used to (2) 

'£*$£%*&*¥ 

A party of them used to 
listen to the word of AHah, 
then (used to) change it, 
(2:751 

584 



{imperf 3 p. f. sing.) w v. jjjjf 
<™- , arc well-nigh 

used for 

(imperf. 3 p. rat. phi. J w,f, J$£j 

they hardly (can! 

they are well-nigh— not (Jid.) 



ii 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii "fjg 
<~ rolls 

to roll up, Ijp yp Jjf 

He rolteth the night around 
the day and rolteth the 
day around the nig ht. 

[39:5] ^ j 

(pp. 3 p.f. sing.) ii <!>'/$ 
shall be wound round (the 

sun) 
('Sun' is a feminine word in 

Arabic) 



L 



j n 



( perf. 3 p, m. Sing.) 
<"^was, existed 

happend , occurred, 
took place 



( perf. 3 p.f. sing.) 
(a supporting verb of 
weak verbs group 

(o)t#$rc* 

to be, to exist, to happen, to 
occur, to take place 



or 



liJb 



UAfc 



*mSjo <^jV jl C j i n J.o.i.t tm jj OIp$^$a £j&L05 P>£a 'Crtj cr* Jr^'-Hi J^^ ft^w 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



O 3 



J 



VOCABULARY OP TH1 HOLY OU»AN 



O J 



shall be (5) 

The dominion on that Day 
shall be true (dominion), 
of (he Compassionate and 
it $halt be a hard day 
upon the infidel?. [25:26] 

Causion ! It is not a gene- 
ral rule of the grammar 
that iti derived form 
ihould denote the meaning 
or future tense. It is a Qur- 
anic way of expression in 
case of the Hereafter, the 
Paradise, the Hell etc-, to 
indicate that what will ha- 
ppen in the Hereafter is a 
fact beyond doubt, and is 
as true as a happening of 
■At put that cannot be 
denied. It is also to be 
noted that it is not so only 
in the case of '& but 
other verbs loo are used 
in past tense for showing 
suriry of the Hereafter. 



Verily those who believe and 
do righteous work, unto 
them shall be gardens of 
Paradise for an entertain- 
ment. [18:1071 



And he rctieveth them of 
their burden and the 
fetters that they used to 
have on them. [7:157] 

is m 

Say : who is an enemy to 
Jibracl (Gabriel) : for he 
it is who hath revealed to 
thy heart. [2:97] 

Since my wjf e is barren [ I o : 5j 
is (as an eternal (4) 
fact, habitual, for ever 

And I said : ask forgiveness of 
your Lord. Verify He is ever 
Most Forgiving. [71:10] 

And say then : The truth 
is come and falsehood is 
vanished, veriJy the false- 
hood is ever vdnishing. 

[17:81] 

Verily the prayer is prescribed 
unto believers at definite 
time. [4:103] 



585 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ dj^JLo^ P5aXa <■{>*}& ^*» &j\ji§ JjV^ a&*z>uz 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



O ) 



d 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN 



O i 



J 



Vmperf. 3 f>. /. dual) w.v. fc^" 
the twain (f) were 

{ pre/. 2 p.m. ling.) w.v. 
thou wert 

( perf. 1st. p. sing.) ( w.r.> 

I was; I am 

(perf. 2 p. m pht.) w.r. 
you arc 



oC5 



S3T 



3*« 

You arc the best community, 
[3:1101 

(perf. 3 p. f ptu.) w.v. 
they (/•) were/are 

(perf. 7 p. f ptu,) (w.r.) 
you (f.) were /are 

{perf. 1st p, pfu\ (w.v,) 
we were/are 

We are not tormentors until 
We have raised an apostle 
or We have not been 
tarmentors. (The word 

\^5 reveals the sense of 
custom pr habit f.e., it is 
not our way of dealing to 
catch people of their sins 
unless We send a warner 
to thefnj (refer to verse 
8:67) above. (17:15) 



( perf. 3 p. m. plu.} w.v. 
they (m.) were/are, 

they used to 
586 



it 



become (6) 

He (iblis) demurred through 
pride and so became a 
disbeliever. [2: 34J 

And when heaven will be 
rent asunder and will 
become rosy like unto red 
hide. [55:3 7] 

worthy of suit, (7) 
qualified for 

the verb after ffi in 

this case will have a J 
in subjunctive imperfect 

^&&$&$& 

It is not for any prophet to 
have captives. [8:67] 

is (for completing a (8) 
sentence without having a 
predicate) 

A i A if ths debtor is in 
straitened circum stances, 
then (let there be) post- 
ponement to {the time of) 
ease. [2:280? 

{perf 3 p.m. dual.) (w.v,) 
the twain were/are 

{perf 3 p-f. sing.) w.v. 
is/was/will be (sec above 
examples) 



0*9 



0A1 



sw&o jjV jl C J i a J.o.it tm jj uU^^o d^Lo^ P5^° 'Crtj cr* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ Aicu 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



O i 



■A 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



O 9 



J 



t£ 



{imperf. 1 p.m. dual) }uss, 
both a re/ were, both will be 

if both be not— Vjfi'l o[ 



{imperf. 3 p.m. piu.) O^jSw 
they will be 



4 . » .r> 



Nay, but they will deny their 
worship of them and will 
be (will become) oppo- 
nent* unto them. [19:82] 

{imperf. 3 p^m. phi.) dec, tyjk' 
(that) they are—to be 

They nre content to be with 
those who stay behind- 

[9:93] 

(3 p.m. phi.) epl. V j$9 
they certainly shall be 

J#P*^h^J ^yj^liiiCjSiLl^lilj 

And they swore by Allah, 
their most binding oath, 
that if a warner came Unto 
them they would be more 
traciahlc than any of the 
nations. [35; J 2) 



ace. 

( 1 ) (imperf. 2 p.m. ting.) 

aee. 

(2) (imperf. 2 p.m. ling.) 

<1AV 



op 



op 



(imperf. 3 p.m. smg.) nom. j^S 

'—he has been, ace. "J*! 

that he may be, in order to be 

(com.) op Sfl 

S% «x % + 3 + J 

lest, (there) should be 

(a particle Jl ) com. j^J ^ 

how (there) can be 

~ surely shall be ein, ''-"JQ 



And if he doth not what I 
command him, he shall 
surely be imprisoned and 
he shall surely be of the 
degraded. fl 2;32j 

(Sp.f. sing.)juss. 
was not ^5J '1 

That is for one whose family 
was not (dwelt not) near 
the sacred Mosque \2: 196] 

would be jnss 

a form of jjSu in Jussive 

two final letters ) and j are 

dropped while in the above 

form of jussive *^S only 

•J* was dropped. 

If they repent it would be 
better for them. [9:74] 



P 



*tf 



587 



svC&O jjV jl Oi-0 J^ImA jJ ultaii^ iSjJLLO^ P5aaA <<JJJA ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i fi5^?U3 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



U } 



J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY CjURAH 



O i 



J 



same as above foss. *£? 
(only * } » dropped) 

(two Letters j j j yy«- dif 

dropped) 



should/be not thou c/'jf H 



r .i. 



vp 



ace. 
(imperf. 2 p.m. dua\J.d.) 
you (twain) will be 

{imperf 2 p.m. phi.) nam, ^y £f 
ye will be, become 

*• i*. 

/.rf. ace. l^^J 

{imperf. 2 p.m. pht.) n.d. 
that ye may be 

(.imperf, lit. p. ling.) ace, 0> 1 
tbat I am/1 may be 

I was not— —just. $] 4 

I was not — — r 

(imperf. lit phi.) ace. j^f 
wc are/we were/that we may 
be/become 

(lit p. plu.) just. 
so/lhen we become 

(fti. p. pht.) just. 
then/so/and/we arc 

we were not u^j f " 
we were not dL' "i _ 



.—may be, might be, will be 
(nominative : 3 p. f sing.) 

Our Lord ! Send down unto 
us some food from the 
heaven that it may be 
unto us an oceassion of 
joy, 15:114] 

{nam. 3 p.m. swiff.— will be) 

Ye shall know whose will be 
tbe (happy) end of the 
abode. (6:135) 

(3 p.m. sing, aec, — to be) 

Would any of you like to be 
for him a garden (2:266| 

(2 p. i«, sing, nam — thou art 
in or <•— occupied with) 



& 
& 



(Isi. p. pht.) ept. j^rjCJ 
we shall be 

(pirate, m. sing.) 
be ! (thou m.) 
588 



$ 



qUQWj^W 



Thou art not (engaged) in 
any business.... But we are 
witnesses over you .[ 1 0:6 1 j 

(2 p.m. sing, ace. — thou be- 
come, thou be) 

And be not thou of those 
who belie Allah's sign; iest 
thou be of the losers. 

(IO:95| 



AAA 



*mSjo <^jV jl C j i n J.o.it tm jj uU^^o d^Lo^ P5^° 'Crtj ct* C>tf^y.3 J^^ (^w 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY OUBAN 



O 5 



J 



place (2) 

And had We willed. We verily 
could hive fixed them in 
their place. [36:67] 



iS J 



J 



{pip, 3 p.f. ting) w.v. jjC 
<'^'wili be branded 

to burn, to scar, to cauterize, 
to brand 



+ * 



il 



so that, (prticle) 
in order to, in order that 



X 



So that we may glorify Thee 
much. (20:33] 

(com. part.) (S 'J') 5*? 
in order not to 

So that it become not a 
commodity between rich 
among you. J59:7] 

(com. parL^H '&)'**& 
lest, in order not to 

That you sorrow not for 
that which you missed. 

[3:153] 
0A1 



fperate. /. sing.) 
be ! thoitf.) 

be ! you (penjre m. ptu.) 
side, place (\)n,p,t. 

And the wave comeih unto 
them from every side 
(place). [10:22 J 

And (remember) when We 
prepared for Ibrahim 
the place of the Holy 
House. [22:26] 

abode, plight (2) 

Such are In worse plight in 
abode. 1 5:60 J 

status. 53 1 (Mjj.)< 

keep your place (an idio- 
matic expression) 

According lo Bedawi it is an 
accusative of verb ellipsis 

l^Jjt 'remain in' 

place, way, (n. p.t.) 
condition (Mjj.) 

witb an additional i > 
way (I) 

O my people go on acting in 

your way verily J am 

going to act (in my way). 

I6U35J 






p& 



iifc 



5S9 



>^S>a jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ djJLLo^ p5i*a <<JJJA £— ** 6r^'^3 J^V^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



<J i* J 



VOCASULAHV OF TH* HOLV ftURAH 



J 



Lo I they plot a plot (aga- 
inst thee O Mohammad) 
and I plot against them. 
(Pie.) (86: 15-1 6] 

(lit. p. sing,) epi. 
I shall circumvent 

And By Allah, t shall circum- 
vent your idols [ 2 1 : 5 7 j 

(com.) jj±S 
(pirate, m. phi.) \**<*£ 
do plot against 

(shortened from l} > 

me- 4 + \Y±£(com.) UJjl£ 

plot against me 

apbtacc. Uffif&ltf 

fact. pic. m. pht-) jiJULAI 

{ph. of h..», *£§" ; 

those who are subjected to a 
conspiracy or a plot 

Do they seek to (lay) a polt? 
Then those who disbelieve 
— it is they who shall be 
plotted against, [52:42] 



• V> tf il 



how (particle} *_*i 
It is an interrogative particle 
employed to inquire 

590 



so that not (com- part.) }lCJ 

So that he knoweth nothing 
after (having had) know- 
ledge, [17:70] 



a 



(perf. lit. p. phe.) w.i. ^j£ 
<we contrived 

to P iot)(^)ijuir ^:»^ 

to contrive J _ 

Note : When related to Allah, 
the verb means: he con- 
trived, arranged, manag- 
ed etc. When the verb 
refers to disbelievers and 
their conspiracy it signifies: 
to plot against. Often this 
verb is repeated to say: that 
they did harm to Islam or 
they plotted against Islam 
but Allah persisted their 
acts in the same way as 
they followed. 

Thns we contrived Yusuf. 
[12:76J 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) w,v. ZiJ&ji 
they plot 

(tmperf. lit. p. sing.) w.r. *x£ \ 
I plot 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ Sj&jJi$ P,5^° L C>iJ A cr^ Oi^JiS J^^ $&&*& 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J 



VOCABULARY OF TH* HOLY QURAN 



J 



! M 



fperf. 2 p. m. phi.) w . r . 
ye measured 

And give full measure when 
ye measure. (17:35] 

(per/, 3 p. m. phi.) w.v. riii l^fcf | 
<they take by measure 
to receive viii VGJ" \ Jti*! 
by measure from 

(1st. p. plu.} w,r, viii juss 
we get measure 

measuring v.n.,w.v. 

The measuring (of corn) hath 
been denied us, where- 
fore send thou with us our 
brother that (in result) we 
get (our) measure. [12:63] 

the veseel in which (n,p.t.) tJLC 

things are measured 

a camel's Joad _£f ^5 



5? 



• ^ il 



(ptrf. 3 p. m. pht,) w.v. x. 
< they humbled themselves 

to humiliate * Jjfe^l 
oneself 

to humble SS, 
to submit, resign 

Neither did they weakened 
nor were they humbled. 
,3:1 46) 



quality of a thing, or its 
condition, or to question 
about the manner in which 
an action has taken or 
may take place. 

In the Holy Quran it is often 
used as an exclamatory 
particle to show wonder 
implying a negative sense. 

how I (exclamatory) (1) 

And look thou at the bones : 
how We make them stand 
up and clothe them with 
flesh. [2:259] 

how 7 (2) 
(implying negative sense) 

How Allah shall guide a 
people who disbelieved 
after their belief ? [3:86} 



• J 



±J 



fperf. 3 p. m. phi.) w.r. \'J^ 
they mesured 

to measure,. \vif> - 
to weigh, xJ*)**££ J 
to compare by measuring 

And (who) when they mea- 
sure unto them or weigh 
for them, (they) diminish. 
183 :3j 

591 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ £j£a£5 £,>££ <<JJJa £— •» 6r^'^3 J^V^ a&*z>uz 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



fWJtf' 



would have (2) 
(a pottos is of a conditional 
sentence introduced by 

*J or H'} ) 

If thy Lord bad wished , He 
would have (verily) made 
mankind one nation. 

(11:118] 



" *!<*< 



If Allah had not repelled 
soon men by others the 
earth would have been 
corrupted. [2:251] 

(correlative of an oath particle) 

By Allah, Allah bath prefer- 
red thee above us. [1291 J 

592 



< verily, truly, (1) J 
indeed, surely 
(an intensifying particle) 

Note: the pronunciation of J 
vocalized with fat ha. 

before the predicate of 0] 

We never sent before thee a 
messenger but indeed they 
ate food. 125.20] 

(or) 

Verily my Lord is certainly 
the hearer of prayer. 

[14:39] 

before a subject 

Surely ye are more awful in 
their breasts than Allah- 
(59:131 



a\t 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ Sj&jji$ P,5^° L C>iJ A cr^ Oi^JiS J^^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY Of TH* HOLY QURAN 



He had made for you pairs 
of yourselves. [42:11] 

because of (4) 

For the taming of Qurcysh. 
[106:1] 

for the purpose or (5) 
(occurs after ^o preceded 
by negative particle) 

$$&$$£$$& 

It is not (the purpose) of 
AUah to leave you in your 
present state. [3:179] 

to become (6) 

And the family of Firawn 
took him up, that he might 
become for ihem an enemy 
and a sorrow, [28:8] 

let (do) (7) 
(the j of imperative) 

Let him, who hath abun- 
dance, spend of his abun- 
dance. [65:7 J 

<to (8) 
(I.e., as a substitute for gj ) 

Because thy Lord inspired 
her. (i.e., revealed to her) 
[99:51 

cat 



by (3) 
(a particle of oath) 

<!»***? rW^ wp*9 2*** 

By thy life (O Mohammad) 
they moved blindly in the 
frenzy of the approaching 
death. [15:72] 

indeed, certainly (4) 
(introducing a conditional 
particle) 

Certainly if they are driven 

out they go not with them. 

[59:12] 

(a preposition) 
(denoting possession) 

''&&)< to, for, (I) 

Unto Allah belongeth what- 
soever is in the heavens 
and whatsoever is in the 
earth. _ [2:28 4] 

(j\**~-^kdeserving (2) 



And might deserveth to Allah 
and to His messenger and 
the believers, [63:81 

in favour of i.e., making (3) 

owner (A/y.) < 



593 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Oltfui)^ djJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ a£^o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



^ vJ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



I J 



do not. (2) 

And slay not the life Allah 
hath made sacred save in 
ihe course of justice. 

[6:151] 



i) 1 J 



< the/an angel (n.) 'MM^ 

(^)b' Sir 3f 

to send a message (not a 
regular verb) E?v 

two angles thai, (n.) ace. ^S3* 

angles (h. p.) *&%\ 



1 J 1 J 



ihe pearl (n.) ace. TJjJ / *j'$fl 



*— > J 



<the hearts, understanding, 
insight, intellect 

the heart, (oti#) i_J 
insight etc. 



^ V J 1 



(/wr/. 3 p.m. siitg.) ,±J 
< remained stayed (1) 

594 



in (9) 
(as a substitute For y or place) 

And We shall set biance of 
justice for (i. e, on) the 
Day of Judgement. 

121:47] 

on (10) 
(substituting for <j£ ) 

They fall down prostrate on 
their faces adoring. 

[17/107] 

of, about (|1) 

(substituting for J£ ) 

Musa said : Speak ye (so) 
of the Truth when it hath 
come to you? Is this 
magic? f 1 0:771 



* * I J 



not, no (1) 
(particle for negative) 

It is not for the sun to over- 
take the moon, nor doth 
the night outstrip the day. 
[36:401 



aU 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj OUa^^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



tf y J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



O- w J 



He saith. I have destroyed 
vast wealth. [90:6] 

<a dense crowd (n.) ace. \±J 
that which is (jtey.) »xJ 
close packed like a lion's 
mane 

And when the bondman of 
Allah stood calling upon 
Him, they well nigb pressed 
on him, stifiling. [72r19] 



w. J 



(tmperf. 3 p.m. phi.) &**£ 
■<they will wear 

to wear, to put on a garment 
And they will wear green 



robs. 



[18:31] 



(per/. 1st p. phi.) ^-iLlJ 
< we made obscured 

to dress, cover, envelop, to 
obscure, to confound 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ling.) ace. £X 
confounds 

Or confound you by factions. 
[6:65] 



So he (Yasuf) stayed in 
prison for some years. 

[12:42] 

delayed not ~.U jl *±J L (2) 

So he delayed not to bring a 
roasted calf. [11:69] 

f/»e//. 2 p. m. sing.) u^J 
thou stayed ' 

**' 
f/wi/, 2 /j. m. />/«.) *JSJ 

yc stayed ' 

(pcrf.3p.m.pht.) \*j£ 
they stayed ~ 

*■ *"T 
{impcrf. J p. m. piu.) UjIlT 

they delay 

they delayed /mm. I jLfc 
they delayed not l^A' V 

far/, ^iif. «. p/M.; o«V^ 

those wno are staying 

(ptrf. 3. p.m. pki.) r |£i' 
< they delayed 

as RF. ^jf gfa 



•k i w J 



<much, vast (n.J ace- TjlU 

to stick, adhere, to mat 
together, to stick together, 



to become felled 



595 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5AAA <(jjj* ^-w j^ol^ JjV^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY or THE HOLY QURAN 



-J 



doubt, dubiety {v.n.) *^ 

And they are iti dubiety reg- 
arding anew creation. 

[50:15] 



1* 


J w 


J 


milk (fl.)f 

< 

ace. [ 


S3 
13 


* 


* c 


J ] 



("p. i.) UL1 
<the plat* of refuge 

lo lake refuge, retreat, shelter 



* E E J 



(crown. *.) ' j+ 
(per/. J p.m. Jing-.) 
<they persisted 

to exceed the limit, to persist 

a pool (n.) arc. j^J. 

very deep (sea) n. (orf/) t-Jr 



f *■* r * 
(.imperf. 3 p.m. pfc.) j> <J>-A»i 

<they profane (I.) 

1, to deviate fv LUj 3&1 
596 



{imperf, 3 p.m. plu.t f .>j* L~ 

they obscure -J i 

Had We appointed an angel 
(as Our messenger) We 
assuredly had made him 
(as) a man (that he might 
speak to them) and (thus) 
■obscure for them (the 
truth) they (now) obscure. 
(Pic) [6:9J 

Caution : Both Ihc verbs have 
the same triliteral root 

,j- w J ;the only diff- 
erence between these two 
occurs in vowel i zing as in: 

to wear ^Ji,' ^ 

to obscure J«J,_ J^J 

(imperf. 2 p.m. plu.) $$£$ 
ye wear 

And derive the ornament that 
ye wear [35:12] 

{imperf. 2 p.m. ptu.) j ^.LL* 
ye make obscure/confound 

Why confound ye truth with 
falsehood. [3:71] 



covering, (a.) 
garment, dress 



o^ 



»-w5U> jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ $jJ}Xgi$ £.3^-° 'C^.y 3 cr 1 * 1 6r^'^3 J^V^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



o C 



VOCABULARY OF THI HOLY OjUltAN 



to catch up, to reach, 
overtake «-* - 

they have not ^J*™ *} 
reached (or) they have not 
overtaken 

( perf, 2 p.m. ptu.) iv \jA-i 
<ye joined ' 

to attach affi* tli-i ^-' 

- **i 

(perf. 1st p. plu.) iv \jj_l 

we cause to join 

fperate. m. sing.) iv Ji.1 
make join 

make me join [, 



f c 



flesh (n.) *$> 

flesh ace. \*~ 

(sing.) ^3- <fkshcs *^ 



<The mode of speeeh^jn.), v ^ 
oblique pronunciation. J Jill _ 

to speak with a (,jO LJ- o^ir 
mode showing speaker's 
inner feeling contrary to 
the obvious meaning of 
the word 

Note : The word is used in 
the H. Q. in this meaning 

mv 



from that which is lawful 
at;d right to incline J^ - 

to put to a perverted *j _ 
use, to act profanely 

And leave alone those who 
profane His names.[7:l 80] 

they incline J] 

The speech of him unto 
whom they incMne is for- 
eign. [16:103] 

profanity (v,n) iV zv-\ 

< place of (n.p.t.)viii Tj?& 
refuge 



to take refuge, viii 
shelter 



bUji j»d) 



* -> 



(wt) if. ace. '$-\ 
<(with) importunity 

to persist, tU-1 r^LI 
demand with importunity. 

(s)% &k& « 

to cover with a cloak 



« c 



(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) (juts.) • J*™. 
<they reach 

597 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <jjyj ^-w j^o)^^ JjV^ a5cxa 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OURAN 



(J c J 



(a panicle for place or pre- j j 
position) at, near, presence, 
from. 

This panicle of place (that 
is called by some gramma- 
rians as preposition) has 

usage as (jjj ^ots\ but 
the latter requires no 
preceding particle tf*- thus*. 
at the door ^J\}, ^jjj 



in our presence 


UJ 


with him 


>j1 


with them 


f*3 


my presence 




i^jJ 




• 


i i J 


iimperf. . 
<— find sw 


Mr 
(assim v) JX, 

I p. m. Sing.) 

Kt 



delicious, delightful, plea- 
sant, gratify the senses 

^^'cPiiJi^tfej 

And therein is all that souls 

desire and eyes find sweet. 

[43:71] 

delicious (n.) 
598 



% 



but there are other signifi- 
cances of the word which 
may be seen in diction- 
aries. 



• If C J 



beard in.) £^. 

Hold me not by my teard, 
|20:94J 



3 J 



most contentious (elevate.) 



3 



He is the most contentious 
of ad vcr saries. [2:204] 

contentious ace. IjJ 



j i 



from presence (a particle JJl 
of place or preposition) 

always preseeded by Oj < 



from 
from thy presence 
from our presence 
from his presence 

from me 



o2 5* 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <<jJj<o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ A^t-o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



U" J 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QURAN 



v> J 



introgativg particle \ 
verb f Jf 

pronoun i — y 

W u 



written combined 
as one word. 



f *i, 



UJfcJl 



• «J 



* ^ J 



a tongue ( 1) (n.) jU. 
(as & vocal instilment) 

Stir not thy tongue herewith 
to hasten it {75:16} 



language (2 J 
1$ t^MtjJ-JuJ^JtJ 



And Wc never sent A messen- 
ger save with the language 
of his folk, that he might 
make (the message) clear. 
[14:41 

speech (3) 

My brother Haroon (Aaron) 
is more eloquent than me 
in speech, therefore, send 
him with me. [28:34] 

0^ 



{act. pic. ttt. wig.) VJ * 
<p1astic sticking (Pic.) 

to stick, (oO Vf Awt vj 
adhere, to be fixed firmly 



f J 



(per/. 3 p.m. ting.) iv ffl 

rv kept fixe* 4 

UJl H }f < 
to keep fixed, to join, to 
associate 

to cling, Cj-)^ $kU « 
adhere, belong, attend 



$1 



He kept them fixed on the 
way of piety. [48:261 

( per/. 1st p. phi.) iv 
we have fastened 



4^iUjj£4i - j 



And every man We have fas- 
tened his action round his 
neck. [17:13] 

(imperf. ht p. pia.) it 
we make adhere 

Shall We make you adhere to 
it while ye are averse 
thereof. [11:28] 



1* 



599 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <<jJJ<o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t J t J 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY OJURAM 



O U* 



flame (n.) Jij 
(fire of the Hell) 



(imperf. 1st p. phi.) 
<Lwe jest (1) 
(opp. to be serious) 

to disport, droll (baby), 
to play, to jest, pastime 
(in an unserious thing) 

(S p.m. sing.) just. 
'--(may) play 

(imperf'. 3 p. m. phi.) 
they jest 

they may jest (just.) 
{i.e. , leave them jesting) 



play, playing («.} 

(act. pic. m. plu.) ace. 
those who play 

And We created not the 
heaven and the earth and 
all that is between them 
in play. [21:16] 



0# 



J J I J 



perhaps, may be, (partkk) 
it is hoped, to be haply 

According to the grammarians 
the word is termed as a 

'resemble verb' like $ 

600 



9 



renown (4) 
(when it is possessed by t5 Ju? ) 

And We gave them Our me- 
rcy and assigned to them 
a high and true renown. 
(19:50] 

< tongues (n. p.) *_LJ1 

(Jfirg.) l)UJ 
(Note : (n plural case this 
word is used only in the 
meaning of tongues.) 



-L J 



(parare. 3p.m. sing. )v jIaULJ ( Jj 
< let him be courteous 

to be polite ViU' <-&* 
and courteous 

to be delicate, dainty, grace- 
ful 

one of the attributive 

names of Allah: The Subtle 



* w. 



subtle ace fcjj 



J> J 



(imperf. 3 p. f. smg.)w.v. v, 
< ~- flamed, blazed 

to blaze, fiercely v, $E 
to blaze (^)^^S 



8* 



<< 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <<JJJA ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV<i fii5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t ^ 



VOCABULARY OK THE HOLY QURAN 



tJt*J 



(imperf. fas p. flu., g* 
we curse 



(perate m. sing.) 
may Thou (Our Lord) ! 
curie (i.e., deprive (them) 
of Thy mercy) 



s» 



(3 p.ir 
was cursed 


. sinff.) pp 


£ 


(2 p. m. , 
they have been 


oht.) pp. 
cursed 


Jt J 

|j9 


curse (».) <?r£. 




Q/Si 



curse (n.) 
fused as if possessed to A\ 
as 4j| g ;j Allah's curse 
or r^jJ niy curse) 

(act. pic. m. phi.) 
< those who curse 

fjrocf. pEe. m ^fuj ace. 
accursed ones 

(pact. pic. f. sing.) 
an accursed one (f.) 

Ct O £_ see 



h%$\ 



J $Si 



p 



* I J I 



*? 



< weariness (v.n.) uji! 
to be greatly fatigued 



(perate. m. plu.) *^jj 
drown the hearing 

1.1 



used by affixed pronoun as 
in other cases 

What can convey (the know- 
ledge) unto thee ! It may 
be that the Hour is nigh. 
[33:63) 

(Note : A number of com- 
mentators have observed 

that the particle "^ in 
this verse is a substitute 
for ^)* i.e., an interroga- 
tive particle, thus the 
meaning of the verse is : 
what can make you know 
that the hour is nigh 7 
Jn this case 'what makes 

"Ji* t*f 

you know ?' ci i jJ« U 

is an answer (Mjj.) 



* L 



(per/, 3 p.m, sing.) 
<>-— has cursed 

to curse ("-*) >J cr^t 0^ 
down, execrate, to deprive 
one of His mercy 

(per/. 3 p. /. ting.) 
hath cursed 

(i.e.. a group, nation etc.) 



& 



(per/. 1st. p. phi.) 


Cs2 


we cursed 




{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 


ft 


"^curses 






601 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <<jJj<o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV<i f&5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J U J 



VO^ABUI-ARV OF THE HOLY QURAH 



t t 



to turn HUT, t'ljjl »J' 
around ^ _ 

to look back 



• c 



HI 



((rnjwr/. i p. f. sing.) 
<~~ burns 

to burn, scorch 



32 



- 


ii w* 


J 


(imperf. 3 p.m. 


stog.) 


U; 


< r-uttereth 






(»tea ii; 


£3 




to cast forth, to utter 







J J j] 



f/ier/. J />. /. Jing.) viii «a»iJi 
< ~ heaped 

to be heaped, to be joined 
(one thing to another) 

And agony is heaped on 
agony. [75:29] 

< thick foliage, (ij.p.Jncc, fcUj' 
densely growing trees 

(sittg.) 5) 
winding, coilung. wrapping, 
enfolding 

602 



to talk nonsense, to make 
mistakes consciously or 
unconsciously 

Heed not this Quran, and 
drown the hearing of it, 
(41:263 

unconsciously spoken (».} ji*1 
word, unintentional 
uttered word (Rgh.) 

idle talk, (a.) ace, ]yi 
nonsense speech 

(ti, act. pic. f. sing.) ^LiH 

idle speech 



* oj w* J 



<»j J «* 






(imperf. 2 p.m. sing,) asc. 
that thou pervert 

(j») ijj J ti) A^l «m! 

lo turn aside, pervert 

They said : hast thou come 
unto us to pervert us from 
that (faith) in which we 
found our fathers. 1 1 0:78] 

in order to J V _Uk J 

pervert i»jjb 

us V 

(3p.m. sing, )}uss. neg. *»»§* V * / 
< let not one turn round 



^w&o jjV jl C ap J.o.i.t tm jj uU^^o d^Lo^ P5^° £ lH^° cr"* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ Aicu 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF TH* HOLY QURAN 



J J J 



to impregnate p*l 
(the female palm tree) 

And We send the winds ferti- 
lising, and cause water to 
descend from the sky. 

fl 5:221 



* i 



( per/. 3 p.m. ling.) viii J*fcfi 
< picked up, took up 

to pick up from the ground 

to take up, liii \^j\ 
to pick up 

(im&erf. 3 p.m. sing.) mi _U ^Hj" 
will pick up, will take up 



f a J 



I per/. 3 p.m. JJflg.) virr "Jft 
< m s via I lowed 

to viii LUlJi — Lji 
swallow a mouthful- 

to clog up, to obstruct 



* * * * 



the name of the (p. n.) 
thirty first chapter of 
the Holy Quran 

'Luqman' was a sage. His 
wisdom is celebrated by 






{ocf 2 p/c, m. Jintg) 
gathered, assembled, crowd 



* i* 



J J 



(per/ 3 p.m. <Aio/)(w.v.)iv 
<the twain found 



t&l$ 



l3 



«.«. (o)T>)jiiry<< 

to find 

fper/ 3 p. m. phi.) w.t. it \'j^ 
they found 

(petf 1st p. ptu,)(w.v.) tv \^R 
we found 



V J 



titles, nicknames (a. p.) i-»Ui J \ 
(i/n£.) <_j> < 



• C v 



< fertilising (fl. p.) ^1^ 
(6. p. of JJ.S ) 

become pregnant . - 

the winds arc described as 
pregnant by way of 
resemblance as they bear 
drops of water and carry it 
to a place where it rains 

CA6FJ 

603 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj Olta^i>3^ djJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> (j-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



\S O 



VOCABULARY OF THB HOLV OUItAM 



<J L» 



we found (2) 

Verity we have found fatigue 
in this our journey. 

f 1 8:62) 

(imptrf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. i-A," 
will find vr " 

(he will find it '»UL~ ) 

will incur (3) /.d. juts hm>. j)T 

And whosoever shall do this 

shall incur the meed (Jid.) 

shall commitacrimefAfjf/ ,) 

shall pay the penalty (Pie.). 

125:68] 

f.d. ace. w.v. IjpJ* 
(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) 
<ye met 

before ye met it 1yS j< ^i 

(imptrf. 3 p.m. phi.) w.v, 
they shall meet 
(a«. jwc. m. sing.) w.v. f iliV 

<meeter, founder, one i 
who will meet J_ 

possessed to pronoun J^ 



j# 



ift 



< caused to receive 

to make ii, j „ft J-J 

SS to receive t or meet, to 
shed over, cast upon 

And shall cause them to 
meet. [76:11] 

604 



Arab*. He was known 
even in the Jahiltyah period 
as a sage. Luqman is the 
name of two. if not three, 
persons famous in Arabian 
traditions. The first was 
of the family of Ad. The 
name of the second Luqman 
called 'Luqman the sage' 
occurs in the Quran... 
According to Masudi he 
was a Nubian freedman 
who lived in the time of 
David (Jid.) EBr, XIV. p. 
487. 



ti U 



(perf. 3p.m. dual .)w.v. \jfl 
they (twain) met (1) 

t,)f6l:sti|<&-j 

to meet, to come across, to 
experience, undergo, suffer, 
endure 

(perf. 3 p.m. pkt) w.v, Yju 
they met, faced, came across 

£i^t£i&$i#i& 

When they meet with those 
who believe, they say : we 
believe. [2:14} 

(perf. 2 p.m. phi.) w.v. V-* 
ye met 



(when ye meet 



p'H 



> 



(perf. 1st. p. ph.) w.v. \ ; :1 
we met 



VI 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ Sj&jji$ £,>££ <<jJj<o £— <*i ij-o)^5 JjV<i a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QJURAH 



LJ ^ 



(pre/. 3 p.m. ting.) w.t. iv* 
flung down (1) 

Then he flung down his staff 
and lo ! it was a serpent 
manifest. [7:I07J 

has cast (2> 

And He hath cast into the 
earth firm hills that it 
quake not with you. 

[16:15] 

offered (3) 

And say not unto one who 
offcrcth you peace! thou 
arl not a believer. 14;94J 

cast forth (suggestions), (4) 
proposed 

And We have sent before thee 
no apostle or prophet but 
when he read the Satan 
cast forth (suggestion) in 
respect of his reading i.e., 
in the mind of his unbe- 
lieving hearers (Jid.). 

[22:521 

Never sent We a messenger or 
a prophet before thee but 
when he recited (the mess- 
age) Satan proposed (opp- 
osition) in respect of that 



* 



* 



(2 p.m. ting.)pip,w.v. ii i-Jjj / -J* 
thou art receiving, 
thou art gifted 

And verily thou art gifted 
wit b (or thou art receiving) 
the Quran from the 
presence of One Wise, 
Aware. [27:6] 

(3 p. m. sing.) pp. w.v, it 

is granted, gifted, blessed by 

lit : it is shed upon 

But none is granted it save 
those who are steadfast. 

[41:35] 
{3 p.m. phi.) pip. w.v. ii 
lit. they will be made receiv- 
ing i.e., they will meet 

{imperf. 3p.rn.phi, jacc.w.F. Hi 
they meet 









£&$$ 



Then let them be till they 
meet their day, in which 
they will be thunder- 
striken. [52.45] 

meeting v.rt. iii A_2, 

(This verbal noun tJ^Af J a 
from stem Hi has occurred 
as aatecedented to the 
name of Allah, *"j or to 



ft* f. or to a pronoun as 

V _ :Ul and a.*U! > 



605 



s\aa£a jjV jl C*Ao JaIma jj Olf-5^5^ Sj&jji$ £,>££ <-oijA cr^ 6r^'^3 J^V^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J 



VOCABULARY Or THE HOLY QURAK 



>S ij 



5 J 



(per/. 1st. p. sing.) w,v, it ££$ 
1 endued, I cast 



J cast on the love from Me 
Uid.\. I endued thee with 
love from Me (Pic.). 

[20:J9J 

(perf. 1st p. phi.) w.t. it I'jfl 
Wc cast (!) 

And We have cast among 
them enmity and hatred 
till the Day of resurrec- 
tion. [5:64] 

we set up (2) 

And We set up upon his 
throne a (mere) body, then 
did he repent. (38:34] 

we placed (3) 

And the earth hive We spread 
out and placed therein 
firm bills {Pic.fi. Jid. cast 
thereon) (15:19] 

fimptrf. 1st. p. sing.) vjf. it 
I will throw 

w.t. iv ace. 
(impttf. 2 p.m. sing.) 
(that thou) throw 

(imperf. 2 p*m. phi.) w.t. it 
ye give 

606 






& 



which he recited thereof. 
(Pic) 

gave (5) 



Lo ! therein verily is a remin- 
der for him who hath a 
heart, or givetb ear with 
full intelligence, [50:37] 

tendered (6) 

Oh, but man is a telling wit* 
ness against himself, 
Although he tenders his 
excuses. [75: 1 4, 15, J 

(perf. 3 p, /, sing,) w.t. h 
has cast forth 

And (the earth) shall cast- 
forth that which is therein 
and shall become empty 
fS4:4) 

( perf. 3 p. m. phi.) w.v. iv 
they threw 

(perate. m. sing.) w.t. it 
throw 

He said: throw ! and when 
they threw they cast a 
spell upon the people's 
eyes. (7:116] 



sa 



$1 

\0\ 



■\.-\ 



s\aa£a jjV jl C*Ao JaImA jj ultai 1 ^ SjJLLo^ P$J*A c C>i} a cr** 6r^'^3 d-*V<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



li J J 



VOCABULARY Ot THE HOLY OORAN 



li ijj J 



(J p. m. sing.) pp. ir, w.v. 
is thrown 


i 


\®\{f$\a& 




were flung (1) 




Ye give Ihem friendship. 




(&#£>s££i\$MS 




[60:1] 
iv, w.v. fita. / Jf£ 


^ 3 


And the magicians flung pros- 




(J p. m.slng.) * " ' *?*- 


trate. [7: 1 201 




let throw 




is thrown (2) l}\ < 




d^KJ^ 




^m®M). 




Then the river shall throw 
him on the bank. {20:39} 




There hath been thrown unto 






? • 


me a noble letter. [27:291 




{imptrf. 3 p.m. sing.} iv f w.v. 


tf 






proposes, casts 


^ 


set upon (3) |£ < 






* *>7j 




(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) it, w.v. 


*jj* 


*&&*&&$& 




they throw 


■ * 


Why, (hen have the armlets 




w.v. ace. 


$e 


of gold not been set upon 




(.imperf. 3 p.m. ptu.) h. 




him. 143:531 




they offer 




(J p.m. phi,) pp. iv, w.v. 


$ 


{imperf. ht. p. phi.) f», w.v. 


•^ 


they are flung 


we cast 




(3 p.m. sing.) pip. iv, w.r. 


£ 


we shall cast -JL- 




*" is thrown down 


(perme. m, sing J ir, w.v. 


# 


(2 p. m. sing.) pip. iv, w.v. 


* 


cast ! throw (thou) ! 


^ 


thoti will be thrown down 


(pewit, m, duel) i*v, w.v. 


£$ 


or will be cast (into-—) 




throw (you twain) ! 




(pet/. 3 p.m. sing,) v, w.v. 
received (1) 


l > : 


(perate. m. phi,) iv, w.v. 
cast (you) ' 


$ 


*&$£$$% 




n>, w.v. Ijpf ^ 


Then Adam received from his 




(ptrate. neg. m. piu.) 




Lord words (of revelation). 




*i <cast not (O you men) *_* <[ 


[2^371 




(perate. f. sing.) re, *\r. 


# 


(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) v f w.v. 




cast (thou /.) ! 


<ye publish (2) 




£^J0 




one or two •(. from 




Then cast him in the river. 




is dropped Ciy^J 




[28:71 




1-V 






607 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <j->ys ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J t 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



>J J J 



jSu 



4% 



Ihtf 



{Ap-der m. ling,) iii, w.v. 
lit. one wKo meets 

(Ap*der* m, plu,)/.d. ii\,w.v. 
those who meet 

<Cacc. 

i e., antecedent to pronouns 

[According to the Arabic 
phrase, if jft* i Vj}U 
*$+ is used, it is transla- 
ted as 'should have to meet 1 ] 

{Ap-der, m. plu.) iv, w.v, "> 
casters 






ace. j 
{Ap-der. /, plu.) it, w,v. 



those (f.) who bring down •S*»< 



(Ap-der. m. duo!.) v, w.v. 



the two receivers 



c r J 



<a twinkling v.n. 

to shine, gleam, sparkle (star 
or lighting) 



d 



{Imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) jJL 

< <-- defames (or) traduce 

to make {j») IjX jiT ^ 
a sign with the eye, to 
traduce, to defame (back- 
biting etc.) 

608 



When ye were publishing ii 
(or) when ye welcomed it 
with your tongues, 
[24:151 

{Intper/ 3 p.m. sing.) v, w.v. ^'£J 
receives 

When the two receivers rece- 
ive (him) seated on the 
right hand and on the left, 
[50:171 

(imperf. 3 p./. sing.) v. w.v, 'jt- 
'^Jjf^il ^-meet, will meet 

The Supreme Horror will not 
grieve them, and the angels 
will meet them. [21:1031 

(per/. 3 p.m. sing. } riii, w. r. * -^ 
<"«. met ' 

to meet viii V\£fl jJi 
face to face 

* 

(per/. J p. f. dual.) viii, w.v. 
(the twain) met 

( per/. 2 p.m. plu.) riii, w.v, 
ye met 

viii, w.v, dCjj" 
(imper/. 3 p.m. dual) 
(the twain) meet 

towards n.w.v, '13; 

meeting vji. /if, w.v. jj^tfl 
the Day of meeting j'sW f ^ 



I. A 



^w&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> (j-o)^5 JjV^ r&5c?-*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



W -» J 



VOC ABU LAKY Ol* 1KB HOLV 0,U*AK 



y t 



(Note : the literary meaning 

eating ; r£f altogether; but 

the real sense of the verse 
is that which is given 
above) 

unwilled offence {n.) 
that is near, hence small 
faults, as those which are 
nearer to sins 

not (a particle) 
Always proceeds imperfect 
tense to denote the nega- 
tive meaning of a perfect 
(past tense) and takes the 
following form of imper- 
fect in genitive, (sec detaih 
in I.LQ or any grammar's 
book) 

when, after that, {a particle) 
used H hen speaking of past 

events, also used as Vl 

No humun soul but hath a 
guardian over it. [86:4) 



*(3* 



• 



* * • * 



not, hy no means {a particle) j) 
(governs imperfect in the 
subjunctive case with future 
sign ifica nee) 



• M • J 



[imperf, 3 p.m. plu.) jjjJt 
they defame or traduce 



(perale. neg. m, phi.) 
(O men) defame not ! 



oyrv 



traducers {b, plu ) !jJl 



* tr f 



{perf. 3. p.m. plu.) |£i 
<they touched 

to touch, feel, lit, J^V j 
seek, enquire after 



fcM££ 



They cauld feel it with their 
hands. [6:7] 

(per/. 1st. p. plu.) 
we touched or wc sought 



Uii 



{per/. 2 p. m. ph.) 'J-Z^l 

ye have touched * 

(i.e., have had sexual inter- 
course) 

._# 
(perafe. m. plu.) mi I j« *Jl 
seek (you) 



f r 



the flame (n,) - ^j ttl 



-i.\ 



to gather, collect, amass 

And ye devour heritages with 
devouring greed. [89: 1 9] 

609 



s\aa£a jjV jl C*Ao JaImA jj ultaii^ djJLLo^ P$J*a <j->y) ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



* 3 J 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN 



«^ Jt J 



iv.w.v. & _ ^^r 

(imperf 3 p. f. sing.) 
distracts, beguiles 

Men whom neither merchand- 
ise nor sale beguileth from 
remembrance of Allah. 

f24;37] 

w.v. juss. 
{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) h, 
let (SS) beguile 



4 J 



^j!*^' 



%l 



Let (hem eat and enjoy life, 
and let (false) hope beguile 
them. []S:3j 

(per/, jf.m, sing.) v, ir.ft ^Jf 
distracted 

a plaything, toy, (yji.) *£ 
sport, amusement 

Naught is the life of the 
world save a pastime and 
sport. (6:32J 

pastime of discourse vi,*jtiU '.i 

(act. pic. f. sing.) \^y 
preoccupied 



m ^ 



no longer (an indeclinable verb ^} 
or particle) 



o$ 



'% 



It was no longer the time 
for escape. [3 8:3] 

610 



* a* * J 



A& 



{imperf, 3 p.m. sing.) juss. 
"- pants 

to thirst, to let 

the tongue hang out from 
thirst, weariness, fatigue 



• f 



{per/. 3 p.m. sing) t'v», 
■•C"— inspired 

(o inspire h, \,li|"3\ 

(c^)ti J ' [ i(4 << 

to swallow 



i» 



J * J 



(perf.3p,m.sing.}w.v. \ «*' )«j*' 
< ^d i st l acted, diverted from 

to distract h, T»U^ ^1 

preoccupy, (j)T^l *$[ li < < 

to play (amusements), pastime 



Rivalry in wordly increase 
distracteth you. [102:1] 

w.v. juss. A" V 
(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.)iv, 
let not distract 

let not distract you 



T\ 



*mSjo jjV jl C ap JaImuo jj uU^^o iji^3 P5^° £ lH^° ^ 6ry'>?3 J^V^ Aicu 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f J 



J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OJJKj 



*i j J 






scorching the skin 

{-at) 

It <.hriveHcth the man (Pic.) 
(Note j~l signifies man and 
skin both.) 



< hiding them- (*.;j.) ace. Wj[ 
selves slipping away 
privately, act of flying 
for refuge 

to take, (j)Tjfj) i^iSf 

refuge in surrounding, to 
seek refuge one with another 



f J J 



/per/, 2 p.m. plu.) U'.v. &1 

<ye if) blamed 

to biame ( j) Uj) (tjjj f* 
someone for some 'hing 

ye blamed mc ■.'._,■' 

{imperf. J p.m. plu.) iv, ip.f, J j» J** 

<they blame each other (self- 
reproaching) 

self- blaming, VJ". f j5k 
blame each other 

( per ale. m. phi.) V.Y. iJ»J 

blame (you)! 

{pirate, neg. m. ph.) w.v. tj*^T J 
blame not (O you) ! 

blame me not i>j*jt V 

blame Inj i^,'J 



name of an idol of (p..n) & 
the pagan Arabs (details 
may be seen in the Tafsir 
MafldtP.n.n. l$3) 



G 



* • 



if (particle) 
(used to introduce & condi- 
tional sentence, see LLQ) 



') 



a tablet (rt + ) jrj 

Aye I it is a recitation glori- 
ous (inscribed) in a tablet 
preserved. i.e„ g uarded 
from every sort of altera- 
tion or corruption. 

[85:22] 

iji* ^^ is the depository 
of all the Divine decrees, 
willed events, ordained by 
God (Jld.} 



tablets in. p.) 


ST* 


<most (rnrs. /.) 
scorching one 

0**4 && 

to change and blacken 

c *> t £3 ^ 


U$ 


the sun changed his skin by 



burning heat 



611 



~*jSj} JjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ djJLLo^ P5aaA <j->y) cr > # |j-o)^5 JjV^ r&5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



«. tf J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



t > 



and paid no heed to any- 
one {Pic), and recall what 
time ye were climbing (the 
hill) (or lunnning off') and 
would not look back (Jid.), 
13:153] 



(imperf. 2 p,m. phi.) ace \jjp 
ye turn back 

{imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) u m i}jjt 
they twist, pervert 

They pervert the book with 
their tongues. [3:78] 

distorting, twisting (v.n) ace. CJ 



Distorting with their tongues, 
[4:46] 



* o i£ J 



(imperf. S p.m. sing.) v.w. Juss. &£ 
< -diminishes 

to deminish {j*) Tjo^l' *i»S 

i 



And if ye obey Allah and 

His messenger He shall not 

diminish from you aught. 

[49:14J 

(a particle &f desire) «J !• 4 oJ 

I wish, would that, would 
to God ! 

612 



(orf. pic. m. sing.} ^j^j 
one who blames others 

blaming/accus- (ittu,/.) l^VJJi 
ing one (soul) 

faaef. pic. m. sing.) ^5* 
blamed one 

ph. pic. iv, fi* 
<onc who deserves blame 

to be worthy if, Jj^l "Wl 
of blame 

(pact. pic. m. plu.) ^juUi 
blamed ones 



O J 



colour (n.) jjj 
no verbal root 

< colours (n.p) jVji 
(sing.) J,") 



s* J 



(per/. 3 p.m. plu.) Ijj) 

they avert, turn back 
they avert or 

they turn back their heads 
(faces) . .. 

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.} 
ye look back 

to twist, pervert, turn back 

ye look (5jr^)^f^ 
not back 

When ye climbed (the hill) 



■UT 



~*jSj} JjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj Olta^i>3^ djJLLo^ P5aaA <j->ys ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i fft5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



O l> J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



** ti J 



they arc not f f.) ^J 

I am oot ,1^ 1 

thou are not <**J 

ye are -not /— ' 

ye (/.J are not «£j 



* J if J 



night («,) ^y 
the time starting from sun- 
set to the dawn 

night (w. with additional W ) **j^J 
(as a unit) 

nights wiih/.d. (n.p.) f JUJ 



o ■j J 



<thou Hast tenient 

to soften, to make tender, 
lenient 

become soft 

f/w/. hi p. ph.) ir, w.v. fjl 
we softened 



gentfe, soft ».«. w.?, \jj 



It is one of those particles 
which like jl require the 
foil wing noun to be an 
accusative. It lakes the 
affixed pronouns as : 

would that I ( lj+ *S ) \jfi 



Would that I were dust. 

[7*;40] 

would that we 






pa'm tree (n.) 



would that it 
(i.e., death) 

Would that it had been the 
ending Le., would that 
death had made an end of 
me altogether, and would 
not have brought me to 
this new world. (69:27] 



LI 



& rf 



{Indeclinable verb) 
< ~ is not 

It is termed by some modern 
grammarians as 'verb*, not 
to be. What resembles this 
'verb* to a regular one is 
that it accepts pronouns of 

perfect, affixed as ol3 

'thou art not,' and so on. 

{com.) J^J + J+T 
is not he 

it (f) is not 

they are not (for a group) 



3 



J'A 



l\r 



£3 

613 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P$J*a <j->ys ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



(*?*J 



W ^LiT 



pronoun : 

Thou art not through the 
grace of thy Lord, a mad 
man. [68:2] 

(cj when placed before a 
demonstrative noun : 

This is not a gjjjj. 

human being. ' 
{12:31] 
Note : U is used as a nega- 
tive particle before the 
perfect icnsc only among 
verbal forms, 
an interrogative particle (2) 
(a) when placed before a 
demonstrative pronoun : 

What .no these images unto 
which ye are cleaving? 

121:52] 
614 



for U after 
preposition - y& - 

Of what they ask one another. 
[78:1] 

or after preposition _ J - 

#&& 

Why didst Thou permit 
them. [9:43] 

a negative particle (1) 

(a) when placed before the 
perfect : 

Your companion hath not 
gone astray nor he erred. 
(53:2] 

(h) when placed before a 



1U 



\ 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <■{>*}& ^*» &j\ji§ JjV^ a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOL¥ QURAN 



them thou didst tell: I 
cannot find whereon to 
mount vou, [9:92] 

(e) how ! to express wonder : 

How constant are they in 
their strife to reach the 
Fire I {Pic) How enduring 
must they be of the Fire 
iffiX [2:1 75J 

• J f (see) water (n.) 



V J \ 



see 



a 



Magog {p. n.) £j*U 
a tribe of barbarians from the 

borders of Caspain Sea. 
Holy Quran raentiones Yagog 

and Magog as both are 

descendants of Japet son 

of Noh. 





* rf 1 f 


one hundred 


{c. numb.) i\* / <Z* 


two hundred (c. numb.) ti£-~^ 


* 


V j i see iiju 





£_ f see JjcW 




• • * f 



ft. I £A 



V ^r «« J ^Lsi 



(b) when placed before a 
verb : 

What hintfereth thee from 
failing prostrate? 138:75] 

(c) followed by I J to become IjU 

What A 1 fah intendeth by this 
similitude? 12:26] 

conjunctive pronoun (3) 

(a) what, whatsoever, as, as 
much as, as far as: 

I was a witness of them (as 
far as) I dwelt among them. 
[5:117] 
(b) that which : 

If they cease that which is 

past will be forgiven them. 

[8:3*] 

(c) what : 

■J^Ai UjU«iUi4l>lj 
A Hah is Seer of what ye do. 
[8:72] 

(d) when : 



Nor unto those whom, when 
they came to thee (asking) 
that thou shouldst mount 



1^3 



615 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj Olta^i>3^ djJLLo^ P5aXa <j->y) ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF TKE HOLY QUHAJI 



(imperf. 1st. p. piu.) ii *£jC 
we will comfort 

{imperf. 3 p. m. sing.)jttss. ii >■* 
he will cause to enjoy 

(perate. m. phi.) 1}*Ji* 
provide {you) ! 

****** „ 

And provide for them. 

[2:226] 

(2p.m>pkt.)pip. 5^iJB 
ye will be given comfort 

(3 p. m. phi.) pip. J j?^£_ 
ihcy will be given comfort 



( perf. 3 p. m. sing.) v £?■* 
<he contenteth himself 

to content himself v W-fi *^J« 

In Islamic terminology A*" 
signifies a category of 
Haj in which a pilgrim 
combines Urora with Haj 
in the season of Haj. 

Then whosoever contenteth 
(In. didst content himself) 
with the visit to the pilgri- 
mage [Ph.) whosoever 
combineth Umra with the 
Haj (pilgrimage), ( 2 : 1 9 6 j 

(imperf. 3 p. m. piu.) | j 
ihey enjoy themselves 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ptujace. [ ' 

(peratt, m. sing.) v *j-c 
enjoy (they life) 

616 






'* — j 



j J £ sw 

j wl O iff 



J*» 



t ; f J 



(per/, /if/?. If'itgJ ft 
<I gave comfort,-^ 
let enjoy life 

to make life ii £* ^* 
comfortable for someone, 
cause to enjoy, give ease, 
make a provision with a 
long life 

Note : The verbal noun from 
2nd stem fj-M is not in 
use. The verbal noun from 
R. R If. l^ r'enjoyment' is 
used in a sentence requiring 
an absolute object e.g. 
»t* ■&* "he will cause 
you enjoy an enjoyment.' 
( perf. 2 p. m. sing.) ii 

thou didsi give ease 

(perf. 1st. p. piu,) ii 

we caused enjoyment 

(imperf. 1st p. sing.) juss. ii 

I will content 

or 1 will give comfort 



-to- 



If ye desire the world's life 
and its adornment, come 
I will content you. [33:28} 



A\1 



sw&o jjV jl C j i n J.o.i.t t u 3 jj uU^^o £jAa£5 P>£a i o^.y* cr* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ (i^w 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J A 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OUR AH 



to Appear in, likeness v 

of someone other than 
himself 

to resemble, to be or to look 
like someone, bear a like- 
ness, to irritate 

We sent unto her Our spirit 
and he took unto tier the 
from of a human being 
sound (JUL) he assumed 
for her the likeness of a 
perfect man {Pic). [19:17] 

similar, of the kind, (n.) 
resemblance, similarity, 
similitude, likeness, equivalent 

"U+'JU fd. 0*^ tern. 

two equivalents 

two equivalents or them 
< parable, {it,) 
likeness, similitude 

similitudes (n. p.) 



# 









tftuih 



< examples (n.p) ts^HUll 

{sing.) JL* 
a requital or punishment 
that could be shown or ref- 
er red to as exemplary 

While examples have already 
gone forth afore them. 

it 3:6) 

■\\v 



fperaie. m. phi.) v l ju£ 

enjoy (yourselves) 

(per/. 3 p.m. sing, J X *£ w i 
<j-— didst enjoy 

to enjoy, X *t*^.l ■."■«:. ■! 

savour, relish 

f/w/. 2 p.m. pfo.J x ^^CC-l 
ye enjoyed ' 

{per/. 3 p.m. phi.) x \j£*L*\ 
they enjoyed 

Thus they enjoyed their lot 
awhile, so ye enjoyed your 
lot awhile^ [9:69] 

fc.) |(jil Iffe ace. t& 

comfort, ease, enjoyment, 
provision 

< baggage (n.p.) 
(s/tg) 'e-Oi 



1 1 



f 



] 



{act. 2 pie. m. sing.) 
<nrm, strong, solid 

to be firm, strong, solid 








* » ^ f 


{tnterro\ 
at what time 


laitve particle) £ 
7 when 7 




• J * r 



(per/. J p.m. ring.) I 
<C<-*'assumed the likeness 



"J* 

617 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ rs5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J c r 



VOCABULARY OF TH» HOLY 0,URAM 



J A 



enjoy security Tor their 
persons, possessions And 
religious practices. 



* u* C f 



(iV^er/ J p.m. jfoj.) rt. ei. j££- 
(in order to) purify 

to clean iu 't-**i Lj *t < 

of what is impure or entr* 
a nous, purify 

And that Allah may purge 
those who believe and des- 
troy the infidels. [3:141] 



< superior (etalhef.) JH 

feminine of Ji.1 ( dative ) 

lit. closer to perfection, 
coming nearer the ideal, 
ideal, meta. superior, ideal 

And to go away with your 
superior way. [20: 6 3] 



C f 



(imperf. 2 p.m. ting > J«c 
<destroyeth 

the blot out, efface, annihil- 
ate, destroy 
opp. increase, devolve (MJj.) 

biighteth (1} 

Allah obliterated! usury and 
increaseth the alms. 

[2.27GJ 

destroyed) (2) 

And that Allah may purify 
those who believe and des- 
troy the infidels. [3:141] 

618 



dm) j^ 



;jmages (n.p.) s £yfl 



£ f 



(aet. 2 pie. m. ting.) Cf jJ# 
glorious, great, illustrious 

to be great, illustrious, emin- 
ent, glorious, magnified 

Mercy of Allah and His 
blessing be upon you, O 
people of the house. Veiily 
He is Praiseworthy, Glori- 
ous. [11:73] 



* E f 



magians in.) ^-y^l 
/.«., the followers of Zoroas- 
ter. In Islamic law they arc 
classed with the people of 
the hook, and on payment 
of Jizya can thoroughly 



MA 



sw&o jjV jl C j i n J.o.it tm jj uU^^o d^Lo^ P5^° 'Ol.'y* cr* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ Aicu 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J 



VOCABULARY Of THE HOLY QU* AN 



c r 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. £U 
abolishes 

fd„ Juss. w.v. pJje_ 
(imperf, 3 p.m. sing.) 
abolishes 



• J c f 



< ploughing (n.p.) ace. 



^y 



(ting.) iJ^U 



to plough 



* J* t * 



M-) J,tf\ 



< pangs of childbirth 

to suffer pangs of childbirth 



J , f 



{/>«/. J p.m. sing.) assim. £—* 
<hath stretched, didst spre- 
ad out 

(. \ f -* *- $*•* *■ - 
O ) 1 J_» J_C J-* 

extend, stretch, prolong 

And it is He who spread out 
the earth [13:3] 

( per/. 1st. p, phi,) assim.^li 
we have spread 

■\\A 



% 



c f 



(f.n.) DUl 

< wrath (Pic.) prowess (Jid.) 
i.e., strength 

to plot against : 

when related to Allah me- 
ans His deep planning and 
rejection of plots made by 
men (Mjj.) 



C f 



{perf. 3 p.m. sing.) riii i 5****^ 
<hath proven, disposed 

riii VW*l J*£»l 
to try, examine 

to try, test, prove, examine 



(perate. m. phi.) viii 1 
examine (you) 

Then examine 
them (f). 
[60:101 



.-»—.; 



• •> c r 



(perf, 1st. p. piu.) w.v. Cj^ 
<we dtdst disappear, blot 
out 

to efface, ( j) Tyt j& fe* 

blot out, to disappear 

619 



svC&o jjV jl CjLo J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ ^5^0 <j->3^ ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV^ a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J J 



e< tended (2) 

%/&$&&!£& 

And I appointed for him 
wealth extended. [74: 1 2] 

(per/, 3 p.m. sing.) assm. iv 
</-~hash aided 

to help, /v. UiiiSsI 



fil 



assist, aid .v)i«^ 
( perf. 1st. p. phi) assim. if X>*S^ 



we have aided 

assim. fV. ace, jjc 

{imperf. 3 p. f. sing.) 

i-'aideth 

that he helps 

# •■» 
he will aid asrf/n. it, Juss. >jjc 

«•• • 

■t *- 

we aid ajri/w. h, xS. 

{Ap-der. m. ting.) iv. jut 
one who helps or approac- 
hes with aid 

outstretched, pis. pic.f. if **i \\' t j 
stretched forth 

aid, help {,».) ace. bJLi 
term (n.) jli 

Fulfil their treaty to them 
till their term. [9:4] 

ink ace, \i\x* 



f 



. 4-y 



//(. the town, the city (/t.) O jJ,' 
the word has been applied 

620 



assim. V ±J. r 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
halps, extends 
meta, leaves 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
<may prolong 

prolong *4 - JL» 

{imperf, 3 p.m. ptu.) assim. ^)ju^ 
<they plunge further 

to strengthen, *Jj _ J_* 
they plunge further: where 
this verb takes y as a 
direct object, it signifies 
an evil {Mjj.) 



x-s. 



{imperf. lit, p. ptu.) assim. I 
we will prolong 

(peraU, neg.) emp. £}[ _ CiSjt H 
< strain not towards 

strain J-* 

towards til - 

Strain not thine eyes towards 
that which We cause some 
wedded pairs among them 
to enjoy, ( 15:88] 

{3 p,f. sing.) pp. assim. Jjjjl 
is spread out 

(act. ptc. m, sirtg.f zj&J 
spread one ( I ) 

And spreading J^*-"*^-* 
shade [56:30] 



1f« 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa tijjj^ ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ a&*z>uz 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J f 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY (JUHAH 



O J 



And as far the wail, it belon- 
ged to two orphan boys 
in the town. [18:821 

the city of Thamud {5) 

And there were nine of a 
group in the city. (27:48) 

(Wherever *_}JU in absol- 
ute case is used it means 
the city of Holy Prophet ; 
and should not be trans- 
lated as a city or town, but 
should to be taken as a 
proper noun ; in other 
places it signifies a city or 
town). 

Oities, towns n. p, £ftiU 

(sing.) il*M 

(i.e., cities of Egypt.) 

Madyan (prop, n.) 
Now known as Magh&ir Shu- 
'aib, the city was situated 
on the Red sea coast of 
Arabia, south cast of 
Mouijt Sinai. Madyan 
was a station on the pilg- 
rim rout from Egypt to 
Makkah the second bey- 
ond Aila. 



1 



j r 



(ac(,2 pic. m. slug.) ace. 

<easy of digestion, whole- 
some, salutary. 

•\r\ 



«5? 



for the following in the 
H.Q. : 
the city of the (1) 

Holy Prophet (peace be 
on him). 

They say, surely if we return 
to Madina the mightier 
shall drive out the meaner 
(also see 9:101, 120; 33: 
*0) [63:8] 

The capital of Egypt (2) 
in Fir "awns time 



ijJ3%Ba& 



This is a plot ye have plot- 
ted in the city. (7:123) 

also see 12:30, the capital of 
Egypt in the em of Aziz 
(Potiphar of the Bible. 
Ht. the exalted rank {Jid.) 
the name of the city Egypt 
referred to elsewhere. 
(MJJ.) 

Sodom fjju* (3) 

one of the cities where 
Lot's people inhabited 

And there came the people 
of the city rejoicing, 

(15:67] 

the town wherein (4) 
a treasure belonging to 
two boys was buried 



621 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ djJLLo^ P5aXa <.^~y* cr ^ |j-o)^5 JjV<i rc*5c?-*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J f 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OJJRAN 



I 



> f 



They arc in an affair con- 
fused. 150:5] 

fire (act, pic. m. sing J £jU 





^ £ J f 


cors 


J stone (n.) £)Wj^l 




• C J f 



(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) 
<ye ate joyful 






. - >-«- — 



to be joyful, extremely glad, 
caught by false pride 

And because ye are petulant, 

(Pic.) ye had been strutting. 

(Jid.) [40:751 

(utf. pic. m. sing.) ace. x \rj* 
stultingly 



* J f 



fpfl/- 3 p. f. pht.) Ijv* 
<they became accustomed, 
inured 

If t . \ f ******* -V" 

to be accustomed (in general, 
the word is used for evil) 

become obstinately rebellious 
622 



to be wholesome (food) 

man (n.) i*^\ 

a man mm. '^*1 

arc. j£»J 
<wife, a woman jO| 
my wife 5V^' 
his wife 4»i^« 
thy wife dfcl^l 
a woman *'•*' 
two women tjj£v*1 1 $"v^ 
pAiro/ (women *LjI ) 

• E J f 1 



(petf". J p.m. Jffltff.J £** 
'-hath loosed 

to send cattle lo posture, to 
let loose 



\ -*r-f *^fc^^i^-^^ 



He hath loosed the two seas. 
155:19] 

(act. 2 pic, m. sing.) 
< confused^ 

to be uncertain, m doubt, 
unsettled 



£s 



TTT 



~^&js jjV jl Oi-o JaImuO j-» ultaii^ dj^JLo^ ^5^0 <j->y) ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



j j r 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



•» t 



assim v 
(per/. 3 p.m. sing.} 
-passed with 



- cv# 



And when he covered her 
she bore a light burden, 
and she passed with it. 

(7:18?] 

(i.e., she moved with it un* 
noticed; sat, stood, worked 
usually. According to 
some commentators such 
as Ibn 'Abbas (quoted by 
Zipiakhihari) preferred an- 
other recitation which sug- 
gests that the word is de- 
rived from ^JV, 

"doubt, suspicion." There- 
fore, the verse may be 
translated as ; 

"then she continued with it 
or was suspected of pre- 
gnacy".) 

aiiim. s -* - "ij's* 
(perf. 3 p.m. p!u.) , • 
they passed by 



aisim. v 
(Imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) 
ye passed by 

AUiffl. v. 
(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) 
they pass by 



&-&J 



& -tfk 



(imperf. 3 p. f. ting.) iasim. w *'J. 
"-'passed 

pasting by t. n. ^ J 

ivr 



(And so are) some of the 
people of Madin&h • they 
have become accustomed 
to hypocrisy. [9:101] 

froward (act. ph. m. sing.; 

(pact. 2 pic. m. sing.) 
rebellious 

(pic. pas. m. sing.) fi 
rendered smooth, floored 

He said : Verily it it a place 
svenly floored (rendered 
smooth) with glasses. [27:44] 



(ptrf. 3 p.m. tint.) «iim v 
didst pass 



l&ft 



>¥.& 



to pass, move, past on, pass 
by, on, ^ _ 

past with <-> - 



Then when We removed his 
harm from him he passed 
on as though he had never 
called Us for the harm that 
touched him. [10:12] 

passed by (2) 

Or, the like unto him who 
pasted by a town. [2:259] 



* t" 
'* • - 



623 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj Olta^i>3^ djJLLo^ P$J*a <■{)*}& ^*» &j\ji§ JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



-J J f 



VOCABULARY Or THE HOLY QURAN 



J J f 



y)S means strong of make 

(body of a creature); wise- 
ness, comprehension : the 

word is driven fromjv*^ 
entwining and twisting of 
a cable 



• J* 



f 



1 sicken {perf. 1st. p. sing.) &>J* 

>.** V U) ^s J*Ji J*s 

to be or become sick, to fall ill 

■> * •** ft 
(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) Jm J.\ 

a sick man 

if m ^ 

sick men (b. p. of ,^*i/* ) 

disease (n.) t^V 



ailment, illness are. 
I — ■ 



W 



w.v. iW jjjU 



f im/Mr/ 5 p. m. phi.) 
<they dispute 
meta. they debate 

to dispute '^ rfjW jjU 
concerning a thing 



Lo ! verily those who debate 
(tit. dispute) concerning 
the Hour are in error far 
attray. [48:18] 

624 



Lj.Ldl >%&tjH 

H passeth as passing away of 
clouds. f27:88] 

(ekttint m. astim.) v ^ 
<most bitter 

to be bitter qp/>. sweet 
elative *^ i.e., extremely 
bitter, unswallowaWe 

Aye ! The Hour is their 
appointed term and the 
Hour shall be far more 
grievous and for more 
bitter- [54:46] 

(Ap-der. m. sing.) x ^£/_i 
continuous 

once, one time (n.) J^J 

first time »^ "J ji\ 

twice n. (fcm/. [ ^V^i 

repeatedly (n. />/*.) gffi 
(more than two) times 

three times <^t^ *5C 

< strong of make, (n.) w ^ 
vigorous 

t 'ZU J JfrS^ : til 



"\t\ 



'^jSjs (JjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <<jJJ<o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



C a* t 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN 



<* -» f 



E ^ f 



admixture v.n. itf £^ 

And admixture thereof (will 
be) of Tasnim, [83:27! 

The admixture is (like! 
Camphor. [76:51 



r 



• «3 3 f 



<Cwe dispersed 

to disperse, U ^*yf j^T 

scatter 

(2 p. in. p/jj.) pp. U f*^ 
ye were dispered 

or scattered 

(v. mim.) n.p.t. ii j_jf 
< dispersion or time or 

place of dispersion 
According to some commen- 

tators the form jy is a 

noun for place and time 
but generally it is taken as a 
verbal noun with initial mim 
called "mastfarmlmW 



I-* 





j 


f 


rain 


cloud (it.) 


$ 


• 


c 


*J* 


f 



<wipe (perate. m. phi.) 1^ 



Umperf. 2 p. m. piu.)w,v. Hi ^jj£ 
ye dispute 

Will ye, therefore, dispute 
with him concerning that 
which he hath seen 7 

[53:12] 

(peratt. neg. m. turg,)w.v.iii j\£ "i/ 
dispute Dot! 

dispute (n.) **Ka 

(perf. 3 p.m, phi.} w.v. vi |Vj\c 
<they doubted 

to doubt vi \M Jj« 

(imperf. 2 p,m. stng.jw.v. pj Jj\^J 
thou will doubt 

Which of Thy Lord's benefits 
wills thou doubt? [53:55] 

(ImperfJ p.m. p!u.)w.v. viii Ojjtf 
<they doubt 

to doubt viil jt»l 

(tmperf. 2 p.m. phi,)w.v,viU i)/j£ 
ye doubt 

w.j. mi, el. Sjjl V 
(perate. neg. m. sing) 
dubitate not ! 

w.v. viii, ace. ^j **| t 
(Ap~der. m. pkt.) 
those who are in doubt 

%•■ 
doubt (n.) VS 

625 



am^ jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <<JJJA ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV<i a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



i^* LT f 



VOCABULARY OF THR HOLY QURAN 



C W f 



# * </■ f 



<a twisted fibre («-) 

to twist a fibre of a cord 
/■Of. /mc : ju- *< J>-f 



On her neck shall be a cord 
of twisted fibre. [111:5] 



# ** *r f 



(>er/. J /?.m. ring J hmhm. 
^touched ( J 1 

to touch, to pass hand on a 
thing without having any- 
thing in between. This verb 
has been used to signify i 
to befall, to punish, to be 
affected with damage, 
harm, hurt or for sexual 
touch. 

And they said : tribulation 
and prosperity touched 
our fathers. [7:95] 

(mem.) befallen (2) 

If there hath befallen you a 
sore. Hike thereunto hath 
already befallen (that) 
people. [3:140] 

626 



Us 



to pais the hand on anything 
in order to wipe it 

wiping vn- ace. 

And he set about slashing 
(with his sword their) 
legs and necks. [38:33] 

(Note : the literary meaning 
of the word is as mention- 
ed above. In translation 
the explanatory sense or a 
figurative expression is 
given). 

Messiah, the surname ip.n I «L11 
of Jesus, a title of honour, 
lit. the anointed, Notice 
that the Quran fully con- 
cedes the Messiahship of 
Jesus, but not his son ship 
or Godhood etc. (Jid.) 



* t * t 



(perf. 1st, p, pin.) 
<we transformed 

to transform or change the 
shape of a face or body 
to an ugly one 

And if We willed surely We 
should transform them in 
their place. |36:67J 



■\r-i, 



sw&o jjV jl C J i a J.o.i.t tm jj uU^^o a^JLLo^ P5^° 'Ol.'y* cr* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ Aicu 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J <j" r 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



O" W f 



^Ste&etfff 



And those who hold fast by 
the Book. [7:170] 

( pe//". 3 p. m, sing.) iv dL. ■! 
withhold 

Who is that (can) provide 
for you, should He with- 
hold His provision T 

(67:21] 

(per/. 2 p. m. ptu.) iv, el. *1&S 
ye would refrain i 

(per/, 3 /»• f. Ph.) '" 'J&*\ 
they (f.) withheld 

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) iv iJLx 
»■— 'withholds 

(perate. m. sing.) iv. ^j| 
keep, withhold 

Keep thy wife to thyself (i,e., 
divorce her not). [33:37] 

This is Our gift so bestow 
thou or withhold, without 
an account. [38:39] 

(perate. m. ptu. J iv \'£^j\ 
retain, keep (ye) 

(perate. neg. m. ptu-) T^^jf H 
keep not, retain not 

retaining. ^C-*! 

(Ap-der. m. sing.) it gLj| 
withholder 

1TY 



(per/, 3 p. f. sing.) assim, v 
"»* touched 

ass; m. v 
{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
-—■touches 

will touch or befall juss, 
didst not touch V^**I 

ouin. v. 
(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) 
-^toucheth, befalteth 

will touch or befall Just. 
didst not touch uf* ** V 

surely will befall ep!. 
surely will befall you -' 

touch (f.n.) 



M 



y^, j( 



Si 5 



<>~ 



iii 



touch (f.h.) iff £C* 


{imperf, 3 p.m. Ami) vi, £■£* 


<the twain touch each 


other (in the conjugal life) 


*» ijfc J*^ 


to touch each other 


mete, sexual touching 




* * <S f 



(imperf. 3 p.m. phi,) Hi J°^$j: 
< they hold fast 

to hold u fexl- dJL> 

fast, to act without 
failing what (is) instructed 
or to refrain 

627 



~*jSj} jjV jl CaAa JaImuO jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5>£a <j->y) ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV<i rt*5c?-*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



> -? r 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY ftURAH 



J UP 



f 



( imptrf. 2 p.m. ptu.) w.v. j ' »r 
ye walk ™ 

walk I tO ye) 

walk, walking (>>.«) w.». '*iT 

one who (m. j/aj). w/j. '-*\ju 
walks purposely for some- 
thing (in evil sense) 



A defame r, spreader abroad 
of slander. 168:11] 



{Ap-dtr. f. piu.) h ^^J 
with bolder 

(Per/, 3 p.m. sing.} x ?\" Z'\ 
w ith he Id , ~* grasped 

(ptratt. m. sing.) x j\ *■' ) 
hold fast ! 

musk (it.) 3l*. 



• <* U* f 



L* j ^* f] 



/>«jp, froun (1) 

Htt 

And We revealed unto Musa 
and his brother: inhabit 
houses for your people in 
Misr. (Misr is the Arabic 
form of Mizrain. the old 
name for the country of 
Egypt. 'To the Semites the 
country was known as 
Mizrain' (Jid.) [10:87] 

fin the above verse Misr is a 
proper noun) 

a common noun, a city (2) 

Get ye down into a city as 
verily there is for you that 
which ye ask for. [2:6 J J 

628 



{imptrf. 2 p, m. ph.) ft ~^* *J 
< ye enter the night 

to enter l*C*l ,i-*I 
the night 

evening (n.) »L- • < < 



• £ J 



nj 



* t*. "i 



< mixtures (n. p.) r\.i'\ 
to mix up {j*} Wi- gi& £*> 



* tf J> t 



( perf, 3 p.m. pfu.) w.v. |JSJ 
<they walk 

to walk, to go, proceed 

{imptrf. 3 p.m^ jiflg.) r\». ^i< 
"-walks 

(imptrf 3 p. f. sing.) w.v. yi 
(she) walks 

{imptrf 3p.m, phi.) w.t. 0>M 
they walk 

1TA 



^w&o jjV jl C j i n J.o.i.t tm jj uU^^o iji^3 P5^° £ lH^° ^ jr^'-Hi J^V^ Aicu 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



o t f 



VOCABULARY Of THS HOLY QURAN 



t ^ r 



rain (n.) f *j^ 

■1 Us 



occ. 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.*. v "%" , ,: " 
<~conoeiieih 

to be conceited v. J«* 

to stretch, to boast, to ride 

to be extended 



* * t f 



with, together (preposition) 
with, simultaneously with, 
accompanied by, in 
the company of, with 
you *iii with him 

with Allah *k\ u 

with her ^ 
and so on 



ID 



<goats (n. p.) 
(jinj.) ^ct, a goat 

*-* 

bm _£11 is common to he 

or she, single or plural of 
soats (I/*.) 



*i 



t f 



(rt. «/, 2 p/c) 

running water 

in 






* t <* f 



lump of flesh, (n.) 
a morsel of flesh, 
anything chewed mouthful ly 

/ \ r " ****" *■" 

(i-* t i)) U*«* k^i bJb* 
to masticate, chew 



t -•* 



* ^ J' f 



r'/WiP/. 5 p.m. sfrnjj w,?. ^£ 
< ~gone forth 

to go away, leave, depart, to 
make off, decamp, expire 

('per/. J p. /. ting.) w.y, ,! , >" 
gone forth, passed away 

(imperf. I si.p.sing.) w.v, ace. ^fc*t 
I shall go on 

(perate. m. ph.) t.w. 1 y^ 
pass ! (ye) 

passing away, (v.n) iv.v. 1* .,^ 
to go away 



• j * r 



fper/. /sf, p. p*i.) i? C £:i 

we rained 

(3 p.f. sing.) pp. b &'jj\ 
'--'was raioed 

(perate. m. sing,) iv J^| 
rain down 1 

(Ap-dtr. m. sing.) if *£ 
rain bringcr 

629 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



,* r 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLT QURAN 



o t r 



fact. pic. m. phi.) 
those who bide 

ace. 



## 



* r 



( per/. 3 p.m. si/ig.) ~j& 
<--<ploited (I) 

to plot i (0)i^^'>^ 

to be cunning, to plan a 
scheme 



common necessaries, (n.) jVU 
small kindnesses 



* tf t f 



< entrails {it p.) %£\ 
entrails, intestine, bowel 






r;.\li 



Surely there plotted those 
before them. [13:42] 

schemed (2) 

$$$&$&$$$» 

And they (disbelievers) 
schemed and Allah 
schemed (against them) ; 
and Allah is the best of 
schemers (Pic.) And they 
plotted (to put him, i.e\ 
Jesus to death) and Allah 
plotted (to frustrate their 
pint) anil Allah is the best 
of plotters. [3:54] 

{per/. } p.m. phi.) \'/j& 
they plotted or they schemed 

t per/. 2p.m. pin. ) *f'& 
ye plotted 

Verily this is a plot ye have 
plotted. [7:123] 

630 



< abhorrence (v.n.) 
to hate, detest, abhor 



& £ f 



(per/. 5 p. m. ling.) ir.v. S& 
<C <— remained 

itfp j *jj i& & 

to abide, dwell, remain, wait 
(in a place) 

He was not long in coming. 
J27:22J 

{imperf. 3p.m. sing. ) ^j£' 
blasts, remains 

bide 1, (perate. 2 p.m. phi.) \y&\ 
wait (in this place) 

delay *jj 

That thou mayest recite unto 
mankind with delay (i.e., 
with slow deliberation). 
117:106] 

ir. 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olta^c^o djjLLo^ p5i*a <j->y) ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV^ r&5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



o"> r 



VOCABULARY O* THE HOLY QURAN 



J 



{act. 2 pic. m. sing,) 
< established one 

to have (4)% *j$ 'j& 

power with 



"j& 



to be strong, powerful 
meta, to be influential 

(perf. 3 p.m. sing.) it 
<-^hath established 

to strengthen, w jj** 

consolidate, establish firmly 

He laid better is that wherein 
my Lord hath established 
me. f I 8:95] 

(Note ; the real form of the 
word was supposed to be 

■^ it., U + J& but 

the rule of assimilation has 
worked to join double 
nouns). 

(per/. 1st. p. phi.) ii 
we have established 

ii «./»./. 

{imptrf. 3 p.m. piu.} 
he shall surely establish 

(perf. 3 p.m. Sing.) iv 
•< "-^gave power 

to have Jv, V|5| ffi 

or to give power Ot - 
{;ras. and intras.) 

They betrayed Allah before, 
and He gave (thee) power 
over them, [8:71] 

m 



3* 



C/wf/. Ala, piu.) Vj& 
we plotted 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) jftt 

plot* 

{imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) Z}yJ& 
they plot 

(imperf 3 p. m. phi.) el. I j J5? 
in order to plot 

plot (1) (n.) m fi 

Verily thi* is a plot ye have 
plotted. [7:123] 

contrivance (2) 

Are then they secure against 
the contrivance of Allah 7 
And none fee let h secure 
against the contrivance of 
Allah except the people 
who are losers. [7:99] 

cunning (talks) (3) 
or sly {talk) 

Then when she heard their 
cunning (talk) she sent for 
them. [12:31] 

plotters {act. r^- m.phi.) Zf.jw 





+ J 


* f 


J 

j 


*] see 

A set 





631 



s\aa£a jjV jl C*Ao JaIma jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5>£a <j->3^ ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



3 J f 



full {n.i A.v. 






«J*J 



•5i* K * 



earthful T-: 
goid " 

< chiefs, leaders (n.p.) 
(no singular from this root.) 
According to Uianut Arab 
and Raghib the word 5LI 
signifies Fulness, therefore, 
the leader or chief fill the 
eyes of people with awe 
and their hearts with 
attraction, consequently 
V.l.Ps. are called 

angels #¥, *$\ 

Bet hi nicest thou not of the 
chiefs (or leaders) of Israel 
after Musa. [2:246] 

other usages of the words 
antecedent to pronoun : 

his chiefs 



% %\ 



*fi 



>*i*ffk 



their chiefs 
or big men 
J J 



see 



& 



It 



• c 



J r 



saltish, salt (n.) 



r~ 



J f 



< fall! sg to pove rty [». w , Jrv *5>* i 
632 



fl 



< whistling ace. \jg£ 
to whistle (o)T^^Im 

And their worship at the Holy 
House is naught but whist- 
ling and hand-clapping 

[8:35] 



I J 



(3 p.m. sing.) pp. k.v. 
<~was filled 



^ 



*- K**** 1 ■ 



to fill, fill up SS with SS, 

If thou hadst observed them 
thou would st have surely 
turned away from them in 
fright and wouldst have 
surely been tilled with awe 
of them. [18:18] 

(act. pic. m. phi.) h.v. 0^3£ 
fillers, those who fill 

ept. ft.* '$3 
(imperf. lit, p. piu.) 
I surely shall fill 

(ptrf. 2 p. /. sing.) h.v. vli o >Ll 
didst thou filled 



Art thou filled ? 
[50:30] 



«jM£Il£ 



ITT 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj ultai 1 ^ djJLLo^ P5aXa <jjys £— ** 6r^'^3 J^V^ a&*z>uz 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J Or 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



(parate, S p. m. ting.) £&' 

* ■ 

has power (3) 

For who hath any power to 
prevail for you with 
AUah? [48:11] 

(imperf. 3 p.f. sing.) 
she ruicih (4) 



m 



' ^^ 

1 found a woman ruling over 
them, and she hath been 
given (ahandance] of 
things. [27:23] 

(irrtptrf, 2 p. m. ling.) dik 
thou will avail (5) 

He whom Allah doometh 
unto temptation, thou 
(by thy efforts) will avail 
him naught against Allah. 

[5:41] 

> '- 
{imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) lyjQt 
ye possess, own 

■ '■W- 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi.) OjSsJ* 
they possess, own 



{.act. pic. m. sing,) 
master, owner, sovereign 

Owner of the , ^^ 
Day of v-y-^-^TS^ 
Judgement. [1:3] 

■\rr 



'»,..- 



Sue 



to become to 
poor 

to flatter 



iJ J f 



(per/. 3 p. f. ting.) **3^ 

<— has possessed ( 1 ) 

to possess 

to reign or rule over JP~ 
to have power, to be capable 

of, able to obtain, can do 

or avail 

What your right hands 
possess. (4:3] 

(meta. that your right hands 
possess or possessed by 
the right baud, as in other 
verses means boundmen 
or bondwomen) 

Caution : It is not slave in 
English sense. 

(perf. 2 p.m. phi.) '^i*-** 

ye held (1) 



Or whereof ye hold the keys. 
[24:61] 



633 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ $j&jz§ £•£**£ <j->ys ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i («»5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OJURAN 



J J 



f«4 



Or unable himttlf to dictate, 
(hen let his guardian die* 
taicjuttjy. (2:282J 

faith (or) religion (nj *£.- 

And who shall be averse from 
the Faith of Ibrahim, save 
one who befooieth his soul 
Uid.) And who fbrsaketh 
the religion of A bra him 
save him who befooieth 
himself (Pic J [2:1301 

13 Mk g'^ j# ai 



Millah: (vocalized with the 
initial kasra) 'ordi- 

nance of a religion, or 

634 



owners (act. pic. m. pht.) UjQl» 



Tj.'s- H, ■»•- 



(pic. pac.m. sing.) ace. bjlc / iljU 
enslaved 

dominion (a.) '.g^/ fefc / gjgg 
king («.) Slg/fa.' 



■•i-^;; 



< kings (n.p.) djM 

mighty king (Allah) (ints.) 

< angel (n.) 

(the root £ 1 J is 
here repealed for beginners 



<angels («. p.) ^g>^; 






r***.; dlC 



• J J f 



assim. iv *lc 
{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
< "-dictate 

to dictate t?tf|JP 

(Note : m tne '* tter ^ c "*' r<i 
radical (j) is changed by 
(J) Thus it would be- 
come assimilated. The 
rule is termed £g . See 
Usan) 

should dictate assim. iv, el. JW* 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5AAA <<JJJA ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



O f 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY IMURAN 



(per/ 1st. p. ting.) w.», iv 
I tolerated or gave rein 

And how many a city did I 
gave rein (or I tolerated) 
wfaik it wronged (itself). 
Then took hold of it. 

122:48] 

(impetf. ht, p. sing,) w.v. ir 
I give respite 

And I give them rein (i.e., I 
give them a respite), verily 
My contrivance is firm. 

[7:183] 

(imperf. ht p. plu.J w.v. 
we respite 

a long while v.rt. R F. 

And depart from some for 
ever so long (or for a long 
while). [19:4ft] 



(3 p.f. ilng.) pip. w.v. iv 
<<--is dictated 



to dictate 



m P 



* * 



iP 






r 



U + Ol for (particle) & \ f* 

-r 
C> J f see o\* 



religion as applied to a 
way' regardless of its origi* 
nal root. U my be derived 

from J,£p ^ 'I 

dictatated a book 1 as the 
basic teachings of a religi- 
on is dictated by a prophet. 
The word is applicable to 
to false faith or religion 

too as Jjf )3 & ji0 : 

the infidelity l£ one religi- 
on or one faith. But it 
is not to be anteoedented to 
Allah or the name of a 
certain religious communi- 
ty ( Aqnbutmowarld) . 



f 



{per/. 3 p. m. sing.) W.% f* 
gave rein to (1) 
(false) hopes 

to march (J) ij? JB !i- 
a quick step 

to prolong (one's life) give 
rein to, give false hopes. 
When related to Allah, it 
means : He indulged, to- 
lerated, gave enough time 
to repent, to give a respite 

The devil hath embellished 
(thii apostasy) for them 
and hath given them (false 
hopes) or rein. [47;25J 

to tolerate, (2) 
to indulge, to respite 



V 



iro 



as 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <<jJJ<o ^^ ij-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY Of THfi HOLY QURAN 



» ■ » ■ w 



And of the fruits of the date- 
palm and grapes whence 
ye derive strong drinks. 
(16:67] 

a composition (2) 

^ti^yi <yJU yOl t^l u;j 

And if the camels twain and 
of the oxen twain. [6: 1 44J 
for explanation (3) 

So call upon Thy Lord for 
us that He bring forth for 
us of that which the earth 
groweth — of its herbs and 
its cucumbers and its corn 
and its I an tils and its 
onions. [2:61] 

to indicate commence- (4) 
ment of: (A) time 

Before the prayer of dawn, 

and when ye lay aside 

your raiment for the heat 

of the noon. [24: 5 Si j 

(B) place 

Glorified be He Who carried 
His servant by night from 
the IvioJable Mosque to 

636 



^ t f 


j« Up^f 


tf J t 




» a f 


see JL-C 


5*+u* 


for Si 



(an indeclinable conjunctive 

pronoun) 
he, she, they, who, whosoever 
(interrogative) who { 1 ) 

And who doth greater wrong 
than he who invcntcntlt a 
lie concerning Allah. [6: 2 1] 

who (2) 
(conjunctive pronoun) 

And of the dwellers of the 

desert is one who believeth 

in Allah and the last Day. 

[9:991 

whosoever (3J 

And whosoever of you is sub- 
missive unto Allah and 
His messenger. [33:31] 
whoso (4) 

(in a conditional mood) 

And whoso seeketh as religi- 
on other than Islam, it 
will not be accepted from 
him. 13:85] 

a preposition signifies : 
an origin of a thing (U 



■vn 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ dj^JLo^ P^aXa <.^~y* cr ^ (j-o)^3 JjV^ a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



with the meaning (9} 
of "Jj. in 

And in the night-time hymn 
His praise, and after the 
(prescribed) prostrations, 
350:40] 
any (10) 

There is not any God save 
Allah- [3:62] 

in the sense of J* (11) 

Nay, but if ye persevere, and 

keep away from evil, and 

(the enemy) attack you 

on their sudden. [3:125] 

on (alternate) (12) 

Or have their hands and feet 
on alternate sids cut off. 

[5:33] 
according to (13) 

Lodge them where ye dwell, 
according to your wealth. 
[65:61 
with the meaning (14) 

of J£ { instead of, rather than) 



Take ye pleasure in the lile 
or the earth rather than 
(or instead of) the Here- 
after ! [9:38] 

■\rv 



the far distant Mosque 
the neighbourhood where- 
of We have blessed. ( 1 7: 1 ] 

out of (5) 

And of Musa*s folk there is 
a community who lead 
with truth and establish 
justice therewith (it. out 
of Musa's folk). [7:159] 

than (when following (6) 
a comparative) 

juj l oi*5 eras!? kt** I (^v 
And who is better in speech 
than him who stimmoneth 
unto Allah. [41:33] 

because of, (7) 
by reason of 

Because of His mercy He 

appointed for you night and 

day. [28:73] 

(Note : The verse may be 
rendered : of His mercy.) 

some of or amona (8) 

Among the people of the 
Scripture Iheri: is he who, 
if thou trust him with a 
weight of treasure, will 
return it to thee. (3:73J 



637 



~*jS*a jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ p5i*a <j->3^ ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



O O f 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



I o f 



*—r 



to defend (2) 

(imperf. 3 p. /. sing.) 
defend] 

Have they gods who defend 
them beside Us. 7 [21:4 3] 

to protect (J) 

(imptrf. 1st p. phi.) juts. 
we protect *- 

They said : Had we not 
mastery upon you, And 
did we not protect you 
from the believers ! 

[4:M1] 
to deny (4) 

denied (3 p.m. sing.) pp. li. 

O our Father f The measure 
is denied us. [12;63] 

protector (act. pic. f. sing.) Lj£ 

begrudging inn. ace, )cji / 9^ 
hinder (n) ints. 



forbidden 



(pie. /wc /. sing.) \j>$x 



j f 



ttiSiat. v 
(per/. 3 p. m~ sing.) 
< showed grace 

638 






to emphasize the (15) 
sense of connection (hut 
in negative case) 

And whoso doth that hath 

no connection with Allah. 

[3:2»] 



a o 


f 


see ^ 


U 


f 




c J 


o 


« >u; 


tf * 


j 




1 g, 







1 ^ 


J 


Ktt otiLl 




• 


£ * f 



< *»" prevented ^~ 

to refuse (v>)\£ g# £i 

one some thing, to prohibit, 
interdict, to prevent 

to prevent (I> 

And who is more unjust than 
he who preventeth mos- 
ques of Allah that His 
name be mentioned there- 
in. [2M14 1 ] 

1TA 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5AAA <j->y) ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



tf O r 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



O O f 



(pic pas. m. sin%.) 
< unceasing 

(sec above note on the mea- 
ning Of y^ ) 

time, fortune (n.) 

gjk\ ZS] Jft] iLj 

and jUjj! <~» j signify the 

accidents or evil accidents 
01 the times that diquict 









or disturb the minds 
hearts (LL.) 



or 



manna (it.) 

kind of dew, a sweetish 

liquid {Jul.) 



*Jl 



tf f 



(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) w.v. iv 
<ye emit 

to shed (blood), to emit sperm 

Note : The modification of 

the imperfect has its final 

ii changed by ^ in 

plurals, thus the conjuga- 
tion will go as : 

(J p. m. sing.) pip. w.v. h 
f— is emitted 

(2 p. f. sing.) pip. *.»- iv. 
rvis emitted 

sptrm (».) 



dj* 



3 



to recount to one the benefits 
shown in order to re- 
proach him, reproach one 
for benefit* received. (The 

origin of j* is to cut off 

as will be observed below 

from the word ^jg 

According to Rgh. the 
graces cut off the need* 
as one who receives bene- 
fits from somewhere is no 
more a needy- Thus a 
kindness, grace or bene- 
fit cuts off the hunger). 

(perf. fsL p. ptu.) aaim. 
we have shown the grace 

(imperf . 2 p.m. sing.) assim. 
thou art showing grace 

ajsim. r 
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing) 
~ shows grace 

assint- v 
(imperf. 3 p.m. pla.) 
they show grace 

(imperf 1st p. phi.) ace. 
we show grace 

(perate. neg, m. phi.) \ 

show no grace 
(conditional phrase) just. 
bestow not favour 

(perate. m. sing.) 
bestow thou 

showing a grace or I 
laying an obligation I 

I 
ace. i 












I.-'- Si 



e 

639 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj O It jus 3^3 ^jALo^ P5aXa <<jJJ<o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV<i r&5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



o r 



hen, According to com- 
mentators, such as, R*zi, 
Tabri, Zamakbshari and 
others the words signify 
'be recited* and 'recitation' 
respectively. 

{per/. 3 p.m- phi.) w.t. v \y^ 
they wished 

{imperf. 2 p.m, phi.) 
<ye wish 

jjjyt is Tor ^'Jtr* the 
cluster of two com- 

pelled to drop first of 
them) 

[imperf. 3 p.m. pht.) w.p., » j ilij 
they wiih 

they will 

never wish 

a-* 
{perate. tn. pJu.) tv.s, v \jj> 
long, yearn 

recitation (I) tJLul 
a wish, longing, wishing (2) 

< wishes (n.p.i ^J 
(ring.) V, ; fl 

Manat 
(an old Arabian goddess.) i\lj> 



>;&Sf 



cz 



J * 



(imperf. 3 p.m. piu*) jjjlj 

<lhey prepare, 
~make provision 

640 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v.li. 
<~»tiis up desire 



$ 



to awaken 



£ 



the deiire, give reason to 

hope, make someone wish 

The Satan) promiseth them 
and stirreth. [4:120] 

w.f, if, tip. 
(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) 
I Shall filWdciirc 

And surely I shall lead them 
astray and shall Mil then 
with vain desire. [4: 1 1 9] 

(perf. 3 p. m. stag.) w.v. t 
<~reoited 

Vrs A:",- 
to with, raise > U y 

hope, to read or recite 

Never tent We a masscn- 
ger or a prophet before 
thee but when he recited 
(the message) Satan cast 
forth (suggestions in the 
minds or unbelieving 
hearts) in respect of his 
recitations. [22:52] 

Note : Literary meaning of 

Lc it 'he wished' and 

a 4 

tl means '* wish' but 






> 



It- 



~*jSj} JjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ djJLLo^ P5AAA <jj->y) £— ■*< j-o)^^ JjV<i ffc5c?-*a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J Jk 



(perate. m. sing.) tl ^*1 
respite gently 



the dress of oil 



\ f • r 



whatever (particle) 



c 



O • f 



(<jf(. 2 pic, m. sing.) vfif" 
despised ( 1 ) 

10 be despised, be enfeebled, 
debilitated 

Then he made his seed from 
a draught of despised 
fluid. [32:81 

Le., belong to a race (2) 
that is looked down upon 

Aye ! I am better than this 
one who is despicable. 

[43:521 

ignominous <3) 
i.e., one who is looked down 
upon for his bad habits 

And obey not thou any 



swearer ignomi nous 



[63:10] 



to extend, unfold, stretch 

out, make level, plain, 

prepare 

- u ■*» 

fact. pic. m. plu.} Ojj*11l 
spreaders 

(imperf. 1st p. sing.) it Ai^. 
I made smooth 

v.n. ii, face) U^i 
preparation, making smooth 

cradle (1) t^Ll 

And he will speak unto 
mankind in his cradle. 

[3:46] 

bed (21 

Who hath appointed the 
earth as a bed. [4 3:10] 

expanse, rest- (n.)acc. tal^. / al^ll 

ing place, that which lies 
spread out 



J * f 



"M 1 



(perate. m. sing.) ti. Jf* 

< respite thou 

(1) to accord or allow 
delay, defer, put off 

(2) to deal gently it ~ffl 

to act slowly, patiently 

64) 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ (&5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



3 t 



VOCABULARY OT THE HOLY O.VRAH 



s r 





S. c-J? 

2>S 








did not die cj 'J yi« 




* o j 


f 


w.v. el. (neg.) 








(imperf. 2 p. m. phi.) 


(perf. 3 p.m. ting.) w.v. 


ol 


ye should (not) die 




-eddied 




(imperf. 2 P-**- *«*■> w.r. h'y jfi 


( ) * y OjC oL 




they die 


r - .-i jS 


to die, expire 




fl«. w.v. 


i» 


f 2 /?.J tf-I t £*, 










(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) w.v.. 








ye die 


• A>- 


w«.#j £i 




ace. w.v. 


L wSi 


^SiT^^Pi^jT^^lif 




(imperf. 1st p. ring.) w.j 




Will it be thai when he 




I die 




dieth or is slain ye will 




( imperf. 1st. p. phi,) w.v 




turn back on your heels ? 




we die 




[3:144] 




(ptrate. m. phi.) w.v 


- V* 


( perf. 3 p.m. phi.) w.v. 


i/C 


die! (ye) 




they died 




the death (v.n. 


* '* 


(perf, 2 p. 


m. /j/ii.J w.v. 


4- 



death (n.) ^ 

the ending and additional 
indicates the unit of 
an action, that is 

termed igj '^\ 
dead one in.) ace. K« / vr .*- 



dead ones n. ^. J^l / ol^l 
lifeless, dead (n.) tsLll 



Irfelessness fl. /t. l Uj~* 
or dead ones J 



642 



death (v. mint.} ojjll 



when ye have died 'J^X>\ 

(pttf. 1st. p. sing.) w.v. 
I died 

Would that I had died 
before this. (19:23) 

we died (perf. 1st. p. plu.) 

when we are dead t ■?. 1^1 

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. 
die* 

(Imperf. 3 p.m. sing.)juss, 
he dies 

ace. w.v. 
dies (imperf 3 p. f. sing.) 



■i 'r 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> (j-o)^5 JjV^ ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J f 



VOCABUIARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J r 



shaking (».ra., w.v.} >Jj* 



• J 



•» f 



substance, riches, (n.)acc. VU /'I3lii 
wealth 

t ' J - J\# «™. «JJU 
interjective 

My riches have availed me 
not. [6!>:28) 

substance, riches, (n.p.) ^J\^ 
wealths 



• J 



water («.) ace. 



Kf£ 



* f 



{imperf 3 p. f, sing.} h-.f. 
< --amoves away 

to be (j*) U? &U & 

shaken* moved, agitated, 
to spread (cloth or table 
with food) 



■'FjlTi' \" . 



>«■ 



We have placed in the earth 
(firm) mountains lest it 
should move away with 
them. [21:31] 

(n. act, ptc. f sing,) 
the table spread, a table with 

food upon it 
meta. food 



lxc 



dead animals (n,) 

i.e. those which have not been 
slaughtered in the manner 
prescribed by the Islamic 
law. 

( per/. 3 p.m. sing.) w.?., h 
caused to die 

iperf 2 p.m. sing.) w.v., i* 
thou made die 

(imperf 3 p. m. sing.} 
causes the death 

■*.»., if 
(imperf. 1st. p. sing.) 
I cause the death 

w.v., r> 
(imperf, lit. p. phi.) 
we cause the death 









*.* 



M*Jt 



c J f 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. 
< -^surges 

to be agitated, troubled, 
swell, surge, (the sea 
or a crowd) 

a billow (n.) 



C* 



6» 

H 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.», 
<~witl shake 

to move (j)Tjj? jj[ ^ 
from side to side, to shake 



"V 



643 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj ultaii^ djALo^ £•$**£ iijJ>o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OI> THE HOLY O.LKAN 



j * r 



* J 



* f 



w.p. ace. _ ^ - uJL*. -» 
Umpeif.3 p.m.pfu.) 
they may attack 

be adverse to 

///. they may be adverse to 
meta. to swoop down 



!*,$&&&$& 



^ 



Fain would those who disbe- 
lieve that ye neglected 
your arms and your bagg- 
age so that they might 
swoop down upon you at 
one swoop (Jid). [4; ] 02 J 
That they may attack you 
once for all (Pic). [4:102] 
Note : swoop to, drop or 
descend suddenly as a bird 
pounces on its prey, to 
take or seize it suddenly 
(Funk) 

fperate. aeg. m. phi.) H . -Vi j*TT >j 
turn not 

turning *jt. t w.w. ~Xi\ f 5C 

turning, (n.) 

attacking, swooning, 
to turn (I) 

But turn not altogether. 

L«:12»] 
644 



%s 



j l* f 



(imperf, 1st. f, plu.l iv. v. 
<C"e shall get provision 

to supply food or provision 

{Zf.) ;^J» is food; the 

verb is derived from the 
nom to supply with 



'M 



* i tf f 



ace. _)i{ 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. 
< "^discriminates 

( J,)f jj. jg % 

to detect, distinguish, to dis- 
criminate 

Until be hath discriminated 

the impure from the pure. 

[3:L79( 

Umperf. 2 p. f. sing.) w.v., r 
< bursts 

to be separated v f f^j jjj( 

to burst Jj^JI 5t Jtf 

with rage (LL\ 

( perate m. pfu.) viii 1 jjt*| 
< separate yourselves 

to be sepa- viii. \j\~Z»\ jfcul 

rated, distinguished 

Ml 



*+ 

# 



'^jSjs jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA j-» Olta^i>3^ djJLLo^ P5aXa <<JJJA £— ** 6t^'.H3 J^V^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY Of TH* HOLY QUHM4 



^J^t in this verse means: 

to go astray. Consequently 
Pit', has to! lowed their 
commentary though the lit- 
erary meaning of the word 
is to incline and therefore 
Jid. has rendered the above 
verse as following : 

And those that follow lusts, 
intend that ye shall incline 
a mighty incline- 



to go astray (2) 

But those who follow vain 
desires would have you go 
astray tremendously. 

[4:271 

(Note-. According to a number 
of commentators the word 



*** 



MO 



645 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ ^5^0 <j->3^ ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



oj$ v LiT 



Verily we are Allah's and 
verily unto Him we are 
returners. [2:156] 



or 



as a statement 



And we were wont to sit 

on seats therein to listen. 

[72:9] 

"i; 



or 



And bear thou witness that 
we are Muslims. [5:111] 



wJ>L" 



\ 



(ptrf. 3 p. m. sing./ k.v, 
< ^turned away 
646 



tf 



initial letter of the {o letter) 
68th Sura "AI-QalanT 

read as 'Noon meaning 'a 
fi&h" 0_pl | j 'the man of 
the fish"; name of the Pro- 
phet Yunus (Jonah). 



& 



And Zunnun when departed 
in anger. [21:87] 

our, us (pronoun) 

(it is art indeclinable affixed 
pronoun meaning 'our' 
when following a noun 

e.g. ^XS "our book' and 

'us' when following a verb 

as e.g. 1---I. I 'he fed us' 

or preposition L, 'from us'. 
When affixed to the particle 

ft of Jl "• is rtad tj 

'verily we' 



4 



111 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o JaImuo jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ a£^o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QL'RAtf 



(pref 1st. p. sing,) £ 
I declared, announced, acqu- 
ainted 



h 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) *.*V. 



declares 






(imperf. hi p. sing.) 
I declare 

I shall acquaint the* ^JwW 

(imperf, 1st p. phi.) ii *\jU 



we declare 

that we declare ace. 



*f~m 



V : . 



(imperf 2 p. sing.} it "^-f 
thou declares 

- j*r* 

(imperf. 2 p.m. piu.) ii jnjj 

ye declare 

(ei. 2 p. m, sing.) ii &Lk-i 
surd} thou will declare 

(el. 1st. p. piu.) is CfiXJ 
we surely shall declare 

(pip. 3 p.m. sirtg,} gen. uJ 
<-whath been told 

Hath he not been told of that 
which is in the writs of 
Musa (Moses), [53:36] 

(pip. 3 p.m, sing.)h.v, nom. ii jj*i m 
^will be declared 

(el. pip. 2 p.m. piu.) h.v. ii "jw^ 
you shall surely be 
apprised (informed) 

(pirate. 2 p.m. sing.) h.v. ti \jf-* 
declare thou ! 



to retire, turn away, 
to go far away - ^ - 

(imperf. 2 p.m. piu.) h.v. jtT 
they go far away 



• 1 



(ptrf. 3 p. f. sing.) it gj 
< declared (1) 

**i X$i J ft *P 

to announce, declare, - <-» - 
acquaint, inform 

to be high 

Allah hath already declared 
unto us some tidings of 
you. [9:94) 

acquainted, (2) 
apprised 

Then, when he had apprised 
her of it, she said, who 
hath acquainted thee there- 
with. He said, theKnower, 
the Aware hath acquainted 
me. [6<i:3J 

( perf. 3 p. f titg.) 3*1 
she declared, acquainted 

647 



amIo jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj Olta^c^o djJLLo^ P5aXa <j->y) ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



L 



(/.*., the Day of Resurrection 

\j is not only tidings but 

also signifies 'an announce- 
ment' of great utility from 
which results either know- 
ledge or a predominance 
o f opinion, and true (LL). 

prophecy (4) 

For every tiding is a set time 
(/.#., Tor what a prophecy 
is made). [6:67] 

truth (5) 

And ye shall surely come to 
know thereof after a sea- 
son. [38:881 

tal es, s tqries, t id i ngs (n .p. ) \j \ 
news, prophecies, announce- 
ments 

a/the Prophet ^W ace. fcj /^g 
their prophet *£j 

-& 
sQfi 



{nam.) it, p, ' 
the prophets ace. ' 
(i.Wu.) 



the prophethood fn.) * *fj) 



• *=» V 



fpw/'. J ?. / soig.J 
■<'^-'grow» 

648 






declare thou unto them 

(perate. 2 p.m. phi.) b.v. ii 
declare ye 

declare ye unto me \}'j+j 

(per/. S. p.m. sing.) h.v. iv 
declared in formed 

(perate. 2 m. sing.) h.r. tt 
tell ! inform ! (thou), 
declare ! (thou) 

.*: ti 

tell them, prH 1 
inform them 

(perate. 2 p.m. pkt.) k.v., b 
declare! (you) 



trt- 



u 

u 



(O you) make 
known to me 



( tmperf. 3p . m. ptu,)h.v. x 
they ask (inquire, question) 
a tale, story (1) (v.n.) 

$&$$&#$& 

And recite unto them with 
truth the tale of the two 
sons of Adam. [5:27] 

tiding (2) 

&&*%$$ 

Say thou : It a is tremendous 
tiding. [38:67] 

announcement (3) 

Whereof they question one 
another? ([t is) of the 
mighty announcement. 

[78:1-2] 



$| 






b 



MK 



>^S>a jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ djJLLo^ P$J*A <j->ys ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV<i £&£>■*£> 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLV 0_UfiAN 



i <-j J 



/>?ir/, 3 p.m. sing, J 
j-~threw, fling 

to throw or fling (things) 
before or behind oneself, 
give up, to cast off 



■>&., 



w^aK** 1 ' 



A party of those who have 
received the Scripture (book) 
fling the Scripture of 
Allah behind their backs. 
{i,e., they neglected the 
commandment and did 
not follow them). 12:101) 

(pzrf. 3 p. m, pfu.) 
they threw, fling 

(per/. 1st. p. sing.) 
I threw, cast away 

(per/. 1st. p. plu.) 
we threw, cast away 

(perate. 2 p.m. sing.) 
throw ! 

(pp. 3 p. m. sing.) 
had been casr 

He surely had been cast into 
the ivildetness. [68:49] 



* A-* 



I**' 



- * 



,- **" 



(el. pip. m. sing.) jjCU 
he shall sorely be cast 



£31 



to produce (a tree), to grow, 
sprout (plant) 



(per/. 3 p. m. sing,) it 
<'--<made grow 

to make grow, iv VU^ isJl 
to cause to grow 

And Allah hath caused you 
to grow from the earth as 
a growth. [71:17] 



And He made her grow up 
with a goodly growth. 

[3:37) 

{pref. 3 p.m. stag.) iv a£u\ 
groweth 

(perf. hi p. plu.) iv l^jt 
we have caused to spring up 

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv 
grows 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv 
it, that grows 

n.d. ace. iv 
(imperf. 2 p. m. plu.) 
that ye cause to grow 

growth, herbage (h.) fleeibtJ / ctO 

And a good land, its herbage 
cometh forth by the com- 
mand of its Lord. (8:57] 

649 






*^&a jjV jl C j i n J.o.i.t tm jj uU^^o iji^3 P5^° 'Ctfj-* 3 cr* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ Aicu 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J- £ O 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOl-V QURAN 



to spring, gush or How out 
(water) 

fountains («. /j.) ,*^^ 



[ 



J o ill 



(per/, 1st p. phi.) 
<we shook over 

to shake, ( o) US jif Js 

pul!. raise up, spread out 
or over 



r~ 



• J ti J 



(per/, 3 p. f, pin. } viii &jZ\ 
< -^scattered 

to disperse, scatter, disse- 
minate 

f *m~ 

scattered {act. pic. m. sing.) \j^» 



E -J 



(riiw/. n. gen.) gy^Jfl 
<tvvo highways 
(i>. good and evil! 

the highland («.) -^ 



* tr £ « 



< impure one {n.) *ytr 

to defile, polEute. 

to become polluted, unclean 
650 



By no means ! He shall 
surely be cast into ttic 
crushing fire. (I04:4J 

(per/. J p. f. sing.) viii o»J_jifl 
she retired 



* y v ^ 



C prate- neg.m.plu) vi \ J^Li ( * ) 
«£**ndo not call one 
another in insulting manner 

to call names, (j*) *jfi j& J* 

to upbraid 

to call one another W JpvJ 
by nickname in order to 
insult him 

Do not call one another by 
nickname. (49:11] 



• J* V 



{imperf. S p.m. pht.) X. Ojr*f~>. 
<thay discover, think out 

to gush or flow out (water) 
to invent x JtJLc I < < 
(something), discover 



* t v o 



<a fountain, a spring (jff.1 wJAT 
of water 



~*jSj} jjV jl C*Ao JaImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5>£a <j->y) ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV<i ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J C o 



VOCAIillLAKY OF THE HDLY QURAN 



*1 



• f E 



< the stars, coil- CD ("■) £*•$ 
ectively 

(o)i£* J f£ ^ 

lo appear, rise 

And (also) landmarks as by 

the stars they are guided. 

flfi:!6) 

a sinr (2) 

uSilil^n; 

By the star when it settcth. 
[53:11 

(according to some commen- 
tators the word "Ij^JI here 
too means stars, collect- 
ively as a noun ^JL) j£\ ) 

stars in. p) fj*& 
herns (3) 

And the herbs and the trees 
do obeisance. [5 5:6J 



1 



(pcrf. 3 p. m. sing.) w.t. |^i* 

<>-~was saved 

(1) to be saved, delivered, 
rescued, escape, go free- .u _ 

^o> 



¥ * * * 



■ ■ ? 

fnjil (Gospel) (w.) tJ^V 
(Injil, which is referred to in 
the Quran, is not at all 
identical with the new 
Testament or even Four 
Gospels of the Christian 
Church. Injil, according 
to the teachings or Islam, 
was a Book sent down 
on Jusus (on whom be 
peace) and not a collect- 
inn of reports and stories 
(about htm) compiled at 
dubious dates by unknown 
persons — und cuigned and 
unforeseen in the apostolic 
age (Jid. quoting EBr, \\\, 
p. 513). 
The New Testament, accord- 
ing to the Christian belief, 
far from being the revealed 
Word of God, was or 
is a 'Book' destined for 
publication and multiplica- 
tion. . . Sentences may have 
been abbreviated or expre- 
ssions changed. It was sim- 
ilar to the Gospels, when 
the first collection of 
saying of Jusus or the first 
narrative or his deeds was 
set down in writing; the 
next who copied it might 
feel inclined to enlarge it 
or to change any detail ace* 
ording to the form in 
which he had heard it, 
without any bad intention. 

651 



s\a_£a jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ ^5^0 <j->y) cr ^ (j-o)^5 JjV^ f&5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



3 £ * 



VOCABULARY 0¥ THE HOLY QURAN 



3 C O 



(per/, ht p. plu.) it, w.v, 
we delivered 

iimperf. 3 p.m. siitg.ytv, w.v. 
delivers 

he delivereth htm 



iimperf. S p.f. ling.) iv.w.r. 
"v delivers 

(imperf. ht p. pfu.) ti, w.v, 
we deliver 

I'V, W.V. 

(imperf. fyt p. pfu.) f.d. 
we deliver 

(perf. 2 p. m. plu.) Hi, w,v. 
<ye whisper 

10 whisper,, Hi iV^t ^V 
to confide a secret to 

When ye go to wishper with 
the apostle. [58:13] 






M 
lit* 






4,-,' *■ 

Ore/1 2 p. m. plu.) vi, w.v. ^fr^ 
ye whisper together ' 

(imperf, 3 p.m. plu.) iv, w.v. j_^r biL* 
they whisper together 

(perate m. plu.} ft, w.v. \j$J 
ye (should) whisper! 

(perate neg. m. pfu.} 
ye (should not) whisper 
or do not whisper 



{act. pic. m. sing.) w.v. 
one who is saved if.d.) 



t 



deliverance (v.n.) w.v. 



652 






to confide a secret to *Uu» 

thou hast escaped 

, i 

~ delivered it, w.v. j£ 

i ■* ' 

(The verb -yf is written with *jt 

when affixed to a pro- 



noun as yQ. ,L'Cf" t -jfGf ) 



( perf hi. p. plu.) ii. w.r. 
We delivered 

[imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii, w.v. 
delivers 

{imperf. 1st. p. phi.) ii, w.v. 
wc deliver, we shall deliver 

(imperf. hi. p. phi. JeL ii,w.v. 
we shall surely deliver 

(perate. m. sing.) ii w.v. 
deliver ! affined to a 
pronoun as; 

deliver me 



it 



ufrh 



deliver us 






Op. 3 p. m. stug.y ii, w.r. 
was delivered 

(/wr/1 J p. m. sing.) iV, tv.». 

delivered 

affixed to a pronoun as: 

delivered us f^'1 



3? 



* 



and so on 



fi 



(pre/. 2 p.m. sing.) iv, w.v. 
thou delivered 



10 T 



aaI^ jjV jl CaaLo J^Uwo jj O It jus 3^3 £j£a£5 £.3^-° '6^,3^ cr 1 * 1 6r^'^3 J^V^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



c o 



vocAJiuLAfty of Tiri; iioj.v quran 



> c o 



And they were hewing out 
houses f>om mountains 
(feeling) secure. (15:821 



fperale 2 p.m. ting.) 
< (thou) sacrifice ! 

to si "tug titer., sacrifice (an ani- 
mal}, to injure the jugular 
vein 



* w £ o 



<CA\»m\{y(v.n.)(smg.)neg. J* 

to he unlucky, (iK.-) 

inauspicious, fata), of evil 
men 

inauspicious (n.p.) 2>Lrf 

smoke (jj.j ■ ij 

(smoke without flam* that 
rises high and of which 
heat is weak). 



f * J 


c 


j 


the fcee ("J 
<s gift (v.n,} 

to make a gift, dower a 
women, make a wedding 
gift 





(act. pic.) ace. tv.v. \1 

the act of counselling ■» 
together 

counselling (v.n.) w.v. j^l 

fin secret) m **" 

(Ap-dtr, m, plu.) w.\\ n.d. *%£ 
deliverers 



Verily Wc arc to deliver thee. 
f2»:33J 



* * c * ; 



<a vow (v.n,) 
to weep, to cry, to vow 

He hath fulfilled his vow. 
f)\e., by offering up his 
life for Allah's cause — a 
metaphorical u^age, mean- 
ing courted death). (33:2 3) 



c a 



(impcrf. 2 p. m. plu.) {}'&£ 
<ye hew 

to cut, hew, (^i^i j)l^ 

carve (stone, etc. J shape, 
work (wood), emaciate 

( imptff. 3 pm, plu.) o'J*£ 



they hew 



653 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <jjys ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV<i a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J c o 



to flee (asstm.) (j,) fa; jLi~ Jb 
to run away (a camel) 

(one who can run away from 
God-'s command and esta- 
blish his own sovereignty 
again « God's order 

mata. idols {Lis. etc.) 



{act. pic. ph.) Jj«C 
f,sing.) *af < remorseful 

to regret as a result of a 
sinful act 

(According to Lis., LQ. 'A 

sinful act may be followed 

by cither of two pa> n f u ' 

feelings ; one is called 

remorse but in that there 

is no merit. The other is 
■4 -ft, 

known as repentance *tjS\ 

ThuS/xjtti* not repentance 
as translated by some 
authors.) 



* tf 



( per/. 3 p.m. sing.) Hi, w.* 
<"wcalled out (I) 

to call it with another in a 
assembly 

(Note : R.F. is not used in 

this meaning.) 
654 



ib& 



(synonymous with 

meaning a Tree gift UQ.) 

And give unto women their 
dowries as a free gift. 

[4:4] 

(It should not be confused 
with the 'price of bride' as 
customary in the ancient 
world.) 



• J t 



< crumbled (u. sing.) 
decayed (bones) 

to be rotten, decayed, car- 
cass, (bone, wood) 



*3B 





* J t 


• 


<the 


palm -tree in.) 


sati 


(ph.) *$£ i^£ as below 




palm trees, {». p.) 


3» 


also, date-palms, ace. 
date-stone 






date-palms 


3* 




* A 3 






compeers, like, equal, (n.p.) 
match 



ya 



lot 



sw&A jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5AAA iijJ>o ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i fft5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



iS J o 



VOCABULARY Oh THE NULV 0,1/RAN 



i* J o 



( per/. 1st p. plu.) w.v. ii \^l j\* 
we cried uulo 

(imper/, J p.m. ting.) u.v. H .tiUj 
calls ' * 

when referred to the W.f. \\£ )^tJ 
hereafter it means *»ill call* 



(perate. plu.) U.k.v. 
cry untu 



m 



(pp. J p.m, sing,} tv.v. a rf}f 
was cried unto 

(pp. 3 p.m,. plu.) w.t, ti \Z& 
they were cried unto 

referring to the hereafter 'they 
shall be cried unto" 

(pip. J p. m. plu. )n;v, ii '&&* 
they wiJI be cried unto 

f per/. 3 p. m. ph.) w.v, v( IjiL; 
they cried out unto each other 

(Ap-dtr m. sing.) H.v/^Ujj 
a/the caller n 

ace. W.9 I jL, 

a call, a cry (v.n.) w.v t\ji 

assembly (n.p.)w.r. fejf 



^\Q> (&*3 
And Nub. called out hissorj. 
(11:421 
cried (2 i 



(Recall) what time he cried 
unto his Lord with a secret 
«y. (1 9:3] 

When referred to the here- 
after the perfect tense 
takes the meaning of a 
future tense e.g. 

And the fellows of the 
Garden shall cry unto the 
fellow* of the fire. [7:44) 



company (n. p.) ace. n>.t. 
fellows of an assembly 

mutual calling [v.n .) w.9, iv 

The day of the hereafter when 
men wilt cry unto each 
other. 140: J2| 

160 



he cried 


t + 

upon 


(com.) 
is 


u [ x - 


U Y 


(com.) \ 


l#y? = 




(com.) 
upl' 



ibfl 



(per/ 3 p. / sing,) w.v. it 
-•^called to 

( per/. 3 p.m. phi.) w.v. il 
they cried 

(per/, 3 p.m. plu.) w.v. it 
ye called for 

when ye call for A**' *J, 



•"It* 

Oil 

Of 

*■*''■ 

655 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj O It $&$a djJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> (j-o)^5 JjV^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



j J o 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN 



j J o 



("per/, ft/. />. rwg.J *s*jJU 
I warned 

(per/. 1st. p. pttt.) VjJit 
we have war nee 

(toper/. J p.m. sing.} iv j*J» r 
warns 

it may/ in order to el. iv. jjjj 
warn 

they warn 

they may/in el. iv ^Jji-*l 

order to warn 



thou may /in d. iv 
order to warn 






ye warn juss. w jJ-- 

Whether thou warnest them 
or warnest them not, (2:6] 

• si 

(perate. m. nny J i> ^jil 
thou warn! 

(perate. m. pft*J iv Ijjjjl 

you warn ! 

..* 

(pp. 3 p.m. pbt.) ir \"/j& 

they had been warned 

i**Vf\ 

(pip. S p. m. phi.) el it >JJ*-i 
they might be warned (or) 
they in ordeT to be warned 

(pip. 3 p. m. ph.) iv J/jJLrf 
they are warned 

When they are &j&tstl»l 
warned. [21:45] 

warning (v.n.) ace. iv fjJt 

656 



(perf. 1st. p. sing.) ojA 
<1 vowed 

God, to 



to dedicate, 

consecrate to 
make a vow 



(perf. 2 p.m. ptu.) 
ye took vow of ** 

a vow {v. n.) 
vows (n. p.) 

Thereafter let them end their 
uitkemptness and fulfil 
their vows. [22:29] 

(Note : vow is also an obliga- 
tion imposed by self-will 
or through religious order. 
{Zry.) 

(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) iv 
< »~ warned 

to warn, iv ' j 1 J*|_ jJii 

call attention to, show the 
danger to to come. R F. is 
not used in this sense, but 
the verbal nouns resemb- 
ling the Forms of tri literal 
have occurtd in the H.Q. 
such as V jjl below. 

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) tv 
thou warned 









& 



tZl'jti 



-VA-1 



am^ jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



I J o 



\OCABLLARV OF THE HOLY QURAN 



And he drew forth his hand, 
when lo ! it WW « hite unto 
the beholders. (7:108] 

(per/. 1st. p. piu.) \fry 
we extract 

And We shall extract whatso- 
ever of rancour there may 
be in their breasts. L 7 :43j 

we (shall* take (2) 
out 

And We shall Uke out from 
every community a wit- 
ness, 128:75] 

withdraw (3) 

And if We cause man to taste 
mercy from Us and there- 
after withdraw it from 
him, verily he is despair- 
ing, blasphaming, (1 1:9] 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing,} £_£" 
divests, strips off 

As he drove forth your 
parents from the Garden, 
divesting the twains of 
their garment. 17:27] 



(dropped iS .) my warning! ^f)jX 



warner (I) (act. 2 pk.) 



j& 






Surely hath come to you a 
bearer of glad tidings and 
a warner. [S: 19) 

warning (2) 
j of pronoun is dropped 
in the following verse 

jS> u-*5 <jjJui*+ 

Ye shall know what (wise or 
what terrible) was My 
warning. [67:17] 

warner (Ap-der, sing J ff jJ»i» 

(Ap-der. m, plu t )nom. i> jjjj_j» 
warners 

(Ap der. m. plu.) ace. iv i£jJl> 

(/>ij. />/c. m. p/u.) aw. fv Org Jw> 
those who were warned 



J J 



see 



»1J> 



rnj 



(/wr/ J p.m. Jfag J 
<;^^drcw forth 

to draw forth, take away, to 
pluck out, bring out, 
snatch away, remove, strip 
off, tears off 



tf 



657 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ a&*z>uz 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



i y 



J o 



VOCABULARY OF TJIE HOLY Q.LBAN 



t J C> 



they snatch (2} 
(From one another) 



Mfyzm 



they will therein snatch from 
one another a cup. [52:23] 
eager {».) ints. ^ , _ \j3K- 
eager to roast Jjj& fek" 
draggers fact. pic. f. pkt.) eX$t\ 
i.e., who drag forth soul from 
the bodies according to the 
orders given to them by 
Allah, mela. angels 



i > 



(perf 3 p. m. sing.) fy 
<~made strife 

* -- J * _ * 

to incite to evil, 

to foment discord between, 
to make strife, to slander, 
sow dissensions 

(imperf. 3 p. m. ptu.) £jtT 
sows discord 

The devil sowcth discord 
among them. [17:53] 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ling.) e.u. <^> 
t~/ prompt 

with c«hu to prompt 

And if a slander from 
Satan wound prompt 
thee, then seek refuge ia 
Alum. [7:200] 

est 



{imperf. 3 p.m. sing}. 
thou taktM away 

we surely e.p.l j£>J 
draw (aside) 

rrY, e.m.p. 
{imperf, 3 p.m. ptu.) 
they (should) dispute 

to dispute, fight, quarrel 



& 






¥* 



a^ 



Unto every community We 

have appointed a rite * h ich 

they perform, tct them not 

therefore dispute « ith thee. 

[22:67] 

(perf. 3 p. m. ph.) H \£y)ij 
<they disputed (or) 
they debated each other 

to quarrel, vi V)^ Pj\£ 
fight each other 

(perf. 2 p.m. pht.) "pi^U 
ye disputed • 

(perate. neg. phi.} Ij*,)£j V 
do not dispute 
each other 

(imperf. 3 p.m. ptu.) Ciy>'jl£' 
they dispute ( 1 } 

(Recall) what time they were 
disputing among themsel- 
ves regarding their 
offering. f 18:21] 

tOA 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J; 



VOCABULARY Ot THE HOLY (JIJRAN 



t J CI 



send down (2) 

And had We sent down a 
Book [6:7] 

to revel in slow (3) 
deliberation (piecemeal) 

And this is a recitation which 
We have made distinct 
that thou m aye st recite it 
unto mankind with dday 
an We have reveled it at 
intervals. [17:106] 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) ii t ace 
that has sent down 

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) ii 
sends down 



slander, prompting (v.n.) 






• <-* i 



(imperf, 2 p.m. sing t )ii, ace, 
that they may send down 

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.} ii 
we send down 

did not (juss) ii 
send down 

(pp. 3 p. m. sing.) ii 
"~was sent down 

has been reveled - Jp - 

(pp. 3 p. f. sing.) 
was reveled 

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) 

10^ 






s? 



aS?1 



('prp. j p. /. piu.j 5ji>T 

-Cthey are made mad_ 

to entirely exhaust or be en* 
haustcd {as well) 

pp./pp. ■«»>_ t-»jf 

to lose one's senses, be 
made drunk, be silenced in 
argument _. 

(imperf. 3 p.m. phi,) h iyj* 1 

they will (not) 

be senseless (drunk) 



• J J 






as 



Cper/. i p.m. sing,) \}y 

~has come down 

to descend, to come down 

(imperf 3 p. m, sing.) J>i 
rv descends _ 

( per/. 3 p.m. sing.) B 3> 
< ~ has sent down 
to send down, « >,> Oy 

to revel 

fper/. 1st. p. ptu.) B U> 
we have reveled (1) 

I ££$& 

We have reveled unto Our 
! bondman. 12:23] 



6S9 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImuO jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ ^5^0 <j->3^- ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J > o 



(Note; the from 0>~ • is 
of a feminine lingular but 
is used for plural as a 
group) 

(imptrf. p.f. sing) r *JjJ,* 

comes down (the initial <•* 
of) imperfect tense is dro- 
pped for easy pronuncia- 

tion which is called llm _ M ^. 
^* 

(imperf. 3 p.m. n'flg.) v Jjw 
comes down 

V- 

ftf*! 



that which is (n.) 

prepared for a guest, ace. 
entertainment, an abode, 
food or a drink 

one descent (a. unity) 3 y 

And assuredly he saw him 
at another descent [53: 1 3] 

i.e., *t~y is a noun of unity 
from Ujy it abojde notes 
the meaning of 'once' 



(n. pt. phi.) ace, 
stations, mansions 



(ting.) ^yS 



(Afhder. m. sing.) ii 
a sender down 

660 



3j£ 






to be reveled or J^i, j' 
revelation to be sent down, 
(to him) 

(the Quran) v,n, ii J.y* 
the revelation 

reveling (v.n, ii,) ace. ytjfc 

* j - 
< petf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv ~J~j\ 

"••■sent down 

fperf. 1st. p, ting) H cJ>l 
I sent down 

(perf, 2 p.m. p!u.) t* *J3 >' 
ye sent down ' 

(per/. 1st. p. piu.} iv \$£\ 
we sent down 

(imperf. /st p. sing,) iv Jy\^ 
I shall send down (with 
<j* of future tense) 

(ptrate. m. sing.) iv 'J^ 
send down ! 

(pp, 3 p,m. sing.) iv ^jj 
what is sent down or -- 

reveled 

(pp.. 3 p,f. sing.) iv taJjfl 
that is reveled or sent down 
(in plural or feminine 
singlar) 

(perf, 5 p. /. sing.) v £%y; 
brought down 

And satans have not brought 
down. [26:210) 

(imptrf. 3p.f. sing.) r 2yZJ 
they shall come down 



11. 



s\aa&A jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5AAA <j->ys cr > # |j-o)^5 JjV<i r&5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



C LT L> 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY 0URAN 



J } o 



to delay (A.*) Lit J 

postponement f a sacred 
month to another month 
was an invention of the 
idolatrous Arabs, wberby 
they avoided keeping a 
sacred month, when it 
suited not their conveni- 
ence, by keeping a pro- 
fane month in its ■stead. 
transferring, for example, 
the observance of Muhar- 
ram to the succeding 
month of Safar {Baid- 
ml). 



a stall n. hut. h.v 



Utt 



^ a 



< kinship y.ir., ace. uJ 

to give or ask one's genea- 
logy 

to attribute, ascribe to - J)l - 

< relationship n,p. ._j\ — ;1 
or kinships 



• C h*" 



{imperf. 3 p.m. sing,) jw, 
<~ abolishes 

to rule out, abrogate, to copy 









fp*#. pic. m. n^g.; it 
what has been reveled 
or sent (down) 

{Ap-der. m. plu.} iv t rtom. 
who causes to descend, (1) 
send down, make to come 
down 

Verily We are about to bring 
down upon the inhabitants 
of the city a scourge from 
the Heaven. [29:34] 

■i* 

{Ap-der. m. plu.) h\ ace. ^J_\&1 

a recaim of guests, (2) 
those who provide hospitality 

Behold ye not that I give full 
measure and that I am 
the best of entertainers. 
[12:59] 

(pit. pie. m. sing, j 
landing place 

And say thou: my Lord cause 
me to land at a landing 
blest. [23:29] 

(pis. pic. m. phi.) tiJoi\ 
those who are sent down 



Hi 



y* 



\ 



< postponement (t.rt.) h*. 



X\\ 



S3" 

661 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5>£a <j->3^ ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV<i ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



U u» 



o 



VOCABULARY OF Til £ HOLY 0,UEAH 



C u- O 



I * " u- 






»' 



<a die (a.) 
(slaughtering an animal 
by way of sacrifice) 

( j) fc& i fc- ia 2P 

to lea a a devout lilt, io do 
pious 

(act. pic. m. phi./pron. n.d.) 
performers of it 

( i +$%£ ) 

Unto every community Wc 
have appointed a rite (a 
certain way of sacrificing) 
which tney perform,f22:67] 

» _#_ 
a ritual (v. ntM.) occ, ULLu 
{rite of sacrifice) 

(n. pi. plu.) dLLt 
places for sacrifice in per- 
forming Hftj, generally, 
rites and ceremonies of Haj ) 



{imperf, 1st. p. plu) (juss.) I '.V 
we abolish *- 

(imperf. ht. p. piu) x f- 'J 

we trancribe 

we used to trancribe p^- >i ri w 

inscription (a.) * 



a-, 



"S, -*-». 



-?.-.- 



And in the inscription thereon 

was guidance and merey. 

[7:1541 



+ * * 



3 



Nasr. fp.nj ocr, 
Nasr, the vulture god, was 
an idol of the Himyarites. 
The vulture worship of the 
Arab is attested by the 
Syriac dectrinc of Addai. 
(Jid.) 



L*.y_*r_*J 



M m 



(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) &%£ 
<they hasten out 

to beget, be fruitful in pro- 
geny 

to hasten 

the cattle (r.n.) J [j3 
662 



{imperf. p.m. sing.) 
•<n^will scatter 

to uproot, reduce to power, 

'o scatter 

(imperf. 1st. p. phi.) tpi. 
we shall surely scatter 

{pp. 3p.f. sing.) 
reduced to powder 

<»,n.) acf. 
the act of scattering or 
reducing to powder 









11T 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ djJLLo^ P5aXa <j->ys ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J (j- o 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



3 (J* O 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. 
— forgets 



i r- 



^ 



{imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) w.v. 
thou forget 

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) w.v. J^Ju 
ye forget 

(perate.neg. m . sing. \f.d.w.v. ^ V 
thou torgct not 

fperaie. neg. p. plu.}w.v. \^jS s 
ye foTget not 

{imperf. 1st. p. ph.) w.v. 
we forget 

we forget them £\*ji 

we forget you "iLi 

(pip. 2 p.m. sing) 
thou art forgotten » ^-.r 

w.v.vi \%)\y*\ 
(perf. 3 p. m. phi.) 
they caused (you to) forget 



jr** 






(£)Gl 



w.v. iv 
(perf. i p. m. sing.) 
he made (me to) forget (it) 
the word is a compound one 

he made forget 4 mc + it 

he made him «ui' 
to forget 

he made (them) /L*l 
to forget 

w.v.h (U)i-i' 

(imperf. 1st. p. pin.) 

we cause (it) to be forgotten 



w.v, iv, envt. 
(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) 
causes to forget 

TVT 



fcff^H 



£fepa& 



V 

V 



He destroys the crops ahd 
the cattle. [2:205] 

progeny (2) 

Then He made his progeny 
from an extract of water 
base. [32:8] 



J ^r o 



women (ft. p.) Jj-j 
(there is no singular of this 
word from the root) 

women (n. p.) * A'~ft 



* & & «> 



(per/. J p.m. w'fgJ w.v. 
'has forgotten 



iff 



they (t*aiit) forgot 

( perf. J p.m. ptu.) w.v. I^_ 
they forgot 

(perf. 2 p.m. sing.) w.v. 
thou forgot 

(perf. 1st. p. sing-) *W. 

I fOTgOl 

(perf. 2 p.m. piu.) w.v. «•• 
ye forgot 

( perf. 1st. p. plu.) w.v. U_J 
wc forgot 

663 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj ultai 1 ^ SjjLLo^ P5aXa <ijjy3 ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ a5cxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY 0,URAN 



U* Lf O 



(Ap-der. m. phi.) iv, h.v. ^ * *-\ \ 
grower 

(pis. ptc. /. ptu.)iv,h.Y. ^y-\\ 

elevated sails 

His are the ships with eleva- 
ted sails upon the sea like 
mountains. [55:24] 



tjr O 



(pp. 3 p. f. sing.) ^ja 
< is/are laid upon 

to spread out, to resuscitate, 
bring back to life, to be 
extended, lay open, to 
unfold 

Umperf. 3 p. m. sing.) jiJu 
>*~will spread 

(per/. 3 p.m. ibig.) tr ^*jt 
brought to life 

Then, when He will, He 

brought him again to life. 

[SO:22J 

(per/, 1st. p. phi.) it jjjgl 
we brought (into life) 

(imptrf. 3 p.m. phi.) it jjlil* 
they raise the dead 

to/^g^l^^lljoSki 

Or have they chosee gods 

from the earth who raise 

the dead. (i.e. who bring 

to life.) [21:21] 

664 



caused thee to forget ffc.2f 
forgotten one {r.n.)w.v.ecc. \J2 



pic. pae. w.v. ace. 
~ become forgottepl lost in 
oblivion) 

(act. pic.) w. v. ace. \ , f 

forgetting 



• 1 



ed 



%4 j> 

(act. pic. f. sing.) h.v. iiil 

<rising (in the meaning of 
a verbal noun) 

to grow up (child), live, 
originate, rise, to create 

„ ■■? -j 

to be brought tip ££i\ j ^jy 

growth Hj i M 

/>!/>. 5 p.m. phi.), ii h.v. \jg 
r-"is bred up 

(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) iv, h.v. ]£] 
produced 

(per/. 2 p.m. ph.) fr, h.v. 'J^ 
ye made to grow ' 

Of'/ A'- P-W. />/«■) IV, k.V. Vli! 

we created 



(imper/. 3 p.m. sing.)ivji.r. 
^-raises 



<*» 



Umperf. ht. p. pht.) iv, h.v. ^*j* 
we raise, bring 

creation (ir.n.) Ik, A.f. ace. »U!j^ 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <ij->y) ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ a£^o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



V wf o 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



to bale, rebel against 



< releasers f/"./ 

to go out frem a place, 
(draw up a bucket at one 
pull) 

to act of drawing J«_ij1 
up quickly and easily 

releasing v.n- ace u«»: 



Atf 



By the angels who release 
(souls of believers) with 
(gentle) release or by 
those who gently draw out 
the souks of the believers. 
[7»:21 



* V u* «J 



Op. J p. f. ling.) 
<(ihey are) fixed, firm, 
rooted, set up. 

(1)(0^)P^'^ 
to fix (a plant* tree, stone) 
in the soil, to raise, estab- 
lish 

(2) (^.)U : 4-£W 

to use diligence, lobe instant, 
to toil, labour 

"Ho 



(impcrf. 2 p,m. piu.} titi iijj~& 
ye spreading {yourselves) 

lj£srt + <-* com. tot iJiat 

(per ate. m. pJu.) 
disperse 

{eel. pk f. piu.) SAjM 
spreading ones 

By the spreading (winds.) 
[77:3] 

spreading (T.n.) ace. \J£ 

the resurrection (vn.)\jj£ t j. **fl 



I'/jecf. pic m. ling.} 
unfolded 

(act. pic.) ace. 

(pis. pact. /. sing, j U 
spread open 

< (pis. pact. m. phi. )acc i* 
brought up (or) are/ 
will be raised 



* A* 






rj* 



(pis. pad. m. sing.) vffl 
that which spreads itsell out 



<rise up (ptrate. m. phi.} \jj£\ 

\*>) V® j-H >- 

to be high, Lifted up, rise up 

(imptrf. 1st. p. piu.) fr ^Si 
we make stand up a ^ 

< refractoriness (v.n.) j>i* 
aversion of husband and wife 
to each other 

665 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj O It jus 3^3 djJLLo^ P5aXa <jjys ^^> 6r^'^3 J^V^ ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



C t* o 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



V iS O 



i none used by the (3j 
pagan Arabs on which 
they made sacrifices, the 
altars,, idols 

And that hath been slaught- 
ered on the idols (or the 
dura.) [5:3 J 

< idols, images or {n. p.) £f\Ji\ 
statues 

sjW p!u of i_.i ,«■ or 
^•l-if' $ generally translated 
as idols. The commentator 
Darya bad i observed that 
it was 'atar' , a sacred stone 
where pagans used to offer 
slaughters 

(act. 2 pk. m. ling,) y_ *£ 
a part, portion 



U* (J 



(ptrate. m. pfu.J h \ 
<keep quiet in order 
to listen 

to keep quiet in order to 
listen to, hear 



-a 



• c «^* J 



r/wr/. J p. m. phi.) V 
<they wished well, 
they were sincere 
666 



(Look they notion d at 
the mountains how they 
are fixed firm. [88:I9J 

rJMWir. m. sing.) J^*| ( j) 

toil, labour ! v ' 



And when thou has finished 
(thy preaching still) 
labour hard, (or) toil (in 
prayer). f94:7J 

labour, toil n,». nom. f 



** 



ace. 



(act. pic. f. sing.) 
toiling, worn (i.e., fatigued 
by the most unavailing 
labour) 






calamity (fr.) * *£ 






v&j 



< ; i> 



When he cried unto his Lord: 
verily the Satan hath touc- 
hed me with affliction 
(or calamity) and suffering. 
[38:41] 

< standards (I) (w. p.) 
a goal (ring.) fjl fcj 

As they are racing to a goal, 
[70:43] 



**„ 



111 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



j ^ o 



VOCABULARY OF 1 HE HOLY O.URAN 



c J 8 o 



(per/. 1st. p. plu.) \!'Jti 
we delivered (1) 

And We delivered him from 
the people who denied Our 
signs. [2 1 .77] 

we helped (2) 

And We helped I hem so that 
they became the victors, 
[37:1 161 

tf.*- 
{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) nam. j& 

will/would save or deliver 

But who would save us from 
wrath of Allah should it 
reach us. [40:29] 

{imperf 3 p.m. sing.) ace. Jg^ 
they may succour 

(conditional phrase) gett. j-"- 1 . 
if"- helps 

{imperf. 3 p.m. phi) J Jj**"l 

they succour •„*,*•* 

fd.,acc. Ijy^" 

{imperf. 2 p. m. plu.) 
ye aid (the religion) 

{imperf. 3 pm. sing. )emp . Oj^ 
surtlv he will succout 

(perate 2 p.m. smgj j^i\ 
make~ triumph -'Lb- 

So make us triumph over 
the disbelieving people. 

[2:286] 



(1) to be pure, unmixed, to 
act sincerely 

(2) to give sincere advice, to 
count-el 

fperf. 1st p. sing.) £ * 



I counselled sincerely 

(imperf. 1st p. ring,) ~a>> 

I sincerely counsel 

'■* \- 
{act. fie. m. sing.) r— *l 

good counsel !cr ~ 

(act. pic. m. plu) j^*^t 
well wishers 

{act. pic. in. piu) ate. £/***? wl 

good eounsdlers 

t *>i ,*■"*'. 
true and ace. W y*t I rj-* 

sincere (repentance) 



• J J* O 



tperf. 3 p.m. sing) j* 

•^—succoured 

to assht, aid, succour, protect 

to cause one - &* t Jp - 
to conquer an enemy, render 
victorious, deliver or succ- 
our 

a faithful 4»\ jjjli y* 
aided Allah 

meta. i.e.. his religion 

I perf. i p. m. plu. ) \'/j£ 
they succoured 

661 



aaI^ jjV jl CaaLo J^Ima jj ultaii^ djALo^ p5i*A <j->y) ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



ju* O 



VOCABULARY OP TH» HOLY pURAN 



> U* O 






Then they were made to 
enter a firt, then they 
found not for themselves 
besides Allan (any) help- 
ers. \1 1:251 

Ansar (2) 

And the first ones among 
Muhajirs (emigrants) and 
Ansar (their helpers). 

[9:100) 

jlm\ lit. 'helpers' or 
'aujtiljries/ is an honorary 
distinction applied to those 
of the inhabi tan Is of 
Madirta Munawwarah who 
were first to extend assis- 
tance to the Holy prophet 
(peace be upon him} and 
who gave a hearty welcome 
to the emigrants, fratcr- 
nizad with them and defen- 
ded the Holy prophet with 
their money and lives. 

(com, j+jUl ) J&\ 
my helpers 

(imperf. 2 p, m. phi,} ri Cijj^LI 
ye succour one another 






What a i loth you that ye 
succour not one another ? 
(37:25] 
668 



(ptratr. 2 p, m. piu.) J * *ffi 
(you) succour 

' ***** 

(pip. S p.m. piu.) vJjj** 

they shall be succoured 

«■ ***** 

(pip. 2 p.m. phi.) iijj** 
you shall be succoured 

(v.n.) \Ji\^i\'J*% 
help, aid, succour 

helper (act. pic. m, sing.) '*Ji 

We destroyed them and there 
was no helper of theirs. 

[47:13] 

protector ace. \ ^ t 

Then they shall know who 

were weaker in protectors. 

]72:24] 

helpers (act. pk. m. piu.) <-Cj-f I 



(pact. pic. m. sing.} ace. f j **£ 
— is succoured 



tjJ^A 



(pact. pic. m. pht.) jjjjiH 
f—are succoured 

(act. 2 pic. m. sing.) 'jL£ 

<a strong helper 

'** ' . j. J. 

jfc* is an intensive form of j*\ 

its plural is jUl 

(b. p. of jfr* ) jUall 



helpers (J) 



^fi, 



*mSjo <^jV jl C j i a J.o.i.t tm jj uU^^o £j&L05 P>£a 'Crtj cr* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ Aicu 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



-» > o 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



;^ O 



+ 3 yj* J 



forlock (it.) XJi / i^fW 



<forelockes(n.p 



) && 



(sing.) 
(j) \ jd **L U? 
to seize one by the forelock 



* c > 



fper/ J p. / Jffl£ J « 
< ---cooked 

to be (u^)Wi T £*»" C* 
done, cooked, to he thoro- 
ughly burnt and whose 
sensibility has been dead 



* t + 



{elative n. dual) ot*>W 
gushing forth (fountains) 

to sprinkle water on, irrigate, 
gush out, (spring) 



{act, 2 pic. m. sing.} 
< piled one over another, 
ranged 

to pile up one over the other 
(carpets, cushions, goods 

etc.) 
I'M 



t <> 



[per/. 3 p.m. ling,) titi -^&\ 
< vindicated himself 

to avenge viii 1 j\^\ j*&\ 

oneself, vindicate or deliver 
oneself 



(per/. 3 p.m. pkt.) viii 
they vindicated 
themselves 



\y^\ 



fimper/. 3 p. m. phi.) viii Oj/ ™* -' . 
they vindicate themselves 

(imper/. 2 p.m. dual.) viii J^yf^ 
you (twain) defend themselves 



(perdte. m. Sing.) fill 
(I beg thee to) vindicate (me) 

fAfhder. m. sing.) x 
one who is able to defend 
himself 



i\ 



m£* 



(Ap-der. m. pkt.) ace. 
those who are able to 
defend themselves 

( per/. 3 p.m, sing.) x 
masked for aid or succour 



-. -** 



:i 



( per/. 3 p.m. phi.) x 
they asked for aid or succour 

a Christian (n.) ace. D'lJ* / ujl^i; 

< Christians (n, p.) J jL3 

<* *. - « * 
(sing.) 13} j^ 



• <-» J* & 



<thc half {n,\ *J^i 

to reach half its portion 

669 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5>£a <(JJ,)a ^^> Or^'-Hi J^V^ a&*z>uz 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



;± 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY O.URAN 



J > o 



* ** 



rn 



(imperf lit p.m. sing.) Jib 
~5pe*ks 

to speak, utter, articulate 
sounds 

(imperf. 3 p.m, phi,) 5j9aj 
they speak 

{imperf. 2 p.m. pfu.) d'J& 
ye speak 

*■"• 

(per/. J p. m. sing,) r> j^ 

--caused to speak 

(r.n. mlm.) *j-*1 
diction, language 

O people verily we have been 

taught the diction or birds. 

[27:16] 



in' •- 

(pacf. pic. m. rfng,) }j-*u« 
ranged one over the other 

And plantains landen with 
fruit. f56: 28 J 



[ 



* J j* J 



brightness (n.) 






to be \ tf . J ) #jAi J I jJfc yjai 



soft, beautiful 



* „ 



shining (ocf. pfr. /. $/«£.} ;^>\,' 



* c * J 



* J * 



■"—looked 
»w UJ- 

glanced J, - 

to see, look at, -*lii*l- 

to gaze, observe, behold, 
ooDsider, listen to, be pat* 
ient towards, to wait, to 
look to 
670 



{act. 2 pic f, sing.) ***£$ 
<the gored (by the horns 
of an animal) 

to butt with the horns, gore 
(according to 'lbne Aqil' 

i is not feminine form, it 

is a sign of changing form 
an adjective to nominative 



* iJ t J 



•-•j 



< a drop (semen ) (n.) 

to flow softly, 

trickle gently (water), pour 



out (a liquid) 



-IV. 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ djJLLo^ P5aXa <j->y) ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



,* 



VOCABULARY OF IKE HOLY QURAN 



;-* 



{imperf. 3 p. f. sing.) juss. 'fc-l 
< should look to 
form of j p. /. is used for 
^ that is l em mine 

And let every sou! look to 
that which it sendeth on 
before for the morrow. 

159:18) 

(imperf. 1st. p.m. phi.) ■.* Jg£ 
ye looked On 

And drowned Firawn's folk 
while ye looked on {i.e., 
in your sight). [2:50] 

**\ 

{imperf, 1st. p. ling.} jutt- \Ul 

I look at 

He said. My Lord show me 
(thyself) that I may gaze 
upon thee. [7: 1 43] 

(imperf 1st p. plu.) juss. ~Jj£~$ 
we in order to see 



fperaie. m. sing.) 
look at ! ( 1 ) 

Look at thy food and drink, 
they have not Totten. 

(2:259] 

look {think overj (2) 

So look what thinkest thou ! 
[37:102] 



>1 



^. 



And whenever a Surah is 
sent down they look at 
each other, [9:127) 

(imperf. 3 p.m. Sing.) 
looks (at) ( I ) 

(n.g.) *%H 
~ shall not look at J ' 

Nor Allah shall speak to 
them or look at them. 

[3:77]. 

to find out (2) 

Let him find out which h 
the best food. [IS: 19] 

to wait {3} 

And those wait but for one 
shout. [38:15] 

{imperf. 3 p. m. plu.) 
they wait for JJj 

Will they wait until Allah 
come. 1 ; to them [2:210] 

(jm.)M a.ttfe 

{imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) 
they consider 

Have they not considered 
the governance of the 
heaven and the earth- 

[7:1*5] 

671 



&& 



svC&o jjV jl CjLo JaImuO jj ultaii^ Sj&jJi$ £,>££ <-oijA cr^ 6r^'^3 J^V^ a&*z>uz 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



j* 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QUKAN 



J «* O 



And if one (the debtor) be 
in difficulties then let there 
be a deferment until easi- 
ness. 12:280) 

[act. pic./, sing.) J^tjl" 
lit: observer 
(one »ho waits and sees) 

fperate. neg.2p.mpltt.iiv I j 'JjiS H 
do not respite 

respite me not (com.) 



3p 



(perate. 2 p, sing,) 
respite ! 

respite me I 

(pip. 3 p.m. plu.j jv 
they wilt be respited 

(pis. pie. m. pin.} 
respited ones 

(pis. pic. m. phi.) ace. 

\{impwf. 3 p.m. sing.)* viii j** 
'"awaits (waiting) 









(parate. m. sing.) viii "^\ 
wait ' 

(pcrale. m. plu,) viii 1/ JjmI 
(O you) wait 

(Ap-der. m. phi.) viii Ojjki* 
those- who are awaiting 

(Ap-tkr. m. /j/w.) ace, w7i i>^ii* 
those who are awaiting 

672 



look upon (3) 

Say not, 'listen to us' but 
say, "look upon us* [2:! 04] 

(perate. 2 p. m. ph.) \ j- J &\ 
(O you) behold ! (4) ^ 

And behold what was the 
end of those who rejected 
truth! [3:137] 

wait for (S) 

Wait for us that we may 
borrow some of light. 

157:13] 

(perate. 2 p. f. sing.) 
consider ! 



j**. 



i>> 



So consider what thou will 
command. [2 7:33) 

the look (v n.) 

They look at thee with the 
look of one swooning into 
death. [47:20J 



>■ 



»-i 



a glance (n.) ij£ 



Uk 



The he glanced a glance 
on the stars. (37:88) 

a deferment, (ft.) 
a delay, a respite 



9, r 



1VT 



'**jS*o jjV jl Oi-o JaImA j-» ultai 1 ^ SjJLLo^ P5AAA <j->y) ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i |&5s5M 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



f t o 



VOCADl'LARY OF HIE HOLY QURAN 



E t O 



(p&tf. 2 p. m, sing.) iv ^%| 
tliou hast bestowed 
(thy) grace 

f/wr/. 1st p. ptu.j iv \£i] 
we have favoured 

favour (v.n) Jm 
< favours (rt.p,) -w 

< favours f>.6J — Jl 
(jjng.) t£ 

favour (n.) *^** 

{act. pic. m. sing.) -«Jt ncc. \j* 

delight 

{garden of 1JI <£,££■ ) 
delight 

cattle f»S < cattle (n./?,) fWl 
art irregular verb called verb (*■ 
of p r a r :> (.- r 4.1 J*i that 
means "to bn excellent," 
thus JjU *• means "He 
is the Excellent Master." 

how excellent a reward 

a. 

how excellent vG^" fS 

(are we) who spread it 
(the earth) out ^ftg, -^ 

verily how excellent *\^Q\ "£i 
(or gracious) were those' 
who answered (i.e., »e 
returned a grecious an- 
sw«r). 



* c t 



ewe («.) 



<ewcs («./>.> 
(sing.) kJrm 



* u- t 



, '* 



slumber (it.) f ^yl 

c.[ LUi 



ace. 



* J t J 



tfiy shoes <iJLi^ 

/. a" (n. dual) j&J 
(com.) eU-U - dJ + ^ 



* f tJ 



< delights, case, (n.) 
comforts 

to live in ease, in comfort, 
lead a pleasant life 

owners of case jL*3 ^jl 

iacl. pic. f. sing.) JjfV 
delighted one 

(per/. J p. m. sing.) it '»m 
-wmade prosperous 

(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) it l*ii 

has favoured with grace, 'Lp _ 
has blessed 

673 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J ^J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY ^LRAN 



f t o 



(v)l'Ui r 5 U; g* c* 

to spread its odour (perfume), 
blow (wind) 

Note: indicates to the 

noun, thus means : a single 
breath 



* t 



(perf. 3 p. m, sing.} ^ii 
< « breathed 

to blow wiih the mouth 

-• * -.- 

I breathed 

(/Mr/ /ir. p. plu.) \J*ii 
»r breathed 

(imprrf. 2 p. m. sing.} £** 
thou breathe 

(iinperf. 1st. p. sing.) jJi\ 

I breathe (I blou) c 

blow ! fperate m. plu.) \yv*\ 

(pp. 3 p.m. sing.) «i 

'«»was/will be blown Jzi t 

(pip. 3 p. m. sing.) £*1 
— will be blown 

a single breath or (n.J i^jj 
blow 



how txcel- / r ■ , J , .. \ ,- , 
lent b that *>f»- U f5^ 

Mow excellent is the admoni- 
tion that He gives you. 

[4:5*) 

yea. ye- In.) jlv 



* v> £ J 



<(thus) ihey will 

-. h . i k c _ rtag 

i . \ t . **t ' r *r * .'- - -.' 

to move, be .shaken, 
shake 

to shake ^IJl J+i\ 

ihe hcjd in uondcr or scorn 

ft i " ' "W" f''«« ii.fi ' *f *.>•"■ 

Then they will wag their 
heads at thee and say : 
uhen it will be? [17:51] 



* i ^ J 



(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) 
-—exhausted 

the sea would _^*J\ J&l 

have exhausted 

674 



+ A •-» j 



ienl./.plu.) oCiJI 
<[ bloweT ft omen 

to blow in or on a thinr/ 
(juggler, sorcerer), (with 
object) to spit out of 
the mouth 



• c ^ * 



<a breath («.) ** 



^w&o jjV jl C J i a JaIm L o jj uU^^o iji^3 P5^° £ lH^° cr"* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ Aicu 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J •"* o 



VOCAllLLARY OF THE HO LV OURA.N 



J *-* 



to grow wild, restive, runaway, 
be frightend, through 
fright, ta go, march forth 
to tvar or to any cause 

(imperf. 3 p.m. piu.)f.d, el. Ijjii 
to march forth 

And it is not for the believers 
to march forth all to- 
gether. [9; 122] 

(peraiA m. piu.) \ I^jl 
march forth ! 

(imperf. 2 p .m. phi) (fd.) \j JS 
yt march forth 

, mi* 
the act of running (v.«.) 

away 

or being a fugitive, occA 

concourse [ 

{act, 2 pk. m. sing.) ace. 

a company or number of 
men dealing with others 
as in war 

Wt supported you with riches 

and childem and We made 

you a nu merous concourse. 

(J7:GJ 

people, a company of (.■:-) 
men not exceeding ten nor 
less then three 

M 

iAp-det. /. sing.) x * 

one who tikes to flight: 
fugitive 

1Y0 






> 



td be spent, consumed, exha- 
usted 

exhausted (per/. J p. f, sing.) 

Coutd not be C/jj/j U 
exhausted [3l:2 7| 

(imperf. 3 p.f. sting,) arc. 
~(they) exhaust 

/. sing, used for plural 

(imperf. 3 p. m, sing.) 
■^exhausts or will be 
exhausted 

ceasing (v.n.) 



,.-•,- 



$S 



* j i-» j 



- <»■- 



{imperf. 2 p. m. plu.) jji& 
<ye pass out of~- 

to penetrate, to pass, go 
beyond 



, *"»- 



(ace. /.rf.) I jiir 

{imperf. 2 p.m. piu,) 
that ye pass out of 

(perate. m. piu.} \j$m\ 
go beyond ! 



• J ** ii 



fperf. J p. in. sing.) J* 

^marched forth 

$?5 



sw&a jjV jl Oi-o J^ImuO jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ p5i*a <j->ys ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLV yl'R.AN 



And whatever of ill bcfalicth 
thee it is from thyscir. 

[4:79] 

soul, in the sense |4) 

of One's inner desire or 
feeling 

It availed them not against 

Allah at all, it was only a 

craving in the soul of 

Ya'qub that he satisfied. 

[12:68] 

willingly (5) 
(Note : When used as adverb 
it means willingly; 

And if of themselves they 
give up aught thereof lo 
you. [4:4] 

<souJs, [it. p.) jSl/J.Jjjj 

persons, pelves, sow Is a^ 
one's inner desire or feel- 
ings 

(mig.) Jji 

■.*—■- 
fpetf, J p.m. sing./ v ^J? 

breathed 

And the dawn as it breathes 
a v. ay {the darknci.fi. 

181:ISJ 

676 



• u- <-* 



A soul, a living (1) (w.)/ £jf 
soul 

And fear a Day (or guard 
yourselves against a Day) 
when no soul will in aught 
availanother nor will inter- 
cession be accepted from 
it. [2:48J 

a person (2 ) 

O mankind '. Fear your Lord 
who created you from a 
single person [4: 1 ] 

self (3) 

(Note : the word ^—w and 

i» ■*■* 

its plural forms \. "J* and 

_al are used to denote the 
reflective meaning. Thus 



' *' 



l>1 



and the rest mean himself, 
themselves, itself, etc. 



6 



Nor I exculpate myself Lo I 
the (human) soul enjoineth 
unto evil- [12:53] 



1VT 



sw&o jjV jl C ap J.o.i.t tm jj uU^^o iji^3 P5^° £ lH^° ^ 6ry'>?3 J^V^ f&^*~a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



<J *-* 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



U" J O 



# J u u 



<a hole in a (n.) *£if ace. VmT 
place from where there is 
an other exit 

to be («j) QS Jii Ji 

consumed, hidden, ex- 
hausted, spent 

And if their backsliding is 
hard upon thee, then ;*eek 
out, if Thou canst, a hole 
( isrhoa) in the earth. 

[6:35] 

expenditure (fl.) 

(perf. 3 p. m, plu.) Hi 
<! '■^■■played the hypocrite 

to enter into Hi %\ji jjfc 

its hole where are many 
entrences (jerboa) and hence 
to be a hypocrite in religi- 
on means, professing to 
believe first one thing and 
then another 

(Ap-der. m. pin.) Hi f fffi£\ 

(Ap-der. m. plu.)acc. lit \ 
those who are hypocrite 

{Ap-der. m, pin.) Hi 
hypocrite 



j".i 



Cpc 



hypocrisy (v. n.) Hi 



. ' if 

olid 1 



sa 



C/wi/. 3 p.m. sing.) vi JitiL) 
let~~aspire, long for 

M/»-(/?r. m. plu.) N g iliCjil 
aspires 



* ir *-* j 



(per/. 3 p. f. sing.) J^ 
<l~ pastured 

to pick or pull into pieces 
(cotton or wool) with 
fingers, to flatter, pester, 

(act. pic. m. sing.) *.* ft l 
carded one 



• t *"* * 



(perf. J /j. m< sing.) 
< -^profited 

to profit, io be useful 


e 


(perf. 3 p. f. sing.) 
~~profited 




(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
*— profits 


C^- 


(imperf. 3 p. f. Sing.) 
-~^will profit 

(will not profit *»JS V ) 


■*■& 



-:•■*-.*- 



{imperf. J p. m. p/w.) fo«j£ 
they profit 



0«£.) 



< benefits (n. p.) i£ 



"IVV 



profit (benefit) (v. it.) £f 
677 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ p5i*a <j->y) ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



O O 



VOCABULARV OF THE HOLY QURAN 



And of the night, keep the 
vigil therein as (an act of) 
supererogation for thee. 
(17:79) 

grandson (2) 

And we bestowed upon him 
!s-haq and Ya'qub as a 
grandson. [2 1:721 

< spoils or war [». />.) Jlit*3i 
(yi'n^,) booty *l£ 

They ask ihee concerning the 
spoils of war, say thou : 
the spoils of war are at 
the disposal of Allah and 
the Aposllc. [8:1] 



* 6 -* 



(pip. J p.m. phi.) iv v. 
<thcy are cupelled, they 
will be expelled 

to drive (^)U" $f |f 
a^ay, to expel, cast out 



I jib 



I * * J J ] 



piercing (i\ «.) ^^J urc. 
digging through fa wall) 



(act, 2 pic. m. ship. ) 
warden, capiuin 
67S 



f*.-r 



arc 



H 



ts 



in the act of (v,n.) Hi ace. 
hypocisy 

(per/. 3 p. hi. sing.) iv 
<'~has expended 

to consume, iv. Jjl^jt 5*1 
to expend 

(per/. 2 p. m. sing.) iv 
thou hath expended 

(ptrf. 3 p. m. pht.) iv 
they have expended 

fpref. 2 p. m. pfu.) iv 
yc have expended 

(imperf. 3 p. sing. ! iv 
"■^expends 

(imperf. 3 p.m. pin.) iv 
ye expend 

{ imperf. 2 p.m. ph. Hv, ace. 
that ye expend 

expend (prate, m, pfu..: iv 

expending [v.n.) 

(Ap-der. m. pht.) 
those who txnend 



fa 






- .-■ m 



J u* 



rrj 



(art, pic. f. sing) 1*1 

<A supererogatory deed 1 1 ) 

to give qib a gift or present, 
give booty taken fr^m 
the enemy, to do, <*r ghe 
over and above what i^ 
commanded or a gift over 
and above what is asked 



"WA 



*mSjo <^jV jl C J i a JaIm L o jj uU^^o iji^3 P5^° £ lH^° cr"* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ f&^*~a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



^ J> O 



VOCAUt LAIlY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



o o 



J O 



(pp 3 p.tit, sing.) "Jt 

<<-wwas blown or 
~ was sounded 

to strike, injure one 

the trumpet In.) jj»tiB 

(act. pic. m. sing.) ]Jq£ 
a groove in a a date-stone 

( TjvS ace. in the smallest 
matter) 



• U O ** 



3 



Utnperf, 2 p./. ting.) ^jM* 
< <— 'diminishes, consumes 

(j)tUi J U* ^^to ^ 

to diminish decrease, run 
low 

they< f ~fd)f.juss. \£& t 
are diminishing (you) 

they abated nothing Aj^l-A 
or your right 

j v 

(imperf, 1st. p. piu.) <j*** 

we reduce 

(pip. 3 p. m. sing ) ^j*** 
'--is diminished 

abate! { peraie m. sing.) ^Si\ 

(penile, r.eg. m, ph.) 1 , -!•? " 
give not short 



fz-er/ J /j. m. plu.) ii \g£ 
<lhey overrun (in the land) 

run ir ^'J^) U C^tT 
over the land, to pass or 
wander through 



a U 



-» •» 



(per/. 3 p. m. sing.) iv 
< <-j delivered 

to deliver, iv lil*} J_i'l 
save, rescue from 

{imper/. 2 p.m. sing.) iv 
thou rescue 



Canst thou (O Muhnnimad) 
rescue him who is in the 

tire. 139:191 

- up *j 
{imperf. 3 p. m. piu,) iv Jjiit 

they deliver, save 

■> ij^<j 

(/rip. 3 /f. ffr. /ww.) iv t?Jj4t 

they will be delivered lor 

saved) 

And they will not be saved. 
[36:43] 

•,» •-», 

f imper/. 3 p.m. piu.) x, f.d. \j 4*L- 

they can rescue 

And if the fly took something 
from them, they cnuld 
not rescue it from him. 

122:73] 

679 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj uUa^)^ SjJLLo^ P5AAA <j->y) £— ■*< j-o)^^ JjV^ ft>5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



W ^ 



VOCABULARY OF TMB HOLY 0„URAN 



J> *3 o 



to aveng oneself upon, 
punish, chastise, accuse, 
to develop hate 



£$ 






And they persecuted them 
for naught save that they 
believed in Allah, (he 
Mighty, the Praiseworthy. 
[85:8] 
they avenged (2) 

And they avenged not except 
for (this) that Allah and 
His Messenger had enric- 
hed them. [9:74] 
(imptrf, 2 p.m. sing.) 

thou lakes! vengeance 

(imperf. 2 p.m. pht.i 
ye take vengeance 

(perf. 1st. p. piu.) viii 
we took vengeance 
(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) viii 
will take retribution 

retribution (v.n.) riii *li;li 

(Ap-der, m. ptu.) riii Sjgjgf 



5^» 



gi 



avenger 



M J 



< certainly they are devi&ters 
MO 



diminished 

# ■- 

diminution (v.n.J ,—J 



J* O ii 



( perf. 3 p. f. sing.) 
<. *- broke, 

(^-unravelled) 

to puJl down, demolish (a 
house), break, (a contract), 
undo a thing, violate (a 
treaty), to unravel or 
untwist. 



{imperf. S p. m. piu.) 'jy~?7 
they violate 

(perare neg, m. piu.) \y^ *j 

do not violate J 

v *- 
breaking (v.n,) J4S 

(perf. 3 p. m. sing.) iv ,^'j'T 
~ weighed down 



* t 



<dust (n.) ace. \£ 
to soak, macerate. 



• r 



O J 



(perf. 3 p. m. phi.) 
<thi-y persecuted (1) 






~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J 



VOCABULARY OP fHE HOLY QURAIJ 



I— J 



only the contract or 
marriage. 

(perf. 2 p.m. plu.) "^ 
ye married f 

(imperf, 3 p.m. sing.) *&_ 
marries 

to marry g£ # Juss. jg 

{imperf. 2 p. f pht.) 0*& 
that they (women) marry 

(perate. 2 p.m. phi.) Vl£\ J 
marry ? (O you men) 

(perate. neg. m. plu.) \ J^jSf H 
marry not (O you men) 

i 

(imperf. 1st p. piu.) iv Z£\ 
I give in marriage ** 

r „. 

( perate. neg.m.pla.) j \j*4" 

(O you men) give 1 \"j£? V 
not in marriage [ 

(perate. m. plu.) \^St\ 
give in marriage 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) x £0L» 
■—wish to m:irry 

marriage (c.n.) ace. "\J& f i&fl 

Those who find no means 

[24:33] 



to go aside or swerve from 

< shoulders {n.p.) VC'^* 

(a tract of country), 

(sing.) shoulder Zj& 



J * * 



J 



to marry. 



f /wr/. ,? p.m. j/fl^.) ^£"' 
< "—broke (oath) 

to break, {a promise), violate 
(a treaty), untwist (a cord, 
unravel 

(pexf. 3 p. m. pin.) \*jjt 
they broke (their oath) 

(imperf . 3 p,m. sing.) j.y* 
'--breaks (covenant) 

(Imperf. 3 p. m. pht.) jjhfc* 
they break (the covenant) 

the untwisted stands (n. p.) t\&l 
of a rope 



* c 



6 J 



• a a 



(add act. pic.) ace. Tjjj" 
niggardly, evil, scantily 



(perf. 3 p. m. smg.) *S? 
< "—married 

to marry, contract a marriage 
(According to le* iconology 
the word ^fc means the 
sexual relation but in the 
Quranic glossary it denotes 

68 1 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultai 1 ^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <j->y) ^^> (j-o)^5 JjV<i (aisswi 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J<* o 



VOOABULARV OF THE HOLV QURAN 



J 



09 

You will have no place of 
refuge that Day nor there 
will be for you any deny- 
ing (of your guilt), [42:471 

wrath (2) 



] gave rein to the Infidels 
then I look hold of them, 
so how hath been My 
wrath. [22:44] 

{Ap-der, m. pfu.) fijj£? 
those who do not recognize 

denier {Ap-der. f. sing.) %'j£? 

stranger (pis, pic. m. pht.) jj £Sr 
(unknown) 

(pis. pic. m. sing.) ^fi[| 
what is strange to the (t) 
human nature, false 

They command that which is 

reputable and prohibit 

that which is disreputable. 

[3:104] 

reputable fopp.t J>.„ ju 
disreputable *-*j5»" 

(pis. pic. m. sing.) ace. ]£? 
disputable {2) 

Verily they utter a saying 
disputable. (582] 

682 



to be hard, painful, to refuse 
what is asked, niggardly, 
having little water (with) 
little and scattered sowing 
(farm) 



J 



(per/. 3 p.m. sing J 
<■ — disliked (1) 

to be ignorant, not to recog- 
nise, notto know, dislike, 
refuse to acknowledge 

And when he beheld that 
their hand reached it not, 
he disliked them (or felt 
mistrust of them).[M:70] 

(elative. m. sing.) 
most disagreeable 

VeTily the most disagreeable 
of voices is the voice of 
the ass. (Y. Ali) abomin- 
able {Jid.) harshest (Pic.) 
[31:19] 
meia. awful fi'.nj 

painful ace. 
{Hi. what is unbearable) 

denier f 1) (act. 2 pic. v,n.) 
(one v, ho denies the faci) 



# 



tf 



TJtr 

*5g 



1AT 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ Sj&jJi$ P,5^° L C>iJ A cr^ Oi^JiS J^^ $&&>& 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J A 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OUR AN 



^ ^ o 



(imperf. 2 p. m. plu.) ~j\&J 
ye turn back 

Ye used to turn back on 
your heels. f23:6n] 



* l> il 



(perf. 3 p. m. plu.) x l£££l 
< '■'-disdained 

to refuse, reject, abstain from 

to be proud, V&£] ^^,\ 

disdain 
(will not) disdain 



* J 6 



< chastising (v.n. r'O ace. yjf£j 



to chastise 

to punish, ii >JsT ^j£T 
to bring calamity upon 

*t)£f is as \£*3 such as 

heavy fetters (n./».) arc. *jfel 
deterrent (1) (*.) ore. *^£f 

And We made it a deterrent 
unto those of their day 
and those after them. 

[2:66] 

1AT 



* i/ il 



{pp. 3 p.m. plu.) I >-£ 
<tfcey were made 
upside down 

to upset, turn upside down 

{ad. pic, m. plu.) f.d. ' J"4t« 
those who turn upside down 



Could si thou but see when 
the culprits shall hang 
their heads before their 
Lord. [32:12] 

(imperf, 1st p. plu.) ii, juss. (j-*^-* 
reverse 

And whosoever We grant 
long life. We reverse him 
in creation, [36:68] 

r 



* j* d o 



(pref 3 p. m. sing.) J%? 
< '^retreated 

to fall back, retreat, 
withdraw from, desist 



683 



He retreated upon his two 
heels. [8:**] 



svC&o jjV jl C*Ao JaImA jj ultaii^ djJLLo^ p5i*a <(JJ,)a ^^> Or^'-Hi J^V^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J ^ 



(J)W&3< 



to tracf , follow (a way), to 
make clear, to be clear 



J • 



(ptrate neg. m. sing.) ^1 ( l) 
<do not browbeat, do not 
chide 

^J'jt jr. jt 
to cause (a stream) to flow, 
to repulse 

river («.) jr />JWjrfl 

rivers n.p. ace. \J$ /*ljj 

a day from dawn to dusk (n.) j\Si 



J * 



f/wr/". J p. m. sing.) (w.r.) 
~ restrained (1) 

(w.v.) (iJ)tJ^i* 

to prevent, ^ - 

forbid, prohibit, to make 
one to stop from SS 



# 






But as far him who feared to 

stand before his Lord and 

restrained his soul from 

. lust. [79:40] 

684 



punishment (2 J t)&' 

Wherefore Allah laid hold 
of him with the punish- 
ment of the Hereafter and 
of the present. (79:2 5 J 



r 



>. 



< cushions (n.p.) jjl( 
word of non -Arabic origin 



an ant (n. generic .) 
ants (n.p.) 



*9* 



< fingers (n.p.) J^\ 
(sing.) *3Tf 



+ f f «J 



(act. pic. m. sing.) 
< calu may, slander 

to $pread~ (j*) U t-i ^ 

to make mischief y^-^ 
between 



18 



G * 4 



way of life, (»jj.) (tec. MfJ 
plain road, manner of 
acting 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj ultaii^ djjLLo^ P5aXa <jjyj ^-w ,3^0)^5 JjV^ ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLV QUA AN 



{imperf. 2p.m. sing.) w.v. |jj 
thou for bide st 

I'lT'i "»'t" ,f * "1 tr" "*"! 

Dost thou forbid us to wor- 
ship what out fathers wor- 
shipped. (11:62) 

(imperf. 2 p.m. phi.) w.v. Jj^f-j 
ye prevent 

Ye command that which is 
reputable and prevent that 
which is disreputable. 

(3:110] 

{imperf. hi. p. pki.)w.v. Ojfo 
they prevent 

(perate. m. sing.) ii'.v. "£\ (j) 
prevent thou ! 

(pp. 3 p.m. phi.) w.v. \jf 
they v.cie prevented, prohibi- 
ted 

(pp. 1st. p. sing) H-. r. &££ 
I was prevented 

(pip, 2 p. m. ph.) (w.v.) 5^* 
ye are prohibited 

(act. pic. m. phi.) {w.v.) <j,^vH 
preventers 

{perf. 3 p. m. $mg. ) viii, w .v. ^3 1 
refrained 

(perf. J p.m. phi.) viii, w.v. \*j?\ 
they refrained 

Jf they refrain, l^j'y'j 
[2:2192] 

1A0 



forbade (2) 

And whatsoever he forbid- 
deth, abstain (from it). 

[59:1] 

(perf. 3 p. m. plu.)(w.v.) 
they forbade 

(perf. 1st. p. sing.)(w.v.) 
I forbade 

Note : when attached to a 

pronoun, the final <S is 

replaced bjf^jjP e.g.*t\^S 

f.d. w.v. 
(imperf. 1st p. sing, juts.) 
I forbid 



1* 



J 



13? 



Did not 1 forbid you two. 

[7:22J 

f.d. w.v 
{imperf. hi p. phi.) 
we forbid 

Forbade we -jI^; *T ~ *1 
not thee? ^* f J 
(15:70] 

{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. 
"" forbids 

{imperf. 3 p. f. sing.) 
f* Prevents 

Verily the prayer preventeth 
(men) from indecency and 
what is disreputable. 

[29:45] 



^~ 



^ 



685 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o JaImA j-» ultaii^ SjJLLo^ ^5^0 <j->y) ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV<i ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



S O 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



■# 



< boundary {2} 

beyond which there is no 
passing 

Nigh unto the lots -tree at 
the boundary, [53:14] 

< understanding n p. 

(sing.} *££ 
(what forbids a man to go 
beyond the moral limit or 
do something unreason- 
able) 

-. «V 
(Ap-fer. m. piu.) mi, w.v. J jf> 

those who desist 

(imperf. 3p.m.plu.)vi, w,f, 
they forbid each other 

They were not to desist from 
the evil they committed. 
15:79] 



1 



(imperf. 3 p. f. ting.) k.w.v, *j3 
r~ weighs down 

to get up with hardship, to 
weigh down 



fcW 



*taiE* 



Whereof the keys would have 
weighed down a band of 
strong men. [28:76] 

686 



w.v. just, 
(imperf. 2 p. m. sing.} 
thou refrained 






If thou refrainest not. 



[I9:46J 



W.% juss. 
(imperf. I p.m. sing.) 
refrained 



If the hypocrites refrain not. 
[33:60] 

k-.v.jujs, \£J; 
(imperf. S p.m. piu,) 
they refraind 

refrained not \ jf*Ju "I 

*■ ■■■" * 
(imperf, 3 p. m. piu.) n>.v. jj r $,' 

they refrain 

w.v. juss. 
(imperf. 2 p. m. piu.) 
ye refrain 

And if ye refrain it will be 
better for you. [8:l9J 

(perate. m. phi.) \£-\ 
refrain I desist ! 

(n.tp.) w.v. ^£ 
a terminus, limit ( I ) 



v£^£tjJi 



Upto thy Lord is the limit 
thereof. [79:44] 



•\K\ 



sw&A jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P5AAA <j->ys cr > # |j-o)^5 JjV<i r&5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J 3 O 



VOCABLLAKV OF THfc HOLV QURAN 



J <J 



(he evolution of heal ace. 1J£ 
;md light by combustion 

And that a whirlwind where- 
in is Are should then smite 
it, so that it is all con- 
sumed. [2:266) 

meia. evil or fire, that (2) 
is, to lead to the Fire of 
the Hereafter 

The^e are they who eat in 
their bellies naught but 
fire, [2:L74J 

the fire {3) 
(the Hell of the Hereafter) 

Then dread the lire the 
fuel whereof is men and 
stones, [2:24] 

Note : Fire is used in the 
Quran for the actual fire, 
the burning flame of this 
world and for that of the 
Hell. The latter is a 
general one. 

the light, a light <n.) '*£ , *fp, 

this word is used in several 
senses : 

that form of radiant ( ] ) 
energy which stimulates 
the organs of the sight 

1AV 



* V J J 



(per/, 3. p.m. sing.) iv, w.v, 
<C--' returned in repentance 

to repent and turn to God. 

{per/. 3 p.m. phi.) it, w.v. 
they returned in repentance 

(per/. 1st p. plu.) iv, w.i. 
we returned in repentance 

{imper/ 1st p. sing.) iv, w.v. 
I return in repentance 

{imper/. 3 p.m. sing.).iv,w.v, 
-returns in repentance 

(perate. m. phi.) iv, w.v. 
return (O you men) in repen- 
tance 

iAp-der. m. ling.) iv, w.v. 
one who returns in repen- 
tance 



2H 



i0n 






I! 



fi'J 



i Ml 



*t -. .» 



arc. iv, u\v. i>C^ 
{Apder. m. plu.) 
those who return in repen- 


tance 






* J J J 


<fire ( 


) (*.) jUl * jl* 


{ j) IjU, j TjV 5jST jt 


r ;£' i iy jti j 


to shine x jULTl j 


sparkle, emit light or fire 




687 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ p5i*a <j->y) ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



■Jf 3 O 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J 9 U 



Prophet's mission (5) 

And Allah refuseth to do 
otherwise than perfect His 
light, [9:32] 

Note : jj^l is singular, the 
plural from is ,\ j\ and 
^j)"J but the Quran always 
mentions only singular 
form while J^Jk (dark- 
nesses) is used always in 
plural. This indicates that 
the source of light or 
guidance is only one but 
the source of falsehood 
and the means to go 
astary are countless. 



* W 



men, people {n.) J.Bl 
(Note : Th* word is a coll- 
ective noun; some gramm- 
arians have regarded it as 

a plural of *£ji (.man- 
kind) *w ^ j ( ) 



<the act of v.n. vt uf, 
taking or receiving, recep 
lion 



rj^3\ 



to return Iv It jtj 
from a far point 
688 



u\» 



# 



Then when hath lit up that 
which is around him Allah 
takcth away their light. 

(2:171 

faith, belief, (2) 
inner satisfaction 

opp. darknesses 

Allah is the Patron of those 
who believe. He brmgelh 
them forth from darkness- 
es to the light. [2:25 7] 

wisdom, divine (3) 

knowledge, clear signs 
that remove doubt and 
lead to the faith 

We sent down the Taurat 
wherein was guidance and 
light. [5:44] 

the Divine Book, (4) 
the source of guidance 



J?fc> 






O Ye mankind 1 There sur- 
ely hath come unto you a 
proof, from your Lord 
and We have sent down 
unto yon a manifest light 
{i.e., the Quran). [4: 1 75] 



■VAA 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P$J*a <<JJJa £— •» 6r^'^3 J^V^ a&*z>uz 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J U* 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY (JURAN 



J* 3 O 



sleep (3) 

Allah it is who taketh away 
souls at the time of their 
death, and those which 
die not in iheir sleep. 

[39:42] 



J O 



fish ("•) 6>)1 

*ji r 

the man of fish j^jl li 

A Prophet's name because he 
was swallowed by a huge 
fish. Jonah of the Bible 



J u 



a date-stone («.) ifjill 



• J rf i 



(imperf. 3 p. m, sing} k-.v. 
<;<«■* reaches 

(*>)5£'J&3ir 

to obtain, attain, reach 

My covenant shall not reach 
the wrongdoers. [2:124] 

(imperf. 3 p. f. sing J w,t. 
*•* reaches 



'Jfr 



'j£ 



■i4^. ^£* u*_rjl*£l I ^ J I j 



And how should they receive 
(the faith) from a far 
distant place ? i.e , beyond 
the grave. [34:52] 



* U* 



< time or place fn.t.p.) ,jA* 
of retreat 

to flee away from, 

to evade, shun, to retreat 



J J 



a she camel (/. «.) IjuI 



• r 



<the sleep (v.n.) 

to sleep, slumber, become 
calm 

dream { [ ) "■ m ' m - 



**s 



J» 



J f Sl 



O my son ! 1 have seen in 
a dream that 1 am slaught- 
ering thee. [37:102] 

sleeping (2) 

And of Kis signs are your 
sleeping by night and by 
day. [30:23] 



689 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <j->ys ^^> (j-o)^5 JjV^ a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



u o 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY {>URAN 



J l> O 



they could juss. IVfc*? 

not reagh 

.. ■*- 
(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) w,v. jy^ 

they reach or attain 



■*•*-■*» 



they reach or r .jr.' ^j 
(v.a.) 



attain not 

an attainment 



'■& 



{imperf, 2 p.m. plu.) w.f, }Afc 
ye shall reach y 

ye shall not reach \$fe *.j 
(or) attain 

W.v. yiijj, l>tT 
(imperf. 3 p.m. ptu.) 
they reach 



••* 



690 



A\< 



'^jSjs jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <jjyj £_w j^o)^^ JjV^ f&5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



-Ul J^f 



Here you are ! read my book 
[69:19] 



cj * 



(perafe. 2 m. ptu.) \*j\» 
<bring up 

a world of caution U 

shortened y of \y) being 

a demonstrative pronoun ace. Qtf U 
for dual feminine (these 
two women) 

a demonstrative pronoun jliU 
for dual masculine (these 
two men) 

justlike this {camp.) \jjj*£ 
word of caution U 
similarity j il 

that (. 13 
1^ 



* ¥ t • 



a tetter used at ji 
caution, prefixed to demons- 
trative pronouns, such as, 

& (fb)d£(&U) 

also prefixed to a nomi- 
native pronoun as, 

Lo ! ye are those who fell to 
contending respecting that 
whereof ye had (some) 
knowledge. (3:66] 



• 1 1 



take (com.) ( fj £)fJU 
thou this 

a letter used in imperative 
I* form rendering the mean- 
ing of jji, take ! and » j 
for 'O you* 



691 



svC&o jjV jl C*Ao JaImA jj ultaii^ SjJLLo^ P$J*A c C>i} a cr^ Oi^JiS J^^ ^^^ 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J c 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



(1) to desert, forsake, leave, 
renounce, abandon 

(2) to separate oneself from, 

depart, quit 

(3) to rove' deliriously, to 
talk nonsense 

In scorn thereof. Nightly did 
ye rave together. {Pic) la 
arrogance ; talking non- 
sense (about the Quran), 
like one telling fables by 
night. (Y. Ali) Stiff- necked, 
discoursing thereof by 
night level ling (Jid.). 

[23:67) 

depart ! (perate. m. sing.) *g.\ 

(ptratt. m. phi.) Ij^ftl 
depart, leave (alone) 

act of departing (r.n.) IJ4 
or leaving SS 

t *.#•.- 

(act. pie. m. ring.) ace. ' jj^y 

taken as foolish, nonsense, 
of no account 

O my Lord ! verily my own 
people make this Quran 

of no account (or) they 
regarded Quran as non- 
sense. (25:30] 

(ptrf. 3 p, m. ting.) m ^U 
<w migrated -JJI - 

692 



here \£ + U com. yfc 
here, in this place 



O'mpeif. 3 p.m. sing.) 1*^ 

<-~fa!leth down ^* 

to descend, fall, to cause to 
come down 

fperate, m. sing.) L*i 

get down! t 

(perate, m. dual.) \^\ 

get (you twain) down * 

(ptrate. m. ph.) tflyll 

get (you) down - 



J «-* * 



u 



dust (n.) 
in the air, atoms 
of dust 



•4i 



E * 



fperate. m, sing.) v 
keep the vigil 

to keep f, '•AJsir J^r < 
awake, night-long watch, 
(pray at night) 



c • 



(imperf. 2 p.m. pki.) Jjj*£ 
you talk nonsense, rave 

1ST 



s\aa&A jjV jl C*AO J^ltttA jj uUa^)^ SjJLLO^ P$J*A iijj>0 ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV^ &£-9bO 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



v> Jt 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J E 



(Ap-der. f plu.) Hi SJjrV" 
women who left their home 
in the way of Allah 



* t £ 



(imperf. 3 p.m. plu.) ^**" ' 
<they sleep 

to sleep calmly or quietly 

Little of the night they were 
wont to slumber (£*., they 
used to spend greater part 
of the night in prayer), 

(51:17] 



(v.n.) ass. ace. '.L* 

action of falling down in 
pieces (a mountain or a 
building) 

to break, put down, demolish, 
to fall down in pieces 



(per/. 3 p. f. sing,) ii «Jix> 
~was demolished 

(would have demolished .j-^Vl ) 

to demolish fyS n, ?£* < 

to overturn 



tii *j«rV j^V J*" U 
to leave one's homeland for 
another place. In Quranic 
glossary *j-£ means the 
migration of Phc Prophet 
from Makkah to Al- 
Madina, and of those who 
fallowed him in order to 
establish Islamic law and 
order and preach Islam 
peacefully. 

(perf 3 p.m. plu.) Hi ljjij-U 
they migrated 



(perf. 3 p. f ph.) Hi 
they (women) migrated 

Hi, just, 
(imperf. 3 p.m. ting.) 
'^emigrates 

Hi, juss. 
(imperf. 3 p. m, piu.) 
that they migrate 

Hi, juss. 
(imperf. 2 p. m, piu.) 
ye migrate 



55rU 



( Ap-der. m. sing.) Hi 
one who leaves his homeland 
for the sake of Islamic 
cause 

(Ap-der. m, plu.) tii, ace. c£jfy,\ 
those who migrate from 

their home for Islamic 

cause 

693 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <■{>*}& ^*» &j\ji§ JjV^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



ij J J* 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY CJUKAN 



JL<J| 



Did'nt He guide ? (Juss.) 

[7: 1 00) 

{imperf. 3 p. m. plu.) W.V. jj-L^T 
they guide 

(imperf. 2 p. m. sing.) &J-t 
thou guide 

{imperf. hi. p. sing.) w.v. j j^t 
I shall guide 

(imperf, 1st. p. sing.) 
1 Mould guide 

H-.v. fa. JJ-r> 
(imperf. 2 p, m. plu.) 
that ye may guide 

(imperf. 1st. p. plu) w.v, t$J-r' 
wc guide 

e,m.p> w.v. flj^l 
(imperf. 1st. p. plu.) 
we shall certainly guide 

(perate. in. sing.) w.v. % 1 > 
guide ! 

tf # 
(guide us L'j»l ) 

(perate. m.ptu.) w.v. tjj* 
lead ! 

Lead them on to the path of 
flaming fire. [37:23] 

(pp. J p. in. Jfrra.; w.v. ^jlj 
"•>»asi guided 

f^p. 3 p. m. plu.) w.r. IJJL* 
they were guided 

694 





* • * * 


a 


hoopoe (n.) J„>ii1 


* ** s * 



< -—guided (i) 

to lead h(j,)lB63 

fight path, guide, conduct 
one, point out, show 

And though it was a hard 
(test) save for those whom 
Allah guided. 12:143] 

directed (2) 

Did he not find thee wander- 
ing then directed (thee). 

[93:7] 

iperf. 2 p.m. sing.) w.v. £ 
thou hast guided 



(perf. hi. p. plu.) w.v. 
we have guided 


l^jji 


{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v, 
*** guides 




w.v,/. d. 
(imperf, 3 p,m, jing.) 
he guides 


& 



-i\l 



>^S>a jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj Olta^i>3^ djJLLo^ P5AAA <j->y) ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



ij J Jk 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



(J J J* 



wii, iv. v. j j£^ 
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
** finds the right path 

wii, w.v. jjjL^ 
(imperf, j p.m. ^/u.) 
they find the right path 

viii, w.v. ^ Xf. 
{imperf. 3 p. f, Jmg.J 

she finds the truth 



viii, n.d. w.v. 
(imperf. 3 p. m. piu.) 
(hey will find the way 

that shall never Gh%3 
find the right way 

viii, w.v. I.e. 
(imperf, 1st. p. pluj 
we would have been guided 






^Jil 



We were not such as to find 
guidance. [7:43] 

-»> „■*■ 

viii. w.v. fd. j^» / xjjtt 

(Ap-der. m. ling.) 
one who found guidance 



(Ap-ikr.m.plu.) viii, w.v. 

those who found 
guidance 

ace 






L 



belter guided elativc w.v. 
{than others) 

guidance (v.rt.) w.v. 



\ s 
tfXJt 

m i* 

offering w.v. (n.) <S X* 
/.*., animals to be slaughtered 
during Hajj as a pari of 
Han performance 



rf-H; 



lit 

* • * 



f/»V- J ^, *n. fin; J w,v. 
~is being guided 

focf. ptc. m. sing.) w.v. 
leader ; guide w.v. f.d. . 

w.v. ace. \ 

w.v. viii 
(imperf, 3 p,m. sing.) 
finds guidance 

rfJ-* also belongs to the 

form viii '&&\ ; it is taken 

as a changed form of <£*•*? 

through assimilation, 
has secured only once in 
the Quran. 

Is He, then, who guide: h to 
the truth more worthy to 
be followed or one who 
findeth not the guidance 
unless he is guided. 

[10:3SJ 

fperf. J p.m. sing . ) tiii, w.v. j ■ jfl 
'--'followed the right path 

(perf.3 p.m. plu.Jviii, «!,». IjJL^I 
they followed the right path 

(perf./si, p, sing*)viii, w.v. m*I&\ 
I followed or found the right 
path 

(perf. 2 p.m. ph. )viii. w. v. A J_ **' 
ye found the right path 

695 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> (j-o)^5 JjV^ a5^m 



www. ki tab o sunnat . com 



* ■ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QJJRAN 



a J j* 



{pp. 3 p.m. sing,) k.y. x £ j£ll 
<■" were mocked 
- T i" ■ * i * ***- 1"*" "i 

to mock at, to laugh at 

(Smperf. 3 p, m. sing.} h.v. x ^Jt^ 
'--'mocks 

Allah mocketh (back) at 
them (2:15] 

{imperf. S p.m. ph.)h.v w x fr4(ZS 
they mock at ** — " 

{imper}'. 2 p.m. phi.) h.r. x uj>3fmj 
ye mock at 

(pip. 3 p. m, ph.) h.r. x Jjf-»» 
^berni mocked 

(peraie. m. phi.} h.r. x lj£>^l 
mock on ! 

(Ap-der m, plu.) f Jj? j£l£ 
mockers 

{Ap-der. m. plu.) ace. ] tfe^'l,) 

mockers j WJI-™ 



J * 



(perate. /. sing.) assim, iji j* 
<shake! 

Confer. ) f> Jj j* 
to shake, brandish 

fMf •? P- / sing.) 
thrilled (land) 

to be moved, shaken, to be 
thrilled, to stir (to life) 

m 



a gift, a present (n.) Vo* 



c 



* V 



J * 



flight (v. «) ace. \j> 
to run away, flee, escape 



t J 



< rushing on 

(as they were driven) 

-ai- i*ue* 

(•pflJHIIf) 

to run or rush to SS 

quickly and trembling. It 

can also be referred to 
form iv, (patsire) 

to make some \\'l\ %.-» fj\ 
one rush ^* ^ wT 



. J 



but..) *jj* 
jest, a faugh ing stock, a 
mockery 

to make fi.». (^ « ^) 

sport o r , mock at one, ridi- 
cule, deride, the verbal 



noun T»J% i* shaped 

At 



as f * 



IVt 



am^a jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj OIp^^a djJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



-L ^ 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLV OUR AN 



J J 



f J » 



foe/, r />f'c m. sing.) i ^yj^ 
<dry sticks or stable 



ace. 



u 



to crusk, break {dry sticks) 



f U> 



begarudging (v,n. acc.) V^* 
(withholding or that which 
is due) 

0)U # fSi < 

to break, digest, to oppress, 
attack, to do wrong, invade 
the rights of one 

He fears not injustice nor 
begrudging, [20- II 2\ 

{act, 2 pic. m. sing,) 
thin and smooth 

(as the spathe of the palm 
with flowers) 

And corn-fields and plam 
trees whereof the snathes 
arc line, [26: J 43] 



assim via 
(imperf. 3 p. f, sing.) 
^wriggles (a serpent) 



JY 



a joke, frivolity (v.t>.) *J'^\ 

to speak or make a joke or 
act in a jesting way 



f J 



J 






(Ap-der. m. piu) it jffrf 
those who hasten forward 



( per/. 3 p.m. plu.) \j»p 
they routed 

W&g * t> f>: t? < 

overcome, rout, dereat, put 
to flight 

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) f Itf 
--wwiU be defeated very soon 

Note : the prefixed \j» to im- 
perfect is to fix the mean- 
ing of near future 



(pact. pic. m. sing,) 
routed or defeated one 



t'jf 



^'1 



"^V 



4M 

{imperf. 1st p. sing. ) ossim ,r. j>l 
I beat down 

(atsim) (,>)&;^^i< 

to beat down the leaves of a 
tree (with a stick) 



'w^- jjV jl Oi-o J^ImuO jj ultai 1 ^ SjJLLo^ p5i*a <j->y) ^^> (j-o)^3 JjV^ a5cxa 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



4 J j» 



VOCASULARY OF THE HOLY Q^RAN 



J> J> 



surely f3) 

Su^ly there hath come upon 
man a space of time when 
he was not a thing worth 
mentioning. {76:1] 

*W here has the significa- 
tion of j£ (Qurtubi). 



< anxious, hits. ace. It *Ji 
very impatient 

to be very anxious, imptlieut 



* il j 



(per/. J p. m. Ji'ngJ £Ui 
■--perished, died 

to perish > die, be lost, des- 
troyed, spoilt 

(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) e.1. dJUf-1, 
<■— migh/would die, 
~ might/would perish 

That he who perished might 
perish by a clear proof. 

[8:42] 

perishable (act. pic. m. sing.) £j|U 
698 



(a)14* j Us £* £* 

to hasten, to jv, £■*! J 

run forward with the 
eyes fixed in horror 



* * 



[an interrogative particle) \y 
is there ? shall J ? does he 7 
weather ? etc. 

the Quranic usages of his 
particle arc as below : 

to determine ( 1 J 
the certainty of a thing 



t'\'.'."\" 

They await but the hour. 

(43:66] 

or 

They shall be requited not 
save for that which they 
wrought. [7:147] 

to deny (2) 
(implied meaning) 

Repeat (thy) took, beholdest 
thou any creak? (i.e., thou 
cannot find any creak). 

[67:3] 



■\\A 



sw&o jjV jl C J i a J.o.it tm jj uU^^o a^JLLo^ P5^° £ lH^° ct* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ Aicu 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



J J 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J J Ji 



(Ap-der. m, sing.) iv £&£ 
one who destroys 

( Ap-der.m.piu.)iv,gen,/.d. f ijQ£ 

those who destroy 4 

(Ap-der.m. piu.)iv,gen, /,d. [ 'Qf» 

• *'■ 
(pis. pk. m. p!u.) h, ace. 'y£Q,\ 

those are died, perished "" 



J J 



(pp. 3 p. m. sing.) iv 
< ~is invoked 



s*i # 



4 



appearance ol a (1) 
new moon. 

to invoke (2) 

the Name of Allah upon 

an animals in slaughtering 

And that over which any 
name other than Allah has 
been invoked (is forbidden J. 

(i.e., all that has been dedica- 
ted or offered in sacrifice 
to an idol or a saint or a 
person c in side red to be 
divine. The pagans u>ed 
to slaughter animals in 
the name of their various 
deities. [2:1 73) 

<new moons in. p.) fl»*yt 
crescent (sing.) £)SUl 



{act. pic. m. phi.) ace. /SOU 
those who are dead 

time or place of destruction 

perdition (v.tt.) *%£h\ 

(per/. 3 p.m. sing.) ii £jj^ 
'^caused to perish 

<v *&[&< 

to destory, cause to perish, 
waste 

(per/. 1st. p. sing.) iv £,£%\ 
E have wasted 

He says, I have wasted 
riches plenteous. [90:6] 

(per/. J p.m. sing.) iv 
ry destroyed 

(per/. 2 p. m. sing.) iv 
thou hast destroyed 

(perf. 1st. p. piu.) iv 
we have destroyed 

{imper/, 2 p. m. sing.) iv 
thou destroy 

{imper/, ht. p. pht,) iv 
we destroy 

illtiperf. 3 p. m. sing.) iv 
"^destroys 

(imper/ J p.m. pluj iv 
they destory 

(pp. 3 p, m. sing.) ii 
they have been perished 

(pip. 3 p.m. sing.) n.v, ii 
~ would be destroyed 



699 



>^S>a jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ p3^a <-^~yz cr^ Oi^jiS J^^ ^^^ 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



r f 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY £UHAN 



f J -* 



to backbite, defame, push 
back with a blow 



a defame r iWj. *j7j 

Note : According to Raghib 

Isphahani %g ffi 

and j*k are used in 

the sense of defaming and 
back- biting. 

whispering (n.p.) Qtt 
suggestions 



D 



* u* f 



Jow, indistinct noise (v.n.) \j£ 
of a speech, whisper, 
humble voice 



(>)t^ 



.■ ■*■ 



to wpsper, utter an indistinct 
word 



(ms'tm) 



f f 



(perf. 3 p.m. sing,) "f 
minded, intended 

(anim) . - (it) \Z£ j t>^ 

to interest, regard 
concern, worry, care 

to have in mind, v» - 

to be abom to do some- 
thing, to desire 

(per/. 3 p./. sing.) £fr 



* f J 



come ! (comp, v) 
look + get ready (4+U) 
i.e. come or bring 

%$£&$&&%$& 

And those who say unto their 
brethren: Come ye 
hither into us. [33:18] 

come, bring (2) 

Say : come, bring your 
witnesses. [6: ] 50] 



f 



r 



(act. pic, m. sing.) *;£»£ 
< lifeless, barren (land) 

to go out, extinguish, put 
out, to die, to be barren 
or lifeless 




(Ap-dtr. m. sing.) vii 
< pouring forth 

to pour forth 



she desired 

( per/. 3 p, m. pfu.) JjS 
they intended 
700 



7 f * | 



<a defamer wfj. ,J& 



V. 



~^&js jjV jl C ap J.o.it tm jj OIp$^$a d^Lo^ P5^° t Oij A cr* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ (i^w 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



j i 



VOC*Bi:LARV Ot THE HOLY OUJtAN 



r f 



\ 



(act. 2 pic. m. ting,) h.t, ace. 
may it be wholesome or 

profitable, much good may 

it do to you 

iky.) (^y&tft 

to make the food wholesome, 
caiy to digest,, do good, 
promote health, sustain 
(food) 



& 



* J 



(per/. 3 p.m. ptu.j w.v. \j*U 
<Cwho are Judised 

{.sec Jid, p. I, it. 274.) 

10 return to JU_ 

one's duty, to become a 
Jew, to be guided 

Sk • » 

faer/. J if, /•- /5/fj J w.»'. V Ju» 
we have been guided 

a Jew (n.) iv.v. i>j» 



J J » 



< crumbling, weak {adj.) jW 

w.v. (o) L> jj!» jU 

to fall in ruins, to be about 
to Tall, to crumble 

(perf, 3 p. m. sing.) vii 
crumbled 



# 



{perf. 3p.f. sing.)iv ^>^ 
--scared for 

Whereas a group caTed for 
itself. [3:154] 



<> f 



1 1 

(Ap-der. m. sing.) {quad.) 0*r 

one who determines what 
is true and false 

to watch (quad.) i^L* i>4* "*■* 
over, control 

One of the excellent names 
of Allah. 



{Ap-der. m. sing.) quad. ace. 
determiner of whit is (roe 
and what is false 



• * * • 



« 



{comp.) ctAJU 

there in cli) 4 here b* 
that place, at that time 

here, in the place 

here, in this place l'^ 
tcflm/j.) to behold ncre 

they, them, ^or 0* 
their 

(An indeclinable pronoun 
3pf. ; for details src£Xf2j 

701 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <j->yj ^-w (j-o)^3 JjV^ ^5^?ua 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



ti y -* 



VOCABULARY OF THE tlOr.V OUR AN 



O J 



J J * 



(1) to fall, to stoop as a bird 
to its prey, to be destroy- 
ed, disappear 

(2) to be inclined towards, 
yearn 

By the star when it setteth, 

[53:1] 
destroyed, perished (2) 

And upon whomsoever My 
wrath alights, be surely 
(will be) perished. [20:81] 

(imperf. 3 p, m. Jirrg.) w,y. ijf 
yearns (I) 

Make thou, therefore, th* 
hearts of some mankind 
to yearn toward them. 

[14:37] 
to blow (2) 

And the birds had snatched 
Mm or the wind hid blown 
him to a place remote. 

[22:31] 

702 



(J J * 



meekness, quietnes (v.n.) w.v. \'£ 

to be despised, w.r. 
contemptible, quiet 

They walk upon the earth, 
meekly, [25:63] 

contempt, ignominy (/?.) £^U 
light, easy (adj.) &+ 

more easy ints. Jjftl 
than^ 

(per/. 3 p.m. sing) v, w.t. JQ 
despised 

il * 6Ul (com.) J±\ 

'"despised me 

* p 
(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) W, w.t. Or* 

~has despised 

And whosoever Allah des- 
pise th none can honour. 
[22:1 8 J 

(Ap'der. m. sing) w.v, ^LJ 
that renders contemptible, 
shameful 

(pit. pic. in. ling.) w.v, jC 
despised one 

V.T 



'^jSjs jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ ^jALo^ P$J*a iijJ>o ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i 6&*s*jz 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF TH& HOLY (JURA* 



^ 5 



( penuc. m. sing.} (w.&h.t.) J|* 
thou may arrange ! prepare ! 

form, figure, likeness (n.) 



* *» J • 



(an <mW. w-v.) 
(pertste. m, sing.) 
come I come forth, come 
on ! 
the only pattern of imperative 
case is used with J 
prefixed to pronoun 
d 2 p.m. or/, sing. 



• £ tf 



(imperf. 3 p. f. sing.) w.v. #£ 
<'— desires 

to love, to desire 

Then so often as there came 
unto you an apostle, with 
that which your hearts 
desired not ye grow arrog- 
ant. {2:87] 



J>1 



(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) w.v. {W2 
< withe rein 

0»)M* J fts* i *«** G£ £** 

to be moved, agitated, exci- 
ted, wither, fad (plant) 



J J 



f/ws. /ioc. /. JtwgJ (w.f) ^C,i 
< poured out 

to pour out. heap up (earth) 



• f rf 



{imperf, J p.m. /)/«.) iv.V. J>^r 
they wander about 



desire, love (n.) 
(his desire \\*+ ) 

desire (w.p.) 

void (/j.) 

^IjA^^yU 

And their hearts are void. 

[14:43] 

the lowe&i pit or Hell (ft,) * jU 

fper/. J /J.m. «Vu/J iv, h-.v. ^^1 
overthrew 

("per/. 3 p.m. Sing.) X,\\.y. &Jf—\ 
infatuated, beguiled 



1 



v-r 



(imperf. i p. m. sing.) (w.A.v.) '^ 
will prepare 

to make ready, to prepare 

(a)lt*;^;W<< 

to long for 

703 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Ima jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> ij-o)^5 JjV^ a5^m 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QJURAN 



^ -» 



an additional • (Aon) 
suffixed to indicate the 
final letter's vacalization 
ityj.) 



* * • * 



-■;*' 



away ! (n.) ^fy 

Away, away with that where- 
with ye are promised. 

[23:36} 



to wander atom without any 
purpose 

to love SS passionately 

a thirsty she-camel (n.) JM 
{sing.) 3? < 

a she-camel raging with 
thirst from disease (LL.) 



» tf 



(cemp.) 
a personal pronoun of j> 
the 3 p. fern, sing. 



*** 



704 



V»t 



svC&o jjV jl Oi-o J^Imuo jj Olf-5^5^ SjJLLo^ P5aXa <jjyj ^-w j^o)^^ JjV^ a5c?-*o 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



j\j\ j& 



j,y' fahabr) hair on the 
camel's skin, both wool 
as hair of sheeps or hair 
of goats 



G 



j v j 






<~ -—destroy eth it, iv.? 
to destroy iv t WJ[ J$< 

to perish 

place of destruction {a, pt.) U^T 



J w 



(act. pk. m. sing. 1 ) w.r. W J,I j 
heavy rain * 



• i 1 j 



(pad. pie. f. sing.) 
(girl) buried alive 

».**■'■ (>)Tj1; ii"ii;< 

to bury a Jive 



J \ j 



escape. n./«. w. & A.y. *#£ 

(a place to betake them- 
selves to) 

to seek refuge 



J *-> J 



V*o 



furs n. p. h\v. jVjl 
705 



~*jSj} jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj ultaii^ djJLLo^ P5aXa iijJ>o ^^> |j-o)^5 JjV<i (aicxo 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QLriAN 



J V 



(1) to hate, defraud SS. 

(2) to be single, odd 

And Allah is with you, and 
He will not defraud you. 
t47:35J 

single, odd {v.n.) w.v. 9 Jj 
(of number) 

1 •, | ;- 
one after (n.) (for ^j j ) jjg* 

another, successively 



the main artery of («.) *£z~j\ 

the heart which rises from 

the upper part of it. It is 

said that life depends on 

the existence of this artery 



• O ^ J 



iimperf. 3 p.m. sing.) iv, w.y. £j 
<-<~sh&II bind, bindes 

to tie fast, bind if, ££" \ JjjQjj ^ 

OLE) (j»)t%f%$3<< 
to place trust in any one 

abondf/i.) 'jl'j\ 

a compact, (v. mim.) ace. fe*" 
bond, a solemn plcdg* (Asad), 
undertaking {Pic), a solemn 
oath { Y. Ah), assurance 
(Jid.). 

706 



H'.V. 

( 1 ) to pour forth rain in 

large drops 
U) to pursue eagerly 

(act. 2 pic. m . sing) ( »■. v, occ. ) ^j< J 
painful 1 , a heavy blow, chasti- ■ 
sement 

to be heavy and unwhole- 
some as air, food 

ill effect, {v.n.) *Jl j 
gravity, grievousness 



i Cj j 



stakes <n. />.) Jf^f] 
a stake (j/ng,) jCj < 

And Fir'awn, owner of the 
stakes. (89:10] 

fthe epithet, in Arabig idiom, 
is expressive of power, 
arrogance and obstinacy ; 
the stakes may also refer 
to those to which the 
tyrant bound his victims 
LL.) 

stakes n.p.acc. Til'jl 



D 



{imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) w,v. ace. *JZ 
<T — ^wi]| defraud 



Y-"\ 



~^&js jjV jl C j i n J.o.i.t tm jj uU^^o £jAa£5 P>£a < tltfj^ ^*tf jr^'^3 J5V^ (i^w 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



C i 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



J A 3 



to find, k.v. 
find what was lost 

{per/. 3 p. m. dual.) \j^-j 
the twain found 

(perf, } p. m. piu,) Ijj*- J 
they found 

(per/. 2 p. tn. ptu.) fj&j 

ye find 

•-• -»■■ ,, 
ye find thetn tjtJ^-j 

(the additional hot jlj has 
been sulfixed before a per- 
sonal pronoun • # to ease 
pronunciation) 

J found (perf, 1st. p. ting.) ^j^j 

(perf. 3 p. m. plu.) VAir j» 
we found 

(imperf. J p.m. ring.) just, juf 
'blinds 

did not find j_jf *1 

did hi- not find tbee ? i) if *J 1 

(imperf. 2 p.m. sing.) Xj? 
thou find 

thou shall find me Z^j^Lz 

Thou wilt find me, if Allah 
will, patient. [I S:69] 

{imperf. 3 p. f. sing.) *j( 
— — wiil find 

v-v 



a co ve n a nt , t rea ty ,fn . in ri .) J£i 
bond 

firm {ints* f.) JT^I 

The firm cable whereof there 
is no giving way. [2:256) 

(perf. 3 p. m. ring J Hi 3j$J 
"■^entered into a compact 
or treaty with SS 



•k C> <±> j 



< idols (n. p.y yt}$\ 



(ring.) idol t>j 



* V 



(perf. 3 p.f ring.) «= 
<(lhcy) ft) I down 

(j>) v^-j J Lj^j 4^ v 1 *- J 

( 1 ) to fall down dead 

(2) to be indispensable, be 
incumbent 

Then when they fall down 
(after they are slaught- 
ered) on their sides eat 
thereof. {22:3 6] 



* J £ J 



< — found 



*mSjo <^jV jl C ap J.o.i.t tm jj uU^^o iji^3 P5^° £ lH^° cr"* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ Aicu 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



■J C 5 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OJURAN 



■» s * 



Lodge them wheresoever ye 
lodge (yourselves) accord- 
ing to your means. [65:6] 



• ^ C J j 



(per/. 3 p. m. ting.) JS-j\ 
'</*• conceived 

lo conceive in the mind (fear, 
suspicion) 



£ 



(acu pie. f. sing.) <J>r\j 
< throbbing, palpitating 

to be agitated, to be in • 
moit disturbed condition 

Hearts on that day will be 

throbbing. [79:8] 

-. \ 
{per/. 2 p.m. piu.) iv f*" 1 " J 

7m*i '"*t 
to make iv, *1j?1 ^»r J' < 



a horse or camel move fast 
and rush 



* J 



Or/. J p. f. ting,) ^J 
-—felt remorse or fear, afraid 
708 



jy** *■ r" * 



The day whereon each soul 
shall find presented what- 
soever it hath worked. 

[3:30] 

(imperf. 2 p.m. si/ig.)e.m. p. ^^ 
surely thou wilt find 

(jj-tf + far*) 

(imperf. 2 p.m. piu.) jjj»^ 
ye will find 



( ' + ojtrf) 






(noun, dropped.} emt , 

thou wilt find it or him §jjuf 

«" *#*■ 
(imperf. 3 p.m. piu.) Jj,ye 

they will find 

they will not find UJJ* ^' 

they (will) find (n.<f.) | jijc 

• j - si 

they should not find \jJ& * 

I find {imperf. lit p. ting,) »J 
I find not ijj.1 Si 

(imperf. I si. p.sitig.)«jn. p. jJn-. V 
surely I shall find 

(pp. i p. m, sing.) J-jtJ 
~« found 



iJnf'K. 



In whose pack it it found 
shall (himself) be recom- 
pense thereof. [12:75] 

means (it.) 



« ■ * 



V.A 



~^&js jjV jl C ap J.o.i.t tm jj uU^^o iji^3 P5^° £ lH^° cr"* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ f&^*~a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



C 3 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY QURAN 



E J 






His name (shall be) the 
MasiJi Im ion of Maryam, 
illustrious in the world 
and Hie hereafter. 13:45J 

/if. fact, ([> (n.) 

He laid it up- A*ZXt$- 
on his face. 'T^^^ - " 
f 12:96] 

the word <j-5 face is used 
in some other meaning as 

countenance (2) 

Withersoever you turn there 
is the countenance of 
Allah. [2:1 151 

(according to Zamkhshari 
ar.d Tabri *»i Atr j 
means : Qibia 

the direction 'ij|l li\ 

He agreed n ith and ordered" 
people to turn their face in 
the prayer i.e., Qibia) 

heart & soul, oneself (3) 

Aye whosoever suhmitteth 
himself unto Allah and he 
is welldoer his hire is 
wiih his Lord. [2:M2) 



to fear, to feel quick, vibrati- 
on of the heart- beat, fear 

(peraie. neg. m. sing.) *U j " ^/ 
fear not 

those who feel fear (j. plu.) j iLr j 

< felt with fear (adj. f) V 

adj. maac. **lif j 



*-J 



E J 



fperf. 1st. p. sing.) R ££- 
I turned or set 

ll, \fftj Kfrjf. Oj-J < 

(1) to set or turn (face) 
towards J _ 

(2) to send (some one for 
something) 

1 have turned (or) 1 have set 
firmly my face. 16:79] 



it. fjuis.) 
(imperf. 3 p.m. sing.) 
<— sends 

fperf, 3 p.m. Sing.) r 
■< '-^turned face, proceed 

to set out, v, L7 XSpjf 

proceed (towards some 
place) with (towards) -£j. 

C*W)\ ) «» * 

worthy of regard (illuitrtous) 



or* 



^3 

709 



s\aa£a jjV jl Oi-o J^ImA jj Olta^i>3^ djJLLo^ P5aXa <<JJJA £— ** 6t^'.H3 J^V^ (aissva 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



t* t 9 



VOCABULARY OP THE HOLY QURAN 



z > 






$&$m$? 



Mankind was one comm- 
unity. [2:213] 

lonely (without any (adj.) T ^— j 
helper) 

LetMc alone with him whom 
I created lonely. [74:11] 

alone J— *-j 
he or him alone *X*-j 



* J- c J 



■*»* J,J ii 

wild beasts (n.p.) u'jrj* 



(sing,) J+.j < 



n 



a sign, revelation, (n.) ^^J 

to reveal, indicate, to inform, 
inspire 

the divine inspiration f^-jN 

It is hut a revelation reve- 
led. [53:4) 

Say thou: I only warn you 
by the revelation. [21:45] 
710 



break or appear as part (41 

Believe in that which hath 
been sent down unLi those 
who have believed at the 
break of day (first or 
appearing as part or day 
i.e., morning) and disbe- 
lieve at the close thereof. 
[3:72] 

in accordance (5) 
with a fact 

That shall make it more 
likely that they shall pro- 
duce the testimony accor- 
ding to the fact thereof. 
[5:108] 
sake (6) 

We feed you only for the 
sake of Allah. [769] 

faces, countenances In. p.) *yrJ 



a direction in. ) 



*-F4 



(a cardinal, number.) f 3 p- l j 
one single 



i 



u 



ace. \_ 

one (adj.) «j^-1j 

(an adjective to a feminine 
noun) 



^w&o jjV jl C ap J.o.i.t tm jj uU^^o d^Lo^ P5^° £ lH^° cr"* 6ry'>?3 J^V^ f&^~a 



www.kitabosunnat.com 



<J € 3 



VOCABULARY OF THE HOLY OJJRAM 



C 9 



aligned (4) 

And He assigned to each 
heaven its duty and com- 
mand. [41:12] 

(perf> to, p. sing.) iv, w.v. i*- jl 
I inipired 

And when 1 inspired the 
disciples to have faith in 
Me and Mi sic apostles. 

15 = 1 1 1 J 

(perf. 1st. p. pht.J iv. w.v. , UJ^*1 
we revealed (1) 

(the revelation to the apostles) 



*)| 



Verily We have reveled unto 
thee as We reveled unto 
Null and the prophets after 
him. (4:1 63f 

inspired (2) 

And We inspired the mother 
of Musa (saying), suckle 
him. [28:7] 

(imperf. 3 p. m. sing.) iv, w.v. *»■> 
'—whispers (I) 

One to another